Tk Source Code

Changes On Branch tip518-event-last-child-unmanaged
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch tip518-event-last-child-unmanaged Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 60230550 to 03c7d3df

2018-11-06
15:07
Implement TIP 518 check-in: b82676d5 user: dkf tags: trunk
14:40
Tidy up tests Closed-Leaf check-in: 03c7d3df user: dkf tags: tip518-event-last-child-unmanaged
2018-10-30
22:55
Add tests for the 'propagate off' case of pack and grid check-in: 2058b166 user: fvogel tags: tip518-event-last-child-unmanaged
2018-09-22
19:10
Update to implement TIP518 event name change check-in: 23815eb1 user: oehhar tags: tip518-event-last-child-unmanaged
2016-09-21
06:32
(Modernized) patch from egavilan to fix [2863003fff] and [d6b95ce492] - tk frame does not shrink to 0 height if last children unpacked. A virtual event is sent when the pack or grid geometry manager leaves a parent without any slaves Leaf check-in: 60230550 user: fvogel tags: bug-d6b95ce492, rfe-2863003fff
2016-09-10
09:07
Fixed [eb26817783] - listbox-13.3 fails on Linux check-in: faa07d44 user: fvogel tags: core-8-6-branch

Added .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.





>
>
1
2
win/*.bat
win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc
<
<
<
|
|
<



1
2




win/*.bat
win/*.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc

<

<
<

1

2


3
win/buildall.vc.bat

win/makefile.vc


win/rules.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20




21

*.a
*.dll
*.dylib
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj

*.res
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros




unix/tk.pc









>












>
>
>
>

>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
*.a
*.dll
*.dylib
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/nmhlp-out.txt
win/nmakehlp.out
unix/tk.pc
html/*

Changes to .project.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.6</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.7</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>

Changes to ChangeLog.2002.

2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
	Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it
	was redundant.

	* unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of
	inputContext to null.

	* win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build
	all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occured).

2002-03-28  David Gravereaux <[email protected]>

	* win/.cvsignore (new):
	* win/lamp.bmp (new):
	* win/makefile.vc:
	* win/nmakehlp.c (new):







|







2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
	Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it
	was redundant.

	* unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of
	inputContext to null.

	* win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build
	all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occurred).

2002-03-28  David Gravereaux <[email protected]>

	* win/.cvsignore (new):
	* win/lamp.bmp (new):
	* win/makefile.vc:
	* win/nmakehlp.c (new):

Changes to ChangeLog.2004.

807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

	* doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the
	default canvas origin. [Bug 956681]

2004-07-05  George Peter Staplin <[email protected]>

	* generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified
	slightly to fix a bug that occured when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0.
	Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug.

2004-07-05  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION

	* tests/bind.test:		   Allow Win apps to distinguish keys







|







807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

	* doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the
	default canvas origin. [Bug 956681]

2004-07-05  George Peter Staplin <[email protected]>

	* generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified
	slightly to fix a bug that occurred when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0.
	Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug.

2004-07-05  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION

	* tests/bind.test:		   Allow Win apps to distinguish keys

Changes to README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.6.6 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11
toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page at

	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.6.html

or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:

|










|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.7a2 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11
toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.7 Web page at

	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html

or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:

Changes to changes.

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the intepreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.







|







1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the interpreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
correctly. (hobbs)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix
window managers. (hobbs, baker)

2001-09-14 (bug fix) fixed memory leaks that occured if errors were
thrown while initializing the channel for an image. (darley)

2001-09-20 (new feature) --enable-64bit support was added for HP 11 when
using the native compiler.

2001-10-03 (new feature) finalized Win64 support with latest RC1 release
and SDK. (hobbs, stacy)







|







5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
correctly. (hobbs)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker)

2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix
window managers. (hobbs, baker)

2001-09-14 (bug fix) fixed memory leaks that occurred if errors were
thrown while initializing the channel for an image. (darley)

2001-09-20 (new feature) --enable-64bit support was added for HP 11 when
using the native compiler.

2001-10-03 (new feature) finalized Win64 support with latest RC1 release
and SDK. (hobbs, stacy)
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315



















































































































































































































2016-07-15 (bug) Aqua/Retina: fix alpha rendering of images (culler,walzer)

2016-07-17 (bug)[c84f66] Aqua: crash: overflow in geometry calc (culler,walzer)

2016-07-21 (bug)[450bb0] Aqua: memory corruption from [tk busy] (porter)

--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details


























































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
2016-07-15 (bug) Aqua/Retina: fix alpha rendering of images (culler,walzer)

2016-07-17 (bug)[c84f66] Aqua: crash: overflow in geometry calc (culler,walzer)

2016-07-21 (bug)[450bb0] Aqua: memory corruption from [tk busy] (porter)

--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

2016-08-23 (bug)[a2abc4] Wrong warp cursor position on 2nd display (vogel)

2016-08-29 (bug)[fa3229] menu-38.1 (calvo,vogel)

2016-08-29 (bug)[2cf3d6] button-5.24 (vogel)

2016-09-04 (bug)[1534455,2945130] Key release events get _L vs _R right. (vogel)

2016-09-10 (bug)[8c4216] listbox-4.1 (vogel)

2016-09-10 (bug)[eb2681] listbox-13.1 (vogel)

2016-09-21 (bug)[3126428] ttk::button react to image change (thoyts)

2016-10-09 (bug)[1082213] wrapped text don't start lines with whitespace (vogel)

2016-10-12 (bug)[3217462] tri-state button on non-native theme (vogel)

2016-10-30 (bug)[3588460] Fix file dialog -typevariable (vogel)

2016-11-01 (bug)[e36963] event generate .e <diaeresis> (matthias,vogel)

2016-11-05 (bug)[6aea69] grid-23 (danckaert,vogel)

2016-11-18 (bug)[f60c54] combobox-3 (panza,vogel)

2017-01-03 (bug)[f32502] crash drawing many dashed objects (reithofer,werner)

2017-01-05 (bug)[dac92f] text-2.[89] (vogel)

2017-01-07 (bug)[3df559] OSX: Negative bbox width (vogel)

2017-01-07 (bug)[28a453] OSX: text widget index OBOE (vogel)

2017-01-07 (bug)[c12af7] OSX: text-21.1 (vogel)

2017-01-08 (bug)[7a838c] X11 ring buffer overflow (werner)

2017-01-11 (bug)[d4fb4e] imgPhoto-4.75 (nijtmans)

2017-01-18 (bug)[fab5fe] OSX: repair textDisp failures (vogel)

2017-01-23 (bug)[89a638] OSX: textDisp-15.8 (vogel)

2017-01-25 (bug)[1403ea] Limits on text line size on Windows (spjuth)

2017-02-05 (bug)[ae32eb] textDisp fails in text custom config (vogel)

2017-02-05 (bug)[7d967c] crash after IME restart (lanam,nijtmans)

2017-02-22 (bug)[c492c9] disabled combobox arrow appearance (danckaert)

2017-03-06 (bug)[6b3644] Fix -alpha for 16-bit color PNG (LemonMan)

2017-03-11 (bug)[775273] artifacts on Ubuntu 16.10+ (nemethi)

2017-03-26 (TIP 464) Win multimedia keys support (fassel,vogel)

2017-03-29 (bug)[28a3c3] test BTree memleaks plugged (anonymous)

2017-04-06 (bug)[db8c54] Stop freed mem access in warp pointer callback (porter)

2017-04-07 (bugs) Fix calculation of ttk::notebook tab widths (vogel)

2017-04-07 (bug)[291296] notebook tab management (decoster)

2017-04-08 (bug)[f0188a] Win reject invalid hex color codes (bachmann)

2017-04-10 (bug)[3f323b] variable struct size on XCode 8.3.1 (auriocus)

2017-04-20 (bug)[061bf9] OSX scrollbar draw position (reincke,walzer,joye)

2017-05-01 (bug) restore -initialfile for OSX file dialogs (reincke,gollwitzer)

2017-05-06 (bug) OSX file dialog type filters (walzer)

2017-05-10 (bug)[a5ba1c] race condition on Win clipboard cleanup (donchenko)

2017-05-18 (bug)[2433781] center image on button (cramer)

2017-05-19 (bug)[434d29] type mismatch with recent Xft (nijtmans,werner)

2017-06-02 (bug)[bc43fd] paneconfigure get pane heights right (vogel)

2017-06-21 (bug)[adc028] menu avoid unreleasable global grab (nash)

2017-06-30 (bug)[92e028,c5eb90] User switch forced theme reset (lanam)

2017-06-30 (bug)[62c5b7] segfault in [text] replace (werner)

2017-07-03 (bug)[8afc6c] OSX crash in save/open dialogs (simpson,walzer)

2017-08-02 (bug)[b601ce] Resource exhaustion processing corrupt GIF (nash)

2017-08-03 (bug)[9eab54] Fix -initialdir for OSX file dialogs (gollwitzer)

2017-08-08 (bug)[28d0b8] Follow ICCCM advice on X selection protocol (donchenko)

2017-08-08 (bug)[4966ca] Scidb race in notebook tab selection (cramer)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3)

2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Report [console] init errors (the)

2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Improve history visibility in [console] (goth)

2017-08-24 (bug) canvas closed polylines fully honor -joinstyle (vogel)

2017-08-24 (bug)[cc42cc] out of mem crash in tests imgPhoto-18.* (vogel)

2017-09-16 (bug)[3406785] fix coords rounding when drawing canvas items (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[8277e1] linux fontchooser sync with available fonts (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[5239fd] Segfault copying a photo image to itself (bachmann)

2017-09-24 (bug)[514ff6] canvas rotated text overlap detection (vogel)

2017-09-24 (bug)[1e0db2] canvas rchars artifacts (bruchie,vogel)

2017-10-07 (bug)[d9fdfa] display of Long non-wrapped lines in text (cramer)

2017-10-07 (bug)[dd9667] text anchor not set (vogel)

2017-10-11 (bugs) memleaks and other changes for macOS 10.13 support (culler)

2017-10-11 (bug)[111de2] macOS colorspace improvement (walzer,culler)

2017-10-13 (bug) macOS scrolling issues (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) clipping regions in scrolling and drawing on macOS (culler)

2017-10-15 (bug) macOS redraw artifacts (culler)

2017-10-22 (bug)[bb6b40] ::tk::AmpMenuArgs and 'entryconf' (vogel)

2017-10-22 (bug)[55b95f] Crash [scale] with a bignum value (vogel)

2017-10-28 (bug)[ce62c8] text-37.1 fails (vogel)

2017-11-03 (bug)[0ef1c5] OS X - tests menu-22.[345] hang (vogel)

2017-11-04 (bug)[c8c52b] repair OBOE in menu.test on macOS (vogel)

2017-11-11 (feature) Implement [wm_iconphoto] on macOS (walzer)

2017-11-11 (bug) display of embedded toplevels (culler)

2017-11-19 (bug)[73ba07] Correct property type for MULTIPLE conversion (dpb)

2017-11-20 (bug) Memory leak in tkImgPhoto.c. (werner)

2017-11-21 (bug) Defeat zombie toplevels (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug) macOS resposive menu bar for command line apps (culler)

2017-11-25 (bug)[1c659e] support png from mac screenshots (vogel)

2017-11-25 (bug)[de4af1] macOS file selector "all types" setting (culler)

2017-11-26 (bug) [wm withdraw] on Window and Dock menus (walzer)

2017-11-27 (feature) Drop support for macOS 10.5 (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[164c1b] Fixes [raise] on macOS (culler)

2017-11-30 (bug)[13d63d] macOS support of menu -postcommand (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug) enable custom icon display on macOS (walzer)

2017-12-05 (bug)[1088805,0feb63] macOS bind failures (culler)

2017-12-05 (bug)[3382424] Suppress noisy messages on macOS (culler)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel)

2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support <Button-6> & <Button-7> (nijtmans)

2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel)

2016-11-02 (feature) Removed undocumented command [tk_getFileType] (vogel)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2017-02-05 (bug)[c0dbdd] Compatibility fonts shadowed system fonts (vogel)

2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil)

2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)

2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memleak in text operations (hume)

2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Error reporting from failed console init (the)

2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Keep console cursor visible when using history (goth)

2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to doc/3DBorder.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/BindTable.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvPsY.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTkwin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTxtInfo.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Clipboard.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ClrSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ConfigWind.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CoordToWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtCmHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtConsoleChan.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtErrHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtGenHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtImgType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtItemType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS

Changes to doc/DeleteImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/DrawFocHlt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/EventHndlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/FindPhoto.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_FindPhoto 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_FindPhoto 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns an opaque handle that is used to identify a
particular photo image to the other procedures.  The parameter is the
name of the image, that is, the name specified to the \fBimage create
photo\fR command, or assigned by that command if no name was specified.
If \fIimageName\fR does not exist or is not a photo image, 
\fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns NULL. 
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR is used to supply blocks of image data to be
displayed.  The call affects an area of the image of size
\fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR pixels, with its top-left corner at
coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).  All of \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR,
\fIx\fR, and \fIy\fR must be non-negative.
If part of this area lies outside the







|
|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns an opaque handle that is used to identify a
particular photo image to the other procedures.  The parameter is the
name of the image, that is, the name specified to the \fBimage create
photo\fR command, or assigned by that command if no name was specified.
If \fIimageName\fR does not exist or is not a photo image,
\fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR is used to supply blocks of image data to be
displayed.  The call affects an area of the image of size
\fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR pixels, with its top-left corner at
coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).  All of \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR,
\fIx\fR, and \fIy\fR must be non-negative.
If part of this area lies outside the
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133





134
135
136
137
138
139



140

141
142
143
144
145
146
147
    int \fIoffset\fR[4];
} \fBTk_PhotoImageBlock\fR;
.CE
The \fIpixelPtr\fR field points to the first pixel, that is, the
top-left pixel in the block.
The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR fields specify the dimensions of the
block of pixels.  The \fIpixelSize\fR field specifies the address
difference between two horizontally adjacent pixels.  Often it is 3





or 4, but it can have any value.  The \fIpitch\fR field specifies the
address difference between two vertically adjacent pixels.  The
\fIoffset\fR array contains the offsets from the address of a pixel
to the addresses of the bytes containing the red, green, blue and alpha
(transparency) components.  These are normally 0, 1, 2 and 3, but can
have other values, e.g., for images that are stored as separate red,



green and blue planes.

.PP
The \fIcompRule\fR parameter to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR specifies a
compositing rule that says what to do with transparent pixels.  The
value \fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_OVERLAY\fR says that the previous contents of
the photo image should show through, and the value
\fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET\fR says that the previous contents of the photo
image should be completely ignored, and the values from the block be







|
>
>
>
>
>
|



|
|
>
>
>
|
>







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
    int \fIoffset\fR[4];
} \fBTk_PhotoImageBlock\fR;
.CE
The \fIpixelPtr\fR field points to the first pixel, that is, the
top-left pixel in the block.
The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR fields specify the dimensions of the
block of pixels.  The \fIpixelSize\fR field specifies the address
difference between two horizontally adjacent pixels.  It should be 4 for
RGB and 2 for grayscale image data.  Other values are possible, if the
offsets in the \fIoffset\fR array are adjusted accordingly (e.g. for
red, green and blue data stored in different planes).  Using such a
layout is strongly discouraged, though. Due to a bug, it might not work
correctly if an alpha channel is provided. (see the \fBBUGS\fR section
below). The \fIpitch\fR field specifies the
address difference between two vertically adjacent pixels.  The
\fIoffset\fR array contains the offsets from the address of a pixel
to the addresses of the bytes containing the red, green, blue and alpha
(transparency) components.  If the offsets for red, green and blue are
equal, the image is interpreted as grayscale. If they differ, RGB data
is assumed. Normally the offsets will be 0, 1, 2, 3 for RGB data
and 0, 0, 0, 1 for grayscale.  It is possible to provide image data
without an alpha channel by setting the offset for alpha to a negative
value and adjusting the \fIpixelSize\fR field accordingly. This use is
discouraged, though (see the \fBBUGS\fR section below).
.PP
The \fIcompRule\fR parameter to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR specifies a
compositing rule that says what to do with transparent pixels.  The
value \fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_OVERLAY\fR says that the previous contents of
the photo image should show through, and the value
\fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET\fR says that the previous contents of the photo
image should be completely ignored, and the values from the block be
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
\fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR can be used to retrieve image data from a photo
image.  \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR fills
in the structure pointed to by the \fIblockPtr\fR parameter with values
that describe the address and layout of the image data that the
photo image has stored internally.  The values are valid
until the image is destroyed or its size is changed.
.PP
It is possible to modify an image by writing directly to the data 
the \fIpixelPtr\fR field points to. The size of the image cannot be
changed this way, though.
Also, changes made by writing directly to \fIpixelPtr\fR will not be 
immediately visible, but only after a call to 
\fBTk_ImageChanged\fR or after an event that causes the interested 
widgets to redraw themselves.
For these reasons usually it is preferable to make changes to 
a copy of the image data and write it back with 
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR or \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR. 
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR returns 1 for compatibility with the
corresponding procedure in the old photo widget.
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoBlank\fR blanks the entire area of the
photo image.  Blank areas of a photo image are transparent.
.PP







|


|
|
|

|
|
|







189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
\fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR can be used to retrieve image data from a photo
image.  \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR fills
in the structure pointed to by the \fIblockPtr\fR parameter with values
that describe the address and layout of the image data that the
photo image has stored internally.  The values are valid
until the image is destroyed or its size is changed.
.PP
It is possible to modify an image by writing directly to the data
the \fIpixelPtr\fR field points to. The size of the image cannot be
changed this way, though.
Also, changes made by writing directly to \fIpixelPtr\fR will not be
immediately visible, but only after a call to
\fBTk_ImageChanged\fR or after an event that causes the interested
widgets to redraw themselves.
For these reasons usually it is preferable to make changes to
a copy of the image data and write it back with
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR or \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR.
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR returns 1 for compatibility with the
corresponding procedure in the old photo widget.
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoBlank\fR blanks the entire area of the
photo image.  Blank areas of a photo image are transparent.
.PP
244
245
246
247
248
249
250


















251
252
253
254
255
256
In Tk 8.4, \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR, \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR,
\fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR and \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR did not take an
\fIinterp\fR argument or return any result code.  If insufficient
memory was available for an image, Tk would panic.  This behaviour is
still supported if you compile your extension with the additional flag
-DUSE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE.  Code linked using Stubs against
older versions of Tk will continue to work.


















.SH CREDITS
.PP
The code for the photo image type was developed by Paul Mackerras,
based on his earlier photo widget code.
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
In Tk 8.4, \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR, \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR,
\fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR and \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR did not take an
\fIinterp\fR argument or return any result code.  If insufficient
memory was available for an image, Tk would panic.  This behaviour is
still supported if you compile your extension with the additional flag
-DUSE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE.  Code linked using Stubs against
older versions of Tk will continue to work.
.SH BUGS
The \fBTk_PhotoImageBlock\fR structure used to provide image data to
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR promises great flexibility in the layout of the
data (e.g. separate planes for the red, green, blue and alpha
channels).  Unfortunately, the implementation fails to hold this
promise.  The problem is that the \fIpixelSize\fR field is
(incorrectly) used to determine whether the image has an alpha channel.
Currently, if the offset for the alpha channel is greater or equal than
\fIpixelSize\fR, \fBtk_PhotoPutblock\fR assumes no alpha data is
present and makes the image fully opaque.  This means that for layouts
where the channels are separate (or any other exotic layout where
\fIpixelSize\fR has to be smaller than the alpha offset), the alpha
channel will not be read correctly.  In order to be on the safe side
if this issue will be corrected in a future release, it is strongly
recommended you always provide alpha data - even if the image has no
transparency - and only use the "standard" layout with a
\fIpixelSize\fR of 2 for grayscale and 4 for RGB data with
\fIoffset\fRs of 0, 0, 0, 1 or 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively.
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The code for the photo image type was developed by Paul Mackerras,
based on his earlier photo widget code.
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image

Changes to doc/FreeXId.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeXId(\fIdisplay, id\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display out
.AP Display *display in
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very
simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used.
If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id
space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash.
Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which
allows identifiers to be reused.
In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to
tell the allocator about resources that have been freed.
Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a
resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR,
\fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call
\fBTk_FreeXId\fR.
However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example
by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR
when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as
\fBXFreePixmap\fR.
If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will
be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough
to lose all of the available identifiers.
.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier






|




















|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28


















29
30
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_FreeXId(\fIdisplay, id\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display out
.AP Display *display in
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This function is deprecated, it doesn't do anything since 2008-08-19.


















.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier

Changes to doc/GeomReq.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetAnchor.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetBitmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetCapStyl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetClrmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetDash.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetGC.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHINSTANCE.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHWND.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetImage.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJoinStl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJustify.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetOption.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixels.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRelief.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRootCrd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetScroll.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetUid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVRoot.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Grab.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HWNDToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf



|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HandleEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/IdToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ImgChanged.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Inactive.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
long
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display
.AP Display *display in
The display on which the user inactivity timer is to be queried or
reset.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR returns the number of milliseconds that
have passed since the last user interaction (usually via keyboard or
mouse) with the respective display. On systems and displays that do not
support querying the user inactiviy time, \fB\-1\fR is returned.
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR resets the user inactivity timer of the
given display to zero.  On windowing systems that do not support
multiple displays \fIdisplay\fR can be passed as \fBNULL\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
idle, inactive



|












|











|
|




1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
long
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.sp
\fBTk_ResetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Display *display
.AP Display *display in
The display on which the user inactivity timer is to be queried or
reset.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR returns the number of milliseconds that
have passed since the last user interaction (usually via keyboard or
mouse) with the respective display. On systems and displays that do not
support querying the user inactivity time, \fB\-1\fR is returned.
\fBTk_ResetUserInactiveTime\fR resets the user inactivity timer of the
given display to zero.  On windowing systems that do not support
multiple displays \fIdisplay\fR can be passed as \fBNULL\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
idle, inactive

Changes to doc/InternAtom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainLoop.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MaintGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ManageGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MoveToplev.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Name.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/NameOfImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/OwnSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ParseArgv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/QWinEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Restack.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/RestrictEv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetAppName.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetCaret.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClass.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClassProcs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetGrid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetOptions.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
.AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in
Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration
options that are supported.  Used to build a Tk_OptionTable.  The information
pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable.
.AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in
Token for an option table.  Must have been returned by a previous call
to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR.
.AP char *recordPtr in/out
Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored;
fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR
and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR.
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates
the window in which the option will be used.  If \fIoptionTable\fR uses
no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for







|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
.AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in
Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration
options that are supported.  Used to build a Tk_OptionTable.  The information
pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable.
.AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in
Token for an option table.  Must have been returned by a previous call
to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR.
.AP void *recordPtr in/out
Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored;
fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR
and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR.
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates
the window in which the option will be used.  If \fIoptionTable\fR uses
no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for

Changes to doc/SetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/StrictMotif.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/TkInitStubs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Tk_Init.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/bell.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bind.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBbind\fI tag\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fB+\fR??\fIscript\fR?
.BE
.SH "INTRODUCTION"
.PP
The \fBbind\fR command associates Tcl scripts with X events.
If all three arguments are specified, \fBbind\fR will
arrange for \fIscript\fR (a Tcl script) to be evaluated whenever

the event(s) given by \fIsequence\fR occur in the window(s)
identified by \fItag\fR.
If \fIscript\fR is prefixed with a
.QW + ,
then it is appended to
any existing binding for \fIsequence\fR;  otherwise \fIscript\fR replaces
any existing binding.
If \fIscript\fR is an empty string then the current binding for
\fIsequence\fR is destroyed, leaving \fIsequence\fR unbound.







|













|
>
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBbind\fI tag\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fB+\fR??\fIscript\fR?
.BE
.SH "INTRODUCTION"
.PP
The \fBbind\fR command associates Tcl scripts with X events.
If all three arguments are specified, \fBbind\fR will
arrange for \fIscript\fR (a Tcl script called the
.QW "binding script")
to be evaluated whenever the event(s) given by \fIsequence\fR
occur in the window(s) identified by \fItag\fR.
If \fIscript\fR is prefixed with a
.QW + ,
then it is appended to
any existing binding for \fIsequence\fR;  otherwise \fIscript\fR replaces
any existing binding.
If \fIscript\fR is an empty string then the current binding for
\fIsequence\fR is destroyed, leaving \fIsequence\fR unbound.
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-5).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default







|







348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-9).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

391
392
393
394
395
396
397
to print out the keysym name for a particular key.
If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the
\fItype\fR field may be omitted;  it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR.
For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to
\fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR.
.SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS"
.PP
The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script,

which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs.
\fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the
\fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global
level (only global variables will be accessible).
If \fIscript\fR contains
any \fB%\fR characters, then the script will not be
executed directly.  Instead, a new script will be







|
>







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
to print out the keysym name for a particular key.
If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the
\fItype\fR field may be omitted;  it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR.
For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to
\fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR.
.SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS"
.PP
The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script, called the
.QW "binding script",
which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs.
\fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the
\fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global
level (only global variables will be accessible).
If \fIscript\fR contains
any \fB%\fR characters, then the script will not be
executed directly.  Instead, a new script will be
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609


610
611
612
613
614






615
616
617
618
619
620
621
an \fBall\fR binding.
The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for
a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with
the window.
.PP
The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a
binding script to control the processing of matching scripts.
If \fBcontinue\fR is invoked, then the current binding script


is terminated but Tk will continue processing binding scripts
associated with other \fItag\fR's.
If the \fBbreak\fR command is invoked within a binding script,
then that script terminates and no other scripts will be invoked
for the event.






.PP
If more than one binding matches a particular event and they
have the same \fItag\fR, then the most specific binding
is chosen and its script is evaluated.
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS







|
>
>
|
|



>
>
>
>
>
>







604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
an \fBall\fR binding.
The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for
a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with
the window.
.PP
The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a
binding script to control the processing of matching scripts.
If \fBcontinue\fR is invoked within a binding script, then this
binding script, including all other
.QW +
appended scripts, is terminated but Tk will continue processing
binding scripts associated with other \fItag\fR's.
If the \fBbreak\fR command is invoked within a binding script,
then that script terminates and no other scripts will be invoked
for the event.
.PP
Within a script called from the binding script, \fBreturn\fR
\fB-code ok\fR may be used to continue processing (including
.QW +
appended scripts), or \fBreturn\fR \fB-code break\fR may be used to
stop processing all other binding scripts.
.PP
If more than one binding matches a particular event and they
have the same \fItag\fR, then the most specific binding
is chosen and its script is evaluated.
The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of
several matching sequences is more specific:
.RS

Changes to doc/bindtags.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bitmap.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/busy.n.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33


34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?


.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block keyboard, button,
and pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with

a configurable busy cursor.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be







|


>
>













|
|
>
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events
from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can simply make
the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget







|
|







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
application (widget) is temporarily busy.
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
pointer events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can
simply make the toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the







|

<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134


135

136





137





138
139
140
141
142
143
144
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.


Returns the pathname of the busy window (i.e. the transparent window

shielding the window appearing busy) created by the \fBtk busy hold\fR





command for \fIwindow\fR, or the empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not busy.





.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
175
176
177
178
179
180
181






182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194





195










196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243

244
245

246
247


248
249
250


251
252
253
254
255
256

257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE






.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching





\fIpattern\fR are returned.










.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle
events in the busy window.
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
window is
.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
of the widget named
.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .
bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by the busy window. But if the widget already had focus, it still may

received keyboard events. To prevent this, you must move focus to another
window.

.PP
.CS


\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
label .dummy
focus .dummy


update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants.

.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>









|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|



|


<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|









|
>
|
|
>


>
>

|
|
>
>





|
>











165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227













228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
command returns the pathname of the busy window that was created (i.e. the
transparent window shielding the window appearing busy). The following
configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle
events in the busy window:
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind [\fBtk busy\fR busywindow .frame.canvas] <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP

or













.CS
set busyWin [\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas]
bind $busyWin <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
.PP
When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
focus by a user clicking on it by the busy window. But if the widget already had
focus, it still may receive keyboard events. The widget can also still receive
focus through keyboard traversal. To prevent this, you must move
focus to another window and make sure the focus can not go back to the widgets
made busy (e.g. but restricting focus to a cancel button).
.PP
.CS
pack [frame .frame]
pack [text .frame.text]
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
pack [button .cancel -text "Cancel" -command exit]
focus .cancel
bind .cancel <Tab> {break}
bind .cancel <Shift-Tab> {break}
update
.CE
.PP
The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
its descendants. It also makes sure it's not possible to leave button
\fB.cancel\fR using the keyboard.
.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
when Tk is built using Aqua support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/canvas.n.

543
544
545
546
547
548
549









550
551
552
553
554
555
556
If no coordinates are specified, this command returns a list
whose elements are the coordinates of the item named by
\fItagOrId\fR.
If coordinates are specified, then they replace the current
coordinates for the named item.
If \fItagOrId\fR refers to multiple items, then
the first one in the display list is used.









.TP
\fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype x y \fR?\fIx y ...\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype coordList \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.
Create a new item in \fIpathName\fR of type \fItype\fR.
The exact format of the arguments after \fItype\fR depends







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
If no coordinates are specified, this command returns a list
whose elements are the coordinates of the item named by
\fItagOrId\fR.
If coordinates are specified, then they replace the current
coordinates for the named item.
If \fItagOrId\fR refers to multiple items, then
the first one in the display list is used.
.RS
.PP
Note that for rectangles, ovals and arcs the returned list of coordinates
has a fixed order, namely the left, top, right and bottom coordinates,
which may not be the order originally given. Also the coordinates are always
returned in screen units with no units (that is, in pixels). So if the
original coordinates were specified for instance in centimeters or inches,
the returned values will nevertheless be in pixels.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype x y \fR?\fIx y ...\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype coordList \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.
Create a new item in \fIpathName\fR of type \fItype\fR.
The exact format of the arguments after \fItype\fR depends
644
645
646
647
648
649
650














651
652
653
654
655
656
657
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.














.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the
legal forms for \fIindex\fR.
Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if
that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the \fBfocus\fR widget
command, above), but the cursor position may
be set even when the item does not have the focus.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage \fIimagename\fR ?\fIsubsample\fR? ?\fIzoom\fR?
.
Draw the canvas into the Tk photo image named \fIimagename\fR. If a \fB-scrollregion\fR
has been defined then this will be the boundaries of the canvas region drawn and the
final size of the photo image. Otherwise the widget width and height with an origin
of 0,0 will be the size of the canvas region drawn and the final size of the photo
image. Optionally an integer \fIsubsample\fR factor may be given and the photo image
will be reduced in size. In addition to the \fIsubsample\fR an integer \fIzoom\fR
factor can also be given and the photo image will be enlarged. The image background
will be filled with the canvas background colour. The canvas widget does not need to
be mapped for this widget command to work, but at least one of it's ancestors must be
mapped.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimove \fItagOrId index x y\fR
.VS 8.6
This command causes the \fIindex\fR'th coordinate of each of the items
indicated by \fItagOrId\fR to be relocated to the location (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR).
Each item interprets \fIindex\fR independently according to the rules
described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Out of the standard set of items, only line

Changes to doc/chooseColor.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/chooseDirectory.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29




30
31
32
33
34
35
36
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.TP







\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirname\fR
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP




\fB\-mustexist\fR \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories.  If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist.  The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog







>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirname\fR
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified,
the initial directory defaults to the current working directory
on non-Windows systems and on Windows systems prior to Vista.
On Vista and later systems, the initial directory defaults to the last
user-selected directory for the application. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP
\fB\-message\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies a message to include in the client area of the dialog.
This is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-mustexist\fR \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories.  If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist.  The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog

Changes to doc/console.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/cursors.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\" 
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE



|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/destroy.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/dialog.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/entry.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBentry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-background	\-highlightthickness	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If







|

















>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBentry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-background	\-highlightthickness	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertbackground	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertofftime	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertontime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-insertwidth	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-justify
\-highlightcolor	\-relief
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled.  If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled.  If

Changes to doc/event.n.

334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341


342
343
344
345
346
347
348
changed.
.TP
\fB<<Selection>>\fR
This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is
changed.
.TP
\fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR
This is sent to a text widget when the ttk (Tile) theme changed.


.TP
\fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR
This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a
user-driven
.QW "tab to widget"
action.
.TP







|
>
>







334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
changed.
.TP
\fB<<Selection>>\fR
This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is
changed.
.TP
\fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR
This is sent to all widgets when the ttk theme changed. The ttk
widgets listen to this event and redisplay themselves when it fires.
The legacy widgets ignore this event.
.TP
\fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR
This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a
user-driven
.QW "tab to widget"
action.
.TP

Changes to doc/focus.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/focusNext.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/fontchooser.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/frame.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/getOpenFile.n.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.TP







\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fR \fIboolean\fR
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it.  A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user.  A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation.  Default value is true.
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fR \fIextension\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog after having selected an item. This callback is not called if the
user cancelled the dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR
followed by a space and the value selected by the user in the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fR \fIboolean\fR
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it.  A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user.  A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation.  Default value is true.
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fR \fIextension\fR

Changes to doc/grab.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/grid.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS
156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this

call to \fBgrid\fR, or the first unoccupied row if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is







>
|







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0.  If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this
call to \fBgrid\fR, or the next row after the highest occupied row
if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
.
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row.  If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is
197
198
199
200
201
202
203








204
205
206
207
208
209
210
.
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial
default settings are used.








.TP
\fBgrid info \fIslave\fR
.
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
.
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial
default settings are used.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBgrid info \fIslave\fR
.
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
273
274
275
276
277
278
279








280
281
282
283
284
285
286
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
However, the configuration options for that window are remembered,
so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous
values are retained.








.TP
\fBgrid size \fImaster\fR
.
Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fImaster\fR.
The size is determined either by the \fIslave\fR occupying the largest
row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fB\-minsize\fR,
\fB\-weight\fR, or \fB\-pad\fR that is non-zero.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
However, the configuration options for that window are remembered,
so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous
values are retained.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBgrid size \fImaster\fR
.
Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fImaster\fR.
The size is determined either by the \fIslave\fR occupying the largest
row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fB\-minsize\fR,
\fB\-weight\fR, or \fB\-pad\fR that is non-zero.

Changes to doc/image.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/keysyms.n.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17


18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tk recognizes many keysyms when specifying key bindings (e.g.,
.QW "\fBbind\fR \fB. <Key-\fR\fIkeysym\fR\fB>\fR" ).
The following list enumerates the
keysyms that will be recognized by Tk.  Note that not all keysyms will


be valid on all platforms.  For example, on Unix systems, the presence
of a particular keysym is dependant on the configuration of the
keyboard modifier map.  This list shows keysyms along with their
decimal and hexadecimal values.
.PP
.CS
space                               32     0x0020
exclam                              33     0x0021







>
>
|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tk recognizes many keysyms when specifying key bindings (e.g.,
.QW "\fBbind\fR \fB. <Key-\fR\fIkeysym\fR\fB>\fR" ).
The following list enumerates the
keysyms that will be recognized by Tk.  Note that not all keysyms will
be valid on all platforms, and some keysyms are also available on
platforms that have a different native name for that key.
For example, on Unix systems, the presence
of a particular keysym is dependant on the configuration of the
keyboard modifier map.  This list shows keysyms along with their
decimal and hexadecimal values.
.PP
.CS
space                               32     0x0020
exclam                              33     0x0021
914
915
916
917
918
919
920







921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
Alt_L                            65513     0xffe9
Alt_R                            65514     0xffea
Super_L                          65515     0xffeb
Super_R                          65516     0xffec
Hyper_L                          65517     0xffed
Hyper_R                          65518     0xffee
Delete                           65535     0xffff







.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n), event(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, binding, event, keysym
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>








916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
Alt_L                            65513     0xffe9
Alt_R                            65514     0xffea
Super_L                          65515     0xffeb
Super_R                          65516     0xffec
Hyper_L                          65517     0xffed
Hyper_R                          65518     0xffee
Delete                           65535     0xffff
XF86AudioLowerVolume         269025041     0x1008FF11
XF86AudioMute                269025042     0x1008FF12
XF86AudioRaiseVolume         269025043     0x1008FF13
XF86AudioPlay                269025044     0x1008FF14
XF86AudioStop                269025045     0x1008FF15
XF86AudioPrev                269025046     0x1008FF16
XF86AudioNext                269025047     0x1008FF17
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n), event(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, binding, event, keysym
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/label.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/lower.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menu.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
.nf
\fBmenu\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
\fBtk_menuSetFocus\fR \fIpathName\fR
.SO
\-activebackground	\-borderwidth	\-foreground
\-activeborderwidth	\-cursor	\-relief
\-activeforeground	\-disabledforeground	\-takefocus
\-background	\-font
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-postcommand postCommand Command
If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute
each time the menu is posted.  The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR
widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh
and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies
whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the
top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other
entries will number starting at 1.  The default
menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off
entry is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by







|














|
|
|
|
|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
.nf
\fBmenu\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
\fBtk_menuSetFocus\fR \fIpathName\fR
.SO
\-activebackground	\-borderwidth	\-foreground
\-activeborderwidth	\-cursor	\-relief
\-activeforeground	\-disabledforeground	\-takefocus
\-background	\-font	\-activerelief
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-postcommand postCommand Command
If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute
each time the menu is posted.  The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR
widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh
and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false),
which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off
entry at the top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and
the other entries will number starting at 1.  The default menu
bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry
is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR,
\fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry.
If the  \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second
textual field is displayed to the right of the label.  The accelerator
typically describes a keystroke sequence that may be used in the
application to cause the same result as invoking the menu entry.
This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding
binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command). 
The third field is an \fIindicator\fR.  The indicator is present only for
checkbutton or radiobutton entries.  It indicates whether the entry
is selected or not, and is displayed to the left of the entry's
string.
.PP
In normal use, an entry becomes active (displays itself differently)
whenever the mouse pointer is over the entry.  If a mouse







|







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR,
\fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry.
If the  \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second
textual field is displayed to the right of the label.  The accelerator
typically describes a keystroke sequence that may be used in the
application to cause the same result as invoking the menu entry.
This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding
binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command).
The third field is an \fIindicator\fR.  The indicator is present only for
checkbutton or radiobutton entries.  It indicates whether the entry
is selected or not, and is displayed to the left of the entry's
string.
.PP
In normal use, an entry becomes active (displays itself differently)
whenever the mouse pointer is over the entry.  If a mouse

Changes to doc/menubar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menubutton.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/message.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/messageBox.n.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26






27
28
29
30
31
32
33
the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic
name (see the \fB\-type\fR options).  After the message window is
popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the
buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button.
.PP
The following option-value pairs are supported:
.TP






\fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR
.
\fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for
this message window (
.QW ok ,
.QW cancel ,
and so on). See \fB\-type\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic
name (see the \fB\-type\fR options).  After the message window is
popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the
buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button.
.PP
The following option-value pairs are supported:
.TP
\fB\-command\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies the prefix of a Tcl command to invoke when the user closes the
dialog. The actual command consists of \fIstring\fR followed by a space
and the name of the button clicked by the user to close the dialog. This
is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR
.
\fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for
this message window (
.QW ok ,
.QW cancel ,
and so on). See \fB\-type\fR

Changes to doc/option.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/optionMenu.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/options.n.

54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61
62
63
64
65
66
67
definition of active elements.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons).
.OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background
Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements.
See above for definition of active elements.



.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap)
is to be displayed in the widget.
Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.







>
>
>







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
definition of active elements.
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons).
.OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background
Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements.
See above for definition of active elements.
.OP \-activerelief activeRelief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the active item of the widget.
See the \fB-relief\fR option for details.
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap)
is to be displayed in the widget.
Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget.
217
218
219
220
221
222
223








224
225
226
227
228
229
230
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.








.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by
the height of the things displayed in the widget);  if the geometry
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside.
Most widgets only use this option for padding text:  if they are
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding
options.
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options.
.OP \-placeholderforeground placeholderForeground PlaceholderForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the placeholder text is
displayed. If this option is the empty string, the default color gray70
is used.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget.  Acceptable
values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR.
The value
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative
to its exterior;  for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of

Changes to doc/pack-old.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/pack.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131








132
133
134
135
136
137
138
than receiving default values.
.RE
.TP
\fBpack forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from the packing order for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the packer.








.TP
\fBpack info \fIslave\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
.QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR"







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
than receiving default values.
.RE
.TP
\fBpack forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from the packing order for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the packer.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP518
If the last slave of the master becomes unmanaged, this will also send
the virtual event \fB<<NoManagedChild>>\fR to the master; the master
may choose to resize itself (or otherwise respond) to such a change.
.VE TIP518
.RE
.TP
\fBpack info \fIslave\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
.QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR"

Changes to doc/palette.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/panedwindow.n.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31











32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
.OP \-handlesize handleSize HandleSize
Specifies the side length of a sash handle.  Handles are always
drawn as squares.  May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies a desired height for the overall panedwindow widget. May be any
value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If an empty string, the widget will be
made high enough to allow all contained widgets to have their natural height.











.OP \-proxybackground proxyBackground ProxyBackground
Background color to use when drawing the proxy. If an empty string, the
value of the \fB-background\fR option will be used.
.OP \-proxyborderwidth proxyBorderWidth ProxyBorderWidth
Specifies the borderwidth of the proxy. May be any value accepted by
\fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-proxyrelief proxyRelief ProxyRelief
Relief to use when drawing the proxy. May be any of the standard Tk
relief values. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-sashrelief\fR
option will be used.
.OP \-opaqueresize opaqueResize OpaqueResize
Specifies whether panes should be resized as a sash is moved (true),
or if resizing should be deferred until the sash is placed (false).
.OP \-sashcursor sashCursor SashCursor
Mouse cursor to use when over a sash.  If null,
\fBsb_h_double_arrow\fR will be used for horizontal panedwindows, and
\fBsb_v_double_arrow\fR will be used for vertical panedwindows.
.OP \-sashpad sashPad SashPad
Specifies the amount of padding to leave of each side of a sash.  May
be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










<
<
<







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52



53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.OP \-handlesize handleSize HandleSize
Specifies the side length of a sash handle.  Handles are always
drawn as squares.  May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies a desired height for the overall panedwindow widget. May be any
value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If an empty string, the widget will be
made high enough to allow all contained widgets to have their natural height.
.OP \-opaqueresize opaqueResize OpaqueResize
Specifies whether panes should be resized as a sash is moved (true),
or if resizing should be deferred until the sash is placed (false).
In the latter case, a
.QW ghost
version of the sash is displayed during the resizing to show where the
panes will be resized to when releasing the mouse button. This
.QW ghost
version of the sash is the proxy. It's rendering can be configured
using the \fB-proxybackground\fR, \fB-proxyborderwidth\fR and
\fB-proxyrelief\fR options.
.OP \-proxybackground proxyBackground ProxyBackground
Background color to use when drawing the proxy. If an empty string, the
value of the \fB-background\fR option will be used.
.OP \-proxyborderwidth proxyBorderWidth ProxyBorderWidth
Specifies the borderwidth of the proxy. May be any value accepted by
\fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-proxyrelief proxyRelief ProxyRelief
Relief to use when drawing the proxy. May be any of the standard Tk
relief values. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-sashrelief\fR
option will be used.



.OP \-sashcursor sashCursor SashCursor
Mouse cursor to use when over a sash.  If null,
\fBsb_h_double_arrow\fR will be used for horizontal panedwindows, and
\fBsb_v_double_arrow\fR will be used for vertical panedwindows.
.OP \-sashpad sashPad SashPad
Specifies the amount of padding to leave of each side of a sash.  May
be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
.
Identify the panedwindow component underneath the point given by
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, in window coordinates.  If the point is over a
sash or a sash handle, the result is a two element list containing the
index of the sash or handle, and a word indicating whether it is over
a sash or a handle, such as {0 sash} or {2 handle}.  If the point is
over any other part of the panedwindow, the result is an empty list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the position of the sash
proxy, used for rubberband-style pane resizing. It can take any of
the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy coord\fR
.
Return a list containing the x and y coordinates of the most recent
proxy location.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy forget\fR
.
Remove the proxy from the display.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy place \fIx y\fR
.
Place the proxy at the given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash \fR?\fIargs\fR?
This command is used to query and change the position of sashes in the
panedwindow.  It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash coord \fIindex\fR
.
Return the current x and y coordinate pair for the sash given by
\fIindex\fR.  \fIIndex\fR must be an integer between 0 and 1 less than
the number of panes in the panedwindow.  The coordinates given are
those of the top left corner of the region containing the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash dragto \fIindex x y\fR
.
This command computes the difference between the given coordinates and the
coordinates given to the last \fBsash mark\fR command for the given
sash.  It then moves that sash the computed difference.  The return
value is the empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash mark \fIindex x y\fR
.
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR for the sash given by \fIindex\fR; used in
conjunction with later \fBsash dragto\fR commands to move the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash place \fIindex x y\fR
.
Place the sash given by \fIindex\fR at the given coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanecget \fIwindow option\fR
.
Query a management option for \fIwindow\fR.  \fIOption\fR may be any
value allowed by the \fBpaneconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure \fIwindow \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







136
137
138
139
140
141
142


















































143
144
145
146
147
148
149
.
Identify the panedwindow component underneath the point given by
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, in window coordinates.  If the point is over a
sash or a sash handle, the result is a two element list containing the
index of the sash or handle, and a word indicating whether it is over
a sash or a handle, such as {0 sash} or {2 handle}.  If the point is
over any other part of the panedwindow, the result is an empty list.


















































.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanecget \fIwindow option\fR
.
Query a management option for \fIwindow\fR.  \fIOption\fR may be any
value allowed by the \fBpaneconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure \fIwindow \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
306
307
308
309
310
311
312


















































313
314
315
316
317
318
319
width may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow.  \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the widgets managed by \fIpathName\fR.


















































.SH "RESIZING PANES"
.PP
A pane is resized by grabbing the sash (or sash handle if present) and
dragging with the mouse.  This is accomplished via mouse motion
bindings on the widget.  When a sash is moved, the sizes of the panes
on each side of the sash, and thus the widgets in those panes, are
adjusted.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
width may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow.  \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the widgets managed by \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy \fR?\fIargs\fR?
.
This command is used to query and change the position of the sash
proxy, used for rubberband-style pane resizing. It can take any of
the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy coord\fR
.
Return a list containing the x and y coordinates of the most recent
proxy location.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy forget\fR
.
Remove the proxy from the display.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy place \fIx y\fR
.
Place the proxy at the given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash \fR?\fIargs\fR?
This command is used to query and change the position of sashes in the
panedwindow.  It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash coord \fIindex\fR
.
Return the current x and y coordinate pair for the sash given by
\fIindex\fR.  \fIIndex\fR must be an integer between 0 and 1 less than
the number of panes in the panedwindow.  The coordinates given are
those of the top left corner of the region containing the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash dragto \fIindex x y\fR
.
This command computes the difference between the given coordinates and the
coordinates given to the last \fBsash mark\fR command for the given
sash.  It then moves that sash the computed difference.  The return
value is the empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash mark \fIindex x y\fR
.
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR for the sash given by \fIindex\fR; used in
conjunction with later \fBsash dragto\fR commands to move the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash place \fIindex x y\fR
.
Place the sash given by \fIindex\fR at the given coordinates.
.RE
.SH "RESIZING PANES"
.PP
A pane is resized by grabbing the sash (or sash handle if present) and
dragging with the mouse.  This is accomplished via mouse motion
bindings on the widget.  When a sash is moved, the sizes of the panes
on each side of the sash, and thus the widgets in those panes, are
adjusted.

Changes to doc/photo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60




61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72



73
74
75
76
77
78
79
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
photo \- Full-color images
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be
transparent.  A photo image is stored internally in full color (32
bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary.  Image
data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it
can be supplied from
C code through a procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6
GIF and PPM/PGM
formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional
image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image is transparent

in regions where no image data has been supplied
or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR
subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.  The string should




contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The
format of the
string must be one of those for which there is an image file format
handler that will accept string data.  If both the \fB\-data\fR
and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes
precedence.
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option.



.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP






|



















|









|
|
|
|
|
|



<
|
|
>
|
|
|








|
>
>
>
>
|

<
|
|
|
|

|


|
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
photo \- Full-color images
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption\fR?
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color with a varying
degree of transparency (the alpha channel). A photo image is stored
internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using
dithering if necessary.  Image data for a photo image can be obtained
from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a
procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6

GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to
allow additional image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image
is (semi)transparent if the image data it was obtained from had
transparency informaton. In regions where no image data has been
supplied, it is fully transparent. Transparency may also be modified
with the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.
.VS 8.7
The string should
contain data in the default list-of-lists form,
.VE 8.7
binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The

format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image
file format handler that will accept string data.  If both the
\fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR
option takes precedence.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option and optional arguments passed to
the format handler. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236






237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252

253
254
255
256
257
258




259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274

275
276
277
278
279
280




281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302



303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310


311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

329
330
331



332
333
334
335
336
337
338
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options






may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used.
Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string
containing this image data.

If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that
consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per
pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR
format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red
channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue).




.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1
and excluding x2,y2.  The default, if this option is not given, is the
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE

.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively.




.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.

This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).
If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret
it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each
scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see
\fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.)  Every scan-line
must be of the same length.  Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single
color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with
that color.  The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the


entire destination rectangle.  Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|

|
<
>
>
>
>
















>

|



|
>
>
>
>




>
|


|
<
|
<
<
<
|


|

|
>



>
>
>








>
>
|














|

|
>



>
>
>







235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310

311



312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string.
.VS 8.7
The format of the string depends on the format handler. By default, a
human readable format as a list of lists of pixel data is used, other
formats can be chosen with the \fB-format\fR option.
See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details.
.VE 8.7
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to use and,
optionally, arguments to the format handler.  Specifically, this
subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an
initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to
write a string containing this image data.
.VS 8.7
If this option is not given, this subcommand uses the default format
that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element
per pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR
format (see \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below).

.VE 8.7
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1
and excluding x2,y2.  The default, if this option is not given, is the
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR ?\fB-withalpha\fR?
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively. If the \fB-withalpha\fR
option is specified, the returned list will have a fourth element
representing the alpha value of the pixel as an integer between 0 and
255.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.
.VS 8.7
This command searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).
See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details on formats for image data.

.VE 8.7



The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR and, optionally,
arguments to be passed to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the
entire destination rectangle. If the region specified with this opion
is smaller than the supplied \fIdata\fR, the exceeding data is silently
discarded. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR and,
optionally, additional options to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are
367
368
369
370
371
372
373

374
375
376
377



378

379
380
381
382


383



384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404
405
406



407
408
409
410
411
412
413
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS

.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR
.
Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is



transparent.

.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR
.
Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is


true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise.



.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to

write the data to the file.  Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image
file.  If this option is not given, the format is guessed from
the file extension. If that cannot be determined, this subcommand
uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify







>

|

|
>
>
>
|
>

|

|
>
>
|
>
>
>














|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Returns true if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is fully transparent,
false otherwise.  If the option \fB-alpha\fR is passed, returns the
alpha value of the pixel instead, as an integer in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7

.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y\fR \fInewVal\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Change the transparency of the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) to
\fInewVal.\fR If no additional option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is
interpreted as a boolean and the pixel is made fully transparent if
that value is true, fully opaque otherwise.  If the \fB-alpha\fR
option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is interpreted as an integral alpha
value for the pixel, which must be in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to
write the data to the file and, optionally, options to pass to the
format handler.  Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first
handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR
and which has the capability to write an image file.  If this option
is not given, the format is guessed from the file extension. If that
cannot be determined, this subcommand uses the first handler that has
the capability to write an image file.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
422
423
424
425
426
427
428





429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452


















453
454
455
456
457








458







459
460
461

462
463
464
465
466
467
468

469
470
471
472
473















































474
475
476
477
478
479
480
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF





formats, which are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing
string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the
photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is
found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string.
Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the
user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify
which handler to use.  In fact the photo image code will try those
handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the
\fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive).  For
example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler
named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler
named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.


















.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6
Some image formats support sub-options, which are specified at the time that
the image is loaded using additional words in the \fB\-format\fR option. At








the time of writing, the following are supported:







.TP
\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.

When parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th value
may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer from 0 up to the
number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.

An additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through. This usually also
has the effect of desaturating the image. The \fIalphaValue\fR must be between
0.0 and 1.0.
.VE 8.6















































.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the







>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
|
|
|
|



>
|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484

485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF
formats,
.VS 8.7
as well as the \fBdefault\fR handler to encode/decode image
data in a human readable form.
.VE 8.7
These handlers are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing string data specified with
the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes
each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read
the data in the file or string.  Usually this will find the correct
handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the
\fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use.  In this case,
the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with

the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is
case-insensitive).  For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format
gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a
handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.
.VS 8.7
.SS "THE DEFAULT IMAGE HANDLER"
.PP
The \fBdefault\fR image handler cannot be used to read or write data
from/to a file. Its sole purpose is to encode and decode image data in
string form in a clear text, human readable, form. The \fIimageName\fR
\fBdata\fR subcommand uses this handler when no other format is
specified. When reading image data from a string with \fIimageName\fR
\fBput\fR or the \fB-data\fR option, the default handler is treated
as the other handlers.
.PP
Image data in the \fBdefault\fR string format is a (top-to-bottom)
list of scan-lines, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list
of pixel data. Every scan-line has the same length. The color
and, optionally, alpha value of each pixel is specified in any of
the forms described in the \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR section below.
.VE 8.7

.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6
Image formats may support sub-options, wich ahre specified using
additional words in the value to the \fB\-format\fR option. These
suboptions can affect how image data is read or written to file or
string. The nature and values of these options is up to the format
handler.
The built-in handlers support these suboptions:
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fBdefault \-colorformat\fI formatType\fR
.
The option is allowed when writing image data to a string with
\fIimageName\fR \fBdata\fR. Specifies the format to use for the color
string of each pixel. \fIformatType\fR may be one of: \fBrgb\fR to
encode pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR, \fBrgba\fR to encode
pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBBAA\fR or \fBlist\fR to encode
pixel data as a list with four elements. See \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR
below for details. The default is \fBrgb\fR.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. When
parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th
value may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer
from 0 up to the number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. Specifies
an additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through.  This
usually also has the effect of desaturating the image.  The
\fIalphaValue\fR must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
.VE 8.6
.VS 8.7
.SH "COLOR FORMATS"
.PP
The default image handler can represent/parse color and alpha values
of a pixel in one of the formats listed below. If a color format does
not contain transparency information, full opacity is assumed.  The
available color formats are:
.IP \(bu 3
The empty string - interpreted as full transparency, the color value
is undefined.
.IP \(bu 3
Any value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR, optionally followed by an
alpha suffix. The alpha suffix may be one of:
.RS
.TP
\fB@\fR\fIA\fR
.
The alpha value \fIA\fR must be a fractional value in the range  0.0
(fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque).
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIX\fR is a hexadecimal digit that specifies an integer
alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque).
This is expanded in range from 4 bits wide to 8 bits wide by
multiplication by 0x11.
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIXX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIXX\fR is passed as two hexadecimal digits that
specify an integer alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255
(fully opaque).
.RE
.IP \(bu 3
A Tcl list with three or four integers in the range 0 to 255,
specifying the values for the red, green, blue and (optionally)
alpha channels respectively.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRGBA\fR format: a \fB#\fR followed by four hexadecimal digits,
where each digit is the value for the red, green, blue and alpha
channels respectively. Each digit will be expanded internally to
8 bits by multiplication by 0x11.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRRGGBBAA\fR format: \fB#\fR followed by eight hexadecimal digits,
where each pair of  subsequent digits represents the value for the red,
green, blue and alpha channels respectively.
.VE 8.7
.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the
530
531
532
533
534
535
536

















537
538
539
540
541
542
543
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6

















.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6
.PP
.VS 8.7
Create a green box with a simple shadow effect
.PP
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR foo

# Make a simple graduated fill varying in alpha for the shadow
for {set i 14} {$i > 0} {incr i -1} {
   set i2 [expr {$i + 30}]
   foo \fBput\fR [format black#%x [expr {15-$i}]] -to $i $i $i2 $i2
}

# Put a solid green rectangle on top
foo \fBput\fR #F080 -to 0 0 30 30
.VE 8.7
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/place.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/popup.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/radiobutton.n.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73









74
75
76
77
78
79
80
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is true then the color applies to the indicator.
Under Windows, this color is used as the background for the indicator
regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
.QW raised ,
the effect is achieved
of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is
depressed when activated.  This is the behavior typically exhibited by
the Align-Left, Align-Right, and Center radiobuttons on the toolbar of a
word-processor, for example.
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.









.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43










44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
.OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn
Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn.  Must be a
proper boolean value.  If false, the \fB\-relief\fR option is
ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is
selected and raised otherwise.










.OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief
Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and
the checkbutton is off.  The default value is
.QW raised .
By setting this option to
.QW flat
and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to
.QW raised ,
the effect is achieved
of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is
depressed when activated.  This is the behavior typically exhibited by
the Align-Left, Align-Right, and Center radiobuttons on the toolbar of a
word-processor, for example.
.OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief
Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the
mouse cursor is over the widget.  This option can be used to make
toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief
raised\fR.  If the value of this option is the empty string, then no
alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton.
The empty string is the default value.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected.
If \fBindicatorOn\fR is true then the color is used as the background for
the indicator regardless of the select state.
If \fB\-indicatoron\fR is false, this color is used as the background
for the entire widget, in place of \fB\-background\fR or \fB\-activeBackground\fR,
whenever the widget is selected.
If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for
displaying when the widget is selected.
.OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage
Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option)
when the radiobutton is selected.
This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been
specified.
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton:  \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR,

Changes to doc/raise.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
27
28
29
30
31
32
33



34
35
36
37
38
39
40
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.



.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS







>
>
>







27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
\fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR
(or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR);
this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR.
.PP
All \fBtoplevel\fR windows may be restacked with respect to each
other, whatever their relative path names, but the window manager is
not obligated to strictly honor requests to restack.
.PP
On macOS raising an iconified \fBtoplevel\fR window causes it to be
deiconified.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after
it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where
you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the
display:
.CS

Changes to doc/scale.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the trough in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the trough's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the trough's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line







|

|
|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale.  Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this
value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable
will be modified to reflect the scale's new value.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the scale in screen units
(i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR).
For vertical scales this is the scale's width;  for horizontal scales
this is the scale's height.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line

Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/selection.n.

136
137
138
139
140
141
142




















143
144
145
146
147
148
149
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE




















.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR.  \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.RE
.SH WIDGET FACILITIES
.PP
The \fBtext\fR, \fBentry\fR, \fBttk::entry\fR, \fBlistbox\fR, \fBspinbox\fR and \fBttk::spinbox\fR widgets have the option \fB\-exportselection\fR.  If a widget has this option set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, then (in an unsafe interpreter) a selection made in the widget is automatically written to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection.
.PP
A GUI event, for example \fB<<PasteSelection>>\fR, can copy the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection to certain widgets.  This copy is implemented by a widget binding to the event.  The binding script makes appropriate calls to the \fBselection\fR command.
.PP
.SH PORTABILITY ISSUES
.PP
On X11, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is a system-wide feature of the X server, allowing communication between different processes that are X11 clients.
.PP
On Windows, the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is not provided by the system, but only by Tk, and so it is shared only between windows of a master interpreter and its unsafe slave interpreters.  It is not shared between interpreters in different processes or different threads.  Each master interpreter has a separate \fBPRIMARY\fR selection that is shared only with its unsafe slaves.
.PP
.SH SECURITY
.PP
A safe interpreter cannot read from the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection because its \fBselection\fR command is hidden.  For this reason the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection cannot be written to the Tk widgets of a safe interpreter.
.PP
A Tk widget can have its option \fB\-exportselection\fR set to boolean \fBtrue\fR, but in a safe interpreter this option has no effect: writing from the widget to the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection is disabled.
.PP
These are security features.  A safe interpreter may run untrusted code, and it is a security risk if this untrusted code can read or write the \fBPRIMARY\fR selection used by other interpreters.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
\fBSECONDARY\fR selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.PP
.CS

Changes to doc/send.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/spinbox.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBspinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-activebackground	\-highlightthickness	\-repeatinterval
\-background	\-insertbackground	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.






|


















>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBspinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-activebackground	\-highlightthickness	\-repeatinterval
\-background	\-insertbackground	\-selectbackground
\-borderwidth	\-insertborderwidth	\-selectborderwidth
\-cursor	\-insertontime	\-selectforeground
\-exportselection	\-insertwidth	\-takefocus
\-font	\-insertofftime	\-textvariable
\-foreground	\-justify	\-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground	\-relief
\-highlightcolor	\-repeatdelay
\-placeholder	\-placeholderforeground
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background
The background color to be used for the spin buttons.
.OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor
The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons.  If this is empty
(the default), a default cursor will be used.
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents.  This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment







|
>







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents. If this value is greater than the \fB\-to\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents.  This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand







|
>







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents. If this value is less than the \fB\-from\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228




229
230
231
232
233
234
235
     \fI%W config \-validate %v\fR
.CE
in the \fB\-validatecommand\fR or \fB\-invalidcommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the spinbox widget from).  It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fBvalidate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fBfrom\fR or \fBto\fR
and the \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
     \fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-vcmd {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fBvalidate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fBfrom\fR and \fBto\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.




.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR.  This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?







|
|
|



|
|

>
>
>
>







216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
     \fI%W config \-validate %v\fR
.CE
in the \fB\-validatecommand\fR or \fB\-invalidcommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the spinbox widget from).  It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fB-validate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fB-from\fR or \fB-to\fR
and the \fB-validatecommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
     \fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-vcmd {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fB-validate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fB-from\fR and \fB-to\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.
.PP
Moreover, forced validation is performed when invoking any spinbutton of
the spinbox. If the validation script returns false in this situation,
then the \fB-validate\fR option will be automatically set to \fBnone\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR.  This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?

Changes to doc/text.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
option is only used when wrapping is enabled. If a text line wraps, the right
margin for each line on the display is determined by the first non-elided
character of that display line.
.TP
\fB\-rmargincolor \fIcolor\fR
.
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use in regions that do not
contain characters because they are indented by \fB\-rmargin1\fR. It may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
used is specified by the \fB-background\fR tag option (or, if this is also
unspecified, by the \fB-background\fR widget option).
.TP
\fB\-selectbackground \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying selected







|







533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
option is only used when wrapping is enabled. If a text line wraps, the right
margin for each line on the display is determined by the first non-elided
character of that display line.
.TP
\fB\-rmargincolor \fIcolor\fR
.
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use in regions that do not
contain characters because they are indented by \fB\-rmargin\fR. It may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
used is specified by the \fB-background\fR tag option (or, if this is also
unspecified, by the \fB-background\fR widget option).
.TP
\fB\-selectbackground \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying selected
605
606
607
608
609
610
611


612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
specified by the \fB\-foreground\fR tag option is used.
.TP
\fB\-wrap \fImode\fR
.
\fIMode\fR specifies how to handle lines that are wider than the text's


window. It has the same legal values as the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text
widget: \fBnone\fR, \fBchar\fR, or \fBword\fR. If this tag option is
specified, it overrides the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget.
.PP
If a character has several tags associated with it, and if their display
options conflict, then the options of the highest priority tag are used. If a
particular display option has not been specified for a particular tag, or if
it is specified as an empty string, then that option will never be used; the
next-highest-priority tag's option will used instead. If no tag specifies a
particular display option, then the default style for the widget will be used.







>
>
|
|
|







605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
specified by the \fB\-foreground\fR tag option is used.
.TP
\fB\-wrap \fImode\fR
.
\fIMode\fR specifies how to handle lines that are wider than the text's
window. This option only applies to a display line if it applies to the
first non-elided character on that display line. It has the same legal
values as the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget: \fBnone\fR,
\fBchar\fR, or \fBword\fR. If this tag option is specified, it
overrides the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget.
.PP
If a character has several tags associated with it, and if their display
options conflict, then the options of the highest priority tag are used. If a
particular display option has not been specified for a particular tag, or if
it is specified as an empty string, then that option will never be used; the
next-highest-priority tag's option will used instead. If no tag specifies a
particular display option, then the default style for the widget will be used.
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324

1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is

empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit

action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on
the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and







|
>
|












|
>
|
|







1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then, and returns a list of indices indicating
what ranges were changed by the redo operation. Generates an error when the
redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, and returns a
list of indices indicating what ranges were changed by the undo operation. An
edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded
on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160



2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [31]
Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.



.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP







<
<
<


>
>
>







2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159



2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in front of the
insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the insertion
cursor.
.IP [30]



Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of the
insertion cursor.
.IP [31]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget after copying it to
the clipboard.
.IP [32]
Control-z undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true.
Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit action if
the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP

Changes to doc/tk.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/tk4.0.ps.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def 
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def 
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put 
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put 
FrameDict /bug false put 
mark 
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark 
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put 
FrameDict /bug get { 
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop 
			dup 10 eq {exit} if 
			dup 13 eq {exit} if 
			gstring exch gindex exch put 
			/gindex gindex 1 add def 
		} loop
		pop 
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true 
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def 
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def 
	end 
	} def 
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT { 
	array /FMfonts exch def 
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername 
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse 
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse 
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end 
	} def 
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE { 
	FrameDict begin 
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape { 
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop 
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave 
	} def 
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore 
	pagesave restore
	end 
	showpage
	} def 
/FMFONTDEFINE { 
	FrameDict begin
	findfont 
	ReEncode 
	1 index exch 
	definefont 
	FMfonts 3 1 roll 
	put
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end 
	} def 
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS { 
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray 
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF { 
	end 
	/FMEPSF save def 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall 
	fx fy translate 
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale 
	llx neg lly neg translate 
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin 
	} bind def
FrameDict begin 
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen { 
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch 
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername { 
	/papersizedict 14 dict def 
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def 
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen







|



|
|
|
|




|
|
|





|
|
|
|
|

|
|










|


|
|
|












|
|











|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|





|
|

|

|

|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|
|





|









|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|

|








|
|




|
|

|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put
FrameDict /bug false put
mark
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put
FrameDict /bug get {
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop
			dup 10 eq {exit} if
			dup 13 eq {exit} if
			gstring exch gindex exch put
			/gindex gindex 1 add def
		} loop
		pop
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def
	end
	} def
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT {
	array /FMfonts exch def
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end
	} def
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE {
	FrameDict begin
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape {
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave
	} def
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore
	pagesave restore
	end
	showpage
	} def
/FMFONTDEFINE {
	FrameDict begin
	findfont
	ReEncode
	1 index exch
	definefont
	FMfonts 3 1 roll
	put
	end
	} def
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end
	} def
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end
	} def
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS {
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF {
	end
	/FMEPSF save def
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall
	fx fy translate
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale
	llx neg lly neg translate
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin
	} bind def
FrameDict begin
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen {
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername {
	/papersizedict 14 dict def
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	statusdict begin stopped end 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
		/Legal {legal} def
		/Statement {statement} def
		/Executive {executive} def
		/A3 {a3} def
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped 
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1 
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop 
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {







|
|
|


















|




|

|







233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	statusdict begin stopped end
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
		/Legal {legal} def
		/Statement {statement} def
		/Executive {executive} def
		/A3 {a3} def
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode { 
	dup 
	length 
	dict begin 
	{
	1 index /FID ne 
		{def} 
		{pop pop} ifelse 
	} forall 
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if 
	currentdict 
	end 
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
	/xindex FMLOCAL
	/yindex FMLOCAL
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if 
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}







|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
















|







310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode {
	dup
	length
	dict begin
	{
	1 index /FID ne
		{def}
		{pop pop} ifelse
	} forall
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if
	currentdict
	end
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
	/xindex FMLOCAL
	/yindex FMLOCAL
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor 
	
	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors   
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def
      
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K { 
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store 
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray { 
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store 
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}
	
	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K { 
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize { 
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H { 
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X { 
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern} 
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V { 
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N { 
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L { 
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto 
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y { 
	L 
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R { 
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y 
	} bind def
/RR { 
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	newpath
	x1 y1 rad add moveto
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C { 
	grestore
	gsave
	R 
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F { 
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q { 
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F 
	} bind def
/T { 
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF { 
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P { 
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S { 
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B { 
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G { 
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto 
	dnormalize scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A { 
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch 
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch 
	translate 
	scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/h FMLOCAL
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE { 
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def 
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	FMsaveobject restore 
	} bind def
/gn { 
	0 
	{	46 mul 
		cf read pop 
		32 sub 
		dup 46 lt {exit} if 
		46 sub add 
		} loop
	add 
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs { 
	/str sl string def 
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for 
	str def 
	} bind def
/ic [ 
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}







|
|





|









|
|

|

|

|

|

|



|


|
|


|



|

|

|

|

|


|










|


|






|


|



|


|







|



|


|
|







|








|

|
















|


|



|




|

|

|


|



|

|




|



|

|




|



|






|



|






|


|
|
|



|



|
|
|
|
|















|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|


|
|
|
|

|







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor

	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def

	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K {
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray {
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}

	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K {
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize {
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H {
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X {
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern}
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V {
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N {
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L {
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y {
	L
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R {
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y
	} bind def
/RR {
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	newpath
	x1 y1 rad add moveto
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C {
	grestore
	gsave
	R
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F {
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q {
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F
	} bind def
/T {
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF {
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P {
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S {
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B {
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G {
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto
	dnormalize scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A {
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch
	translate
	scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/h FMLOCAL
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE {
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	FMsaveobject restore
	} bind def
/gn {
	0
	{	46 mul
		cf read pop
		32 sub
		dup 46 lt {exit} if
		46 sub add
		} loop
	add
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs {
	/str sl string def
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for
	str def
	} bind def
/ic [
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms { 
	/sl exch def 
	/val 255 def 
	/ws cfs 
	/im cfs 
	/val 0 def 
	/bs cfs 
	/cs cfs 
	} bind def
400 ms 
/ip { 
	is 
	0 
	cf cs readline pop 
	{	ic exch get exec 
		add 
		} forall 
	pop 
	
	} bind def
/wh { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/bl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len 
	} bind def
/hx { 
	3 copy getinterval 
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop 
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes { 
	dup 
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} image 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|

|
|
|

|


|
|
|


|

|
|
|








|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|

|
|

|







651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms {
	/sl exch def
	/val 255 def
	/ws cfs
	/im cfs
	/val 0 def
	/bs cfs
	/cs cfs
	} bind def
400 ms
/ip {
	is
	0
	cf cs readline pop
	{	ic exch get exec
		add
		} forall
	pop

	} bind def
/wh {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/bl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len
	} bind def
/hx {
	3 copy getinterval
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes {
	dup
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def 
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop } 
        { cf gis readhexstring pop } 
        { cf bis readhexstring pop } 
        true 3 colorimage 
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray { 
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop 
          cf gis readhexstring pop 
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end 
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def







|









|



|


|
|
|
|


|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|







|








|


|



|
|
|
|

|


|


|




|







809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop }
        { cf gis readhexstring pop }
        { cf bis readhexstring pop }
        true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray {
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop
          cf gis readhexstring pop
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def

Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/tkvars.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/tkwait.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/toplevel.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/ttk_Theme.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default







|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-justify	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69


70






























71
72




73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
\fBdisabled\fR means that it is not defaultable.
The default is \fBnormal\fR.
.RS
.PP
Depending on the theme, the default button may be displayed
with an extra highlight ring, or with a different border color.
.RE
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR
in the style.
.\" Not documented -- may go away
.\" .OP \-padding padding Padding
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-padding padding Padding
.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
.OP \-state state State


May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR to control the






























\fBdisabled\fR state bit. This is a
.QW write-only




option: setting it changes the widget state, but the \fBstate\fR
widget command does not affect the state option.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







<
<
<
<
<
<
<





<













|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41







42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
\fBdisabled\fR means that it is not defaultable.
The default is \fBnormal\fR.
.RS
.PP
Depending on the theme, the default button may be displayed
with an extra highlight ring, or with a different border color.
.RE







.\" Not documented -- may go away
.\" .OP \-padding padding Padding
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor

.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::button\fP is \fBTButton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTButton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-anchor\fP \fIanchor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-highlightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-highlightthickness\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-shiftrelief\fP \fIamount\fP
.RS
\fB\-shiftrelief\fP specifies how far the button contents are
shifted down and right in the \fIpressed\fP state.
This action provides additional skeumorphic feedback.
.RE
\fB\-width\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), button(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, default, command
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_checkbutton.n.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70




























71
72
73
74
75
76
77
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::checkbutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.




























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::radiobutton(n), checkbutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, toggle, check, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::checkbutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::checkbutton\fP is \fBTCheckbutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBalternate\fP, \fBdisabled\fP,
\fBpressed\fP, \fBselected\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCheckbutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargin\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::radiobutton(n), checkbutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, toggle, check, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify







|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values;
the user may select the value of the text field from among the
values in the list.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style	\-placeholder
.SE
.\" ALSO: Other entry widget options
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
Boolean value.
If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
106
107
108
109
110
111
112













































































113
114
115
116
117
118
119
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.













































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
choice, entry, list box, text box, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::combobox\fP is \fBTCombobox\fP.
The \fBttk::combobox\fP uses the \fBentry\fP and
\fBlistbox\fP widgets internally.
The listbox frame has a class name of \fBComboboxPopdownFrame\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTCombobox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-focusfill\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Can only be changed when using non-native and non-graphical themes.
.RE
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-postoffset\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Text entry select background.
.RE
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Text entry select foreground.
.RE
.PP
The \fBttk::combobox\fP popdown listbox cannot be configured using
\fBttk::style\fP nor via the widget \fBconfigure\fP command.  The listbox
can be configured using the option database.
.PP
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font \fIfont\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.foreground \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.selectBackground \fIcolor\fP
.br
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.selectForeground \fIcolor\fP
.PP
To configure a specific listbox (subject to future change):
.CS
set popdown [ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow .mycombobox]
$popdown.f.l configure \-font \fIfont\fP
.CE
.PP
\fBComboboxPopdownFrame\fP
styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
choice, entry, list box, text box, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26


27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style


\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-font font Font
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.







|
>
>
|









<
<







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38


39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.


.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.
457
458
459
460
461
462
463









































464
465
466
467
468
469
470
Typically, the text is
.QW grayed-out
in the \fBdisabled\fR state,
and a different background is used in the \fBreadonly\fR state.
.PP
The entry widget sets the \fBinvalid\fR state if revalidation fails,
and clears it whenever validation succeeds.









































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
Typically, the text is
.QW grayed-out
in the \fBdisabled\fR state,
and a different background is used in the \fBreadonly\fR state.
.PP
The entry widget sets the \fBinvalid\fR state if revalidation fails,
and clears it whenever validation succeeds.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::entry\fP is \fBTEntry\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTEntry\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.br
Some themes use a graphical background and their field background colors cannot be changed.
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-insertwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-selectborderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), entry(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49













50
51
52
53
54
55
56
\fBttk::frame\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::frame\fR widget is a container, used to group other widgets
together.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth
The desired width of the widget border.  Defaults to 0.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
One of the standard Tk border styles:
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, or \fBsunken\fR.
Defaults to \fBflat\fR.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Additional padding to include inside the border.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used
to change this.













.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
|









<
<

















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30


31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
\fBttk::frame\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::frame\fR widget is a container, used to group other widgets
together.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-padding	\-style
\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth
The desired width of the widget border.  Defaults to 0.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
One of the standard Tk border styles:
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR,
\fBsolid\fR, or \fBsunken\fR.
Defaults to \fBflat\fR.


.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used
to change this.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::frame\fP is \fBTFrame\fP.
.PP
\fBTFrame\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_image.n.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39









40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.SH OPTIONS
.PP
Valid \fIoptions\fR are:
.TP
\fB\-border\fR \fIpadding\fR
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers, specifying
the left, top, right, and bottom borders, respectively.







See \fBIMAGE STRETCHING\fR, below.
.TP
\fB\-height \fIheight\fR
Specifies a minimum height for the element.
If less than zero, the base image's height is used as a default.
.TP
\fB\-padding\fR \fIpadding\fR
Specifies the element's interior padding.  Defaults to









\fB\-border\fR if not specified.
.TP
\fB\-sticky\fR \fIspec\fR
Specifies how the image is placed within the final parcel.
\fIspec\fR contains zero or more characters
.QW n ,
.QW s ,
.QW w ,







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
.SH OPTIONS
.PP
Valid \fIoptions\fR are:
.TP
\fB\-border\fR \fIpadding\fR
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers, specifying
the left, top, right, and bottom borders, respectively.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right border;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical border;
a single number specifies the same border all the way around the element.
See \fBIMAGE STRETCHING\fR, below.
.TP
\fB\-height \fIheight\fR
Specifies a minimum height for the element.
If less than zero, the base image's height is used as a default.
.TP
\fB\-padding\fR \fIpadding\fR
Specifies the element's interior padding.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
Defaults to \fB\-border\fR if not specified.
.TP
\fB\-sticky\fR \fIspec\fR
Specifies how the image is placed within the final parcel.
\fIspec\fR contains zero or more characters
.QW n ,
.QW s ,
.QW w ,

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73



















74
75
76
77
78
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor

\-image	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR.
.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for label text.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the amount of extra space to allocate for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels).
If this option is less than or equal to zero,
then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.



















.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
>
|

|


<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27






28
29
30


















31
32
33
34
35
36









37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-image	\-justify	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"






.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.


















.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.









.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::label\fP is \fBTLabel\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabel\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget is a container used to group other widgets
together.  It has an optional label, which may be a plain text string or
another widget.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.\" XXX: Currently included, but may go away:
.\" XXX: .OP -borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth
.\" XXX: The desired width of the widget border.  Default is theme-dependent.
.\" XXX: .OP -relief relief Relief
.\" XXX: One of the standard Tk border styles:







|
|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget is a container used to group other widgets
together.  It has an optional label, which may be a plain text string or
another widget.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-padding	\-style
\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.\" XXX: Currently included, but may go away:
.\" XXX: .OP -borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth
.\" XXX: The desired width of the widget border.  Default is theme-dependent.
.\" XXX: .OP -relief relief Relief
.\" XXX: One of the standard Tk border styles:
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69








































70
71
72
73
74
75
76
Specifies the text of the label.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to
underline in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR
sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Additional padding to include inside the border.
.OP \-labelwidget labelWidget LabelWidget
The name of a widget to use for the label.
If set, overrides the \fB\-text\fR option.
The \fB\-labelwidget\fR must be a child of the \fBlabelframe\fR widget
or one of the \fBlabelframe\fR's ancestors, and must belong to the
same top-level widget as the \fBlabelframe\fR.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
(See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and
\fB\-height\fR).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.








































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::frame(n), labelframe(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container, label, groupbox
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







<
<

















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







44
45
46
47
48
49
50


51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Specifies the text of the label.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to
underline in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR
sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget.


.OP \-labelwidget labelWidget LabelWidget
The name of a widget to use for the label.
If set, overrides the \fB\-text\fR option.
The \fB\-labelwidget\fR must be a child of the \fBlabelframe\fR widget
or one of the \fBlabelframe\fR's ancestors, and must belong to the
same top-level widget as the \fBlabelframe\fR.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
(See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and
\fB\-height\fR).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::labelframe\fP is \fBTLabelframe\fP.
The text label
has a class of \fBTLabelframe.Label\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabelframe\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-labelmargins\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-labeloutside\fP \fIboolean\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
\fBTLabelframe.Label\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::frame(n), labelframe(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, frame, container, label, groupbox
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_menubutton.n.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47



























48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Menubutton widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.



























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), menu(n), menubutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, menu
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Menubutton widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::menubutton\fP is \fBTMenubutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTMenubutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-width\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), menu(n), menubutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, menu
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43



44
45
46
47
48
49
50
of the notebook.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.



.OP \-width width Width
If present and greater than zero,
specifies the desired width of the pane area
(not including internal padding).
Otherwise, the maximum width of all panes is used.
.SH "TAB OPTIONS"
The following options may be specified for individual notebook panes:







>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
of the notebook.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-width width Width
If present and greater than zero,
specifies the desired width of the pane area
(not including internal padding).
Otherwise, the maximum width of all panes is used.
.SH "TAB OPTIONS"
The following options may be specified for individual notebook panes:
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174

175
176
177
178
179
180
181
returns a dictionary of the tab option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBtabs\fR
Returns the list of windows managed by the notebook.

.SH "KEYBOARD TRAVERSAL"
To enable keyboard traversal for a toplevel window
containing a notebook widget \fI$nb\fR, call:
.CS
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal $nb
.CE
.PP







|
>







170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
returns a dictionary of the tab option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBtabs\fR
Returns the list of windows managed by the notebook, in the index order of
their associated tabs.
.SH "KEYBOARD TRAVERSAL"
To enable keyboard traversal for a toplevel window
containing a notebook widget \fI$nb\fR, call:
.CS
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal $nb
.CE
.PP
200
201
202
203
204
205
206


















































207
208
209
210
211
212
213
.CS
pack [\fBttk::notebook\fR .nb]
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f1] \-text "First tab"
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f2] \-text "Second tab"
\&.nb select .nb.f2
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal .nb
.CE


















































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), grid(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
pane, tab
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
.CS
pack [\fBttk::notebook\fR .nb]
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f1] \-text "First tab"
\&.nb add [frame .nb.f2] \-text "Second tab"
\&.nb select .nb.f2
ttk::notebook::enableTraversal .nb
.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::notebook\fP is \fBTNotebook\fP.  The tab has
a class name of \fBTNotebook.Tab\fP
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTNotebook\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabmargins\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-tabposition\fP \fIside\fP
.br
.PP
\fBTNotebook.Tab\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-expand\fP \fIpadding\fP
.RS
Defines how much the tab grows in size.  Usually used with the
\fBselected\fP dynamic state.  \fB\-tabmargins\fP should be
set appropriately so that there is room for the tab growth.
.RE
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), grid(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
pane, tab
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94

95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107








108
109
110
111
112
113



































114
115
116
117
118
where \fIpane\fR is either an integer index or the name of a managed subwindow.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of the pane
option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBpanes\fR
Returns the list of all windows managed by the widget.

.TP
\fIpathname \fBsashpos \fIindex\fR ?\fInewpos\fR?
If \fInewpos\fR is specified, sets the position
of sash number \fIindex\fR.
May adjust the positions of adjacent sashes
to ensure that positions are monotonically increasing.
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.








.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.



































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::notebook(n), panedwindow(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
>













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
where \fIpane\fR is either an integer index or the name of a managed subwindow.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of the pane
option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBpanes\fR
Returns the list of all windows managed by the widget, in the index order of
their associated panes.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBsashpos \fIindex\fR ?\fInewpos\fR?
If \fInewpos\fR is specified, sets the position
of sash number \fIindex\fR.
May adjust the positions of adjacent sashes
to ensure that positions are monotonically increasing.
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.
.PP
The panedwindow widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::panedwindow\fP is \fBTPanedwindow\fP.  The
sash has a class name of \fBSash\fP.
.PP
\fBTPanedwindow\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
\fBSash\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-gripcount\fP \fIcount\fP
.br
\fB\-handlepad\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-handlesize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-sashpad\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-sashrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-sashthickness\fP \fIamount\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::notebook(n), panedwindow(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21






22
23
24

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

35
36
37












38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.






.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the progress bar.
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical).
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.

.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.












.OP \-value value Value
The current value of the progress bar.
In \fIdeterminate\fR mode, this represents the amount of work completed.
In \fIindeterminate\fR mode, it is interpreted modulo \fB\-maximum\fR;
that is, the progress bar completes one
.QW cycle
when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.
.OP \-phase phase Phase
Read-only option.
The widget periodically increments the value of this option
whenever the \fB\-value\fR is greater than 0 and,
in \fIdeterminate\fR mode, less than \fB\-maximum\fR.
This option may be used by the current theme
to provide additional animation effects.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?







>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
>


<
<
<


|
<
<
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33



34
35
36


37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.
.PP
If the value of \fB-orient\fR is \fBhorizontal\fR a text string can be
displayed inside the progressbar. This string can be configured using
the \fB-anchor\fR, \fB-font\fR, \fB-foreground\fR, \fB-justify\fR,
\fB-text\fR and \fB-wraplength\fR options. If the value of \fB-orient\fR
is \fBvertical\fR then these options are ignored.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground	\-justify	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"



.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical). The value may have any of the forms


acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the progress bar.
.OP \-phase phase Phase
Read-only option.
The widget periodically increments the value of this option
whenever the \fB\-value\fR is greater than 0 and,
in \fIdeterminate\fR mode, less than \fB\-maximum\fR.
This option may be used by the current theme
to provide additional animation effects.
.OP \-value value Value
The current value of the progress bar.
In \fIdeterminate\fR mode, this represents the amount of work completed.
In \fIindeterminate\fR mode, it is interpreted modulo \fB\-maximum\fR;
that is, the progress bar completes one
.QW cycle
when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.







.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
82
83
84
85
86
87
88





























89
90
91
92
93
\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.





























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::progressbar\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-maxphase\fP
.RS
For the aqua theme.
.RE
\fB\-period\fP
.RS
For the aqua theme.
.RE
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_radiobutton.n.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67




























68
69
70
71
72
73
74
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::radiobutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.




























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::checkbutton(n), radiobutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
or
.QW indeterminate
selection.)
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::radiobutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::radiobutton\fP is \fBTRadiobutton\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBalternate\fP, \fBdisabled\fP,
\fBpressed\fP, \fBreadonly\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTRadiobutton\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargin\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::checkbutton(n), radiobutton(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, button, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93





























94
95
96
97
98
99
100
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.





























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scale(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scale, slider, trough, widget
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTProgressbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP.
.PP
\fBTProgressbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-groovewidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-sliderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-troughrelief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scale(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scale, slider, trough, widget
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78

Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.

150
151
152
153
154
155
156



























157
158
159
160
161
162
163
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
.CE



























.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set]
grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew
grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1
.CE
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scrollbar\fP is \fBTScrollbar\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP.
.PP
\fBTScrollbar\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-troughcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31














32
33
34
35
36
37
38
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.














.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
\fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator
bar.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
.PP
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::separator\fP is \fBTSeparator\fP.
.PP
\fBTSeparator\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.





|














|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR)
allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.
56
57
58
59
60
61
62













63
64
65
66
67
68
69
instead of
.QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ),
the sizegrip widget will not resize the window.
.PP
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support
.QW southeast
resizing.













.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, sizegrip, grow box
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
instead of
.QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ),
the sizegrip widget will not resize the window.
.PP
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support
.QW southeast
resizing.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::sizegrip\fP is \fBTSizegrip\fP.
.PP
\fBTSizegrip\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
widget, sizegrip, grow box
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42




43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84







































85
86
87
88
89
90
91
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"







.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.




.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent \fIindex\fR
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value
is set directly.
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The spinbox widget generates a \fB<<Increment>>\fR virtual event when
the user presses <Up>, and a \fB<<Decrement>>\fR virtual event when the
user presses <Down>.







































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n), spinbox(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, spinbox, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







|
|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>




<
<
<
<




>
>
>
>








<
<
<
<
<
<
<












<
<













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41




42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69


70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in
up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or
to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features
of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the
\fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget
to a Tcl variable.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand	\-placeholder
.SE
.SO ttk_entry
\-validate	\-validatecommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked.
.OP \-format format Format
Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is
used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR to set a numerical
range.




.OP \-increment increment Increment
A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each
time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a
positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment.
.OP \-to to To
A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the
widget. See also \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.
range.
.OP \-values values Values
This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will
override any range set using the \fB\-from\fR, \fB\-to\fR and
\fB\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values
specified beginning with the first value.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Must be a proper boolean value.  If on, the spinbox will wrap around the
values of data in the widget.







.SH "INDICES"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters.
.SH "VALIDATION"
.PP
See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the
\fB\-validate\fR and \fB\-validatecommand\fR options.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to
the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget:
.TP


\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the spinbox's current value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fB\-format\fR option has
been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails
or is not set or the \fB\-values\fR option has been used then the value
is set directly.
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The spinbox widget generates a \fB<<Increment>>\fR virtual event when
the user presses <Up>, and a \fB<<Decrement>>\fR virtual event when the
user presses <Down>.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::spinbox\fP is \fBTSpinbox\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP, \fBdisabled\fP, \fBfocus\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTSpinbox\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-arrowcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-arrowsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
When using the aqua theme (Mac OS X), changes the \fB\-fieldbackground\fP.
.RE
\fB\-bordercolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.RS
Does not work with the aqua theme (Mac OS X).
.RE
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-lightcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-selectbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-selectforeground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n), spinbox(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
entry, spinbox, widget, text field
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
.PP
Treeview widgets support horizontal and vertical scrolling with the
standard \fB\-\fR[\fBxy\fR]\fBscrollcommand\fR options
and [\fBxy\fR]\fBview\fR widget commands.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style	\-xscrollcommand	\-yscrollcommand

.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-columns columns Columns
A list of column identifiers,
specifying the number of columns and their names.
.\"X: This is a read-only option; it may only be set when the widget is created.
.OP \-displaycolumns displayColumns DisplayColumns
A list of column identifiers
(either symbolic names or integer indices)
specifying which data columns are displayed
and the order in which they appear,
or the string \fB#all\fP.
If set to \fB#all\fP (the default),
all columns are shown in the order given.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies the number of rows which should be visible.
Note:
the requested width is determined from the sum of the column widths.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications;
see \fBTtk_GetPaddingFromObj()\fR for details.
.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
Controls how the built-in class bindings manage the selection.
One of \fBextended\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, or \fBnone\fR.
.RS
.PP
If set to \fBextended\fR (the default), multiple items may be selected.
If \fBbrowse\fR, only a single item will be selected at a time.







>


















<
<
<
<







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66




67
68
69
70
71
72
73
.PP
Treeview widgets support horizontal and vertical scrolling with the
standard \fB\-\fR[\fBxy\fR]\fBscrollcommand\fR options
and [\fBxy\fR]\fBview\fR widget commands.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style	\-xscrollcommand	\-yscrollcommand
\-padding
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-columns columns Columns
A list of column identifiers,
specifying the number of columns and their names.
.\"X: This is a read-only option; it may only be set when the widget is created.
.OP \-displaycolumns displayColumns DisplayColumns
A list of column identifiers
(either symbolic names or integer indices)
specifying which data columns are displayed
and the order in which they appear,
or the string \fB#all\fP.
If set to \fB#all\fP (the default),
all columns are shown in the order given.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies the number of rows which should be visible.
Note:
the requested width is determined from the sum of the column widths.




.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
Controls how the built-in class bindings manage the selection.
One of \fBextended\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, or \fBnone\fR.
.RS
.PP
If set to \fBextended\fR (the default), multiple items may be selected.
If \fBbrowse\fR, only a single item will be selected at a time.
473
474
475
476
477
478
479


































































480
481
482
483
484
Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR.
.PP
The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used
to determine the affected item or items.
'\" Not yet:
'\" In Tk 8.5, the affected item is also passed as the \fB\-detail\fR field
'\" of the virtual event.


































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), listbox(n), image(n), bind(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR.
.PP
The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used
to determine the affected item or items.
'\" Not yet:
'\" In Tk 8.5, the affected item is also passed as the \fB\-detail\fR field
'\" of the virtual event.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::treeview\fP is \fBTreeview\fP.
The treeview header class name is \fBHeading\fP.
The treeview item class name is \fBItem\fP.
The treeview cell class name is \fBCell\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBselected\fP.
.PP
\fBTreeview\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-fieldbackground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-rowheight\fP \fIamount\fP
.RS
The \fB\-rowheight\fP value is not corrected by the \fBtk scaling\fP
value or by the configured font size and must always be set.  Also make
sure that the \fB\-rowheight\fP is large enough to contain any images.
.PP
To adjust the \fB\-rowheight\fP for the Treeview style, use the following code
after \fBtk scaling\fP has been applied.
Note that even if you do not support or change \fBtk scaling\fP
in your program, your users may have it set in their .wishrc.
.RE
.PP
.CS
ttk::style configure Treeview \\
     \-rowheight [expr {[font metrics \fIfont\fP \-linespace] + 2}]
.CE
.PP
\fBHeading\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-font\fP \fIfont\fP
.br
\fB\-relief\fP \fIrelief\fP
.PP
\fBItem\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-foreground\fP \fIcolor\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatormargins\fP \fIpadding\fP
.br
\fB\-indicatorsize\fP \fIamount\fP
.br
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
\fBCell\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:
.PP
\fB\-padding\fP \fIpadding\fP
.PP
Some options are only available for specific themes.
.PP
See the \fBttk::style\fP manual page for information on how to configure
ttk styles.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), listbox(n), image(n), bind(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_vsapi.n.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Valid \fIoptions\fR are:
.TP
\fB\-padding \fIpadding\fR
.
Specify the element's interior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.







This option may not be mixed with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-margins \fIpadding\fR
.
Specifies the elements exterior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Valid \fIoptions\fR are:
.TP
\fB\-padding \fIpadding\fR
.
Specify the element's interior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
This option may not be mixed with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-margins \fIpadding\fR
.
Specifies the elements exterior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
.SH "STATE MAP"
.PP
The \fIstateMap\fR parameter is a list of ttk states and the
corresponding Visual Styles API state value.
This permits the element appearance to respond to changes in the
widget state such as becoming active or being pressed. The list should
be as described for the \fBttk::style map\fR command but note that the
last pair in the list should be the default state and is typically and
empty list and 1. Unfortunately all the Visual Styles parts have
different state values and these must be looked up either in the
Microsoft documentation or more likely in the header files. The
original header to use was \fItmschema.h\fR, but in more recent
versions of the Windows Development Kit this is \fIvssym32.h\fR.
.PP
If no \fIstateMap\fR parameter is given there is an implicit default







|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
.SH "STATE MAP"
.PP
The \fIstateMap\fR parameter is a list of ttk states and the
corresponding Visual Styles API state value.
This permits the element appearance to respond to changes in the
widget state such as becoming active or being pressed. The list should
be as described for the \fBttk::style map\fR command but note that the
last pair in the list should be the default state and is typically an
empty list and 1. Unfortunately all the Visual Styles parts have
different state values and these must be looked up either in the
Microsoft documentation or more likely in the header files. The
original header to use was \fItmschema.h\fR, but in more recent
versions of the Windows Development Kit this is \fIvssym32.h\fR.
.PP
If no \fIstateMap\fR parameter is given there is an implicit default

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110







































111
112
113
114
115
















116



117
118
119
120
121
122
123
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when

the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
.IP image
Display image only.
.IP center
Display text centered on top of image.
.IP top
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE







































.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
















.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"



.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.







|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
|
<



















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75






76






77
78
79

80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned






relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are






\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR (for widgets supporting this option).

.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
.IP image
Display image only.
.IP center
Display text centered on top of image.
.IP top
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for the text displayed by the widget.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR (for widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR for the widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR
in the style.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal
to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "ENTRY OPTIONS"
The following option is supported by entry, spinbox and combobox:
.OP \-placeholder placeHolder PlaceHolder
Specifies a help text string to display if no text is otherwise displayed,
that is when the widget is empty. The placeholder text is displayed using
the values of the \fB\-font\fR and \fB\-justify\fR options. The foreground
color of the placeholder text can be changed using the
\fB\-placeholderforeground\fR style option.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.

Changes to doc/winfo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/wish.1.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then 
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR

Changes to doc/wm.n.

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491






492
493
494
495
496
497
498
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, this currently does nothing.






.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are







|
>
>
>
>
>
>







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
vice versa.
.PP
On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which
most modern window managers support.  A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist
simultaneously.  It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing
the larger icon first.
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac.
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are

Changes to generic/ks_names.h.

1
2










3
4
5
6
7
8
9
/*
 * This file is generated from $(INCLUDESRC)/keysymdef.h.  Do not edit.










 */
{ "BackSpace", 0xFF08 },
{ "Tab", 0xFF09 },
{ "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
/*
 * This file should be maintained in sync with xlib/X11/keysymdefs.h
 *
 * Note that this should be done manually only, because in some cases
 * keysymdefs.h defines the same integer for multiple keysyms, e.g.:
 *
 *    #define XK_Greek_LAMDA                         0x7cb
 *    #define XK_Greek_LAMBDA                        0x7cb
 *
 *    #define XK_Cyrillic_DZHE                       0x6bf
 *    #define XK_Serbian_DZE                         0x6bf  (deprecated)
 *
 */
{ "BackSpace", 0xFF08 },
{ "Tab", 0xFF09 },
{ "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
916
917
918
919
920
921
922







{ "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xcf5 },
{ "hebrew_zadi", 0xcf6 },
{ "hebrew_kuf", 0xcf7 },
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xcf8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xcf9 },
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xcfa },
{ "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E },














>
>
>
>
>
>
>
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
{ "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xcf5 },
{ "hebrew_zadi", 0xcf6 },
{ "hebrew_kuf", 0xcf7 },
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xcf8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xcf9 },
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xcfa },
{ "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "XF86AudioLowerVolume", 0x1008FF11 },
{ "XF86AudioMute", 0x1008FF12 },
{ "XF86AudioRaiseVolume", 0x1008FF13 },
{ "XF86AudioPlay", 0x1008FF14 },
{ "XF86AudioStop", 0x1008FF15 },
{ "XF86AudioPrev", 0x1008FF16 },
{ "XF86AudioNext", 0x1008FF17 },

Changes to generic/tk.decls.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
    void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
    int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
    CONST86 char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
    Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
    void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
    void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
    int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
    const char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
    Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
    void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
    int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
    int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
	    int flags)
}
declare 30 {
    void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {







|







142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
    int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
    int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
	    int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec,
	    int flags)
}
declare 30 {
    void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
declare 53 {
    void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
    void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
    int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,







|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
declare 53 {
    void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
    void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
    const char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
    int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)







|







322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {deprecated {function does nothing, call can be removed}} {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
	    const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
    Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {







|


|







344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
    const char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
    const char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
	    const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
    Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
}
declare 97 {
    Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
	    Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
    ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
    Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
    int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}







|







400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
}
declare 97 {
    Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
	    Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
    ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
    Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
    int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
    void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
    int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
    int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,







|







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
    void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
    int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int argc, const char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
    int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
declare 128 {
    void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
    void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)
}
declare 138 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
    Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
    void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)







|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|












|


|




|











|





|







514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
declare 128 {
    void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
    void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
    const char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)
}
declare 138 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
    const char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
    Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
    void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, const char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
declare 193 {
    void  Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void  Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
    void  Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
	    Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
    void  Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
    void  Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)







|







740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
declare 193 {
    void  Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void  Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
    void  Tk_FreeConfigOptions(void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
	    Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
    void  Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
    void  Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
    Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
    int	 Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {







|



|







770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
    Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
	    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
    int	 Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
    int	 Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
    int	 Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {
    void  Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
    void  Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
    int	 Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}







|










|







798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
    int	 Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
    int	 Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {
    void  Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
    void  Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
    int	 Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
	    Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)







|




|







939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
}
declare 260 {
    Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
    void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
	    int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
    void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
	    int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
	    int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
    int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
    void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int state)
}

# TIP#116
declare 265 {
    int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    int width, int height)







|




|





|



|







997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
}
declare 260 {
    Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
    void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
	    int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
    void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
	    int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
	    int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
    int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
    void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
	    void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int state)
}

# TIP#116
declare 265 {
    int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    int width, int height)
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150








1151
1152
1153
1154

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    const char *Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	    int exact)
}









# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    const char *Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	    int exact)
}
export {
    void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
	    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
export {
    void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
}

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to generic/tk.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif

#ifndef CONST84
#   define CONST84 const
#   define CONST84_RETURN const
#endif
#ifndef CONST86
#   define CONST86 CONST84
#endif
#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/*
 * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
 * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.







|
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 8) || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.7 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif








#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/*
 * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
 * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.in	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.in	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	6

#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6.6"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *







|
|












|
|
|

|
|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.ac	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.ac	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	7
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	2

#define TK_VERSION		"8.7"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.7a2"

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *
101
102
103
104
105
106
107




108
109
110
111
112
113
114
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT




#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */







>
>
>
>







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT
#else
# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
# endif
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
186
187
188
189
190
191
192

193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206




207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    const char *optionName;	/* Name used to specify option in Tcl
				 * commands. */
    const char *dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    const char *dbClass;	/* Class for option in database. */
    const char *defValue;	/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line, the option database, or
				 * the system. */

    int objOffset;		/* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
				 * holds the value of this option, specified
				 * as an offset in bytes from the start of the
				 * record. Use the Tk_Offset macro to generate
				 * values for this. -1 means don't store the
				 * Tcl_Obj in the record. */
    int internalOffset;		/* Where in record to store the internal
				 * representation of the value of this option,
				 * such as an int or XColor *. This field is
				 * specified as an offset in bytes from the
				 * start of the record. Use the Tk_Offset
				 * macro to generate values for it. -1 means
				 * don't store the internal representation in
				 * the record. */




    int flags;			/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below. */
    const void *clientData;	/* An alternate place to put option-specific
				 * data. Used for the monochrome default value
				 * for colors, etc. */
    int typeMask;		/* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
				 * manager; typically bits correspond to







>
|





|







>
>
>
>







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
    const char *optionName;	/* Name used to specify option in Tcl
				 * commands. */
    const char *dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    const char *dbClass;	/* Class for option in database. */
    const char *defValue;	/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line, the option database, or
				 * the system. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t objOffset;		/* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
				 * holds the value of this option, specified
				 * as an offset in bytes from the start of the
				 * record. Use the Tk_Offset macro to generate
				 * values for this. -1 means don't store the
				 * Tcl_Obj in the record. */
    size_t internalOffset;		/* Where in record to store the internal
				 * representation of the value of this option,
				 * such as an int or XColor *. This field is
				 * specified as an offset in bytes from the
				 * start of the record. Use the Tk_Offset
				 * macro to generate values for it. -1 means
				 * don't store the internal representation in
				 * the record. */
#else
    int objOffset;
    int internalOffset;
#endif
    int flags;			/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below. */
    const void *clientData;	/* An alternate place to put option-specific
				 * data. Used for the monochrome default value
				 * for colors, etc. */
    int typeMask;		/* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
				 * manager; typically bits correspond to
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313



314
315
316
317
318
319
320
				 * option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;		/* The old value of the option, in the form of
				 * a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
				 * not saved as an object. */
    double internalForm;	/* The old value of the option, in some
				 * internal representation such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Valid only if the field
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is < 0. The
				 * space must be large enough to accommodate a
				 * double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
				 * looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
				 * enough. Also, using a double guarantees
				 * that the field is properly aligned for
				 * storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;

#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif

typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
    char *recordPtr;		/* The data structure in which to restore
				 * configuration options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * restore certain options. */

    int numItems;		/* The number of valid items in items field. */



    Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
				/* Items used to hold old values. */
    struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
				 * too many options changed to hold all the
				 * old values in a single structure. NULL
				 * means no more structures. */







|















|



>
|
>
>
>







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
				 * option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;		/* The old value of the option, in the form of
				 * a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
				 * not saved as an object. */
    double internalForm;	/* The old value of the option, in some
				 * internal representation such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Valid only if the field
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is -1. The
				 * space must be large enough to accommodate a
				 * double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
				 * looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
				 * enough. Also, using a double guarantees
				 * that the field is properly aligned for
				 * storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;

#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
#   define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif

typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
    void *recordPtr;		/* The data structure in which to restore
				 * configuration options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * restore certain options. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t numItems;		/* The number of valid items in items field. */
#else
    int numItems;
#endif
    Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
				/* Items used to hold old values. */
    struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
				/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
				 * too many options changed to hold all the
				 * old values in a single structure. NULL
				 * means no more structures. */
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
 * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
 * development.
 */

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef CONST86 char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) (ClientData clientData,
	Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);

typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
    Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
				/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
				 * store it in converted form. */
    Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;







|
|







337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
 * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
 * development.
 */

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
typedef const char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) (ClientData clientData,
	Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);

typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
    Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
				/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
				 * store it in converted form. */
    Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371
372
373



374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
 * database, etc.
 */

typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
    int type;			/* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
				 * see definitions below. Last option in table
				 * must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
    CONST86 char *argvName;	/* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
				 * means this spec is part of a group. */
    Tk_Uid dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    Tk_Uid dbClass;		/* Class for option in database. */
    Tk_Uid defValue;		/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line or database. */

    int offset;			/* Where in widget record to store value; use
				 * Tk_Offset macro to generate values for
				 * this. */



    int specFlags;		/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below; other bits are used internally by
				 * tkConfig.c. */
    CONST86 Tk_CustomOption *customPtr;
				/* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
				 * pointer to info about how to parse and
				 * print the option. Otherwise it is
				 * irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;

/*







|





>
|


>
>
>



|







364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
 * database, etc.
 */

typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
    int type;			/* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
				 * see definitions below. Last option in table
				 * must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
    const char *argvName;	/* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
				 * means this spec is part of a group. */
    Tk_Uid dbName;		/* Name for option in option database. */
    Tk_Uid dbClass;		/* Class for option in database. */
    Tk_Uid defValue;		/* Default value for option if not specified
				 * in command line or database. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t offset;			/* Where in widget record to store value; use
				 * Tk_Offset macro to generate values for
				 * this. */
#else
    int offset;
#endif
    int specFlags;		/* Any combination of the values defined
				 * below; other bits are used internally by
				 * tkConfig.c. */
    const Tk_CustomOption *customPtr;
				/* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
				 * pointer to info about how to parse and
				 * print the option. Otherwise it is
				 * irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;

/*
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)

#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)

#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */

/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

typedef struct {
    CONST86 char *key;		/* The key string that flags the option in the
				 * argv array. */
    int type;			/* Indicates option type; see below. */
    char *src;			/* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    char *dst;			/* Address of value to be modified; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    CONST86 char *help;		/* Documentation message describing this
				 * option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;

/*
 * Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
 * documentation for details.
 */







>
|
>








|






|







420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */

/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *key;		/* The key string that flags the option in the
				 * argv array. */
    int type;			/* Indicates option type; see below. */
    char *src;			/* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    char *dst;			/* Address of value to be modified; usage
				 * depends on type. */
    const char *help;		/* Documentation message describing this
				 * option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;

/*
 * Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
 * documentation for details.
 */
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
typedef struct {
    int type;
    unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server. */
    Bool send_event;		/* True if this came from a SendEvent
				 * request. */
    Display *display;		/* Display the event was read from. */
    Window event;		/* Window on which event was requested. */
    Window root;		/* Root window that the event occured on. */
    Window subwindow;		/* Child window. */
    Time time;			/* Milliseconds. */
    int x, y;			/* Pointer x, y coordinates in event
				 * window. */
    int x_root, y_root;		/* Coordinates relative to root. */
    unsigned int state;		/* Key or button mask */
    Tk_Uid name;		/* Name of virtual event. */







|







684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
typedef struct {
    int type;
    unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server. */
    Bool send_event;		/* True if this came from a SendEvent
				 * request. */
    Display *display;		/* Display the event was read from. */
    Window event;		/* Window on which event was requested. */
    Window root;		/* Root window that the event occurred on. */
    Window subwindow;		/* Child window. */
    Time time;			/* Milliseconds. */
    int x, y;			/* Pointer x, y coordinates in event
				 * window. */
    int x_root, y_root;		/* Coordinates relative to root. */
    unsigned int state;		/* Key or button mask */
    Tk_Uid name;		/* Name of virtual event. */
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751

752
753
754
755
756
757
758
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)

#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \







|


>







754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
810
811
812
813
814
815
816



817
818
819
820
821
822
823
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;
    char *dummy20;		/* geometryMaster */



} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.







>
>
>







823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;
    char *dummy20;		/* geometryMaster */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int dummy21;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925

typedef enum {
    TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
    TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;

typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
    CONST86 char *name;
    int (*coordProc) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints,
	    int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
    void (*postscriptProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
	    double *coordPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps);
} Tk_SmoothMethod;

/*







|







927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941

typedef enum {
    TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
    TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;

typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
    const char *name;
    int (*coordProc) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints,
	    int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
    void (*postscriptProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
	    double *coordPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps);
} Tk_SmoothMethod;

/*
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047

1048
1049



1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void	(Tk_ItemDCharsProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    int first, int last);

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* The name of this type of item, such as
				 * "line". */

    int itemSize;		/* Total amount of space needed for item's
				 * record. */



    Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to create a new item of this
				 * type. */
    CONST86 Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
				 * this type. Used for returning configuration
				 * info. */
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
				/* Procedure to call to change configuration
				 * options. */
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
				 * coordinates. */







|

>
|

>
>
>



|







1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
#endif /* USE_OLD_CANVAS */
typedef void	(Tk_ItemDCharsProc)(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
		    int first, int last);

#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG

typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
    const char *name;		/* The name of this type of item, such as
				 * "line". */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t itemSize;		/* Total amount of space needed for item's
				 * record. */
#else
    int itemSize;
#endif
    Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to create a new item of this
				 * type. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
				 * this type. Used for returning configuration
				 * info. */
    Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
				/* Procedure to call to change configuration
				 * options. */
    Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
				 * coordinates. */
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
typedef struct Tk_TSOffset {
    int flags;			/* Flags; see below for possible values */
    int xoffset;		/* x offset */
    int yoffset;		/* y offset */
} Tk_TSOffset;

/*
 * Bit fields in Tk_Offset->flags:
 */

#define TK_OFFSET_INDEX		1
#define TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE	2
#define TK_OFFSET_LEFT		4
#define TK_OFFSET_CENTER	8
#define TK_OFFSET_RIGHT		16







|







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
typedef struct Tk_TSOffset {
    int flags;			/* Flags; see below for possible values */
    int xoffset;		/* x offset */
    int yoffset;		/* y offset */
} Tk_TSOffset;

/*
 * Bit fields in Tk_TSOffset->flags:
 */

#define TK_OFFSET_INDEX		1
#define TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE	2
#define TK_OFFSET_LEFT		4
#define TK_OFFSET_CENTER	8
#define TK_OFFSET_RIGHT		16
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231

typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc,
	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST86 char *name, int objc,
	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], CONST86 Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */
typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData masterData);
typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display,
	Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
	int drawableX, int drawableY);
typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display);







|
|







1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251

typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc,
	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int objc,
	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */
typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData masterData);
typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display,
	Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
	int drawableX, int drawableY);
typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display);
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
 * image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
 * such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
 * that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
 * these structures.
 */

struct Tk_ImageType {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* Name of image type. */
    Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
				 * this type. */
    Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc;	/* Procedure to call the first time
				 * Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
				 * visual or screen). */
    Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;







|







1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
 * image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
 * such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
 * that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
 * these structures.
 */

struct Tk_ImageType {
    const char *name;		/* Name of image type. */
    Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
				/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
				 * this type. */
    Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc;	/* Procedure to call the first time
				 * Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
				 * visual or screen). */
    Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
/*
 * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
 * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
 * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
 */

struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
    CONST86 char *name;		/* Name of image file format */
    Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
				 * image file matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
				 * data in a string matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;







|







1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
/*
 * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
 * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
 * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
 */

struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
    const char *name;		/* Name of image file format */
    Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
				 * image file matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
				/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
				 * data in a string matches this format. */
    Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
 */

typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	CONST86 char *portion);
typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) (ClientData clientData,
	XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) (ClientData clientData, int offset,
	char *buffer, int maxBytes);

/*







|







1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
 */

typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) (ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr);
typedef void (Tk_EventProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) (ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	const char *portion);
typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) (ClientData clientData,
	XEvent *eventPtr);
typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) (ClientData clientData, int offset,
	char *buffer, int maxBytes);

/*
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564

1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */


#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock







|





>







1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */

#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596

1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */


#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*







>







1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*

Changes to generic/tk3d.h.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen on which the border will be used. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
				 * the border. */
    int depth;			/* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
				 * the border will be used. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap out of which pixels are
				 * allocated. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
				 * If this count is 0, then this structure is
				 * no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * borderTable: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when objRefCount and
				 * resourceRefCount are both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    XColor *bgColorPtr;		/* Background color (intensity between
				 * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
    XColor *darkColorPtr;	/* Color for darker areas (must free when
				 * deleting structure). NULL means shadows
				 * haven't been allocated yet.*/
    XColor *lightColorPtr;	/* Color used for lighter areas of border







|








|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen on which the border will be used. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
				 * the border. */
    int depth;			/* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
				 * the border will be used. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap out of which pixels are
				 * allocated. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
				 * If this count is 0, then this structure is
				 * no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * borderTable: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when objRefCount and
				 * resourceRefCount are both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    XColor *bgColorPtr;		/* Background color (intensity between
				 * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
    XColor *darkColorPtr;	/* Color for darker areas (must free when
				 * deleting structure). NULL means shadows
				 * haven't been allocated yet.*/
    XColor *lightColorPtr;	/* Color used for lighter areas of border

Changes to generic/tkAtom.c.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	if (mustFree) {
	    XFree(mustFree);
	}
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	if (mustFree) {
	    XFree(mustFree);
	}
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (char *)name);
    }
    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
	}

	name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|










198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
	}

	name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
	name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (char *)name);
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
	    const KeySymInfo *kPtr;

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name != NULL; kPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keySymTable, kPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->value);
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *) kPtr->value,
			&newEntry);
		if (newEntry) {
		    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->name);
		}
	    }
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&modTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (modPtr = modArray; modPtr->name != NULL; modPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&modTable, modPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, modPtr);
	    }

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
	    }
	    initialized = 1;
	}
	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex);
    }

    mainPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(mainPtr->interp);







|
|


|







|





|







683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
	    const KeySymInfo *kPtr;

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name != NULL; kPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keySymTable, kPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->value));
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nameTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->value),
			&newEntry);
		if (newEntry) {
		    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (char *) kPtr->name);
		}
	    }
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&modTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (modPtr = modArray; modPtr->name != NULL; modPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&modTable, modPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ModInfo *) modPtr);
	    }

	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	    for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) {
		hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry);
		Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (EventInfo *) eiPtr);
	    }
	    initialized = 1;
	}
	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex);
    }

    mainPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(mainPtr->interp);
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261










1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
	}
    }
    if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) {
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
    }











    dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;

    /*
     * Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table.
     * Two tricky points:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
	}
    }
    if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) {
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Ignore event types which are not in flagArray and all zeroes there.
     * Most notably, NoExpose events can fill the ring buffer and disturb
     * (thus masking out) event sequences of interest.
     */

    if ((eventPtr->type >= TK_LASTEVENT) || !flagArray[eventPtr->type]) {
	return;
    }

    dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;

    /*
     * Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table.
     * Two tricky points:
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732

1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		int timeDiff;


		timeDiff = (Time) firstPtr->xkey.time - eventPtr->xkey.time;
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root







|

>
|







1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751

		if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
		    goto nextSequence;
		}
	    }
	    if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
		XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
		long timeDiff;

		timeDiff = ((long)firstPtr->xkey.time -
			    (long)eventPtr->xkey.time);
		if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
			    > (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
			    < (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
			|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913

1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
    KeySym keySym,		/* KeySym: only relevant for KeyPress and
				 * KeyRelease events). */
    unsigned int scriptCount,	/* The number of script-based binding patterns
				 * matched so far for this event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{

    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, flags, length;
#define NUM_SIZE 40
    const char *string;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    char numStorage[NUM_SIZE+1];








>
|







1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
    KeySym keySym,		/* KeySym: only relevant for KeyPress and
				 * KeyRelease events). */
    unsigned int scriptCount,	/* The number of script-based binding patterns
				 * matched so far for this event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{
    size_t spaceNeeded;
    int cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, flags, length;
#define NUM_SIZE 40
    const char *string;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    char numStorage[NUM_SIZE+1];

2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
 *
 * CreateVirtualEvent --
 *
 *	Add a new definition for a virtual event. If the virtual event is
 *	already defined, the new definition augments those that already exist.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is TCL_ERROR if an error occured while creating the
 *	virtual binding. In this case, an error message will be left in the
 *	interp's result. If all went well then the return value is TCL_OK.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The virtual event may cause future calls to Tk_BindEvent to behave
 *	differently than they did previously.
 *







|







2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
 *
 * CreateVirtualEvent --
 *
 *	Add a new definition for a virtual event. If the virtual event is
 *	already defined, the new definition augments those that already exist.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is TCL_ERROR if an error occurred while creating the
 *	virtual binding. In this case, an error message will be left in the
 *	interp's result. If all went well then the return value is TCL_OK.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The virtual event may cause future calls to Tk_BindEvent to behave
 *	differently than they did previously.
 *
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
 *	When constructing the event,
 *	    event.xany.serial is filled with the current X serial number.
 *	    event.xany.window is filled with the target window.
 *	    event.xany.display is filled with the target window's display.
 *	Any other fields in eventPtr which are not specified by the pattern
 *	string or the optional arguments, are set to 0.
 *
 *	The event may be handled sychronously or asynchronously, depending on
 *	the value specified by the optional "-when" option. The default
 *	setting is synchronous.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int







|







2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
 *	When constructing the event,
 *	    event.xany.serial is filled with the current X serial number.
 *	    event.xany.window is filled with the target window.
 *	    event.xany.display is filled with the target window's display.
 *	Any other fields in eventPtr which are not specified by the pattern
 *	string or the optional arguments, are set to 0.
 *
 *	The event may be handled synchronously or asynchronously, depending on
 *	the value specified by the optional "-when" option. The default
 *	setting is synchronous.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = (Time) number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = (Time) number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;







|

|







3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_TIME:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
		event.general.xkey.time = number;
	    } else if (flags & PROP) {
		event.general.xproperty.time = number;
	    } else {
		goto badopt;
	    }
	    break;
	case EVENT_WIDTH:
	    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457



3458
3459
3460
3461
3462








3463
3464

3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471

    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);




	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}








	dispPtr->warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin;
	dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x;
	dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y;
    }

  done:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);







>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>







3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486

3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494

    /*
     * We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
     */

    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

	Tk_Window warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}

	if (warpWindow != dispPtr->warpWindow) {
	    if (warpWindow) {
		Tcl_Preserve(warpWindow);
	    }
	    if (dispPtr->warpWindow) {
		Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow);
	    }
	    dispPtr->warpWindow = warpWindow;

	}
	dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin;
	dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x;
	dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y;
    }

  done:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551





3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558

    if ((dispPtr->warpWindow == NULL) ||
            (Tk_IsMapped(dispPtr->warpWindow)
            && (Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow) != None))) {
        TkpWarpPointer(dispPtr);
        XForceScreenSaver(dispPtr->display, ScreenSaverReset);
    }





    dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetVirtualEventUid --







>
>
>
>
>







3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586

    if ((dispPtr->warpWindow == NULL) ||
            (Tk_IsMapped(dispPtr->warpWindow)
            && (Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow) != None))) {
        TkpWarpPointer(dispPtr);
        XForceScreenSaver(dispPtr->display, ScreenSaverReset);
    }

    if (dispPtr->warpWindow) {
	Tcl_Release(dispPtr->warpWindow);
	dispPtr->warpWindow = None;
    }
    dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetVirtualEventUid --
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
	eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask;
	while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
	    p++;
	}
	p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
    }
    if (*field != '\0') {
	if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '5') && (field[1] == '\0')) {
	    if (eventFlags == 0) {
		patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress;
		eventMask = ButtonPressMask;
	    } else if (eventFlags & KEY) {
		goto getKeysym;
	    } else if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(







|







3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
	eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask;
	while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
	    p++;
	}
	p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
    }
    if (*field != '\0') {
	if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '9') && (field[1] == '\0')) {
	    if (eventFlags == 0) {
		patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress;
		eventMask = ButtonPressMask;
	    } else if (eventFlags & KEY) {
		goto getKeysym;
	    } else if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290



























4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter. */
{
   TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
   BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable;

   return &(bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]);
}




























/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter. */
{
   TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
   BindingTable *bindPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable;

   return &(bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpCancelWarp --
 *
 *	This function cancels an outstanding pointer warp and
 *	is called during tear down of the display.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpCancelWarp(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
    if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP) {
	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that currently on
 * OSX/Aqua, that's nothing at all.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
#endif
    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */








|
|



<



<







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkBusy.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Things about the busy system that may be configured. Note that on some
 * platforms this may or may not have an effect.
 */

static const Tk_OptionSpec busyOptionSpecs[] = {

    {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
	DEF_BUSY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Busy, cursor),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions defined in this file.
 */

569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
    busyPtr->width = Tk_Width(tkRef);
    busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef);
    busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef);
    busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef);
    busyPtr->cursor = None;
    Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy");
    busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable,
	    tkBusy) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkBusy);
	return NULL;
    }
    SetWindowInstanceData(tkBusy, busyPtr);
    winPtr = (Tk_FakeWin *) tkRef;








|







567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
    busyPtr->width = Tk_Width(tkRef);
    busyPtr->height = Tk_Height(tkRef);
    busyPtr->x = Tk_X(tkRef);
    busyPtr->y = Tk_Y(tkRef);
    busyPtr->cursor = None;
    Tk_SetClass(tkBusy, "Busy");
    busyPtr->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, busyOptionSpecs);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable,
	    tkBusy) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkBusy);
	return NULL;
    }
    SetWindowInstanceData(tkBusy, busyPtr);
    winPtr = (Tk_FakeWin *) tkRef;

636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Busy *busyPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, objc,
	    objv, busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) {
	if (busyPtr->cursor == None) {
	    Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy);
	} else {







|







634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Busy *busyPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_Cursor oldCursor = busyPtr->cursor;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, busyPtr, busyPtr->optionTable, objc,
	    objv, busyPtr->tkBusy, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (busyPtr->cursor != oldCursor) {
	if (busyPtr->cursor == None) {
	    Tk_UndefineCursor(busyPtr->tkBusy);
	} else {
759
760
761
762
763
764
765



766
767
768
769
770
771
772
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }



    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --







>
>
>







757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL

    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD,
	BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|
>


|
|







793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"busywindow", "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold",
        "status", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_BUSYWINDOW, BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET,
	BUSY_HOLD, BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

821
822
823
824
825
826
827













828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {













    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) busyPtr,
		busyPtr->optionTable, objv[3], busyPtr->tkBusy);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	Tcl_Release(busyPtr);
	return result;

    case BUSY_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option? ?value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) busyPtr,
		    busyPtr->optionTable, (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
		    busyPtr->tkBusy);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|




















|







823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case BUSY_BUSYWINDOW:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
            return TCL_OK;
	}
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
        return TCL_OK;

    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, busyPtr,
		busyPtr->optionTable, objv[3], busyPtr->tkBusy);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	}
	Tcl_Release(busyPtr);
	return result;

    case BUSY_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?option? ?value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_Preserve(busyPtr);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, busyPtr,
		    busyPtr->optionTable, (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
		    busyPtr->tkBusy);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    }

Changes to generic/tkButton.c.

745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
    butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
    butPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, butPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
    butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
    butPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ButtonEventProc, butPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830

    switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    butPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|









|







806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830

    switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, butPtr,
		butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    butPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, butPtr,
		    butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611













1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;














    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
     * the whole interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704













1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







|
|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkCanvPs.c.

487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
	/*
	 * Insert the prolog
	 */

	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
	    channelWriteFailed:
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"problem writing postscript data to channel: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto cleanup;
	    }







|







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
	/*
	 * Insert the prolog
	 */

	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, preambleObj);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	    channelWriteFailed:
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"problem writing postscript data to channel: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto cleanup;
	    }
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }








|







541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
		psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
			(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
	}

	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "gsave\n", -1);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

    /*
     * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
     * document trailer stuff.
     */

    if (psInfo.prolog) {
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
		"restore showpage\n\n"
		"%%Trailer\n"
		"end\n"
		"%%EOF\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == -1) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, psObj);







|




















|







583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
	}

	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "gsave\n", -1);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(psObj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "grestore\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(psObj);
	    psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
    }

    /*
     * Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
     * document trailer stuff.
     */

    if (psInfo.prolog) {
	Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj,
		"restore showpage\n\n"
		"%%Trailer\n"
		"end\n"
		"%%EOF\n", -1);

	if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_WriteObj(psInfo.chan, psObj) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		goto channelWriteFailed;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, psObj);
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    points = Tk_PostscriptFontName(tkfont, &ds);
    fontname = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(GetPostscriptBuffer(interp),
	    "/%s findfont %d scalefont%s setfont\n",
	    fontname, TkFontGetPoints(psInfoPtr->tkwin, points),
	    strncasecmp(fontname, "Symbol", 7) ? " ISOEncode" : "");
    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), &i);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    return TCL_OK;
}








|







821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    points = Tk_PostscriptFontName(tkfont, &ds);
    fontname = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(GetPostscriptBuffer(interp),
	    "/%s findfont %d scalefont%s setfont\n",
	    fontname, (int)(TkFontGetPoints(psInfoPtr->tkwin, points) + 0.5),
	    strncasecmp(fontname, "Symbol", 7) ? " ISOEncode" : "");
    Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), &i);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    return TCL_OK;
}


Changes to generic/tkCanvText.c.

1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009

1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing text item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Text item to be modified. */
    int index,			/* Character index before which string is to
				 * be inserted. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj)		/* New characters to be inserted. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int byteIndex, byteCount, charsAdded;

    char *newStr, *text;
    const char *string;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;

    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);

    text = textPtr->text;

    if (index < 0) {
	index = 0;
    }
    if (index > textPtr->numChars) {







|
>




|







1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
    Tk_Canvas canvas,		/* Canvas containing text item. */
    Tk_Item *itemPtr,		/* Text item to be modified. */
    int index,			/* Character index before which string is to
				 * be inserted. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj)		/* New characters to be inserted. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int byteIndex, charsAdded;
    size_t byteCount;
    char *newStr, *text;
    const char *string;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;

    string = TkGetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);

    text = textPtr->text;

    if (index < 0) {
	index = 0;
    }
    if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj,		/* Specification of a particular character in
				 * itemPtr's text. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted character
				 * index. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    int length;
    int c;
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
    const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);

    c = string[0];

    if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
    } else if ((c == 'i')
	    && (strncmp(string, "insert", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {







|



|







1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
				 * specified. */
    Tcl_Obj *obj,		/* Specification of a particular character in
				 * itemPtr's text. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to store converted character
				 * index. */
{
    TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
    size_t length;
    int c;
    TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
    Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(obj, &length);

    c = string[0];

    if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
    } else if ((c == 'i')
	    && (strncmp(string, "insert", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {

Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.

1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138


1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
	    gcValues->fill_style = FillStippled;
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
    }
    if (mask && (dash->number != 0)) {
	gcValues->line_style = LineOnOffDash;
	gcValues->dash_offset = outline->offset;


	if (dash->number > 0) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    gcValues->dashes = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	mask |= GCLineStyle|GCDashList|GCDashOffset;
    }
    return mask;







>
>
|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
	    gcValues->fill_style = FillStippled;
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
    }
    if (mask && (dash->number != 0)) {
	gcValues->line_style = LineOnOffDash;
	gcValues->dash_offset = outline->offset;
	if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.pt[0];
	} else if (dash->number != 0) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    gcValues->dashes = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	mask |= GCLineStyle|GCDashList|GCDashOffset;
    }
    return mask;
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342


1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
    if (color==NULL) {
	return 0;
    }

    if ((dash->number > 2) || (dash->number < -1) || (dash->number==2 &&
	    (dash->pattern.array[0] != dash->pattern.array[1])) ||
	    ((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {


    if (dash->number > 0) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset,
		&dashList , 1);
    }







>
>
|







1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
    if (color==NULL) {
	return 0;
    }

    if ((dash->number > 2) || (dash->number < -1) || (dash->number==2 &&
	    (dash->pattern.array[0] != dash->pattern.array[1])) ||
	    ((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
	if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.pt[0];
	} else if (dash->number != 0) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset,
		&dashList , 1);
    }

Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

/* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

/*







|
|
|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

/* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include "default.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */

/*
264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);

static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,







>







264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv);
static void		CanvasWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int		ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags);
static void		DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);
static int              DrawCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle, int subsample, int zoom);
static void		DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void		DoItem(Tcl_Obj *accumObj,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void		EventuallyRedrawItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
			    Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int		FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
801
802
803
804
805
806
807

808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819

820
821
822
823
824
825
826

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",

	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,

	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };








>












>







802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829

    int index;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"addtag",	"bbox",		"bind",		"canvasx",
	"canvasy",	"cget",		"configure",	"coords",
	"create",	"dchars",	"delete",	"dtag",
	"find",		"focus",	"gettags",	"icursor",
        "image",
	"imove",	"index",	"insert",	"itemcget",
	"itemconfigure",
	"lower",	"move",		"moveto",	"postscript",
	"raise",	"rchars",	"scale",	"scan",
	"select",	"type",		"xview",	"yview",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	CANV_ADDTAG,	CANV_BBOX,	CANV_BIND,	CANV_CANVASX,
	CANV_CANVASY,	CANV_CGET,	CANV_CONFIGURE,	CANV_COORDS,
	CANV_CREATE,	CANV_DCHARS,	CANV_DELETE,	CANV_DTAG,
	CANV_FIND,	CANV_FOCUS,	CANV_GETTAGS,	CANV_ICURSOR,
        CANV_IMAGE,
	CANV_IMOVE,	CANV_INDEX,	CANV_INSERT,	CANV_ITEMCGET,
	CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
	CANV_LOWER,	CANV_MOVE,	CANV_MOVETO,	CANV_POSTSCRIPT,
	CANV_RAISE,	CANV_RCHARS,	CANV_SCALE,	CANV_SCAN,
	CANV_SELECT,	CANV_TYPE,	CANV_XVIEW,	CANV_YVIEW
    };

1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
	 * modifications in the loop.
	 */

	tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);

	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
	    int index;
	    int x1,x2,y1,y2;
	    int dontRedraw1,dontRedraw2;

	    /*
	     * The TK_MOVABLE_POINTS flag should only be set for types that
	     * support the same semantics of index, dChars and insert methods
	     * as lines and canvases.
	     */








|
|







1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
	 * modifications in the loop.
	 */

	tmpObj = Tcl_NewListObj(2, objv+4);

	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto doneImove) {
	    int index;
	    int x1, x2, y1, y2;
	    int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;

	    /*
	     * The TK_MOVABLE_POINTS flag should only be set for types that
	     * support the same semantics of index, dChars and insert methods
	     * as lines and canvases.
	     */

1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, index);
	    dontRedraw1=itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, tmpObj);
	    dontRedraw2=itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;







|



|







1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, index);
	    dontRedraw1 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index, tmpObj);
	    dontRedraw2 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

	    if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
	size_t length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	length = objv[2]->length;
	c = arg[0];

	/*
	 * Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
	 * updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
	 * impossible.
	 */







|
<







1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255

1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
	size_t length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	c = arg[0];

	/*
	 * Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
	 * updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
	 * impossible.
	 */
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|







1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
	EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(itemPtr->id));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_DCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
	    } else {
		last = first;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that a
	     * delete could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the insertProc sets the TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag,
	     * nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);







|







1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
	    } else {
		last = first;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that a
	     * delete could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc sets the TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag,
	     * nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;

	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|







1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	break;
    }
    case CANV_INSERT: {
	int beforeThis;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;

	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803

1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
	    }
	}
	RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_RCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1,x2,y1,y2;


	if (objc != 6) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first last string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {







|
>







1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
	    }
	}
	RELINK_ITEMS(objv[2], prevPtr);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_RCHARS: {
	int first, last;
	int x1, x2, y1, y2;
	int dontRedraw1, dontRedraw2;

	if (objc != 6) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first last string");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833

1834


1835
1836
1837

1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
	     * replace could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the
	     * TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;



	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, objv[5]);


	    if (!(itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
	break;







>
|
>
>

|

>

|







1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
	     * replace could result in a new area larger than the old area.
	     * Except if the dCharsProc or insertProc sets the
	     * TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
	     */

	    x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
	    x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;

            itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemDelChars(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, last);
	    dontRedraw1 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

            itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	    ItemInsert(canvasPtr, itemPtr, first, objv[5]);
	    dontRedraw2 = itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;

            if (!(dontRedraw1 && dontRedraw2)) {
		Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
			x1, y1, x2, y2);
		EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
	    }
	    itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
	}
	break;
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128








































2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }








































    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
			* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
	    }
	    break;
	}
	CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
	break;
    }
    case CANV_IMAGE: {
        Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle;
        int subsample = 1, zoom = 1;

        if (objc < 3 || objc > 5) {
            Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "imagename ?subsample? ?zoom?");
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((photohandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) )) == 0) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * If we are given a subsample or a zoom then grab them.
         */

        if (objc >= 4 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &subsample) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }
        if (objc >= 5 && Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &zoom) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        /*
         * Set the image size to zero, which allows the DrawCanvas() function
         * to expand the image automatically when it copies the pixmap into it.
         */

        if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(interp, photohandle, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        result = DrawCanvas(interp, clientData, photohandle, subsample, zoom);
    }
    }

  done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
    TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
    Tcl_Release(canvasPtr);
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413














































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
    canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
    Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
	    canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
	    canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits --
 *
 *      Given a 32 bit pixel mask, we find the position of the lowest bit and the
 *      width of the mask bits.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
*       None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(
    unsigned long mask,     /* The pixel mask to examine */
    int *shift,             /* Where to put the shift count (position of lowest bit) */
    int *bits)              /* Where to put the bit count (width of the pixel mask) */
{
    int i;

    *shift = 0;
    *bits = 0;

    /*
     * Find the lowest '1' bit in the mask.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) {
        if (mask & 1 << i)
            break;
    }
    if (i < 32) {
        *shift = i;

        /*
        * Now find the next '0' bit and the width of the mask.
        */

        for ( ; i < 32; ++i) {
            if ((mask & 1 << i) == 0)
                break;
            else
                ++*bits;
        }

        /*
        * Limit to the top 8 bits if the mask was wider than 8.
        */

        if (*bits > 8) {
            *shift += *bits - 8;
            *bits = 8;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCanvas --
 *
 *      This function draws the contents of a canvas into the given Photo image.
 *      This function is called from the widget "image" subcommand.
 *      The canvas does not need to be mapped (one of it's ancestors must be)
 *      in order for this function to work.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Canvas contents from within the -scrollregion or widget size are rendered
 *      into the Photo. Any errors are left in the result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define OVERDRAW_PIXELS 32        /* How much larger we make the pixmap
                                   * that the canvas objects are drawn into */

/* From stackoverflow.com/questions/2100331/c-macro-definition-to-determine-big-endian-or-little-endian-machine */
#define IS_BIG_ENDIAN (*(unsigned short *)"\0\xff" < 0x100)

#define BYTE_SWAP16(n) ((((unsigned short)n)>>8) | (((unsigned short)n)<<8))
#define BYTE_SWAP32(n) (((n>>24)&0x000000FF) | ((n<<8)&0x00FF0000) | ((n>>8)&0x0000FF00) | ((n<<24)&0xFF000000))

static int
DrawCanvas(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,           /* As passed to the widget command, and we will leave errors here */
    ClientData clientData,
    Tk_PhotoHandle photohandle,   /* The photo we are rendering into */
    int subsample,                /* If either subsample or zoom are not 1 then we call Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock() */
    int zoom)
{
    TkCanvas * canvasPtr = clientData;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Display *displayPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock blockPtr = {0};
    Window wid;
    Tk_Item * itemPtr;
    Pixmap pixmap = 0;
    XImage *ximagePtr = NULL;
    Visual *visualPtr;
    GC xgc = 0;
    XGCValues xgcValues;
    int canvasX1, canvasY1, canvasX2, canvasY2, cWidth, cHeight,
        pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pixmapX2, pixmapY2, pmWidth, pmHeight,
        bitsPerPixel, bytesPerPixel, x, y, result = TCL_OK,
        rshift, gshift, bshift, rbits, gbits, bbits;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    char buffer[128];
#endif

    if ((tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas tkwin is NULL!", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * If this canvas is unmapped, then we won't have a window id, so we will
     * try the ancestors of the canvas until we find a window that has a
     * valid window id. The Tk_GetPixmap() call requires a valid window id.
     */

    do {

        if ((displayPtr = Tk_Display(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas (or parent) display is NULL!", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

        if ((wid = Tk_WindowId(tkwin)) != 0) {
            continue;
        }

        if ((tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin)) == NULL) {
            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "canvas has no parent with a valid window id! Is the toplevel window mapped?", NULL);
            result = TCL_ERROR;
            goto done;
        }

    } while (wid == 0);

    bitsPerPixel = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
    visualPtr = Tk_Visual(tkwin);

    if (subsample == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "subsample cannot be zero", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
    * Scan through the item list, registering the bounding box for all items
    * that didn't do that for the final coordinates yet. This can be
    * determined by the FORCE_REDRAW flag.
    */

    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr -> firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr -> nextPtr) {
        if (itemPtr -> redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW) {
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
            EventuallyRedrawItem(canvasPtr, itemPtr);
            itemPtr -> redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
        }
    }

    /*
     * The DisplayCanvas() function works out the region that needs redrawing,
     * but we don't do this. We grab the whole scrollregion or canvas window
     * area. If we have a defined -scrollregion we use that as the drawing
     * region, otherwise use the canvas window height and width with an origin
     * of 0,0.
     */
    if (canvasPtr->scrollX1 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY1 != 0 ||
            canvasPtr->scrollX2 != 0 || canvasPtr->scrollY2 != 0) {

        canvasX1 = canvasPtr->scrollX1;
        canvasY1 = canvasPtr->scrollY1;
        canvasX2 = canvasPtr->scrollX2;
        canvasY2 = canvasPtr->scrollY2;
        cWidth = canvasX2 - canvasX1 + 1;
        cHeight = canvasY2 - canvasY1 + 1;

    } else {

        cWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
        cHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
        canvasX1 = 0;
        canvasY1 = 0;
        canvasX2 = canvasX1 + cWidth - 1;
        canvasY2 = canvasY1 + cHeight - 1;
    }

    /*
     * Allocate a pixmap to draw into. We add OVERDRAW_PIXELS in the same way
     * that DisplayCanvas() does to avoid problems on some systems when objects
     * are being drawn too close to the edge.
     */

    pixmapX1 = canvasX1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY1 = canvasY1 - OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapX2 = canvasX2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pixmapY2 = canvasY2 + OVERDRAW_PIXELS;
    pmWidth = pixmapX2 - pixmapX1 + 1;
    pmHeight = pixmapY2 - pixmapY1 + 1;
    if ((pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(displayPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), pmWidth, pmHeight,
            bitsPerPixel)) == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create drawing Pixmap", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Before we can draw the canvas objects into the pixmap it's background
     * should be filled with canvas background colour.
     */

    xgcValues.function = GXcopy;
    xgcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(canvasPtr->bgBorder)->pixel;
    xgc = XCreateGC(displayPtr, pixmap, GCFunction|GCForeground, &xgcValues);
    XFillRectangle(displayPtr,pixmap,xgc,0,0,pmWidth,pmHeight);

    /*
     * Draw all the cavas items into the pixmap
     */

    canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = pixmapX1;
    canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = pixmapY1;
    for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
            itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
        if ((itemPtr->x1 >= pixmapX2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= pixmapY2) ||
                (itemPtr->x2 < pixmapX1) || (itemPtr->y2 < pixmapY1)) {
            if (!AlwaysRedraw(itemPtr)) {
                continue;
            }
        }
        if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN ||
                (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL && canvasPtr->canvas_state
                == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
            continue;
        }
        ItemDisplay(canvasPtr, itemPtr, pixmap, pixmapX1, pixmapY1, pmWidth,
                pmHeight);
    }

    /*
     * Copy the Pixmap into an ZPixmap format XImage so we can copy it across
     * to the photo image. This seems to be the only way to get Pixmap image
     * data out of an image. Note we have to account for the OVERDRAW_PIXELS
     * border width.
     */

    if ((ximagePtr = XGetImage(displayPtr, pixmap, -pixmapX1, -pixmapY1, cWidth,
            cHeight, AllPlanes, ZPixmap)) == NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to copy Pixmap to XImage", NULL);
        result = TCL_ERROR;
        goto done;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ximagePtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->width);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " width ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->height);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " height ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->xoffset); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " xoffset ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->format);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " format ", buffer, NULL);
                                             Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ximagePtr->data", NULL);
    if (ximagePtr->data != NULL) {
	int ix, iy;

        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	for (iy = 0; iy < ximagePtr->height; ++ iy) {
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
	    for (ix = 0; ix < ximagePtr->bytes_per_line; ++ ix) {
	        if (ix > 0) {
                    if (ix % 4 == 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
                    else
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
                }
	        sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",ximagePtr->data[ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * iy + ix]&0xFF);
	        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
	    }
	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
	}
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
    } else
	sprintf(buffer," NULL");
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->byte_order);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " byte_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_unit);      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_unit ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_bit_order); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_bit_order ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bitmap_pad);       Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bitmap_pad ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->depth);            Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " depth ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bytes_per_line);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bytes_per_line ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bits_per_pixel ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",ximagePtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);

    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nvisualPtr {", NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->red_mask);   Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " red_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->green_mask); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " green_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"0x%8.8lx",visualPtr->blue_mask);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " blue_mask ", buffer, NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);

#endif

    /*
     * Fill in the PhotoImageBlock structure abd allocate a block of memory
     * for the converted image data. Note we allocate an alpha channel even
     * though we don't use one, because this layout helps Tk_PhotoPutBlock()
     * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
     */

    blockPtr.width = cWidth;
    blockPtr.height = cHeight;
    blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
    blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
    blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
    blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
    blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
    blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
    blockPtr.pixelPtr = ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);

    /*
     * Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
     * format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
     */

    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->red_mask,&rshift,&rbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->green_mask,&gshift,&gbits);
    DecomposeMaskToShiftAndBits(visualPtr->blue_mask,&bshift,&bbits);

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nbits { rshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bshift); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bshift ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",rbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " rbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",gbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " gbits ", buffer, NULL);
    sprintf(buffer,"%d",bbits);  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " bbits ", buffer, " }", NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nConverted_image {", NULL);
#endif

    /* Ok, had to use ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel here and in the switch (...)
     * below to get this to work on Windows. X11 correctly sets the bitmap
     *_pad and bitmap_unit fields to 32, but on Windows they are 0 and 8
     * respectively!
     */

    bytesPerPixel = ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel/8;
    for (y = 0; y < blockPtr.height; ++y) {

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif

        for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
            unsigned long pixel = 0;

            switch (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel) {

                /*
                 * Get an 8 bit pixel from the XImage.
                 */

                case 8 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned char *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    break;

                /*
                 * Get a 16 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 16 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned short *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP16(pixel);
                    break;

                /*
                 * Grab a 32 bit pixel from the XImage, and correct the
                 * byte order as necessary.
                 */

                case 32 :
                    pixel = *((unsigned long *)(ximagePtr->data + bytesPerPixel * x
                            + ximagePtr->bytes_per_line * y));
                    if ((IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == LSBFirst)
                            || (!IS_BIG_ENDIAN && ximagePtr->byte_order == MSBFirst))
                        pixel = BYTE_SWAP32(pixel);
                    break;
            }

            /*
             * We have a pixel with the correct byte order, so pull out the
             * colours and place them in the photo block. Perhaps we could
             * just not bother with the alpha byte because we are using
             * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET later?
             * ***Windows: We have to swap the red and blue values. The
             * XImage storage is B - G - R - A which becomes a 32bit ARGB
             * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
             * Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
             * If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
             * swap anything here.
             */

#ifdef _WIN32
#define   R_OFFSET 2
#define   B_OFFSET 0
#else
#define   R_OFFSET 0
#define   B_OFFSET 2
#endif
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + R_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->red_mask) >> rshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +1] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->green_mask) >> gshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + B_OFFSET] =
                    (unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->blue_mask) >> bshift);
            blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x +3] = 0xFF;

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
            {
		int ix;
                if (x > 0)
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
	        for (ix = 0; ix < 4; ++ix) {
                    if (ix > 0)
                        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
		    sprintf(buffer,"%2.2x",blockPtr.pixelPtr[blockPtr.pitch * y
                            + blockPtr.pixelSize * x + ix]&0xFF);
                    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
                }
            }
#endif

        }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    }

#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " }", NULL);
#endif

    /*
     * Now put the copied pixmap into the photo.
     * If either zoom or subsample are not 1, we use the zoom function.
     */

    if (subsample != 1 || zoom != 1) {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr,
                0, 0, cWidth * zoom / subsample, cHeight * zoom / subsample,
                zoom, zoom, subsample, subsample, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET))
                != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    } else {
        if ((result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, photohandle, &blockPtr, 0, 0,
            cWidth, cHeight, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) != TCL_OK) {
            goto done;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Clean up anything we have allocated and exit.
     */

done:
    if (blockPtr.pixelPtr)
        ckfree(blockPtr.pixelPtr);
    if (pixmap)
        Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap);
    if (ximagePtr)
        XDestroyImage(ximagePtr);
    if (xgc)
        XFreeGC(displayPtr,xgc);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DisplayCanvas --
 *
 *	This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
 *	as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else

Changes to generic/tkClipboard.c.

445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452

453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	const char *string;
	static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
	int subIndex, length;


	for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
	    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    if (string[0] != '-') {
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
	     */







|
>


|







445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	const char *string;
	static const char *const appendOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
	int subIndex;
	size_t length;

	for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
	    string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    if (string[0] != '-') {
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
	     */

Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.

97
98
99
100
101
102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
{
    static const char *const bellOptions[] = {
	"-displayof", "-nice", NULL
    };
    enum options { TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF, TK_BELL_NICE };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int i, index, nice = 0;


    if (objc > 4) {
    wrongArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-displayof window? ?-nice?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








>







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
{
    static const char *const bellOptions[] = {
	"-displayof", "-nice", NULL
    };
    enum options { TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF, TK_BELL_NICE };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    int i, index, nice = 0;
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;

    if (objc > 4) {
    wrongArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-displayof window? ?-nice?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

124
125
126
127
128
129
130

131
132
133
134
135

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_BELL_NICE:
	    nice = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }

    XBell(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    if (!nice) {
	XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset);
    }
    XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BindObjCmd --







>





>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_BELL_NICE:
	    nice = 1;
	    break;
	}
    }
    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
    XBell(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    if (!nice) {
	XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset);
    }
    XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BindObjCmd --
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    int length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);







|




|

|







2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    size_t length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);

Changes to generic/tkColor.c.

476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
     * Tk_GetColor.
     */

    if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
    }

    tkColPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * This color is no longer being actively used, so free the color
     * resources associated with it and remove it from the hash table. No
     * longer any objects referencing it.







<
|







476
477
478
479
480
481
482

483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
     * Tk_GetColor.
     */

    if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
    }


    if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * This color is no longer being actively used, so free the color
     * resources associated with it and remove it from the hash table. No
     * longer any objects referencing it.
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
static void
FreeColorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
	tkColPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((tkColPtr->objRefCount == 0)
		&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(tkColPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}








<
|







582
583
584
585
586
587
588

589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
static void
FreeColorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (tkColPtr != NULL) {

	if ((tkColPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1)
		&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(tkColPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}

816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
	if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

#ifndef _WIN32







|

|







814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
	if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

#ifndef _WIN32

Changes to generic/tkColor.h.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
				 * color and all other fields defaulted. May
				 * be None. */
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
				 * delete it, and to find its display. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap from which this entry was
				 * allocated. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual associated with colormap. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkColor
				 * structure is no longer valid and it isn't
				 * present in a hash table: it is being kept
				 * around only because there are objects
				 * referring to it. The structure is freed
				 * when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
				 * both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    int type;			/* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Pointer to hash table entry for this
				 * structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
    struct TkColor *nextPtr;	/* Points to the next TkColor structure with
				 * the same color name. Colors with the same
				 * name but different screens or colormaps are







|









|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
				 * color and all other fields defaulted. May
				 * be None. */
    Screen *screen;		/* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
				 * delete it, and to find its display. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* Colormap from which this entry was
				 * allocated. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual associated with colormap. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this color (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkColor
				 * structure is no longer valid and it isn't
				 * present in a hash table: it is being kept
				 * around only because there are objects
				 * referring to it. The structure is freed
				 * when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
				 * both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    int type;			/* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Pointer to hash table entry for this
				 * structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
    struct TkColor *nextPtr;	/* Points to the next TkColor structure with
				 * the same color name. Colors with the same
				 * name but different screens or colormaps are

Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    int refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    int numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void		FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    char *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option *		GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);







|











|











|



|
|

|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    size_t refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    size_t numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void		FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    void *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetConfigList(void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetObjectForOption(void *recordPtr,
			    Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option *		GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option *		GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		FreeOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DupOptionInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *, Tcl_Obj *);
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).







|







173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
		 * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
		 */

		optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData;
	    }
	}
	if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
		&& (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0))
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
	    optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;







|







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
		 * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
		 */

		optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData;
	    }
	}
	if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
		&& (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH))
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
		|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
	    optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    tablePtr->refCount--;
    if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }








|

<
|







326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;


    if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_InitOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
				 * don't leave an error message. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
				 * the caller should have properly initialized
				 * the record with NULL pointers for each
				 * option value. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* The token which matches the config specs
				 * for the widget in question. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Certain options types (such as
				 * TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the







|







377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_InitOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
				 * don't leave an error message. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
				 * the caller should have properly initialized
				 * the record with NULL pointers for each
				 * option value. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* The token which matches the config specs
				 * for the widget in question. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Certain options types (such as
				 * TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
 */

static int
DoObjConfig(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no message is left if an error
				 * occurs. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The record to modify to hold the new option
				 * value. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information about the option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* New value for option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which option will be used (needed
				 * to allocate resources for some options).
				 * May be NULL if the option doesn't require
				 * window-related resources. */
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
				/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
				 * be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
				 * be stored here, and it becomes the property
				 * of the caller (the caller must eventually
				 * free the old value). */
{
    Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to location in record where internal
				 * representation of value should be stored,
				 * or NULL. */
    char *oldInternalPtr;	/* Points to location in which to save old
				 * internal representation of value. */
    Tk_SavedOption internal;	/* Used to save the old internal
				 * representation of the value if
				 * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
    int nullOK;

    /*
     * Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
     */

    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
    if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
	oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
    } else {
	slotPtrPtr = NULL;
	oldPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
     * object and internal forms, if they exist.
     */

    if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
	savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
	savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
	oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;







|















|


|












|
|











|
|







548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
 */

static int
DoObjConfig(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no message is left if an error
				 * occurs. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The record to modify to hold the new option
				 * value. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information about the option. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* New value for option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which option will be used (needed
				 * to allocate resources for some options).
				 * May be NULL if the option doesn't require
				 * window-related resources. */
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
				/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
				 * be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
				 * be stored here, and it becomes the property
				 * of the caller (the caller must eventually
				 * free the old value). */
{
    Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to location in record where internal
				 * representation of value should be stored,
				 * or NULL. */
    void *oldInternalPtr;	/* Points to location in which to save old
				 * internal representation of value. */
    Tk_SavedOption internal;	/* Used to save the old internal
				 * representation of the value if
				 * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
    int nullOK;

    /*
     * Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
     */

    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
    if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
	oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
    } else {
	slotPtrPtr = NULL;
	oldPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
     * object and internal forms, if they exist.
     */

    if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
	savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
	savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
	oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
	    *((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
	}
	break;
    }
    case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
	char *newStr;
	const char *value;
	int length;

	if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
	    valuePtr = NULL;
	}
	if (internalPtr != NULL) {
	    if (valuePtr != NULL) {
		value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
		newStr = ckalloc(length + 1);
		strcpy(newStr, value);
	    } else {
		newStr = NULL;
	    }
	    *((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
	    *((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;







|






|







652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
	    *((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
	}
	break;
    }
    case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
	char *newStr;
	const char *value;
	size_t length;

	if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
	    valuePtr = NULL;
	}
	if (internalPtr != NULL) {
	    if (valuePtr != NULL) {
		value = TkGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
		newStr = ckalloc(length + 1);
		strcpy(newStr, value);
	    } else {
		newStr = NULL;
	    }
	    *((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
	    *((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
    int length;

    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
	return (objPtr->length == 0);
    }
    (void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
    return (length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetOption --
 *







<
<



|
|

<
|







932
933
934
935
936
937
938


939
940
941
942
943
944

945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{


    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
	Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    }

    return (objPtr->length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetOption --
 *
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    int count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this







|







970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_SetOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is returned.*/
    char *recordPtr,	    	/* The record to configure. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes valid options. */
    int objc,			/* The number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window associated with the thing being
				 * configured; needed for some options (such
				 * as colors). */
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr,	/* If non-NULL, the old values of modified







|







1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_SetOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is returned.*/
    void *recordPtr,	    	/* The record to configure. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes valid options. */
    int objc,			/* The number of elements in objv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window associated with the thing being
				 * configured; needed for some options (such
				 * as colors). */
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr,	/* If non-NULL, the old values of modified
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
 */

void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Holds saved option information; must have
				 * been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int i;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *newPtr;		/* New object value of option, which we
				 * replace with old value and free. Taken from
				 * record. */
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    /*
     * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
     * This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
     * used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
     */

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
	savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    }
    for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
	optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
	specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;

	/*
	 * First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
	 * record.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
	} else {
	    newPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	    internalPtr = savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	} else {
	    internalPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
	    FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
	}
	if (newPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Now restore the old value of the option.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
		    = savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
	    register char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;

	    CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
	    switch (specPtr->type) {
	    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
		*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
		break;







|




|














|








|
|



|
|














|
|


|







1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
 */

void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Holds saved option information; must have
				 * been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    size_t i;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *newPtr;		/* New object value of option, which we
				 * replace with old value and free. Taken from
				 * record. */
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    /*
     * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
     * This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
     * used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
     */

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
	savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
    }
    for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i != (size_t)-1; i--) {
	optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
	specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;

	/*
	 * First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
	 * record.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
	} else {
	    newPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    internalPtr = (char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	} else {
	    internalPtr = NULL;
	}
	if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
	    FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
	}
	if (newPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Now restore the old value of the option.
	 */

	if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
		    = savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
	}
	if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    register char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;

	    CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
	    switch (specPtr->type) {
	    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
		*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
		break;
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
 */

void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Contains options saved in a previous call
				 * to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int count;
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
    }
    for (count = savePtr->numItems,







|







1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
 */

void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
    Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)	/* Contains options saved in a previous call
				 * to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    size_t count;
    Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;

    if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
    }
    for (count = savePtr->numItems,
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
		count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
	    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
	    if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
		continue;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
		oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
		oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
		*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
	    } else {
		oldPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
		oldInternalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	    } else {
		oldInternalPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
		FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
	    }
	    if (oldPtr != NULL) {







|







|

|










|
|





|
|







1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    void *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
		count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
	    specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
	    if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
		continue;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
		oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
		oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
		*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
	    } else {
		oldPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
		oldInternalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
	    } else {
		oldInternalPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
		FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
	    }
	    if (oldPtr != NULL) {
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
 */

static void
FreeResources(
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Description of the configuration option. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* The current value of the option, specified
				 * as an object. */
    char *internalPtr,		/* A pointer to an internal representation for
				 * the option's value, such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Only valid if
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The window in which this option is used. */
{
    int internalFormExists;

    /*
     * If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
     * resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
     * form, then use the object form.
     */

    internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
		ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
		*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
	    }







|


|










|







1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
 */

static void
FreeResources(
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Description of the configuration option. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,		/* The current value of the option, specified
				 * as an object. */
    void *internalPtr,		/* A pointer to an internal representation for
				 * the option's value, such as an int or
				 * (XColor *). Only valid if
				 * optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != -1. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The window in which this option is used. */
{
    int internalFormExists;

    /*
     * If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
     * resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
     * form, then use the object form.
     */

    internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_STRING:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
		ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
		*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
	    }
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
	} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;







<
<







1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641


1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;


	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is created. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes all the legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
				 * single option whose info is to be returned.
				 * Otherwise info is returned for all options
				 * in optionTable. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {







|













|







1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
				 * then no error message is created. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes all the legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
				 * single option whose info is to be returned.
				 * Otherwise info is returned for all options
				 * in optionTable. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
 *	Memory is allocated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing a
				 * particular option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;








|







1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
 *	Memory is allocated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing a
				 * particular option. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;

1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
	} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
	    elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
	} else {
	    elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);

	if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	    elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr
		    + optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	    if (elementPtr == NULL) {
		elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	} else {
	    elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
	}







|
|







1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
	} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
	    elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
	} else {
	    elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	}
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);

	if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	    elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr
		    + optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	    if (elementPtr == NULL) {
		elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    }
	} else {
	    elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
	}
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing an option
				 * whose internal value is stored in
				 * *recordPtr. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    char *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */

    internalPtr = recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
    objPtr = NULL;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_INT:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));







|







|


|







1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
    void *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * configuration options. */
    Option *optionPtr,		/* Pointer to information describing an option
				 * whose internal value is stored in
				 * *recordPtr. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    void *internalPtr;		/* Points to internal value of option in
				 * record. */

    internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
    objPtr = NULL;
    switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
    case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_INT:
	objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
				 * then no messages are provided for
				 * errors. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* Gives the command-line name for the option
				 * whose value is to be returned. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

    optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
    if (optionPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
	optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
	resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * This option has a null value and is represented by a null
	     * object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
	     * would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
	     */








|

















|
|







1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
				 * then no messages are provided for
				 * errors. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* Record whose fields contain current values
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tcl_Obj *namePtr,		/* Gives the command-line name for the option
				 * whose value is to be returned. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

    optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
    if (optionPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
	optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
    }
    if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset != TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) ((char *)recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * This option has a null value and is represented by a null
	     * object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
	     * would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
	     */

2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;







|

|







2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;

Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.







|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    size_t refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.







|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CreateConsoleWindow --
 *
 *	Initialize the console. This code actually creates a new application
 *	and associated interpreter. This effectivly hides the implementation
 *	from the main application.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A new console it created.







|







314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_CreateConsoleWindow --
 *
 *	Initialize the console. This code actually creates a new application
 *	and associated interpreter. This effectively hides the implementation
 *	from the main application.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A new console it created.
340
341
342
343
344
345
346


347
348
349


350
351
352
353
354
355
356
    Tcl_Command token;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    int haveConsoleChannel = 1;

    /* Init an interp with Tcl and Tk */
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
    if (Tcl_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {


	goto error;
    }
    if (Tk_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {


	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Fetch the instance data from whatever std channel is a
     * console channel.  If none, create fresh instance data.
     */







>
>



>
>







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
    Tcl_Command token;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    int haveConsoleChannel = 1;

    /* Init an interp with Tcl and Tk */
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
    if (Tcl_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Obj *result_obj = Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result_obj);
	goto error;
    }
    if (Tk_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Obj *result_obj = Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result_obj);
	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Fetch the instance data from whatever std channel is a
     * console channel.  If none, create fresh instance data.
     */
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;








|







452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }







|







592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|












949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkCursor.c.

459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474

static void
FreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)	/* Cursor to be released. */
{
    TkCursor *prevPtr;

    cursorPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
	if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {







<
|







459
460
461
462
463
464
465

466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

static void
FreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)	/* Cursor to be released. */
{
    TkCursor *prevPtr;


    if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
	if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
static void
FreeCursorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
	cursorPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((cursorPtr->objRefCount == 0)
		&& (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(cursorPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}








<
|







585
586
587
588
589
590
591

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
static void
FreeCursorObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (cursorPtr != NULL) {

	if ((cursorPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1)
		&& (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(cursorPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
    }
}

860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|

|













858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19








20
21
22
23
24
25
26
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif









/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif

#if !defined(BUILD_tk)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN TCL_DEPRECATED_API(msg)
#elif defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) MODULE_SCOPE
#else
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN
#endif

/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
/* 17 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc);
/* 18 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 19 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 20 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas);
/* 21 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
				double y, short *screenXPtr,







|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
/* 17 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc);
/* 18 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 19 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 20 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas);
/* 21 */
EXTERN void		Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
				double y, short *screenXPtr,
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				char *widgRec, const char *argvName,
				int flags);
/* 29 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
				int flags);
/* 30 */
EXTERN void		Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
				unsigned int valueMask,
				XWindowChanges *valuePtr);
/* 31 */
EXTERN Tk_TextLayout	Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, const char *str,







|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				char *widgRec, const char *argvName,
				int flags);
/* 29 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
				int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec,
				int flags);
/* 30 */
EXTERN void		Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
				unsigned int valueMask,
				XWindowChanges *valuePtr);
/* 31 */
EXTERN Tk_TextLayout	Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, const char *str,
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
/* 53 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Atom target);
/* 54 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 55 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 56 */
EXTERN int		Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
				int y);
/* 57 */
EXTERN void		Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
				Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
				int numPoints, int borderWidth,







|







219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
/* 53 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Atom target);
/* 54 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 55 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 56 */
EXTERN int		Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
				int y);
/* 57 */
EXTERN void		Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
				Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
				int numPoints, int borderWidth,
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */

EXTERN void		Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_Uid colorName);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
/* 83 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom);
/* 84 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object, const char *eventStr);
/* 85 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str);
/* 86 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,







>
|
















|

|







285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function does nothing, call can be removed")
void			Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_Uid colorName);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
/* 83 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom);
/* 84 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
				ClientData object, const char *eventStr);
/* 85 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str);
/* 86 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
EXTERN Tk_Image		Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *name,
				Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 98 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name,
				CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr);
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tk_ItemType *	Tk_GetItemTypes(void);
/* 100 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				int *joinPtr);
/* 101 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,







|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
EXTERN Tk_Image		Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *name,
				Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 98 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name,
				const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr);
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tk_ItemType *	Tk_GetItemTypes(void);
/* 100 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
				int *joinPtr);
/* 101 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
EXTERN int		Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				int *reliefPtr);
/* 107 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
				int *yPtr);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
				CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str, double *doublePtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Atom selection, Atom target,







|







381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
EXTERN int		Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				int *reliefPtr);
/* 107 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
				int *yPtr);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
				const char **argv, double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *str, double *doublePtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Atom selection, Atom target,
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494

495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 128 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 129 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 130 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
/* 131 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor);
/* 132 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
/* 133 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap);
/* 134 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
/* 135 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display,
				Tk_Cursor cursor);
/* 136 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
/* 137 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster);
/* 138 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
/* 139 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify);
/* 140 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief);
/* 141 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 142 */
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */







|

|

|

|

|

|
<

|

|

|

|

|








|


>
|



>
|










>
|





>
|







443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 128 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 129 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
/* 130 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
/* 131 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor);
/* 132 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
/* 133 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap);
/* 134 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
/* 135 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor);

/* 136 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
/* 137 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster);
/* 138 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
/* 139 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify);
/* 140 */
EXTERN const char *	Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief);
/* 141 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 142 */
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, const char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 193 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 194 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 195 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 196 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 197 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 198 */







|







628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 193 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 194 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 195 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 196 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 197 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 198 */
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
/* 201 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 202 */
EXTERN XColor *		Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 203 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor	Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 204 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 205 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
				Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 206 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
/* 207 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 208 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 209 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr);
/* 210 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 211 */
EXTERN int		Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 212 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
				Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 213 */
EXTERN void		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 214 */
EXTERN int		Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr);
/* 215 */
EXTERN void		Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 216 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);







|




|



















|








|







650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
/* 201 */
EXTERN Pixmap		Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 202 */
EXTERN XColor *		Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 203 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor	Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 204 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 205 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
				Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 206 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
/* 207 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 208 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 209 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr);
/* 210 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
				int *intPtr);
/* 211 */
EXTERN int		Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 212 */
EXTERN void		Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
				Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
				Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 213 */
EXTERN void		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
/* 214 */
EXTERN int		Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
				Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr);
/* 215 */
EXTERN void		Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 216 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);
772
773
774
775
776
777
778

779
780
781
782

783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */







>
|



>
|







784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
/* 259 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 260 */
EXTERN Tk_StyledElement	 Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
/* 261 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
				int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 262 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
				int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 263 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 264 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int state);
/* 265 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
/* 266 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,







|




|





|



|







828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
/* 259 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 260 */
EXTERN Tk_StyledElement	 Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
				Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
/* 261 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
				int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 262 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
				int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
/* 263 */
EXTERN int		Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 264 */
EXTERN void		Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style,
				Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int state);
/* 265 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
/* 266 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
    int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
    void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
    double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
    void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
    int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
    CONST86 char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
    void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
    void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
    int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
    void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, const char *buffer); /* 25 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
    void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
    Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
    unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr, const char *script, int append); /* 33 */
    Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
    Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
    void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */







|









|







905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
    int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
    void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
    int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
    double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
    void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
    int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
    const char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
    void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
    void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
    int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
    void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, const char *buffer); /* 25 */
    int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
    int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, const char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
    void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
    Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
    unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr, const char *script, int append); /* 33 */
    Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
    Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
    void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
    void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
    void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
    void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
    void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
    void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
    void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
    void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
    int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
    void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
    void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
    void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
    void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */







|







941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
    void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
    void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
    void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
    void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
    void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 52 */
    void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
    void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
    const char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
    int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
    void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
    void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
    void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
    void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
    void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 85 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const void *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
    int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
    Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 90 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 93 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
    void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
    GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
    Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
    ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, CONST86 Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
    Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
    int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
    int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
    int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, const char *className); /* 103 */
    int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
    int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
    void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
    int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
    int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (const char *str); /* 111 */
    Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
    void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
    int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
    void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */







|





|
|













|









|







963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function does nothing, call can be removed") void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    const char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    const char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 85 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const void *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
    int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
    Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 90 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str); /* 93 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
    void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
    GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
    Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
    ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
    Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
    int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
    int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
    int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name, const char *className); /* 103 */
    int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
    int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
    void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
    int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
    int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
    Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (const char *str); /* 111 */
    Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
    void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
    int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
    void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
    void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
    void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
    void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
    int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
    void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
    void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
    void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|


|

|







1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
    void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
    void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
    void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
    int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
    void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
    void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
    void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, const char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
    Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
    void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
    void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
    void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
    void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
    void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
    void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
    void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
    void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
    int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
    int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
    int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
    int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
    int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
    void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
    void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
    int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
    void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
    int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
    void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
    void (*reserved218)(void);
    void (*reserved219)(void);
    int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
    void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */







|








|
|





|


|







1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
    Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
    Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
    void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
    void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
    void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
    void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
    void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
    void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
    void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
    void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
    Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
    XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
    Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
    int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
    int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
    int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
    int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
    int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
    int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
    void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
    void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
    int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
    void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
    int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
    void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
    void (*reserved218)(void);
    void (*reserved219)(void);
    int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
    void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
    Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
    void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
    void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
    int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
    void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
    int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
    int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
    long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
    void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */







|
|













|
|
|
|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
    const char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
    void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
    Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
    void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
    void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
    int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
    void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, void *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
    int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
    int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
    int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
    long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
    void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722








1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729










1730
1731
1732
1733
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow









#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif











#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow

#undef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid)
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj(obj) Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(obj) /* no-op */


#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif


#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"
#include "tkEntry.h"


/*
 * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of
 * the text in the entry.
 */

#define XPAD 1







<

>







12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "tkEntry.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of
 * the text in the entry.
 */

#define XPAD 1
114
115
116
117
118
119
120






121
122
123
124
125
126
127
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",







>
>
>
>
>
>







114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
254
255
256
257
258
259
260






261
262
263
264
265
266
267
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},






    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",







>
>
>
>
>
>







260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-invalidcommand", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderString),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG, -1,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, placeholderColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
	DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
	"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
	Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
	(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
533
534
535
536
537
538
539


540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= None;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= None;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= None;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));







>
>















|







545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
    entryPtr->inset		= XPAD;
    entryPtr->textGC		= None;
    entryPtr->selTextGC		= None;
    entryPtr->highlightGC	= None;
    entryPtr->avgWidth		= 1;
    entryPtr->validate		= VALIDATE_NONE;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= None;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(entryPtr->tkwin));
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660

    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|









|







650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674

    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890

891
892
893
894
895
896
897
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;








|
>







897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection;
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|













|







1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
    }

    /*
     * Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
     * value.
     */

    oldExport = (entryPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp));
    if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
	oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
	oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
	oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179

1180

1181

1182
1183

1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(

			"-to value must be greater than -from value",

			-1));

		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SPINBOX", "RANGE_SANITY",
			NULL);

		continue;
	    }

	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */







<
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
>
|
|







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193

1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199

1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {

                /*
                 * Swap -from and -to values.
                 */

                double tmpFromTo = sbPtr->fromValue;


                sbPtr->fromValue = sbPtr->toValue;
                sbPtr->toValue = tmpFromTo;
            }

	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)

		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}








>







1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
	}

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
	 */

	if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))
		&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
		&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		    entryPtr);
	    entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	}

1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486










1487
1488
1489


1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;











    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;


    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>







1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
    gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->textGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
    }
    entryPtr->textGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->placeholderColorPtr->pixel;
    }
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->placeholderGC);
    }
    entryPtr->placeholderGC = gc;

    if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
	gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
    } else {
        gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel;
    }
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
    mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
    gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
    if (entryPtr->selTextGC != None) {
	Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
    }
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736

1737
1738
1739





1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */


    Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);






    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {







>
|


>
>
>
>
>







1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
    }

    /*
     * Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
     * selected portion on top of it.
     */

    if ((entryPtr->numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->placeholderChars == 0)) {
        Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
	    entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);
    } else {
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->placeholderGC,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderX, entryPtr->layoutY,
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, entryPtr->placeholderChars);
    }

    if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
	    && (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
	int selFirst;

	if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950




















































1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957

    /*
     * If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of the
     * entry, recompute the displayString.
     */

    if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) {
	Tcl_UniChar ch;
	char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
	int size;

	/*
	 * Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it in
	 * the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed
	 * characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in the
	 * resulting string.
	 */

	Tcl_UtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);

	entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
	p = ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1);
	entryPtr->displayString = p;

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }





















































    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;







|
|









|
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045

    /*
     * If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of the
     * entry, recompute the displayString.
     */

    if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) {
	int ch;
	char buf[6];
	int size;

	/*
	 * Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it in
	 * the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed
	 * characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in the
	 * resulting string.
	 */

	TkUtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
	size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf);

	entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
	p = ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1);
	entryPtr->displayString = p;

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }

    /* Recompute layout of placeholder text.
     * Only the placeholderX and placeholderLeftIndex value is needed.
     * We use the same font so we can use the layoutY value from below.
     */

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->placeholderLayout);
    if (entryPtr->placeholderString) {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = strlen(entryPtr->placeholderString);
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, entryPtr->placeholderChars, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, NULL);
	overflow = totalLength -
	        (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - 2*entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth);
	if (overflow <= 0) {
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = 0;
	    if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
	    } else if (entryPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->placeholderX = (Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
		        - entryPtr->xWidth - totalLength)/2;
	    }
    	} else {

	    /*
	     * The whole string can't fit in the window. Compute the maximum
	     * number of characters that may be off-screen to the left without
	     * leaving empty space on the right of the window, then don't let
	     * placeholderLeftIndex be any greater than that.
	     */

	    maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, overflow, 0);
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, maxOffScreen,
		&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (rightX < overflow) {
		maxOffScreen++;
	    }
	    entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex = maxOffScreen;
	    Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->placeholderLayout, entryPtr->placeholderLeftIndex, &rightX,
		NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset -rightX;
        }
    } else {
        entryPtr->placeholderChars = 0;
        entryPtr->placeholderLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	        entryPtr->placeholderString, 0, 0,
	        entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, NULL, NULL);
	entryPtr->placeholderX = entryPtr->inset;
    }

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
	    entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);

    entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
InsertChars(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this character
				 * index. */
    const char *value)		/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
				 * string). */
{
    ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
    size_t byteCount, newByteCount;
    int oldChars, charsAdded;
    const char *string;
    char *newStr;

    string = entryPtr->string;
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
    byteCount = strlen(value);
    if (byteCount == 0) {







<
<
|







2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134


2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
InsertChars(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this character
				 * index. */
    const char *value)		/* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
				 * string). */
{


    size_t byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount, oldChars, charsAdded;
    const char *string;
    char *newStr;

    string = entryPtr->string;
    byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
    byteCount = strlen(value);
    if (byteCount == 0) {
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748

2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.







|
>







2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
{
    int newFirst, newLast;

    /*
     * Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
     */

    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		entryPtr);
	entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }

    /*
     * Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815

2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;







|
>







2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
				 * not including terminating NUL character. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    int byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || (!entryPtr->exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->displayString;
    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
    byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868

2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}

/*







|
>







2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
     * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
     * next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
     * selection since it is always visible.
     * This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
     */

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
	    && (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
	entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
	entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
    }
}

/*
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145













3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







|
|











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
	/*
	 * Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
	 */
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
 	return NULL;
     }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
 * EntryValidateChange --
 *
 *	This function is invoked when any character is added or removed from
 *	the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, TCL_ERROR if any
 *	problems occured with validatecommand.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the validatecommand might
 *	turn itself off (if an error or loop condition arises).
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */







|







3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
 * EntryValidateChange --
 *
 *	This function is invoked when any character is added or removed from
 *	the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, TCL_ERROR if any
 *	problems occurred with validatecommand.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the validatecommand might
 *	turn itself off (if an error or loop condition arises).
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
    p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
    code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&script);

    /*
     * If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
     * now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
     * means that a loop condition almost occured. Do not allow this
     * validation result to finish.
     */

    if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE
	    || (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) {
	code = TCL_ERROR;
    }







|







3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
    p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
    code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&script);

    /*
     * If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
     * now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
     * means that a loop condition almost occurred. Do not allow this
     * validation result to finish.
     */

    if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE
	    || (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) {
	code = TCL_ERROR;
    }
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, length;
    register const char *string;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (1) {
	if (*before == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
	/*







|







3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, length;
    register const char *string;
    int ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (1) {
	if (*before == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
	/*
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475

	/*
	 * There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
	 */

	before++; /* skip over % */
	if (*before != '\0') {
	    before += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(before, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}
	if (type == VALIDATE_BUTTON) {
	    /*
	     * -command %-substitution
	     */

	    switch (ch) {
	    case 's':		/* Current string value of spinbox */
		string = entryPtr->string;
		break;
	    case 'd':		/* direction, up or down */
		string = change;
		break;
	    case 'W':		/* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * -validatecommand / -invalidcommand %-substitution







|



















|







3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577

	/*
	 * There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
	 */

	before++; /* skip over % */
	if (*before != '\0') {
	    before += TkUtfToUniChar(before, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}
	if (type == VALIDATE_BUTTON) {
	    /*
	     * -command %-substitution
	     */

	    switch (ch) {
	    case 's':		/* Current string value of spinbox */
		string = entryPtr->string;
		break;
	    case 'd':		/* direction, up or down */
		string = change;
		break;
	    case 'W':		/* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * -validatecommand / -invalidcommand %-substitution
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
		    break;
		}
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags);







|







3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
		    break;
		}
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags);
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642


3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;



    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }







>
>















|







3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
    sbPtr->fromValue		= 0.0;
    sbPtr->toValue		= 100.0;
    sbPtr->increment		= 1.0;
    sbPtr->formatBuf		= ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
    sbPtr->bdRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
    sbPtr->buRelief		= TK_RELIEF_FLAT;

    entryPtr->placeholderGC	= None;

    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin);

    Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
	    PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770

    case SB_CMD_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|









|







3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874

    case SB_CMD_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, entryPtr,
		entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, entryPtr,
		    entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    entryPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037

4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection) {

		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;








|
>







4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
		entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
		entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
	    } else {
		entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
		entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
	    }
	    if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
		    && entryPtr->exportSelection
		    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->interp))) {
		Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
			EntryLostSelection, entryPtr);
		entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
	    }
	    EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
	    break;

4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281

4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
		/*
		 * Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
		 * do a search on the list to see if the current value is
		 * there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
		 */


		int i, listc, elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
		const char *bytes;
		Tcl_Obj **listv;

		Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
		for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
		    bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
		    if ((length == elemLen) &&
			    (memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
				    (size_t) length) == 0)) {
			sbPtr->eIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (up) {
		if (++sbPtr->eIndex >= sbPtr->nElements) {







>
|





|


|







4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
	    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
		/*
		 * Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
		 * do a search on the list to see if the current value is
		 * there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
		 */

		int i, listc;
		size_t elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
		const char *bytes;
		Tcl_Obj **listv;

		Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
		for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
		    bytes = TkGetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
		    if ((length == elemLen) &&
			    (memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
				    length) == 0)) {
			sbPtr->eIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (up) {
		if (++sbPtr->eIndex >= sbPtr->nElements) {

Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.

124
125
126
127
128
129
130













131
132
133
134
135
136
137
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */














    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
				 * scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
				 * command to issue. */
    char *showChar;		/* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
				 * character is used for displaying all
				 * characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
				 * only used by the Entry widget. */

    /*
     * Fields used in displaying help text if entry value is empty
     */

    Tk_TextLayout placeholderLayout;/* Cached placeholder text layout information. */
    char *placeholderString;	/* String value of placeholder. */
    int placeholderChars;	/* Number of chars in placeholder. */
    XColor *placeholderColorPtr;/* Color value of placeholder foreground. */
    GC placeholderGC;		/* For drawing placeholder text. */
    int placeholderX;		/* Origin for layout. */
    int placeholderLeftIndex;	/* Character index of left-most character
				 * visible in window. */

    /*
     * Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
     * configuration settings above.
     */

    const char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying. This may be
				 * a pointer to string, or a pointer to
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
				 * multiple of this value. */
    char *formatBuf;		/* string into which to format value.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    char *reqFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value that the users requests. Malloc'ed */
    char *valueFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value. */
    char digitFormat[10];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information; used for the
				 * value. */

    char *valueStr;		/* Values List. Malloc'ed. */
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;		/* Pointer to the list object being used */
    int eIndex;			/* Holds the current index into elements */
    int nElements;		/* Holds the current count of elements */







|







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
				 * multiple of this value. */
    char *formatBuf;		/* string into which to format value.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    char *reqFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value that the users requests. Malloc'ed */
    char *valueFormat;		/* Sprintf conversion specifier used for the
				 * value. */
    char digitFormat[16];	/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information; used for the
				 * value. */

    char *valueStr;		/* Values List. Malloc'ed. */
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;		/* Pointer to the list object being used */
    int eIndex;			/* Holds the current index into elements */
    int nElements;		/* Holds the current count of elements */

Changes to generic/tkError.c.

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
				 * request code (-1 means consider all minor
				 * codes). */
    Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc,	/* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
				 * occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
				 * errors. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr;

    /*
     * Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
     * error: panic.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);







|
|







78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
				 * request code (-1 means consider all minor
				 * codes). */
    Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc,	/* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
				 * occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
				 * errors. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;

    /*
     * Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
     * error: panic.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170








171

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
 */

void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler)	/* Token for handler to delete; was previous
				 * return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;

    errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;

    /*
     * Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
     * probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
     * to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
     * there may be previously-deleted handlers that are now ready for garbage
     * collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
     * pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */

    dispPtr->deleteCount += 1;
    if (dispPtr->deleteCount >= 10) {
	register TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;








	int lastSerial;


	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;
	lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);
	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= (unsigned long) lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(errorPtr);
		continue;







|
|















<
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|

<




|







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
 */

void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler)	/* Token for handler to delete; was previous
				 * return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;

    errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;

    /*
     * Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
     * probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
     * to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
     * there may be previously-deleted handlers that are now ready for garbage
     * collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
     * pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
     * errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
     * reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
     * there are many handlers that stay around forever).
     */


    if (dispPtr->deleteCount++ >= 9) {
	TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
	TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
	unsigned long lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);

	/*
	 * Last chance to catch errors for this handler: if no event/error
	 * processing took place to follow up the end of this error handler
	 * we need a round trip with the X server now.
	 */

	if (errorPtr->lastRequest > lastSerial) {
	    XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
	}
	dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;

	errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
	for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
	    nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
	    if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
		    && (errorPtr->lastRequest <= lastSerial)) {
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(errorPtr);
		continue;
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ErrorProc(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which error occurred. */
    register XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)
				/* Information about error. */
{
    register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;

    /*
     * See if we know anything about the display. If not, then invoke the
     * default error handler.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);







|


|
|







216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ErrorProc(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which error occurred. */
    XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)
				/* Information about error. */
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;

    /*
     * See if we know anything about the display. If not, then invoke the
     * default error handler.
     */

    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);

Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.

352
353
354
355
356
357
358

359
360
361
362
363
364
365
    }


    if (winPtr->inputContext == NULL) {
	/* XCreateIC failed. */
	return;
    }


    /*
     * Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
     */
    XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
    if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
	winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;







>







352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
    }


    if (winPtr->inputContext == NULL) {
	/* XCreateIC failed. */
	return;
    }
    winPtr->ximGeneration = dispPtr->ximGeneration;

    /*
     * Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
     */
    XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
    if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
	winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290








1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297


1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
     * Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
     * (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
     * set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
     * ever active for X11.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS








    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
	if (!(winPtr->flags & (TK_CHECKED_IC|TK_ALREADY_DEAD))) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_CHECKED_IC;
	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) {
		CreateXIC(winPtr);
	    }
	}


	if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn && winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {
	    XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
	}
    }
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/

    /*
     * For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
|







1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
     * Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
     * (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
     * set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
     * ever active for X11.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    /*
     * If the XIC has been invalidated, it must be recreated.
     */
    if (winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration != winPtr->ximGeneration) {
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_CHECKED_IC;
	winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
    }

    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
	if (!(winPtr->flags & (TK_CHECKED_IC|TK_ALREADY_DEAD))) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_CHECKED_IC;
	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) {
		CreateXIC(winPtr);
	    }
	}
	if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) &&
		(winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) &&
		(winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) {
	    XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
	}
    }
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/

    /*
     * For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    int refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement







|







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetFontFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FONT_ACTUAL: {
	int skip, result, n;
	const char *s;
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	Tcl_Obj *optPtr, *charPtr, *resultPtr;
	Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;
	const TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
	TkFontAttributes fa;

	/*
	 * Params 0 and 1 are 'font actual'. Param 2 is the font name. 3-4 may
	 * be '-displayof $window'
	 */







|







493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FONT_ACTUAL: {
	int skip, result, n;
	const char *s;
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	Tcl_Obj *optPtr, *charPtr, *resultPtr;
	int uniChar = 0;
	const TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
	TkFontAttributes fa;

	/*
	 * Params 0 and 1 are 'font actual'. Param 2 is the font name. 3-4 may
	 * be '-displayof $window'
	 */
558
559
560
561
562
563
564


565

566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
	}

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {


	    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(charPtr) != 1) {

		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, Tcl_GetString(charPtr),
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    uniChar = Tcl_GetUniChar(charPtr, 0);
	}

	/*
	 * Find the font.
	 */

	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);







>
>
|
>


|






<







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577

578
579
580
581
582
583
584
	}

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(charPtr);
	    size_t len = TkUtfToUniChar(string, &uniChar);

	    if (len != (size_t)charPtr->length) {
		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, string,
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	}

	/*
	 * Find the font.
	 */

	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713

714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
	}
	TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_MEASURE: {
	const char *string;
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	int length = 0, skip = 0;


	if (objc > 4) {
	    skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
	    if (skip < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (objc - skip != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "font ?-displayof window? text");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
	if (tkfont == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_METRICS: {
	Tk_Font tkfont;







|
>
















|







708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
	}
	TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_MEASURE: {
	const char *string;
	Tk_Font tkfont;
	size_t length = 0;
	int skip = 0;

	if (objc > 4) {
	    skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
	    if (skip < 0) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	if (objc - skip != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "font ?-displayof window? text");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
	if (tkfont == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(
		Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
	Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
	break;
    }
    case FONT_METRICS: {
	Tk_Font tkfont;
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
    /*
     * Get information used for drawing underlines in generic code on a
     * non-underlined font.
     */

    descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
    fontPtr->underlinePos = descent / 2;
    fontPtr->underlineHeight = TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) / 10;
    if (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
	fontPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
    }
    if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->underlineHeight > descent) {
	/*
	 * If this set of values would cause the bottom of the underline bar
	 * to stick below the descent of the font, jack the underline up a bit







|







1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
    /*
     * Get information used for drawing underlines in generic code on a
     * non-underlined font.
     */

    descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
    fontPtr->underlinePos = descent / 2;
    fontPtr->underlineHeight = (int) (TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) / 10 + 0.5);
    if (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
	fontPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
    }
    if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->underlineHeight > descent) {
	/*
	 * If this set of values would cause the bottom of the underline bar
	 * to stick below the descent of the font, jack the underline up a bit
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont, *prevPtr;
    NamedFont *nfPtr;

    if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    fontPtr->resourceRefCount--;
    if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
	return;
    }
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	nfPtr->refCount--;
	if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {







<
|









<
|







1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426

1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436

1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont, *prevPtr;
    NamedFont *nfPtr;

    if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);

	if ((nfPtr->refCount-- <= 1) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
static void
FreeFontObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (fontPtr != NULL) {
	fontPtr->objRefCount--;
	if ((fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) && (fontPtr->objRefCount == 0)) {
	    ckfree(fontPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
    }
}








|
<







1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524

1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
static void
FreeFontObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object we are releasing. */
{
    TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    if (fontPtr != NULL) {
	if ((fontPtr->objRefCount-- <= 1) && (fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {

	    ckfree(fontPtr);
	}
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
    }
}

1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
	family = "AvantGarde";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfChancery";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfDingbats";
    } else {
	Tcl_UniChar ch;

	/*
	 * Inline, capitalize the first letter of each word, lowercase the
	 * rest of the letters in each word, and then take out the spaces
	 * between the words. This may make the DString shorter, which is safe
	 * to do.
	 */

	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);

	src = dest = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (upper) {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
	    }
	    dest += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }
    if (family != Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);







|

















|






|







1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
	family = "AvantGarde";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfChancery";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfDingbats";
    } else {
	int ch;

	/*
	 * Inline, capitalize the first letter of each word, lowercase the
	 * rest of the letters in each word, and then take out the spaces
	 * between the words. This may make the DString shorter, which is safe
	 * to do.
	 */

	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);

	src = dest = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (upper) {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }
    if (family != Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, weightString, -1);
	}
	if (slantString != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, slantString, -1);
	}
    }

    return fontPtr->fa.size;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_TextWidth --
 *







|







1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, weightString, -1);
	}
	if (slantString != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, slantString, -1);
	}
    }

    return (int)(fontPtr->fa.size + 0.5);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_TextWidth --
 *
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
	    continue;
	}

	cx[0] = cx[3] = chunkPtr->x;
	cy[0] = cy[1] = chunkPtr->y - fontPtr->fm.ascent;
	cx[1] = cx[2] = chunkPtr->x + chunkPtr->displayWidth;
	cy[2] = cy[3] = chunkPtr->y + fontPtr->fm.descent;
	if (	!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[0], ry[0]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[1], ry[1]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[2], ry[2]) ||
		!PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[3], ry[3])) {
	    goto notReverseInside;
	}
    }
    return 0;

    /*
     * If we're overlapping now, we must be partially in and out of at least
     * one chunk. If that is the case, there must be one line segment of the
     * rectangle that is touching or crossing a line segment of a chunk.
     */

  notReverseInside:
    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;

    for (i=0 ; i<layoutPtr->numChunks ; i++,chunkPtr++) {
	int j;

	if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\n') {
	    /*







|
|
|
|
|
|

<







<







3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154

3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161

3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
	    continue;
	}

	cx[0] = cx[3] = chunkPtr->x;
	cy[0] = cy[1] = chunkPtr->y - fontPtr->fm.ascent;
	cx[1] = cx[2] = chunkPtr->x + chunkPtr->displayWidth;
	cy[2] = cy[3] = chunkPtr->y + fontPtr->fm.descent;
	if (	PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[0], ry[0]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[1], ry[1]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[2], ry[2]) &&
		PointInQuadrilateral(cx, cy, rx[3], ry[3])) {
            return 0;
        }
    }


    /*
     * If we're overlapping now, we must be partially in and out of at least
     * one chunk. If that is the case, there must be one line segment of the
     * rectangle that is touching or crossing a line segment of a chunk.
     */


    chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;

    for (i=0 ; i<layoutPtr->numChunks ; i++,chunkPtr++) {
	int j;

	if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\n') {
	    /*
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249

3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Filled with Postscript code. */
    Tk_TextLayout layout)	/* The layout to be rendered. */
{
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j, len;

    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")]\n[(", -1);
	    baseline = chunkPtr->y;
	}







|
>


|







3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Filled with Postscript code. */
    Tk_TextLayout layout)	/* The layout to be rendered. */
{
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j;
    size_t len;
    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    int ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")]\n[(", -1);
	    baseline = chunkPtr->y;
	}
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
	    /*
	     * INTL: We only handle symbols that have an encoding as a glyph
	     * from the standard set defined by Adobe. The rest get punted.
	     * Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
	     * international postscript fonts.
	     */

	    p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
		/*
		 * Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the sprintf below,
		 * so that a full three digits of octal are always generated.
		 * Without the "03", a number following this sequence could be
		 * interpreted by Postscript as part of this sequence.
		 */







|







3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
	    /*
	     * INTL: We only handle symbols that have an encoding as a glyph
	     * from the standard set defined by Adobe. The rest get punted.
	     * Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
	     * international postscript fonts.
	     */

	    p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
		/*
		 * Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the sprintf below,
		 * so that a full three digits of octal are always generated.
		 * Without the "03", a number following this sequence could be
		 * interpreted by Postscript as part of this sequence.
		 */
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300



3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320

3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
	    }

	    /*
	     * This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
	     * use the full glyph name.
	     */




	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
		     */

		    ps[len-1] = '/';
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")/", -1);
		}
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, glyphname, -1);
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "(", -1);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * No known mapping for the character into the space of
		 * PostScript glyphs. Ignore it. :-(
		 */


#ifdef TK_DEBUG_POSTSCRIPT_OUTPUT
		fprintf(stderr, "Warning: no mapping to PostScript "
			"glyphs for \\u%04x\n", ch);
#endif
	    }
	}







>
>
>



|
















>







3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
	    }

	    /*
	     * This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
	     * use the full glyph name.
	     */

	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		goto noMapping;
	    }
	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = TkGetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
		     */

		    ps[len-1] = '/';
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")/", -1);
		}
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, glyphname, -1);
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "(", -1);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * No known mapping for the character into the space of
		 * PostScript glyphs. Ignore it. :-(
		 */
noMapping:	;

#ifdef TK_DEBUG_POSTSCRIPT_OUTPUT
		fprintf(stderr, "Warning: no mapping to PostScript "
			"glyphs for \\u%04x\n", ch);
#endif
	    }
	}
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
	    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(value);
	    break;
	case FONT_SIZE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &n) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    faPtr->size = n;
	    break;
	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    n = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, weightMap, valuePtr);
	    if (n == TK_FW_UNKNOWN) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    faPtr->weight = n;







|







3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
	    value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
	    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(value);
	    break;
	case FONT_SIZE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &n) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    faPtr->size = (double)n;
	    break;
	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    n = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, weightMap, valuePtr);
	    if (n == TK_FW_UNKNOWN) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    faPtr->weight = n;
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492

3493



3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
	switch (i) {
	case FONT_FAMILY:
	    str = faPtr->family;
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
	    break;

	case FONT_SIZE:

	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(faPtr->size);



	    break;

	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
	    break;








>
|
>
>
>







3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
	switch (i) {
	case FONT_FAMILY:
	    str = faPtr->family;
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
	    break;

	case FONT_SIZE:
	    if (faPtr->size >= 0.0) {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj((int)(faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    } else {
		valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(-(int)(-faPtr->size + 0.5));
	    }
	    break;

	case FONT_WEIGHT:
	    str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
	    valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
	    break;

3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
    }

    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
    if (objc > 1) {
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &n) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	faPtr->size = n;
    }

    i = 2;
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







|







3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
    }

    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
    if (objc > 1) {
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &n) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	faPtr->size = (double)n;
    }

    i = 2;
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
    /* XLFD_ADD_STYLE ignored. */

    /*
     * Pointsize in tenths of a point, but treat it as tenths of a pixel for
     * historical compatibility.
     */

    faPtr->size = 12;

    if (FieldSpecified(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE])) {
	if (field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE][0] == '[') {
	    /*
	     * Some X fonts have the point size specified as follows:
	     *
	     *	    [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
	     *
	     * where N1 is the point size (in points, not decipoints!), and
	     * N2, N3, and N4 are some additional numbers that I don't know
	     * the purpose of, so I ignore them.
	     */

	    faPtr->size = atoi(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE] + 1);
	} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE],
		&faPtr->size) == TCL_OK) {
	    faPtr->size /= 10;
	} else {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Pixel height of font. If specified, overrides pointsize.







|













|

|
|







3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
    /* XLFD_ADD_STYLE ignored. */

    /*
     * Pointsize in tenths of a point, but treat it as tenths of a pixel for
     * historical compatibility.
     */

    faPtr->size = 12.0;

    if (FieldSpecified(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE])) {
	if (field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE][0] == '[') {
	    /*
	     * Some X fonts have the point size specified as follows:
	     *
	     *	    [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
	     *
	     * where N1 is the point size (in points, not decipoints!), and
	     * N2, N3, and N4 are some additional numbers that I don't know
	     * the purpose of, so I ignore them.
	     */

	    faPtr->size = atof(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE] + 1);
	} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE],
		&i) == TCL_OK) {
	    faPtr->size = i/10.0;
	} else {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Pixel height of font. If specified, overrides pointsize.
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926

3927

3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
	     *	    [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
	     *
	     * where N1 is the pixel size, and where N2, N3, and N4 are some
	     * additional numbers that I don't know the purpose of, so I
	     * ignore them.
	     */

	    faPtr->size = atoi(field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE] + 1);
	} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE],

		&faPtr->size) != TCL_OK) {

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    faPtr->size = -faPtr->size;

    /* XLFD_RESOLUTION_X ignored. */







|

>
|
>







3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
	     *	    [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
	     *
	     * where N1 is the pixel size, and where N2, N3, and N4 are some
	     * additional numbers that I don't know the purpose of, so I
	     * ignore them.
	     */

	    faPtr->size = atof(field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE] + 1);
	} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE],
		&i) == TCL_OK) {
	    faPtr->size = (double)i;
	} else {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    faPtr->size = -faPtr->size;

    /* XLFD_RESOLUTION_X ignored. */
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003

4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037

4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int

TkFontGetPixels(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For point->pixel conversion factor. */
    int size)			/* Font size. */
{
    double d;

    if (size < 0) {
	return -size;
    }

    d = size * 25.4 / 72.0;
    d *= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    d /= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    return (int) (d + 0.5);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontGetPoints --
 *
 *	Given a font size specification (as described in the TkFontAttributes
 *	structure) return the number of points it represents.
 *
 * Results:
 *	As above.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int

TkFontGetPoints(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For pixel->point conversion factor. */
    int size)			/* Font size. */
{
    double d;

    if (size >= 0) {
	return size;
    }

    d = -size * 72.0 / 25.4;
    d *= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    d /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    return (int) (d + 0.5);
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontGetAliasList --
 *







<
>


|



|






|



















<
>


|



|






|







4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011

4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045

4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


double
TkFontGetPixels(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For point->pixel conversion factor. */
    double size)		/* Font size. */
{
    double d;

    if (size <= 0.0) {
	return -size;
    }

    d = size * 25.4 / 72.0;
    d *= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    d /= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    return d;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontGetPoints --
 *
 *	Given a font size specification (as described in the TkFontAttributes
 *	structure) return the number of points it represents.
 *
 * Results:
 *	As above.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


double
TkFontGetPoints(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For pixel->point conversion factor. */
    double size)		/* Font size. */
{
    double d;

    if (size >= 0.0) {
	return size;
    }

    d = -size * 72.0 / 25.4;
    d *= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    d /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    return d;
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontGetAliasList --
 *
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
	fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*







|

|







4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
	fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
	if (fontPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
	}
	for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
	    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
		    Tcl_NewWideIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
	}
    }
    return resultPtr;
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkFont.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * used to keep track of either the desired attributes or the actual
 * attributes gotten when the font was instantiated.
 */

struct TkFontAttributes {
    Tk_Uid family;		/* Font family, or NULL to represent plaform-
				 * specific default system font. */
    int size;			/* Pointsize of font, 0 for default size, or
				 * negative number meaning pixel size. */
    int weight;			/* Weight flag; see below for def'n. */
    int slant;			/* Slant flag; see below for def'n. */
    int underline;		/* Non-zero for underline font. */
    int overstrike;		/* Non-zero for overstrike font. */
};








|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * used to keep track of either the desired attributes or the actual
 * attributes gotten when the font was instantiated.
 */

struct TkFontAttributes {
    Tk_Uid family;		/* Font family, or NULL to represent plaform-
				 * specific default system font. */
    double size;		/* Pointsize of font, 0.0 for default size, or
				 * negative number meaning pixel size. */
    int weight;			/* Weight flag; see below for def'n. */
    int slant;			/* Slant flag; see below for def'n. */
    int underline;		/* Non-zero for underline font. */
    int overstrike;		/* Non-zero for overstrike font. */
};

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
 */

typedef struct TkFont {
    /*
     * Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
     */

    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this font (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
				 * is no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * a hash table: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when
				 * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
				 * 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
				 * used when deleting it. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
				 * corresponds to the named font that the
				 * tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
				 * was not based on a named font. */







|









|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
 */

typedef struct TkFont {
    /*
     * Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
     */

    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this font (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
				 * this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
				 * is no longer valid and it isn't present in
				 * a hash table: it is being kept around only
				 * because there are objects referring to it.
				 * The structure is freed when
				 * resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
				 * 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* The number of Tcl objects that reference
				 * this structure. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
				 * used when deleting it. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
				 * corresponds to the named font that the
				 * tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
				 * was not based on a named font. */
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
#define TkInitFontAttributes(fa)   memset((fa), 0, sizeof(TkFontAttributes));
#define TkInitXLFDAttributes(xa)   memset((xa), 0, sizeof(TkXLFDAttributes));

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontParseXLFD(const char *string,
			    TkFontAttributes *faPtr, TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetAliasList(const char *faceName);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const *const * TkFontGetFallbacks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontGetPixels(Tk_Window tkwin, int size);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontGetPoints(Tk_Window tkwin, int size);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetGlobalClass(void);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetSymbolClass(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkCreateNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const char *name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkDeleteNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout,







|
|







194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
#define TkInitFontAttributes(fa)   memset((fa), 0, sizeof(TkFontAttributes));
#define TkInitXLFDAttributes(xa)   memset((xa), 0, sizeof(TkXLFDAttributes));

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontParseXLFD(const char *string,
			    TkFontAttributes *faPtr, TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetAliasList(const char *faceName);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const *const * TkFontGetFallbacks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkFontGetPixels(Tk_Window tkwin, double size);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TkFontGetPoints(Tk_Window tkwin, double size);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetGlobalClass(void);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *const * TkFontGetSymbolClass(void);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkCreateNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const char *name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkDeleteNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout,

Changes to generic/tkFrame.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * The following enum is used to define the type of the frame.
 */

enum FrameType {
    TYPE_FRAME, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, TYPE_LABELFRAME







|
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The following enum is used to define the type of the frame.
 */

enum FrameType {
    TYPE_FRAME, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, TYPE_LABELFRAME
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    Tcl_Obj *listObj,		/* List of arguments. */
    int toplevel,		/* Non-zero means create a toplevel window,
				 * zero means create a frame. */
    Tcl_Obj *nameObj)		/* Should only be non-NULL if there is no main
				 * window associated with the interpreter.
				 * Gives the base name to use for the new
				 * application. */
    
{
    int objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listObj, &objc, &objv)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







<







454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
    Tcl_Obj *listObj,		/* List of arguments. */
    int toplevel,		/* Non-zero means create a toplevel window,
				 * zero means create a frame. */
    Tcl_Obj *nameObj)		/* Should only be non-NULL if there is no main
				 * window associated with the interpreter.
				 * Gives the base name to use for the new
				 * application. */

{
    int objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listObj, &objc, &objv)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492

493
494
495
496
497
498
499
{
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Frame *framePtr;
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
    Tk_Window newWin;
    const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
    const char *arg, *useOption;
    int i, length, depth;

    unsigned int mask;
    Colormap colormap;
    Visual *visual;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;







|
>







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
{
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Frame *framePtr;
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
    Tk_Window newWin;
    const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName;
    const char *arg, *useOption;
    int i, depth;
    size_t length;
    unsigned int mask;
    Colormap colormap;
    Visual *visual;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?-option value ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
     * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
     * Tk mechanisms.
     */

    className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
    colormap = None;
    for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if (length < 2) {
	    continue;
	}
	if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    colormapName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 's') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    screenName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'u') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    useOption = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'v')
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    visualName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Create the window, and deal with the special options -use, -classname,
     * -colormap, -screenname, and -visual. These options must be handle







|




|


|


|


|


|







512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
     * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
     * Tk mechanisms.
     */

    className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
    colormap = None;
    for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if (length < 2) {
	    continue;
	}
	if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0)) {
	    className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", length) == 0)) {
	    colormapName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 's') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", length) == 0)) {
	    screenName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'u') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", length) == 0)) {
	    useOption = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	} else if ((arg[1] == 'v')
		&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", length) == 0)) {
	    visualName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Create the window, and deal with the special options -use, -classname,
     * -colormap, -screenname, and -visual. These options must be handle
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);

    mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
    if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	mask |= ActivateMask;
    }
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (framePtr->isContainer) {
	if (framePtr->useThis != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(







|







679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
    Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr);

    mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
    if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
	mask |= ActivateMask;
    }
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr);
    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (framePtr->isContainer) {
	if (framePtr->useThis != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747

748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
	"cget", "configure", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
    };
    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, index;
    int c, i, length;

    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FRAME_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) framePtr,
		framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr,
		    framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    framePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
	     * -use, or -visual to be changed.
	     */

	    for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
		const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		if (length < 2) {
		    continue;
		}
		c = arg[1];
		if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned)length) == 0))







|
>


















|









|














|







740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
	"cget", "configure", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
    };
    register Frame *framePtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, index;
    int c, i;
    size_t length;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], frameOptions,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Preserve(framePtr);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case FRAME_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, framePtr,
		framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, framePtr,
		    framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    framePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
	     * -use, or -visual to be changed.
	     */

	    for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
		const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		if (length < 2) {
		    continue;
		}
		c = arg[1];
		if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
			&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned)length) == 0))
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
    	oldMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
    	strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
    }

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
    }
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr,
	    framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(oldMenuName);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|







958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
    	oldMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
    	strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
    }

    if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
	oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
    }
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, framePtr,
	    framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(oldMenuName);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

Changes to generic/tkGC.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    gcPtr->refCount--;
    if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) {
	Tk_FreeXId(gcPtr->display, (XID) XGContextFromGC(gcPtr->gc));
	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}








<
|
<







308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315

316
317
318
319
320
321
322
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);

    if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    TkGC *gcPtr;

    for (entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, &search);
	    entryPtr != NULL; entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);

	/*
	 * This call is not needed, as it is only used on Unix to restore the
	 * Id to the stack pool, and we don't want to use them anymore.
	 *   Tk_FreeXId(gcPtr->display, (XID) XGContextFromGC(gcPtr->gc));
	 */

	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcValueTable);
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcIdTable);







<
<
<
<
<
<







345
346
347
348
349
350
351






352
353
354
355
356
357
358
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    TkGC *gcPtr;

    for (entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, &search);
	    entryPtr != NULL; entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);







	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcValueTable);
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcIdTable);

Changes to generic/tkGrab.c.

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int globalGrab;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    const char *arg;
    int index;
    int len;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
    };
    static const char *const flagStrings[] = {
	"-global", NULL
    };
    enum options {







|







186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int globalGrab;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr;
    const char *arg;
    int index;
    size_t len;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
    };
    static const char *const flagStrings[] = {
	"-global", NULL
    };
    enum options {
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
     */

    arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
    if (arg[0] == '.') {
	/* [grab window] */
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData);







|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
     */

    arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
    if (arg[0] == '.') {
	/* [grab window] */
	if (objc != 2) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData);

Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.

1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
    int width, height;		/* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
    int realWidth, realHeight;	/* Actual size layout should take-up. */
    int usedX, usedY;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
     * just leave the master's size as-is, but signal the master with the
     * <<GeometryManager>> virtual event.
     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
        TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "GeometryManager", NULL);
	return;
    }

    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }








|
<
<





<







1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735


1736
1737
1738
1739
1740

1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
    int width, height;		/* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
    int realWidth, realHeight;	/* Actual size layout should take-up. */
    int usedX, usedY;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't change the master size.


     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {

	return;
    }

    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781



2782
2783
2784
2785
2786

2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793

    SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyGrid --







>
>
>





>







2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

    SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyGrid --
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879

2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = nextPtr) {

	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	    gridPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = gridPtr2->nextPtr;
	    gridPtr2->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *gridPtr2;

	for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
		gridPtr2 = gridPtr2->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|




|
|
>
|
|
|
|















|

|
|
|







2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr, *nextPtr;

	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
	    Unlink(gridPtr);
	}
	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
    } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
	register Gridder *slavePtr;

	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
	}
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979

    /*
     * Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
     */

    firstChar = 0;
    for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
	int length;
	char prevChar = firstChar;

	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
    	firstChar = string[0];

	if (firstChar == '.') {
	    /*
	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
	     * parent window (default for -in).
	     */







|


|







2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981

    /*
     * Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
     */

    firstChar = 0;
    for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
	size_t length;
	char prevChar = firstChar;

	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
    	firstChar = string[0];

	if (firstChar == '.') {
	    /*
	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
	     * parent window (default for -in).
	     */
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088

3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the first unoccupied row of the master.

     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {







|
>







3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    defaultRow = tmp;
	}
    }

    /*
     * If no -row is given, use the next row after the highest occupied row
     * of the master.
     */

    if (defaultRow < 0) {
	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
	} else {
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318



3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
    	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
    	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {



	    Unlink(slavePtr);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
	    Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;








>
>
>







3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
    	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
    	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
            if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
                Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
            }
	    Unlink(slavePtr);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
	    Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;

3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508



3509
3510
3511
3512
3513

3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    SetGridSize(masterPtr);

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







>
>
>





>







3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    SetGridSize(masterPtr);

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */







|







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount--;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */







<
|







947
948
949
950
951
952
953

954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;


    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
 */

static int
GetByte(
    Tcl_Channel chan)	/* The channel we read from. */
{
    char buffer;
    int size;

    size = Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1);
    if (size <= 0) {
	return EOF;
    } else {
	return buffer;
    }
}

/*







|


|







1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
 */

static int
GetByte(
    Tcl_Channel chan)	/* The channel we read from. */
{
    char buffer;
    size_t size;

    size = Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1);
    if ((size + 1) < 2) {
	return EOF;
    } else {
	return buffer;
    }
}

/*

Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
 * state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
 */

typedef struct mFile {
    unsigned char *data;	/* mmencoded source string */
    int c;			/* bits left over from previous character */
    int state;			/* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
    int length;			/* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;

/*
 * Non-ASCII encoding support:
 * Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
 * key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
 * char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To







|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
 * state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
 */

typedef struct mFile {
    unsigned char *data;	/* mmencoded source string */
    int c;			/* bits left over from previous character */
    int state;			/* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
    size_t length;			/* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;

/*
 * Non-ASCII encoding support:
 * Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
 * key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
 * char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
} GIFImageConfig;

/*
 * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when
 * serializing in the GIF format.
 */

typedef int (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes,
			    int byteCount);

/*
 * The format record for the GIF file format:
 */

static int		FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,







|
|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
} GIFImageConfig;

/*
 * Type of a function used to do the writing to a file or buffer when
 * serializing in the GIF format.
 */

typedef size_t (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes,
			    size_t byteCount);

/*
 * The format record for the GIF file format:
 */

static int		FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
			    Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
			    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX,
			    int srcY, int interlace, int transparent);

/*
 * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only
 */

static int		Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst,
			    size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan);
static int		Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count,
			    MFile *handle);
static int		Mgetc(MFile *handle);
static int		char64(int c);
static void		mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle,
			    int length);

/*
 * Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF.
 */

#define LSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF))
#define MSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8))







|

|




|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
			    unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX,
			    int srcY, int interlace, int transparent);

/*
 * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only
 */

static size_t		Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst,
			    size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan);
static size_t		Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count,
			    MFile *handle);
static int		Mgetc(MFile *handle);
static int		char64(int c);
static void		mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle,
			    size_t length);

/*
 * Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF.
 */

#define LSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF))
#define MSB(a)		((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8))
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,		/* the object containing the image data */
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* the image format object, or NULL */
    int *widthPtr,		/* where to put the string width */
    int *heightPtr,		/* where to put the string height */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* not used */
{
    unsigned char *data, header[10];
    int got, length;
    MFile handle;

    data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    /*
     * Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
     */

    if (length < 10) {
	return 0;







|


|







753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
    Tcl_Obj *dataObj,		/* the object containing the image data */
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* the image format object, or NULL */
    int *widthPtr,		/* where to put the string width */
    int *heightPtr,		/* where to put the string height */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* not used */
{
    unsigned char *data, header[10];
    size_t got, length;
    MFile handle;

    data = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    /*
     * Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
     */

    if (length < 10) {
	return 0;
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* format object, or NULL */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,	/* the image to write this data into */
    int destX, int destY,	/* The rectangular region of the */
    int width, int height,	/* image to copy */
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
    int length;
    const char *xferFormat;
    unsigned char *data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);

    /*
     * Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
     * charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
     * never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential







|

|







822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    Tcl_Obj *format,		/* format object, or NULL */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,	/* the image to write this data into */
    int destX, int destY,	/* The rectangular region of the */
    int width, int height,	/* image to copy */
    int srcX, int srcY)
{
    MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
    size_t length;
    const char *xferFormat;
    unsigned char *data = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);

    mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);

    /*
     * Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
     * charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
     * never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
    int number,
    unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
    int i;
    unsigned char rgb[3];

    for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
	if (Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) <= 0) {
	    return 0;
	}

	if (buffer) {
	    buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
	    buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
	    buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];







|







913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
    int number,
    unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
    int i;
    unsigned char rgb[3];

    for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
	if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	    return 0;
	}

	if (buffer) {
	    buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
	    buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
	    buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
GetDataBlock(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    unsigned char *buf)
{
    unsigned char count;

    if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    if ((count != 0) && (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) <= 0)) {
	return -1;
    }

    return count;
}

/*







|



|







979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
GetDataBlock(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    Tcl_Channel chan,
    unsigned char *buf)
{
    unsigned char count;

    if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	return -1;
    }

    if ((count != 0) && (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) + 1) < 2)) {
	return -1;
    }

    return count;
}

/*
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
    int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
    int code, firstCode, v;

    /*
     * Initialize the decoder
     */

    if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("malformed image", -1));







|







1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
    int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
    int code, firstCode, v;

    /*
     * Initialize the decoder
     */

    if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading GIF image: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("malformed image", -1));
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193

1194
1195




1196
1197
1198
1199
1200

1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
		}

		if (oldCode == -1) {
		    /*
		     * Last pass reset the decoder, so the first code we see
		     * must be a singleton. Seed the stack with it, and set up
		     * the old/first code pointers for insertion into the
		     * string table. We can't just roll this into the
		     * clearCode test above, because at that point we have not
		     * yet read the next code.
		     */

		    *top++ = append[code];
		    oldCode = code;
		    firstCode = code;
		    continue;
		}

		inCode = code;

		if (code == maxCode) {
		    /*
		     * maxCode is always one bigger than our highest assigned
		     * code. If the code we see is equal to maxCode, then we
		     * are about to add a new string to the table. ???
		     */

		    *top++ = firstCode;
		    code = oldCode;
		}

		while (code > clearCode) {
		    /*
		     * Populate the stack by tracing the string in the string
		     * table from its tail to its head
		     */

		    *top++ = append[code];
		    code = prefix[code];
		}
		firstCode = append[code];

		/*
		 * If there's no more room in our string table, quit.
		 * Otherwise, add a new string to the table
		 */

		if (maxCode >= (1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)) {
		    return TCL_OK;
		}

		/*
		 * Push the head of the string onto the stack.
		 */

		*top++ = firstCode;


		/*
		 * Add a new string to the string table




		 */

		prefix[maxCode] = oldCode;
		append[maxCode] = firstCode;
		maxCode++;


		/*
		 * maxCode tells us the maximum code value we can accept. If
		 * we see that we need more bits to represent it than we are
		 * requesting from the unpacker, we need to increase the
		 * number we ask for.
		 */







|
|
|










|



|








|








|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|

|

>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
>







1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179









1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186

1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
		}

		if (oldCode == -1) {
		    /*
		     * Last pass reset the decoder, so the first code we see
		     * must be a singleton. Seed the stack with it, and set up
		     * the old/first code pointers for insertion into the
		     * codes table. We can't just roll this into the clearCode
		     * test above, because at that point we have not yet read
		     * the next code.
		     */

		    *top++ = append[code];
		    oldCode = code;
		    firstCode = code;
		    continue;
		}

		inCode = code;

		if ((code == maxCode) && (maxCode < (1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS))) {
		    /*
		     * maxCode is always one bigger than our highest assigned
		     * code. If the code we see is equal to maxCode, then we
		     * are about to add a new entry to the codes table.
		     */

		    *top++ = firstCode;
		    code = oldCode;
		}

		while (code > clearCode) {
		    /*
		     * Populate the stack by tracing the code in the codes
		     * table from its tail to its head
		     */

		    *top++ = append[code];
		    code = prefix[code];
		}
		firstCode = append[code];

	        /*









	         * Push the head of the code onto the stack.
	         */

	        *top++ = firstCode;

                if (maxCode < (1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)) {
		    /*

		     * If there's still room in our codes table, add a new entry.
		     * Otherwise don't, and keep using the current table.
                     * See DEFERRED CLEAR CODE IN LZW COMPRESSION in the GIF89a
                     * specification.
		     */

		    prefix[maxCode] = oldCode;
		    append[maxCode] = firstCode;
		    maxCode++;
                }

		/*
		 * maxCode tells us the maximum code value we can accept. If
		 * we see that we need more bits to represent it than we are
		 * requesting from the unpacker, we need to increase the
		 * number we ask for.
		 */
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
mInit(
    unsigned char *string,	/* string containing initial mmencoded data */
    MFile *handle,		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
    int length)			/* Number of bytes in string */
{
    handle->data = string;
    handle->state = 0;
    handle->c = 0;
    handle->length = length;
}








|







1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
mInit(
    unsigned char *string,	/* string containing initial mmencoded data */
    MFile *handle,		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
    size_t length)			/* Number of bytes in string */
{
    handle->data = string;
    handle->state = 0;
    handle->c = 0;
    handle->length = length;
}

1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The base64 handle will change state.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
Mread(
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t chunkSize,		/* size of each transfer */
    size_t numChunks,		/* number of chunks */
    MFile *handle)		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
    register int i, c;
    int count = chunkSize * numChunks;

    for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
	*dst++ = c;
    }
    return i;
}








|






|
|







1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The base64 handle will change state.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static size_t
Mread(
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t chunkSize,		/* size of each transfer */
    size_t numChunks,		/* number of chunks */
    MFile *handle)		/* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
    int c;
    size_t i, count = chunkSize * numChunks;

    for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
	*dst++ = c;
    }
    return i;
}

1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573

1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
 *	a base64 encoded string.
 *
 * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
Fread(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t hunk, size_t count,	/* how many */
    Tcl_Channel chan)
{
    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
	return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
    }

    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
	MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;

	if (handle->length <= 0 || (size_t) handle->length < hunk*count) {
	    return -1;
	}
	memcpy(dst, handle->data, (size_t) (hunk * count));
	handle->data += hunk * count;

	return (int)(hunk * count);
    }

    /*
     * Otherwise we've got a real file to read.
     */

    return Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) dst, (int) (hunk * count));
}

/*
 * ChanWriteGIF - writes a image in GIF format.
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Author:		Lolo
 *			Engeneering Projects Area







|













|
|

|

>
|






|







1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
 *	a base64 encoded string.
 *
 * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static size_t
Fread(
    GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
    unsigned char *dst,		/* where to put the result */
    size_t hunk, size_t count,	/* how many */
    Tcl_Channel chan)
{
    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
	return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
    }

    if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
	MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;

	if ((handle->length + 1 < 2) || (handle->length < hunk*count)) {
	    return (size_t)-1;
	}
	memcpy(dst, handle->data, hunk * count);
	handle->data += hunk * count;
	handle->length -= hunk * count;
	return hunk * count;
    }

    /*
     * Otherwise we've got a real file to read.
     */

    return Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) dst, hunk * count);
}

/*
 * ChanWriteGIF - writes a image in GIF format.
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Author:		Lolo
 *			Engeneering Projects Area
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

static int
WriteToChannel(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    int byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Channel handle = clientData;

    return Tcl_Write(handle, bytes, byteCount);
}

static int
WriteToByteArray(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    int byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((unsigned char *) bytes, byteCount);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objPtr, tmpObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);







|



|






|



|







1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

static size_t
WriteToChannel(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    size_t byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Channel handle = clientData;

    return Tcl_Write(handle, bytes, byteCount);
}

static size_t
WriteToByteArray(
    ClientData clientData,
    const char *bytes,
    size_t byteCount)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((unsigned char *) bytes, byteCount);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objPtr, tmpObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);

Added generic/tkImgListFormat.c.











































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
/*
 * tkImgListFormat.c --
 *
 *      Implements the default image data format. I.e. the format used for
 *      [imageName data] and [imageName put] if no other format is specified.
 *
 *      The default format consits of a list of scan lines (rows) with each
 *      list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details,
 *      see the manpage photo.n
 *
 *      This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string
 *      data only.
 *
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Donal K. Fellows
 * Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * Authors:
 *      Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
 *              Department of Computer Science,
 *              Australian National University.
 *
 *      Simon Bachmann ([email protected])
 */


#include "tkImgPhoto.h"

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to allocate memory for an image fails.
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \
        "not enough free memory for image buffer"


/*
 * Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are
 * longer than this limit
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS 99

/*
 * Symbols for the different formats of a color string.
 */

enum ColorFormatType {
    COLORFORMAT_TKCOLOR,
    COLORFORMAT_EMPTYSTRING,
    COLORFORMAT_LIST,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB2,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA2
};

/*
 * Names for the color format types above.
 * Order must match the one in enum ColorFormatType
 */

static const char *const colorFormatNames[] = {
    "tkcolor",
    "emptystring",
    "list",
    "rgb-short",
    "rgb",
    "rgba-short",
    "rgba",
    NULL
};

/*
 * The following data structure is used to return information from
 * ParseFormatOptions:
 */

struct FormatOptions {
    int options;         /* Individual bits indicate which options were
                          * specified - see below. */
    Tcl_Obj *formatName; /* Name specified without an option. */
    enum ColorFormatType colorFormat;
                         /* The color format type given with the
                          * -colorformat option */
};

/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseFormatOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseFormatOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the FormatOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_COLORFORMAT:         Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_COLORFORMAT     1

/*
 * List of format option names. The order here must match the order of
 * declarations of the FMT_OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const formatOptionNames[] = {
    "-colorformat",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Forward declarations
 */

static int      ParseFormatOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
                    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int *indexPtr,
                    struct FormatOptions *optPtr);
static Tcl_Obj  *GetBadOptMsg(const char *badValue, int allowedOpts);
static int      StringMatchDef(Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int      StringReadDef(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *data,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
                    int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
                    int srcX, int srcY);
static int      StringWriteDef(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int      ParseColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *specObj,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsHex(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsStandard(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    const char *colorString, int colorStrLen,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);

/*
 * The format record for the default image handler
 */

Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault = {
    "default",      /* name */
    NULL,           /* fileMatchProc: format doesn't support file ops */
    StringMatchDef, /* stringMatchProc */
    NULL,           /* fileReadProc: format doesn't support file read */
    StringReadDef,  /* stringReadProc */
    NULL,           /* fileWriteProc: format doesn't support file write */
    StringWriteDef  /* stringWriteProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseFormatOptions --
 *
 *      Parse the options passed to the image format handler.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, the structure pointed to by optPtr is filled with the
 *      values passed or with the defaults and TCL_OK returned.
 *      If an error occurs, leaves an error message in interp and returns
 *      TCL_ERROR.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The value in *indexPtr is updated to the index of the fist
 *      element in argv[] that does not look like an option/value, or to
 *      argc if parsing reached the end of argv[].
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseFormatOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,               /* For error messages */
    int allowedOptions,               /* Bitfield specifying which options are
                                       * to be considered allowed */
    int objc,                         /* Number of elements in argv[] */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],            /* The arguments to parse */
    int *indexPtr,                    /* Index giving the first element to
                                       * parse. The value is updated to the
                                       * index where parsing ended */
    struct FormatOptions *optPtr)     /* Parsed option values are written to
                                       * this struct */

{
    int index, optIndex, typeIndex, first;
    const char *option;

    first = 1;

    /*
     * Fill in default values
     */
    optPtr->options = 0;
    optPtr->formatName = NULL;
    optPtr->colorFormat = COLORFORMAT_RGB2;
    for (index = *indexPtr; index < objc; *indexPtr = ++index) {
        int optionExists;

        /*
         * The first value can be the format handler's name. It goes to
         * optPtr->name.
         */
        option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]);
        if (option[0] != '-') {
            if (first) {
                optPtr->formatName = objv[index];
                first = 0;
                continue;
            } else {
                break;
            }
        }
        first = 0;

        /*
         * Check if option is known and allowed
         */

        optionExists = 1;
        if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], formatOptionNames,
                "format option", 0, &optIndex) != TCL_OK) {
            optionExists = 0;
        }
        if (!optionExists || !((1 << optIndex) & allowedOptions)) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[index]),
                    allowedOptions));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }

        /*
         * Option-specific checks
         */

        switch (1 << optIndex) {
        case OPT_COLORFORMAT:
            *indexPtr = ++index;
            if (index >= objc) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("the \"%s\" option "
                        "requires a value", Tcl_GetString(objv[index - 1])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], colorFormatNames, "",
                    TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK
                    || (typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_LIST
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGB2
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGBA2) ) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad color format "
                        "\"%s\": must be rgb, rgba, or list",
                        Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "BAD_COLOR_FORMAT", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            optPtr->colorFormat = typeIndex;
            break;
        default:
            Tcl_Panic("ParseFormatOptions: unexpected switch fallthrough");
        }

        /*
         * Add option to bitfield in optPtr
         */
        optPtr->options |= (1 << optIndex);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 *  GetBadOptMsg --
 *
 *      Build a Tcl_Obj containing an error message in the form "bad option
 *      "xx": must be y, or z", based on the bits set in allowedOpts.
 *
 * Results:
 *      A Tcl Object containig the error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static Tcl_Obj *
GetBadOptMsg(
    const char *badValue,   /* the erroneous option */
    int allowedOpts)        /* bitfield specifying the allowed options */
{
    int i, bit;
    Tcl_Obj *resObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad format option \"%s\": ", badValue);

    if (allowedOpts == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "no options allowed", -1);
    } else {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "must be ", -1);
        bit = 1;
        for (i = 0; formatOptionNames[i] != NULL; i++) {
            if (allowedOpts & bit) {
                if (allowedOpts & (bit -1)) {
                    /*
                     * not the first option
                     */
                    if (allowedOpts & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) {
                        /*
                         * not the last option
                         */
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", ", -1);
                    } else {
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", or ", -1);
                    }
                }
                Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, formatOptionNames[i], -1);
            }
            bit <<=1;
        }
    }
    return resObj;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Default string match function. Test if image data in string form
 *      appears to be in the default list-of-list-of-pixel-data format
 *      accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *      If thte data is in the default format, writes the size of the image
 *      to widthPtr and heightPtr and returns 1. Otherwise, leaves an error
 *      message in interp (if not NULL) and returns 0.
 *      Note that this function does not parse all data points. A return
 *      value of 1 does not guarantee that the data can be read without
 *      errors.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
StringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr,         /* Height of image is written to this location */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
{
    int y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    unsigned char dummy;
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, *pixelData;

    /*
     * See if data can be parsed as a list, if every element is itself a valid
     * list and all sublists have the same length.
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (rowCount == 0) {
        /*
         * empty list is valid data
         */

        *widthPtr = 0;
        *heightPtr = 0;
        return 1;
    }
    colCount = -1;
    for (y = 0; y < rowCount; y++) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount) != TCL_OK) {
            return 0;
        }
        if (colCount < 0) {
            colCount = curColCount;
        } else if (curColCount != colCount) {
            if (interp != NULL) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid row # %d: "
                        "all rows must have the same number of elements", y));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_DATA", NULL);
            }
            return 0;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass
     * these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one
     * pixel for validity.
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(pixelData) > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (ParseColor(interp, pixelData, Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)),
            Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Looks like we have valid data for this format.
     * We do not check any pixel values - that's the job of ImgStringRead()
     */

    *widthPtr = colCount;
    *heightPtr = rowCount;

    return 1;

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringReadDef --
 *
 *      String read function for default format. (see manpage for details on
 *      the format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      If the data has valid format, write it to the image identified by
 *      imageHandle.
 *      If the image data cannot be parsed, an error message is left in
 *      interp.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

static int
StringReadDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* leave error messages here */
    Tcl_Obj *data,              /* the data to parse */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,      /* value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* write data to this image */
    int destX, int destY,       /* start writing data at this point
                                 * in destination image*/
    int width, int height,      /* dimensions of area to write to */
    int srcX, int srcY)         /* start reading source data at these
                                 * coordinates */
{
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, **colListPtr;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    int objc;
    unsigned char *curPixelPtr;
    int x, y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock srcBlock;
    Display *display;
    Colormap colormap;
    struct FormatOptions opts;
    int optIndex;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     * We don't use any format suboptions, but we still need to provide useful
     * error messages if suboptions were specified.
     */

    memset(&opts, 0, sizeof(opts));
    if (formatString != NULL) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        optIndex = 0;
        if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, 0, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (optIndex < objc) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                    GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), 0));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Check input data
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK ) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if ( rowCount > 0 && Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[0], &colCount)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || rowCount == 0 || colCount == 0) {
        /*
         * No changes with zero sized input or zero sized output region
         */

        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (srcX < 0 || srcY < 0 || srcX >= rowCount || srcY >= colCount) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("source coordinates out of range"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Memory allocation overflow protection.
     * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
     */

    if (colCount > (int)(UINT_MAX / 4 / rowCount)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "OVERFLOW", NULL);
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Read data and put it to imageHandle
     */

    srcBlock.width = colCount - srcX;
    srcBlock.height = rowCount - srcY;
    srcBlock.pixelSize = 4;
    srcBlock.pitch = srcBlock.width * 4;
    srcBlock.offset[0] = 0;
    srcBlock.offset[1] = 1;
    srcBlock.offset[2] = 2;
    srcBlock.offset[3] = 3;
    srcBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(srcBlock.pitch * srcBlock.height);
    if (srcBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    curPixelPtr = srcBlock.pixelPtr;
    display = Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    colormap = Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    for (y = srcY; y < rowCount; y++) {
        /*
         * We don't test the length of row, as that's been done in
         * ImgStringMatch()
         */

        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount,
                &colListPtr) != TCL_OK) {
            goto errorExit;
        }
        for (x = srcX; x < colCount; x++) {
            if (ParseColor(interp, colListPtr[x], display, colormap,
                    curPixelPtr, curPixelPtr + 1, curPixelPtr + 2,
                    curPixelPtr + 3) != TCL_OK) {
                goto errorExit;
            }
            curPixelPtr += 4;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Write image data to destHandle
     */
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &srcBlock, destX, destY,
            width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
        goto errorExit;
    }

    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_OK;

  errorExit:
    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringWriteDef --
 *
 *      String write function for default image data format. See the user
 *      documentation for details.
 *
 * Results:
 *      The converted data is set as the result of interp. Returns a standard
 *      Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringWriteDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,                 /* For the result and errors */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,              /* The value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)       /* The image data to convert */
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset, hasAlpha;
    Tcl_Obj *result, **objv = NULL;
    int objc, allowedOpts, optIndex;
    struct FormatOptions opts;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    allowedOpts = OPT_COLORFORMAT;
    optIndex = 0;
    if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, allowedOpts, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (optIndex < objc) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), allowedOpts));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    /*
     * A negative alpha offset signals that the image is fully opaque.
     * That's not really documented anywhere, but it's the way it is!
     */

    if (blockPtr->offset[3] < 0) {
        hasAlpha = 0;
        alphaOffset = 0;
    } else {
        hasAlpha = 1;
        alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    }

    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
        int row, col;
        Tcl_DString data, line;
        char colorBuf[11];
        unsigned char *pixelPtr;
        unsigned char alphaVal = 255;

        Tcl_DStringInit(&data);
        for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
            pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
                    + row * blockPtr->pitch;
            Tcl_DStringInit(&line);
            for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
                if (hasAlpha) {
                    alphaVal = pixelPtr[alphaOffset];
                }

                /*
                 * We don't build lines as a list for #RGBA and #RGB. Since
                 * these color formats look like comments, the first element
                 * of the list would get quoted with an additional {} .
                 * While this is not a problem if the data is used as
                 * a list, it would cause problems if someone decides to parse
                 * it as a string (and it looks kinda strange)
                 */

                switch (opts.colorFormat) {
                case COLORFORMAT_RGB2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x ",  pixelPtr[0],
                            pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_RGBA2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x%02x ",
                            pixelPtr[0], pixelPtr[greenOffset],
                            pixelPtr[blueOffset], alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_LIST:
                    Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&line);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[0]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[greenOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&line);
                    break;
                default:
                    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
                }
                pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
            }
            if (opts.colorFormat != COLORFORMAT_LIST) {
                /*
                 * For the #XXX formats, we need to remove the last
                 * whitespace.
                 */

                *(Tcl_DStringValue(&line) + Tcl_DStringLength(&line) - 1)
                        = '\0';
            }
            Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, Tcl_DStringValue(&line));
            Tcl_DStringFree(&line);
        }
        result = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&data), -1);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&data);
    } else {
        result = Tcl_NewObj();
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColor --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string. It
 *      understands standard Tk color formats, alpha suffixes and the color
 *      formats specific to photo images, which include alpha data.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      If the input cannot be parsed, leaves an error message in
 *      interp. Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColor(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages go there */
    Tcl_Obj *specObj,           /* the color data to parse */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window, needed to parse
                                 * standard Tk colors */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    const char *specString;
    size_t charCount;

    /*
     * Find out which color format we have
     */

    specString = TkGetStringFromObj(specObj, &charCount);

    if (charCount == 0) {
        /* Empty string */
        *redPtr = *greenPtr = *bluePtr = *alphaPtr = 0;
        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (charCount > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid color"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (specString[0] == '#') {
        return ParseColorAsHex(interp, specString, charCount, display,
                colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    if (ParseColorAsList(interp, specString, charCount,
            redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr) == TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Parsing the color as standard Tk color always is the last option tried
     * because TkParseColor() is very slow with values it cannot parse.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, specString, charCount, display,
            colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsList --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a list of 3 or 4
 *      integers (the list color format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Does *not* leave error messages in interp. The reason is that
 *      it is not always possible to tell if the list format was even
 *      intended and thus it is hard to return meaningful messages.
 *      A general error message from the caller is probably the best
 *      alternative.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsList(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* not used */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{

    /*
     * This is kinda ugly. The code would be certainly nicer if it
     * used Tcl_ListObjGetElements() and Tcl_GetIntFromObj(). But with
     * strtol() it's *much* faster.
     */

    const char *curPos;
    int values[4];
    int i;

    curPos = colorString;
    i = 0;

    /*
     * strtol can give false positives with a sequence of space chars.
     * To avoid that, avance the pointer to the next non-blank char.
     */

    while(isspace(*curPos)) {
        ++curPos;
    }
    while (i < 4 && *curPos != '\0') {
        values[i] = strtol(curPos, (char **)&curPos, 0);
        if (values[i] < 0 || values[i] > 255) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        while(isspace(*curPos)) {
            ++curPos;
        }
        ++i;
    }

    if (i < 3 || *curPos != '\0') {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (i < 4) {
        values[3] = 255;
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) values[0];
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) values[1];
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) values[2];
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) values[3];

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsHex --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string
 *      starting with '#', followed by hex digits. It undestands both
 *      the #RGBA form and the #RBG (with optional suffix)
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsHex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    int i;
    unsigned long int colorValue = 0;

    if (colorStrLen - 1 != 4 && colorStrLen - 1 != 8) {
        return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    for (i = 1; i < colorStrLen; i++) {
        if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[i]))) {
            /*
             * There still is a chance that this is a Tk color with
             * an alpha suffix
             */

            return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                    display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
        }
    }

    colorValue = strtoul(colorString + 1, NULL, 16);
    switch (colorStrLen - 1) {
    case 4:
        /* #RGBA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 12) * 0x11);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue & 0xf) * 0x11);
        return TCL_OK;
    case 8:
        /* #RRGGBBAA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue >> 24);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 16) & 0xff);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 8) & 0xff);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue & 0xff);
        return TCL_OK;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    /* Shouldn't get here */
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsStandard --
 *
 *      This function tries to split a color stirng in a color and a
 *      suffix part and to extract color and alpha values from them. The
 *      color part is treated as regular Tk color.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsStandard(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *specString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int specStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    XColor parsedColor;
    const char *suffixString, *colorString;
    char colorBuffer[TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS + 1];
    char *tmpString;
    double fracAlpha;
    unsigned int suffixAlpha;
    int i;

    /*
     * Split color data string in color and suffix parts
     */

    if ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '@')) == NULL
            && ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '#')) == NULL
                    || suffixString == specString)) {
        suffixString = specString + specStrLen;
        colorString = specString;
    } else {
        strncpy(colorBuffer, specString, suffixString - specString);
        colorBuffer[suffixString - specString] = '\0';
        colorString = (const char*)colorBuffer;
    }

    /*
     * Try to parse as standard Tk color.
     *
     * We don't use Tk_GetColor() et al. here, as those functions
     * migth return a color that does not exaxtly match the given name
     * if the colormap is full. Also, we don't really want the color to be
     * added to the colormap.
     */

    if ( ! TkParseColor(display, colormap, colorString, &parsedColor)) {
         Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
            "invalid color name \"%s\"", specString));
         Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                 "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
         return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * parse the Suffix
     */

    switch (suffixString[0]) {
    case '\0':
        suffixAlpha = 255;
        break;
    case '@':
        fracAlpha = strtod(suffixString + 1, &tmpString);
        if (*tmpString != '\0') {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha "
                    "suffix \"%s\": expected floating-point value",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (fracAlpha < 0 || fracAlpha > 1) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha suffix"
                    " \"%s\": value must be in the range from 0 to 1",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        suffixAlpha = (unsigned int) floor(fracAlpha * 255 + 0.5);
        break;
    case '#':
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) < 1 || strlen(suffixString + 1)> 2) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\"", suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        for (i = 1; i <= (int)strlen(suffixString + 1); i++) {
            if ( ! isxdigit(UCHAR(suffixString[i]))) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\": expected hex digit",
                        suffixString));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
        }
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) == 1) {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%1x", &suffixAlpha);
            suffixAlpha *= 0x11;
        } else {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%2x", &suffixAlpha);
        }
        break;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.red >> 8);
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.green >> 8);
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.blue >> 8);
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) suffixAlpha;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkDebugStringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Debugging function for StringMatchDef. Basically just an alias for
 *      that function, intended to expose it directly to tests, as
 *      StirngMatchDef cannot be sufficiently tested otherwise.
 *
 * Results:
 *      See StringMatchDef.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
int
TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr)         /* Height of image is written to this location */
{
    return StringMatchDef(data, formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp);
}


/* Local Variables: */
/* mode: c */
/* fill-column: 78 */
/* c-basic-offset: 4 */
/* tab-width: 8 */
/* indent-tabs-mode: nil */
/* End: */

Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x10000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they







|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
    0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 1
};

/*
 * Chunk type flags.
 */

#define PNG_CF_ANCILLARY 0x20000000L	/* Non-critical chunk (can ignore). */
#define PNG_CF_PRIVATE   0x00100000L	/* Application-specific chunk. */
#define PNG_CF_RESERVED  0x00001000L	/* Not used. */
#define PNG_CF_COPYSAFE  0x00000010L	/* Opaque data safe for copying. */

/*
 * Chunk types, not all of which have support implemented. Note that there are
 * others in the official extension set which we will never support (as they
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
    /*
     * PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
     */

    Tcl_Channel channel;	/* Channel for from-file reads. */
    Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
    unsigned char *strDataBuf;	/* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
    int strDataLen;		/* Length of source data. */
    unsigned char *base64Data;	/* base64 encoded string data. */
    unsigned char base64Bits;	/* Remaining bits from last base64 read. */
    unsigned char base64State;	/* Current state of base64 decoder. */
    double alpha;		/* Alpha from -format option. */

    /*
     * Image header information.







|







123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
    /*
     * PNG data source/destination channel/object/byte array.
     */

    Tcl_Channel channel;	/* Channel for from-file reads. */
    Tcl_Obj *objDataPtr;
    unsigned char *strDataBuf;	/* Raw source data for from-string reads. */
    size_t strDataLen;		/* Length of source data. */
    unsigned char *base64Data;	/* base64 encoded string data. */
    unsigned char base64Bits;	/* Remaining bits from last base64 read. */
    unsigned char base64State;	/* Current state of base64 decoder. */
    double alpha;		/* Alpha from -format option. */

    /*
     * Image header information.
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
			    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		InitPNGImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int dir);
static inline unsigned char Paeth(int a, int b, int c);
static int		ParseFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		ReadBase64(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadByteArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, int destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadChunkHeader(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int *sizePtr, unsigned long *typePtr,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int chunkSz, unsigned long crc);
static int		ReadIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	ReadInt32(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long *resultPtr, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadPLTE(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,







|


|


|


|







211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
			    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		InitPNGImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int dir);
static inline unsigned char Paeth(int a, int b, int c);
static int		ParseFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		ReadBase64(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadByteArray(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char *destPtr, size_t destSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadChunkHeader(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    size_t *sizePtr, unsigned long *typePtr,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    int chunkSz, unsigned long crc);
static int		ReadIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	ReadInt32(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long *resultPtr, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		ReadPLTE(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
static int		StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static inline int	WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long chunkType,
			    const unsigned char *dataPtr, int dataSize);
static int		WriteData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    const unsigned char *srcPtr, int srcSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		WriteExtraChunks(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		WriteIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		WriteIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);







|

|







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
static int		StringWritePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		UnfilterLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr);
static inline int	WriteByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned char c, unsigned long *crcPtr);
static inline int	WriteChunk(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    unsigned long chunkType,
			    const unsigned char *dataPtr, size_t dataSize);
static int		WriteData(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    const unsigned char *srcPtr, size_t srcSz,
			    unsigned long *crcPtr);
static int		WriteExtraChunks(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PNGImage *pngPtr);
static int		WriteIHDR(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int		WriteIDAT(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
     * reading with ReadData().
     */

    if (objPtr) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
	pngPtr->strDataBuf =
		Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &pngPtr->strDataLen);
    }

    /*
     * Initialize the palette transparency table to fully opaque.
     */

    memset(pngPtr->palette, 255, sizeof(pngPtr->palette));







|







316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
     * reading with ReadData().
     */

    if (objPtr) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	pngPtr->objDataPtr = objPtr;
	pngPtr->strDataBuf =
		TkGetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &pngPtr->strDataLen);
    }

    /*
     * Initialize the palette transparency table to fully opaque.
     */

    memset(pngPtr->palette, 255, sizeof(pngPtr->palette));
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
 */

static int
ReadBase64(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    static const unsigned char from64[] = {
	0x82, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x80, 0x80, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x3e,







|







427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
 */

static int
ReadBase64(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    static const unsigned char from64[] = {
	0x82, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x80, 0x80, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x80,
	0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x83, 0x3e,
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
 */

static int
ReadByteArray(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    /*
     * Check to make sure the number of requested bytes are available.
     */

    if (pngPtr->strDataLen < destSz) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"unexpected end of image data", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EARLY_END", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    while (destSz) {
	int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	memcpy(destPtr, pngPtr->strDataBuf, blockSz);

	pngPtr->strDataBuf += blockSz;
	pngPtr->strDataLen -= blockSz;

	if (crcPtr) {







|






|







|







552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
 */

static int
ReadByteArray(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    /*
     * Check to make sure the number of requested bytes are available.
     */

    if ((size_t)pngPtr->strDataLen < destSz) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"unexpected end of image data", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EARLY_END", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    while (destSz) {
	size_t blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	memcpy(destPtr, pngPtr->strDataBuf, blockSz);

	pngPtr->strDataBuf += blockSz;
	pngPtr->strDataLen -= blockSz;

	if (crcPtr) {
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
 */

static int
ReadData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    int destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (pngPtr->base64Data) {
	return ReadBase64(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    } else if (pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	return ReadByteArray(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    }

    while (destSz) {
	int blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	blockSz = Tcl_Read(pngPtr->channel, (char *)destPtr, blockSz);
	if (blockSz < 0) {
	    /* TODO: failure info... */
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel read failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*







|









|

|
|







610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
 */

static int
ReadData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned char *destPtr,
    size_t destSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (pngPtr->base64Data) {
	return ReadBase64(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    } else if (pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	return ReadByteArray(interp, pngPtr, destPtr, destSz, crcPtr);
    }

    while (destSz) {
	size_t blockSz = PNG_MIN(destSz, PNG_BLOCK_SZ);

	blockSz = (size_t)Tcl_Read(pngPtr->channel, (char *)destPtr, blockSz);
	if (blockSz == (size_t)-1) {
	    /* TODO: failure info... */
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "channel read failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ReadChunkHeader(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    int *sizePtr,
    unsigned long *typePtr,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    unsigned long chunkType = 0;
    int chunkSz = 0;
    unsigned long crc = 0;








|







855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ReadChunkHeader(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    size_t *sizePtr,
    unsigned long *typePtr,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    unsigned long chunkType = 0;
    int chunkSz = 0;
    unsigned long crc = 0;

980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported criticial chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }








|










|







980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
		if (chunkType & PNG_INT32(128,128,128,128)) {
		    /*
		     * No nice ASCII conversion; shouldn't happen either, but
		     * we'll be doubly careful.
		     */

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type",
			    -1));
		} else {
		    char typeString[5];

		    typeString[0] = (char) ((chunkType >> 24) & 255);
		    typeString[1] = (char) ((chunkType >> 16) & 255);
		    typeString[2] = (char) ((chunkType >> 8) & 255);
		    typeString[3] = (char) (chunkType & 255);
		    typeString[4] = '\0';
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "encountered an unsupported critical chunk type"
			    " \"%s\"", typeString));
		}
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG",
			"UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
static int
ReadIHDR(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
    unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
    unsigned long chunkType;
    int chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;
    unsigned long width, height;
    int mismatch;

    /*
     * Read the appropriate number of bytes for the PNG signature.
     */







|







1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
static int
ReadIHDR(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr)
{
    unsigned char sigBuf[PNG_SIG_SZ];
    unsigned long chunkType;
    size_t chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;
    unsigned long width, height;
    int mismatch;

    /*
     * Read the appropriate number of bytes for the PNG signature.
     */
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
    mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);

    /*
     * If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
     */

    if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	pngPtr->strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr,
		&pngPtr->strDataLen);
	pngPtr->base64Data = pngPtr->strDataBuf;

	if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, sigBuf, PNG_SIG_SZ, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








|







1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
    mismatch = memcmp(sigBuf, pngSignature, PNG_SIG_SZ);

    /*
     * If reading from string, reset position and try base64 decode.
     */

    if (mismatch && pngPtr->strDataBuf) {
	pngPtr->strDataBuf = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr,
		&pngPtr->strDataLen);
	pngPtr->base64Data = pngPtr->strDataBuf;

	if (ReadData(interp, pngPtr, sigBuf, PNG_SIG_SZ, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
    unsigned long crc)
{
    /*
     * Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
     */

    while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
	int len1, len2;

	/*
	 * Read another block of input into the zlib stream if data remains.
	 */

	if (chunkSz) {
	    Tcl_Obj *inputObj = NULL;







|







2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
    unsigned long crc)
{
    /*
     * Process IDAT contents until there is no more in this chunk.
     */

    while (chunkSz && !Tcl_ZlibStreamEof(pngPtr->stream)) {
	size_t len1, len2;

	/*
	 * Read another block of input into the zlib stream if data remains.
	 */

	if (chunkSz) {
	    Tcl_Obj *inputObj = NULL;
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164

	/*
	 * Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
	 * until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
	 */

    getNextLine:
	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len1);
	if (Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, pngPtr->thisLineObj,
		pngPtr->phaseSize - len1) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len2);

	if (len2 == pngPtr->phaseSize) {
	    if (pngPtr->phase > 7) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"extra data after final scan line of final phase",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EXTRA_DATA",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;







|




|

|







2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164

	/*
	 * Inflate, processing each output buffer's worth as a line of pixels,
	 * until we cannot fill the buffer any more.
	 */

    getNextLine:
	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len1);
	if (Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, pngPtr->thisLineObj,
		pngPtr->phaseSize - len1) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->thisLineObj, &len2);

	if (len2 == (size_t)pngPtr->phaseSize) {
	    if (pngPtr->phase > 7) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"extra data after final scan line of final phase",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "EXTRA_DATA",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
	register unsigned char *p = pngPtr->block.pixelPtr;
	unsigned char *endPtr = p + pngPtr->blockLen;
	int offset = pngPtr->block.offset[3];

	p += offset;

	if (16 == pngPtr->bitDepth) {
	    register int channel;

	    while (p < endPtr) {
		channel = (unsigned char)
			(((p[0] << 8) | p[1]) * pngPtr->alpha);

		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel >> 8);
		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel & 0xff);

		p += offset;
	    }







|


|







2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
	register unsigned char *p = pngPtr->block.pixelPtr;
	unsigned char *endPtr = p + pngPtr->blockLen;
	int offset = pngPtr->block.offset[3];

	p += offset;

	if (16 == pngPtr->bitDepth) {
	    register unsigned int channel;

	    while (p < endPtr) {
		channel = (unsigned int)
			(((p[0] << 8) | p[1]) * pngPtr->alpha);

		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel >> 8);
		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel & 0xff);

		p += offset;
	    }
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX,
    int destY)
{
    unsigned long chunkType;
    int chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;

    /*
     * Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk.
     */

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {







|







2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *fmtObj,
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
    int destX,
    int destY)
{
    unsigned long chunkType;
    size_t chunkSz;
    unsigned long crc;

    /*
     * Parse the PNG signature and IHDR (header) chunk.
     */

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, pngPtr) == TCL_ERROR) {
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    PNGImage png;
    int match = 0;

    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);

    png.strDataBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
	*widthPtr = png.block.width;
	*heightPtr = png.block.height;
	match = 1;
    }








|







2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    PNGImage png;
    int match = 0;

    InitPNGImage(NULL, &png, NULL, pObjData, TCL_ZLIB_STREAM_INFLATE);

    png.strDataBuf = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pObjData, &png.strDataLen);

    if (ReadIHDR(interp, &png) == TCL_OK) {
	*widthPtr = png.block.width;
	*heightPtr = png.block.height;
	match = 1;
    }

2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
 */

static int
WriteData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    const unsigned char *srcPtr,
    int srcSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (!srcPtr || !srcSz) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (crcPtr) {
	*crcPtr = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(*crcPtr, srcPtr, srcSz);
    }

    /*
     * TODO: is Tcl_AppendObjToObj faster here? i.e., does Tcl join the
     * objects immediately or store them in a multi-object rep?
     */

    if (pngPtr->objDataPtr) {
	int objSz;
	unsigned char *destPtr;

	Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr, &objSz);

	if (objSz > INT_MAX - srcSz) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "image too large to store completely in byte array", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "TOO_LARGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	destPtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(pngPtr->objDataPtr, objSz + srcSz);

	if (!destPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "memory allocation failed", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	memcpy(destPtr+objSz, srcPtr, srcSz);
    } else if (Tcl_Write(pngPtr->channel, (const char *) srcPtr, srcSz) < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"write to channel failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}







|
















|


|

|
















|







2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
 */

static int
WriteData(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    const unsigned char *srcPtr,
    size_t srcSz,
    unsigned long *crcPtr)
{
    if (!srcPtr || !srcSz) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (crcPtr) {
	*crcPtr = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(*crcPtr, srcPtr, srcSz);
    }

    /*
     * TODO: is Tcl_AppendObjToObj faster here? i.e., does Tcl join the
     * objects immediately or store them in a multi-object rep?
     */

    if (pngPtr->objDataPtr) {
	size_t objSz;
	unsigned char *destPtr;

	TkGetByteArrayFromObj(pngPtr->objDataPtr, &objSz);

	if (objSz + srcSz > INT_MAX) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "image too large to store completely in byte array", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PNG", "TOO_LARGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	destPtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(pngPtr->objDataPtr, objSz + srcSz);

	if (!destPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "memory allocation failed", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	memcpy(destPtr+objSz, srcPtr, srcSz);
    } else if (Tcl_Write(pngPtr->channel, (const char *) srcPtr, srcSz) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"write to channel failed: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971

static inline int
WriteChunk(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned long chunkType,
    const unsigned char *dataPtr,
    int dataSize)
{
    unsigned long crc = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(0, NULL, 0);
    int result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Write the length field for the chunk.
     */







|







2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971

static inline int
WriteChunk(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    unsigned long chunkType,
    const unsigned char *dataPtr,
    size_t dataSize)
{
    unsigned long crc = Tcl_ZlibCRC32(0, NULL, 0);
    int result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Write the length field for the chunk.
     */
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137

3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144

static int
WriteIDAT(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, outputSize, result;
    Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
    unsigned char *outputBytes;


    /*
     * Filter and compress each row one at a time.
     */

    for (rowNum=0 ; rowNum < blockPtr->height ; rowNum++) {
	int colNum;







|


>







3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145

static int
WriteIDAT(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    PNGImage *pngPtr,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int rowNum, flush = TCL_ZLIB_NO_FLUSH, result;
    Tcl_Obj *outputObj;
    unsigned char *outputBytes;
    size_t outputSize;

    /*
     * Filter and compress each row one at a time.
     */

    for (rowNum=0 ; rowNum < blockPtr->height ; rowNum++) {
	int colNum;
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236

    /*
     * Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
     */

    outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    (void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
    outputBytes = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(outputObj, &outputSize);
    result = WriteChunk(interp, pngPtr, CHUNK_IDAT, outputBytes, outputSize);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(outputObj);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237

    /*
     * Now get the compressed data and write it as one big IDAT chunk.
     */

    outputObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    (void) Tcl_ZlibStreamGet(pngPtr->stream, outputObj, -1);
    outputBytes = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(outputObj, &outputSize);
    result = WriteChunk(interp, pngPtr, CHUNK_IDAT, outputBytes, outputSize);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(outputObj);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to generic/tkImgPPM.c.

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
				 * image to be written to. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
				 * written to. */
    int srcX, int srcY)		/* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
				 * image being read. */
{
    int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
    int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, bytesPerChannel = 1;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
    if (type == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"%s\"", fileName));







|
>







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
				 * image to be written to. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
				 * written to. */
    int srcX, int srcY)		/* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
				 * image being read. */
{
    int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
    int nLines, h, type, bytesPerChannel = 1;
    size_t nBytes, count;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
    if (type == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"%s\"", fileName));
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294
295
FileWritePPM(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *format,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset, nBytes;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
    char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];

    chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
    if (chan == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }







|
>







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
FileWritePPM(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *fileName,
    Tcl_Obj *format,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset;
    size_t nBytes;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
    char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];

    chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
    if (chan == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
    pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
	    && (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
	nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
	if (Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
	    goto writeerror;
	}
    } else {
	for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
	    pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
	    for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
		if (    Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == -1 ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1)==-1 ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) ==-1) {
		    goto writeerror;
		}
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
	}
    }







|






|
|
|







313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
    pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
	    && (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
	nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
	if ((size_t)Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
	    goto writeerror;
	}
    } else {
	for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
	    pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
	    for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
		if (Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE ||
			Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
		    goto writeerror;
		}
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
	}
    }
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
    int *maxIntensityPtr,	/* The maximum intensity value for the image
				 * is stored here. */
    unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
    int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
    char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
    int i, numFields, dataSize, type = 0;

    unsigned char *dataBuffer;

    dataBuffer = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);

    /*
     * Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
     * line that starts with "#").
     */

    if (dataSize-- < 1) {







|
>


|







760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
    int *maxIntensityPtr,	/* The maximum intensity value for the image
				 * is stored here. */
    unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
    int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
    char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
    int i, numFields, type = 0;
    size_t dataSize;
    unsigned char *dataBuffer;

    dataBuffer = TkGetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);

    /*
     * Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
     * line that starts with "#").
     */

    if (dataSize-- < 1) {

Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
	    || (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
	    || (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
	/*
	 * Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
	 */

	if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
	    colorTablePtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
	    FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
	}
	GetColorTable(instancePtr);

	/*
	 * Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
	 * necessary.







|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
	    || (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
	    || (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
	/*
	 * Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
	 */

	if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
	    colorTablePtr->liveRefCount--;
	    FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
	}
	GetColorTable(instancePtr);

	/*
	 * Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
	 * necessary.
414
415
416
417
418
419
420







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))







#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
#define GetRValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb)	(UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  ))
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define RGBA(r, g, b, a) ((unsigned)( \
	(UCHAR(r) << red_shift)   | \
	(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
	(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift)  | \
	(UCHAR(a) << alpha_shift) ))
#endif
#define RGB15(r, g, b)	((unsigned)( \
	(((r) * red_mask / 255)   & red_mask)   | \
	(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
	(((b) * blue_mask / 255)  & blue_mask)  ))
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

static void
481
482
483
484
485
486
487







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }







#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
	green_shift++;
    }
    while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
	blue_shift++;
    }
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
    unsigned long alpha_mask = visual->alpha_mask;
    unsigned long alpha_shift = 0;
    while ((0x0001 & (alpha_mask >> alpha_shift)) == 0) {
	alpha_shift++;
    }
#endif
#endif /* !_WIN32 */

    /*
     * Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
     * shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
     * optimized.
     */
581
582
583
584
585
586
587

588



589
590
591
592
593
594
595
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}

		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));



	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}

/*







>

>
>
>







595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
		    ga = GetGValue(pixel);
		    ba = GetBValue(pixel);
		    unalpha = 255 - alpha;	/* Calculate once. */
		    r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
		    g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
		    b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
		}
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
#else
		XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGBA(r, g, b, alpha));
#endif
	    }
	}
    }
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}

/*
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used
				 * image. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    ColorTable *colorPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount -= 1;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
     * structure.
     */

    colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
	colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
    }

    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<
|












|







735
736
737
738
739
740
741

742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used
				 * image. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    ColorTable *colorPtr;


    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
     * structure.
     */

    colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
    if (colorPtr != NULL) {
	colorPtr->liveRefCount--;
    }

    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkImgDisposeInstance, instancePtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129

static void
FreeColorTable(
    ColorTable *colorPtr,	/* Pointer to the color table which is no
				 * longer required by an instance. */
    int force)			/* Force free to happen immediately. */
{
    colorPtr->refCount--;
    if (colorPtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (force) {
	if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
	    colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;







<
|







1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137

1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145

static void
FreeColorTable(
    ColorTable *colorPtr,	/* Pointer to the color table which is no
				 * longer required by an instance. */
    int force)			/* Force free to happen immediately. */
{

    if (colorPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    if (force) {
	if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr);
	    colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
			    }
			    i++;
			}
		    }
		}
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Monochrome display - allocate the shades of grey we want.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
		    if (igam == 1.0) {
			r = CFRAC(i, numColors - 1);
		    } else {
			r = CGFRAC(i, numColors - 1, igam);







|







1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
			    }
			    i++;
			}
		    }
		}
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Monochrome display - allocate the shades of gray we want.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
		    if (igam == 1.0) {
			r = CFRAC(i, numColors - 1);
		    } else {
			r = CGFRAC(i, numColors - 1, igam);

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91
92
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *

 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.

 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */


#define OPT_BACKGROUND	1
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	2
#define OPT_FORMAT	4
#define OPT_FROM	8
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x10
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x20
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x40
#define OPT_TO		0x80

#define OPT_ZOOM	0x100

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {

    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",

    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.







>








>



>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|







>








>







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_ALPHA:			Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_WITHALPHA:		Set if -withalpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_ALPHA	1
#define OPT_BACKGROUND	2
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	4
#define OPT_FORMAT	8
#define OPT_FROM	0x10
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x20
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x40
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x80
#define OPT_TO		0x100
#define OPT_WITHALPHA	0x200
#define OPT_ZOOM	0x400

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {
    "-alpha",
    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",
    "-withalpha",
    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);
static int		ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);







<
<
<







184
185
186
187
188
189
190



191
192
193
194
195
196
197
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);



static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;
    Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;

    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, length, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");







|

<


<

>
|







401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409

410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    size_t length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
		    (char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
	}







|
|



|







444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
		    (char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
	}
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", (unsigned) length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
			    masterPtr->dataString);
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    } else if (length > 1 &&
		    !strncmp(arg, "-format", (unsigned) length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->format) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),







|

|













|







493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
			    masterPtr->dataString);
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    } else if (length > 1 &&
		    !strncmp(arg, "-format", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->format) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
569
570
571
572
573
574
575



576
577
578
579
580
581
582
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {



	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








>
>
>







571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
		    Tcl_GetString(options.name), NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
	if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {
	    if (options.background) {
		Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "coordinates for -from option extend outside source image",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_FROM", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651


























652
653

654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
	    } else {
		height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
			/ -options.subsampleY;
	    }
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
	}

	/*
	 * Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
	 */

	block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
		+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
	block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
	block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
	return Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
		&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
		options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
		options.compositingRule);



























    case PHOTO_DATA: {
	char *data;


	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>







|










|







622
623
624
625
626
627
628














629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
	    } else {
		height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
			/ -options.subsampleY;
	    }
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
	}















	/*
	 * Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
	 */

	block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
		+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
	block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
	block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
	result = Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
		&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
		options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
		options.compositingRule);

	/*
	 * Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
	 * This has to be done _after_ copying the data. Otherwise, if source
	 * and destination are the same image, block.pixelPtr would point to
	 * an invalid memory block (bug [5239fd749b]).
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
	    if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
		    options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
		if (options.background) {
		    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
        char *data = NULL;
        Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL;

	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 1;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
687
688
689
690
691
692
693




694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}





	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    matched = 0;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
	 	imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
		    matched = 1;
		    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		oldformat = 1;
		for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
			imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			    imageFormat->name,
			    strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
			matched = 1;
			if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			    break;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"image string format \"%s\" is %s",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			(matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite;
	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);







>
>
>
>





<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<







705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720

721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755



756
757
758
759
760
761
762
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}
	if (!(options.options & OPT_FORMAT)) {
            options.format = Tcl_NewStringObj("default", -1);
            freeObj = options.format;
	}

	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */


	matched = 0;
	for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
	    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                matched = 1;
                if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                    break;
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    oldformat = 1;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                    imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
                if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                        imageFormat->name,
                        strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                    matched = 1;
                    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                        stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                        break;
                    }
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "image string format \"%s\" is %s",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    (matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
	    goto dataErrorExit;



	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
767
768
769
770
771
772
773



774












775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782

783







784
785
786
787




788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809

810
811
812
813
814


815
816
817
818
819
820
821

822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830



831
832
833
834


835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853

854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}



	return result;












    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[3];









	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s get: coordinates out of range",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a string.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(3, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT:


	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;

	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL,
		options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
		&imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Obj *format, *data;



	    if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
		options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
		options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	    }
	    if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
		imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	    }
	    if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
		imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	    }
	    format = options.format;
	    data = objv[2];
	    if (oldformat) {
		if (format) {
		    format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
		}
		data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	    }

	    if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		    (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,
		    imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name,
		&dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	block.pixelPtr = NULL;
	dataWidth = 0;
	pixelPtr = NULL;
	for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) {
	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y],
		    &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
		break;
	    }

	    if (y == 0) {
		if (listObjc == 0) {
		    /*
		     * Lines must be non-empty...
		     */

		    break;
		}
		dataWidth = listObjc;
		/*
 		 * Memory allocation overflow protection.
 		 * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
 		 */

		if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"OVERFLOW", NULL);
		    break;
		}

		pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
		block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
	    } else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"all elements of color list must have the same"
			" number of elements", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NON_RECTANGULAR", NULL);
		break;
	    }

	    for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) {
		const char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]);
		XColor color;
		int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb;

		/*
		 * We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do
		 * not want to invoke the fallback code.
		 */

		if (colorString[0] == '#') {
		    if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) {
			if (colorString[4] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rgb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11;
			    continue;
			} else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) &&
				colorString[7] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rrggbb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb;
			    continue;
			}
		    }
		}

		if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
			colorString, &color)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "can't parse color \"%s\"", colorString));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLOR", NULL);
		    break;
		}
		*pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8;
	    }
	    if (x < dataWidth) {
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) {
	    if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) {
		ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	    }
	    if (y < dataHeight) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in
	 * using Tk_PhotoPutBlock.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight;
	}
	block.width = dataWidth;
	block.height = dataHeight;
	block.pitch = dataWidth * 3;
	block.pixelSize = 3;
	block.offset[0] = 0;
	block.offset[1] = 1;
	block.offset[2] = 2;
	block.offset[3] = 0;
	result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block,
		options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY,
		TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
	ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	return result;

    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */








>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|


>
>
>
>















|






>
|



|
>
>

|





>









>
>
>
|
|
|
<
>
>

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885

886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909






910




911
912
913












914


915







916







917










918








919
920























921

























922
923

























924
925
926
927
928
929
930
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return result;

      dataErrorExit:
        if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[4];
	int channelCount = 3;

        index = 3;
        memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
        options.name = NULL;
        if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_WITHALPHA,
                &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (options.name == NULL || index < objc) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?-withalpha?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
        if (options.options & OPT_WITHALPHA) {
            channelCount = 4;
        }

	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "%s get: coordinates out of range",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a list.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);
	channels[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(channelCount, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT: {
	Tcl_Obj *format, *data;

	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * See if there's a format that can read the data
	 */

	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, objv[2], options.format, &imageFormat,
		&imageWidth, &imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	}
	if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
	    imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	}
	if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
	    imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	}
	format = options.format;
	data = objv[2];
	if (oldformat) {
	    if (format) {
		format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
	    }
	    data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	}

	if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		(Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,






		options.toX2 - options.toX,




		options.toY2 - options.toY, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}












	/*


	 * SB: is the next line really needed? The stringReadProc







	 * writes image data with Tk_PhotoPutBlock(), which in turn







	 * takes care to notify the changed image and to set/unset the










	 * IMAGE_CHANGED bit.








	 */
	masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;

















































	return TCL_OK;
    }

























    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */

1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167

1168

1169

1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178




















1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189

1190

1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201

1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207

1208




1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214


1215



1216
1217
1218













1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228

1229
1230

1231

1232
1233
1234
1235
1236





1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250


1251
1252



1253
1254

1255
1256







1257
1258
1259


1260

1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {

	    XRectangle testBox;

	    TkRegion testRegion;


	    if (objc != 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }




















	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    testBox.x = x;

	    testBox.y = y;

	    testBox.width = 1;
	    testBox.height = 1;
	    /* What a way to do a test! */
	    testRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&testBox, testRegion, testRegion);
	    TkIntersectRegion(testRegion, masterPtr->validRegion, testRegion);
	    TkClipBox(testRegion, &testBox);
	    TkDestroyRegion(testRegion);

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    testBox.width==0 && testBox.height==0));

	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int transFlag;
	    XRectangle setBox;






	    if (objc != 6) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)


		    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5],



		    &transFlag) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }













	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }


	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;

	    setBox.width = 1;

	    setBox.height = 1;
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;

	    if (transFlag) {
		/*





		 * Make pixel transparent.
		 */

		TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion();

		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion);
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clearRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion);

		/*
		 * Set the alpha value correctly.
		 */



		pixelPtr[3] = 0;
	    } else {



		/*
		 * Make pixel opaque.

		 */








		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		pixelPtr[3] = 255;


	    }


	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,







>
|
>
|
>

|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










<
>
|
>
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>




|

>

>
>
>
>
|
|



|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
|
|
>
|
>
|
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
|
|

>
>
|

>
>
>
|
<
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
>
>

>







1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136

1137
1138
1139
1140

1141
1142




1143
1144

1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202

1203
1204

1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210

1211

1212




1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
	    int boolMode;

	    /*
	     * parse fixed args and option
	     */

	    if (objc > 6 || objc < 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 4;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }


	    /*
	     * Extract and return the desired value
	     */
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;

	    if (boolMode) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( ! pixelPtr[3]));




	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3]));

	    }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int newVal, boolMode;
	    XRectangle setBox;
	    TkRegion modRegion;

	    /*
	     * Parse args and option, check for valid values
	     */

	    if (objc < 6 || objc > 7) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y newVal ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 5;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    if (boolMode) {
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else {
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;

		}
		if (newVal < 0 || newVal > 255) {

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "invalid alpha value \"%d\": "
			    "must be integer between 0 and 255", newVal));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "BAD_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;

		}

	    }





	    /*
	     * Set new alpha value for the pixel
	     */

	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	    if (boolMode) {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal ? 0 : 255;
	    } else {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal;
	    }

	    /*

	     * Update the validRegion of the image
	     */

	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;
	    setBox.width = 1;
	    setBox.height = 1;
	    modRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, modRegion, modRegion);
	    if (pixelPtr[3]) {
		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
	    } else {
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, modRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
	    }
	    TkDestroyRegion(modRegion);

	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462



1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468


1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule.



 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in.


 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,







|
>
>
>





|
>
>







1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, -compositingrule, -alpha, -boolean and
 *	-withalpha.
 *	Parsing starts at the index in *optIndexPtr and stops at the end of
 *	objv[] or at the first value that does not belong to an option.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in. The value of optIndexPtr is updated
 *	to contain the index of the first element in argv[] that was not
 *	parsed, or argc if the end of objv[] was reached.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491

1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537

1538



1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };

    int index, c, bit, currentBit, length;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);
	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * Work out which option this is.
	 */

	c = option[0];
	bit = 0;
	currentBit = 1;
	for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
	    if ((c == *listPtr[0])
		    && (strncmp(option, *listPtr, (size_t) length) == 0)) {
		expandedOption = *listPtr;
		if (bit != 0) {
		    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
		}
		bit = currentBit;
	    }
	    currentBit <<= 1;
	}

	/*
	 * If this option is not recognized and allowed, put an error message
	 * in the interpreter and return.
	 */

	if (!(allowedOptions & bit)) {

	    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;



	}

	/*
	 * For the -from, -to, -zoom and -subsample options, parse the values
	 * given. Report an error if too few or too many values are given.
	 */








>
|











|

















|















>
|
>
>
>







1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };
    size_t length;
    int index, c, bit, currentBit;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);
	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * Work out which option this is.
	 */

	c = option[0];
	bit = 0;
	currentBit = 1;
	for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
	    if ((c == *listPtr[0])
		    && (strncmp(option, *listPtr, length) == 0)) {
		expandedOption = *listPtr;
		if (bit != 0) {
		    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
		}
		bit = currentBit;
	    }
	    currentBit <<= 1;
	}

	/*
	 * If this option is not recognized and allowed, put an error message
	 * in the interpreter and return.
	 */

	if (!(allowedOptions & bit)) {
	    if (optPtr->name != NULL) {
		goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
	    }
	    optPtr->name = objv[index];
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * For the -from, -to, -zoom and -subsample options, parse the values
	 * given. Report an error if too few or too many values are given.
	 */

1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587

1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {

	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;







|
>







1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if (bit == OPT_TO || bit == OPT_FROM
		|| bit == OPT_SUBSAMPLE || bit == OPT_ZOOM) {
	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767

1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;

    int length, i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", (size_t) length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-data\" missing", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else if ((args[j][1] == 'f') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-format", (size_t) length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    format = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-format\" missing", -1));







>
|







|


|












|







1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
    size_t length;
    int i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-data\" missing", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else if ((args[j][1] == 'f') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-format", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    format = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-format\" missing", -1));
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854

1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */


	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &length);
	if (length) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
	}
	masterPtr->dataString = data;
    }
    if (format) {
	/*
	 * Stringify to ignore -format "". It may come in as a list or other
	 * object.
	 */

	(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(format, &length);
	if (length) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(format);
	} else {
	    format = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->format) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
	}







>

|
|















|
|







1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */
	size_t bytesize;

	(void) TkGetByteArrayFromObj(data, &bytesize);
	if (bytesize) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
	}
	masterPtr->dataString = data;
    }
    if (format) {
	/*
	 * Stringify to ignore -format "". It may come in as a list or other
	 * object.
	 */

	(void) Tcl_GetString(format);
	if (format->length) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(format);
	} else {
	    format = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->format) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
	}
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555










2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570










2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }

    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {










	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}










	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }







|















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr, *defaultFormatPtr = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }

    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
	/*
	 * To keep the behaviour of older versions (Tk <= 8.6), the default
	 * list-of-lists string format is checked last. Remember its position.
	 */

	if (strncasecmp("default", formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name))
		== 0) {
	    defaultFormatPtr = formatPtr;
	}

	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * If this is the default format, and it was not passed as -format
	 * option, skip the stringMatchProc test. It'll be done later
	 */

	if (formatObj == NULL && formatPtr == defaultFormatPtr) {
	    continue;
	}

	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607

2608















2609
2610
2611
2612
2613

2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620

2621
2622
2623
2624






2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {















	if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);

	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		    "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;






    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --







>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>





<
|
>




>
>
>
>
>
>







2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650

2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Try the default format as last resort (only if no -format option
	 * was passed).
	 */

	if ( formatObj == NULL && defaultFormatPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("default image format handler not registered");
	}
	if ( formatObj == NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
		widthPtr, heightPtr, interp) != 0) {
	    useoldformat = 0;
	    formatPtr = defaultFormatPtr;
	} else if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		    "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;

    /*
     * Some stringMatchProc might have left error messages and error codes in
     * interp.	Clear them before return.
     */
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699


2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706

int
Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for passing back error
				 * messages, or NULL. */
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,	/* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
				 * updated. */
    register Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
				/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
				 * data to be copied into the image. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
				 * updated in the image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
				 * updated. */
    int compRule)		/* Compositing rule to use when processing
				 * transparent pixels. */
{
    register PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;


    int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
    int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, pitch;
    unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
    int sourceIsSimplePhoto = compRule & SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
    XRectangle rect;

    /*







|










>
>







2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746

int
Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for passing back error
				 * messages, or NULL. */
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,	/* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
				 * updated. */
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
				/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
				 * data to be copied into the image. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
				 * updated in the image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
				 * updated. */
    int compRule)		/* Compositing rule to use when processing
				 * transparent pixels. */
{
    register PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock sourceBlock;
    unsigned char *memToFree;
    int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
    int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, pitch;
    unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
    int sourceIsSimplePhoto = compRule & SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
    XRectangle rect;

    /*
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726

2727
2728
2729

2730

2731










2732
2733



2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740




2741
2742


2743








2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
	    && ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
	height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
    }
    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }


    xEnd = x + width;
    yEnd = y + height;
    if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {

	int sameSrc = (blockPtr->pixelPtr == masterPtr->pix32);












	if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
		MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {



	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if (sameSrc) {
	    blockPtr->pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32;


	    blockPtr->pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;








	}
    }

    if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
	    && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
	/*
	 * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
	 */

	masterPtr->ditherX = x;
	masterPtr->ditherY = y;
    }

    /*
     * If this image block could have different red, green and blue
     * components, mark it as a color image.
     */

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3];
    if ((alphaOffset >= blockPtr->pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
	alphaOffset = 0;
	sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
    } else {
	alphaOffset -= blockPtr->offset[0];
    }
    if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array. If we can do it with a
     * single memmove, we do.
     */

    destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
    pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;

    /*
     * Test to see if we can do the whole write in a single copy. This test is
     * probably too restrictive. We should also be able to do a memmove if
     * pixelSize == 3 and alphaOffset == 0. Maybe other cases too.
     */

    if ((blockPtr->pixelSize == 4)
	    && (greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
	    && (width <= blockPtr->width) && (height <= blockPtr->height)
	    && ((height == 1) || ((x == 0) && (width == masterPtr->width)
		&& (blockPtr->pitch == pitch)))
	    && (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) {
	memmove(destLinePtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0],
		((size_t)height * width * 4));

	/*
	 * We know there's an alpha offset and we're setting the data, so skip
	 * directly to the point when we recompute the photo validity region.
	 */

	goto recalculateValidRegion;
    }

    /*
     * Copy and merge pixels according to the compositing rule.
     */

    for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0;) {
	int pixelSize = blockPtr->pixelSize;
	int compRuleSet = (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);

	srcLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
	hCopy = MIN(hLeft, blockPtr->height);
	hLeft -= hCopy;
	for (; hCopy > 0; --hCopy) {
	    /*
	     * If the layout of the source line matches our memory layout and
	     * we're setting, we can just copy the bytes directly, which is
	     * much faster.
	     */

	    if ((pixelSize == 4) && (greenOffset == 1)
		    && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
		    && (width <= blockPtr->width)
		    && compRuleSet) {
		memcpy(destLinePtr, srcLinePtr, ((size_t)width * 4));
		srcLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
		destLinePtr += pitch;
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Have to copy the slow way.
	     */

	    destPtr = destLinePtr;
	    for (wLeft = width; wLeft > 0;) {
		wCopy = MIN(wLeft, blockPtr->width);
		wLeft -= wCopy;
		srcPtr = srcLinePtr;

		/*
		 * But we might be lucky and be able to use fairly fast loops.
		 * It's worth checking...
		 */







>
|
<
<
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


















|
|
|
|



|



















|

|

|

|















|


|
|










|


|










|







2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768


2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
	    && ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
	height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
    }
    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Fix for bug e4336bef5d:


     *
     * Make a local copy of *blockPtr, as we might have to change some
     * of its fields and don't want to interfere with the caller's data.
     *
     * If source and destination are the same image, create a copy  of the
     * source data in our local sourceBlock.
     *
     * To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
     * different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
     * if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
     */
    sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
    memToFree = NULL;
    if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr >= masterPtr->pix32
	    && sourceBlock.pixelPtr <= masterPtr->pix32 + masterPtr->width
	    * masterPtr->height * 4) {
	sourceBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(sourceBlock.height
		* sourceBlock.pitch);
	if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	memToFree = sourceBlock.pixelPtr;
	memcpy(sourceBlock.pixelPtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr, sourceBlock.height
	    * sourceBlock.pitch);
    }


    xEnd = x + width;
    yEnd = y + height;
    if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {
	if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
		MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    goto errorExit;
	}
    }

    if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
	    && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
	/*
	 * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
	 */

	masterPtr->ditherX = x;
	masterPtr->ditherY = y;
    }

    /*
     * If this image block could have different red, green and blue
     * components, mark it as a color image.
     */

    greenOffset = sourceBlock.offset[1] - sourceBlock.offset[0];
    blueOffset = sourceBlock.offset[2] - sourceBlock.offset[0];
    alphaOffset = sourceBlock.offset[3];
    if ((alphaOffset >= sourceBlock.pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
	alphaOffset = 0;
	sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
    } else {
	alphaOffset -= sourceBlock.offset[0];
    }
    if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array. If we can do it with a
     * single memmove, we do.
     */

    destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
    pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;

    /*
     * Test to see if we can do the whole write in a single copy. This test is
     * probably too restrictive. We should also be able to do a memmove if
     * pixelSize == 3 and alphaOffset == 0. Maybe other cases too.
     */

    if ((sourceBlock.pixelSize == 4)
	    && (greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
	    && (width <= sourceBlock.width) && (height <= sourceBlock.height)
	    && ((height == 1) || ((x == 0) && (width == masterPtr->width)
		&& (sourceBlock.pitch == pitch)))
	    && (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) {
	memmove(destLinePtr, sourceBlock.pixelPtr + sourceBlock.offset[0],
		((size_t)height * width * 4));

	/*
	 * We know there's an alpha offset and we're setting the data, so skip
	 * directly to the point when we recompute the photo validity region.
	 */

	goto recalculateValidRegion;
    }

    /*
     * Copy and merge pixels according to the compositing rule.
     */

    for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0;) {
	int pixelSize = sourceBlock.pixelSize;
	int compRuleSet = (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);

	srcLinePtr = sourceBlock.pixelPtr + sourceBlock.offset[0];
	hCopy = MIN(hLeft, sourceBlock.height);
	hLeft -= hCopy;
	for (; hCopy > 0; --hCopy) {
	    /*
	     * If the layout of the source line matches our memory layout and
	     * we're setting, we can just copy the bytes directly, which is
	     * much faster.
	     */

	    if ((pixelSize == 4) && (greenOffset == 1)
		    && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
		    && (width <= sourceBlock.width)
		    && compRuleSet) {
		memcpy(destLinePtr, srcLinePtr, ((size_t)width * 4));
		srcLinePtr += sourceBlock.pitch;
		destLinePtr += pitch;
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Have to copy the slow way.
	     */

	    destPtr = destLinePtr;
	    for (wLeft = width; wLeft > 0;) {
		wCopy = MIN(wLeft, sourceBlock.width);
		wLeft -= wCopy;
		srcPtr = srcLinePtr;

		/*
		 * But we might be lucky and be able to use fairly fast loops.
		 * It's worth checking...
		 */
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
				destPtr[2], Alpha);
			destPtr[3] = PD_SRC_OVER_ALPHA(alpha, Alpha);
		    }

		    destPtr += 4;
		}
	    }
	    srcLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
	    destLinePtr += pitch;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Add this new block to the region which specifies which data is valid.
     */







|







2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
				destPtr[2], Alpha);
			destPtr[3] = PD_SRC_OVER_ALPHA(alpha, Alpha);
		    }

		    destPtr += 4;
		}
	    }
	    srcLinePtr += sourceBlock.pitch;
	    destLinePtr += pitch;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Add this new block to the region which specifies which data is valid.
     */
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045



3046





3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053

    /*
     * Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
     */

    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height,
	    masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);



    return TCL_OK;





}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock --
 *







>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>







3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129

    /*
     * Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
     */

    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height,
	    masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);

    if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);

    return TCL_OK;

  errorExit:
    if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock --
 *
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087


3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094

int
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for passing back error
				 * messages, or NULL. */
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,	/* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
				 * updated. */
    register Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
				/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
				 * data to be copied into the image. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
				 * updated in the image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
				 * updated. */
    int zoomX, int zoomY,	/* Zoom factors for the X and Y axes. */
    int subsampleX, int subsampleY,
				/* Subsampling factors for the X and Y
				 * axes. */
    int compRule)		/* Compositing rule to use when processing
				 * transparent pixels. */
{
    register PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;


    int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
    int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, blockWid, blockHt;
    unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *srcOrigPtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
    int pitch, xRepeat, yRepeat, blockXSkip, blockYSkip, sourceIsSimplePhoto;
    XRectangle rect;

    /*







|














>
>







3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172

int
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for passing back error
				 * messages, or NULL. */
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,	/* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
				 * updated. */
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
				/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
				 * data to be copied into the image. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
				 * updated in the image. */
    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
				 * updated. */
    int zoomX, int zoomY,	/* Zoom factors for the X and Y axes. */
    int subsampleX, int subsampleY,
				/* Subsampling factors for the X and Y
				 * axes. */
    int compRule)		/* Compositing rule to use when processing
				 * transparent pixels. */
{
    register PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
    register Tk_PhotoImageBlock sourceBlock;
    unsigned char *memToFree;
    int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
    int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, blockWid, blockHt;
    unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *srcOrigPtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
    int pitch, xRepeat, yRepeat, blockXSkip, blockYSkip, sourceIsSimplePhoto;
    XRectangle rect;

    /*
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123

3124
3125
3126
3127
3128










3129
3130



3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137




3138


3139
3140







3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
	    && ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
	height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
    }
    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }


    xEnd = x + width;
    yEnd = y + height;
    if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {
	int sameSrc = (blockPtr->pixelPtr == masterPtr->pix32);











	if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
		MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {



	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if (sameSrc) {


	    blockPtr->pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32;
	    blockPtr->pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;







	}
    }

    if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
	    && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
	/*
	 * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
	 */

	masterPtr->ditherX = x;
	masterPtr->ditherY = y;
    }

    /*
     * If this image block could have different red, green and blue
     * components, mark it as a color image.
     */

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3];
    if ((alphaOffset >= blockPtr->pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
	alphaOffset = 0;
	sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
    } else {
	alphaOffset -= blockPtr->offset[0];
    }
    if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
    }

    /*
     * Work out what area the pixel data in the block expands to after
     * subsampling and zooming.
     */

    blockXSkip = subsampleX * blockPtr->pixelSize;
    blockYSkip = subsampleY * blockPtr->pitch;
    if (subsampleX > 0) {
	blockWid = ((blockPtr->width + subsampleX - 1) / subsampleX) * zoomX;
    } else if (subsampleX == 0) {
	blockWid = width;
    } else {
	blockWid = ((blockPtr->width - subsampleX - 1) / -subsampleX) * zoomX;
    }
    if (subsampleY > 0) {
	blockHt = ((blockPtr->height + subsampleY - 1) / subsampleY) * zoomY;
    } else if (subsampleY == 0) {
	blockHt = height;
    } else {
	blockHt = ((blockPtr->height - subsampleY - 1) / -subsampleY) * zoomY;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array.
     */

    destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
    srcOrigPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
    if (subsampleX < 0) {
	srcOrigPtr += (blockPtr->width - 1) * blockPtr->pixelSize;
    }
    if (subsampleY < 0) {
	srcOrigPtr += (blockPtr->height - 1) * blockPtr->pitch;
    }

    pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
    for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0; ) {
	hCopy = MIN(hLeft, blockHt);
	hLeft -= hCopy;
	yRepeat = zoomY;







>
|
|
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


















|
|
|
|



|










|
|

|



|


|



|







|

|


|







3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204

3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
	    && ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
	height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
    }
    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Fix for Bug e4336bef5d:
     * Make a local copy of *blockPtr, as we might have to change some

     * of its fields and don't want to interfere with the caller's data.
     *
     * If source and destination are the same image, create a copy  of the
     * source data in our local sourceBlock.
     *
     * To find out, just comparing the pointers is not enough - they might have
     * different values and still point to the same block of memory. (e.g.
     * if the -from option was passed to [imageName copy])
     */
    sourceBlock = *blockPtr;
    memToFree = NULL;
    if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr >= masterPtr->pix32
	    && sourceBlock.pixelPtr <= masterPtr->pix32 + masterPtr->width
	    * masterPtr->height * 4) {
	sourceBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(sourceBlock.height
		* sourceBlock.pitch);
	if (sourceBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	memToFree = sourceBlock.pixelPtr;
	memcpy(sourceBlock.pixelPtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr, sourceBlock.height
	    * sourceBlock.pitch);
    }

    xEnd = x + width;
    yEnd = y + height;
    if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {
	if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
		MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
	    }
	    goto errorExit;
	}
    }

    if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
	    && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
	/*
	 * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
	 */

	masterPtr->ditherX = x;
	masterPtr->ditherY = y;
    }

    /*
     * If this image block could have different red, green and blue
     * components, mark it as a color image.
     */

    greenOffset = sourceBlock.offset[1] - sourceBlock.offset[0];
    blueOffset = sourceBlock.offset[2] - sourceBlock.offset[0];
    alphaOffset = sourceBlock.offset[3];
    if ((alphaOffset >= sourceBlock.pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
	alphaOffset = 0;
	sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
    } else {
	alphaOffset -= sourceBlock.offset[0];
    }
    if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
    }

    /*
     * Work out what area the pixel data in the block expands to after
     * subsampling and zooming.
     */

    blockXSkip = subsampleX * sourceBlock.pixelSize;
    blockYSkip = subsampleY * sourceBlock.pitch;
    if (subsampleX > 0) {
	blockWid = ((sourceBlock.width + subsampleX - 1) / subsampleX) * zoomX;
    } else if (subsampleX == 0) {
	blockWid = width;
    } else {
	blockWid = ((sourceBlock.width - subsampleX - 1) / -subsampleX) * zoomX;
    }
    if (subsampleY > 0) {
	blockHt = ((sourceBlock.height + subsampleY - 1) / subsampleY) * zoomY;
    } else if (subsampleY == 0) {
	blockHt = height;
    } else {
	blockHt = ((sourceBlock.height - subsampleY - 1) / -subsampleY) * zoomY;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array.
     */

    destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
    srcOrigPtr = sourceBlock.pixelPtr + sourceBlock.offset[0];
    if (subsampleX < 0) {
	srcOrigPtr += (sourceBlock.width - 1) * sourceBlock.pixelSize;
    }
    if (subsampleY < 0) {
	srcOrigPtr += (sourceBlock.height - 1) * sourceBlock.pitch;
    }

    pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
    for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0; ) {
	hCopy = MIN(hLeft, blockHt);
	hLeft -= hCopy;
	yRepeat = zoomY;
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353



3354





3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361

    /*
     * Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
     */

    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height, masterPtr->width,
	    masterPtr->height);



    return TCL_OK;





}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_DitherPhoto --
 *







>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>







3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473

    /*
     * Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
     */

    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height, masterPtr->width,
	    masterPtr->height);

    if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);

    return TCL_OK;

  errorExit:
    if (memToFree) ckfree(memToFree);

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_DitherPhoto --
 *
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgStringWrite --
 *
 *	Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default
 *	format as accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImgStringWrite(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset;
    Tcl_Obj *data;

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    data = Tcl_NewObj();
    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
	int row, col;

	for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj();
	    unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
		    + row * blockPtr->pitch;

	    for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x",
			col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr,
			pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line);
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953



















































3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *



















































 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *







|







3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,







|







4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065

4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071

4072
4073
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78

 * End:
 */







>






>


4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.h.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95




96


97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
 * structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
 * and other information:
 */

struct ColorTable {
    ColorTableId id;		/* Information used in selecting this color
				 * table. */




    int	flags;			/* See below. */


    int	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    int liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */

    int	numColors;		/* Number of colors allocated for this map. */

    XVisualInfo	visualInfo;	/* Information about the visual for windows
				 * using this color table. */

    pixel redValues[256];	/* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
				 * pixel value or index in pixelMap. */







>
>
>
>

>
>
|
|

>







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
 * structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
 * and other information:
 */

struct ColorTable {
    ColorTableId id;		/* Information used in selecting this color
				 * table. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    size_t liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */
    int	flags;			/* See below. */
#else
    int	flags;			/* See below. */
    unsigned int	refCount;		/* Number of instances using this map. */
    unsigned int liveRefCount;		/* Number of instances which are actually in
				 * use, using this map. */
#endif
    int	numColors;		/* Number of colors allocated for this map. */

    XVisualInfo	visualInfo;	/* Information about the visual for windows
				 * using this color table. */

    pixel redValues[256];	/* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
				 * pixel value or index in pixelMap. */
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204



205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */

    int refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */



    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */







>
|
>
>
>







204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
#else
    unsigned int refCount;	/* Number of instances using this structure. */
#endif
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */

Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.

95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
    int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
	    const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
    CONST86 char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
    void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
    int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}







|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
	    Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
    int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
	    const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
    const char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
    void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
    int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
	    TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
    void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
    CONST86 char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
    int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
    double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}







|







178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
	    TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
    void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
    const char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
    int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
    double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
    int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    CONST86 char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
    void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
    Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    const char *dbName, const char *className)







|







385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
    int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
    const char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
    void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
    Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
	    const char *dbName, const char *className)
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
    int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
    CONST86 char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
    int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
    CONST86 char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
    int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
    CONST86 char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
    int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
    CONST86 char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
    int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
    CONST86 char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
    CONST86 char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}

# Angled text API, exposed for Emiliano Gavilán's RBC work.
declare 181 {
    void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar,







|







|







|







|







|







|







566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945].
declare 169 {
    int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
    const char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
    int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
    const char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
    int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
    const char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
    int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
    const char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
    int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
    const char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
    const char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
	    char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}

# Angled text API, exposed for Emiliano Gavilán's RBC work.
declare 181 {
    void TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar,
630
631
632
633
634
635
636







637
638
639
640
641
642
643
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}








##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}

# Debugging / testing functions for photo images
declare 185 {
    int TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data,
            Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}


##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986

987
988

989
990
991
992
993
994
995
}
declare 38 aqua {
    int TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor)
}
declare 39 aqua {
    void TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid)
}
declare 40 aqua {

    void TkSuspendClipboard(void)
}

declare 41 aqua {
    int TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(void *whichWindow, short zoomPart)
}
declare 42 aqua {
    Tk_Window Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY,
	    int *newX, int *newY)
}







<
>
|
<
>







986
987
988
989
990
991
992

993
994

995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
}
declare 38 aqua {
    int TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor)
}
declare 39 aqua {
    void TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid)
}

#
# Slot 40 unused (WAS: TkSuspendClipboard)

#
declare 41 aqua {
    int TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(void *whichWindow, short zoomPart)
}
declare 42 aqua {
    Tk_Window Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY,
	    int *newX, int *newY)
}
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446






















































1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
declare 106 win {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}

# New in Tk 8.6
declare 107 win {
   int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 win {
   int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 win {
   int XUngrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 110 win {
   int XFree(void *data)
}
declare 111 win {
   int XNoOp(Display *display)
}
declare 112 win {
   XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff)
}
declare 113 win {
   int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
   VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)






















































}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,







|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
declare 106 win {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}

# New in Tk 8.6
declare 107 win {
    int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 win {
    int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 win {
    int XUngrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 110 win {
    int XFree(void *data)
}
declare 111 win {
    int XNoOp(Display *display)
}
declare 112 win {
    XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff)
}
declare 113 win {
    int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
    VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
}

# For tktreectrl
declare 120 win {
    int XOffsetRegion(Region rgn, int dx, int dy)
}
declare 121 win {
    int XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return)
}

# For 3dcanvas
declare 122 win {
    Window XCreateWindow(Display *display, Window parent, int x, int y,
	    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
	    unsigned int border_width, int depth, unsigned int clazz,
	    Visual *visual, unsigned long value_mask,
	    XSetWindowAttributes *attributes)
}

# Various, e.g. for stub-enabled BLT
declare 129 win {
    int XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 130 win {
    int XFillArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n)
}
declare 131 win {
    int XDrawArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n)
}
declare 132 win {
    int XDrawRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n)
}
declare 133 win {
    int XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n)
}
declare 134 win {
    int XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 135 win {
    int XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m)
}
declare 136 win {
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
declare 138 win {
    Region XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule)
}
declare 139 win {
    int XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y)
}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
	    XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
    Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
	    XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
    void XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
    void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
    int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
	    int x2, int y2)
}
declare 83 aqua {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
    void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
    void XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
    void XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
	    int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
    int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
	    int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
	    unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}







|

















|


|







1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
	    XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
    Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
	    XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
    int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
    void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
    int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
	    int x2, int y2)
}
declare 83 aqua {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
    void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
    int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
    int XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
	    int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
    int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
	    int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
	    unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}

Changes to generic/tkInt.h.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */

#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#    include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#    include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER







<







21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34

/*
 * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correctly:
 * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on
 * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures).
 */


#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#    include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#    include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
55
56
57
58
59
60
61








62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85














86
87
88
89
90
91
92
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif









/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p))
#   endif
#endif















/*
 * Opaque type declarations:
 */

typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|


|





|


|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((long)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned long)(p))
#   endif
#endif

#ifndef TCL_AUTO_LENGTH
#   define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH (-1)
#endif

#ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER
#   if defined(_WIN64)
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"I"
#   elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32)
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	""
#   endif
#endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */

/*
 * Opaque type declarations:
 */

typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
 * specific cursor files.
 */

typedef struct TkCursor {
    Tk_Cursor cursor;		/* System specific identifier for cursor. */
    Display *display;		/* Display containing cursor. Needed for
				 * disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
    int resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
				 * this count is 0, then this structure is no
				 * longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
				 * table: it is being kept around only because
				 * there are objects referring to it. The
				 * structure is freed when resourceRefCount
				 * and objRefCount are both 0. */
    int objRefCount;		/* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
				 * structure.. */
    Tcl_HashTable *otherTable;	/* Second table (other than idTable) used to
				 * index this entry. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Entry in otherTable for this structure
				 * (needed when deleting). */
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;	/* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
				 * when deleting). */







|








|







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * specific cursor files.
 */

typedef struct TkCursor {
    Tk_Cursor cursor;		/* System specific identifier for cursor. */
    Display *display;		/* Display containing cursor. Needed for
				 * disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
    TkSizeT resourceRefCount;	/* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
				 * active use corresponds to a call to
				 * Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
				 * this count is 0, then this structure is no
				 * longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
				 * table: it is being kept around only because
				 * there are objects referring to it. The
				 * structure is freed when resourceRefCount
				 * and objRefCount are both 0. */
    TkSizeT objRefCount;		/* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
				 * structure.. */
    Tcl_HashTable *otherTable;	/* Second table (other than idTable) used to
				 * index this entry. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;	/* Entry in otherTable for this structure
				 * (needed when deleting). */
    Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;	/* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
				 * when deleting). */
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
     * Information used by tkError.c only:
     */

    struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
				/* First in list of error handlers for this
				 * display. NULL means no handlers exist at
				 * present. */
    int deleteCount;		/* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
				 * time inactive handlers were garbage-
				 * collected. When this number gets big,
				 * handlers get cleaned up. */

    /*
     * Used by tkEvent.c only:
     */







|







283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
     * Information used by tkError.c only:
     */

    struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
				/* First in list of error handlers for this
				 * display. NULL means no handlers exist at
				 * present. */
    TkSizeT deleteCount;		/* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
				 * time inactive handlers were garbage-
				 * collected. When this number gets big,
				 * handlers get cleaned up. */

    /*
     * Used by tkEvent.c only:
     */
419
420
421
422
423
424
425

426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    Atom timestampAtom;		/* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
    Atom textAtom;		/* Atom for TEXT. */
    Atom compoundTextAtom;	/* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
    Atom applicationAtom;	/* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
    Atom windowAtom;		/* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
    Atom clipboardAtom;		/* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
    Atom utf8Atom;		/* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */


    Tk_Window clipWindow;	/* Window used for clipboard ownership and to
				 * retrieve selections between processes. NULL
				 * means clipboard info hasn't been
				 * initialized. */
    int clipboardActive;	/* 1 means we currently own the clipboard
				 * selection, 0 means we don't. */







>







440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    Atom timestampAtom;		/* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
    Atom textAtom;		/* Atom for TEXT. */
    Atom compoundTextAtom;	/* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
    Atom applicationAtom;	/* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
    Atom windowAtom;		/* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
    Atom clipboardAtom;		/* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
    Atom utf8Atom;		/* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */
    Atom atomPairAtom;          /* Atom for ATOM_PAIR. */

    Tk_Window clipWindow;	/* Window used for clipboard ownership and to
				 * retrieve selections between processes. NULL
				 * means clipboard info hasn't been
				 * initialized. */
    int clipboardActive;	/* 1 means we currently own the clipboard
				 * selection, 0 means we don't. */
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    int refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */







|







496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */
504
505
506
507
508
509
510



511
512
513
514
515
516
517
    unsigned int flags;		/* Various flag values: these are all defined
				 * in below. */
    TkCaret caret;		/* Information about the caret for this
				 * display. This is not a pointer. */

    int iconDataSize;		/* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
    unsigned char *iconDataPtr;	/* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */



} TkDisplay;

/*
 * Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
 *  TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS:	(default on)
 *	Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
 *  TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM:			(default on, set via tk.tcl)







>
>
>







526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
    unsigned int flags;		/* Various flag values: these are all defined
				 * in below. */
    TkCaret caret;		/* Information about the caret for this
				 * display. This is not a pointer. */

    int iconDataSize;		/* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
    unsigned char *iconDataPtr;	/* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} TkDisplay;

/*
 * Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
 *  TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS:	(default on)
 *	Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
 *  TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM:			(default on, set via tk.tcl)
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592

593



594
595
596
597
598
599
600
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    int refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
    Tcl_HashTable nameTable;	/* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
				 * structs for all windows related to this
				 * main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */

    long deletionEpoch;		/* Incremented by window deletions. */



    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
				 * bind events to Tcl commands. */
    TkBindInfo bindInfo;	/* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
				 * application basis. */
    struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
				/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per







|










>
|
>
>
>







600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
    Tcl_HashTable nameTable;	/* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
				 * structs for all windows related to this
				 * main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t deletionEpoch;		/* Incremented by window deletions. */
#else
    long deletionEpoch;
#endif
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
				 * bind events to Tcl commands. */
    TkBindInfo bindInfo;	/* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
				 * application basis. */
    struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
				/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per
805
806
807
808
809
810
811



812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838





839
840
841
842
843
844
845
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */
    char *geometryMaster;



} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

typedef struct {
    XKeyEvent keyEvent;		/* The real event from X11. */
    char *charValuePtr;		/* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
				 * %A substitution text (before backslash
				 * adding), or NULL if that has not been
				 * computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
				 * allocated with ckalloc(). */
    int charValueLen;		/* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
				 * is non-NULL. */
    KeySym keysym;		/* Key symbol computed after input methods
				 * have been invoked */
} TkKeyEvent;

/*
 * Flags passed to TkpMakeMenuWindow's 'transient' argument.
 */

#define TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF	0	/* Only non-transient case. */
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP	1
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN	2






/*
 * The following structure is used with TkMakeEnsemble to create ensemble
 * commands and optionally to create sub-ensembles.
 */

typedef struct TkEnsemble {







>
>
>








|
|




|












>
>
>
>
>







834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */
    char *geometryMaster;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

typedef struct {
    XKeyEvent keyEvent;	/* The real event from X11. */
    char *charValuePtr;	/* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
				 * %A substitution text (before backslash
				 * adding), or NULL if that has not been
				 * computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
				 * allocated with ckalloc(). */
    TkSizeT charValueLen;	/* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
				 * is non-NULL. */
    KeySym keysym;		/* Key symbol computed after input methods
				 * have been invoked */
} TkKeyEvent;

/*
 * Flags passed to TkpMakeMenuWindow's 'transient' argument.
 */

#define TK_MAKE_MENU_TEAROFF	0	/* Only non-transient case. */
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_POPUP	1
#define TK_MAKE_MENU_DROPDOWN	2

/* See TIP #494 */
#ifndef TCL_IO_FAILURE
#   define TCL_IO_FAILURE (-1)
#endif

/*
 * The following structure is used with TkMakeEnsemble to create ensemble
 * commands and optionally to create sub-ensembles.
 */

typedef struct TkEnsemble {
935
936
937
938
939
940
941

942
943
944
945
946
947
948
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];







>







972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219

1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234















1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
			    int rangeLength, int maxLength, int flags,
			    int *lengthPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display,
			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y,
			    int firstByte, int lastByte);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    Tcl_UniChar c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpShowBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpHideBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Window parent);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCreateBusy(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, Tk_Window tkRef,
			    Window *parentPtr, Tk_Window tkParent,
			    TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin,
			    const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TkMakeEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *nsname, const char *name,
			    ClientData clientData, const TkEnsemble *map);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitTkCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkListCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listObj,
			    int toplevel, Tcl_Obj *nameObj);

#ifdef _WIN32
#define TkParseColor XParseColor
#else
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif
















/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);







|




















>















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
			    int rangeLength, int maxLength, int flags,
			    int *lengthPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display,
			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y,
			    int firstByte, int lastByte);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont,
			    int c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TkNewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpShowBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpHideBusyWindow(TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Window parent);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCreateBusy(Tk_FakeWin *winPtr, Tk_Window tkRef,
			    Window *parentPtr, Tk_Window tkParent,
			    TkBusy busy);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin,
			    const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TkMakeEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *nsname, const char *name,
			    ClientData clientData, const TkEnsemble *map);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitTkCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpWarpPointer(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkpCancelWarp(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkListCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listObj,
			    int toplevel, Tcl_Obj *nameObj);

#ifdef _WIN32
#define TkParseColor XParseColor
#else
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#   define TkUtfToUniChar (size_t)Tcl_UtfToUniChar
#   define TkUniCharToUtf (size_t)Tcl_UniCharToUtf
#else
    MODULE_SCOPE size_t TkUtfToUniChar(const char *, int *);
    MODULE_SCOPE size_t TkUniCharToUtf(int, char *);
#endif

#define TkGetStringFromObj(objPtr, lenPtr) \
	(((objPtr)->bytes ? 0 : Tcl_GetString(objPtr)), \
	*(lenPtr) = (objPtr)->length, (objPtr)->bytes)

MODULE_SCOPE unsigned char *TkGetByteArrayFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	size_t *lengthPtr);

/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

Changes to generic/tkIntDecls.h.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
				int numPoints, Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				const char *strKey);
/* 22 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				int numKey);
/* 23 */
EXTERN void		TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 24 */
EXTERN int		TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
				XEvent *eventPtr);
/* 25 */







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
				int numPoints, Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				const char *strKey);
/* 22 */
EXTERN const char *	TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr,
				int numKey);
/* 23 */
EXTERN void		TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
/* 24 */
EXTERN int		TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
				XEvent *eventPtr);
/* 25 */
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
/* 44 */
EXTERN void		TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr,
				TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType,
				int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position);
/* 45 */
EXTERN void		TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 46 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym);
/* 47 */
EXTERN int		TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double rectPtr[]);
/* 48 */
EXTERN double		TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double pointPtr[]);
/* 49 */







|







163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
/* 44 */
EXTERN void		TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr,
				TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType,
				int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position);
/* 45 */
EXTERN void		TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 46 */
EXTERN const char *	TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym);
/* 47 */
EXTERN int		TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double rectPtr[]);
/* 48 */
EXTERN double		TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
				double pointPtr[]);
/* 49 */
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
/* 107 */
EXTERN TkMainInfo *	TkGetMainInfoList(void);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				Tk_Window *windowPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN void		TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont);
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *dbName, const char *className);
/* 112 */







|







320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
/* 107 */
EXTERN TkMainInfo *	TkGetMainInfoList(void);
/* 108 */
EXTERN int		TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				Tk_Window *windowPtr);
/* 109 */
EXTERN const char *	TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 110 */
EXTERN void		TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont);
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *dbName, const char *className);
/* 112 */
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
				int y, int height, int baseline,
				Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY);
/* 169 */
EXTERN int		TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 170 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 171 */
EXTERN int		TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 172 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 173 */
EXTERN int		TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 174 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 175 */
EXTERN int		TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 176 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 178 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 180 */
EXTERN CONST86 char *	TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 181 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc,
				Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
				double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar);







|







|







|







|







|







|







484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
				int y, int height, int baseline,
				Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY);
/* 169 */
EXTERN int		TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 170 */
EXTERN const char *	TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 171 */
EXTERN int		TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 172 */
EXTERN const char *	TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 173 */
EXTERN int		TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 174 */
EXTERN const char *	TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 175 */
EXTERN int		TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 176 */
EXTERN const char *	TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 178 */
EXTERN const char *	TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
/* 180 */
EXTERN const char *	TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
				Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
				Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
/* 181 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledTextLayout(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc,
				Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
				double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar);
546
547
548
549
550
551
552




553
554
555
556
557
558
559
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);





typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */







>
>
>
>







546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);
/* 185 */
EXTERN int		TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter,
				Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
    Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
    void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
    void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
    void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
    void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
    void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
    int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkFindStateString) (const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
    void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
    int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
    TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
    void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
    void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
    void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
    void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */







|







577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
    Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
    void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
    void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
    void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
    void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
    void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
    int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey); /* 21 */
    const char * (*tkFindStateString) (const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
    void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
    int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
    TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
    void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
    void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
    void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
    void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
    void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
    void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
    void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
    int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
    void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
    void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
    void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
    int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
    double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
    int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
    void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
    void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
    void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
    int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */







|







601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
    void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
    void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
    void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
    int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
    void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
    void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
    void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
    const char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
    int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
    double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
    int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
    void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
    void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
    void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
    int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
    int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
    Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
    TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
    TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
    int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
    void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */
    void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
    void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
    TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
    void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
    void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */







|







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 103 */
    int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
    Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
    TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
    TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
    int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
    const char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
    void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *dbName, const char *className); /* 111 */
    void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
    void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
    TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
    void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
    void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
    int (*tkTextPrintIndex) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 163 */
    struct TkTextSegment * (*tkTextSetMark) (struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 164 */
    int (*tkTextXviewCmd) (struct TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 165 */
    void (*tkTextChanged) (struct TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const struct TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); /* 166 */
    int (*tkBTreeNumLines) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr); /* 167 */
    void (*tkTextInsertDisplayProc) (struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 168 */
    int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
    int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
    int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
    int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */

} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif







|

|

|

|

|

|




>







752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
    int (*tkTextPrintIndex) (const struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); /* 163 */
    struct TkTextSegment * (*tkTextSetMark) (struct TkText *textPtr, const char *name, struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* 164 */
    int (*tkTextXviewCmd) (struct TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 165 */
    void (*tkTextChanged) (struct TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, struct TkText *textPtr, const struct TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const struct TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); /* 166 */
    int (*tkBTreeNumLines) (TkTextBTree tree, const struct TkText *textPtr); /* 167 */
    void (*tkTextInsertDisplayProc) (struct TkText *textPtr, struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); /* 168 */
    int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
    const char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
    const char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
    int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
    const char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
    int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
    const char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
    int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
    const char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    const char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
    int (*tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) (Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 185 */
} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141


1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */



#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT







>
>







1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */
#define TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) /* 185 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.

220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
/* 37 */
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXWindowOffset(void *wRef, int *xOffset,
				int *yOffset);
/* 38 */
EXTERN int		TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor);
/* 39 */
EXTERN void		TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid);
/* 40 */
EXTERN void		TkSuspendClipboard(void);
/* 41 */
EXTERN int		TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(void *whichWindow,
				short zoomPart);
/* 42 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX,
				int rootY, int *newX, int *newY);
/* 43 */







|
<







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227

228
229
230
231
232
233
234
/* 37 */
EXTERN void		TkMacOSXWindowOffset(void *wRef, int *xOffset,
				int *yOffset);
/* 38 */
EXTERN int		TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor);
/* 39 */
EXTERN void		TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid);
/* Slot 40 is reserved */

/* 41 */
EXTERN int		TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(void *whichWindow,
				short zoomPart);
/* 42 */
EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX,
				int rootY, int *newX, int *newY);
/* 43 */
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
    void (*tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) (void *portPtr); /* 33 */
    int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
    TkRegion (*tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 35 */
    void (*tkMacOSXWinBounds) (TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry); /* 36 */
    void (*tkMacOSXWindowOffset) (void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset); /* 37 */
    int (*tkSetMacColor) (unsigned long pixel, void *macColor); /* 38 */
    void (*tkSetWMName) (TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid); /* 39 */
    void (*tkSuspendClipboard) (void); /* 40 */
    int (*tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) (void *whichWindow, short zoomPart); /* 41 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
    void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
    int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */
    Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */







|







379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
    void (*tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) (void *portPtr); /* 33 */
    int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
    TkRegion (*tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 35 */
    void (*tkMacOSXWinBounds) (TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry); /* 36 */
    void (*tkMacOSXWindowOffset) (void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset); /* 37 */
    int (*tkSetMacColor) (unsigned long pixel, void *macColor); /* 38 */
    void (*tkSetWMName) (TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid); /* 39 */
    void (*reserved40)(void);
    int (*tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) (void *whichWindow, short zoomPart); /* 41 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
    MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
    void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
    int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (void *window); /* 46 */
    Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWinBounds) /* 36 */
#define TkMacOSXWindowOffset \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWindowOffset) /* 37 */
#define TkSetMacColor \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetMacColor) /* 38 */
#define TkSetWMName \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetWMName) /* 39 */
#define TkSuspendClipboard \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSuspendClipboard) /* 40 */
#define TkMacOSXZoomToplevel \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) /* 41 */
#define Tk_TopCoordsToWindow \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tk_TopCoordsToWindow) /* 42 */
#define TkMacOSXContainerId \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXContainerId) /* 43 */
#define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel \







|
<







594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601

602
603
604
605
606
607
608
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWinBounds) /* 36 */
#define TkMacOSXWindowOffset \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWindowOffset) /* 37 */
#define TkSetMacColor \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetMacColor) /* 38 */
#define TkSetWMName \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetWMName) /* 39 */
/* Slot 40 is reserved */

#define TkMacOSXZoomToplevel \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) /* 41 */
#define Tk_TopCoordsToWindow \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tk_TopCoordsToWindow) /* 42 */
#define TkMacOSXContainerId \
	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXContainerId) /* 43 */
#define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel \
662
663
664
665
666
667
668



669
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT




#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */







>
>
>

660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef TkWinGetPlatformId
#define TkWinGetPlatformId() (2) /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT */

#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25








26


27
28
29
30




31
32
33
34
35
36
37
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif









#include "X11/Xutil.h"



#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT




#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>


|
|
>
>
>
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#  undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#else
#  ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#    define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#  endif
#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
352
353
354
355
356
357
358























































359
360
361
362
363
364
365
EXTERN int		XNoOp(Display *display);
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction	XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
/* 113 */
EXTERN int		XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID		XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);























































#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
EXTERN int		XNoOp(Display *display);
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction	XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
/* 113 */
EXTERN int		XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID		XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* 120 */
EXTERN int		XOffsetRegion(Region rgn, int dx, int dy);
/* 121 */
EXTERN int		XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb,
				Region dr_return);
/* 122 */
EXTERN Window		XCreateWindow(Display *display, Window parent, int x,
				int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height,
				unsigned int border_width, int depth,
				unsigned int clazz, Visual *visual,
				unsigned long value_mask,
				XSetWindowAttributes *attributes);
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* 129 */
EXTERN int		XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 130 */
EXTERN int		XFillArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a,
				int n);
/* 131 */
EXTERN int		XDrawArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a,
				int n);
/* 132 */
EXTERN int		XDrawRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XRectangle *r, int n);
/* 133 */
EXTERN int		XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XSegment *s, int n);
/* 134 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x,
				int y);
/* 135 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XPoint *p, int n, int m);
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/* 138 */
EXTERN Region		XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule);
/* 139 */
EXTERN int		XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
/* 78 */
EXTERN void		XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
				XTextProperty *text_prop);
/* 79 */
EXTERN Status		XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
				XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
/* 80 */
EXTERN void		XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XSegment *segments, int nsegments);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
				int y1, int x2, int y2);
/* 83 */
EXTERN int		XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height);
/* 84 */
EXTERN void		XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 85 */
EXTERN void		XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y);
/* 86 */
EXTERN void		XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode);
/* 87 */
EXTERN int		XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w,
				Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y,
				unsigned int src_width,
				unsigned int src_height, int dest_x,
				int dest_y);







|













|


|







649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
/* 78 */
EXTERN void		XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
				XTextProperty *text_prop);
/* 79 */
EXTERN Status		XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
				XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
/* 80 */
EXTERN int		XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XSegment *segments, int nsegments);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
				int y1, int x2, int y2);
/* 83 */
EXTERN int		XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height);
/* 84 */
EXTERN void		XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 85 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y);
/* 86 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode);
/* 87 */
EXTERN int		XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w,
				Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y,
				unsigned int src_width,
				unsigned int src_height, int dest_x,
				int dest_y);
738
739
740
741
742
743
744

























745
746
747
748
749
750
751
    int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
    int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
    int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */
    int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
    XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 113 */
    VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */

























#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
    int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
    int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
    int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */
    int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
    XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 113 */
    VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */
    void (*reserved115)(void);
    void (*reserved116)(void);
    void (*reserved117)(void);
    void (*reserved118)(void);
    void (*reserved119)(void);
    int (*xOffsetRegion) (Region rgn, int dx, int dy); /* 120 */
    int (*xUnionRegion) (Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return); /* 121 */
    Window (*xCreateWindow) (Display *display, Window parent, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height, unsigned int border_width, int depth, unsigned int clazz, Visual *visual, unsigned long value_mask, XSetWindowAttributes *attributes); /* 122 */
    void (*reserved123)(void);
    void (*reserved124)(void);
    void (*reserved125)(void);
    void (*reserved126)(void);
    void (*reserved127)(void);
    void (*reserved128)(void);
    int (*xLowerWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 129 */
    int (*xFillArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 130 */
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
    Region (*xPolygonRegion) (XPoint *pts, int n, int rule); /* 138 */
    int (*xPointInRegion) (Region rgn, int x, int y); /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
    int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */
    int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */
    int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */
    XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */
    XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */
    void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */
    Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */
    void (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */
    void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */
    int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */
    int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */
    void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */
    void (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
    void (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
    int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
    void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
    void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
    Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool flag); /* 91 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;







|




|
|







914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
    int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */
    int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */
    int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */
    XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */
    XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */
    void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */
    Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */
    void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */
    int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */
    int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */
    void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
    int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
    void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
    void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
    Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool flag); /* 91 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083







































1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */
#define XSynchronize \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */
#define XSync \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 113 */
#define XVisualIDFromVisual \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */







































#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */
#define XSynchronize \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */
#define XSync \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 113 */
#define XVisualIDFromVisual \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
#define XOffsetRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xOffsetRegion) /* 120 */
#define XUnionRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUnionRegion) /* 121 */
#define XCreateWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateWindow) /* 122 */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
#define XLowerWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xLowerWindow) /* 129 */
#define XFillArcs \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillArcs) /* 130 */
#define XDrawArcs \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawArcs) /* 131 */
#define XDrawRectangles \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawRectangles) /* 132 */
#define XDrawSegments \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawSegments) /* 133 */
#define XDrawPoint \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */
#define XPolygonRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPolygonRegion) /* 138 */
#define XPointInRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPointInRegion) /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \

Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;







|
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif

typedef struct {
    Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
    Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)listPtr,
	    optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);







|







563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
    Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ListboxEventProc, listPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    ListboxFetchSelection, listPtr, XA_STRING);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, listPtr,
	    optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|











|







678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, listPtr,
		listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	result = TCL_OK;
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LISTBOX", "ITEM_INDEX", NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) attrPtr,
		    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|







922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LISTBOX", "ITEM_INDEX", NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}

	attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
	if (objc <= 4) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, attrPtr,
		    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		break;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105

1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
    /*
     * Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
     */

    if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
	Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
	const char *stringRep;
	int pixelWidth, stringLen, x, y, result;

	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	/*
	 * Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
	 */

	result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    return result;
	}

	stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)







|
>











|







1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
    /*
     * Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
     */

    if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
	Tcl_Obj *el, *results[4];
	const char *stringRep;
	int pixelWidth, x, y, result;
	size_t stringLen;
	Tk_FontMetrics fm;

	/*
	 * Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
	 */

	result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    return result;
	}

	stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
        } else if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT) {
            x = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth)
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
    entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
    if (isNew) {
	attrs = ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
	attrs->border = NULL;
	attrs->selBorder = NULL;
	attrs->fgColor = NULL;
	attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		listPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, attrs);
    } else {
	attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
    }
    return attrs;
}







|







1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
    entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, KEY(index), &isNew);
    if (isNew) {
	attrs = ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
	attrs->border = NULL;
	attrs->selBorder = NULL;
	attrs->fgColor = NULL;
	attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
		listPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, attrs);
    } else {
	attrs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
    }
    return attrs;
}
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = listPtr->exportSelection;
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|












|







1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
    int oldExport, error;

    oldExport = (listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp));
    if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ListboxListVarProc, listPtr);
    }

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, listPtr,
		    listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613

1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && !oldExport

		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.







|


|
>







1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
	if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;

	/*
	 * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
	 * there is a selection to export and this interp is unsafe.
	 */

	if (listPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
		&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
		&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
	    Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		    ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
	}

	/*
	 * Verify the current status of the list var.
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
    ItemAttr *attrs,		/* Information about the item to configure */
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
    int index)			/* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)attrs,
	    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
	    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);








|







1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
    ItemAttr *attrs,		/* Information about the item to configure */
    int objc,			/* Number of valid entries in argv. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments. */
    int index)			/* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, attrs,
	    listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
	    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842

1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
static void
DisplayListbox(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
    GC gc;
    int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC, stringLen;

    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
    const char *stringRep;
    ItemAttr *attrs;
    Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
    XGCValues gcValues;







|
>







1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
static void
DisplayListbox(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
    GC gc;
    int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC;
    size_t stringLen;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
    const char *stringRep;
    ItemAttr *attrs;
    Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
    XGCValues gcValues;
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
	}

	/*
	 * Draw the actual text of this item.
	 */

        Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
        stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
        textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;







|







2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
	}

	/*
	 * Draw the actual text of this item.
	 */

        Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
        stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
        textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);

	Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;

        if (listPtr->justify == TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT) {
            x = (listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth) - listPtr->xOffset;
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238

2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
				 * longer be up-to-date and must be
				 * recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
				 * must be 1. */
    int updateGrid)		/* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
				 * Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
				 * window. */
{
    int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, textLength, i, result;

    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *element;
    const char *text;

    if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
	listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
	    listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
	}
	listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    /*
	     * Compute the pixel width of the current element.
	     */

	    result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &element);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	    text = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
	    if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
		listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	    }
	}
    }







|
>




















|







2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
				 * longer be up-to-date and must be
				 * recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
				 * must be 1. */
    int updateGrid)		/* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
				 * Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
				 * window. */
{
    int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, i, result;
    size_t textLength;
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
    Tcl_Obj *element;
    const char *text;

    if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
	listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
	    listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
	}
	listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	    /*
	     * Compute the pixel width of the current element.
	     */

	    result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &element);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	    text = TkGetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
	    if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
		listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	    }
	}
    }
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325

2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this
				 * element. */
    int objc,			/* Number of new elements to add. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* New elements (one per entry). */
{
    int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result, length;

    Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
    const char *stringRep;

    oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
    for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
	 * if so, update our notion of "widest."
	 */

	stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
	    listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	}
    }

    /*







|
>










|







2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
    int index,			/* Add the new elements before this
				 * element. */
    int objc,			/* Number of new elements to add. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* New elements (one per entry). */
{
    int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result;
    size_t length;
    Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
    const char *stringRep;

    oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
    for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
	/*
	 * Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
	 * if so, update our notion of "widest."
	 */

	stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
	    listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
	}
    }

    /*
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439

2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446

static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox widget to modify. */
    int first,			/* Index of first element to delete. */
    int last)			/* Index of last element to delete. */
{
    int count, i, widthChanged, length, result, pixelWidth;

    Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
     * and make sure there's something to delete.







|
>







2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452

static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
    register Listbox *listPtr,	/* Listbox widget to modify. */
    int first,			/* Index of first element to delete. */
    int last)			/* Index of last element to delete. */
{
    int count, i, widthChanged, result, pixelWidth;
    size_t length;
    Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
     * and make sure there's something to delete.
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
	 * Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
	 * has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
	 */

	if (widthChanged == 0) {
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
	    stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &length);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	    if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
		widthChanged = 1;
	    }
	}
    }








|







2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
	 * Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
	 * has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
	 * element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width.
	 */

	if (widthChanged == 0) {
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
	    stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(element, &length);
	    pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
	    if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
		widthChanged = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082

3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && listPtr->exportSelection) {

	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|
>







3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
	}
    }

    if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
	EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
    }
    if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
	    && (listPtr->exportSelection)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
		ListboxLostSelection, listPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123

3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164

3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
    char *buffer,		/* Location in which to place selection. */
    int maxBytes)		/* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
				 * not including terminating NULL
				 * character. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;

    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if (!listPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */

    needNewline = 0;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&selection);
    for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
	if (entry != NULL) {
	    if (needNewline) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &curElement);
	    stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
	    needNewline = 1;
	}
    }

    length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
    if (length == 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
     */

    count = length - offset;
    if (count <= 0) {
	count = 0;
    } else {

	if (count > maxBytes) {
	    count = maxBytes;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, (size_t) count);
    }
    buffer[count] = '\0';
    Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
    return count;
}

/*







|
>




|

















|














|
<


>



|







3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169

3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
    char *buffer,		/* Location in which to place selection. */
    int maxBytes)		/* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
				 * not including terminating NULL
				 * character. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_DString selection;
    int count, needNewline, i;
    size_t length, stringLen;
    Tcl_Obj *curElement;
    const char *stringRep;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    if ((!listPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
     */

    needNewline = 0;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&selection);
    for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
	entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, KEY(i));
	if (entry != NULL) {
	    if (needNewline) {
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
		    &curElement);
	    stringRep = TkGetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
	    needNewline = 1;
	}
    }

    length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
    if (length == 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
     */

    if (length <= (size_t)offset) {

	count = 0;
    } else {
	count = length - offset;
	if (count > maxBytes) {
	    count = maxBytes;
	}
	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, count);
    }
    buffer[count] = '\0';
    Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
    return count;
}

/*
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199

3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;

    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {

	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
>







3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215

static void
ListboxLostSelection(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about listbox widget. */
{
    register Listbox *listPtr = clientData;

    if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(listPtr->interp))
	    && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
	ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
        GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438













3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Not used. */
    const char *name2,		/* Not used. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;














    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {







|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ListboxListVarProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about button. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Listbox *listPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
    int oldLength, i;
    Tcl_HashEntry *entry;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (listPtr->listVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
	if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {

Changes to generic/tkMain.c.

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
#   else
#	define UNICODE
#	define _UNICODE
#   endif
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef NO_STDLIB_H
#   include "../compat/stdlib.h"
#else
#   include <stdlib.h>
#endif

extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

/*
 * The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it.
 */








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







26
27
28
29
30
31
32








33
34
35
36
37
38
39
#   else
#	define UNICODE
#	define _UNICODE
#   endif
#endif

#include "tkInt.h"









extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);

/*
 * The default prompt used when the user has not overridden it.
 */

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }








|







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }

231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238




239
240
241
242
243
244
245

    Tcl_InitMemory(interp);

    is.interp = interp;
    is.gotPartial = 0;
    Tcl_Preserve(interp);

#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)




    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
    if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
	TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript();
    }







|
>
>
>
>







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241

    Tcl_InitMemory(interp);

    is.interp = interp;
    is.gotPartial = 0;
    Tcl_Preserve(interp);

#if defined(_WIN32)
#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
    /* If compiled for Win32 but running on Cygwin, don't use console */
    if (!tclStubsPtr->reserved9)
#endif
    Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
    if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
	TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript();
    }
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423

424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
    /* ARGSUSED */
static void
StdinProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The state of interactive cmd line */
    int mask)			/* Not used. */
{
    char *cmd;
    int code, count;

    InteractiveState *isPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Channel chan = isPtr->input;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = isPtr->interp;

    count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line);

    if (count < 0 && !isPtr->gotPartial) {
	if (isPtr->tty) {
	    Tcl_Exit(0);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, isPtr);
	}
	return;
    }







|
>






|







412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
    /* ARGSUSED */
static void
StdinProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* The state of interactive cmd line */
    int mask)			/* Not used. */
{
    char *cmd;
    int code;
    size_t count;
    InteractiveState *isPtr = clientData;
    Tcl_Channel chan = isPtr->input;
    Tcl_Interp *interp = isPtr->interp;

    count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &isPtr->line);

    if (count == (size_t)-1 && !isPtr->gotPartial) {
	if (isPtr->tty) {
	    Tcl_Exit(0);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, isPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and







|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. They reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and
255
256
257
258
259
260
261



262
263
264
265
266
267
268
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
	"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},



    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},







>
>
>







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
	"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
	"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
	DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeReliefPtr),
	-1, 0, NULL, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
	DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
	(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-borderwidth", 0},
    {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
	NULL, 0, -1, 0, "-background", 0},
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
    TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);

    Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
    	Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }









|







464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
    TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);

    Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
	    TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, menuPtr,
	    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
    	Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
    case MENU_CGET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		menuPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_CLONE:
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
	    goto error;
	}
	result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
	break;
    case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);







|



















|









|







671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
    case MENU_CGET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, menuPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		menuPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
    }
    case MENU_CLONE:
	if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
	    goto error;
	}
	result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
	break;
    case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, menuPtr,
		    tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
		    menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;







|







775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
	    goto error;
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	Tcl_Release(mePtr);
	if (resultPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	break;
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 4) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }







|








|







801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
	}
	if (index < 0) {
	    goto done;
	}
	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
	Tcl_Preserve(mePtr);
	if (objc == 3) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 4) {
	    resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mePtr,
		    mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		result = TCL_OK;
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    }
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
    int result;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
		menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
		    cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);







|







1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
    int result;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
	    menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
	menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, menuListPtr,
		tsdPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
		menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
		    cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
		    cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
		Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
     * Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
     * strings, graphics contexts, etc.
     */

    if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->labelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
    }
    if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->accelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
    }

    /*
     * If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
     * menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
     * cascades have to be updated.
     */







|




|







1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
     * Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
     * strings, graphics contexts, etc.
     */

    if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->labelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)TkGetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
    }
    if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
	mePtr->accelLength = 0;
    } else {
	(void)TkGetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
    }

    /*
     * If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
     * menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
     * cascades have to be updated.
     */
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
    }

    result = TCL_OK;
    if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
		&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);







|







1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(menuPtr->interp, name, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, mePtr);
    }

    result = TCL_OK;
    if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
	if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, mePtr,
		mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
		&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
    mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
    mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
    mePtr->index = index;
    mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
    if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
	    mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	ckfree(mePtr);
	return NULL;
    }
    TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
    if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,







|







2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
    mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
    mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
    mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
    mePtr->index = index;
    mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
    if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, mePtr,
	    mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	ckfree(mePtr);
	return NULL;
    }
    TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
    if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
















2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
















    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
	 * Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
	 */

    	return NULL;
    }

    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;

    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) {
    	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MenuVarProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
     }

    name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMenu.h.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    int type;			/* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
				 * types. */
    struct TkMenu *menuPtr;	/* Menu with which this entry is
				 * associated. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Option table for this menu entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;		/* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
				 * no label). */
    int labelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
    int state;			/* State of button for display purposes:
				 * normal, active, or disabled. */
    int underline;		/* Value of -underline option: specifies index
				 * of character to underline (<0 means don't
				 * underline anything). */
    Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr;	/* Index of character to underline. */
    Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;		/* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or None.
				 * If not None then label is ignored. */
    Tcl_Obj *imagePtr;		/* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
				 * NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
				 * ignored. */
    Tk_Image image;		/* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
				 * none. */
    Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr;	/* Name of image to display when selected, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Image selectImage;	/* Image to display in entry when selected, or
				 * NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *accelPtr;		/* Accelerator string displayed at right of
				 * menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    int accelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL characters in
				 * accelerator. */
    int indicatorOn;		/* True means draw indicator, false means
				 * don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
				 * the entry is a radio or check button. */
    /*
     * Display attributes
     */







|



|
















|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    int type;			/* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
				 * types. */
    struct TkMenu *menuPtr;	/* Menu with which this entry is
				 * associated. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Option table for this menu entry. */
    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;		/* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
				 * no label). */
    TkSizeT labelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
    int state;			/* State of button for display purposes:
				 * normal, active, or disabled. */
    int underline;		/* Value of -underline option: specifies index
				 * of character to underline (-1 means don't
				 * underline anything). */
    Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr;	/* Index of character to underline. */
    Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;		/* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or None.
				 * If not None then label is ignored. */
    Tcl_Obj *imagePtr;		/* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
				 * NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
				 * ignored. */
    Tk_Image image;		/* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
				 * none. */
    Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr;	/* Name of image to display when selected, or
				 * NULL. */
    Tk_Image selectImage;	/* Image to display in entry when selected, or
				 * NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *accelPtr;		/* Accelerator string displayed at right of
				 * menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
				 * Malloc'ed. */
    TkSizeT accelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL characters in
				 * accelerator. */
    int indicatorOn;		/* True means draw indicator, false means
				 * don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
				 * the entry is a radio or check button. */
    /*
     * Display attributes
     */
378
379
380
381
382
383
384

385
386
387
388
389
390
391
				 * of options are in this structure. */
    Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
				 * this widget to be extended. */
    Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
				/* We actually have to allocate these because
				 * multiple menus get changed during one
				 * ConfigureMenu call. */

} TkMenu;

/*
 * When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
 * exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
 * particular menu.
 */







>







378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
				 * of options are in this structure. */
    Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
				 * this widget to be extended. */
    Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
				/* We actually have to allocate these because
				 * multiple menus get changed during one
				 * ConfigureMenu call. */
    Tcl_Obj *activeReliefPtr;	/* 3-d effect for active element. */
} TkMenu;

/*
 * When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
 * exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
 * particular menu.
 */

Changes to generic/tkMenuDraw.c.

620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
    register Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
    int index, strictMotif;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
    int width;
    int borderWidth;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    int activeBorderWidth;
    int relief;


    menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }

    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
	    &borderWidth);
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
	    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);

    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, borderWidth,
		borderWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }








<











<
<







620
621
622
623
624
625
626

627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637


638
639
640
641
642
643
644
    register Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
    int index, strictMotif;
    Tk_Font tkfont;
    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
    int width;
    int borderWidth;
    Tk_3DBorder border;

    int relief;


    menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	return;
    }

    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
	    &borderWidth);
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);



    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, borderWidth,
		borderWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }

664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
	if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
	    if (!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY)) {
		continue;
	    }
	}
	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;

	if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
	    width = mePtr->width;
	} else {
	    if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
		width = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) - mePtr->x
			- activeBorderWidth;
	    } else {
		width = mePtr->width + borderWidth;
	    }
	}
	TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin), tkfont,
		&menuMetrics, mePtr->x, mePtr->y, width,
		mePtr->height, strictMotif, 1);
	if ((index > 0) && (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR)
		&& mePtr->columnBreak) {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index - 1];
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border,
		mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height,
		mePtr->width,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height -
		activeBorderWidth, 0,
		TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	}
    }

    if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
	int x, y, height;

	if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
	    x = y = borderWidth;
	    width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	    height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	} else {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->numEntries - 1];
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
		border, mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height, mePtr->width,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height
		- activeBorderWidth, 0,
		TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	    x = mePtr->x + mePtr->width;
	    y = mePtr->y + mePtr->height;
	    width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - x - activeBorderWidth;
	    height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y - activeBorderWidth;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, x, y,
		width, height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }

    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->reliefPtr, &relief);
    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|





|
<
|
<
|








|
|




|
<
|


|
|







661
662
663
664
665
666
667










668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675

676

677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692

693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
	if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
	    if (!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY)) {
		continue;
	    }
	}
	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;











	TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin), tkfont,
		&menuMetrics, mePtr->x, mePtr->y, mePtr->width,
		mePtr->height, strictMotif, 1);
	if ((index > 0) && (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR)
		&& mePtr->columnBreak) {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index - 1];
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border,
		mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height, mePtr->width,

		Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height - borderWidth,

		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	}
    }

    if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
	int x, y, height;

	if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
	    x = y = borderWidth;
	    width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth;
	    height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth;
	} else {
	    mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->numEntries - 1];
	    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
		border, mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height, mePtr->width,
		Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height - borderWidth,

		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
	    x = mePtr->x + mePtr->width;
	    y = mePtr->y + mePtr->height;
	    width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - x - borderWidth;
	    height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y - borderWidth;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, x, y,
		width, height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }

    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->reliefPtr, &relief);
    Tk_Draw3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),

Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.

304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
    mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    mbPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
    mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    mbPtr->flags = 0;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    mbPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|









|







365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, mbPtr,
		mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;

    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    mbPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, mbPtr,
		    mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
		    mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
876
877
878
879
880
881
882













883
884
885
886
887
888
889
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;
    unsigned len;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (mbPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
 * managed by this file:
 */

typedef struct {







|
|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
 * managed by this file:
 */

typedef struct {
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
     * Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
     * created, the cached pointer will be returned.
     */

    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);

    msgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
    memset(msgPtr, 0, (size_t) sizeof(Message));

    /*
     * Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
     */

    msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
    msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);







|







238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
     * Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
     * created, the cached pointer will be returned.
     */

    optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);

    msgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
    memset(msgPtr, 0, sizeof(Message));

    /*
     * Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
     */

    msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
    msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    msgPtr->cursor = None;

    Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    msgPtr->cursor = None;

    Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
    Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    MessageEventProc, msgPtr);
    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case MESSAGE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;







|











|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case MESSAGE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, msgPtr,
		    msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
		    msgPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		result = TCL_OK;
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465

    if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
    }

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a







|







451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465

    if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, NULL,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr);
    }

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a
833
834
835
836
837
838
839













840
841
842
843
844
845
846
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register Message *msgPtr = clientData;
    const char *value;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (msgPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77



78
79
80
81
82
83
84
 * A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
 * NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
 */

typedef struct WindowRep {
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr;	/* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */

    long epoch;			/* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
				 * successful lookup. */



} WindowRep;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);







>
|

>
>
>







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
 * A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
 * NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
 */

typedef struct WindowRep {
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr;	/* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    size_t epoch;			/* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
				 * successful lookup. */
#else
    long epoch;
#endif
} WindowRep;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetPixelFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    SetMMFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetWindowFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *







|













|












|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *
149
150
151
152
153
154
155







156




157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {







	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("double");




	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("int");
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
	/* Smart initialization of doubleTypePtr/intTypePtr without
	 * hash-table lookup or creating complete Tcl_Obj's */
	Tcl_Obj obj;
	obj.length = 3;
	obj.bytes = (char *)"0.0";
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.doubleValue);
	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
	obj.bytes += 2;
	obj.length = 1;
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetLongFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.longValue);
	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676

static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)   /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
    MMRep *mmPtr;
    char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    register int len;

    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    /* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
    if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
    }

    Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, mmPtr->value, buffer);
    len = (int)strlen(buffer);

    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
    objPtr->length = len;
}

/*







|








|







668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691

static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr)   /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
    MMRep *mmPtr;
    char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    size_t len;

    mmPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    /* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
    if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
    }

    Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, mmPtr->value, buffer);
    len = strlen(buffer);

    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
    objPtr->length = len;
}

/*
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    WindowRep *winPtr;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    (void)Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    winPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WindowRep));
    winPtr->tkwin = NULL;







|







892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    WindowRep *winPtr;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    winPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WindowRep));
    winPtr->tkwin = NULL;
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structues used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)







|







1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
 *
 *	Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All instances of Tcl_ObjType structures used in Tk are registered with
 *	Tcl.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)

Changes to generic/tkOldConfig.c.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27




28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 *
 * INIT -		Non-zero means (char *) things have been converted to
 *			Tk_Uid's.
 */

#define INIT		0x20





/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value,
			    int valueIsUid, char *widgRec);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName,
			    int needFlags, int hateFlags);
static char *		FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec);
static const char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec,
			    char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs);
static void		DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);

/*







>
>
>
>






|




|

|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
 *
 * INIT -		Non-zero means (char *) things have been converted to
 *			Tk_Uid's.
 */

#define INIT		0x20

#ifndef TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static int		DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value,
			    int valueIsUid, void *widgRec);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName,
			    int needFlags, int hateFlags);
static char *		FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, void *widgRec);
static const char *	FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, void *widgRec,
			    char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static Tk_ConfigSpec *	GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs);
static void		DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);

/*
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing widget (needed to set up
				 * X resources). */
    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,	/* Specifier to apply. */
    Tk_Uid value,		/* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
    int valueIsUid,		/* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
				 * means it's an ordinary string. */
    char *widgRec)		/* Record whose fields are to be modified.
				 * Values must be properly initialized. */
{
    char *ptr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int nullValue;

    nullValue = 0;
    if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK)) {
	nullValue = 1;
    }

    do {
	ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
	switch (specPtr->type) {
	case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	    if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *) ptr) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_CONFIG_INT:







|


|









|







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window containing widget (needed to set up
				 * X resources). */
    Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,	/* Specifier to apply. */
    Tk_Uid value,		/* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
    int valueIsUid,		/* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
				 * means it's an ordinary string. */
    void *widgRec)		/* Record whose fields are to be modified.
				 * Values must be properly initialized. */
{
    void *ptr;
    Tk_Uid uid;
    int nullValue;

    nullValue = 0;
    if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK)) {
	nullValue = 1;
    }

    do {
	ptr = (char *)widgRec + specPtr->offset;
	switch (specPtr->type) {
	case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	    if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *) ptr) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    break;
	case TK_CONFIG_INT:
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
FormatConfigInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for things like
				 * floating-point precision. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    register const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
				/* Pointer to information describing
				 * option. */
    char *widgRec)		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
{
    const char *argv[6];
    char *result;
    char buffer[200];
    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;








|







689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
FormatConfigInfo(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for things like
				 * floating-point precision. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    register const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
				/* Pointer to information describing
				 * option. */
    void *widgRec)		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
{
    const char *argv[6];
    char *result;
    char buffer[200];
    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;

751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
				 * Must not point to a synonym option. */
    char *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
    char *buffer,		/* Static buffer to use for small values.
				 * Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)	/* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
				 * function to free the result, or NULL if
				 * result is static. */
{

    const char *ptr, *result;

    *freeProcPtr = NULL;
    ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
    result = "";
    switch (specPtr->type) {
    case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	if (*((int *) ptr) == 0) {
	    result = "0";
	} else {
	    result = "1";







|







>
|


|







755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781

static const char *
FormatConfigValue(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window corresponding to widget. */
    const Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
				 * Must not point to a synonym option. */
    void *widgRec,		/* Pointer to record holding current values of
				 * info for widget. */
    char *buffer,		/* Static buffer to use for small values.
				 * Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
    Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)	/* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
				 * function to free the result, or NULL if
				 * result is static. */
{
    void *ptr;
    const char *result;

    *freeProcPtr = NULL;
    ptr = (char *)widgRec + specPtr->offset;
    result = "";
    switch (specPtr->type) {
    case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
	if (*((int *) ptr) == 0) {
	    result = "0";
	} else {
	    result = "1";

Changes to generic/tkOldTest.c.

168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    }

    timPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageMaster));
    timPtr->master = master;
    timPtr->interp = interp;
    timPtr->width = 30;
    timPtr->height = 15;
    timPtr->imageName = ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(name) + 1));
    strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
    timPtr->varName = ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1));
    strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImageObjCmd, timPtr, NULL);
    *clientDataPtr = timPtr;
    Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
    return TCL_OK;
}








|

|







168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    }

    timPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TImageMaster));
    timPtr->master = master;
    timPtr->interp = interp;
    timPtr->width = 30;
    timPtr->height = 15;
    timPtr->imageName = ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
    strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
    timPtr->varName = ckalloc(strlen(varName) + 1);
    strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImageObjCmd, timPtr, NULL);
    *clientDataPtr = timPtr;
    Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
    return TCL_OK;
}


Changes to generic/tkOption.c.

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    TkWindow *winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
    register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
    register Element *elPtr;
    Element newEl;
    register const char *p;
    const char *field;
    int count, firstField;
    ptrdiff_t length;
#define TMP_SIZE 100
    char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
	OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);







|







256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    TkWindow *winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
    register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
    register Element *elPtr;
    Element newEl;
    register const char *p;
    const char *field;
    int count, firstField;
    size_t length;
#define TMP_SIZE 100
    char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
	OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
	while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
	    p++;
	}
	length = p - field;
	if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
	    length = TMP_SIZE;
	}
	strncpy(tmp, field, (size_t) length);
	tmp[length] = 0;
	newEl.nameUid = Tk_GetUid(tmp);
	if (isupper(UCHAR(*field))) {
	    newEl.flags |= CLASS;
	}

	if (*p != 0) {







|







307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
	while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
	    p++;
	}
	length = p - field;
	if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
	    length = TMP_SIZE;
	}
	strncpy(tmp, field, length);
	tmp[length] = 0;
	newEl.nameUid = Tk_GetUid(tmp);
	if (isupper(UCHAR(*field))) {
	    newEl.flags |= CLASS;
	}

	if (*p != 0) {
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084

1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
    int priority)		/* Priority level to use for options in this
				 * file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
    const char *realName;
    Tcl_Obj *buffer;
    int result, bufferSize;

    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tcl_DString newName;

    /*
     * Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
     */








|
>







1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
    int priority)		/* Priority level to use for options in this
				 * file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
				 * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
				 * TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
    const char *realName;
    Tcl_Obj *buffer;
    int result;
    size_t bufferSize;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tcl_DString newName;

    /*
     * Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
     */

1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
    bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
    if (bufferSize < 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
		fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);







|







1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    buffer = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(buffer);
    Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, chan, "-encoding", "utf-8");
    bufferSize = Tcl_ReadChars(chan, buffer, -1, 0);
    if (bufferSize == (size_t)-1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"error reading file \"%s\": %s",
		fileName, Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);

static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);

/*







>


>







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);

/*
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

202
203

204

205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",

	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {

	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,

	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
	}
    }
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {

	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);

	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {

    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







|

>


>

>

















>









>





>







195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
	}
    }
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }

    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}







>







301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }

    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;







>







463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------







>







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
    int borderTop, borderBtm;
    int borderLeft, borderRight;
    int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
     * just leave the master's size as-is, but signal the master with the
     * <<GeometryManager>> virtual event.
     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
        TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "GeometryManager", NULL);
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Abort any nested call to ArrangePacking for this window, since we'll do
     * everything necessary here, and set up so this call can be aborted if
     * necessary.







|
<
<





<







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613


614
615
616
617
618

619
620
621
622
623
624
625
    int borderTop, borderBtm;
    int borderLeft, borderRight;
    int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;

    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;

    /*
     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then leave the master's size as-is.


     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the master
     * so another geometry manager can take over.
     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {

	return;
    }

    /*
     * Abort any nested call to ArrangePacking for this window, since we'll do
     * everything necessary here, and set up so this call can be aborted if
     * necessary.
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093

1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */







>







1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177

1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
	packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
	packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
	packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
	packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetString(curOptPtr);
	    size_t length = curOptPtr->length;


	    c = curOpt[0];

	    if ((c == 't')
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
		packPtr->side = TOP;
	    } else if ((c == 'b')







<
|
>







1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184

1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
	packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
	packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
	packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
	packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];

	    size_t length;
	    const char *curOpt = TkGetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);

	    c = curOpt[0];

	    if ((c == 't')
		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "top", length)) == 0) {
		packPtr->side = TOP;
	    } else if ((c == 'b')
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313

1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.







>







1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366



1367
1368
1369
1370
1371

1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
    }

    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.



     */

    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;

    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>


|


>







1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
    }

    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
     * handling it and should mark it as free.
     *
     * Send the event "NoManagedChild" to the master to inform it about there
     * being no managed children inside it.
     */

    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
	TkSendVirtualEvent(masterPtr->tkwin, "NoManagedChild", NULL);
    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's
 * notion of anchor and fill.
 *
 * STICK_NORTH  	This window sticks to the top of its cavity.
 * STICK_EAST		This window sticks to the right edge of its cavity.







|
|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's
 * notion of anchor and fill.
 *
 * STICK_NORTH  	This window sticks to the top of its cavity.
 * STICK_EAST		This window sticks to the right edge of its cavity.
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
static void		RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr);
static void		AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth,
			    int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
			    int *slaveWidthPtr, int *slaveHeightPtr);
static void		MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static char *		ComputeSlotAddress(char *recordPtr, int offset);
static int		PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y);

/*
 * Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than slaves
 */








|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
static void		RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr);
static void		AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth,
			    int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
			    int *slaveWidthPtr, int *slaveHeightPtr);
static void		MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff);
static int		ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void *	ComputeSlotAddress(void *recordPtr, int offset);
static int		PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y);

/*
 * Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than slaves
 */

455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
	    tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);







|







455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
     * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
	    tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr);
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600

    case PW_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
		pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	}
	break;

    case PW_CONFIGURE:
	resultObj = NULL;
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
		    pwPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObj == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	    }







|











|







574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600

    case PW_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, pwPtr,
		pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	}
	break;

    case PW_CONFIGURE:
	resultObj = NULL;
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, pwPtr,
		    pwPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObj == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	    }
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = NULL;
	for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
			(char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			objv[3], tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    if (i == pwPtr->numSlaves) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"not managed by this window", -1));







|







665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    break;
	}
	resultObj = NULL;
	for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
			pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			objv[3], tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (resultObj == NULL) {
	    if (i == pwPtr->numSlaves) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"not managed by this window", -1));
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719

                result = TCL_ERROR;
                break;
            }
	    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
		if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
			    (char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
			    pwPtr->tkwin);
		    if (resultObj == NULL) {
			result = TCL_ERROR;
		    } else {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
		    }







|







705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719

                result = TCL_ERROR;
                break;
            }
	    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
		if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		    resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
			    pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
			    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
			    pwPtr->tkwin);
		    if (resultObj == NULL) {
			result = TCL_ERROR;
		    } else {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
		    }
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
     * Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
     * into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
     * return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
     * extra testing in the for loop below.
     */

    memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Slave));
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
	    objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that







|







844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
     * Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
     * into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
     * return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
     * extra testing in the for loop below.
     */

    memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Slave));
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
	    objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
		pwPtr->tkwin);

	found = 0;
	for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numSlaves; j++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[j] != NULL && pwPtr->slaves[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr->slaves[j],
			pwPtr->slaveOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
			objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
		if (pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize < 0) {
		    pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize = 0;
		}
		found = 1;








|







921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935

	tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
		pwPtr->tkwin);

	found = 0;
	for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numSlaves; j++) {
	    if (pwPtr->slaves[j] != NULL && pwPtr->slaves[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
		Tk_SetOptions(interp, pwPtr->slaves[j],
			pwPtr->slaveOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
			objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
		if (pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize < 0) {
		    pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize = 0;
		}
		found = 1;

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
	/*
	 * Create a new slave structure and initialize it. All slaves start
	 * out with their "natural" dimensions.
	 */

	slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
	memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		pwPtr->tkwin);
	Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
		pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
	slavePtr->masterPtr = pwPtr;
	doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
	if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width;







|

|







968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
	/*
	 * Create a new slave structure and initialize it. All slaves start
	 * out with their "natural" dimensions.
	 */

	slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
	memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		pwPtr->tkwin);
	Tk_SetOptions(interp, slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
		objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
		pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
	slavePtr->masterPtr = pwPtr;
	doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
	if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
	    slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width;
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
    PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about widget. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int typemask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);








|







1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
    PanedWindow *pwPtr,		/* Information about widget. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int typemask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
	    pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);

1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */








|


|







1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash







|







1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791



1792

1793
1794



1795

1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802

	/*
	 * Compute the total size needed by all the slaves and the left-over,
	 * or shortage of space available.
	 */

	if (horizontal) {



	    paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;

	    stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->padx);
	} else {



	    paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;

	    stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->pady);
	}
	if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch,i,first,last)
		&& Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    paneDynSize += paneSize;
	    paneDynMinSize += slavePtr->minSize;
	}







>
>
>
|
>


>
>
>
|
>







1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810

	/*
	 * Compute the total size needed by all the slaves and the left-over,
	 * or shortage of space available.
	 */

	if (horizontal) {
            if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
                paneSize = slavePtr->width;
            } else {
                paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;
            }
	    stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->padx);
	} else {
            if (slavePtr->height > 0) {
                paneSize = slavePtr->height;
            } else {
                paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;
            }
	    stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->pady);
	}
	if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch,i,first,last)
		&& Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    paneDynSize += paneSize;
	    paneDynMinSize += slavePtr->minSize;
	}
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844



1845

1846
1847



1848

1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
	paneMinSize = slavePtr->minSize;

	/*
	 * Calculate pane width and height.
	 */

	if (horizontal) {



	    paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;

	    pwSize = pwWidth;
	} else {



	    paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;

	    pwSize = pwHeight;
	}
	if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch, i, first, last)) {
	    double frac;

	    if (paneDynSize > 0) {
		frac = (double)paneSize / (double)paneDynSize;







>
>
>
|
>


>
>
>
|
>







1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
	paneMinSize = slavePtr->minSize;

	/*
	 * Calculate pane width and height.
	 */

	if (horizontal) {
            if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
                paneSize = slavePtr->width;
            } else {
                paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;
            }
	    pwSize = pwWidth;
	} else {
            if (slavePtr->height > 0) {
                paneSize = slavePtr->height;
            } else {
                paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;
            }
	    pwSize = pwHeight;
	}
	if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch, i, first, last)) {
	    double frac;

	    if (paneDynSize > 0) {
		frac = (double)paneSize / (double)paneDynSize;
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).







|







2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441

2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
    int internalOffset,		/* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
				 * internal value is to be stored. */
    char *oldInternalPtr,	/* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int sticky = 0;

    char c, *internalPtr;
    const char *string;

    internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {







>
|







2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
    char *recordPtr,		/* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
    int internalOffset,		/* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
				 * internal value is to be stored. */
    char *oldInternalPtr,	/* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    int sticky = 0;
    char c;
    void *internalPtr;
    const char *string;

    internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;







|








|


|








|


|







2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
    int length;

    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
	return (objPtr->length == 0);
    }
    (void)Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
    return (length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeInternalPointer --
 *
 *	Given a pointer to the start of a record and the offset of a slot
 *	within that record, compute the address of that slot.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If offset is non-negative, returns the computed address; else, returns
 *	NULL.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static char *
ComputeSlotAddress(
    char *recordPtr,	/* Pointer to the start of a record. */
    int offset)		/* Offset of a slot within that record; may be < 0. */
{
    if (offset >= 0) {
	return recordPtr + offset;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<
<



|
|

<
|




















|

|



|







2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995


2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001

3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{


    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
	Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    }

    return (objPtr->length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ComputeInternalPointer --
 *
 *	Given a pointer to the start of a record and the offset of a slot
 *	within that record, compute the address of that slot.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If offset is non-negative, returns the computed address; else, returns
 *	NULL.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void *
ComputeSlotAddress(
    void *recordPtr,	/* Pointer to the start of a record. */
    int offset)		/* Offset of a slot within that record; may be < 0. */
{
    if (offset >= 0) {
	return (char *)recordPtr + offset;
    } else {
	return NULL;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {







|







3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {







|







3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {

Changes to generic/tkPlace.c.

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
	if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) slavePtr, optionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}







|







286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
	if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, slavePtr, optionTable,
		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
		"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
	    slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
     */







|







624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
		"wm command instead", Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
	    slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
     * Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
     */

Changes to generic/tkRectOval.c.

755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763






764








































765
766














































767
768
769
770
771
772
773
     * will die if it isn't.
     */

    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0],rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
	    &x1, &y1);
    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2],rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
	    &x2, &y2);
    if (x2 <= x1) {
	x2 = x1+1;






    }








































    if (y2 <= y1) {
	y2 = y1+1;














































    }

    /*
     * Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
     * stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
     * the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
     */







|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
     * will die if it isn't.
     */

    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0],rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
	    &x1, &y1);
    Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2],rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
	    &x2, &y2);
    if (x2 == x1) {

        /*
         * The width of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
         * on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
         * width items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
         * either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
         */

        short ix1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[0]);
        short ix2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]);

        if (ix1 == ix2) {

            /*
             * x1 and x2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
             * Note: the degenerated case (bbox[0]==bbox[2]) of a completely
             * flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel at the
             * right (with positive coordinate) or left (with negative
             * coordinate) of the box. There is no "best choice" here.
             */

            if (ix1 > 0) {
                x2 += 1;
            } else {
                x1 -= 1;
            }
        } else {

            /*
             * (x1,x2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
             * covered "area".
             */

            if (ix1 > 0) {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix2) > (ix2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
                    x2 += 1;
                } else {
                    x1 -= 1;
                }
            } else {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - ix1) > (ix1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])) {
                    x2 += 1;
                } else {
                    x1 -= 1;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    if (y2 == y1) {

        /*
         * The height of the bounding box corresponds to less than one pixel
         * on screen. Adjustment is needed to avoid drawing attempts with zero
         * height items (which would draw nothing). The bounding box spans
         * either 1 or 2 pixels. Select which pixel will be drawn.
         */

        short iy1 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]);
        short iy2 = (short) (rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]);

        if (iy1 == iy2) {

            /*
             * y1 and y2 are "within the same pixel". Use this pixel.
             * Note: the degenerated case (bbox[1]==bbox[3]) of a completely
             * flat box results in arbitrary selection of the pixel below
             * (with positive coordinate) or above (with negative coordinate)
             * the box. There is no "best choice" here.
             */

            if (iy1 > 0) {
                y2 += 1;
            } else {
                y1 -= 1;
            }
        } else {

            /*
             * (y1,y2) span two pixels. Select the one with the larger
             * covered "area".
             */

            if (iy1 > 0) {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy2) > (iy2 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
                    y2 += 1;
                } else {
                    y1 -= 1;
                }
            } else {
                if ((rectOvalPtr->bbox[3] - iy1) > (iy1 - rectOvalPtr->bbox[1])) {
                    y2 += 1;
                } else {
                    y1 -= 1;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /*
     * Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
     * stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
     * the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
     */

Changes to generic/tkScale.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22




23
24
25
26
27
28
29
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"





/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
 * used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
 */

static const char *const orientStrings[] = {







|
|
|
>
>
>
>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"
#include "default.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
 * used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
 */

static const char *const orientStrings[] = {
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
    scalePtr->flags		= NEVER_SET;

    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*







|







296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
    scalePtr->flags		= NEVER_SET;

    Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr);
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
	    ScaleEventProc, scalePtr);

    if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) ||
	    (ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378

    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {







|








|







359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382

    switch (index) {
    case COMMAND_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
	    goto error;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, scalePtr,
		scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    goto error;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	break;
    case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	} else {
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
		    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.







|







578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592

    for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
	if (!error) {
	    /*
	     * First pass: set options to new values.
	     */

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, scalePtr,
		    scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin,
		    &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		continue;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Second pass: restore options to old values.
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
	if ((scalePtr->tickInterval < 0)
		^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
	    scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	ComputeFormat(scalePtr);

	scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? (int)strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;

	Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);

	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;







|







634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
	if ((scalePtr->tickInterval < 0)
		^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
	    scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
	}

	ComputeFormat(scalePtr);

	scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;

	Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);

	if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	    scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
	}
	scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
		valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
	    ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	} else {
	    char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

	    sprintf(varString, scalePtr->format, varValue);
	    sprintf(scaleString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
	    if (strcmp(varString, scaleString)) {
		ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
    }







|
|
|







677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
		valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
	    ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	} else {
	    char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

            Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, varValue, varString);
            Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, scalePtr->value, scaleString);
            if (strcmp(varString, scaleString)) {
		ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		ScaleVarProc, scalePtr);
    }
932
933
934
935
936
937
938

939


940
941

942


943
944
945
946
947
948
949

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */


    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);


    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);


    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->toValue);


    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to







>
|
>
>


>
|
>
>







936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959

    /*
     * Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
     * scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
     * whichever length is longer.
     */

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);

    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
            scalePtr->toValue) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
    if (valuePixels < tmp) {
	valuePixels = tmp;
    }

    /*
     * Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183













1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;














    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
    const char *resultStr;
    double value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    int result;

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr == NULL) {
	if (!(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
	    Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		    ScaleVarProc, clientData);
	}
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
     * interpreter is going away.
     */

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316

1317


1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];


	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
    }
}








>
|
>
>







1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
    register TkScale *scalePtr)	/* Info about widget. */
{
    if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
	char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];

        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
	scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
    }
}


Changes to generic/tkScale.h.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char format[10];		/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */
    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
				 * scrolling actions (in ms). */
    int repeatInterval;		/* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
    char *label;		/* Label to display above or to right of
				 * scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
    int labelLength;		/* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
    enum state state;		/* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
				 * Value of scale cannot be changed when
				 * disabled. */

    /*
     * Information used when displaying widget:
     */







|











|







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
				 * display any tick marks. */
    double resolution;		/* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
				 * multiple of this value. */
    int digits;			/* Number of significant digits to print in
				 * values. 0 means we get to choose the number
				 * based on resolution and/or the range of the
				 * scale. */
    char format[16];		/* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
				 * digits and other information. */
    double bigIncrement;	/* Amount to use for large increments to scale
				 * value. (0 means we pick a value). */
    char *command;		/* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
				 * commands because the scale value changed.
				 * NULL means don't invoke commands. */
    int repeatDelay;		/* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
				 * scrolling actions (in ms). */
    int repeatInterval;		/* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
    char *label;		/* Label to display above or to right of
				 * scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
    TkSizeT labelLength;	/* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
    enum state state;		/* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
				 * Value of scale cannot be changed when
				 * disabled. */

    /*
     * Information used when displaying widget:
     */

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.

175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;

    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;

    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {







>




>







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    int length, cmdIndex;
    static const char *const commandNames[] = {
        "activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
        "get", "identify", "set", NULL
    };
    enum command {
        COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
        COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET







|
|







222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
ScrollbarWidgetObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about scrollbar widget. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
    int result = TCL_OK, cmdIndex;
    size_t length;
    static const char *const commandNames[] = {
        "activate", "cget", "configure", "delta", "fraction",
        "get", "identify", "set", NULL
    };
    enum command {
        COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELTA,
        COMMAND_FRACTION, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	    goto done;
	}
	if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
	    goto error;
	}
	c = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
	oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;







|







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	    goto done;
	}
	if (objc != 3) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate element");
	    goto error;
	}
	c = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length)[0];
	oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
	if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow1") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "arrow2") == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
	} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "slider", length) == 0)) {
	    scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389

390




391
392
393
394
395
396
397
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));

	}




	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {







>
|
<
<
<
<





>

>
>
>
>







375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383




384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	if (scrollPtr->flags & OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS) {




	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	    break;
	}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {
	int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;

	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {







<
<







413
414
415
416
417
418
419


420
421
422
423
424
425
426
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {


	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442

443
444
445
446
447
448
449
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }

	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {







>
|

>







436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {
	    int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
	    if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;

	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
			" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }







|
>


<
<







476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486


487
488
489
490
491
492
493
	    if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS;
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");


	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110



111
112
113
114
115
116
117
    /*
     * Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
     * information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */


    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */



    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */








|


>

|
|


|


|

|

>
>
>







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
    /*
     * Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
     * information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 1.
     */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * is set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
#else
    int dummy1,dummy2,dummy3,dummy4; /* sizeof(TkScrollbar) should not depend on TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

149
150
151
152
153
154
155

156

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
#define BOTTOM_ARROW	5

/*
 * Flag bits for scrollbars:
 *
 * REDRAW_PENDING:		Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
 *				already been queued to redraw this window.
 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS:		Non-zero means the new style of commands
 *				should be used to communicate with the widget:

 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1

#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2

#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */








|

>
|
<





>
|
>







144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
#define BOTTOM_ARROW	5

/*
 * Flag bits for scrollbars:
 *
 * REDRAW_PENDING:		Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
 *				already been queued to redraw this window.
 * OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS:		Non-zero means the old style of commands
 *				should be used to communicate with the widget:
 *				".t yview 40", instead of
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", for example.

 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define OLD_STYLE_COMMANDS	2
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */

Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*







|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
		selPtr->proc = proc;
		if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
		    /*
		     * The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
		     * should make a copy for this selPtr.
		     */

		    unsigned cmdInfoLen = Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command) +
			    ((CommandInfo *)clientData)->cmdLength + 1;

		    selPtr->clientData = ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
		    memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
		} else {
		    selPtr->clientData = clientData;
		}
		selPtr->size = 8;







|
|







186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
		selPtr->proc = proc;
		if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
		    /*
		     * The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
		     * should make a copy for this selPtr.
		     */

		    unsigned cmdInfoLen = Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command) + 1 +
			    ((CommandInfo *)clientData)->cmdLength;

		    selPtr->clientData = ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
		    memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
		} else {
		    selPtr->clientData = clientData;
		}
		selPtr->size = 8;
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
				 * proc. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }
    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);








|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
				 * proc. */
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    void *clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }
    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);

462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }

    for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;







|







462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
{
    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
    TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
    void *clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
				 * compiler warning. */

    if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
	TkSelInit(tkwin);
    }

    for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
    }

    case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
	Atom target, format;
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
	int cmdLength;
	static const char *const handleOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum handleOptions {
	    HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
	};
	int handleIndex;







|







827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
    }

    case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
	Atom target, format;
	const char *targetName = NULL;
	const char *formatName = NULL;
	register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
	size_t cmdLength;
	static const char *const handleOptionStrings[] = {
	    "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
	};
	enum handleOptions {
	    HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
	};
	int handleIndex;
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
	if (count > 3) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
	} else if (formatName != NULL) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
	} else {
	    format = XA_STRING;
	}
	string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
	if (cmdLength == 0) {
	    Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
	} else {
	    cmdInfoPtr = ckalloc(Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command)
		    + 1 + cmdLength);
	    cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
	    cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;







|







896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
	if (count > 3) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
	} else if (formatName != NULL) {
	    format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
	} else {
	    format = XA_STRING;
	}
	string = TkGetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
	if (cmdLength == 0) {
	    Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
	} else {
	    cmdInfoPtr = ckalloc(Tk_Offset(CommandInfo, command)
		    + 1 + cmdLength);
	    cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
	    cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187

1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
    dispPtr->targetsAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TARGETS");
    dispPtr->timestampAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TIMESTAMP");
    dispPtr->textAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TEXT");
    dispPtr->compoundTextAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "COMPOUND_TEXT");
    dispPtr->applicationAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_APPLICATION");
    dispPtr->windowAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_WINDOW");
    dispPtr->clipboardAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");


    /*
     * Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
     * support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
     * necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
     *	  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
     */







>







1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
    dispPtr->targetsAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TARGETS");
    dispPtr->timestampAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TIMESTAMP");
    dispPtr->textAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TEXT");
    dispPtr->compoundTextAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "COMPOUND_TEXT");
    dispPtr->applicationAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_APPLICATION");
    dispPtr->windowAtom		= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_WINDOW");
    dispPtr->clipboardAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
    dispPtr->atomPairAtom	= Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "ATOM_PAIR");

    /*
     * Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
     * support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
     * necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
     *	  http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
     */
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
	if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
	    break;
	}
	prevPtr = infoPtr;
    }

    if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
	    (eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned) infoPtr->serial)) {
	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	    dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*







|







1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
	if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
	    break;
	}
	prevPtr = infoPtr;
    }

    if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
	    (eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned long) infoPtr->serial)) {
	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
	    dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	} else {
	    prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*

Changes to generic/tkSelect.h.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31



32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
 * structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
 * at the same time.
 */

typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Tk_Window owner;		/* Current owner of this selection. */

    int serial;			/* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
				 * request made to server for this selection
				 * (used to filter out redundant
				 * SelectionClear events). */



    Time time;			/* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc;	/* Procedure to call when owner loses
				 * selection. */
    ClientData clearData;	/* Info to pass to clearProc. */
    struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of current selections on this
				 * display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;

/*
 * One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
 * for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
 * list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
 */

typedef struct TkSelHandler {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Atom target;		/* Target type for selection conversion, such
				 * as TARGETS or STRING. */
    Atom format;		/* Format in which selection info will be
				 * returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
    Tk_SelectionProc *proc;	/* Procedure to generate selection in this
				 * format. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    int size;			/* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
				 * STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
    struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next selection handler associated with same
				 * window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;

/*







>
|



>
>
>



|



















|
|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
 * structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
 * at the same time.
 */

typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Tk_Window owner;		/* Current owner of this selection. */
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    unsigned long serial;	/* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
				 * request made to server for this selection
				 * (used to filter out redundant
				 * SelectionClear events). */
#else
    int serial;
#endif
    Time time;			/* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
    Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc;	/* Procedure to call when owner loses
				 * selection. */
    void *clearData;	/* Info to pass to clearProc. */
    struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of current selections on this
				 * display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;

/*
 * One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
 * for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
 * list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
 */

typedef struct TkSelHandler {
    Atom selection;		/* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
    Atom target;		/* Target type for selection conversion, such
				 * as TARGETS or STRING. */
    Atom format;		/* Format in which selection info will be
				 * returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
    Tk_SelectionProc *proc;	/* Procedure to generate selection in this
				 * format. */
    void *clientData;	/* Argument to pass to proc. */
    TkSizeT size;			/* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
				 * STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
    struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next selection handler associated with same
				 * window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;

/*

Changes to generic/tkSquare.c.

168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
    squarePtr->interp = interp;
    squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
	    SquareDeletedProc);
    squarePtr->gc = None;
    squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
	ckfree(squarePtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
	    objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }








|








|







168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
    squarePtr->interp = interp;
    squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
	    Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr,
	    SquareDeletedProc);
    squarePtr->gc = None;
    squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
	ckfree(squarePtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
	    SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr);
    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
	    objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }
    if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

    switch (index) {
    case SQUARE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	}
	break;
    case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
	resultObjPtr = NULL;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
	    }
	    if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);







|










|





|





|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

    switch (index) {
    case SQUARE_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    goto error;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, squarePtr,
		squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	}
	break;
    case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
	resultObjPtr = NULL;
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, squarePtr,
		    squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
	    }
	    if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr);

Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40





































41
42
43
44
45
46
47
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx






































#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef TkWinGetPlatformId

#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#define Tk_MainEx 0
#define Tk_FreeXId 0
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj 0
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj 0
#define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}
#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj ((void (*)(Tcl_Obj *)) doNothing)
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj getStyleFromObj
static Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *obj)
{
	return Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj);
}
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define TkWinGetPlatformId winGetPlatformId
static int TkWinGetPlatformId(void) {
    return 2;
}
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
58
59
60
61
62
63
64





65
66
67
68
69
70
71
{
    TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0





#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*







>
>
>
>
>







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
{
    TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0
#   define XPolygonRegion 0
#   define XPointInRegion 0
#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox







<







238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0

#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox
229
230
231
232
233
234
235








236
237
238
239
240
241
242

/*
 * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
 * tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations
 * below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */









/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */

static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
    TkAllocWindow, /* 0 */
    TkBezierPoints, /* 1 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291

/*
 * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
 * tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations
 * below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

#ifdef __GNUC__
/*
 * The rest of this file shouldn't warn about deprecated functions; they're
 * there because we intend them to be so and know that this file is OK to
 * touch those fields.
 */
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
#endif
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */

static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
    TkAllocWindow, /* 0 */
    TkBezierPoints, /* 1 */
446
447
448
449
450
451
452

453
454
455
456
457
458
459
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */

};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */







>







495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */
    TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef, /* 185 */
};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
    TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow, /* 33 */
    TkMacOSXUseMenuID, /* 34 */
    TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn, /* 35 */
    TkMacOSXWinBounds, /* 36 */
    TkMacOSXWindowOffset, /* 37 */
    TkSetMacColor, /* 38 */
    TkSetWMName, /* 39 */
    TkSuspendClipboard, /* 40 */
    TkMacOSXZoomToplevel, /* 41 */
    Tk_TopCoordsToWindow, /* 42 */
    TkMacOSXContainerId, /* 43 */
    TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel, /* 44 */
    TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu, /* 45 */
    TkpIsWindowFloating, /* 46 */
    TkMacOSXGetCapture, /* 47 */







|







590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
    TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow, /* 33 */
    TkMacOSXUseMenuID, /* 34 */
    TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn, /* 35 */
    TkMacOSXWinBounds, /* 36 */
    TkMacOSXWindowOffset, /* 37 */
    TkSetMacColor, /* 38 */
    TkSetWMName, /* 39 */
    0, /* 40 */
    TkMacOSXZoomToplevel, /* 41 */
    Tk_TopCoordsToWindow, /* 42 */
    TkMacOSXContainerId, /* 43 */
    TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel, /* 44 */
    TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu, /* 45 */
    TkpIsWindowFloating, /* 46 */
    TkMacOSXGetCapture, /* 47 */
694
695
696
697
698
699
700

























701
702
703
704
705
706
707
    XGrabServer, /* 108 */
    XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
    XFree, /* 110 */
    XNoOp, /* 111 */
    XSynchronize, /* 112 */
    XSync, /* 113 */
    XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */

























#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
    XGrabServer, /* 108 */
    XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
    XFree, /* 110 */
    XNoOp, /* 111 */
    XSynchronize, /* 112 */
    XSync, /* 113 */
    XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */
    0, /* 115 */
    0, /* 116 */
    0, /* 117 */
    0, /* 118 */
    0, /* 119 */
    XOffsetRegion, /* 120 */
    XUnionRegion, /* 121 */
    XCreateWindow, /* 122 */
    0, /* 123 */
    0, /* 124 */
    0, /* 125 */
    0, /* 126 */
    0, /* 127 */
    0, /* 128 */
    XLowerWindow, /* 129 */
    XFillArcs, /* 130 */
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */
    XPolygonRegion, /* 138 */
    XPointInRegion, /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */

Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetStyleFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *







|







151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
 */

void
Tk_GetElementSize(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int width, int height,	/* Requested size. */
    int inner,			/* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
				 * to the requested minimum inner size. If
				 * FALSE, compute the inner size according to
				 * the requested maximum outer size. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)







|







1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
 */

void
Tk_GetElementSize(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int width, int height,	/* Requested size. */
    int inner,			/* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
				 * to the requested minimum inner size. If
				 * FALSE, compute the inner size according to
				 * the requested maximum outer size. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
 */

void
Tk_GetElementBox(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of available area. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of available area. */
    int inner,			/* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
				 * according to the requested inscribed box
				 * size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
				 * according to the requested bounding box. */







|







1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
 */

void
Tk_GetElementBox(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of available area. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of available area. */
    int inner,			/* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
				 * according to the requested inscribed box
				 * size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
				 * according to the requested bounding box. */
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
 */

int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The widget window. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
    StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;

    return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
	    stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);







|







1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
 */

int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The widget window. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
    StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;

    return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
	    stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
 */

void
Tk_DrawElement(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    char *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,			/* Where to draw element. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of element. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of element. */
    int state)			/* Drawing state flags. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;







|







1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
 */

void
Tk_DrawElement(
    Tk_Style style,		/* The widget style. */
    Tk_StyledElement element,	/* The styled element, previously returned by
				 * Tk_GetStyledElement. */
    void *recordPtr,		/* The widget record. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,			/* Where to draw element. */
    int x, int y,		/* Top left corner of element. */
    int width, int height,	/* Size of element. */
    int state)			/* Drawing state flags. */
{
    Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498




1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{
    Style *stylePtr;

    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
    }
    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
 *	already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
 *	if none found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
 *	old internal representation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object from which to get the style. */
{
    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
    }

    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
 *	doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;


    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }





    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











|
|














>











>
>
>
>

|







1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407


1408
1409



1410
1411
1412



























1413















1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{


    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	if (SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr) != TCL_OK) {



	    return NULL;
	}
    }



























    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;















}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style doesn't exist), an
 *	error message will be left in interp's result and TCL_ERROR is returned.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;
    Tk_Style style;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    style = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
    if (style == NULL) {
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = style;

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkTest.c.

164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestmenubarObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static int		TestmetricsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static int		TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestmenubarObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
static int		TestmetricsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static int		TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
187
188
189
190
191
192
193



194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205



206
207
208
209
210
211
212
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,



			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);




/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.







>
>
>












>
>
>







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int		TestprintfObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int              TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(ClientData dummy,
                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
                            Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);







|











|







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267



268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);




#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testsend", TkpTestsendCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwrapper", TestwrapperObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#endif /* _WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */

    /*
     * Create test image type.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	initialized = 1;







>


>
>
>

|


|






|







265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprintf", TestprintfObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testphotostringmatch",
            TestPhotoStringMatchCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp),
            NULL);

#if defined(_WIN32)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testsend", TkpTestsendCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwrapper", TestwrapperObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#endif /* _WIN32 */

    /*
     * Create test image type.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	initialized = 1;
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int







|







458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the interpreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
	recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);







|







|







671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
	recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,







|

|


|







714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733

	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    (ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,







|

|







768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
	recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	return Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &widgetRecord, optionTable,
		(Tk_Window) NULL);
    }

    case DEL:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
	    return TCL_ERROR;







|







802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
	};
	Tk_OptionTable optionTable;

	widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	return Tk_InitOptions(interp, &widgetRecord, optionTable,
		(Tk_Window) NULL);
    }

    case DEL:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
	recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
	recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
	recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
	recordPtr->pixels = 0;
	recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
	recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->custom = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);







|







|







950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
	recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
	recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
	recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
	recordPtr->pixels = 0;
	recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
	recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->custom = NULL;
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
		    recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
		    TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr, optionTable,
		    objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
		Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		smallSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
	recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    (Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}








|


|







|







1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		smallSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
	recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
	recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    (Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}

1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056

	record.fooObjPtr = NULL;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, 1,
		&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	return result;







|
|







1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066

	record.fooObjPtr = NULL;

	tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
	optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
	tables[index] = optionTable;
	Tk_InitOptions(interp, &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, &record, optionTable, 1,
		&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
	Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
	Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	return result;
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		slaveSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;

	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp,  (char *) recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
		Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
			TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}







|


|










|







1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
		slaveSpecs);
	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
	recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;

	result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr,
		    recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
		    tkwin, NULL, NULL);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
			Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
			recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
		Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
			TrivialEventProc, recordPtr);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
	    } else {
		Tk_FreeConfigOptions(recordPtr,
			recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
	    }
	}
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
	    ckfree(recordPtr);
	}
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
    switch (index) {
    case CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    result = TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break;
    case CONFIGURE:
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    tkwin, NULL, &mask);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	    }
	}
	break;
    case CSAVE:
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		tkwin, &saved, &mask);
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	}
	break;







|










|







|







|








|







1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
    switch (index) {
    case CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    result = TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break;
    case CONFIGURE:
	if (objc == 2) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
	    if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, clientData,
		    headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		    tkwin, NULL, &mask);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	    }
	}
	break;
    case CSAVE:
	result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, clientData,
		headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
		tkwin, &saved, &mask);
	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
	if (result == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(mask));
	}
	break;
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
	    drawableX, drawableY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;







|
|
<







1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564

1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
    int drawableX, int drawableY)
				/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
				 * imageX and imageY. */
{
    TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
    char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];

    sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d",
	    instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height);

    Tcl_SetVar2(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, NULL,
	    buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
    if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
	width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
    }
    if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
	height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static int
TestmetricsObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    int val;

#ifdef _WIN32
    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#else
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
#endif

    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cyvscroll") == 0) {
#ifdef _WIN32
	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
#else
	val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
#endif
    } else  if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cxhscroll") == 0) {
#ifdef _WIN32
	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
#else
	val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
#endif
    } else {
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
		"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    sprintf(buf, "%d", val);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);







|










<




<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<

<
<
<

<

<
<
<







1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787

1788
1789
1790
1791



1792











1793

1794



1795

1796



1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if defined(_WIN32)
static int
TestmetricsObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    int val;


    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }















    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cyvscroll") == 0) {

	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);



    } else  if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "cxhscroll") == 0) {

	val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);



    } else {
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
		"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    sprintf(buf, "%d", val);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897






















































1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}























































#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestpropObjCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints
 *	the value of a property on a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestprintfObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
{
    char buffer[256];
    Tcl_WideInt wideInt;
#ifdef _WIN32
    __int64 longLongInt;
#else
    long long longLongInt;
#endif

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "wideint");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &wideInt) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    longLongInt = wideInt;

    /* Just add a lot of arguments to sprintf. Reason: on AMD64, the first
     * 4 or 6 arguments (we assume 8, just in case) might be put in registers,
     * which still woudn't tell if the assumed size is correct: We want this
     * test-case to fail if the 64-bit value is printed as truncated to 32-bit.
     */
    sprintf(buffer, "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %"
	    TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "",
	    (Tcl_WideInt)longLongInt, (Tcl_WideUInt)longLongInt);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
    int flags)
{
    int objEmpty;
    char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;

    objEmpty = 0;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See if the object is empty.







|







2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
    int flags)
{
    int objEmpty;
    char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;

    objEmpty = 0;

    if (internalOffset != -1) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See if the object is empty.
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
















































2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}

















































/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestPhotoStringMatchCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testphotostringmatch" command. It
 *	provides a way from Tcl to call the string match function for the
 *	default image handler directly.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result. If data is in the proper format, the result in
 *	interp will contain width and height as a list. If the data cannot be
 *	parsed as default image format, returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an
 *	appropriate error message in interp.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *dummy = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj[2];
    int width, height;

    if (objc != 2) {
        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "imageData");
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(interp, objv[1], dummy, &width, &height)) {
        resultObj[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
        resultObj[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resultObj));
        return TCL_OK;
    } else {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}



/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkText.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkUndo.h"

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#define Style TkStyle
#define DInfo TkDInfo
#endif

/*







|
|
|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkUndo.h"
#include "default.h"

#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#define Style TkStyle
#define DInfo TkDInfo
#endif

/*
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
	    |ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
	    |LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
	    TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;







|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
    Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
	    |ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
	    |LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
	    TkTextBindProc, textPtr);
    Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
	    TextFetchSelection, textPtr, XA_STRING);

    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
	Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
	return TCL_ERROR;
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
    }
    case TEXT_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);







|







760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
    }
    case TEXT_CGET:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
		" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }
    case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
		    textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }







|







823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
		" <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COMPARISON", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }
    case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
	if (objc <= 3) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, textPtr,
		    textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
		    textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867

868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
	indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[objc-1]);
	if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
	    int value, length;

	    const char *option = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	    char c;

	    length = objv[i]->length;
	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
		goto badOption;
	    }
	    c = option[1];
	    if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_CHARS);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displaychars", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_DISPLAY_CHARS);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displayindices", option,(unsigned)length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displaylines", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		TkTextLine *fromPtr, *lastPtr;
		TkTextIndex index, index2;

		int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr);
		value = 0;

		if (compare == 0) {







|
>
|


<




|



|



|



|







860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
	indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[objc-1]);
	if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
	    int value;
	    size_t length;
	    const char *option = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	    char c;


	    if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
		goto badOption;
	    }
	    c = option[1];
	    if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_CHARS);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displaychars", option, length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_DISPLAY_CHARS);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displayindices", option,length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	    } else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
		    && !strncmp("-displaylines", option, length)) {
		TkTextLine *fromPtr, *lastPtr;
		TkTextIndex index, index2;

		int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr);
		value = 0;

		if (compare == 0) {
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
		    }
		}

		if (compare > 0) {
		    value = -value;
		}
	    } else if (c == 'i'
		    && !strncmp("-indices", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_INDICES);
	    } else if (c == 'l'
		    && !strncmp("-lines", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		value = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr)
			- TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr);
	    } else if (c == 'u'
		    && !strncmp("-update", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		update = 1;
		continue;
	    } else if (c == 'x'
		    && !strncmp("-xpixels", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		int x1, x2;
		TkTextIndex index;

		index = *indexFromPtr;
		TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x1);
		index = *indexToPtr;
		TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x2);
		value = x2 - x1;
	    } else if (c == 'y'
		    && !strncmp("-ypixels", option, (unsigned) length)) {
		if (update) {
		    TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr,
			    TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr),
			    TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr), -1);
		}
		value = TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexToPtr)
			- TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexFromPtr);







|



|



|



|









|







979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
		    }
		}

		if (compare > 0) {
		    value = -value;
		}
	    } else if (c == 'i'
		    && !strncmp("-indices", option, length)) {
		value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
			COUNT_INDICES);
	    } else if (c == 'l'
		    && !strncmp("-lines", option, length)) {
		value = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr)
			- TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr);
	    } else if (c == 'u'
		    && !strncmp("-update", option, length)) {
		update = 1;
		continue;
	    } else if (c == 'x'
		    && !strncmp("-xpixels", option, length)) {
		int x1, x2;
		TkTextIndex index;

		index = *indexFromPtr;
		TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x1);
		index = *indexToPtr;
		TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x2);
		value = x2 - x1;
	    } else if (c == 'y'
		    && !strncmp("-ypixels", option, length)) {
		if (update) {
		    TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr,
			    TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr),
			    TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr), -1);
		}
		value = TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexToPtr)
			- TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexFromPtr);
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
		if (objc & 1) {
		    indices[i] = indices[i-1];
		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indices[i], 1, &indices[i],
			    COUNT_INDICES);
		    objc++;
		}
		useIdx = ckalloc(objc);
		memset(useIdx, 0, (unsigned) objc);

		/*
		 * Do a decreasing order sort so that we delete the end ranges
		 * first to maintain index consistency.
		 */

		qsort(indices, (unsigned) objc / 2,
			2 * sizeof(TkTextIndex), TextIndexSortProc);
		lastStart = NULL;

		/*
		 * Second pass will handle bogus ranges (end < start) and
		 * overlapping ranges.
		 */







|






|







1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
		if (objc & 1) {
		    indices[i] = indices[i-1];
		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indices[i], 1, &indices[i],
			    COUNT_INDICES);
		    objc++;
		}
		useIdx = ckalloc(objc);
		memset(useIdx, 0, objc);

		/*
		 * Do a decreasing order sort so that we delete the end ranges
		 * first to maintain index consistency.
		 */

		qsort(indices, objc / 2,
			2 * sizeof(TkTextIndex), TextIndexSortProc);
		lastStart = NULL;

		/*
		 * Second pass will handle bogus ranges (end < start) and
		 * overlapping ranges.
		 */
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
    case TEXT_EDIT:
	result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
	int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
	const char *name;
	int length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
	 * -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
	 */

	i = 2;
	if (objc > 3) {
	    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	    length = objv[i]->length;
	    if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
		if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, (unsigned) length) == 0) {
		    i++;
		    visible = 1;
		    name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
		    length = objv[i]->length;
		}
		if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
		    i++;
		}
	    }
	}








|















|
<

|


|
<







1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279

1280
1281
1282
1283
1284

1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
    case TEXT_EDIT:
	result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    case TEXT_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
	int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
	const char *name;
	size_t length;

	if (objc < 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
	 * -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
	 */

	i = 2;
	if (objc > 3) {
	    name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

	    if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
		if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, length) == 0) {
		    i++;
		    visible = 1;
		    name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

		}
		if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
		    i++;
		}
	    }
	}

1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485



1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493




1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
		    && (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
		/*
		 * The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
		 * we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
		 * unnecessarily.
		 */

		int deleteInsertOffset, insertLength, j;

		insertLength = 0;
		for (j = 4; j < objc; j += 2) {
		    insertLength += Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[j]);
		}

		/*
		 * Calculate 'deleteInsertOffset' as an offset we will apply
		 * to the insertion point after this operation.
		 */

		deleteInsertOffset = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr,
			&index, COUNT_CHARS);
		if (deleteInsertOffset > insertLength) {
		    deleteInsertOffset = insertLength;
		}




		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
			indexToPtr, objc, objv, 0);

		if (result == TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * Move the insertion position to the correct place.
		     */





		    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexFromPtr,
			    deleteInsertOffset, &index, COUNT_INDICES);
		    TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
			    textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
		    TkBTreeLinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
		}
	    } else {
		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,







|

















>
>
>








>
>
>
>
|







1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
		    && (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
		/*
		 * The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
		 * we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
		 * unnecessarily.
		 */

		int deleteInsertOffset, insertLength, j, indexFromLine, indexFromByteOffset;

		insertLength = 0;
		for (j = 4; j < objc; j += 2) {
		    insertLength += Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[j]);
		}

		/*
		 * Calculate 'deleteInsertOffset' as an offset we will apply
		 * to the insertion point after this operation.
		 */

		deleteInsertOffset = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr,
			&index, COUNT_CHARS);
		if (deleteInsertOffset > insertLength) {
		    deleteInsertOffset = insertLength;
		}

                indexFromLine = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr);
                indexFromByteOffset = indexFromPtr->byteIndex;

		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
			indexToPtr, objc, objv, 0);

		if (result == TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * Move the insertion position to the correct place.
		     */

                    TkTextIndex indexTmp;

                    TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, indexFromLine,
                            indexFromByteOffset, &indexTmp);
                    TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indexTmp,
			    deleteInsertOffset, &index, COUNT_INDICES);
		    TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
			    textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
		    TkBTreeLinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
		}
	    } else {
		result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
	break;
    case TEXT_YVIEW:
	result = TkTextYviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    }

  done:
    textPtr->refCount--;
    if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------







<
|







1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577

1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
	break;
    case TEXT_YVIEW:
	result = TkTextYviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    }

  done:

    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
     * Now we've cleaned up everything of relevance to us in the B-tree, so we
     * disassociate outselves from it.
     *
     * When the refCount reaches zero, it's time to clean up the shared
     * portion of the text widget.
     */

    sharedTextPtr->refCount--;

    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > 0) {
	TkBTreeRemoveClient(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);

	/*
	 * Free up any embedded windows which belong to this widget.
	 */

	for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable, &search);







<
<
|







1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970


1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
     * Now we've cleaned up everything of relevance to us in the B-tree, so we
     * disassociate outselves from it.
     *
     * When the refCount reaches zero, it's time to clean up the shared
     * portion of the text widget.
     */



    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	TkBTreeRemoveClient(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);

	/*
	 * Free up any embedded windows which belong to this widget.
	 */

	for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable, &search);
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
	ckfree(textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
    }
    if (textPtr->insertBlinkHandler != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    }

    textPtr->tkwin = NULL;
    textPtr->refCount--;
    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
    if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd){
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
    }
    if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<





|







2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046

2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
	ckfree(textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
    }
    if (textPtr->insertBlinkHandler != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    }

    textPtr->tkwin = NULL;

    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
    if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd){
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
    }
    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|







2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    register TkText *textPtr,	/* Information about widget; may or may not
				 * already have values for some fields. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int oldExport = (textPtr->exportSelection) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp));
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),







|







2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
    TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);

    /*
     * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
     * are tagged characters.
     */

    if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))) {
	TkTextSearch search;
	TkTextIndex first, last;

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
		&first);
	TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633

2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr,	/* Where to insert new characters. May be
				 * modified if the index is not valid for
				 * insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr,		/* Null-terminated string containing new
				 * information to add to text. */
    int viewUpdate)		/* Update the view if set. */
{
    int lineIndex, length;

    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(stringPtr);

    length = stringPtr->length;
    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
     * the only place in this function where the indexPtr is modified.







|
>




|

<







2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641

2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr,	/* Where to insert new characters. May be
				 * modified if the index is not valid for
				 * insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr,		/* Null-terminated string containing new
				 * information to add to text. */
    int viewUpdate)		/* Update the view if set. */
{
    int lineIndex;
    size_t length;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);


    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
     * the only place in this function where the indexPtr is modified.
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732

2733
2734
2735



2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress.

     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {



	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */








|
>



>
>
>







2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
	resetViewCount += 2;
    }
    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
	ckfree(lineAndByteIndex);
    }

    /*
     * Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress, and send an event
     * that the selection changed if that is the case.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeCharTagged(indexPtr, tPtr->selTagPtr)) {
            TkTextSelectionEvent(tPtr);
        }
	tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
    }

    /*
     * For convenience, return the length of the string.
     */

2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776



2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786




2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;




    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();





    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);







>
>
>










>
>
>
>







2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;
    char lMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkL";
    char rMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkR";
    char stringUndoMarkId[7] = "";

    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;

    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835


































2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852




2853
2854
2855
2856
2857




2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);



































    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
     *
     * For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
     * callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);





    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);





    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

















>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>







2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("set", 3));
    markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId++;
    sprintf(stringUndoMarkId, "%d", textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId);
    strcat(lMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    strcat(rMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("gravity", 7));
    markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("left", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("right", 5));

    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
     *
     * For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
     * callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);

    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074



3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];




    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.







>
>
>







3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
{
    int line1, line2;
    TkTextIndex index1, index2;
    TkText *tPtr;
    int *lineAndByteIndex;
    int resetViewCount;
    int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int i;

    if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
	sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Prepare the starting and stopping indices.
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }

    if (line1 < line2) {
	/*
	 * We are deleting more than one line. For speed, we remove all tags
	 * from the range first. If we don't do this, the code below can (when
	 * there are many tags) grow non-linearly in execution time.
	 */

	Tcl_HashSearch search;
	Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
	int i;

	for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
		hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	    TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	    TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
	}

	/*
	 * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
	 * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
	 */

	for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
		tPtr = tPtr->next) {
	    if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
		/*
		 * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
		 * equivalent to:
		 *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		 */

		TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
		tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new







<
|
|
|
|
|

<
<
<
<
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<







3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195

3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201




3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225

3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
	    for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
		TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
	    }
	    ckfree(arrayPtr);
	}
    }


    /*
     * For speed, we remove all tags from the range first. If we don't
     * do this, the code below can (when there are many tags) grow
     * non-linearly in execution time.
     */





    for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
	    hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
        TkTextTag *tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

        TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
    }

    /*
     * Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
     * need to do this once for each peer text widget.
     */

    for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
	    tPtr = tPtr->next) {
        if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
	    /*
	     * Send an event that the selection changed. This is
	     * equivalent to:
	     *	event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
	     */

	    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
	    tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
        }

    }

    /*
     * Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
     * display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
     * involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
     * (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then







|







3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;
    TkTextIndex eof;
    int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
    TkTextSearch search;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;

    if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
     * selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
     * modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.







|







3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about text widget. */
{
    register TkText *textPtr = clientData;

    if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	TkTextIndex start, end;

	if ((!textPtr->exportSelection) || Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp)) {
	    return;
	}

	/*
	 * On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
	 * the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
	 * "sel" tag from everything in the widget.
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	SEARCH_END, SEARCH_ALL, SEARCH_BACK, SEARCH_COUNT, SEARCH_ELIDE,
	SEARCH_EXACT, SEARCH_FWD, SEARCH_NOCASE,
	SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, SEARCH_OVERLAP, SEARCH_REGEXP, SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */








|
|
|
|







3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822

    static const char *const switchStrings[] = {
	"-hidden",
	"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
	"-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL
    };
    enum SearchSwitches {
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE,
	TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP, TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
    };

    /*
     * Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
     * text widget specific.
     */

3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;

	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:







|


|


|


|















|
|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|







3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919

	    (void) Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switchStrings+1,
		    sizeof(char *), "switch", 0, &index);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_END:
	    i++;
	    goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ALL:
	    searchSpec.all = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_BACK:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_COUNT:
	    if (i >= objc-1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"no value given for \"-count\" option", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "VALUE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    i++;

	    /*
	     * Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
	     * function, which is fair.
	     */

	    searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_ELIDE:
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_HIDDEN:
	    searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_EXACT:
	    searchSpec.exact = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_FWD:
	    searchSpec.backwards = 0;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOCASE:
	    searchSpec.noCase = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
	    searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_OVERLAP:
	    searchSpec.overlap = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
	    searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
	    break;
	case TK_TEXT_SEARCH_REGEXP:
	    searchSpec.exact = 0;
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
	}
    }
  endOfSwitchProcessing:
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188

    if (searchSpecPtr->exact && searchSpecPtr->noCase) {
	Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_GetString(theLine)));
    }

    if (lenPtr != NULL) {
	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    (void)Tcl_GetString(theLine);
	    *lenPtr = theLine->length;
	} else {
	    *lenPtr = Tcl_GetCharLength(theLine);
	}
    }
    return linePtr;
}







|







4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239

    if (searchSpecPtr->exact && searchSpecPtr->noCase) {
	Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_GetString(theLine)));
    }

    if (lenPtr != NULL) {
	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    Tcl_GetString(theLine);
	    *lenPtr = theLine->length;
	} else {
	    *lenPtr = Tcl_GetCharLength(theLine);
	}
    }
    return linePtr;
}
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr)		/* Description of the tab stops. See the text
				 * manual entry for details. */
{
    int objc, i, count;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
    TkTextTab *tabPtr;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    double prevStop, lastStop;
    /*
     * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
     */
    static const char *const tabOptionStrings[] = {
	"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
    };







|







4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr)		/* Description of the tab stops. See the text
				 * manual entry for details. */
{
    int objc, i, count;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
    TkTextTab *tabPtr;
    int ch;
    double prevStop, lastStop;
    /*
     * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
     */
    static const char *const tabOptionStrings[] = {
	"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
    };
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * There may be a more efficient way of getting this.
	 */

	Tcl_UtfToUniChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), &ch);
	if (!Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha(ch)) {
	    continue;
	}
	i += 1;

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {







|







4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * There may be a more efficient way of getting this.
	 */

	TkUtfToUniChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), &ch);
	if (!Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha(ch)) {
	    continue;
	}
	i += 1;

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    arg++;
    atEnd = 0;
    if (objc == arg) {
	TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
    } else {
	int length;
	const char *str;

	if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetString(objv[arg]);
	length = objv[arg]->length;
	if (strncmp(str, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
	    atEnd = 1;
	}
    }
    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    lineno = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index1.linePtr);







|





|
<
|







4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763

4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    arg++;
    atEnd = 0;
    if (objc == arg) {
	TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
    } else {
	size_t length;
	const char *str;

	if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[arg], &length);

	if (strncmp(str, "end", length) == 0) {
	    atEnd = 1;
	}
    }
    if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    lineno = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index1.linePtr);
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
    values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
    tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
    if (command == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
	return 0;
    } else {
	int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
	Tcl_DString buf;
	int code;

	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);







|







5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
    values[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
    tuple = Tcl_NewListObj(3, values);
    if (command == NULL) {
	Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), tuple);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tuple);
	return 0;
    } else {
	TkSizeT oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
	Tcl_DString buf;
	int code;

	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(command), -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, Tcl_GetString(tuple), -1);
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071


5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting







>
>







5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
















5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoRevert() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119


5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously







>
>







5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141

















5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoApply() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);







|







5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757

	/*
	 * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we
	 * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so
	 * it has dual purpose.
	 */

	pattern = Tcl_GetString(patObj);
	matchLength = patObj->length;
	nl = strchr(pattern, '\n');

	/*
	 * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then
	 * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching
	 * will work fine.
	 */







|
<







5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836

5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843

	/*
	 * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we
	 * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so
	 * it has dual purpose.
	 */

	pattern = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(patObj, &matchLength);

	nl = strchr(pattern, '\n');

	/*
	 * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then
	 * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching
	 * will work fine.
	 */
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827

	if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine && searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
	    firstOffset = searchSpecPtr->stopOffset;
	} else {
	    firstOffset = 0;
	}

	if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) {
	    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
		if (alreadySearchOffset < lastOffset) {
		    lastOffset = alreadySearchOffset;
		}
	    } else {
		if (alreadySearchOffset > firstOffset) {
		    firstOffset = alreadySearchOffset;







|







5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913

	if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine && searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
	    firstOffset = searchSpecPtr->stopOffset;
	} else {
	    firstOffset = 0;
	}

	if (alreadySearchOffset >= 0) {
	    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
		if (alreadySearchOffset < lastOffset) {
		    lastOffset = alreadySearchOffset;
		}
	    } else {
		if (alreadySearchOffset > firstOffset) {
		    firstOffset = alreadySearchOffset;
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;
		const char *p;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
			/*







|







5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		int ch;
		const char *p;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
			/*
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			/*
			 * Search back either from the previous match or from
			 * 'startOfLine + lastOffset - 1' until we find a
			 * match.
			 */

			const char c = pattern[0];

			if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) {
			    p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
			    alreadySearchOffset = -1;
			} else {
			    p = startOfLine + lastOffset -1;
			}
			while (p >= startOfLine + firstOffset) {
			    if (p[0] == c && !strncmp(p, pattern,
				    (unsigned) matchLength)) {
				goto backwardsMatch;
			    }
			    p--;
			}
			break;
		    } else {
			p = strstr(startOfLine + firstOffset, pattern);







|

|






|
|







5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			/*
			 * Search back either from the previous match or from
			 * 'startOfLine + lastOffset - 1' until we find a
			 * match.
			 */

			const char c = matchLength ? pattern[0] : '\0';

			if (alreadySearchOffset >= 0) {
			    p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
			    alreadySearchOffset = -1;
			} else {
			    p = startOfLine + lastOffset -1;
			}
			while (p >= startOfLine + firstOffset) {
			    if (matchLength == 0 || (p[0] == c && !strncmp(
				     p, pattern, (size_t) matchLength))) {
				goto backwardsMatch;
			    }
			    p--;
			}
			break;
		    } else {
			p = strstr(startOfLine + firstOffset, pattern);
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
			    if ((lastTotal - skipFirst) >= matchLength) {
				/*
				 * We now have enough text to match, so we
				 * make a final test and break whatever the
				 * result.
				 */

				if (strncmp(p,pattern,(unsigned)matchLength)) {
				    p = NULL;
				}
				break;
			    } else {
				/*
				 * Not enough text yet, but check the prefix.
				 */







|







6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
			    if ((lastTotal - skipFirst) >= matchLength) {
				/*
				 * We now have enough text to match, so we
				 * make a final test and break whatever the
				 * result.
				 */

				if (strncmp(p,pattern,(size_t)matchLength)) {
				    p = NULL;
				}
				break;
			    } else {
				/*
				 * Not enough text yet, but check the prefix.
				 */
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082


6083

6084
6085

6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092

		if (!searchSpecPtr->overlap) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine;
			if (firstNewLine != -1) {
			    break;
			} else {
			    alreadySearchOffset -= matchLength;


			}

		    } else {
			firstOffset = p - startOfLine + matchLength;

			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find
			     * something, it goes until the last extra line we
			     * added.







|
>
>
|
>

|
>







6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182

		if (!searchSpecPtr->overlap) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine;
			if (firstNewLine != -1) {
			    break;
			} else {
			    alreadySearchOffset -= (matchLength ? matchLength : 1);
                            if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
                                break;
                            }
			}
		    } else {
                        firstOffset = matchLength ? p - startOfLine + matchLength
                                                  : p - startOfLine + 1;
			if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
			    /*
			     * Now, we have to be careful not to find
			     * overlapping matches either on the same or
			     * following lines. Assume that if we did find
			     * something, it goes until the last extra line we
			     * added.
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
			if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
			    break;
			}
		    } else {
			firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
				Tcl_UtfToUniChar(startOfLine+matchOffset,&ch);
		    }
		}
	    } while (searchSpecPtr->all);
	} else {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;







|







6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
			if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
			    break;
			}
		    } else {
			firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
				TkUtfToUniChar(startOfLine+matchOffset,&ch);
		    }
		}
	    } while (searchSpecPtr->all);
	} else {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
    char *internalPtr;
    TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {







|







6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
    int flags)			/* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
    char *internalPtr;
    TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;

    if (internalOffset >= 0) {
	internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + internalOffset;
    } else {
	internalPtr = NULL;
    }

    if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
	*value = NULL;
    } else {
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
	return (objPtr->length == 0);
    }
    (void)Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    return (objPtr->length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpTesttextCmd --







|
|

<







6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913

6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
    if (objPtr == NULL) {
	return 1;
    }
    if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
	Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    }

    return (objPtr->length == 0);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpTesttextCmd --

Changes to generic/tkText.h.

527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534








535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
    TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED, TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL
} TkTextState;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
 * that are peers.
 */









typedef struct TkSharedText {
    int refCount;		/* Reference count this shared object. */
    TkTextBTree tree;		/* B-tree representation of text and tags for
				 * widget. */
    Tcl_HashTable tagTable;	/* Hash table that maps from tag names to
				 * pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
				 * tag does not feature in this table, since
				 * there's one of those for each text peer. */
    int numTags;		/* Number of tags currently defined for








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
    TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED, TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL
} TkTextState;

/*
 * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
 * that are peers.
 */

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

typedef struct TkSharedText {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Reference count this shared object. */
    TkTextBTree tree;		/* B-tree representation of text and tags for
				 * widget. */
    Tcl_HashTable tagTable;	/* Hash table that maps from tag names to
				 * pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
				 * tag does not feature in this table, since
				 * there's one of those for each text peer. */
    int numTags;		/* Number of tags currently defined for
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582


583
584
585
586
587
588
589
				 * image, there is no entry for it here. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
				 * this widget. NULL means that no bindings
				 * exist, so the table hasn't been created.
				 * Each "object" used for this table is the
				 * name of a tag. */
    int stateEpoch;		/* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
				 * contents change structurally, or when the
				 * start/end limits change, and means that any
				 * cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
				 * valid. */

    /*
     * Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
     */

    TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack;	/* The undo/redo stack. */
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */


    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode







|

















>
>







566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
				 * image, there is no entry for it here. */
    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
				/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
				 * this widget. NULL means that no bindings
				 * exist, so the table hasn't been created.
				 * Each "object" used for this table is the
				 * name of a tag. */
    TkSizeT stateEpoch;	/* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
				 * contents change structurally, or when the
				 * start/end limits change, and means that any
				 * cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
				 * valid. */

    /*
     * Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
     */

    TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack;	/* The undo/redo stack. */
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */
    int undoMarkId;             /* Counts undo marks temporarily used during
                                   undo and redo operations. */
    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
				 * horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
    char *yScrollCmd;		/* Prefix of command to issue to update
				 * vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
				 * definitions. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Token representing the configuration
				 * specifications. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
				 * refering to us. */
    int insertCursorType;	/* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
				 * cursor. */

    /*
     * Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
     * functonality







|







787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
				 * horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
    char *yScrollCmd;		/* Prefix of command to issue to update
				 * vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
				 * definitions. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Token representing the configuration
				 * specifications. */
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
				 * refering to us. */
    int insertCursorType;	/* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
				 * cursor. */

    /*
     * Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
     * functonality
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr,
			    int defaultHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkText *textPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int line);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int pixels,
			    int *pixelOffset);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr);







|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr,
			    int defaultHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkText *textPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree,
			    TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkSizeT	TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int line);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int pixels,
			    int *pixelOffset);
MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
			    const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr);

Changes to generic/tkTextBTree.c.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
 */

typedef struct BTree {
    Node *rootPtr;		/* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
    int clients;		/* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
    int pixelReferences;	/* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
				 * about pixel heights. */
    int stateEpoch;		/* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
				 * changes. */
    TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
				 * checking code, and to access list of all
				 * B-tree clients. */
    int startEndCount;
    TkTextLine **startEnd;
    TkText **startEndRef;







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
 */

typedef struct BTree {
    Node *rootPtr;		/* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
    int clients;		/* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
    int pixelReferences;	/* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
				 * about pixel heights. */
    TkSizeT stateEpoch;	 /* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
				 * changes. */
    TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
				 * checking code, and to access list of all
				 * B-tree clients. */
    int startEndCount;
    TkTextLine **startEnd;
    TkText **startEndRef;
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

int tkBTreeDebug = 0;

/*
 * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments:
 */

#define CSEG_SIZE(chars) ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ 1 + (chars)))
#define TSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextToggle)))

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */

static int		AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight,
			    Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end,







|
|
|
|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153

int tkBTreeDebug = 0;

/*
 * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments:
 */

#define CSEG_SIZE(chars) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ 1 + (chars))
#define TSEG_SIZE (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextToggle))

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
 */

static int		AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight,
			    Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end,
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkBTreeEpoch(
    TkTextBTree tree)		/* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
    BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
    return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}








|







497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

TkSizeT
TkBTreeEpoch(
    TkTextBTree tree)		/* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
    BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
    return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}

795
796
797
798
799
800
801

802
803
804
805
806
807
808
     */

    if (overwriteWithLast != -1) {
	nodePtr->numPixels[overwriteWithLast] =
		nodePtr->numPixels[treePtr->pixelReferences-1];
    }
    if (treePtr->pixelReferences == 1) {

	nodePtr->numPixels = NULL;
    } else {
	nodePtr->numPixels = ckrealloc(nodePtr->numPixels,
		sizeof(int) * (treePtr->pixelReferences - 1));
    }
    if (nodePtr->level != 0) {
	nodePtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;







>







795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
     */

    if (overwriteWithLast != -1) {
	nodePtr->numPixels[overwriteWithLast] =
		nodePtr->numPixels[treePtr->pixelReferences-1];
    }
    if (treePtr->pixelReferences == 1) {
	ckfree(nodePtr->numPixels);
	nodePtr->numPixels = NULL;
    } else {
	nodePtr->numPixels = ckrealloc(nodePtr->numPixels,
		sizeof(int) * (treePtr->pixelReferences - 1));
    }
    if (nodePtr->level != 0) {
	nodePtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
    TkTextSegment *curPtr;	/* Current segment; new characters are
				 * inserted just after this one. NULL means
				 * insert at beginning of line. */
    TkTextLine *linePtr;	/* Current line (new segments are added to
				 * this line). */
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
    int chunkSize;		/* # characters in current chunk. */
    register const char *eol;	/* Pointer to character just after last one in
				 * current chunk. */
    int changeToLineCount;	/* Counts change to total number of lines in
				 * file. */
    int *changeToPixelCount;	/* Counts change to total number of pixels in
				 * file. */
    int ref;







|







1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
    TkTextSegment *curPtr;	/* Current segment; new characters are
				 * inserted just after this one. NULL means
				 * insert at beginning of line. */
    TkTextLine *linePtr;	/* Current line (new segments are added to
				 * this line). */
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
    size_t chunkSize;		/* # characters in current chunk. */
    register const char *eol;	/* Pointer to character just after last one in
				 * current chunk. */
    int changeToLineCount;	/* Counts change to total number of lines in
				 * file. */
    int *changeToPixelCount;	/* Counts change to total number of pixels in
				 * file. */
    int ref;
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
	    segPtr->nextPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
	    linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
	} else {
	    segPtr->nextPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
	    curPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
	}
	segPtr->size = chunkSize;
	memcpy(segPtr->body.chars, string, (size_t) chunkSize);
	segPtr->body.chars[chunkSize] = 0;

	if (eol[-1] != '\n') {
	    break;
	}

	/*







|







1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
	    segPtr->nextPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
	    linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
	} else {
	    segPtr->nextPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
	    curPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
	}
	segPtr->size = chunkSize;
	memcpy(segPtr->body.chars, string, chunkSize);
	segPtr->body.chars[chunkSize] = 0;

	if (eol[-1] != '\n') {
	    break;
	}

	/*
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441


1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
		    Node *prevNodePtr = parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
		    while (prevNodePtr->nextPtr != curNodePtr) {
			prevNodePtr = prevNodePtr->nextPtr;
		    }
		    prevNodePtr->nextPtr = curNodePtr->nextPtr;
		}
		parentPtr->numChildren--;


		ckfree(curNodePtr);
		curNodePtr = parentPtr;
	    }
	    curNodePtr = curLinePtr->parentPtr;
	    continue;
	}








>
>







1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
		    Node *prevNodePtr = parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
		    while (prevNodePtr->nextPtr != curNodePtr) {
			prevNodePtr = prevNodePtr->nextPtr;
		    }
		    prevNodePtr->nextPtr = curNodePtr->nextPtr;
		}
		parentPtr->numChildren--;
		DeleteSummaries(curNodePtr->summaryPtr);
		ckfree(curNodePtr->numPixels);
		ckfree(curNodePtr);
		curNodePtr = parentPtr;
	    }
	    curNodePtr = curLinePtr->parentPtr;
	    continue;
	}

4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187

4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
	     */

	    if (nodePtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
		if ((nodePtr->numChildren == 1) && (nodePtr->level > 0)) {
		    treePtr->rootPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
		    treePtr->rootPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
		    DeleteSummaries(nodePtr->summaryPtr);

		    ckfree(nodePtr);
		}
		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Not the root. Make sure that there are siblings to balance







>







4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
	     */

	    if (nodePtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
		if ((nodePtr->numChildren == 1) && (nodePtr->level > 0)) {
		    treePtr->rootPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
		    treePtr->rootPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
		    DeleteSummaries(nodePtr->summaryPtr);
		    ckfree(nodePtr->numPixels);
		    ckfree(nodePtr);
		}
		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Not the root. Make sure that there are siblings to balance
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276

4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
	     */

	    if (totalChildren <= MAX_CHILDREN) {
		RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
		nodePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->nextPtr;
		nodePtr->parentPtr->numChildren--;
		DeleteSummaries(otherPtr->summaryPtr);

		ckfree(otherPtr);
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * The siblings can't be merged, so just divide their children
	     * evenly between them.







>







4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
	     */

	    if (totalChildren <= MAX_CHILDREN) {
		RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
		nodePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->nextPtr;
		nodePtr->parentPtr->numChildren--;
		DeleteSummaries(otherPtr->summaryPtr);
		ckfree(otherPtr->numPixels);
		ckfree(otherPtr);
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * The siblings can't be merged, so just divide their children
	     * evenly between them.
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
    TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;

    newPtr1 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
    newPtr2 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
    newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr1->nextPtr = newPtr2;
    newPtr1->size = index;
    memcpy(newPtr1->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, (size_t) index);
    newPtr1->body.chars[index] = 0;
    newPtr2->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr2->nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
    newPtr2->size = segPtr->size - index;
    memcpy(newPtr2->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars + index, newPtr2->size);
    newPtr2->body.chars[newPtr2->size] = 0;
    ckfree(segPtr);







|







4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
    TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;

    newPtr1 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
    newPtr2 = ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
    newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr1->nextPtr = newPtr2;
    newPtr1->size = index;
    memcpy(newPtr1->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, index);
    newPtr1->body.chars[index] = 0;
    newPtr2->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
    newPtr2->nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
    newPtr2->size = segPtr->size - index;
    memcpy(newPtr2->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars + index, newPtr2->size);
    newPtr2->body.chars[newPtr2->size] = 0;
    ckfree(segPtr);

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

#ifdef _WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif

/*
 * "Calculations of line pixel heights and the size of the vertical
 * scrollbar."







<
<
<
<
<
<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18






19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"







#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif

/*
 * "Calculations of line pixel heights and the size of the vertical
 * scrollbar."
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
/*
 * The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
 * graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
 * dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
 */

typedef struct TextStyle {
    int refCount;		/* Number of times this structure is
				 * referenced in Chunks. */
    GC bgGC;			/* Graphics context for background. None means
				 * use widget background. */
    GC fgGC;			/* Graphics context for foreground. */
    GC ulGC;			/* Graphics context for underline. */
    GC ovGC;			/* Graphics context for overstrike. */
    StyleValues *sValuePtr;	/* Raw information from which GCs were







|







158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
/*
 * The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
 * graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
 * dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
 */

typedef struct TextStyle {
    TkSizeT refCount;		/* Number of times this structure is
				 * referenced in Chunks. */
    GC bgGC;			/* Graphics context for background. None means
				 * use widget background. */
    GC fgGC;			/* Graphics context for foreground. */
    GC ulGC;			/* Graphics context for underline. */
    GC ovGC;			/* Graphics context for overstrike. */
    StyleValues *sValuePtr;	/* Raw information from which GCs were
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
				 * calculations, if they are out of date. */
    TkTextIndex metricIndex;	/* If the current metric update line wraps
				 * into very many display lines, then this is
				 * used to keep track of what index we've got
				 * to so far... */
    int metricPixelHeight;	/* ...and this is for the height calculation
				 * so far...*/
    int metricEpoch;		/* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
				 * calculation so it can be cancelled if
				 * things change once more. This field will be
				 * -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
				 * progress, and take a non-negative value if
				 * there is such a calculation in progress. */
    int lastMetricUpdateLine;	/* When the current update line reaches this
				 * line, we are done and should stop the







|







396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
				 * calculations, if they are out of date. */
    TkTextIndex metricIndex;	/* If the current metric update line wraps
				 * into very many display lines, then this is
				 * used to keep track of what index we've got
				 * to so far... */
    int metricPixelHeight;	/* ...and this is for the height calculation
				 * so far...*/
    TkSizeT metricEpoch;		/* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
				 * calculation so it can be cancelled if
				 * things change once more. This field will be
				 * -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
				 * progress, and take a non-negative value if
				 * there is such a calculation in progress. */
    int lastMetricUpdateLine;	/* When the current update line reaches this
				 * line, we are done and should stop the
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2







|







600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069

static void
FreeStyle(
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about overall widget. */
    register TextStyle *stylePtr)
				/* Information about style to free. */
{
    stylePtr->refCount--;
    if (stylePtr->refCount == 0) {
	if (stylePtr->bgGC != None) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->fgGC != None) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->ulGC != None) {







<
|







1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054

1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062

static void
FreeStyle(
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Information about overall widget. */
    register TextStyle *stylePtr)
				/* Information about style to free. */
{

    if (stylePtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	if (stylePtr->bgGC != None) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->fgGC != None) {
	    Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC);
	}
	if (stylePtr->ulGC != None) {
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
            || !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
	 */

	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
	dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,







|







2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
            || !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
	 */

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
	dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
    }

    /*
     * If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
     * and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
     */

    if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1
	    && lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
	/*
	 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
	 * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
	 * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
	 */








|







3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
    }

    /*
     * If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
     * and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
     */

    if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH
	    && lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
	/*
	 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
	 * refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
	 * above). If there is a registered aftersync command, run that first.
	 */

3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
         * Fire the <<WidgetViewSync>> event since the widget view is in sync
         * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip
         * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time).
         */

        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1);

	textPtr->refCount--;
	if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no







<
|







3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075

3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
         * Fire the <<WidgetViewSync>> event since the widget view is in sync
         * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip
         * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time).
         */

        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1);


	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
	    }

	    /*
	     * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
	     * then we can't be done.
	     */

	    if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1 && lineNum == endLine) {
		/*
		 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
		 */

		break;
	    }
	}







|







3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
	    }

	    /*
	     * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
	     * then we can't be done.
	     */

	    if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH && lineNum == endLine) {
		/*
		 * We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
		 */

		break;
	    }
	}
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
     */
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
	return;
    }
#endif

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
	 */








|
|







4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
     * If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
     * clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
     */
    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
    MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
    if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    	return;
     }
#endif

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted.	 Don't do anything.
	 */

4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
     * away in the Tcl_Release call.
     */

    while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
	textPtr->refCount++;
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, &textPtr->pickEvent);
	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	    goto end;
	}
	if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    goto end;
	}
    }







|







4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
     * away in the Tcl_Release call.
     */

    while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
	textPtr->refCount++;
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, &textPtr->pickEvent);
	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	    goto end;
	}
	if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    goto end;
	}
    }
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285

	    dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
	    if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
		break;
	    }
	    dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*
	 * Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
	 * going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
	 * for redisplay.
	 */

	for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {







<







4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269

4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276

	    dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
	    if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
		break;
	    }
	    dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
	}

	/*
	 * Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
	 * going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
	 * for redisplay.
	 */

	for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {
	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);

	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We







<







4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293

4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {
	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);

	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444



























4445
4446
4447
4448
4449


4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462


4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
		    Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
		    return;
		}
		dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
		dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);



























	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {
		register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;

		/*


		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc
		 * on them because they might need to be unmapped or they
		 * might need to be moved to reflect their new position.
		 * Otherwise, everything else moves, but the embedded window
		 * doesn't!
		 *
		 * So, we loop through all the chunks, calling the display
		 * proc of embedded windows only.
		 */



		for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
			chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
		    int x;
		    if (chunkPtr->displayProc != TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc) {
			continue;
		    }







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
<

>
>













>
>







4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463


4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
		    Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
		    return;
		}
		dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
		dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL) {
		/*
		 * On macOS we need to redisplay all embedded windows which
		 * were moved by the call to TkScrollWindows above.  This is
		 * not necessary on Unix or Windows because XScrollWindow will
		 * have included the bounding rectangles of all of these
		 * windows in the damage region.  The macosx implementation of
		 * TkScrollWindow does not do this.  It simply generates a
		 * damage region which is the scroll source rectangle minus
		 * the scroll destination rectangle.  This is because there is
		 * no efficient process available for iterating through the
		 * subwindows which meet the scrolled area.  (On Unix this is
		 * handled by GraphicsExpose events generated by XCopyArea and
		 * on Windows by ScrollWindowEx.  On macOS the low level
		 * scrolling is accomplished by calling [view scrollRect:by:].
		 * This method does not provide any damage information and, in
		 * any case, could not be aware of Tk windows which were not
		 * based on NSView objects.
		 *
		 * On the other hand, this loop is already iterating through
		 * all embedded windows which could possibly have been moved
		 * by the scrolling.  So it is as efficient to redisplay them
		 * here as it would have been if they had been redisplayed by
		 * the call to TextInvalidateRegion above.
		 */
#else
	    } else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
		    || (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {


		/*
		 * On platforms other than the Mac:
		 *
		 * It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
		 * top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
		 * necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
		 * scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
		 * any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc
		 * on them because they might need to be unmapped or they
		 * might need to be moved to reflect their new position.
		 * Otherwise, everything else moves, but the embedded window
		 * doesn't!
		 *
		 * So, we loop through all the chunks, calling the display
		 * proc of embedded windows only.
		 */
#endif
		register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;

		for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
			chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
		    int x;
		    if (chunkPtr->displayProc != TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc) {
			continue;
		    }
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484






4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
			 * as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc
			 * may not be able to tell if something is off to the
			 * right).
			 */

			x = -chunkPtr->width;
		    }






		    TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
			    dlPtr->spaceAbove,
			    dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow,
			    dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL,
			    (Drawable) None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
		}

	    }
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    }








>
>
>
>
>
>






<







4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515

4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
			 * as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc
			 * may not be able to tell if something is off to the
			 * right).
			 */

			x = -chunkPtr->width;
		    }
		    if (tkTextDebug) {
			char string[TK_POS_CHARS];

			TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &dlPtr->index, string);
			LOG("tk_textEmbWinDisplay", string);
		    }
		    TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
			    dlPtr->spaceAbove,
			    dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow,
			    dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL,
			    (Drawable) None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
		}

	    }
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
	Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
    }

6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
				 * parsed this command enough to know that
				 * objv[1] is "yview". */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
    int pickPlace, type;
    int pixels, count;
    int switchLength;
    double fraction;
    TkTextIndex index;

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
    }

    if (objc == 2) {
	GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
     */

    pickPlace = 0;
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
	register const char *switchStr =
		Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);

	if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
		(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
	    pickPlace = 1;
	    if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
		return TCL_ERROR;







|



















|







6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. Someone else has already
				 * parsed this command enough to know that
				 * objv[1] is "yview". */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
    int pickPlace, type;
    int pixels, count;
    size_t switchLength;
    double fraction;
    TkTextIndex index;

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
	UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
    }

    if (objc == 2) {
	GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
     */

    pickPlace = 0;
    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
	register const char *switchStr =
		TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);

	if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
		(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
	    pickPlace = 1;
	    if (objc != 4) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
		return TCL_ERROR;
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
Bool
TkTextPendingsync(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Information about text widget. */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;

    return (
        ((dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1) &&
         (dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine == dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine)) ?
        0 : 1);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
Bool
TkTextPendingsync(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Information about text widget. */
{
    TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;

    return (
        ((dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) &&
         (dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine == dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine)) ?
        0 : 1);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762

    textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;

    if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
    }

    if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786

    textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;

    if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
    }

    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */







|







6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544



7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
     * following is true:
     *	 (a) the chunk contains no characters and the display line contains no
     *	     characters yet (i.e. the line isn't wide enough to hold even a
     *	     single character).
     *	 (b) at least one pixel of the character is visible, we have not
     *	     already exceeded the character limit, and the next character is a
     *	     white space character.



     */

    p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
    tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {







>
>
>







7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
     * following is true:
     *	 (a) the chunk contains no characters and the display line contains no
     *	     characters yet (i.e. the line isn't wide enough to hold even a
     *	     single character).
     *	 (b) at least one pixel of the character is visible, we have not
     *	     already exceeded the character limit, and the next character is a
     *	     white space character.
     * In the specific case of 'word' wrapping mode however, include all space
     * characters following the characters that fit in the space we've got,
     * even if no pixel of them is visible.
     */

    p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
    tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
	    chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
	if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
	    Tcl_UniChar ch;
	    int chLen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
		    lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
		    &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, chLen, 0, -1,







|
|







7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
	    chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
	if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
	    int ch;
	    int chLen = TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
		    lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
		    &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, chLen, 0, -1,
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606















7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
	     * if there is at least one pixel of space left on the line. Just
	     * give the space character whatever space is left.
	     */

	    nextX = maxX;
	    bytesThatFit++;
	}















	if (p[bytesThatFit] == '\n') {
	    /*
	     * A newline character takes up no space, so if the previous
	     * character fits then so does the newline.
	     */

	    bytesThatFit++;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
	     * if there is at least one pixel of space left on the line. Just
	     * give the space character whatever space is left.
	     */

	    nextX = maxX;
	    bytesThatFit++;
	}
        if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD) {
            while (p[bytesThatFit] == ' ') {
                /*
                 * Space characters that would go at the beginning of the
                 * next line are allocated to the current line. This gives
                 * the effect of trimming white spaces that would otherwise
                 * be seen at the beginning of wrapped lines.
                 * Note that testing for '\t' is useless here because the
                 * chunk always includes at most one trailing \t, see
                 * LayoutDLine.
                 */

                bytesThatFit++;
            }
        }
	if (p[bytesThatFit] == '\n') {
	    /*
	     * A newline character takes up no space, so if the previous
	     * character fits then so does the newline.
	     */

	    bytesThatFit++;
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
    chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
    chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
    chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;

#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    ciPtr = ckalloc((Tk_Offset(CharInfo, chars) + 1) + bytesThatFit);
    chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
    memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, (unsigned) bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
    if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
	ciPtr->numBytes--;







|







7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
    chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
    chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
    chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
    chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;

#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    ciPtr = ckalloc(Tk_Offset(CharInfo, chars) + 1 + bytesThatFit);
    chunkPtr->clientData = ciPtr;
    memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, (unsigned) bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
    if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
	ciPtr->numBytes--;
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
	if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
	    xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
	} else {
	    int widthUntilStart = 0;

	    MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
		    0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
	    xDisplacement = startX - widthUntilStart - chunkPtr->x;
	}

	fit = MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bend,
		ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);

	if (fit < bstart) {
	    return 0;







|







7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
	if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
	    xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
	} else {
	    int widthUntilStart = 0;

	    MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
		    0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
	    xDisplacement = startX - widthUntilStart - ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x;
	}

	fit = MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bend,
		ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);

	if (fit < bstart) {
	    return 0;
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
	    break;
	}
	ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;

#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
	newwidth = 0;
	CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
	if (newwidth != chunkPtr->width) {
	    widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
	    chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
	}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
    }

    if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {







|







8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
	    break;
	}
	ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;

#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
	newwidth = 0;
	CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
	if (newwidth < chunkPtr->width) {
	    widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
	    chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
	}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
    }

    if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965

8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972

8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979

    /*
     * Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
     */

    bciPtr = baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;


    if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
	    != Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
		"(not last)\n");
#endif
    }


    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&bciPtr->baseChars, ciPtr->baseOffset);

    /*
     * Invalidate the stored pixel width of the base chunk.
     */








>


<


<

>







9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010

9011
9012

9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021

    /*
     * Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
     */

    bciPtr = baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;

#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
	    != Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {

	fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
		"(not last)\n");

    }
#endif

    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&bciPtr->baseChars, ciPtr->baseOffset);

    /*
     * Invalidate the stored pixel width of the base chunk.
     */

Changes to generic/tkTextImage.c.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment:
 */

#define EI_SEG_SIZE \
	((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage)))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);







|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment:
 */

#define EI_SEG_SIZE \
	(Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
	if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei,
		eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}







|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
	if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, &eiPtr->body.ei,
		eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
		    (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		return TCL_OK;







|







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
		    "no embedded image at index \"%s\"",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "TEXT", "NO_IMAGE", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
		    &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
		return TCL_OK;
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    char *name;
    int dummy;
    int count = 0;		/* The counter for picking a unique name */
    int conflict = 0;		/* True if we have a name conflict */
    size_t len;			/* length of image name */

    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei,
	    eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until







|







333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    char *name;
    int dummy;
    int count = 0;		/* The counter for picking a unique name */
    int conflict = 0;		/* True if we have a name conflict */
    size_t len;			/* length of image name */

    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, &eiPtr->body.ei,
	    eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
	    objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until

Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
/*
 * tkTextIndex.c --
 *
 *	This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text
 *	widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer):
 */

#define LAST_CHAR 1000000














|
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
/*
 * tkTextIndex.c --
 *
 *	This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text
 *	widgets.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer):
 */

#define LAST_CHAR 1000000

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);







|
|
|







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(const TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
	((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
	(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch))

/*
 * Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
 * text widgets internally.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {







|







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
	((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
	(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
	((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) (size_t) (epoch))

/*
 * Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
 * text widgets internally.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
FreeTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *indexObjPtr)	/* TextIndex object with internal rep to
				 * free. */
{
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(indexObjPtr);

    if (indexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (--indexPtr->textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    /*
	     * The text widget has been deleted and we need to free it now.
	     */

	    ckfree(indexPtr->textPtr);
	}
    }
    ckfree(indexPtr);
    indexObjPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}

static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
    int epoch;
    TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;

    dupIndexPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
    indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
    epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);

    dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;







|
















|







83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
FreeTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *indexObjPtr)	/* TextIndex object with internal rep to
				 * free. */
{
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(indexObjPtr);

    if (indexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (indexPtr->textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * The text widget has been deleted and we need to free it now.
	     */

	    ckfree(indexPtr->textPtr);
	}
    }
    ckfree(indexPtr);
    indexObjPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}

static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)		/* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
    TkSizeT epoch;
    TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;

    dupIndexPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
    indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
    epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);

    dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
 */

static void
UpdateStringOfTextIndex(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
    register int len;
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);

    len = TkTextPrintIndex(indexPtr->textPtr, indexPtr, buffer);

    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
    objPtr->length = len;







|







130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
 */

static void
UpdateStringOfTextIndex(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
    size_t len;
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);

    len = TkTextPrintIndex(indexPtr->textPtr, indexPtr, buffer);

    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
    objPtr->length = len;
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
				 * position. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
    int cache;

    if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
	int epoch;

	indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
	epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);

	if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
	    if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
		return indexPtr;







|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
				 * position. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
    int cache;

    if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
	TkSizeT epoch;

	indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
	epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);

	if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
	    if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
		return indexPtr;
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
				 * of text). */
    int byteIndex,		/* Byte index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    int index;
    const char *p, *start;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	byteIndex = 0;
    }
    if (byteIndex < 0) {







|







383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
				 * of text). */
    int byteIndex,		/* Byte index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    int index;
    const char *p, *start;
    int ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	byteIndex = 0;
    }
    if (byteIndex < 0) {
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
		 * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
		 * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
		 */

		start = segPtr->body.chars + (byteIndex - index);
		p = Tcl_UtfPrev(start, segPtr->body.chars);
		p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		indexPtr->byteIndex += p - start;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	index += segPtr->size;
    }
    return indexPtr;







|







433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
		 * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index
		 * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
		 * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
		 */

		start = segPtr->body.chars + (byteIndex - index);
		p = Tcl_UtfPrev(start, segPtr->body.chars);
		p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		indexPtr->byteIndex += p - start;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	index += segPtr->size;
    }
    return indexPtr;
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
				 * of text). */
    int charIndex,		/* Index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    char *p, *start, *end;
    int index, offset;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	charIndex = 0;
    }
    if (charIndex < 0) {







|







476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
				 * of text). */
    int charIndex,		/* Index of desired character. */
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr)	/* Structure to fill in. */
{
    register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    char *p, *start, *end;
    int index, offset;
    int ch;

    indexPtr->tree = tree;
    if (lineIndex < 0) {
	lineIndex = 0;
	charIndex = 0;
    }
    if (charIndex < 0) {
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
	    end = start + segPtr->size;
	    for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
		if (charIndex == 0) {
		    indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		    return indexPtr;
		}
		charIndex--;
		offset = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		index += offset;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
		indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		break;
	    }







|







523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
	    end = start + segPtr->size;
	    for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
		if (charIndex == 0) {
		    indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		    return indexPtr;
		}
		charIndex--;
		offset = TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
		index += offset;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
		indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
		break;
	    }
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
	*endOfBase = c;
	if (result != 0) {
	    goto gotBase;
	}
    }
    if ((string[0] == 'e')
	    && (strncmp(string, "end",
	    (size_t) (endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(&copy))) == 0)) {
	/*
	 * Base position is end of text.
	 */

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, indexPtr);
	canCache = 1;







|







919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
	*endOfBase = c;
	if (result != 0) {
	    goto gotBase;
	}
    }
    if ((string[0] == 'e')
	    && (strncmp(string, "end",
	    endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(&copy)) == 0)) {
	/*
	 * Base position is end of text.
	 */

	TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
		TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, indexPtr);
	canCache = 1;
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
    TkTextCountType type)	/* The type of item to count */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
    int byteOffset;
    char *start, *end, *p;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int elide = 0;
    int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);

    if (charCount < 0) {
	TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
	return;
    }







|







1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
    TkTextCountType type)	/* The type of item to count */
{
    TkTextLine *linePtr;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr;
    TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
    int byteOffset;
    char *start, *end, *p;
    int ch;
    int elide = 0;
    int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);

    if (charCount < 0) {
	TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
	return;
    }
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
		}
	    }

	    if (!elide) {
		if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		    start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
		    end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
		    for (p = start; p < end; p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch)) {
			if (charCount == 0) {
			    dstPtr->byteIndex += (p - start);
			    goto forwardCharDone;
			}
			charCount--;
		    }
		} else if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {







|







1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
		}
	    }

	    if (!elide) {
		if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		    start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
		    end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
		    for (p = start; p < end; p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch)) {
			if (charCount == 0) {
			    dstPtr->byteIndex += (p - start);
			    goto forwardCharDone;
			}
			charCount--;
		    }
		} else if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;








|
|
|














|
|


|







1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;

2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
		    COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	}
	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;

		chSize = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		firstChar = 0;
	    }
	    offset += chSize;
	    indexPtr->byteIndex += chSize;







|

|







2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
		    COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	}
	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		int ch;

		chSize = TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		firstChar = 0;
	    }
	    offset += chSize;
	    indexPtr->byteIndex += chSize;
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347

2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
	 */

	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;


		Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		if (offset > 0) {
		    chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
			    - Tcl_UtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
			    segPtr->body.chars));







<

>
|







2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345

2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
	 */

	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {


		int ch;
		TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		if (offset > 0) {
		    chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
			    - Tcl_UtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
			    segPtr->body.chars));

Changes to generic/tkTextMark.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkText.h"
#include "tk3d.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment:
 */

#define MSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextMark)))

/*
 * Forward references for functions defined in this file:
 */

static Tcl_Obj *	GetMarkName(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr);
static void		InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,







|
|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#include "tkText.h"
#include "tk3d.h"

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment:
 */

#define MSEG_SIZE (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextMark))

/*
 * Forward references for functions defined in this file:
 */

static Tcl_Obj *	GetMarkName(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr);
static void		InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
	    sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
    case MARK_GRAVITY: {
	char c;
	int length;
	const char *str;

	if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
	} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
	} else {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
	    if (hPtr == NULL) {







|






|







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
	    sizeof(char *), "mark option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
    case MARK_GRAVITY: {
	char c;
	size_t length;
	const char *str;

	if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
	} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
	    markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
	} else {
	    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
	    if (hPtr == NULL) {
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
		typeStr = "right";
	    } else {
		typeStr = "left";
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
	c = str[0];
	if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
	} else if ((c == 'r') &&
		(strncmp(str, "right", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
	} else {







|







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
		typeStr = "right";
	    } else {
		typeStr = "left";
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(typeStr, -1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	str = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
	c = str[0];
	if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
	} else if ((c == 'r') &&
		(strncmp(str, "right", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
	    newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
	} else {

Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"

/*
 * The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
 * option of tags in a Text widget. These values are used as indices into the
 * string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the widget as
 * a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const wrapStrings[] = {
    "char", "none", "word", "", NULL
};

/*
 * The 'TkTextTabStyle' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the
 * -tabstyle option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into
 * the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the
 * widget as a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};








|
|
|















|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
 * option of tags in a Text widget. These values are used as indices into the
 * string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the widget as
 * a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const wrapStrings[] = {
    "char", "none", "word", "", NULL
};

/*
 * The 'TkTextTabStyle' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the
 * -tabstyle option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into
 * the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty tabstyle value, but the
 * widget as a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};

239
240
241
242
243
244
245

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection

			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}







>







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
		     * equivalent to:
		     *	   event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
		     */

		    TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);

		    if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection
			    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(textPtr->interp))
			    && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
			Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
				TkTextLostSelection, textPtr);
			textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
		    }
		    textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
		}
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
	    if (tagPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	break;
    case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
	int newTag;

	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
		    "tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    int result = TCL_OK;

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
		    objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
	     * -justify, require additional translation (this is needed







|


















|











|







339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
	} else {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

	    tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
	    if (tagPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	break;
    case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
	int newTag;

	if (objc < 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
		    "tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
	if (objc <= 5) {
	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, tagPtr,
		    tagPtr->optionTable,
		    (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);

	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    int result = TCL_OK;

	    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
		    objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
	     * -justify, require additional translation (this is needed
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error message; if
				 * NULL, then don't record an error
				 * message. */
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget in which tag is being used. */
    Tcl_Obj *tagName)		/* Name of desired tag. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    int len;
    const char *str;

    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
    if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str, "sel")) {
	return textPtr->selTagPtr;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
	    Tcl_GetString(tagName));
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);







|


|







1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error message; if
				 * NULL, then don't record an error
				 * message. */
    TkText *textPtr,		/* Widget in which tag is being used. */
    Tcl_Obj *tagName)		/* Name of desired tag. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    size_t len;
    const char *str;

    str = TkGetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
    if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str, "sel")) {
	return textPtr->selTagPtr;
    }
    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
	    Tcl_GetString(tagName));
    if (hPtr != NULL) {
	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
     * refCount it holds.
     */

    if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
	    Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
	}
	textPtr->refCount--;
	if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Finally free the tag's memory.







<
|







1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261

1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
     * refCount it holds.
     */

    if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
	    Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
	}

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Finally free the tag's memory.
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:
    if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:
    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566

1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
    TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
				/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
				 * warning. */
    int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, size, nearby;

    XEvent event;

    /*
     * If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
     * again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
     * a form of mouse grabbing.
     */







|
>







1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
				 * ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
    TkTextIndex index;
    TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
    TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
				/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
				 * warning. */
    int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, nearby;
    size_t size;
    XEvent event;

    /*
     * If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
     * again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
     * a form of mouse grabbing.
     */
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
     * in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
     */

    SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    if (numNewTags > 0) {
	size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
	copyArrayPtr = ckalloc(size);
	memcpy(copyArrayPtr, newArrayPtr, (size_t) size);
	for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
	    for (j = 0; j < numNewTags; j++) {
		if (textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] == copyArrayPtr[j]) {
		    textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
		    copyArrayPtr[j] = NULL;
		    break;
		}







|







1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
     * in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
     */

    SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
    if (numNewTags > 0) {
	size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
	copyArrayPtr = ckalloc(size);
	memcpy(copyArrayPtr, newArrayPtr, size);
	for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
	    for (j = 0; j < numNewTags; j++) {
		if (textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] == copyArrayPtr[j]) {
		    textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
		    copyArrayPtr[j] = NULL;
		    break;
		}

Changes to generic/tkTextWind.c.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
    EmbWinLostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
};

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
 */

#define EW_SEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow)))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);







|
|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
    EmbWinLostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
};

/*
 * Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
 */

#define EW_SEG_SIZE (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
	+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow))

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
 */

static TkTextSegment *	EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
			    TkTextLine *linePtr);
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
	client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	if (client != NULL) {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	} else {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
		ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }







|







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
	client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	if (client != NULL) {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	} else {
	    ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	}

	objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
		ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
	if (objPtr == NULL) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	    client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	    if (client != NULL) {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	    } else {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	    }

	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
		    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		    textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;







|







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	    client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
	    if (client != NULL) {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
	    } else {
		ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
	    }

	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
		    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		    textPtr->tkwin);
	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
	    return TCL_OK;
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
    if (client != NULL) {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
    } else {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
    }

    oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
	    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
	    NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
	if (oldWindow != NULL) {







|







399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
    if (client != NULL) {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
    } else {
	ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
    }

    oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
    if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, &ewPtr->body.ew,
	    ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
	    NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
	if (oldWindow != NULL) {

Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.

725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733

734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
    int objc,			/* # arguments for command. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
    double *dblPtr,		/* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
				 * any. */
    int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
				 * scroll, if any. */
{
    const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    size_t length = objv[2]->length;


#define ArgPfxEq(str) \
	((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, (unsigned)length))

    if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number units|pages");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}

	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
	length = objv[4]->length;
	if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(







<
|
>


|



















|
<







725
726
727
728
729
730
731

732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756

757
758
759
760
761
762
763
    int objc,			/* # arguments for command. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Arguments for command. */
    double *dblPtr,		/* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
				 * any. */
    int *intPtr)		/* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
				 * scroll, if any. */
{

    size_t length;
    const char *arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

#define ArgPfxEq(str) \
	((arg[0] == str[0]) && !strncmp(arg, str, length))

    if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
    } else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
	if (objc != 5) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number units|pages");
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
	}

	arg = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4], &length);

	if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
	} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
	    return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
	}

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194




































































































1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
        event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}




































































































/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
	event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUtfToUniChar --
 *
 *	Almost the same as Tcl_UtfToUniChar but using int instead of Tcl_UniChar.
 *	This function is capable of collapsing a upper/lower surrogate pair to a
 *	single unicode character. So, up to 6 bytes might be consumed.
 *
 * Results:
 *	*chPtr is filled with the Tcl_UniChar, and the return value is the
 *	number of bytes from the UTF-8 string that were consumed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

size_t
TkUtfToUniChar(
    const char *src,	/* The UTF-8 string. */
    int *chPtr)		/* Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by
			 * the UTF-8 string. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;

    size_t len = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &uniChar);
    if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
	Tcl_UniChar high = uniChar;
	/* This can only happen if Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX=4,
	 * or when a high surrogate character is detected in UTF-8 form */
	size_t len2 = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src+len, &uniChar);
	if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
	    *chPtr = (((high & 0x3ff) << 10) | (uniChar & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    len += len2;
	} else {
	    *chPtr = high;
	}
    } else {
	*chPtr = uniChar;
    }
    return len;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUniCharToUtf --
 *
 *	Almost the same as Tcl_UniCharToUtf but producing surrogates if
 *	TCL_UTF_MAX==3. So, up to 6 bytes might be produced.
 *
 * Results:
 *	*buf is filled with the UTF-8 string, and the return value is the
 *	number of bytes produced.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

size_t TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    size_t size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((((unsigned)(ch - 0x10000) <= 0xFFFFF)) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;
}


#endif

unsigned char *
TkGetByteArrayFromObj(
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	size_t *lengthPtr
) {
    int length;

    unsigned char *result = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objPtr, &length);
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
    if (sizeof(TCL_HASH_TYPE) > sizeof(int)) {
	/* 64-bit and TIP #494 situation: */
	 *lengthPtr = *(TCL_HASH_TYPE *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
    } else
#endif
	/* 32-bit or without TIP #494 */
    *lengthPtr = (size_t) (unsigned) length;
    return result;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
 * associated X class symbols.
 */

typedef struct VisualDictionary {
    const char *name;		/* Textual name of class. */
    int minLength;		/* Minimum # characters that must be specified
				 * for an unambiguous match. */
    int class;			/* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
    {"best",		1,	0},
    {"directcolor",	2,	DirectColor},
    {"grayscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"greyscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"pseudocolor",	1,	PseudoColor},







|

|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
 * associated X class symbols.
 */

typedef struct VisualDictionary {
    const char *name;		/* Textual name of class. */
    unsigned short minLength;		/* Minimum # characters that must be specified
				 * for an unambiguous match. */
    short class;			/* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static const VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
    {"best",		1,	0},
    {"directcolor",	2,	DirectColor},
    {"grayscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"greyscale",	1,	GrayScale},
    {"pseudocolor",	1,	PseudoColor},
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    int refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can







|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
				 * eventually be freed by calling
				 * Tk_FreeColormap. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    XVisualInfo template, *visInfoList, *bestPtr;
    long mask;
    Visual *visual;
    ptrdiff_t length;
    int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
    const char *p;
    const VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
    TkColormap *cmapPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    /*







|







95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
				 * eventually be freed by calling
				 * Tk_FreeColormap. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    XVisualInfo template, *visInfoList, *bestPtr;
    long mask;
    Visual *visual;
    size_t length;
    int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
    const char *p;
    const VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
    TkColormap *cmapPtr;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    /*
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);







|







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount++;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
		break;
	    }
	}
	length = p - string;
	template.class = -1;
	for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
	    if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength)
		    && (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name,
		    (size_t) length) == 0)) {
		template.class = dictPtr->class;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (template.class == -1) {
	    Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ",







|
<







191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201
202
203
204
205
		break;
	    }
	}
	length = p - string;
	template.class = -1;
	for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
	    if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength)
		    && (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name, length) == 0)) {

		template.class = dictPtr->class;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (template.class == -1) {
	    Tcl_Obj *msgObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"%s\": class must be ",
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);







|







319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount++;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount -= 1;
	    if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);







<
|







471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {

	    if (cmapPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	    return;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|












528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	    return;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.

234
235
236
237
238
239
240


241
242
243
244
245
246
247
 */

static void
TkCloseDisplay(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
    TkClipCleanup(dispPtr);



    if (dispPtr->name != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->name);
    }

    if (dispPtr->atomInit) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);







>
>







234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
 */

static void
TkCloseDisplay(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
    TkClipCleanup(dispPtr);

    TkpCancelWarp(dispPtr);

    if (dispPtr->name != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->name);
    }

    if (dispPtr->atomInit) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);
330
331
332
333
334
335
336

337
338
339
340
341
342
343
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */


	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;







>







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */

        Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtDefault);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
351
352
353
354
355
356
357



358
359
360
361
362
363
364

    winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);

    /*
     * Set the flags specified in the call.
     */




    winPtr->flags |= flags;

    /*
     * Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
     * is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
     * In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
     * window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.







>
>
>







354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

    winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);

    /*
     * Set the flags specified in the call.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/
    winPtr->flags |= flags;

    /*
     * Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
     * is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
     * In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
     * window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.
646
647
648
649
650
651
652

653
654
655
656
657
658
659
    } else {
	winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
    }
    winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
    winPtr->flags = 0;
    winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS

    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;







>







652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
    } else {
	winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
    }
    winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
    winPtr->flags = 0;
    winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the intepreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;







|







946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the interpreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
				 * screen on which to create new window;
				 * window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
    char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
    char *p;
    Tk_Window parent;
    int numChars;

    /*
     * Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
     * dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
     * somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
     * space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
     * the situation where the parent is ".".
     */

    p = strrchr(pathName, '.');
    if (p == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad window path name \"%s\"", pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	return NULL;
    }
    numChars = (int) (p-pathName);
    if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
	p = ckalloc(numChars + 1);
    } else {
	p = fixedSpace;
    }
    if (numChars == 0) {
	*p = '.';
	p[1] = '\0';
    } else {
	strncpy(p, pathName, (size_t) numChars);
	p[numChars] = '\0';
    }

    /*
     * Find the parent window.
     */








|
















|









|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
				 * screen on which to create new window;
				 * window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
    char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
    char *p;
    Tk_Window parent;
    size_t numChars;

    /*
     * Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
     * dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
     * somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
     * space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
     * the situation where the parent is ".".
     */

    p = strrchr(pathName, '.');
    if (p == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"bad window path name \"%s\"", pathName));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	return NULL;
    }
    numChars = p-pathName;
    if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
	p = ckalloc(numChars + 1);
    } else {
	p = fixedSpace;
    }
    if (numChars == 0) {
	*p = '.';
	p[1] = '\0';
    } else {
	strncpy(p, pathName, numChars);
	p[numChars] = '\0';
    }

    /*
     * Find the parent window.
     */

1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445

1446
1447
1448

1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		(char *) winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {

	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
	winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
    }

#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);







|
>

<

>







1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454

1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		(char *) winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL &&
	    winPtr->ximGeneration == winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration) {
	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);

    }
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
	    /*
	     * Invalidate all objects referring to windows with the same main
	     * window.
	     */

	    winPtr->mainPtr->deletionEpoch++;
	}
	winPtr->mainPtr->refCount--;
	if (winPtr->mainPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;

	    /*
	     * We just deleted the last window in the application. Delete the
	     * TkMainInfo structure too and replace all of Tk's commands with
	     * dummy commands that return errors. Also delete the "send"
	     * command to unregister the interpreter.







<
|







1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489

1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
	    /*
	     * Invalidate all objects referring to windows with the same main
	     * window.
	     */

	    winPtr->mainPtr->deletionEpoch++;
	}

	if (winPtr->mainPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;

	    /*
	     * We just deleted the last window in the application. Delete the
	     * TkMainInfo structure too and replace all of Tk's commands with
	     * dummy commands that return errors. Also delete the "send"
	     * command to unregister the interpreter.
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780












2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787

    while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
	interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }













    /*
     * Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
     * possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
     * calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
     * old ones.
     */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806

    while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
	interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
	Tcl_Release(interp);
    }

    /*
     * Let error handlers catch up before actual close of displays.
     * Must be done before tsdPtr->displayList is cleared, otherwise
     * ErrorProc() in tkError.c cannot associate the pending X errors
     * to the remaining error handlers.
     */

    for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL;
           dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
       XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
    }

    /*
     * Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
     * possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
     * calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
     * old ones.
     */
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */








|







3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */

3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
	 * Build the command to eval in trusted master.
	 */

	cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(2, NULL);
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("::safe::TkInit", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_GetObjResult(master));
	
	/*
	 * Step 2 : Eval in the master. The argument is the *reversed* interp
	 * path of the slave.
	 */

	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
	code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(master, cmd, 0);







|







3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
	 * Build the command to eval in trusted master.
	 */

	cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(2, NULL);
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd,
		Tcl_NewStringObj("::safe::TkInit", -1));
	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_GetObjResult(master));

	/*
	 * Step 2 : Eval in the master. The argument is the *reversed* interp
	 * path of the slave.
	 */

	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
	code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(master, cmd, 0);
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
    }

    /*
     * The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
     */

    {
	int numBytes;
	const char *bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(nameObj, &numBytes);

	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, numBytes);

	numBytes = Tcl_UtfToTitle(Tcl_GetString(classObj));
	Tcl_SetObjLength(classObj, numBytes);
    }








|
|







3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
    }

    /*
     * The -class argument is always the ToTitle of the -name
     */

    {
	size_t numBytes;
	const char *bytes = TkGetStringFromObj(nameObj, &numBytes);

	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, numBytes);

	numBytes = Tcl_UtfToTitle(Tcl_GetString(classObj));
	Tcl_SetObjLength(classObj, numBytes);
    }

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * 	to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states);
 * 	TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this.
 *
 * TODO:
 * 	Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME	600		/* milliseconds */
#define DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME	300		/* milliseconds */

/* Interp-specific data for tracking cursors:







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * 	to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states);
 * 	TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this.
 *
 * TODO:
 * 	Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME	600		/* milliseconds */
#define DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME	300		/* milliseconds */

/* Interp-specific data for tracking cursors:

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */
#define DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED	(0x200)		/* -default option changed */

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Base resources for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, etc:
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;

    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;







<
|

















>







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */
#define DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED	(0x200)		/* -default option changed */

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Base resources for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, etc:
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
    Tcl_Obj *justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;

52
53
54
55
56
57
58



59
60
61
62
63
64
65
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",







>
>
>







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
        "left", Tk_Offset(Base,base.justifyObj), -1,
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
131
132
133
134
135
136
137









138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
    if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
    	TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}










static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = basePtr->base.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = NULL;

    if (textVarName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
	vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,textVarName,TextVariableChanged,basePtr);
	if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (basePtr->base.imageObj) {
	imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(
	    interp, basePtr->core.tkwin, basePtr->base.imageObj);
	if (!imageSpec) {
	    goto error;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
error:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>














|
|







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
    if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
    	TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}

static void
BaseImageChanged(
	ClientData clientData, int x, int y, int width, int height,
	int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
    Base *basePtr = (Base *)clientData;
    TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}

static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = basePtr->base.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = NULL;

    if (textVarName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
	vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,textVarName,TextVariableChanged,basePtr);
	if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (basePtr->base.imageObj) {
	imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpecEx(
	    interp, basePtr->core.tkwin, basePtr->base.imageObj, BaseImageChanged, basePtr);
	if (!imageSpec) {
	    goto error;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
error:
476
477
478
479
480
481
482

483
484


485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494
495

496

497
498
499
500
501
502
503
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;

    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(
	interp, checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj,


	CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);

    if (!vt) {
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);

    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)







>
|
|
>
>
|
<
|
|
>







>
|
>







488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
    BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}

static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *varName = checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = NULL;

    if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
        vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName,
	    CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);

        if (!vt) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace) {
        Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
    }
    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;

    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
535
536
537
538
539
540
541



542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;




    if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	    checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	== NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);







>
>
>
|
|
|
|







552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
     * Toggle the selected state.
     */
    if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
    else
	newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;

    if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj == NULL ||
        *Tcl_GetString(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj) == '\0')
        CheckbuttonVariableChanged(checkPtr, Tcl_GetString(newValue));
    else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
	        checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
	        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    == NULL)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkCache.c.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
 * @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination
 * of display, visual, and colormap.
 *
 * @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
 * but this will be a transient effect.
 */

#include <stdio.h>	/* for sprintf */
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
    Tcl_Interp	  *interp;	/* Interpreter for error reporting */
    Tk_Window	  tkwin;	/* Cache window. */
    Tcl_HashTable fontTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
    Tcl_HashTable colorTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */







<
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination
 * of display, visual, and colormap.
 *
 * @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
 * but this will be a transient effect.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
    Tcl_Interp	  *interp;	/* Interpreter for error reporting */
    Tk_Window	  tkwin;	/* Cache window. */
    Tcl_HashTable fontTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
    Tcl_HashTable colorTable;	/* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/* 
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an 
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0






|


|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all; 
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2, 
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{







|
|







119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all;
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2,
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj), 
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },







|







398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj),
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
    
    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;







|







626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);

    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
    
    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, 
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,







|




|







706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;

    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 * 	
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to 
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;







|
|







776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 *
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * "classic" theme; implements the classic Motif-like Tk look.
 *
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"








|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * "classic" theme; implements the classic Motif-like Tk look.
 *
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 * 
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)







|
















|

|

|

|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 *
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj	*borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color 
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;







|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES: 
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default 
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL 
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};







|






|




|












|

|



|







277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES:
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: 
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: 
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */







|


|







363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, 
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),







|







394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash", 
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */







|







491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Tk alternate theme, intended to match the MSUE and Gtk's (old) default theme
 */

#include <math.h>
#include <string.h>

#include <tkInt.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 1;
#else






|
<
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7



8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Tk alternate theme, intended to match the MSUE and Gtk's (old) default theme
 */

#include "tkInt.h"



#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 1;
#else
205
206
207
208
209
210
211



212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220



221
222
223
224
225
226
227
void TtkFillArrow(
    Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
    XPoint points[4];
    ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
    XFillPolygon(display, d, gc, points, 3, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
    XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);



}

/*public*/
void TtkDrawArrow(
    Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
    XPoint points[4];
    ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
    XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);



}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Border element implementation.
 *
 * This border consists of (from outside-in):







>
>
>









>
>
>







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
void TtkFillArrow(
    Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
    XPoint points[4];
    ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
    XFillPolygon(display, d, gc, points, 3, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
    XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);

    /* Work around bug [77527326e5] - ttk artifacts on Ubuntu */
    XDrawPoint(display, d, gc, points[2].x, points[2].y);
}

/*public*/
void TtkDrawArrow(
    Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
    XPoint points[4];
    ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
    XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);

    /* Work around bug [77527326e5] - ttk artifacts on Ubuntu */
    XDrawPoint(display, d, gc, points[2].x, points[2].y);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Border element implementation.
 *
 * This border consists of (from outside-in):
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },







|







679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *const directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkElements.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Default implementation for themed elements.
 *
 */

#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10








<
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Default implementation for themed elements.
 *
 */


#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 * DERIVED FROM: tk/generic/tkEntry.c r1.35.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <tkInt.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Extra bits for core.flags:










|
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11


12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * DERIVED FROM: tk/generic/tkEntry.c r1.35.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
 * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
 * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
 */

#include "tkInt.h"


#include <X11/Xatom.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Extra bits for core.flags:
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */







>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
 * displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
 * or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
 */

/* Style parameters:
 */
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *placeholderForegroundObj;/* Foreground color for placeholder text */
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;	/* Foreground color for normal text */
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;	/* Entry widget background color */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj;	/* Border and background for selection */
    Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj;	/* Width of selection border */
    Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj;	/* Foreground color for selected text */
    Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj;	/* Color of insertion cursor */
    Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj;	/* Insert cursor width */
114
115
116
117
118
119
120


121
122
123
124
125
126
127
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */



    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */







>
>







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
    Tk_Justify justify;		/* Text justification */

    EntryStyleData styleData;	/* Display style data (widget options) */
    EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */

    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;		/* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */

    Tcl_Obj *placeholderObj;	/* Text to display for placeholder text */

    /*
     * Derived resources:
     */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;

    char *displayString;	/* String to use when displaying */
    Tk_TextLayout textLayout;	/* Cached text layout information. */
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169



170
171
172
173
174
175
176
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG	"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG	"#ffffff"

#define DEF_INSERT_BG	"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH	"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT	"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT	"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",







|
|
>
|
|
|
|














>
>
>







144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)	/* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED	 	(0x200)	/* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(0x400)	/* -xscrollcommand option changed */

/*
 * Default option values:
 */
#define DEF_SELECT_BG		"#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG		"#ffffff"
#define DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG	"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_INSERT_BG		"black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH		"20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT		"TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT		"10"

static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
        "ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
	0,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-placeholder", "placeHolder", "PlaceHolder",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.placeholderObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
        NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
187
188
189
190
191
192
193



194
195
196
197

198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218

219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */



    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",

	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ EntryStyleData management.
 * 	This is still more awkward than it should be;
 * 	it should be able to use the Element API instead.
 */

/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);

    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}







>
>
>



|
>
|




















>











>







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
	NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},

    /* EntryStyleData options:
     */
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-placeholderforeground", "placeholderForeground",
        "PlaceholderForeground", NULL,
        Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.placeholderForegroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ EntryStyleData management.
 * 	This is still more awkward than it should be;
 * 	it should be able to use the Element API instead.
 */

/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
 * 	Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
 */
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
	es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, DEF_PLACEHOLDER_FG)
    INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
    INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
    INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}

static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306


307

308
309
310
311
312








313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;

    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */

    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Resource management.
 */

/* EntryDisplayString --
 * 	Return a malloc'ed string consisting of 'numChars' copies
 * 	of (the first character in the string) 'showChar'.
 * 	Used to compute the displayString if -show is non-NULL.
 */
static char *EntryDisplayString(const char *showChar, int numChars)
{
    char *displayString, *p;
    int size;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];

    Tcl_UtfToUniChar(showChar, &ch);
    size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    p = displayString = ckalloc(numChars * size + 1);

    while (numChars--) {
	memcpy(p, buf, size);
	p += size;
    }
    *p = '\0';

    return displayString;
}

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{


    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);

    entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);








}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)







>










>



















|
|

|
|

















>
>

>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
    /* Initialize to fallback values:
     */
    *es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;

#   define INIT(member, name) \
    if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
    	es->member=tmp;
    INIT(placeholderForegroundObj, "-placeholderforeground");
    INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
    INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
    INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
    INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
    INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
    INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT

    /* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
     */
    es->placeholderForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->placeholderForegroundObj);
    es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
    es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
    es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
    es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Resource management.
 */

/* EntryDisplayString --
 * 	Return a malloc'ed string consisting of 'numChars' copies
 * 	of (the first character in the string) 'showChar'.
 * 	Used to compute the displayString if -show is non-NULL.
 */
static char *EntryDisplayString(const char *showChar, int numChars)
{
    char *displayString, *p;
    int size;
    int ch;
    char buf[6];

    TkUtfToUniChar(showChar, &ch);
    size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    p = displayString = ckalloc(numChars * size + 1);

    while (numChars--) {
	memcpy(p, buf, size);
	p += size;
    }
    *p = '\0';

    return displayString;
}

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
 * 	Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
 * 	from displayString and fontObj.
 */
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    size_t length;
    char *text;
    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);
    if ((entryPtr->entry.numChars != 0) || (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj == NULL)) {
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    } else {
        text = TkGetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj, &length);
        entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
	    Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
	    text, length,
	    0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
	    &entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
    }
}

/* EntryEditable --
 * 	Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
 */
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340

341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || !entryPtr->entry.exportSelection) {

	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);







|
>







357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
    ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
    Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
    size_t byteCount;
    const char *string;
    const char *selStart, *selEnd;

    if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || (!entryPtr->entry.exportSelection)
	    || Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp)) {
	return -1;
    }
    string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;

    selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
    selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
	    entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380
381
382
383
384
385
386
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection

	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}








|




>







393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
    entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
    entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}

/* EntryOwnSelection --
 * 	Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
 * 	if -exportselection set and selection is present and interp is unsafe.
 */
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection
	&& (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))
	&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
	Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
		(ClientData) entryPtr);
	entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
    }
}

402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
     VREASON reason,		/* Reason for change */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Result of %-substitutions */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
    int number, length;
    const char *string;
    int stringLength;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (*template) {
	/* Find everything up to the next % character and append it
	 * to the result string.
	 */
	string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(template, '%');







|







428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
     VREASON reason,		/* Reason for change */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Result of %-substitutions */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
    int number, length;
    const char *string;
    int stringLength;
    int ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (*template) {
	/* Find everything up to the next % character and append it
	 * to the result string.
	 */
	string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(template, '%');
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
	    template = string;
	}

	/* There's a percent sequence here.  Process it.
	 */
	++template; /* skip over % */
	if (*template != '\0') {
	    template += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(template, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}

	stringLength = -1;
	switch (ch) {
	    case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */







|







452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
	    template = string;
	}

	/* There's a percent sequence here.  Process it.
	 */
	++template; /* skip over % */
	if (*template != '\0') {
	    template += TkUtfToUniChar(template, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}

	stringLength = -1;
	switch (ch) {
	    case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
	    case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */
		string = validateReasonStrings[reason];
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, stringLength, &cvtFlags);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);







|







502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
	    case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */
		string = validateReasonStrings[reason];
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, stringLength, &cvtFlags);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
/* EntryValidateChange --
 *	Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
 *	Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if the change is accepted
 *	TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
 *      TCL_ERROR if any errors occured
 *
 * The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
 * or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
 */
static int
EntryValidateChange(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that needs validation. */







|







581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
/* EntryValidateChange --
 *	Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
 *	Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if the change is accepted
 *	TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
 *      TCL_ERROR if any errors occurred
 *
 * The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
 * or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
 */
static int
EntryValidateChange(
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry that needs validation. */
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002

1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1) {

	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);







|
>







1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
	if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
	    Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
	entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
    }

    /* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
     */
    if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1)
	    && (!Tcl_IsSafe(entryPtr->core.interp))) {
	EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
    }

    /* Handle -state compatibility option:
     */
    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177

1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;


    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)







>







1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
	selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
    EntryStyleData es;
    GC gc;
    int showSelection, showCursor;
    Ttk_Box textarea;
    TkRegion clipRegion;
    XRectangle rect;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;

    EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);

    textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
    showCursor =
	   (entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON)
	&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243

1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256







1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265














1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
    TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(clipRegion);
#endif

    /* Draw cursor:
     */
    if (showCursor) {

	int cursorX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.insertPos),
	    cursorY = entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	    cursorHeight = entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight,
	    cursorWidth = 1;

	Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,es.insertWidthObj,&cursorWidth);
	if (cursorWidth <= 0) {
	    cursorWidth = 1;
	}

	/* @@@ should: maybe: SetCaretPos even when blinked off */
	Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, cursorX, cursorY, cursorHeight);








	gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.insertColorObj, clipRegion);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
	    cursorX-cursorWidth/2, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
	XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */














    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);








>













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
<





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295

1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
    TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(clipRegion);
#endif

    /* Draw cursor:
     */
    if (showCursor) {
        Ttk_Box field = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "field");
	int cursorX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.insertPos),
	    cursorY = entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	    cursorHeight = entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight,
	    cursorWidth = 1;

	Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,es.insertWidthObj,&cursorWidth);
	if (cursorWidth <= 0) {
	    cursorWidth = 1;
	}

	/* @@@ should: maybe: SetCaretPos even when blinked off */
	Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, cursorX, cursorY, cursorHeight);

	cursorX -= cursorWidth/2;
	if (cursorX < field.x) {
	    cursorX = field.x;
	} else if (cursorX + cursorWidth > field.x + field.width) {
	    cursorX = field.x + field.width - cursorWidth;
	}

	gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.insertColorObj, None);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
	    cursorX, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);

	Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
    }

    /* Draw the text:
     */
    if ((*(entryPtr->entry.displayString) == '\0')
		&& (entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj != NULL)) {
	/* No text displayed, but -placeholder is given */
	if (Tcl_GetCharLength(es.placeholderForegroundObj) > 0) {
	    foregroundObj = es.placeholderForegroundObj;
	} else {
            foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
	}
	/* Use placeholder text width */
	leftIndex = 0;
	Tcl_GetStringFromObj(entryPtr->entry.placeholderObj,&rightIndex);
    } else {
	foregroundObj = es.foregroundObj;
    }
    gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, foregroundObj, clipRegion);
    Tk_DrawTextLayout(
	Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
	entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
	leftIndex, rightIndex);
    XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
    Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319

1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
EntryIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry widget to query */
    Tcl_Obj *indexObj,		/* Symbolic index name */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Return value */
{
#   define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */
    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
    size_t length = indexObj->length;


    if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) {	/* for debugging */
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;







<
|
>







1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366

1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
EntryIndex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Entry *entryPtr,		/* Entry widget to query */
    Tcl_Obj *indexObj,		/* Symbolic index name */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Return value */
{
#   define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */

    size_t length;
    const char *string = TkGetStringFromObj(indexObj, &length);

    if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
    } else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) {	/* for debugging */
	*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/* ======================================================================
 * +++ Frame widget:
 */






|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/* ======================================================================
 * +++ Frame widget:
 */

Deleted generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
#	This script generates a set of stub files for a given
#	interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
#
# CHANGES:
#	+ Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
#	  instead of a platform guard.
#	+ Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
#

namespace eval genStubs {
    # libraryName --
    #
    #	The name of the entire library.  This value is used to compute
    #	the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.

    variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"

    # interfaces --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
    #   the set of valid interfaces.  The value is empty.

    array set interfaces {}

    # curName --
    #
    #	The name of the interface currently being defined.

    variable curName "UNKNOWN"

    # scspec --
    #
    #	Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
    #	Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
    #
    variable scspec "EXTERN"

    # epoch, revision --
    #
    #	The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
    #   (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
    #

    variable epoch {}
    variable revision 0

    # hooks --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
    #	subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.

    array set hooks {}

    # stubs --
    #
    #	This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
    #	second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
    #	constant "lastNum".  The lastNum entry contains the largest
    #	numeric offset used for a given interface.
    #
    #	Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
    #	should be used for the given entry in the stub table.  The spec
    #	consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
    #   Other fields TBD later.

    array set stubs {}

    # outDir --
    #
    #	The directory where the generated files should be placed.

    variable outDir .
}

# genStubs::library --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
#	This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The library name.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::library {name} {
    variable libraryName $name
}

# genStubs::interface --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::interface {name} {
    variable curName $name
    variable interfaces
    variable stubs

    set interfaces($name) {}
    set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
    return
}

# genStubs::scspec --
#
#	Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
#	Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
#	expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
#	-DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
    variable scspec $value
}

# genStubs::epoch --
#
#	Define the epoch number for this library.  The epoch
#	should be incrememented when a release is made that
#	contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
    variable epoch $value
}

# genStubs::hooks --
#
#	This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
#	interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	names	The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
#		hook vector.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
    variable curName
    variable hooks

    set hooks($curName) $names
    return
}

# genStubs::declare --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
#	interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
#	index		The index number of the interface.
#	status  	Status of the interface: one of "current",
#		  	"deprecated", or "obsolete".
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::declare {args} {
    variable stubs
    variable curName
    variable revision

    incr revision
    if {[llength $args] == 2} {
	lassign $args index decl
	set status current
    } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
	lassign $args index status decl
    } else {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
	return
    }

    # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
    # bump the lastNum counter if necessary.

    if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
	puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
    }
    regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
    set decl [parseDecl $decl]

    set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
    set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl

    if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
	set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::export --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
#	that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::export {args} {
    if {[llength $args] != 1} {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
#	This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
#	specified file with new contents.  It looks for the !BEGIN! and
#	!END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
#	file	The name of the file to modify.
#	text	The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
    if {![file exists $file]} {
	puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
	return
    }
    set in [open ${file} r]
    set out [open ${file}.new w]
    fconfigure $out -translation lf

    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
	puts $out $line
    }
    puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
    puts $out $text
    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
    }
    puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
    puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
    close $in
    close $out
    file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
    return
}

# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
#	Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
#	plat	Platform to test.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.

proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
    set text ""
    switch $plat {
	win {
	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
	}
	unix {
	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
	}
	macosx {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
	}
	aqua {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
	}
	x11 {
	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
	}
	default {
	    append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
#	Generate the stub table slots for the given interface.  If there
#	are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
#	platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {"    void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
    return
}

# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
#	Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl	The function declaration.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}.  The args
#	element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
#	element "void".  If the function declaration is malformed
#	then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.

proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
    if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
	set prefix $decl
	set args {}
    }
    set prefix [string trim $prefix]
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
	puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
	return
    }
    set rtype [string trim $rtype]
    if {$args eq ""} {
	return [list $rtype $fname {}]
    }
    foreach arg [split $args ,] {
	lappend argList [string trim $arg]
    }
    if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
	set args TCL_VARARGS
	foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    } else {
	set args {}
	foreach arg $argList {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
		lappend args "void"
		break
	    } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    }
    return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}

# genStubs::parseArg --
#
#	This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
#	arg	The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
#	indicator.  If the argument is malformed, returns "".

proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
	if {$arg eq "void"} {
	    return $arg
	} else {
	    return
	}
    }
    set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
    if {$array ne ""} {
	lappend result $array
    }
    return $result
}

# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
    variable scspec
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    append text "/* $index */\n"
    set line "$scspec $rtype"
    set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
    append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
    set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
    if {$pad <= 0} {
	append line " "
	set pad 0
    }
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append line $fname
	append text $line
	append text ";\n"
	return $text
    }
    append line $fname

    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append line "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ")"
	}
    }
    return "$text$line;\n"
}

# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
#	Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted macro definition.

proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text "*"
    }
    append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
    append text " /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
#	Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted table entry.

proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "    "
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
	return $text
    }
    if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
    } else {
	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
    }
    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append text "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ")"
	}
    }

    append text "; /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeInit --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
    if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
	append text "    &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    } else {
	append text "    " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
#	This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
#	a callback for each slot.  The result of the callback is then
#	placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The interface name.
#	slotProc	The proc to invoke to handle the slot.  It will
#			have the interface name, the declaration,  and
#			the index appended.
#	guardProc	The proc to invoke to add guards.  It will have
#		        the slot status and text appended.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#	skipString	The string to emit if a slot is skipped.  This
#			string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
#			be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
	{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
    variable stubs
    upvar $textVar text

    set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)

    for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
	if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
	    append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
	    			[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
	} else {
	    eval {append text} $skipString
	}
    }
}

proc genStubs::noGuard  {status text} { return $text }

proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
    variable libraryName
    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]

    switch -- $status {
	current	{
	    # No change
	}
	deprecated {
	    set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
	}
	obsolete {
	    set text ""
	}
	default {
	    puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
    join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}

# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
#	This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
    forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
#	This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
    variable libraryName
    upvar $textVar text

    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
    append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
    append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"

    forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text

    append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
    variable outDir
    variable hooks
    variable epoch
    variable revision

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
    }

    append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"

    emitDeclarations $name text

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
	foreach hook $hooks($name) {
	    set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
	    append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
	    append text "    const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
	}
	append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
    }
    append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
    append text "    int magic;\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	append text "    int epoch;\n"
	append text "    int revision;\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
    } else {
	append text "    void *hooks;\n\n"
    }

    emitSlots $name text

    append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"

    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
    append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"

    emitMacros $name text

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInit --
#
#	Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The name of the interface to initialize.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted output.

proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
    variable hooks
    variable interfaces
    variable epoch
    upvar $textVar text
    set root 1

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
	set sep "    "
	foreach sub $hooks($name) {
	    append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
	    set sep ",\n    "
	}
	append text "\n\};\n"
    }
    foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
	if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
	    if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
		set root 0
		break
	    }
	}
    }

    append text "\n"
    if {!$root} {
	append text "static "
    }
    append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    &${name}StubHooks,\n"
    } else {
	append text "    0,\n"
    }

    forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {"    0, /* $i */\n"}

    append text "\};\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInits --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
    variable hooks
    variable outDir
    variable libraryName
    variable interfaces

    # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
    # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.

    set leaves {}
    set roots {}
    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	    lappend roots $name
	} else {
	    lappend leaves $name
	}
    }
    foreach name $leaves {
	emitInit $name text
    }
    foreach name $roots {
	emitInit $name text
    }

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}

# genStubs::init --
#
#	This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::init {} {
    global argv argv0
    variable outDir
    variable interfaces

    if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
	puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
	exit 1
    }

    set outDir [lindex $argv 0]

    foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
	source $file
    }

    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	puts "Emitting $name"
	emitHeader $name
    }

    emitInits
}

# lassign --
#
#	This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
#	valueList	A list containing the values to be assigned.
#	args		The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
#	Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.

if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
    proc lassign {valueList args} {
	if {[llength $args] == 0} {
	    error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
	}
	uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
	return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
    }
}

genStubs::init
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35














36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45













46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54


55
56
57
58
59
60
61
/*
 *	Image specifications and image element factory.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element
 * is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the
 * list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per
 * [style map].
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ImageSpec management.
 */

struct TtkImageSpec {
    Tk_Image 		baseImage;	/* Base image to use */
    int 		mapCount;	/* #state-specific overrides */
    Ttk_StateSpec	*states;	/* array[mapCount] of states ... */
    Tk_Image		*images;	/* ... per-state images to use */


};

/* NullImageChanged --
 * 	Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
 */
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }















/* TtkGetImageSpec --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 *
 * TODO: Need a variant of this that takes a user-specified ImageChanged proc
 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{













    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    imageSpec = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageSpec));
    imageSpec->baseImage = 0;
    imageSpec->mapCount = 0;
    imageSpec->states = 0;
    imageSpec->images = 0;



    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
	if (interp) {












<
|













>
>








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





<




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
/*
 *	Image specifications and image element factory.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
 *
 * An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element
 * is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the
 * list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per
 * [style map].
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ ImageSpec management.
 */

struct TtkImageSpec {
    Tk_Image 		baseImage;	/* Base image to use */
    int 		mapCount;	/* #state-specific overrides */
    Ttk_StateSpec	*states;	/* array[mapCount] of states ... */
    Tk_Image		*images;	/* ... per-state images to use */
    Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChanged;
    ClientData		imageChangedClientData;
};

/* NullImageChanged --
 * 	Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
 */
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }

/* ImageSpecImageChanged --
 *     Image changes should trigger a repaint.
 */
static void ImageSpecImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = (Ttk_ImageSpec *)clientData;
    if (imageSpec->imageChanged != NULL) {
	imageSpec->imageChanged(imageSpec->imageChangedClientData,
		x, y, width, height,
		imageWidth, imageHeight);
    }
}

/* TtkGetImageSpec --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 *

 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    return TtkGetImageSpecEx(interp, tkwin, objPtr, NULL, NULL);
}

/* TtkGetImageSpecEx --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 * 	imageChangedProc will be called when not NULL when
 * 	the image changes to allow widgets to repaint.
 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChangedProc, ClientData imageChangedClientData)
{
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    imageSpec = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageSpec));
    imageSpec->baseImage = 0;
    imageSpec->mapCount = 0;
    imageSpec->states = 0;
    imageSpec->images = 0;
    imageSpec->imageChanged = imageChangedProc;
    imageSpec->imageChangedClientData = imageChangedClientData;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
	if (interp) {
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
    n = (objc - 1) / 2;
    imageSpec->states = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
    imageSpec->images = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));

    /* Get base image:
    */
    imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
	    interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), NullImageChanged, NULL);
    if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
    	goto error;
    }

    /* Extract state and image specifications:
     */
    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {







|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
    n = (objc - 1) / 2;
    imageSpec->states = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
    imageSpec->images = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));

    /* Get base image:
    */
    imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
	    interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), ImageSpecImageChanged, imageSpec);
    if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
    	goto error;
    }

    /* Extract state and image specifications:
     */
    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;







|







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Legal values for the button -default option.
 * See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
 */






<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*
 * Legal values for the button -default option.
 * See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
 */
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE







|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * text, image, and label elements.
 *
 * The label element combines text and image elements,
 * with layout determined by the "-compound" option.
 *
 */

#include <tcl.h>
#include <tkInt.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Text element.
 *
 * This element displays a textual label in the foreground color.
 *








|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * text, image, and label elements.
 *
 * The label element combines text and image elements,
 * with layout determined by the "-compound" option.
 *
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Text element.
 *
 * This element displays a textual label in the foreground color.
 *
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149

    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /* 
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:







|







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148

    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /*
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image, 
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up 
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */

    
    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }







|



|



|







337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image,
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */


    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound) 
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth); 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space; 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}







|










|



|







572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound)
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth);
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * ttkLayout.c --
 *
 * Generic layout processing.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b)
#define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b)

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Ttk_Box and Ttk_Padding utilities:








<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * ttkLayout.c --
 *
 * Generic layout processing.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b)
#define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b)

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Ttk_Box and Ttk_Padding utilities:
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)







|





|







599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *const packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
698
699
700
701
702
703
704


705
706
707
708
709
710
711
	    tail = tail->next;
	} else {
	    head = tail = Ttk_NewTemplateNode(elementName, flags | sticky);
	}
	if (childSpec) {
	    tail->child = Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(interp, childSpec);
	    if (!tail->child) {


		goto error;
	    }
	}
    }

    return head;








>
>







697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
	    tail = tail->next;
	} else {
	    head = tail = Ttk_NewTemplateNode(elementName, flags | sticky);
	}
	if (childSpec) {
	    tail->child = Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(interp, childSpec);
	    if (!tail->child) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("Invalid -children value"));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VALUE", "CHILDREN", NULL);
		goto error;
	    }
	}
    }

    return head;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * Support routines for geometry managers.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkManager.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
 *
 * When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
 * the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls






<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * Support routines for geometry managers.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
 *
 * When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
 * the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight)) 
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{







|







315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight))
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 * 
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 *
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))





<
<
<
|
<







1
2
3
4



5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 */




#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"

#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))

217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
    Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Check options:
     * @@@ TODO: validate -image option.







|







213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
    Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Check options:
     * @@@ TODO: validate -image option.
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307





308
309
310


311





312


313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327


328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348

349
350
351
352
353
354
355
    }
}

/*
 * TabState --
 * 	Return the state of the specified tab, based on
 * 	notebook state, currentIndex, activeIndex, and user-specified tab state.
 *	The USER1 bit is set for the leftmost tab, and USER2
 * 	is set for the rightmost tab.
 */
static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
    Ttk_State state = nb->core.state;
    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);


    if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
    } else {
	state &= ~TTK_STATE_FOCUS;
    }

    if (index == nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
    }





    if (index == 0) {
    	state |= TTK_STATE_USER1;
    }


    if (index == Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1) {





    	state |= TTK_STATE_USER2;


    }
    if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_DISABLED) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_DISABLED;
    }

    return state;
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Geometry management - size computation.
 */

/* TabrowSize --
 *	Compute max height and total width of all tabs (horizontal layouts)
 *	or total height and max width (vertical layouts).


 *
 * Side effects:
 * 	Sets width and height fields for all tabs.
 *
 * Notes:
 * 	Hidden tabs are included in the perpendicular computation
 * 	(max height/width) but not parallel (total width/height).
 */
static void TabrowSize(
    Notebook *nb, Ttk_Orient orient, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
    Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
    int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
    int i;

    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
	Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i);

	Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
	Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height);


	if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    tabrowHeight = MAX(tabrowHeight, tab->height);
	    if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowWidth += tab->width; }
	} else {
	    tabrowWidth = MAX(tabrowWidth, tab->width);
	    if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowHeight += tab->height; }







|
|





>










>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>















>
>









|











>







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
    }
}

/*
 * TabState --
 * 	Return the state of the specified tab, based on
 * 	notebook state, currentIndex, activeIndex, and user-specified tab state.
 *	The USER1 bit is set for the leftmost visible tab, and USER2
 * 	is set for the rightmost visible tab.
 */
static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
    Ttk_State state = nb->core.state;
    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
    int i = 0;

    if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
    } else {
	state &= ~TTK_STATE_FOCUS;
    }

    if (index == nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
    }
    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (index == i) {
	    state |= TTK_STATE_USER1;
	}
	break;
    }
    for (i = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (index == i) {
	    state |= TTK_STATE_USER2;
	}
	break;
    }
    if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_DISABLED) {
	state |= TTK_STATE_DISABLED;
    }

    return state;
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Geometry management - size computation.
 */

/* TabrowSize --
 *	Compute max height and total width of all tabs (horizontal layouts)
 *	or total height and max width (vertical layouts).
 *	The -mintabwidth style option is taken into account (for the width
 *	only).
 *
 * Side effects:
 * 	Sets width and height fields for all tabs.
 *
 * Notes:
 * 	Hidden tabs are included in the perpendicular computation
 * 	(max height/width) but not parallel (total width/height).
 */
static void TabrowSize(
    Notebook *nb, Ttk_Orient orient, int minTabWidth, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
    Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
    int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
    int i;

    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
	Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i);

	Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
	Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height);
        tab->width = MAX(tab->width, minTabWidth);

	if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    tabrowHeight = MAX(tabrowHeight, tab->height);
	    if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowWidth += tab->width; }
	} else {
	    tabrowWidth = MAX(tabrowWidth, tab->width);
	    if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowHeight += tab->height; }
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
    if (reqWidth > 0)
	clientWidth = reqWidth;
    if (reqHeight > 0)
	clientHeight = reqHeight;

    /* Tab row:
     */
    TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
    tabrowHeight += Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins);
    tabrowWidth += Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins);

    /* Account for exterior and interior padding:
     */
    padding = nbstyle.padding;
    if (clientNode) {







|







416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
    if (reqWidth > 0)
	clientWidth = reqWidth;
    if (reqHeight > 0)
	clientHeight = reqHeight;

    /* Tab row:
     */
    TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, nbstyle.minTabWidth, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
    tabrowHeight += Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins);
    tabrowWidth += Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins);

    /* Account for exterior and interior padding:
     */
    padding = nbstyle.padding;
    if (clientNode) {
432
433
434
435
436
437
438

439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Geometry management - layout.
 */

/* SqueezeTabs --
 *	Squeeze or stretch tabs to fit within the tab area parcel.

 *
 *	All tabs are adjusted by an equal amount, but will not be made
 *	smaller than the minimum width.  (If all the tabs still do
 *	not fit in the available space, the rightmost ones will
 *	be further squozen by PlaceTabs()).
 *
 *	The algorithm does not always yield an optimal layout, but does
 *	have the important property that decreasing the available width
 *	by one pixel will cause at most one tab to shrink by one pixel;
 *	this means that tabs resize "smoothly" when the window shrinks
 *	and grows.
 *
 * @@@ <<NOTE-TABPOSITION>> bug: only works for horizontal orientations
 * @@@ <<NOTE-SQUEEZE-HIDDEN>> does not account for hidden tabs.
 */

static void SqueezeTabs(
    Notebook *nb, int needed, int available, int minTabWidth)
{
    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);

    if (nTabs > 0) {
	int difference = available - needed,
	    delta = difference / nTabs,
	    remainder = difference % nTabs,
	    slack = 0;
	int i;

	if (remainder < 0) { remainder += nTabs; --delta; }

	for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
	    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,i);
	    int adj = delta + (i < remainder) + slack;

	    if (tab->width + adj >= minTabWidth) {
		tab->width += adj;
		slack = 0;
	    } else {
		slack = adj - (minTabWidth - tab->width);
		tab->width = minTabWidth;
	    }
	}
    }
}

/* PlaceTabs --
 * 	Compute all tab parcels.
 */







>

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






|




|
|
<
|


<
<


<
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<







446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455









456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468

469
470
471


472
473

474

475
476




477
478
479
480
481
482
483

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Geometry management - layout.
 */

/* SqueezeTabs --
 *	Squeeze or stretch tabs to fit within the tab area parcel.
 *	This happens independently of the -mintabwidth style option.
 *
 *	All tabs are adjusted by an equal amount.









 *
 * @@@ <<NOTE-TABPOSITION>> bug: only works for horizontal orientations
 * @@@ <<NOTE-SQUEEZE-HIDDEN>> does not account for hidden tabs.
 */

static void SqueezeTabs(
    Notebook *nb, int needed, int available)
{
    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);

    if (nTabs > 0) {
	int difference = available - needed;
	double delta = (double)difference / needed;

	double slack = 0;
	int i;



	for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
	    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,i);

	    double ad = slack + tab->width * delta;

	    tab->width += (int)ad;
	    slack = ad - (int)ad;




	}
    }
}

/* PlaceTabs --
 * 	Compute all tab parcels.
 */
535
536
537
538
539
540
541





542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
    cavity = Ttk_PadBox(cavity, nbstyle.padding);

    /* Layout for notebook background (base layout):
     */
    Ttk_PlaceLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, Ttk_WinBox(nbwin));

    /* Place tabs:





     */
    TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
    tabrowBox = Ttk_PadBox(
		    Ttk_PositionBox(&cavity,
			tabrowWidth + Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins),
			tabrowHeight + Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins),
			nbstyle.tabPosition),
		    nbstyle.tabMargins);

    SqueezeTabs(nb, tabrowWidth, tabrowBox.width, nbstyle.minTabWidth);
    PlaceTabs(nb, tabrowBox, nbstyle.tabPlacement);

    /* Layout for client area frame:
     */
    if (clientNode) {
	Ttk_PlaceElement(nb->core.layout, clientNode, cavity);
	cavity = Ttk_LayoutNodeInternalParcel(nb->core.layout, clientNode);







>
>
>
>
>

|







|







532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
    cavity = Ttk_PadBox(cavity, nbstyle.padding);

    /* Layout for notebook background (base layout):
     */
    Ttk_PlaceLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, Ttk_WinBox(nbwin));

    /* Place tabs:
     * Note: TabrowSize() takes into account -mintabwidth, but the tabs will
     * actually have this minimum size when displayed only if there is enough
     * space to draw the tabs with this width. Otherwise some of the tabs can
     * be squeezed to a size smaller than -mintabwidth because we prefer
     * displaying all tabs than than honoring -mintabwidth for all of them.
     */
    TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, nbstyle.minTabWidth, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
    tabrowBox = Ttk_PadBox(
		    Ttk_PositionBox(&cavity,
			tabrowWidth + Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins),
			tabrowHeight + Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins),
			nbstyle.tabPosition),
		    nbstyle.tabMargins);

    SqueezeTabs(nb, tabrowWidth, tabrowBox.width);
    PlaceTabs(nb, tabrowBox, nbstyle.tabPlacement);

    /* Layout for client area frame:
     */
    if (clientNode) {
	Ttk_PlaceElement(nb->core.layout, clientNode, cavity);
	cavity = Ttk_LayoutNodeInternalParcel(nb->core.layout, clientNode);
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625

626


627
628
629
630
631
632
633
	tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
    }

    if (currentIndex >= 0) {
	Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
    }

    NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, index);


    nb->notebook.currentIndex = index;


    TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);

    TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}

/* NextTab --
 * 	Returns the index of the next tab after the specified tab







|
|
>

>
>







619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
	tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
    }

    if (currentIndex >= 0) {
	Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
    }

    /* Must be set before calling NotebookPlaceSlave(), otherwise it may
     * happen that NotebookPlaceSlaves(), triggered by an interveaning
     * geometry request, will swap to old index. */
    nb->notebook.currentIndex = index;

    NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, index);
    TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);

    TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}

/* NextTab --
 * 	Returns the index of the next tab after the specified tab
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {







|







1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059

/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation.
 *
 * TODO: track active/pressed sash.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkManager.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Layout algorithm.
 *








<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation.
 *
 * TODO: track active/pressed sash.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkManager.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Layout algorithm.
 *
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void*)pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Sanity-check:
     */







|







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask = 0;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Sanity-check:
     */
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;







|







710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724

/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26


27

28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48








49

50
51
52
53
54



55
56
57
58









59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
/*
 * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
 *
 * ttk::progressbar widget.
 */

#include <math.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget record:
 */

#define DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH "100"
enum {
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;


    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;


    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

} ProgressbarPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{








    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",

	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },



    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },









    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },


    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:






<
|
<
















>
|
>
>

>

>
|
|

|
>
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|



>
>
>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|




<
<
<
|
|
<
>







1
2
3
4
5
6

7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89



90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
/*
 * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
 *
 * ttk::progressbar widget.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget record:
 */

#define DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH "100"
enum {
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj 	*anchorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*fontObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*textObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*wrapLengthObj;

    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

} ProgressbarPart;

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"w", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEFAULT_FONT, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	"black", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.justifyObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },



    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar, progress.wrapLengthObj), -1,

	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj; 

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");







|







416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj;

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");
417
418
419
420
421
422
423

424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433


434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);


    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: 
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	return Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		    interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	    ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;


    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...] 
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];







>



|


|
|
|
|
>
>




<








|







439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462

463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
    if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
	double maximum = 100.0;
	(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
	value = fmod(value, maximum);
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
        return result;
    }

    /* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
     */

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...]
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525

526
527
528
529
530
531
532
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y))

TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE







|
>







542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y)
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17




18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37





38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67




68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * ttk::scale widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))





/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;           /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;        /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;       /* length of the long axis of the scale */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;       /* widget orientation */
    int orient;

    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;






} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1, 
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1, 
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0, 
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, 
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},





    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double, 
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;







|
<
<








>
>
>
>




















>
>
>
>
>











|


|



|









|

>
>
>
>











|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7


8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
/*
 * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * ttk::scale widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"


#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"

#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))

/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
 */
#define STATE_CHANGED	 	(0x100)		/* -state option changed */

/*
 * Scale widget record
 */
typedef struct
{
    /* slider element options */
    Tcl_Obj *fromObj;         /* minimum value */
    Tcl_Obj *toObj;           /* maximum value */
    Tcl_Obj *valueObj;        /* current value */
    Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;       /* length of the long axis of the scale */
    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;       /* widget orientation */
    int orient;

    /* widget options */
    Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
    Tcl_Obj *variableObj;

    /* internal state */
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;

    /*
     * Compatibility/legacy options:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *stateObj;

} ScalePart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0,
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double,
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;

134
135
136
137
138
139
140




141
142
143
144
145
146
147
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;





    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */







>
>
>
>







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
    }
    scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;

    if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
	TtkCheckStateOption(&scale->core, scale->scale.stateObj);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* ScalePostConfigure --
 * 	Post-configuration hook.
 */
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout 
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}








|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}

232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and 
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;







|







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
 * If the widget value changes, it should call TtkScrolled() (step 4).
 * (This usually happens automatically when the widget is redisplayed).
 *
 * If the scrollee's -[xy]scrollcommand changes, it should call
 * TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired, which will invoke step (5) (@@@ Fix this)
 */

#include <tkInt.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Private data:
 */
#define SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING  (0x1)
#define SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED (0x2)







|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
 * If the widget value changes, it should call TtkScrolled() (step 4).
 * (This usually happens automatically when the widget is redisplayed).
 *
 * If the scrollee's -[xy]scrollcommand changes, it should call
 * TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired, which will invoke step (5) (@@@ Fix this)
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* Private data:
 */
#define SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING  (0x1)
#define SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED (0x2)

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::scrollbar widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Scrollbar widget record.
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*commandObj;

    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */ 
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;






|
<
















|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::scrollbar widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Scrollbar widget record.
 */
typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj	*commandObj;

    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void 
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);







|







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. 
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;







|







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar.
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
 */

#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* +++ Separator widget record:
 */
typedef struct
{






|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/* +++ Separator widget record:
 */
typedef struct
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * Minimal sample ttk widget.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#if defined(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) || 1

#ifndef DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <[email protected]>
 *
 * Minimal sample ttk widget.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#if defined(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) || 1

#ifndef DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1, 
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle







|






|

|

|


|


|







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1,
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation 
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
    sizeof(Square),		/* recordSize */
    SquareOptionSpecs,		/* optionSpecs */
    SquareCommands,		/* subcommands */
    TtkNullInitialize,		/* initializeProc */
    TtkNullCleanup,		/* cleanupProc */
    TtkCoreConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] = 
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },







|




















|
















|







134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
    sizeof(Square),		/* recordSize */
    SquareOptionSpecs,		/* optionSpecs */
    SquareCommands,		/* subcommands */
    TtkNullInitialize,		/* initializeProc */
    TtkNullCleanup,		/* cleanupProc */
    TtkCoreConfigure,		/* configureProc */
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
{
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges. 
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will 
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so







|








|




|







244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges.
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);
    
    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);
    
    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */








|


|








283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);

    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);

    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkState.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Tk widget state utilities.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 */

#include <string.h>

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Table of state names.  Must be kept in sync with TTK_STATE_*
 * #defines in ttkTheme.h.
 */
static const char *const stateNames[] =







<
<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7


8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Tk widget state utilities.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 *
 */



#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Table of state names.  Must be kept in sync with TTK_STATE_*
 * #defines in ttkTheme.h.
 */
static const char *const stateNames[] =
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133

134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158

static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    unsigned int onbits = (objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16;
    unsigned int offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
    unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits;
    Tcl_DString result;
    int i, len;


    Tcl_DStringInit(&result);

    for (i=0; stateNames[i] != NULL; ++i) {
	if (mask & (1<<i)) {
	    if (offbits & (1<<i))
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, "!", 1);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, stateNames[i], -1);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, " ", 1);
	}
    }

    len = Tcl_DStringLength(&result);
    if (len) {
	/* 'len' includes extra trailing ' ' */
	objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc((unsigned)len);
	objPtr->length = len-1;
	strncpy(objPtr->bytes, Tcl_DStringValue(&result), (size_t)len-1);
	objPtr->bytes[len-1] = '\0';
    } else {
	/* empty string */
	objPtr->length = 0;
	objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(1);
	*objPtr->bytes = '\0';
    }







|
>















|

|







124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157

static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    unsigned int onbits = (objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16;
    unsigned int offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
    unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits;
    Tcl_DString result;
    int i;
    size_t len;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&result);

    for (i=0; stateNames[i] != NULL; ++i) {
	if (mask & (1<<i)) {
	    if (offbits & (1<<i))
		Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, "!", 1);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, stateNames[i], -1);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, " ", 1);
	}
    }

    len = Tcl_DStringLength(&result);
    if (len) {
	/* 'len' includes extra trailing ' ' */
	objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(len);
	objPtr->length = len-1;
	strncpy(objPtr->bytes, Tcl_DStringValue(&result), len-1);
	objPtr->bytes[len-1] = '\0';
    } else {
	/* empty string */
	objPtr->length = 0;
	objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(1);
	*objPtr->bytes = '\0';
    }

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg, 
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}








|




63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg,
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * Tag tables.  3/4-baked, work in progress.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */

#include <string.h>	/* for memset() */
#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Internal data structures.
 */
struct TtkTag {






<
<
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6


7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Tag tables.  3/4-baked, work in progress.
 *
 * Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English.  Freely redistributable.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Internal data structures.
 */
struct TtkTag {
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags, 
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *







|







181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags,
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
/*
 * ttkTheme.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the widget styles and themes support.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2002 Frederic Bonnet
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include <tkInt.h>
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define PKG_ASSOC_KEY "Ttk"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Styles.
 *












<
<
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 * ttkTheme.c --
 *
 *	This file implements the widget styles and themes support.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2002 Frederic Bonnet
 * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"

#include "ttkThemeInt.h"

#define PKG_ASSOC_KEY "Ttk"

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Styles.
 *
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);

    if (!optionSpec)
	return 0;

    /* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
     */
    if (optionSpec->objOffset < 0) {
	return 0;
    }

    /* Grrr.  Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
     */
    if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
	return 0;







|







138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
    const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);

    if (!optionSpec)
	return 0;

    /* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
     */
    if (optionSpec->objOffset == TCL_AUTO_LENGTH) {
	return 0;
    }

    /* Grrr.  Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
     */
    if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
	return 0;
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
 * 	Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
 */

static
int InitializeElementRecord(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,	/* Element instance to initialize */
    Ttk_Style style,		/* Style table */
    char *widgetRecord,		/* Source of widget option values */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Option table describing widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Corresponding window */
    Ttk_State state)	/* Widget or element state */
{
    char *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
    OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
    int nResources = eclass->nResources;
    Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
    Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;

    int i;
    for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
	Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
	    (elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
	const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
	Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
	Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
	Tcl_Obj *elementDefault = eclass->defaultValues[i];

	if (optionMap[i]) {
	    widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
		(widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
	}

	if (widgetValue) {
	    *dest = widgetValue;
	} else if (dynamicSetting) {
	    *dest = dynamicSetting;
	} else {







|




|








|







|







966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
 * 	Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
 */

static
int InitializeElementRecord(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,	/* Element instance to initialize */
    Ttk_Style style,		/* Style table */
    void *widgetRecord,		/* Source of widget option values */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Option table describing widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Corresponding window */
    Ttk_State state)	/* Widget or element state */
{
    void *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
    OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
    int nResources = eclass->nResources;
    Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
    Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;

    int i;
    for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
	Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
	    ((char *)elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
	const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
	Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
	Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
	Tcl_Obj *elementDefault = eclass->defaultValues[i];

	if (optionMap[i]) {
	    widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
		((char *)widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
	}

	if (widgetValue) {
	    *dest = widgetValue;
	} else if (dynamicSetting) {
	    *dest = dynamicSetting;
	} else {
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
 *	Compute the requested size of the given element.
 */

void
Ttk_ElementSize(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element to query */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    char *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Ttk_State state,			/* Current widget state */
    int *widthPtr, 			/* Requested width */
    int *heightPtr,			/* Reqested height */
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)		/* Requested inner border */
{







|







1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
 *	Compute the requested size of the given element.
 */

void
Ttk_ElementSize(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element to query */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    void *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of widget record */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Ttk_State state,			/* Current widget state */
    int *widthPtr, 			/* Requested width */
    int *heightPtr,			/* Reqested height */
    Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)		/* Requested inner border */
{
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
 *	Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
 */

void
Ttk_DrawElement(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element instance */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    char *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of option table */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,				/* Where to draw element. */
    Ttk_Box b,				/* Element area */
    Ttk_State state)			/* Widget or element state flags. */
{
    if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)







|







1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
 *	Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
 */

void
Ttk_DrawElement(
    Ttk_ElementClass *eclass,		/* Element instance */
    Ttk_Style style,			/* Style settings */
    void *recordPtr,			/* The widget record. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,		/* Description of option table */
    Tk_Window tkwin,			/* The widget window. */
    Drawable d,				/* Where to draw element. */
    Ttk_Box b,				/* Element area */
    Ttk_State state)			/* Widget or element state flags. */
{
    if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;








|







1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384

/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *const optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.h.

229
230
231
232
233
234
235








236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248

enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };

typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);









typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
    const char *optionName;		/* Command-line name of the widget option */
    Tk_OptionType type; 	/* Accepted option types */
    int offset;			/* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
    const char *defaultValue;		/* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;

#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING

typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
    enum TTKStyleVersion2 version;	/* Version of the style support. */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256

enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };

typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
        Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

#ifndef TkSizeT
#   if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#	define TkSizeT size_t
#   else
#	define TkSizeT int
#   endif
#endif

typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
    const char *optionName;		/* Command-line name of the widget option */
    Tk_OptionType type; 	/* Accepted option types */
    TkSizeT offset;			/* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
    const char *defaultValue;		/* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;

#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING

typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
    enum TTKStyleVersion2 version;	/* Version of the style support. */
368
369
370
371
372
373
374


375
376
377
378
379
380
381

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Image specifications.
 */

typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);


TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *);
TTKAPI Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *, Ttk_State);

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Miscellaneous enumerations.
 * 	Other stuff that element implementations need to know about.
 */







>
>







376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Image specifications.
 */

typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *,
					Tk_ImageChangedProc *, ClientData);
TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *);
TTKAPI Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *, Ttk_State);

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Miscellaneous enumerations.
 * 	Other stuff that element implementations need to know about.
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkThemeInt.h.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);

MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
	int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
    Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
	Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);







|



|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);

MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
	int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
	Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, void *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
	Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
    Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);

MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
	Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39











40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK) 
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

struct TtkTraceHandle_
{
    Tcl_Interp		*interp;	/* Containing interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj 		*varnameObj;	/* Name of variable being traced */
    Ttk_TraceProc	callback;	/* Callback procedure */
    void		*clientData;	/* Data to pass to callback */
};

/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* (unused) */
    const char *name2,		/* (unused) */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }












    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {





|



|


















|
|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK)
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

struct TtkTraceHandle_
{
    Tcl_Interp		*interp;	/* Containing interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj 		*varnameObj;	/* Name of variable being traced */
    Ttk_TraceProc	callback;	/* Callback procedure */
    void		*clientData;	/* Data to pass to callback */
};

/*
 * Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
 */
static char *
VarTraceProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Widget record pointer */
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Interpreter containing variable. */
    const char *name1,		/* Name of variable. */
    const char *name2,		/* Second part of variable name. */
    int flags)			/* Information about what happened. */
{
    Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
    const char *name, *value;
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;

    if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * See ticket [5d991b82].
     */

    if (tracePtr->varnameObj == NULL) {
	Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, name1, name2,
		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
		VarTraceProc, clientData);
	return NULL;
    }

    name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);

    /*
     * If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
     */
    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
 * and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
 * <ButtonRelease> event.
 *
 * TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore		*corePtr;	/* widget to track */
    Ttk_Layout		tracking;	/* current layout being tracked */
    Ttk_Element 	activeElement;	/* element under the mouse cursor */







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
 * The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
 * and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
 * <ButtonRelease> event.
 *
 * TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

typedef struct {
    WidgetCore		*corePtr;	/* widget to track */
    Ttk_Layout		tracking;	/* current layout being tracked */
    Ttk_Element 	activeElement;	/* element under the mouse cursor */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::treeview widget implementation.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_TREE_ROWS		"10"
#define DEF_COLWIDTH		"200"
#define DEF_MINWIDTH		"20"







<
<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6


7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
 *
 * ttk::treeview widget implementation.
 */



#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#define DEF_TREE_ROWS		"10"
#define DEF_COLWIDTH		"200"
#define DEF_MINWIDTH		"20"

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)







|






|







315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *const showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *const table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,







|







429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
    Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
		objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
		!= TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Make sure that -values is a valid list:







|







1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
    Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
		objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
		!= TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Make sure that -values is a valid list:
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
static int ConfigureColumn(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
	    tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {







|







1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
static int ConfigureColumn(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, column,
	    tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
static int ConfigureHeading(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
	    tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* @@@ testing ... */







|







1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
static int ConfigureHeading(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
    int mask;

    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, column,
	    tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
	    &savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
    {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* @@@ testing ... */
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;








|







1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
 *
 * Returns:
 * 	Row number of the last item drawn.
 */
static int DrawForest(
    Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
    while (item && row <= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
        row = DrawSubtree(tv, item, d, depth, row);
	item = item->next;
    }
    return row;
}

/* + TreeviewDisplay --







|







1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
 *
 * Returns:
 * 	Row number of the last item drawn.
 */
static int DrawForest(
    Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, Drawable d, int depth, int row)
{
    while (item && row < tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
        row = DrawSubtree(tv, item, d, depth, row);
	item = item->next;
    }
    return row;
}

/* + TreeviewDisplay --
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;








|







2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;








|







2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */

#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif







<
|







1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */


#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif

753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {







|







752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.

107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122

#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table 
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus 
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \







|
|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122

#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \

Changes to library/console.tcl.

282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
	    }
    	    if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
    	    	incr HistNum
    	    	return
    	    }
	    .console delete promptEnd end
    	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}

    	}
    	next {
	    incr HistNum
	    if {$HistNum == 0} {
		set cmd {history event [expr {[history nextid] -1}]}
	    } elseif {$HistNum > 0} {
		set cmd ""
		set HistNum 1
	    } else {
		set cmd "history event $HistNum"
	    }
	    if {$cmd ne ""} {
		catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd
	    }
	    .console delete promptEnd end
	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}

    	}
    	reset {
    	    set HistNum 1
    	}
    }
}








>
















>







282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
	    }
    	    if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
    	    	incr HistNum
    	    	return
    	    }
	    .console delete promptEnd end
    	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
	    .console see end
    	}
    	next {
	    incr HistNum
	    if {$HistNum == 0} {
		set cmd {history event [expr {[history nextid] -1}]}
	    } elseif {$HistNum > 0} {
		set cmd ""
		set HistNum 1
	    } else {
		set cmd "history event $HistNum"
	    }
	    if {$cmd ne ""} {
		catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd
	    }
	    .console delete promptEnd end
	    .console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
	    .console see end
    	}
    	reset {
    	    set HistNum 1
    	}
    }
}

Changes to library/demos/combo.tcl.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue

ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {







|
>







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
    Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
    Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney

ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue -placeholder {Enter text here}
ttk::style configure TEntry -placeholderforeground gray50
ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
	-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
    if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {

Changes to library/demos/en.msg.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
::msgcat::mcset en "OK"
::msgcat::mcset en "Run the \"%s\" sample program"
::msgcat::mcset en "Dismiss"
::msgcat::mcset en "Rerun Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Demo code: %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "About Widget Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Tk widget demonstration application"
::msgcat::mcset en "Copyright \u00a9 %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "
    @@title
    Tk Widget Demonstrations
    @@newline
    @@normal
    @@newline








|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
::msgcat::mcset en "OK"
::msgcat::mcset en "Run the \"%s\" sample program"
::msgcat::mcset en "Dismiss"
::msgcat::mcset en "Rerun Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Demo code: %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "About Widget Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Tk widget demonstration application"
::msgcat::mcset en "Copyright © %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "
    @@title
    Tk Widget Demonstrations
    @@newline
    @@normal
    @@newline

Changes to library/demos/entry1.tcl.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."







|






21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x

entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3 -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x

$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."

Changes to library/demos/entry2.tcl.

40
41
42
43
44
45
46

pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."








>
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
	$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x

$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."
$w.frame.e3 configure -placeholder {Enter text here} -placeholderforeground gray75

Added library/demos/images/earthmenu.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117


118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
$m add command -bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images pattern.xbm] \


    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a bitmap rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]








set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]







|
>
>


|











|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7

set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
image create photo lilearth -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory \
images earthmenu.png]
$m add command -image lilearth \
    -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays a photoimage rather than\
		a text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
    $m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Does almost nothing also} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing also" -image lilearth -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a image and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]

Changes to library/demos/nl.msg.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
::msgcat::mcset nl "Variable Values"  "Waarden Variabelen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "OK"        "OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Run the \"%s\" sample program" "Start voorbeeld \"%s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "Print Code" "Code Afdrukken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Demo code: %s" "Code van Demo %s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "About Widget Demo" "Over deze demonstratie"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk widget demonstration" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Copyright \u00a9 %s"

::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk Widget Demonstrations" "Demostratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "This application provides a front end for several short scripts" \
    "Dit programma is een schil rond enkele korte scripts waarmee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "that demonstrate what you can do with Tk widgets.  Each of the" \
    "gedemonstreerd wordt wat je kunt doen met Tk widgets.  Elk van de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "numbered lines below describes a demonstration;  you can click on" \
    "genummerde regels hieronder omschrijft een demonstratie;  je kunt de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "it to invoke the demonstration.  Once the demonstration window" \







|

|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
::msgcat::mcset nl "Variable Values"  "Waarden Variabelen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "OK"        "OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Run the \"%s\" sample program" "Start voorbeeld \"%s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "Print Code" "Code Afdrukken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Demo code: %s" "Code van Demo %s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "About Widget Demo" "Over deze demonstratie"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk widget demonstration" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Copyright © %s"

::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk Widget Demonstrations" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "This application provides a front end for several short scripts" \
    "Dit programma is een schil rond enkele korte scripts waarmee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "that demonstrate what you can do with Tk widgets.  Each of the" \
    "gedemonstreerd wordt wat je kunt doen met Tk widgets.  Elk van de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "numbered lines below describes a demonstration;  you can click on" \
    "genummerde regels hieronder omschrijft een demonstratie;  je kunt de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "it to invoke the demonstration.  Once the demonstration window" \

Changes to library/demos/tree.tcl.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {

	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy







>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
	set f [file normalize $f]
	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy

Changes to library/demos/twind.tcl.

79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but many of the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons will not be there.  The easiest way "
$t insert end "to ensure they are in all peers is to use '-create' "
$t insert end "embedded window creation scripts "
$t insert end "(the plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers).  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "







|
|
|
|
|
|







79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget.  Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but that the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons may not appear in the peer.  To ensure "
$t insert end "that embedded windows appear in all peers you can set the "
$t insert end "'-create' option to a script or a string containing %W.  "
$t insert end "(The plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers.)  A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
  -create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
  -cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"

$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "
108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
$t insert end "text widget (\"Default\" restores the color to "
$t insert end "its default).  If you click on the button labeled "
$t insert end "\"Short\", it changes to a longer string so that "
$t insert end "you can see how the text widget automatically "
$t insert end "changes the layout.  Click on the button again "
$t insert end "to restore the short string.\n"


button $t.default -text Default -command "embDefBg $t" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
$t window create end -window $t.default -padx 3
global embToggle
set embToggle Short
checkbutton $t.toggle -textvariable embToggle -indicatoron 0 \
	-variable embToggle -onvalue "A much longer string" \







>







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
$t insert end "text widget (\"Default\" restores the color to "
$t insert end "its default).  If you click on the button labeled "
$t insert end "\"Short\", it changes to a longer string so that "
$t insert end "you can see how the text widget automatically "
$t insert end "changes the layout.  Click on the button again "
$t insert end "to restore the short string.\n"

$t insert end "\nNOTE: these buttons will not appear in peers!\n" "peer_warning"
button $t.default -text Default -command "embDefBg $t" \
	-cursor top_left_arrow
$t window create end -window $t.default -padx 3
global embToggle
set embToggle Short
checkbutton $t.toggle -textvariable embToggle -indicatoron 0 \
	-variable embToggle -onvalue "A much longer string" \
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]


proc textWindBigB w {
    $w configure -borderwidth 15
}

proc textWindBigH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness 15







<







160
161
162
163
164
165
166

167
168
169
170
171
172
173
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP

$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"

$t image create end -image \
    [image create photo -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images ouster.png]]


proc textWindBigB w {
    $w configure -borderwidth 15
}

proc textWindBigH w {
    $w configure -highlightthickness 15
298
299
300
301
302
303
304

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319

320
321
322
323
324
325
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"
    frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
    set t [$parent peer create $w.f.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \
	       -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]

    pack $t -expand  yes -fill both
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
    pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
    pack $w.f -expand yes -fill both
}

proc textSplitWindow {textW} {
    if {$textW eq ".twind.f.text"} {
	if {[winfo exists .twind.peer]} {
	    destroy .twind.peer
	} else {
	    set parent [winfo parent $textW]
	    set w [winfo parent $parent]
	    set t [$textW peer create $w.peer \
	      -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set"]

	    $w.pane add $t
	}
    } else {
        return
    }
}







>















>






298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
    set n 1
    while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
    set w [toplevel .peer$n]
    wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"
    frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
    set t [$parent peer create $w.f.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \
	       -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]
    $t tag configure peer_warning -font boldFont
    pack $t -expand  yes -fill both
    ttk::scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
    pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
    pack $w.f -expand yes -fill both
}

proc textSplitWindow {textW} {
    if {$textW eq ".twind.f.text"} {
	if {[winfo exists .twind.peer]} {
	    destroy .twind.peer
	} else {
	    set parent [winfo parent $textW]
	    set w [winfo parent $parent]
	    set t [$textW peer create $w.peer \
	      -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set"]
	    $t tag configure peer_warning -font boldFont
	    $w.pane add $t
	}
    } else {
        return
    }
}

Changes to library/fontchooser.tcl.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Show {} {
    variable S
    if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
        Create
        wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
        tk::PlaceWindow $S(W) widget $S(-parent)
    }



    wm deiconify $S(W)
}

proc ::tk::fontchooser::Hide {} {
    variable S
    wm withdraw $S(W)
}







>
>
>







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
proc ::tk::fontchooser::Show {} {
    variable S
    if {![winfo exists $S(W)]} {
        Create
        wm transient $S(W) [winfo toplevel $S(-parent)]
        tk::PlaceWindow $S(W) widget $S(-parent)
    }
    set S(fonts) [lsort -dictionary [font families]]
    set S(fonts,lcase) {}
    foreach font $S(fonts) { lappend S(fonts,lcase) [string tolower $font]}
    wm deiconify $S(W)
}

proc ::tk::fontchooser::Hide {} {
    variable S
    wm withdraw $S(W)
}

Changes to library/images/logo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq







|







1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop







|







1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/images/pwrdLogo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if







|







73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq







|







1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop







|







1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/listbox.tcl.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tk::Priv elements used in this file:
#
# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
# listboxPrev -		The last element to be selected or deselected
#			during a selection operation.
# listboxSelection -	All of the items that were selected before the
#			current selection operation (such as a mouse
#			drag) started;  used to cancel an operation.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tk::Priv elements used in this file:
#
# afterId -		Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
# listboxPrev -	The last element to be selected or deselected
#			during a selection operation.
# listboxSelection -	All of the items that were selected before the
#			current selection operation (such as a mouse
#			drag) started;  used to cancel an operation.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    }
}

if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
    # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
    # the wheel to the extended buttons.  If you have a mousewheel, find
    # Linux configuration info at:
    #	http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
    bind Listbox <4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
	    %W yview scroll -5 units
	}
    }
    bind Listbox <Shift-4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {







|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    }
}

if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
    # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
    # the wheel to the extended buttons.  If you have a mousewheel, find
    # Linux configuration info at:
    #	http://linuxreviews.org/howtos/xfree/mouse/
    bind Listbox <4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
	    %W yview scroll -5 units
	}
    }
    bind Listbox <Shift-4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {

Changes to library/menu.tcl.

166
167
168
169
170
171
172

173
174
175
176
177
178
179
    tk::MenuUpArrow %W
}
bind Menu <<NextLine>> {
    tk::MenuDownArrow %W
}
bind Menu <KeyPress> {
    tk::TraverseWithinMenu %W %A

}

# The following bindings apply to all windows, and are used to
# implement keyboard menu traversal.

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
    bind all <Alt-KeyPress> {







>







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    tk::MenuUpArrow %W
}
bind Menu <<NextLine>> {
    tk::MenuDownArrow %W
}
bind Menu <KeyPress> {
    tk::TraverseWithinMenu %W %A
    break
}

# The following bindings apply to all windows, and are used to
# implement keyboard menu traversal.

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
    bind all <Alt-KeyPress> {
604
605
606
607
608
609
610

611

612
613
614
615
616
617
618
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return
    }
    if {[$menu index active] eq "none"} {

        set Priv(window) {}

        return
    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \







>
|
>







605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return
    }
    if {[$menu index active] eq "none"} {
        if {[$menu cget -type] ne "menubar" } {
            set Priv(window) {}
        }
        return
    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \

Changes to library/msgbox.tcl.

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237

238
239
240
241
242
243
244
	if {[lindex $btn 0] eq $data(-default)} {
	    set valid 1
	    break
	}
    }
    if {!$valid} {
	return -code error -errorcode {TK MSGBOX DEFAULT} \
	    "invalid default button \"$data(-default)\""

    }

    # 2. Set the dialog to be a child window of $parent
    #
    #
    if {$data(-parent) ne "."} {
	set w $data(-parent).__tk__messagebox







|
>







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
	if {[lindex $btn 0] eq $data(-default)} {
	    set valid 1
	    break
	}
    }
    if {!$valid} {
	return -code error -errorcode {TK MSGBOX DEFAULT} \
	    "bad -default value \"$data(-default)\": must be\
	    abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes"
    }

    # 2. Set the dialog to be a child window of $parent
    #
    #
    if {$data(-parent) ne "."} {
	set w $data(-parent).__tk__messagebox

Changes to library/msgs/cs.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}

|

|


|
|
|
|
|




|
|


|
|
|



|
|

|
|
|




|
|



|





|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&Přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "Všechny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu změnit atkálí adreář na \"%1\$s\".\nPístup odítnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "ýběr adreáře"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Koírovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&yíznout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adreář \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adreář:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "Úpravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\nChcete jej přepsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jéno souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jéna souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&leá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&ápověda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Špaté jéno souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otevít íce souborů"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukončit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "Če&rveá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit sávaíí soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Uložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Uložit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Uložit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k naháí"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&ýběr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "Přeskočit zpávy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textoé soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "pípona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "pípony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zeleá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "červeá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}

Changes to library/msgs/de.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}


|









|
|
|




|








|











|




|






|
|

|









|
|




|
|


|








|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&Über..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "Wähle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&Rücksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&Löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei überschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ungültiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "Öffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "Ö&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&infügen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuführende Datei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten überspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausführen..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl für Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}

Changes to library/msgs/el.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9"
}





|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|


|

|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "Τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "Σχετικά..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "Όλα τα Αρχεία"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "Λάθος Εφαρμογής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "Μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "Ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή καταλόγου σε \"%1\$s\".\nΗ πρόσβαση δεν επιτρέπεται."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "Επιλογή Καταλόγου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "Καθαρισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "Χρώμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "Κονσόλα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "Αντιγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "Αποκοπή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "Διαγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "Λεπτομέρειες >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "Ο κατάλογος \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&Κατάλογος:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "Λάθος: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\nΘέλετε να επικαλυφθεί;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "Ό&νομα αρχείου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "Ό&νομα αρχείων:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "Αρχεία του &τύπου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "Αρχεία:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "Φίλτρο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "Φίλτρο:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "Πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "Γεια"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "Απόκρυψη κονσόλας"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "Αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "Αρχεία Καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "Όχι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "Άνοιγμα πολλαπλών αρχείων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "Επικόλληση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "Κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "Επικάλυψη υπάρχοντος αρχείου;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "Προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "Αποθήκευση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "Αποθήκευση σαν"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "Αποθήκευση στο αρχείο καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "Επιλογή αρχείου καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "Επιλέξτε αρχείο για εκτέλεση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "Επιλογή:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "Αποφυγήμηνυμάτων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "Εκτέλεση..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl για Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "Αρχεία Κειμένου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "Ναι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "επέκταση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "επεκτάσεις"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "ναι"
}

Changes to library/msgs/eo.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108ioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u0109angi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpo\u015digu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u00fbigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpo\u015digi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u00fbu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesa\u011dojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}

|

|




|






|








|











|










|


|







|





|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&Ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "Ĉioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble ĉangi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpoŝigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\nĈu vi volas anstataûigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Kaŝu konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpoŝigi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "Ĉu anstataûu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesaĝojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ruĝa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}

Changes to library/msgs/es.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Color"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensi\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed"
}




|



















|













|







|



|






|





|



|






|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicación"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Color"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n¿Desea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inválido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "¿Reemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selección:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&Sí"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensión"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "sí"
}

Changes to library/msgs/fr.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"


|





|
|






|
|
|


|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "À propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'accéder au répertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refusée."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir répertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "Détails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le répertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&Répertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\nVoulez-vous l'écraser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "\u00c9valuer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}







|




|
|

|













|


41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&Ré-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier à évaluer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&Sélection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "Évaluer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "réessayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}

Changes to library/msgs/hu.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "M\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "Névjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmazás hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&Kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "Mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "Még&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A könyvtárváltás nem sikerült: \"%1\$s\".\nHozzáférés megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "Könyvtár kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&Törlés Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Szín"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&Másolás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kivágás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "Részletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" könyvtár nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&Könyvtár:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&Fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\nFelülírjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" fájl nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "Fájl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "Fájlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "Fájlok &típusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "Fáj&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Szűrő"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&zűrő:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Zöld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "Üdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejtése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagyás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Érvénytelen fájlnév: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log fájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "Több fájl megnyitása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beillesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&Vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Meglévő fájl cseréje?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "Új&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Mentés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Mentés másként"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Mentés log fájlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log fájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forrásfájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijelölés:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett fájlok és könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "Üzenetek kihagyása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forrás..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Szövegfájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjesztések"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "zöld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "újra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}

Changes to library/msgs/it.msg.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"







|
|







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec"
}







|










|

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&Sì"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "sì"
}

Changes to library/msgs/nl.msg.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Be\u00ebindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"







|








|















|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopiëren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Beëindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "Hé"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"

Changes to library/msgs/pl.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przyk\u0142ad"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekre\u015blenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkre\u015blenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "pon\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}




|






|

|
|




|
|




|
|

|
|


|










|

|






|
|
|

|


|
|
|





|

|
|
|
|
|



|










|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "Błąd w programie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie można otworzyć katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dostępu."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczyść"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczyść konsolę"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usuń"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczegóły >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "Błąd: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjdź"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisać?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plików:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsolę"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niewłaściwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otwórz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otwórz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otwórz wiele plików"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zakończ"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zastąpić istniejący plik?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Ponów"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przykład"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wybór:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomiń pozostałe komunikaty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod źródłowy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekreślenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkreślenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "ponów"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}

Changes to library/msgs/pt.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplica\u00e7\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "N\u00e3o foi poss\u00edvel mudar para o diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiss\u00e3o negada."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diret\u00f3rio"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diret\u00f3rio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo \u00e9 inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&N\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiplos arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Sele\u00e7\u00e3o:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extens\u00e3o"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extens\u00f5es"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim"
}




|



|
|








|
|



|
|
|










|

|





|










|









|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplicação"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Não foi possível mudar para o diretório \"%1\$s\".\nPermissão negada."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diretório"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diretório \"%1\$s\" não existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diretório:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" não existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo é inválido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&Não"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiplos arquivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Seleção:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extensão"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extensões"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente"
    ::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim"
}

Changes to library/msgs/ru.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "\u041f\u0440\u043e..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "\u0412\u0441\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430 \u0432 \u043f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0435"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &\u0413\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
			"\u041d\u0435 \u043c\u043e\u0433\u0443 \u043f\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0439\u0442\u0438 \u0432 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433 \"%1\$s\".\n\u041d\u0435\u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0442\u043e\u0447\u043d\u043e \u043f\u0440\u0430\u0432 \u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0443\u043f\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "\u041e\u0447\u0438\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "\u0426\u0432\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "\u041a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "\u041a\u043e\u043f\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "\u0412\u044b\u0440\u0435\u0437\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "\u0423\u0434\u0430\u043b\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "\u041f\u043e\u0434\u0440\u043e\u0431\u043d\u0435\u0435 >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433\u0430 \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
			    "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0435\u0433\u043e?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u043d\u0430\u0439\u0434\u0435\u043d."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&\u0418\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&\u0418\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&\u0422\u0438\u043f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "\u0424\u0430\u0439&\u043b\u044b:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c\u0442\u0440"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c&\u0442\u0440:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &\u0417\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "\u0421\u043f\u0440\u044f\u0442\u0430\u0442\u044c \u043a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&\u0418\u0433\u043d\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u041d\u0435\u0432\u0435\u0440\u043d\u043e\u0435 \u0438\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430 \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&\u041d\u0435\u0442"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&\u041e\u041a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "\u041e\u041a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "\u0414\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c \u043d\u0435\u0441\u043a\u043e\u043b\u044c\u043a\u043e \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "\u0412\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0432\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &\u041a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u044e\u0449\u0438\u0439 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&\u041f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u043a\u0430\u043a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0432 \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0440\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b \u0434\u043b\u044f \u0438\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0430\u0446\u0438\u0438"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u043e\u043e\u0431\u0449\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "\u0418\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0430 \u043d\u0430 \u044f\u0437\u044b\u043a\u0435 TCL"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL \u0434\u043b\u044f Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "\u0422\u0435\u043a\u0441\u0442\u043e\u0432\u044b\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&\u0414\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " \u0433\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0435"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " \u0437\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "\u043f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "\u043e\u043a"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " \u043a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "\u043f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "\u0434\u0430"
}


|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&Отменить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "Про..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "Все файлы"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "Ошибка в программе"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &Голубой"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "От&мена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "От&мена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
			"Не могу перейти в каталог \"%1\$s\".\nНедостаточно прав доступа"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "Выберите каталог"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "Очистить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "Цвет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "Консоль"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "Копировать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "Вырезать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "Удалить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "Подробнее >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Каталога \"%1\$s\" не существует."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&Каталог:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "Ошибка: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "Выход"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
			    "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\nЗаменить его?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Файл \"%1\$s\" не найден."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&Имя файла:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&Имена файлов:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&Тип файлов:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "Фай&лы:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&Фильтр"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "Филь&тр:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &Зеленый"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "Привет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "Спрятать консоль"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&Игнорировать"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Неверное имя файла \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "Файлы журнала"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&Нет"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&ОК"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "ОК"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "Да"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "Открыть"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&Открыть"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "Открыть несколько файлов"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "Вставить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "Выход"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &Красный"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "Заменить существующий файл?"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&Повторить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&Сохранить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "Сохранить как"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "Сохранить в журнал"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "Выбрать журнал"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "Выберите файл для интерпретации"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "Пропустить сообщения"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "Интерпретировать файл..."
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "Программа на языке TCL"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL для Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "Текстовые файлы"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&Да"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "отмена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " голубой"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "отмена"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "расширение"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "расширения"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " зеленый"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "пропустить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "ок"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " красный"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "повторить"
    ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "да"
}

Changes to library/msgs/sv.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Bl\u00e5"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej n\u00e5 mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar r\u00e4ttigheter."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "V\u00e4lj mapp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "F\u00e4rg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva \u00f6ver den?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Gr\u00f6n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hj\u00e4lp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&G\u00f6m konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "\u00d6ppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&\u00d6ppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "\u00d6ppna flera filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&R\u00f6d"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ers\u00e4tt existerande fil?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&F\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "V\u00e4lj loggfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "V\u00e4lj k\u00e4llfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa \u00f6ver meddelanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&K\u00e4lla..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00f6r Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "bl\u00e5"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "gr\u00f6n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "r\u00f6d"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "f\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}





|


|
|


|











|








|
|

|







|
|
|


|
|
|



|
|

|
|

|



|



|


|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Blå"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej nå mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar rättigheter."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "Välj mapp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "Färg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva över den?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Grön"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hjälp"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&Göm konsollen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "Öppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&Öppna"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "Öppna flera filer"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&Röd"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ersätt existerande fil?"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&Försök igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "Välj loggfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "Välj källfil"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa över meddelanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&Källa..."
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl för Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "blå"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "grön"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "röd"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "försök igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}

Changes to library/palette.tcl.

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212





213
214
215
216
217
218
219

220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

# ::tk::Darken --
# Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or
# brightens) the given color by a given percent.
#
# Arguments:
# color -	Name of starting color.
# perecent -	Integer telling how much to brighten or darken as a
#		percent: 50 means darken by 50%, 110 means brighten
#		by 10%.

proc ::tk::Darken {color percent} {





    foreach {red green blue} [winfo rgb . $color] {
	set red [expr {($red/256)*$percent/100}]
	set green [expr {($green/256)*$percent/100}]
	set blue [expr {($blue/256)*$percent/100}]
	break
    }
    if {$red > 255} {

	set red 255
    }
    if {$green > 255} {
	set green 255
    }
    if {$blue > 255} {
	set blue 255
    }
    return [format "#%02x%02x%02x" $red $green $blue]
}

# ::tk_bisque --
# Reset the Tk color palette to the old "bisque" colors.
#
# Arguments:
# None.







|




>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
|

|







201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221


222
223
224


225


226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

# ::tk::Darken --
# Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or
# brightens) the given color by a given percent.
#
# Arguments:
# color -	Name of starting color.
# percent -	Integer telling how much to brighten or darken as a
#		percent: 50 means darken by 50%, 110 means brighten
#		by 10%.

proc ::tk::Darken {color percent} {
    if {$percent < 0} {
        return #000000
    } elseif {$percent > 200} {
        return #ffffff
    } elseif {$percent <= 100} {
        lassign [winfo rgb . $color] r g b
        set r [expr {($r/256)*$percent/100}]
        set g [expr {($g/256)*$percent/100}]
        set b [expr {($b/256)*$percent/100}]


    } elseif {$percent > 100} {
        lassign [winfo rgb . $color] r g b
        set r [expr {255 - ((65535-$r)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]


        set g [expr {255 - ((65535-$g)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]


        set b [expr {255 - ((65535-$b)/256)*(200-$percent)/100}]
    }
    return [format #%02x%02x%02x $r $g $b]
}

# ::tk_bisque --
# Reset the Tk color palette to the old "bisque" colors.
#
# Arguments:
# None.

Changes to library/tclIndex.

243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]







<



243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]

set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]

Changes to library/text.tcl.

459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
    }
}

if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
    # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
    # the wheel to the extended buttons.  If you have a mousewheel, find
    # Linux configuration info at:
    #	http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
    bind Text <4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
	    %W yview scroll -50 pixels
	}
    }
    bind Text <5> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {







|







459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
    }
}

if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
    # Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
    # the wheel to the extended buttons.  If you have a mousewheel, find
    # Linux configuration info at:
    #	http://linuxreviews.org/howtos/xfree/mouse/
    bind Text <4> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
	    %W yview scroll -50 pixels
	}
    }
    bind Text <5> {
	if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
764
765
766
767
768
769
770



771
772
773
774
775
776
777
	if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
	    $w tag add sel $new insert
	} else {
	    $w tag add sel insert $new
	}
	$w mark set $anchorname insert
    } else {



	if {[$w compare $new < $anchorname]} {
	    set first $new
	    set last $anchorname
	} else {
	    set first $anchorname
	    set last $new
	}







>
>
>







764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
	if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
	    $w tag add sel $new insert
	} else {
	    $w tag add sel insert $new
	}
	$w mark set $anchorname insert
    } else {
        if {[catch {$w index $anchorname}]} {
            $w mark set $anchorname insert
        }
	if {[$w compare $new < $anchorname]} {
	    set first $new
	    set last $anchorname
	} else {
	    set first $anchorname
	    set last $new
	}
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {$oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion







|





|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
# w -		Name of a text widget.

proc ::tk_textCut w {
    if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
        # make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
        # i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
	set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
	clipboard clear -displayof $w
	clipboard append -displayof $w $data
	$w delete sel.first sel.last
	if {([$w cget -state] eq "normal") && $oldSeparator} {
	    $w edit separator
	}
    }
}

# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
































































































    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}







































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}

# ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks --
#
# This proc is executed after an undo or redo action.
# It processes the list of undo/redo marks temporarily set in the
# text widget to positions delimiting where changes happened, and
# returns a flat list of ranges. The temporary marks are removed
# from the text widget.
#
# Arguments:
# w -	The text widget

proc ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks {w} {
    set indices {}
    set undoMarks {}

    # only consider the temporary marks set by an undo/redo action
    foreach mark [$w mark names] {
        if {[string range $mark 0 11] eq "tk::undoMark"} {
            lappend undoMarks $mark
        }
    }

    # transform marks into indices
    # the number of undo/redo marks is always even, each right mark
    # completes a left mark to give a range
    # this is true because:
    #   - undo/redo only deals with insertions and deletions of text
    #   - insertions may move marks but not delete them
    #   - when deleting text, marks located inside the deleted range
    #     are not erased but moved to the start of the deletion range
    #         . this is done in TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange ("This segment
    #           refuses to die...")
    #         . because MarkDeleteProc does nothing else than returning
    #           a value indicating that marks are not deleted by this
    #           deleteProc
    #         . mark deletion rather happen through [.text mark unset xxx]
    #           which was not used _up to this point of the code_ (it
    #           is a bit later just before exiting the present proc)
    set nUndoMarks [llength $undoMarks]
    set n [expr {$nUndoMarks / 2}]
    set undoMarks [lsort -dictionary $undoMarks]
    set Lmarks [lrange $undoMarks 0 [expr {$n - 1}]]
    set Rmarks [lrange $undoMarks $n [llength $undoMarks]]
    foreach Lmark $Lmarks Rmark $Rmarks {
        lappend indices [$w index $Lmark] [$w index $Rmark]
        $w mark unset $Lmark $Rmark
    }

    # process ranges to:
    #   - remove those already fully included in another range
    #   - merge overlapping ranges
    set ind [lsort -dictionary -stride 2 $indices]
    set indices {}

    for {set i 0} {$i < $nUndoMarks} {incr i 2} {
        set il1 [lindex $ind $i]
        set ir1 [lindex $ind [expr {$i + 1}]]
        lappend indices $il1 $ir1

        for {set j [expr {$i + 2}]} {$j < $nUndoMarks} {incr j 2} {
            set il2 [lindex $ind $j]
            set ir2 [lindex $ind [expr {$j + 1}]]

            if {[$w compare $il2 > $ir1]} {
                # second range starts after the end of first range
                # -> further second ranges do not need to be considered
                #    because ranges were sorted by increasing first index
                set j $nUndoMarks

            } else {
                if {[$w compare $ir2 > $ir1]} {
                    # second range overlaps first range
                    # -> merge them into a single range
                    set indices [lreplace $indices end-1 end]
                    lappend indices $il1 $ir2

                } else {
                    # second range is fully included in first range
                    # -> ignore it

                }
                # in both cases above, the second range shall be
                # trimmed out from the list of ranges
                set ind [lreplace $ind $j [expr {$j + 1}]]
                incr j -2
                incr nUndoMarks -2

            }

        }

    }

    return $indices
}

Changes to library/tk.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.6.6

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {













|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application.  Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk  8.7a2

# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
    # Set up the msgcat commands
    namespace eval msgcat {
	namespace export mc mcmax
        if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
    }
    return $result
}

# ::tk::AmpMenuArgs --
#	Processes arguments for a menu entry, turning -label option into
#	-label and -underline options, returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.

#
proc ::tk::AmpMenuArgs {widget add type args} {
    set options {}
    foreach {opt val} $args {
	if {$opt eq "-label"} {
	    lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newlabel under
	    lappend options -label $newlabel -underline $under
	} else {
	    lappend options $opt $val
	}
    }
    $widget add $type {*}$options
}

# ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget --
#	Search recursively through the hierarchy of visible widgets to find
#	button or label which has $char as underlined character.
#
proc ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget {path char} {







>

|









|







596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
    }
    return $result
}

# ::tk::AmpMenuArgs --
#	Processes arguments for a menu entry, turning -label option into
#	-label and -underline options, returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.
#      The cmd argument is supposed to be either "add" or "entryconfigure"
#
proc ::tk::AmpMenuArgs {widget cmd type args} {
    set options {}
    foreach {opt val} $args {
	if {$opt eq "-label"} {
	    lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newlabel under
	    lappend options -label $newlabel -underline $under
	} else {
	    lappend options $opt $val
	}
    }
    $widget $cmd $type {*}$options
}

# ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget --
#	Search recursively through the hierarchy of visible widgets to find
#	button or label which has $char as underlined character.
#
proc ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget {path char} {

Changes to library/tkfbox.tcl.

306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
	    set data(selectPath) [pwd]
	}
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option
    #

    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
	    "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
    }








>







306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
	    set data(selectPath) [pwd]
	}
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option
    #
    set data(origfiletypes) $data(-filetypes)
    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
	    "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
    }

1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122


1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
	}
	if {
	    [info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
	    && [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
	} then {
	    upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	    set typeVariable [lindex $data(filterType) 0]


	}
    }
    bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
    set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}

# ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered --







|
>
>







1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
	}
	if {
	    [info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
	    && [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
	} then {
	    upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	    set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) \
	            [lsearch -exact $data(-filetypes) $data(filterType)] 0]

	}
    }
    bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
    set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}

# ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered --

Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-border		"#414141"
	-activebg 	"#ececec"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"

    }

    ttk::style theme settings alt {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground 	black \







>







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-border		"#414141"
	-activebg 	"#ececec"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"
	-altindicator	"#aaaaaa"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings alt {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground 	black \
42
43
44
45
46
47
48


49
50


51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
	    {pressed !disabled} 	sunken
	    {active !disabled} 	raised
	} -highlightcolor {alternate black}

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \


	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \


	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]







>
>
|

>
>
|









|
>







43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
	    {pressed !disabled} 	sunken
	    {active !disabled} 	raised
	} -highlightcolor {alternate black}

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
	           alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
	           disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
	           alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
	           disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
		-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
85
86
87
88
89
90
91


92


93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|








91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	ttk::style configure TScale \
	    -groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
	    -sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43


44
45



46
47
48
49
50
51
52
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background {{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary
		    selected systemHighlight}




	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)







>
>
|
|
>
>
>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
	# Combobox:
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled systemDialogBackgroundInactive \
				{!disabled !selected} systemWindowBody \
				{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary \
				selected systemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected systemModelessDialogActiveText]

	# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255

	# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
	# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
	# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)

Changes to library/ttk/button.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
#
# Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons.
#
# Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed"
# state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out.
# This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way
# to provide extra feedback while the grab is active.
# (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and
# we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state)
#
# Normally, <ButtonRelease> and <ButtonN-Enter/Leave> events are 
# delivered to the widget which received the initial <ButtonPress>
# event.  However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions
# (#1222605) can interfere with this.  To guard against spurious
# <Button1-Enter> events, the <Button1-Enter> binding only sets
# the pressed state if the button is currently active.
#











|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
#
# Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons.
#
# Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed"
# state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out.
# This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way
# to provide extra feedback while the grab is active.
# (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and
# we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state)
#
# Normally, <ButtonRelease> and <ButtonN-Enter/Leave> events are
# delivered to the widget which received the initial <ButtonPress>
# event.  However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions
# (#1222605) can interfere with this.  To guard against spurious
# <Button1-Enter> events, the <Button1-Enter> binding only sets
# the pressed state if the button is currently active.
#

Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19


20
21
22
23
24
25
26
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors 
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg	"#999999"
	-frame  	"#dcdad5"
	-window  	"#ffffff"
	-dark		"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 	"#bab5ab"
	-darkest	"#9e9a91"
	-lighter	"#eeebe7"
	-lightest 	"#ffffff"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"


    }

    ttk::style theme settings clam {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background $colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground black \







|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg		"#999999"
	-frame  		"#dcdad5"
	-window  		"#ffffff"
	-dark			"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 		"#bab5ab"
	-darkest		"#9e9a91"
	-lighter		"#eeebe7"
	-lightest 		"#ffffff"
	-selectbg		"#4a6984"
	-selectfg		"#ffffff"
	-altindicator		"#5895bc"
	-disabledaltindicator	"#a0a0a0"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings clam {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background $colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground black \
76
77
78
79
80
81
82



83
84



85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125


126


127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \



	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorbackground \



	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TEntry \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -bordercolor [list  focus $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -lightcolor [list  focus "#6f9dc6"] \
	    -darkcolor [list  focus "#6f9dc6"] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox \
	    -background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
			     pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
	    -fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
				  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
            -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -padding [list selected {6 4 6 2}] \
	    -background [list selected $colors(-frame) {} $colors(-darker)] \
	    -lightcolor [list selected $colors(-lighter) {} $colors(-dark)] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}







>
>
>
|

>
>
>
|



















<
>




















>
>
|
>
>
|










78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorbackground \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TEntry \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -bordercolor [list  focus $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -lightcolor [list  focus "#6f9dc6"] \
	    -darkcolor [list  focus "#6f9dc6"] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox \
	    -background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
			     pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
	    -fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
				  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \

	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
            -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -padding [list selected {6 4 6 2}] \
	    -background [list selected $colors(-frame) {} $colors(-darker)] \
	    -lightcolor [list selected $colors(-lighter) {} $colors(-dark)] \
	    ;

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading \
	    -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

    	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
	    -labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
	    -borderwidth 2 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)

	ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-troughbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectfg	"#000000"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#b03060"

    }

    ttk::style theme settings classic {
	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -font		TkDefaultFont \
	    -background		$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground		black \







>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-troughbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectfg	"#000000"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#b03060"
	-altindicator	"#b05e5e"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings classic {
	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -font		TkDefaultFont \
	    -background		$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground		black \
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52


53
54
55
56
57
58
59


60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		pressed $colors(-frame)  selected $colors(-indicator)] \


	    -indicatorrelief {selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		pressed $colors(-frame)  selected $colors(-indicator)] \


	    -indicatorrelief {selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised -padding "3m 1m"

	ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]







|
>
>
|





|
>
>
|







46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		    pressed $colors(-frame) \
		    alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
		    selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {alternate raised  selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		    pressed $colors(-frame) \
		    alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
		    selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {alternate raised  selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised -padding "3m 1m"

	ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
89
90
91
92
93
94
95


96


97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
	    [list pressed $colors(-troughbg)  active $colors(-activebg)]
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|











94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
	    -background $colors(-troughbg)
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	#
	# Toolbar buttons:
	#
	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
	    {disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
	ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
	    [list pressed $colors(-troughbg)  active $colors(-activebg)]
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
bind ComboboxPopdown	<Unmap>		{ ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown	<ButtonPress> \
			{ ttk::combobox::Unpost [winfo parent %W] }

### Option database settings.
#

option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font TkTextFont
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.relief flat
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.highlightThickness 0

## Platform-specific settings.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background white
    }
    aqua {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.borderWidth 0
    }
}

### Binding procedures.
#

## Press $mode $x $y -- ButtonPress binding for comboboxes.







|
|
|





|


|







84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
bind ComboboxPopdown	<Unmap>		{ ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown	<ButtonPress> \
			{ ttk::combobox::Unpost [winfo parent %W] }

### Option database settings.
#

option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font TkTextFont widgetDefault
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.relief flat widgetDefault
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.highlightThickness 0 widgetDefault

## Platform-specific settings.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background white widgetDefault
    }
    aqua {
	option add *TCombobox*Listbox.borderWidth 0 widgetDefault
    }
}

### Binding procedures.
#

## Press $mode $x $y -- ButtonPress binding for comboboxes.
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
    set x [winfo rootx $cb]
    set y [winfo rooty $cb]
    set w [winfo width $cb]
    set h [winfo height $cb]

    set postoffset [ttk::style lookup TCombobox -postoffset {} {0 0 0 0}]
    foreach var {x y w h} delta $postoffset {
    	incr $var $delta
    }

    set H [winfo reqheight $popdown]
    if {$y + $h + $H > [winfo screenheight $popdown]} {
	set Y [expr {$y - $H}]







>
|







364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
    set x [winfo rootx $cb]
    set y [winfo rooty $cb]
    set w [winfo width $cb]
    set h [winfo height $cb]
    set style [$cb cget -style]
    set postoffset [ttk::style lookup $style -postoffset {} {0 0 0 0}]
    foreach var {x y w h} delta $postoffset {
    	incr $var $delta
    }

    set H [winfo reqheight $popdown]
    if {$y + $h + $H > [winfo screenheight $popdown]} {
	set Y [expr {$y - $H}]

Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17



18
19
20
21
22
23
24
#
# Settings for default theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-frame		"#d9d9d9"
	-foreground	"#000000"
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-text   	"#000000"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#4a6984"



    }

    ttk::style theme settings default {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -borderwidth 	1 \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
#
# Settings for default theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-frame			"#d9d9d9"
	-foreground		"#000000"
	-window			"#ffffff"
	-text   		"#000000"
	-activebg		"#ececec"
	-selectbg		"#4a6984"
	-selectfg		"#ffffff"
	-darker 		"#c3c3c3"
	-disabledfg		"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator		"#4a6984"
	-disabledindicator	"#a3a3a3"
	-altindicator		"#9fbdd8"
	-disabledaltindicator	"#c0c0c0"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings default {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -borderwidth 	1 \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48






49
50
51
52
53






54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    [list disabled $colors(-frame)  active $colors(-activebg)]
	ttk::style map "." -foreground \
	    [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken] 

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  selected $colors(-indicator)]







	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  selected $colors(-indicator)]







	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -relief raised -padding "10 3"

	ttk::style configure TEntry \
	    -relief sunken -fieldbackground white -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -arrowsize 12 -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]


	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \







|




|
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
>
>
>
>
>
>











|
>







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
	    [list disabled $colors(-frame)  active $colors(-activebg)]
	ttk::style map "." -foreground \
	    [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
			{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief \
	    [list alternate raised]

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
			{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief \
	    [list alternate raised]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -relief raised -padding "10 3"

	ttk::style configure TEntry \
	    -relief sunken -fieldbackground white -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -arrowsize 12 -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
90
91
92
93
94
95
96


97


98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \


	    -foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid







>
>
|
>
>
|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
	# Treeview.
	#
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview \
	    -background $colors(-window) \
	    -foreground $colors(-text) ;
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list disabled $colors(-frame)\
				{!disabled !selected} $colors(-window) \
				selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
	    -foreground [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg) \
				{!disabled !selected} black \
				selected $colors(-selectfg)]

	# Combobox popdown frame
	ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
	    ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
	}
 	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -borderwidth 1 -relief solid

Changes to library/ttk/entry.tcl.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
	set State(scanDen) 1
	set State(deadband) 3	;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
    }
}

### Option database settings.
#
option add *TEntry.cursor [ttk::cursor text]

### Bindings.
#
# Removed the following standard Tk bindings:
#
# <Control-Key-space>, <Control-Shift-Key-space>,
# <Key-Select>,  <Shift-Key-Select>:







|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
	set State(scanDen) 1
	set State(deadband) 3	;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
    }
}

### Option database settings.
#
option add *TEntry.cursor [ttk::cursor text] widgetDefault

### Bindings.
#
# Removed the following standard Tk bindings:
#
# <Control-Key-space>, <Control-Shift-Key-space>,
# <Key-Select>,  <Shift-Key-Select>:
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    }
}

## <B1-Enter> binding
# 	Suspend autoscroll.
#
proc ttk::entry::DragIn {w} {
    ttk::CancelRepeat 
}

## <ButtonRelease-1> binding
#
proc ttk::entry::Release {w} {
    variable State
    set State(selectMode) none
    ttk::CancelRepeat 	;# suspend autoscroll
}

## AutoScroll
#	Called repeatedly when the mouse is outside an entry window
#	with Button 1 down.  Scroll the window left or right,
#	depending on where the mouse left the window, and extend 
#	the selection according to the current selection mode.
#
# TODO: AutoScroll should repeat faster (50ms) than normal autorepeat.
# TODO: Need a way for Repeat scripts to cancel themselves.
#
proc ttk::entry::AutoScroll {w} {
    variable State







|













|







414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    }
}

## <B1-Enter> binding
# 	Suspend autoscroll.
#
proc ttk::entry::DragIn {w} {
    ttk::CancelRepeat
}

## <ButtonRelease-1> binding
#
proc ttk::entry::Release {w} {
    variable State
    set State(selectMode) none
    ttk::CancelRepeat 	;# suspend autoscroll
}

## AutoScroll
#	Called repeatedly when the mouse is outside an entry window
#	with Button 1 down.  Scroll the window left or right,
#	depending on where the mouse left the window, and extend
#	the selection according to the current selection mode.
#
# TODO: AutoScroll should repeat faster (50ms) than normal autorepeat.
# TODO: Need a way for Repeat scripts to cancel themselves.
#
proc ttk::entry::AutoScroll {w} {
    variable State

Changes to library/ttk/menubutton.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
#
# Bindings for Menubuttons.
#
# Menubuttons have three interaction modes:
#
# Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry
# Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu
# Keyboard: <Key-space> or accelerator key to post menu
#
# (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts
# on mouse-over.  Ttk menubuttons don't implement this).
#
# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let 
# the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction.
#
# ON X11:
#
# Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton.
# This won't work for Ttk menubuttons in pulldown mode,
# since we need to process the final <ButtonRelease> event,
# and this might be delivered to the menu.  So instead we
# rely on the passive grab that occurs on <ButtonPress> events,
# and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released
# or dragged outside the menubutton.
# 
# ON WINDOWS:
#
# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here.  [$menu post] apparently 
# sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus.
# On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions.
# 
# ON MACOS:
#
# Same probably applies here.
#

namespace eval ttk {
    namespace eval menubutton {












|











|


|


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
#
# Bindings for Menubuttons.
#
# Menubuttons have three interaction modes:
#
# Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry
# Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu
# Keyboard: <Key-space> or accelerator key to post menu
#
# (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts
# on mouse-over.  Ttk menubuttons don't implement this).
#
# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let
# the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction.
#
# ON X11:
#
# Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton.
# This won't work for Ttk menubuttons in pulldown mode,
# since we need to process the final <ButtonRelease> event,
# and this might be delivered to the menu.  So instead we
# rely on the passive grab that occurs on <ButtonPress> events,
# and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released
# or dragged outside the menubutton.
#
# ON WINDOWS:
#
# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here.  [$menu post] apparently
# sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus.
# On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions.
#
# ON MACOS:
#
# Same probably applies here.
#

namespace eval ttk {
    namespace eval menubutton {
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1>  \
	{ %W state pressed ; ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1>  \
	{ if {[winfo exists %W]} { %W state !pressed } }
}

# PostPosition --
#	Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu 
#	should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size
#	and -direction option.
#
# TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button
#	for -direction above, below.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {







|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1>  \
	{ %W state pressed ; ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
    bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1>  \
	{ if {[winfo exists %W]} { %W state !pressed } }
}

# PostPosition --
#	Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu
#	should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size
#	and -direction option.
#
# TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button
#	for -direction above, below.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set sh [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] - $bh - $mh}]

    switch -- $dir {
	above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y  $bh } }
	below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y  $bh } { incr y -$mh } }
	left  { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x  $bw } }
	right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x  $bw } { incr x -$mw } }
	flush { 
	    # post menu atop menubutton.
	    # If there's a menu entry whose label matches the
	    # menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu
	    # and place that entry over the menubutton.
	    set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]]
	    if {$index ne ""} {
		incr y -[$menu yposition $index]







|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set sh [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] - $bh - $mh}]

    switch -- $dir {
	above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y  $bh } }
	below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y  $bh } { incr y -$mh } }
	left  { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x  $bw } }
	right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x  $bw } { incr x -$mw } }
	flush {
	    # post menu atop menubutton.
	    # If there's a menu entry whose label matches the
	    # menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu
	    # and place that entry over the menubutton.
	    set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]]
	    if {$index ne ""} {
		incr y -[$menu yposition $index]
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
    }
    foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    tk_popup $menu $x $y
}

# Pulldown (X11 only) --
#	Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton.
#	Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease 
#	or Leave event will set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} {
    variable State
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }







|







109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
    }
    foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
    tk_popup $menu $x $y
}

# Pulldown (X11 only) --
#	Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton.
#	Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease
#	or Leave event will set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} {
    variable State
    if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
	return
    }

Changes to library/ttk/notebook.tcl.

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
	if {$select != $current} {
	    ActivateTab $w $select
	}
    }
}

# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
#	Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the 
#	specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
#	otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
    set key [string toupper $key]
    foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
	set label [$nb tab $tab -text]







|







66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
	if {$select != $current} {
	    ActivateTab $w $select
	}
    }
}

# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
#	Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the
#	specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
#	otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
    set key [string toupper $key]
    foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
	set label [$nb tab $tab -text]
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#

# enableTraversal --
#	Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget
#	by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window.
#
#	TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled 
#	notebooks contained in the toplevel 
#
proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} {
    variable TLNotebooks

    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]

    if {![info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {







|
|







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#

# enableTraversal --
#	Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget
#	by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window.
#
#	TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled
#	notebooks contained in the toplevel
#
proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} {
    variable TLNotebooks

    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]

    if {![info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
    if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
	set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
        set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
    }
}

# EnclosingNotebook $w -- 
#	Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget
#	that contains $w.
#
# BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children
#	of the notebook widget.  This routine should follow the
#	geometry manager hierarchy, not window ancestry, but that
#	information is not available in Tk.







|







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
    set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
    if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
	set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
        set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
    }
}

# EnclosingNotebook $w --
#	Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget
#	that contains $w.
#
# BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children
#	of the notebook widget.  This routine should follow the
#	geometry manager hierarchy, not window ancestry, but that
#	information is not available in Tk.
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
	set w [winfo parent $w]
    }
    return ""
}

# TLCycleTab --
#	toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Control-Shift-Tab
#	Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook. 
#
proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} {
    set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w]
    if {$nb ne ""} {
	CycleTab $nb $dir
	return -code break
    }







|







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
	set w [winfo parent $w]
    }
    return ""
}

# TLCycleTab --
#	toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Control-Shift-Tab
#	Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook.
#
proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} {
    set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w]
    if {$nb ne ""} {
	CycleTab $nb $dir
	return -code break
    }

Changes to library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl.

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
	}
    }
}

proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
    variable State
    if {![info exists State(first)]} {
    	# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb, 
	# or something screwy has happened.  In either case, ignore:
	return;
    }
    set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
    set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
    Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}







|







82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
	}
    }
}

proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
    variable State
    if {![info exists State(first)]} {
    	# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb,
	# or something screwy has happened.  In either case, ignore:
	return;
    }
    set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
    set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
    Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}

Changes to library/ttk/sizegrip.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
#
# Sizegrip widget bindings.
#
# Dragging a sizegrip widget resizes the containing toplevel.
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#

switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 -
    win32 {
	option add *TSizegrip.cursor [ttk::cursor seresize]
    }
    aqua {
    	# Aqua sizegrips use default Arrow cursor.
    }
}

namespace eval ttk::sizegrip {











|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
#
# Sizegrip widget bindings.
#
# Dragging a sizegrip widget resizes the containing toplevel.
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#

switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11 -
    win32 {
	option add *TSizegrip.cursor [ttk::cursor seresize] widgetDefault
    }
    aqua {
    	# Aqua sizegrips use default Arrow cursor.
    }
}

namespace eval ttk::sizegrip {

Changes to library/ttk/treeview.tcl.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
bind Treeview	<KeyPress-space>	{ ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }

bind Treeview	<Shift-ButtonPress-1> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend }
bind Treeview	<<ToggleSelection>> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle }

ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview 

### Binding procedures.
#

## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation
#
# @@@ TODO: verify/rewrite up and down code.







|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
bind Treeview	<KeyPress-space>	{ ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }

bind Treeview	<Shift-ButtonPress-1> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend }
bind Treeview	<<ToggleSelection>> \
		{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle }

ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview

### Binding procedures.
#

## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation
#
# @@@ TODO: verify/rewrite up and down code.

Changes to library/ttk/ttk.tcl.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

### Load settings for built-in themes:
#
proc ttk::LoadThemes {} {
    variable library

    # "default" always present:
    uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]] 

    set builtinThemes [style theme names]
    foreach {theme scripts} {
	classic 	classicTheme.tcl
	alt 		altTheme.tcl
	clam 		clamTheme.tcl
	winnative	winTheme.tcl







|







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

### Load settings for built-in themes:
#
proc ttk::LoadThemes {} {
    variable library

    # "default" always present:
    uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]]

    set builtinThemes [style theme names]
    foreach {theme scripts} {
	classic 	classicTheme.tcl
	alt 		altTheme.tcl
	clam 		clamTheme.tcl
	winnative	winTheme.tcl

Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
#
# Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008
#

# The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme
# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for 
# detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the
# Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not
# evaluate this script.

if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} {
    return
}

namespace eval ttk::theme::vista {

    ttk::style theme settings vista {

 	ttk::style configure . \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \

	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." \
	    -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
	    ;






|

















>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
#
# Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008
#

# The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme
# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for
# detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the
# Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not
# evaluate this script.

if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} {
    return
}

namespace eval ttk::theme::vista {

    ttk::style theme settings vista {

 	ttk::style configure . \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \
	    -insertcolor SystemWindowText \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." \
	    -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
	    ;

42
43
44
45
46
47
48


49


50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 2
        ttk::style element create Combobox.field vsapi \
            COMBOBOX 2 {{} 1}
        ttk::style element create Combobox.border vsapi \
            COMBOBOX 4 {disabled 4 focus 3 active 2 hover 2 {} 1}
        ttk::style element create Combobox.rightdownarrow vsapi \
            COMBOBOX 6 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style layout TCombobox {
            Combobox.border -sticky nswe -border 0 -children {
                Combobox.rightdownarrow -side right -sticky ns
                Combobox.padding -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {

                    Combobox.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                        Combobox.textarea -sticky nswe

                    }
                }
            }
        }
        # Vista.Combobox droplist frame
        ttk::style element create ComboboxPopdownFrame.background vsapi\
            LISTBOX 3 {disabled 4 active 3 focus 2 {} 1}







>
>
|
>
>
|


|





|
|
|
|







>
|
|
>







43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
	    -expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        # Label and Toolbutton
	ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground SystemButtonText

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

        # Combobox
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 2
        ttk::style element create Combobox.border vsapi \
            COMBOBOX 4 {disabled 4 focus 3 active 2 hover 2 {} 1}
        ttk::style element create Combobox.background vsapi \
            EDIT 3 {disabled 3 readonly 5 focus 4 hover 2 {} 1}
        ttk::style element create Combobox.rightdownarrow vsapi \
            COMBOBOX 6 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style layout TCombobox {
            Combobox.border -sticky nswe -border 0 -children {
                Combobox.rightdownarrow -side right -sticky ns
                Combobox.padding -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                    Combobox.background -sticky nswe -children {
                        Combobox.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                            Combobox.textarea -sticky nswe
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        # Vista.Combobox droplist frame
        ttk::style element create ComboboxPopdownFrame.background vsapi\
            LISTBOX 3 {disabled 4 active 3 focus 2 {} 1}
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
            -padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
            -syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
        ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
            Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
                Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
                    Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
                        Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
                            Spinbox.textarea -expand 1 -sticky {}
                        }
                    }
                    Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
                    Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
                }
            }
        }
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

        
        # SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 8 pressed 7 active 6 hover 18 {} 5} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}







|












|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
            -padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
            -syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
        ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
            Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
                Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
                    Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
                        Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
                            Spinbox.textarea -expand 1
                        }
                    }
                    Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
                    Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
                }
            }
        }
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;


        # SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
            SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 8 pressed 7 active 6 hover 18 {} 5} \
            -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
178
179
180
181
182
183
184

185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

        # Progressbar
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
            Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns

            }
        }
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
            Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
            }
        }
        
        # Scale
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \
            TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -width 6 -height 12
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale {
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {







>









|







185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

        # Progressbar
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
            Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
                Horizontal.Progressbar.text -sticky nesw
            }
        }
        ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
            PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
        ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
            Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
            }
        }

        # Scale
        ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \
            TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
            -width 6 -height 12
        ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale {
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Horizontal.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                    Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns
                    Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {}
                }
            }
        }
        
        # Treeview
        ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}
        
        package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
    }
}







|


|



219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
            Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                Vertical.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
                    Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns
                    Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {}
                }
            }
        }

        # Treeview
        ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}

        package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
#
# Settings for 'winnative' theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::winnative {
    ttk::style theme settings winnative {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \


	    -troughcolor SystemScrollbar \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] ;
        ttk::style map "." -embossed [list disabled 1] ;













>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
#
# Settings for 'winnative' theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::winnative {
    ttk::style theme settings winnative {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \
	    -fieldbackground SystemWindow \
	    -insertcolor SystemWindowText \
	    -troughcolor SystemScrollbar \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] ;
        ttk::style map "." -embossed [list disabled 1] ;

67
68
69
70
71
72
73


74


75
76
77
78
79
80
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \


	    -background [list selected SystemHighlight] \


	    -foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}







>
>
|
>
>
|





69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
	ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
	ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText]

        ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
	    -background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
    }
}

Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
#
# Settings for 'xpnative' theme
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::xpnative {

    ttk::style theme settings xpnative {

	ttk::style configure . \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \

	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." \
	    -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
	    ;














>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
#
# Settings for 'xpnative' theme
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::xpnative {

    ttk::style theme settings xpnative {

	ttk::style configure . \
	    -background SystemButtonFace \
	    -foreground SystemWindowText \
	    -selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
	    -selectbackground SystemHighlight \
	    -insertcolor SystemWindowText \
	    -font TkDefaultFont \
	    ;

	ttk::style map "." \
	    -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
	    ;

57
58
59
60
61
62
63










64
65
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}











    }
}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
	    -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}

	# Treeview:
	ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
	ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
	ttk::style map Treeview \
	    -background [list   disabled SystemButtonFace \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindow \
				selected SystemHighlight] \
	    -foreground [list   disabled SystemGrayText \
				{!disabled !selected} SystemWindowText \
				selected SystemHighlightText];
    }
}

Changes to library/xmfbox.tcl.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
	set data(filter) *
	return
    }

    # The filetypes radiobuttons
    # set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
    # Default type to first entry
    set initialTypeName [lindex $data(-filetypes) 0 0]
    if {$data(-typevariable) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	if {[info exists typeVariable]} {
	    set initialTypeName $typeVariable
	}
    }
    set ix 0
    set data(fileType) 0
    foreach fltr $data(-filetypes) {
	set fname [lindex $fltr 0]
	if {[string first $initialTypeName $fname] == 0} {
	    set data(fileType) $ix
	    break
	}
	incr ix
    }

    MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType)]

    #don't produce radiobuttons for only one filetype
    if {[llength $data(-filetypes)] == 1} {
	return
    }

    frame $f
    set cnt 0
    if {$data(-filetypes) ne {}} {
	foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
	    set title  [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]
	    set filter [lindex $type 1]
	    radiobutton $f.b$cnt \
		-text $title \
		-variable ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w](fileType) \
		-value $cnt \
		-command [list tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w $type]
	    pack $f.b$cnt -side left







|








|



















|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
	set data(filter) *
	return
    }

    # The filetypes radiobuttons
    # set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
    # Default type to first entry
    set initialTypeName [lindex $data(origfiletypes) 0 0]
    if {$data(-typevariable) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	if {[info exists typeVariable]} {
	    set initialTypeName $typeVariable
	}
    }
    set ix 0
    set data(fileType) 0
    foreach fltr $data(origfiletypes) {
	set fname [lindex $fltr 0]
	if {[string first $initialTypeName $fname] == 0} {
	    set data(fileType) $ix
	    break
	}
	incr ix
    }

    MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType)]

    #don't produce radiobuttons for only one filetype
    if {[llength $data(-filetypes)] == 1} {
	return
    }

    frame $f
    set cnt 0
    if {$data(-filetypes) ne {}} {
	foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
	    set title  [lindex $type 0]
	    set filter [lindex $type 1]
	    radiobutton $f.b$cnt \
		-text $title \
		-variable ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w](fileType) \
		-value $cnt \
		-command [list tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w $type]
	    pack $f.b$cnt -side left
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
    set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]

    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option







<







206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]


    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
295
296
297
298
299
300
301

302
303
304
305
306
307
308
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
    #    file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
    #    the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
    #

    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![info exists data(filter)]} {
	set data(filter) *
    }
    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \







>







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
    #    file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
    #    the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
    #
    set data(origfiletypes) $data(-filetypes)
    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![info exists data(filter)]} {
	set data(filter) *
    }
    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	lappend newFileList $item
    }

    # Return selected filter
    if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	set typeVariable [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType) 0]
    }

    if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) $newFileList
    } else {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) [lindex $newFileList 0]
    }







|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	lappend newFileList $item
    }

    # Return selected filter
    if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) $data(fileType) 0]
    }

    if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) $newFileList
    } else {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) [lindex $newFileList 0]
    }
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988

proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}

proc ::tk_getFileType {} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    return $Priv(selectFileType)
}








<
<
<
<
<
<
976
977
978
979
980
981
982







proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}







Changes to macosx/GNUmakefile.

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings

PROJECT			:= tk
PRODUCT_NAME		:= Tk

UNIX_DIR		:= ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION			:= $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.in)
TCL_VERSION		:= ${VERSION}
wish			:= wish
WISH			= wish${VERSION}

BUILD_TARGET		:= all tktest
INSTALL_TARGET		:= install








|







98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings

PROJECT			:= tk
PRODUCT_NAME		:= Tk

UNIX_DIR		:= ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION			:= $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.ac)
TCL_VERSION		:= ${VERSION}
wish			:= wish
WISH			= wish${VERSION}

BUILD_TARGET		:= all tktest
INSTALL_TARGET		:= install

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-threads --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif








|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
	${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"

${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
		     ${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
	mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
	if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
	--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
	--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-framework \
	--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
	${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
	@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
	tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif

Changes to macosx/README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Tcl/Tk Mac OS X README
----------------------

This is the README file for the Mac OS X/Darwin version of Tcl/Tk.

1. Where to go for support
--------------------------

- The tcl-mac mailing list on sourceforge is the best place to ask questions
specific to Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X:
	http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/tcl-mac
(this page also has a link to searchable archives of the list, please check them
before asking on the list, many questions have already been answered).

- For general Tcl/Tk questions, the newsgroup comp.lang.tcl is your best bet:
	http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/

- The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X, see
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361

- Please report bugs with Tk on Mac OS X to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on Mac OS X: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent Mac OS X).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, Mac OS X 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later (starting with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7).

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on Mac OS X 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).

- Wish checks the Resources/Scripts directory in its application bundle for a
|


|





|







|



|


|


|


|


|
|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Tcl/Tk macOS README
----------------------

This is the README file for the macOS/Darwin version of Tcl/Tk.

1. Where to go for support
--------------------------

- The tcl-mac mailing list on sourceforge is the best place to ask questions
specific to Tcl & Tk on macOS:
	http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/tcl-mac
(this page also has a link to searchable archives of the list, please check them
before asking on the list, many questions have already been answered).

- For general Tcl/Tk questions, the newsgroup comp.lang.tcl is your best bet:
	http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/

- The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on macOS, see
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753
	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361

- Please report bugs with Tk on macOS to the tracker:
	http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist

2. Using Tcl/Tk on macOS
---------------------------

- There are two versions of Tk available on macOS: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent macOS).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].

- At a minimum, macOS 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires macOS 10.6 or later.

- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on macOS 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).

- Wish checks the Resources/Scripts directory in its application bundle for a
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required), and prior to Mac OS X 10.5, only bundles can be
[unload]ed.

- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.








|
<







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.

- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required).


- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
	Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
	Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.

159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236

237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This
action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if
present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item.
Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the
Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.

- The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to
get and set Mac OS X-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that
the window class and many attributes have to be set before the window is first
mapped for the change to have any effect.
The command has the following syntax:
	tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style window ?class? ?attributes?
The 2 argument form returns a list of the current class and attributes for the
given window. The 3 argument form sets the class for the given window using the
default attributes for that class. The 4 argument form sets the class and the
list of attributes for the given window.
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating, black, dark, light,
    gray, red, green, blue, cyan, yellow, magenta, orange, purple,
    brown, clear, opacity

Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

The color window attributes (black, dark, red, etc.) and the "opacity" allow  one to set the background and opacity of a textured ("metal") window. This allows a Tk window to implement a window without the dividing line between the titlebar and the rest of the window, or the "unified toolbar" effect, which is increasingly standard in Mac applications. An example:

toplevel .f
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style .f document {metal light opaque closeBox collapseBox resizable standardDocument }

pack [label .f.f -bg  #ababab -text "This is a textured window\nwith opacity and a gray background\nsimilar to other Mac applications"] -fill both -expand yes

The color attributes correspond to system-defined NSColor constants (e.g., red is [NSColor redColor]. The "light" and "dark" attributes correspond to lightGrayColor and darkGrayColor, respectively (because of the way the attributes are parsed, using "lightgray" and "darkgray" would cause a conflict with the core "gray" attribute).

Below are the corresponding hex and/or Tk-defined colors that can be used from Tk widgets to match the NSColor-based attributes:

black	#000000
dark	#545454
light	#ababab
white	#ffffff
gray	#7f7f7f
red 	#ff0000
green	#00ff00
blue	#0000ff
cyan	#00ffff
yellow	#ffff00
magenta	#ff00ff
orange	#ff8000
purple 	#800080
brown	#996633
clear	systemTransparent

- The Cocoa-based TkAqua can be distinguished from the older Carbon-based
version via the [winfo server .] command, example output on Mac OS X 10.5.7:
    Cocoa-based:	CG409.3 Apple AppKit GC 949.46 Mac OS X 1057
    Carbon-based:	QD10R30 Apple 1057

- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
------------------------------

- At least Mac OS X 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and Mac OS X 10.5
is required to build TkAqua.
Apple's Xcode Developer Tools need to be installed (only the most recent version
matching your OS release is supported), the Xcode installer is available on Mac
OS X install media or may be present in /Applications/Installers on Macs that

came with OS X preinstalled. The most recent version can always be downloaded
from the ADC website http://connect.apple.com (free ADC membership required).

- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as Mac OS X frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The Mac OS X specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It is also possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in

tk/macosx, take care to use the project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.







|















|
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|





|


|
|
|
<
|
>
|
<

|




|




|
>
|







158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
































188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199

200
201
202

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This
action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if
present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item.
Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the
Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.

- The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to
get and set macOS-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that
the window class and many attributes have to be set before the window is first
mapped for the change to have any effect.
The command has the following syntax:
	tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style window ?class? ?attributes?
The 2 argument form returns a list of the current class and attributes for the
given window. The 3 argument form sets the class for the given window using the
default attributes for that class. The 4 argument form sets the class and the
list of attributes for the given window.
Window class names:
    document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
    standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
    verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
    noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
    noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
    canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating



Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).

































If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout.  Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.


3. Building Tcl/Tk on macOS
------------------------------

- At least macOS 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and macOS 10.6
is required to build TkAqua.  The XCode application provides everything
needed to build Tk, but it is not necessary to install the full XCode.

It suffices to install the Command Line Tools package, which can be done
by running the command:
xcode-selecct --install


- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as macOS frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The macOS specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).

- It was once possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in
tk/macosx, but this has not been tested recently. Take care to use the
project matching your DevTools and OS version:
	Tk.xcode: 		    for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
	Tk.xcodeproj:		    for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
	Tk:			    calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
				    requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
				    target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
	tktest:			    static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.

- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
	export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires Mac OS X 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.4
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.4"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.







|










|

|







253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.6' and '../../tk8.6', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.

- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
	export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires macOS 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.

- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
	export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.6
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
	export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.6"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.

Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------

- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394



395


396
397
398
399
400
401



402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424


425

426
427
428

429
430








431
432
433


434








435
436
437
438
439
440









441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449


450
















451



































































































make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
	make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. About the event loop in Tk for Mac OSX
-----------------------------------------




The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see *)



    void NSApplicationMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        [NSApplication sharedApplication];
        [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"myMain" owner:NSApp];
        [NSApp run];
    }




The run method implements the event loop for the application.  There
are three key steps in the run method.  First it calls
[NSApp finishLaunching], which creates the bouncing application icon
and does other mysterious things. Second it creates an
NSAutoreleasePool.  Third, it starts an event loop which drains the
NSAutoreleasePool every time the queue is empty, and replaces the
drained pool with a new one.  This third step is essential to
preventing memory leaks, since the internal methods of Appkit objects
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

Mac OSX Tk does not call the [NSApp run] method at all.  Instead it
uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So we must take care to replicate
the important features of the method ourselves.  Here is how this

works in outline.

We add a private NSAUtoreleasePool* property to our subclass of
NSApplication.  (The subclass is called TKApplication but can be
referenced with the global variable NSApp).  The TkpInit
function calls [NSApp _setup] which initializes this property by
creating an NSAutoreleasePool. A bit later on, TkpInit calls
[NSAPP _setupEventLoop] which in turn calls the


[NSApp finishLaunching] method.


Each time that Tcl processes an event in its queue, it calls a
platform specific function which, in the case of Mac OSX, is named

TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc.  In the unix implementations of Tk, including
the Mac OSX version, this function collects events from an "event








source", and transfers them to the Tcl event queue.  In Mac OSX the
event source is the NSApplication event queue.  Each NSEvent is
converted to a Tcl event which is added to the Tcl event queue.  The


NSEvent is also passed to [NSApp sendevent], which sends the event on








to the application's NSWindows, which send it to their NSViews, etc.
Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method
which we define for the subclass TKApplication.










One minor caveat is that there are several steps of the Tk
initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.  Notably, the font
package is initialized first.  Since there is no NSAUtoreleasePool in
scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions called in these
preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).



* https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
















Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class










































































































|
|

>
>
>
|
>
>






>
>
>

|
|
|
|







|
|
|
>
|

<
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>

|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
|
|
|



>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392

393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
	make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
	sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
	    TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.

4. Details regarding the macOS port of Tk.
-------------------------------------------

4.1 About the event loop
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see
https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class)

    void NSApplicationMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        [NSApplication sharedApplication];
        [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"myMain" owner:NSApp];
        [NSApp run];
    }
Here NSApp is a standard global variable, initialized by the OS, which
points to an object in a subclass of NSApplication (called
TKApplication in the case of the macOS port of Tk).

The [NSApp run] method implements the event loop for a typical Mac
application.  There are three key steps in the run method.  First it
calls [NSApp finishLaunching], which creates the bouncing application
icon and does other mysterious things. Second it creates an
NSAutoreleasePool.  Third, it starts an event loop which drains the
NSAutoreleasePool every time the queue is empty, and replaces the
drained pool with a new one.  This third step is essential to
preventing memory leaks, since the internal methods of Appkit objects
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.

The macOS Tk application does not call the [NSApp run] method at
all.  Instead it uses the event loop built in to Tk.  So the
application must take care to replicate the important features of the
method ourselves.  The way that autorelease pools are handled is
discussed in 4.2 below.  Here we discuss the event handling itself.


The Tcl event loop simply consists of repeated calls to TclDoOneEvent.
Each call to TclDoOneEvent begins by collecting all pending events from
an "event source", converting them to Tcl events and adding them
to the Tcl event queue. For macOS, the event source is the NSApp
object, which maintains an event queue even though its run method
will never be called to process them.  The NSApp provides methods for
inspecting the queue and removing events from it as well as the
[NSApp sendevent] which sends an event to all of the application's
NSWindows which can then send it to subwindows, etc.

The event collection process consists of first calling a platform
specific SetupProc and then a platform specific CheckProc.  In
the macOS port, these are named TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc and
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc.

It is important to understand that the Apple window manager does not
have the concept of an expose event.  Their replacement for an expose
event is to have the window manager call the [NSView drawRect] method
in any situation where an expose event for that NSView would be
generated in X11.  The [NSView drawRect] method is a no-op which is
expected to be overridden by any application.  In the case of Tcl, the
replacement [NSView drawRect] method creates a Tcl expose event
for each dirty rectangle of the NSView, and then adds the expose
event to the Tcl queue.


4.2 Autorelease pools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In order to carry out the job of managing autorelease pools, which
would normally be handled by the [NSApp run] method, a private
NSAUtoreleasePool* property is added to the TkApplication subclass of
NSApplication. The TkpInit function calls [NSApp _setup] which
initializes this property by creating an NSAutoreleasePool prior to
calling [NSApp finishLaunching].  This mimics the behavior of the
[NSApp run] method, which calls [NSApp finishLaunching] just before
starting the event loop.

Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool.  This is done by calling the method [NSApp
_resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method which
we define for the subclass.  Unfortunately, by itself this is not
sufficient for safe memory managememt because, as was made painfully
evident with the release of OS X 10.13, it is possible for calls to
TclDoOneEvent, and hence to CheckProc, to be nested.  Draining the
autorelease pool in a nested call leads to crashes as objects in use
by the outer call can get freed by the inner call and then reused later.
One particular situation where this happens is when a modal dialogue
gets posted by a Tk Application.  To address this, the NSApp object
also implements a semaphore to prevent draining the autorelease pool
in nested calls to CheckProc.

One additional minor caveat for developers is that there are several
steps of the Tk initialization which precede the call to TkpInit.
Notably, the font package is initialized first.  Since there is no
NSAUtoreleasePool in scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions
called in these preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).

4.3 Clipping regions and "ghost windows"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Another unusual aspect of the macOS port is its use of clipping
regions.  It was part of Daniel Steffen's original design that the
TkWindowPrivate struct maintains three HIShapeRef regions, named
visRgn, aboveVisRgn and drawRgn.  These regions are used as clipping
masks whenever drawing into an NSView.  The visRgn is the bounding box
of the window with a rectangle removed for each subwindow and for each
sibling window at a higher stacking level.  The drawRgn is the
intersection of the visRgn with the clipping rectangle of the
window. (Normally, the clipping rectangle is the same as the bounding
rectangle, but drawing can be clipped to a smaller rectangle by
calling TkpClipDrawableToRect.) The aboveVisRgn is the intersection of
the window's bounding rectangle with the bounding rectangle of the
parent window.  Much of the code in tkMacOSXSubindows.c is devoted to
rebuilding these clipping regions whenever something changes in the
layout of the windows.  This turns out to be a tricky thing to do and
it is extremely prone to errors which can be difficult to trace.

It is not entirely clear what the original reason for using these
clipping regions was.  But one benefit is that if they are correctly
maintained then it allows windows to be drawn in any order.  You do
not have to draw them in the order of the window hierarchy.  Each
window can draw its entire rectangle through its own mask and never
have to worry about drawing in the wrong place.  It is likely that
the need for using clipping regions arose because, as Apple explicitly
states in the documentation for [NSView subviews],

    "The order of the subviews may be considered as being
    back-to-front, but this does not imply invalidation and drawing
    behavior."

In the early versions of the macOS port, buttons were implemented as
subviews of class TkButton.  This probably exacerbated the likelihood
that Tk windows would need to be drawn in arbitrary order.

The most obvious side effect caused by not maintaining the clipping
regions is the appearance of so-called "ghost windows".  A common
situation where these may arise is when a window containing buttons
is being scrolled.  A user may see two images of the same button on
the screen, one in the pre-scroll location and one in the post-scroll
location.

To see how these 'ghost windows' can arise, think about what happens if
the clipping regions are not maintained correctly.  A window might
have a rectangle missing from its clipping region because that
rectangle is the bounding rectangle for a subwindow, say a button.
The parent should not draw in the missing rectangle since doing so
would trash the button.  The button is responsible for drawing
there. Now imagine that the button gets moved, say by a scroll, but
the missing rectangle in the parent's clipping region does not get
moved correctly, or it gets moved later on, after the parent has
redrawn itself.  The parent would still not be allowed to draw in the
old rectangle, so the user would continue to see the image of the
button in its old location, as well as another image in the new
location.  This is a prototypical example of a "ghost window".
Anytime you see a "ghost window", you should suspect problems with the
updates to the clipping region visRgn.  It is natural to look for
timing issues, race conditions, or other "event loop problems".  But
in fact, the whole design of the code is to make those timing issues
irrelevant.  As long as the clipping regions are correctly maintained
the timing does not matter.  And if they are not correctly maintained
then you will see "ghost windows".

It is worth including a detailed description of one specific place
where the failure to correctly maintain clipping regions caused "ghost
window" artifacts that plagued the macOS port for years.  These
occurred when scrolling a Text widget which contained embedded
subwindows.  It involved some specific differences between the
low-level behavior of Apple's window manager versus those of the other
platforms, and the fix ultimately required changes in the generic Tk
implementation (documented in the comments in the DisplayText
function).

The Text widget attempts to improve perfomance when scrolling by
minimizing the number of text lines which need to be redisplayed.  It
does this by calling the platform-specific TkScrollWindow function
which uses a low-level routine to map one rectangle of the window to
another.  The TkScrollWindow function returns a damage region which is
then used by the Text widget's DisplayText function to determine which
text lines need to be redrawn.  On the unix and win platforms, this
damage region includes bounding rectangles for all embedded windows
inside the Text widget.  The way that this works is system dependent.
On unix, the low level scrolling is done by XCopyRegion, which
generates a GraphicsExpose event for each embedded window.  These
GraphicsExposed events are processsed within TkScrollWindow, using a
special handler which adds the bounding rectangle of each subwindow to
the damage region.  On the win platform the damage region is built by
the low level function ScrollWindowEx, and it also includes bounding
rectangles for all embedded windows.  This is possible because on X11
and Windows every Tk widget is also known to the window manager as a
window.  The situation is different on macOS.  The underlying object
for a top level window on macOS is the NSView.  However, Apple
explicitly warns in its documentation that performance degradation
occurs when an NSView has more than about 100 subviews.  A Text widget
with thousands of lines of text could easily contain more than 100
embedded windows.  In fact, while the original Cocoa port of Tk did
use the NSButton object, which is derived from NSView, as the basis
for its Tk Buttons, that was changed in order to improve performance.
Moreover, the low level routine used for scrolling on macOS, namely
[NSView scrollrect:by], does not provide any damage information.  So
TkScrollWindow needs to work differently on macOS.  Since it would be
inefficient to iterate through all embedded windows in a Text widget,
looking for those which meet the scrolling area, the damage region
constructed by TkScrollWindow contains only the difference between the
source and destination rectangles for the scrolling.  The embedded
windows are redrawn within the DisplayText function by some
conditional code which is only used for macOS.

5.0 Virtual events on 10.14
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

10.14 supports system appearance changes, and has added a "Dark Mode"
that casts all window frames and menus as black. Tk 8.6.9 has added two
virtual events, <<LightAqua>> and <<DarkAqua>>, to allow you to update
your Tk app's appearance when the system appearance changes. Just bind
your appearance-updating code to these virtual events and you will see
it triggered when the system appearance toggles between dark and light.

Changes to macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.6







|






|
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks
INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include
LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man
PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc)
PREFIX = /usr/local
TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-dtrace
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION)
TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION)
TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)"
TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION)
TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
VERSION = 8.7

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|
<


<





<







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214

1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220
1221

1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







<

|
<







1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983

1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,







|







2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,







|
<


<







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788

2789
2790

2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,

				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,







|







3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,







|







3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,







<

|
<







3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814

3815
3816

3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,

				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,

				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;







|












|









|










|









|












|









|










|







3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
		F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|
<


<





<







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214

1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220
1221

1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
		F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
		F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







|







1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
		F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };







<

|
<







1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983

1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
		F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,







|







2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
				F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
				F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F974D57B0FBE7EC000BF728B /* tk.pc.in */,
				F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,







|
<


<



<







2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788

2789
2790

2791
2792
2793

2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
		};
		F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,

				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,

				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,







|







3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
				F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */,
				F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
				F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
				F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
				F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
				F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
				F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,







|







3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
			sourceTree = "<group>";
		};
		F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
				F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
				F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
				F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
				F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
				F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
				F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
				F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */,
				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,







<

|
<







3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813

3814
3815

3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
		};
		F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
			isa = PBXGroup;
			children = (
				F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,

				F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
				F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,

				F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
				F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
				F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
				F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
				F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
				F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;







|












|









|










|









|












|









|










|







3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
		F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
				"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tcl";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi\n";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
		F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = {
			isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
			buildActionMask = 2147483647;
			files = (
			);
			inputPaths = (
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
				"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
			);
			name = "Configure Tk";
			outputPaths = (
				"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
			);
			runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
			shellPath = /bin/bash;
			shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n    echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\n    ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n    rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n    echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n    CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n    PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n    ./config.status\nfi";
			showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
		};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */

/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
		8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
			isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;

Changes to macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.5.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>







|







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
	<string>WiSH</string>
	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
	<string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.6.0</string>
	<key>LSRequiresCarbon</key>
	<true/>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<true/>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>

Changes to macosx/configure.ac.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

dnl	Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just
dnl	include the configure sources from ../unix:

m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4)
m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS)
m4_include(../unix/configure.in)










|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

dnl	Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just
dnl	include the configure sources from ../unix:

m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4)
m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS)
m4_include(../unix/configure.ac)

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

/*
 * This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of icon. */
    OSType iconType;		/* OSType of icon. */







|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
/*
 * This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of icon. */
    OSType iconType;		/* OSType of icon. */
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
    const void *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
{
    Pixmap pixmap;
    IconRef icon;
    OSErr err;

    err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
	    PTR2UINT(source), &icon);
    if (err == noErr) {
	pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize));
	ReleaseIconRef(icon);
    } else {
	pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize, 0);







|







169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
    const void *source)		/* Info about the icon to build. */
{
    Pixmap pixmap;
    IconRef icon;
    OSErr err;

    err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
	    (unsigned int)PTR2UINT(source), &icon);
    if (err == noErr) {
	pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize));
	ReleaseIconRef(icon);
    } else {
	pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, builtInIconSize,
		builtInIconSize, 0);
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
	char string[4] = {};
	memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (size_t) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	*t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 |
	     (OSType) string[2] <<  8 | (OSType) string[3];
	result = TCL_OK;
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
    return result;







|







206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
	char string[4] = {};
	memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	*t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 |
	     (OSType) string[2] <<  8 | (OSType) string[3];
	result = TCL_OK;
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
    return result;
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];







|







294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
	if (image) {
	    [image setSize:size];
	}
    } else {
	string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
	image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
	if (!image) {
	    NSURL *url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:string];
	    if (url) {
		image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
			autorelease];
	    }
	}
	if (image) {
	    size = [image size];

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define FIRST_DRAW	    2
#define ACTIVE		    4


/*
 * Default insets for controls

 */

#define DEF_INSET_LEFT 12
#define DEF_INSET_RIGHT 12
#define DEF_INSET_TOP 1
#define DEF_INSET_BOTTOM 1

/*
 * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
 */

#define DRAW_LABEL	0	/* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL	1	/* Draw using the Native control. */







<



<

|
>


|
<
|
<







17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32

33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define FIRST_DRAW	    2
#define ACTIVE		    4


/*
 * Extra padding used for computing the content size that should
 * be allowed when drawing the HITheme button.
 */

#define HI_PADX 2

#define HI_PADY 1


/*
 * Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
 */

#define DRAW_LABEL	0	/* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL	1	/* Draw using the Native control. */
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);

	/*Remove extraneous padding around label widgets.*/
	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + DEF_INSET_BOTTOM + DEF_INSET_TOP;
	charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {







<

|







311
312
313
314
315
316
317

318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326

    if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
	Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
	butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
		Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
		butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);


	txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
	txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
	charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
	Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
	haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
    }

    if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;
        int paddingx = 0;
        int paddingy = 0;

    	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
    	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }








|







387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401

    if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
        HIRect tmpRect;
    	HIRect contBounds;
        int paddingx = 0;
        int paddingy = 0;

    	tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);

        HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
        /* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
        if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
    	  height = contBounds.size.height;
        }

644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;
	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			  butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
			  x, y - DEF_INSET_BOTTOM, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget
     * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
     * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.







|







640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
    } else { /* Text only */
        int x, y;
	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
			butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
			  butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
			  x, y, 0, -1);
    }

    /*
     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect.  If the widget
     * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
     * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}


	if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
	    /*
	     * For some reason, pushbuttons get drawn a bit
	     * too low, normally.  Correct for this.
	     */
	    if (cntrRect.size.height < 22) {
		cntrRect.origin.y -= 1;
	    } else if (cntrRect.size.height < 23) {
		cntrRect.origin.y -= 2;
	    }
	}

        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







777
778
779
780
781
782
783













784
785
786
787
788
789
790

        ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);

	if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
	    return;
	}














        hiinfo.version = 0;
        hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
        hiinfo.kind  = mbPtr->btnkind;
        hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
        hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
        hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
        if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
905
906
907
908
909
910
911


912

913
914
915
916
917
918
919
    TkButton  *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }



    /*Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.*/

    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --







>
>
|
>







888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
    TkButton  *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
    Tk_Window  tkwin  = butPtr->tkwin;

    if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
        return;
    }

    /*
     * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements
     * within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
     */
    DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ButtonEventProc --

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c.

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
}

- (void) tkCheckPasteboard
{
    if (clipboardOwner && [[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] !=
	    changeCount) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

	if (dispPtr) {
	    XEvent event;

	    event.xany.type = SelectionClear;
	    event.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(clipboardOwner));
	    event.xany.send_event = False;
	    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(clipboardOwner);
	    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(clipboardOwner);
	    event.xselectionclear.selection = dispPtr->clipboardAtom;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);







<


<







66
67
68
69
70
71
72

73
74

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
}

- (void) tkCheckPasteboard
{
    if (clipboardOwner && [[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] !=
	    changeCount) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

	if (dispPtr) {
	    XEvent event;

	    event.xany.type = SelectionClear;
	    event.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(clipboardOwner));
	    event.xany.send_event = False;
	    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(clipboardOwner);
	    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(clipboardOwner);
	    event.xselectionclear.selection = dispPtr->clipboardAtom;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
121
122
123
124
125
126
127


128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call to process the selection,
				 * once it has been retrieved. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;



    if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom && (target == XA_STRING
	    || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
	NSString *string = nil;
	NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
	NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
		NSStringPboardType]];

	if (type) {
	    string = [pb stringForType:type];







>
>
|
|







119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call to process the selection,
				 * once it has been retrieved. */
    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    int haveExternalClip = ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount);
    if (dispPtr && (haveExternalClip || dispPtr->clipboardActive)
	        && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom
	        && (target == XA_STRING || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
	NSString *string = nil;
	NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
	NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
		NSStringPboardType]];

	if (type) {
	    string = [pb stringForType:type];
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

    if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
	clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
	if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
	    NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];

	    changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
	}
    }
    return Success;
}

/*







<







172
173
174
175
176
177
178

179
180
181
182
183
184
185
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();

    if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
	clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
	if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
	    NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];

	    changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
	}
    }
    return Success;
}

/*
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
 */

void
TkSelPropProc(
    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X PropertyChange event. */
{
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkSuspendClipboard --
 *
 *	Handle clipboard conversion as required by the suppend event.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The local scrap is moved to the global scrap.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkSuspendClipboard(void)
{
    changeCount = [[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount];
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









283
284
285
286
287
288
289






















290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
 */

void
TkSelPropProc(
    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X PropertyChange event. */
{
}























/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.c.

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
	    break;
	    }
	case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:
	    rgba[3]	= 0.0;
	    break;
	}

        // this attempts to find something roughly fitting for any display
//	*c = CGColorCreateGenericRGB(rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);

        // may be off for non-main display but in most cases better than prev
	static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;
	if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
	    deviceRGBSpace = CGDisplayCopyColorSpace(CGMainDisplayID());
	}
	*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );
    }
    return err;
}

/*







<
<
<
<


|







262
263
264
265
266
267
268




269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
	    break;
	    }
	case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:
	    rgba[3]	= 0.0;
	    break;
	}





	static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;
	if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
	    deviceRGBSpace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	}
	*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );
    }
    return err;
}

/*

Added macosx/tkMacOSXConstants.h.

































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
/*
 * tkMacOSXConstants.h --
 *
 *	Macros which map the names of NS constants used in the Tk code to
 *      the new name that Apple came up with for subsequent versions of the
 *      operating system.  (Each new OS release seems to come with a new
 *      naming convention for the same old constants.)
 *
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TKMACCONSTANTS
#define _TKMACCONSTANTS

/*
 * Let's raise a glass for the project manager who improves our lives by
 * generating deprecation warnings about pointless changes of the names
 * of constants.
 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101000
#define NSOKButton NSModalResponseOK
#endif

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 101200
#define NSAppKitDefined NSEventTypeAppKitDefined
#define NSApplicationActivatedEventType NSEventSubtypeApplicationActivated
#define NSApplicationDeactivatedEventType NSEventSubtypeApplicationDeactivated
#define NSWindowExposedEventType NSEventSubtypeWindowExposed
#define NSScreenChangedEventType NSEventSubtypeScreenChanged
#define NSWindowMovedEventType NSEventSubtypeWindowMoved
#define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp
#define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown
#define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged
#define NSLeftMouseDown NSEventTypeLeftMouseDown
#define NSLeftMouseUp NSEventTypeLeftMouseUp
#define NSRightMouseDown NSEventTypeRightMouseDown
#define NSRightMouseUp NSEventTypeRightMouseUp
#define NSLeftMouseDragged NSEventTypeLeftMouseDragged
#define NSRightMouseDragged NSEventTypeRightMouseDragged
#define NSMouseMoved NSEventTypeMouseMoved
#define NSMouseEntered NSEventTypeMouseEntered
#define NSMouseExited NSEventTypeMouseExited
#define NSScrollWheel NSEventTypeScrollWheel
#define NSOtherMouseDown NSEventTypeOtherMouseDown
#define NSOtherMouseUp NSEventTypeOtherMouseUp
#define NSOtherMouseDragged NSEventTypeOtherMouseDragged
#define NSTabletPoint NSEventTypeTabletPoint
#define NSTabletProximity NSEventTypeTabletProximity
#define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask
#define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption
#define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl
#define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad
#define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction
#define NSCursorUpdate NSEventTypeCursorUpdate
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSCompositeCopy NSCompositingOperationCopy
#define NSWarningAlertStyle NSAlertStyleWarning
#define NSInformationalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleInformational
#define NSCriticalAlertStyle NSAlertStyleCritical
#define NSCenterTextAlignment NSTextAlignmentCenter
#define NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask NSEventModifierFlagDeviceIndependentFlagsMask
#define NSCommandKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCommand
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSAlternateKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagOption
#define NSControlKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagControl
#define NSNumericPadKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagNumericPad
#define NSFunctionKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagFunction
#define NSKeyUp NSEventTypeKeyUp
#define NSKeyDown NSEventTypeKeyDown
#define NSFlagsChanged NSEventTypeFlagsChanged
#define NSAlphaShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagCapsLock
#define NSShiftKeyMask NSEventModifierFlagShift
#define NSAnyEventMask NSEventMaskAny
#define NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTexturedBackground
#define NSUtilityWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUtilityWindow
#define NSNonactivatingPanelMask NSWindowStyleMaskNonactivatingPanel
#define NSDocModalWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskDocModalWindow
#define NSHUDWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskHUDWindow
#define NSTitledWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskTitled
#define NSClosableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskClosable
#define NSResizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskResizable
#define NSUnifiedTitleAndToolbarWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskUnifiedTitleAndToolbar
#define NSMiniaturizableWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskMiniaturizable
#define NSBorderlessWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskBorderless
#define NSFullScreenWindowMask NSWindowStyleMaskFullScreen
#endif

#endif

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.

187
188
189
190
191
192
193


194
195
196
197
198
199
200
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"solid" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK







>
>







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
/* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"solid" */
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuActiveText"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		"systemMenu"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuDisabled"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"

/*
 * FIXME: Turn the default back to 1 when we make tearoff menus work again.
 */

#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:







>













<
<
<
<
<







310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330





331
332
333
334
335
336
337
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuActiveText"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		"systemMenu"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	"systemMenuDisabled"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */
#define DEF_MENU_FG			"systemMenuText"
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		"systemMenuActive"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"





#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26





















27
28
29
30
31
32
33
/*
 * tkMacOSXDialog.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"


#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2























static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
    "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
    COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};








>







>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
/*
 * tkMacOSXDialog.c --
 *
 *	Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Christian Gollwitzer.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther  -1
#define modalError  -2

/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
typedef struct {
    bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
    bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
    bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view

    NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"
    NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included

    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions
    bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.*

    NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
} filepanelFilterInfo;

filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;

NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
NSSavePanel *savepanel;

static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
    "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
    COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
    "error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
    ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
    "abort", "retry", "ignore", "ok", "cancel", "yes", "no", NULL
};

static const NSString *const alertButtonNames[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {@"Abort", @"Retry", @"Ignore"},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{@"OK"},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{@"OK", @"Cancel"},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{@"Retry", @"Cancel"},







|







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
    "error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
    ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
    "abort", "retry", "ignore", "ok", "cancel", "no", "yes", NULL
};

static const NSString *const alertButtonNames[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {@"Abort", @"Retry", @"Ignore"},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{@"OK"},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{@"OK", @"Cancel"},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{@"Retry", @"Cancel"},
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

static const short alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[][7] = {
			    /*  abort retry ignore ok   cancel yes   no */
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {1,    2,    3,    0,    0,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{0,    0,    0,    1,    0,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{0,    0,    0,    1,    2,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{0,    1,    0,    0,    2,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    1,    2},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{0,    0,    0,    0,    3,    1,    2},
};

/*
 * Need also the inverse mapping, from NSAlertFirstButtonReturn etc to the
 * descriptive button text string index.
 */

static const short alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {0, 1, 2},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{3, 0, 0},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{3, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{1, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{5, 6, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{5, 6, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050
static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}
#endif

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

@implementation TKApplication(TKDialog)

- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
	returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelOKButton) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

	if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
	    resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	    for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
			Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));







|
|












|
|






<



|






<














|







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

static const short alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[][7] = {
			    /*  abort retry ignore ok   cancel yes   no */
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {1,    2,    3,    0,    0,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{0,    0,    0,    1,    0,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{0,    0,    0,    1,    2,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{0,    1,    0,    0,    2,    0,    0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    2,    1},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{0,    0,    0,    0,    3,    2,    1},
};

/*
 * Need also the inverse mapping, from NSAlertFirstButtonReturn etc to the
 * descriptive button text string index.
 */

static const short alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[][3] = {
    [TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] =   {0, 1, 2},
    [TYPE_OK] =			{3, 0, 0},
    [TYPE_OKCANCEL] =		{3, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] =	{1, 4, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNO] =		{6, 5, 0},
    [TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] =	{6, 5, 4},
};

/*
 * Construct a file URL from directory and filename.  Either may
 * be nil.  If both are nil, returns nil.
 */

static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
    NSURL *url = nil;
    if (directory) {
	url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
    }
    if (filename) {
	url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
    }
    return url;
}


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)

@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end

@implementation TKApplication(TKDialog)

- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
	returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

	if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
	    resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	    for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
			Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213

214
215
216
217
218
219
220
		TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
			TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		ckfree(tmpv);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
	}
    } else if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelCancelButton) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
    }
    if (panel == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}


- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
	contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {







|










>







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
		TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
			TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
		ckfree(tmpv);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
	}
    } else if (returnCode == modalCancel) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
    }
    if (panel == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}


- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
	contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
    AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;

    if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {
243
244
245
246
247
248
249




































250
251
252
253
254
255
256
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}




































@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
	[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
    }
    if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
	ckfree(callbackInfo);
    }
}

- (void)selectFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button      = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex   = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	/* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the
	 * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension
	 * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

- (void)saveFormat:(id)sender  {
    NSPopUpButton *button     = (NSPopUpButton *)sender;
    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex  = [button indexOfSelectedItem];

    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
    } else {
	NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
    }

    filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = true;
}

@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362


















































































































363
364
365
366
367
368
369
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	color = [[colorPanel color] colorUsingColorSpace:
		[NSColorSpace genericRGBColorSpace]];
	numberOfComponents = [color numberOfComponents];
    }
    if (color && numberOfComponents >= 3 && numberOfComponents <= 4) {
	CGFloat components[4];
	char colorstr[8];

	[color getComponents:components];
	snprintf(colorstr, 8, "#%02x%02x%02x",
		(short)(components[0] * 255),
		(short)(components[1] * 255),
		(short)(components[2] * 255));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(colorstr, 7));
    } else {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

end:
    return result;
}



















































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac







|




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
    }
    if (initialColor) {
	[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
    }
    returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
    if (returnCode == modalOK) {
	color = [[colorPanel color] colorUsingColorSpace:
		[NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace]];
	numberOfComponents = [color numberOfComponents];
    }
    if (color && numberOfComponents >= 3 && numberOfComponents <= 4) {
	CGFloat components[4];
	char colorstr[8];

	[color getComponents:components];
	snprintf(colorstr, 8, "#%02x%02x%02x",
		(short)(components[0] * 255),
		(short)(components[1] * 255),
		(short)(components[2] * 255));
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(colorstr, 7));
    } else {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

end:
    return result;
}

/* dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information
 * in the filterInfo structure */
int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr) {

    if (!fileTypesPtr) {
	filterInfo.doFileTypes = false;
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    FileFilterList fl;
    TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, fileTypesPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    filterInfo.doFileTypes = (fl.filters != NULL);

    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = 0;
    filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeNames = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeLabels = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll = [NSMutableArray array];

    filterInfo.allowedExtensions = [NSMutableArray array];
    filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = NO;

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
	    [name release];
	    NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
	    bool allowsAll = NO;

	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {
		    const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    	str++;
		     }
		    if (*str) {
			NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
			    [filterInfo.allowedExtensions addObject:extension];
			}

			[clauseextensions addObject:extension];
			[displayextensions addObject:[@"." stringByAppendingString:extension]];

			[extension release];
		    } else {
			// it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
			allowsAll = YES;
			filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
			[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
		    }
		}
	    }
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];

	    NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
	    [label appendString:@" ("];
	    [label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
	    [label appendString:@")"];
	    [filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
	    [label release];

	}

	/* Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names */
	filterInfo.preselectFilter = false;
	filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = false;
	if (typeVariablePtr) {
	    /* extract the variable content as a NSString */
	    Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

	    /* check that the typevariable exists */
	    if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
		const char *selectedFileType = Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
		NSString *selectedFileTypeStr = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType];
		NSUInteger index = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];

		if (index != NSNotFound) {
		    filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index;
		    filterInfo.preselectFilter = true;
		}
	    }
	}

    }

    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return TCL_OK;
}

bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) {
    NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];

    /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */
    if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
	return true;
    }

    return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479



480
481
482

483

484




485

486
487

488







489

490



491


492
493
494




495

496

497
498
499




500
501




502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511

512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528

529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542


543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551

552

553
554
555

















556
557
























558
559
560

561
562
563
564

565
566
567
568
569
570
571
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int index, len, multiple = 0;
    FileFilterList fl;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
    NSString *message, *title, *type;
    NSWindow *parent;
    NSMutableArray *fileTypes = nil;
    NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], openOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}
	if (i + 1 == objc) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPEN_DEFAULT:
	    break;
	case OPEN_FILETYPES:
	    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, objv[i + 1], 0) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_INITDIR:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_INITFILE:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [panel setMessage:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;
	case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
		    &multiple) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_PARENT:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
	    if (!tkwin) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    haveParentOption = 1;
	    break;
	case OPEN_TITLE:
	    title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [panel setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;
	case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
	    typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
	    break;
	case OPEN_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
    }
    [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];
    if (fl.filters) {
	fileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {

		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {



		    str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
			str++;

		    }

		    if (*str) {




			type = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];

			if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {
			    [fileTypes addObject:type];

			}







			[type release];

		    }



		}


		for (MacFileType *mfPtr = clausePtr->macTypes; mfPtr;
			mfPtr = mfPtr->next) {
		    if (mfPtr->type) {




			type = NSFileTypeForHFSTypeCode(mfPtr->type);

			if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {

			    [fileTypes addObject:type];
			}
		    }




		}
	    }




	}
    }
    [panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];
    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	    parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
	       file:filename
	       types:fileTypes
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	[panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];

	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory
				 file:filename];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];


	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if (typeVariablePtr && result == TCL_OK) {

	/*
	 * The -typevariable option is not really supported.
	 */


















	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(typeVariablePtr), NULL,
























		"", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:
    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "save file" dialog box for the Mac







<
|



|

<
|



<















|
<
<


















<
<


















<
<









|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
<
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
<







>





|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
|
|

|


<
|

<
|
|
<
|
>
>
|
<
|






>
|
>

|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>

<


>







556
557
558
559
560
561
562

563
564
565
566
567
568

569
570
571
572

573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588


589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606


607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624


625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647

648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679

680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703

704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717

718
719







720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727

728
729

730
731

732
733
734
735

736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796

797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int index, len, multiple = 0;

    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
    NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
    NSWindow *parent;

    openpanel =  [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;


    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], openOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}
	if (i + 1 == objc) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPEN_DEFAULT:
	    break;
	case OPEN_FILETYPES:
	    fileTypesPtr = objv[i + 1];


	    break;
	case OPEN_INITDIR:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_INITFILE:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];


	    break;
	case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
		    &multiple) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case OPEN_PARENT:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
	    if (!tkwin) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    haveParentOption = 1;
	    break;
	case OPEN_TITLE:
	    title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];


	    break;
	case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
	    typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
	    break;
	case OPEN_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[openpanel setTitle:title];

	/* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open panel.
	 * Prepend the title to the message in this case
	 * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
	 * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/

	if (message) {
	    NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
	    [message release];
	    [title release];
	    message = fullmessage;

	} else {
	    message = title;
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[openpanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }

    [openpanel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];

    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];


	if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
	    /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
	     * open the accessory view */
	    [popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	    /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	    */
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
	}

	if (filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll) {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
	} else {
	    [openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
	}

	[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
    } else {
	/* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
	[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }


    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }

    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];

	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);







	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
    } else {

	if (directory || filename ) {
	    NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);

	    [openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
	}

	modalReturnCode = [openpanel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
	filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	NSUInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;
	if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
	    selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
	    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	} else {
	    /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must
	     * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible
	     * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
	     * finally fall back to the empty string */
	    NSURL *selectedFile;
	    if (multiple) {
		// Use the first file in the case of multiple selection
		// Anyway it is not overly useful here
		selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
	    } else {
		selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
	    }

	    NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];
	    if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
		filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
		selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;  // The preselection from the typevariable
		selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
	    } else {
		// scan the list
		NSUInteger i;
		for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
		    if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
			selectedFilterIndex = i;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i == selectedFilterIndex) {
		    selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
		} else {
		    selectedFilter = @"";
		}

	    }
	}

	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:

    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure implements the "save file" dialog box for the Mac
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645

646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668

669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684









685
686

687



688
689



690
691

692
693
694


695
696
697
698

699

700




701


702

703








704
705
706

707
708

709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718

719
720
721
722
723



724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731

732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740




741
742
743

744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752











753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int confirmOverwrite = 1;
    int index, len;
    FileFilterList fl;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
    NSString *message, *title, *type;
    NSWindow *parent;
    NSMutableArray *fileTypes = nil;
    NSSavePanel *panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}
	if (i + 1 == objc) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case SAVE_DEFAULT:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		str++;
	    }
	    if (*str) {
		defaultType = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case SAVE_FILETYPES:
	    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, objv[i + 1], 0) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case SAVE_INITDIR:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];
	    }
	    break;
	case SAVE_INITFILE:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    if (len) {
		filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			autorelease];

	    }
	    break;
	case SAVE_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [panel setMessage:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;
	case SAVE_PARENT:
	    str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
	    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
	    if (!tkwin) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    haveParentOption = 1;
	    break;
	case SAVE_TITLE:
	    title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [panel setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;
	case SAVE_TYPEVARIABLE:

	    break;
	case SAVE_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	case SAVE_CONFIRMOW:
	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
		    &confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (fl.filters || defaultType) {
	fileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[fileTypes addObject:defaultType ? defaultType : (id)kUTTypeContent];
	for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;









		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
	    for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;

		    clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {



		for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
			globPtr = globPtr->next) {



		    str = globPtr->pattern;
		    while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {

			str++;
		    }
		    if (*str) {


			type = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
			if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {
			    [fileTypes addObject:type];
			}

			[type release];

		    }




		}


	    }

	}








	[panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];
	[panel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    [panel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
    [panel setExtensionHidden:NO];

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory



	       file:filename
	       modalForWindow:parent
	       modalDelegate:NSApp
	       didEndSelector:
		   @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
	       contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];

	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060




	modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:filename];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];

	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }











  end:
    TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --







<
|



|

<
|



<












|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
<
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|

>
|
|
>










>



<
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
|
|
>
|

|


<
|

|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
|
<
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<







822
823
824
825
826
827
828

829
830
831
832
833
834

835
836
837
838

839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862


863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881


882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893


894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922

923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933

934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942

943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985

986
987
988
989
990


991


992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999

1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011

1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030

1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int confirmOverwrite = 1;
    int index, len;

    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL, *fileTypesPtr = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
    NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
    NSWindow *parent;

    savepanel =  [NSSavePanel savePanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;


    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}
	if (i + 1 == objc) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
	    goto end;
	}
	switch (index) {
	    case SAVE_DEFAULT:
		str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
		while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
		    str++;
		}
		if (*str) {
		    defaultType = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			    autorelease];
		}
		break;
	    case SAVE_FILETYPES:
		fileTypesPtr = objv[i + 1];


		break;
	    case SAVE_INITDIR:
		str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
		if (len) {
		    directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			    autorelease];
		}
		break;
	    case SAVE_INITFILE:
		str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
		if (len) {
		    filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
			    autorelease];
		    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
		}
		break;
	    case SAVE_MESSAGE:
		message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
			Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];


		break;
	    case SAVE_PARENT:
		str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
		tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
		if (!tkwin) {
		    goto end;
		}
		haveParentOption = 1;
		break;
	    case SAVE_TITLE:
		title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
			Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];


		break;
	    case SAVE_TYPEVARIABLE:
		typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
		break;
	    case SAVE_COMMAND:
		cmdObj = objv[i+1];
		break;
	    case SAVE_CONFIRMOW:
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
			&confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) {
		    goto end;
		}
		break;
	}
    }

    if (title) {
	[savepanel setTitle:title];

	/* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save panel is a sheet.
	 * Prepend the title to the message in this case
	 * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
	 * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/
	if (haveParentOption) {
	    if (message) {
		NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
		[message release];
		[title release];
		message = fullmessage;

	    } else {
		message = title;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (message) {
	[savepanel setMessage:message];
	[message release];
    }


    if (parseFileFilters(interp, fileTypesPtr, typeVariablePtr) != TCL_OK) {
	goto end;
    }

    if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	NSView  *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
	NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
	[label setEditable:NO];
	[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];

	[label setBordered:NO];
	[label setBezeled:NO];
	[label setDrawsBackground:NO];

	NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
	[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
	[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];

	[accessoryView addSubview:label];
	[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];

	[savepanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];

	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
    } else if (defaultType) {
	/* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
	 * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
	 * but don't display an accessory view */
	NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
	[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
	[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
	[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
    }

    [savepanel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
    [savepanel setExtensionHidden:NO];

    if (cmdObj) {
	callbackInfo = ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;

    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
       parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];

       if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	   /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {


	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];


	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
    } else {
	if (directory) {
	    [savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	}
	 /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
	if (filename) {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
	} else {
	    [savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
	}
	modalReturnCode = [savepanel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }

    if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
	/*
	 * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
	 */
	NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
		Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }


  end:

    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int index, len, mustexist = 0;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
    NSString *message, *title;
    NSWindow *parent;
    NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {







|







1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    char *str;
    int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
    int index, len, mustexist = 0;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
    FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
    NSString *directory = nil;
    NSString *message, *title;
    NSWindow *parent;
    NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
    NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
    BOOL parentIsKey = NO;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
854
855
856
857
858
859
860




861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;




    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
      parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
		file:filename
		modalForWindow:parent
		modalDelegate:NSApp
		didEndSelector: @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:nil];
#else
	[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }







>
>
>
>


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|





<


<
<
<
|

<







1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143








1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

1150
1151



1152
1153

1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
	    cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    }
    callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
    callbackInfo->interp = interp;
    callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
    /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
    if (!directory) {
	directory = @"/";
    }
    parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
    if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
	parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];








	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
	       completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
	       { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
		       returnCode:returnCode
		       contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];

	modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
    } else {



	[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
	modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];

	[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
		contextInfo:callbackInfo];
    }
    result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
    if (parentIsKey) {
	[parent makeKeyWindow];
    }
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [alert setInformativeText:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_ICON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;

	case ALERT_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];







|







1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [alert setInformativeText:message];
	    [message release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_ICON:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "-icon value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;

	case ALERT_MESSAGE:
	    message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [[alert window] setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_TYPE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case ALERT_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */








|















|







1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
	    [[alert window] setTitle:title];
	    [title release];
	    break;

	case ALERT_TYPE:
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
		    sizeof(char *), "-type value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    break;
	case ALERT_COMMAND:
	    cmdObj = objv[i+1];
	    break;
	}
    }
    if (indexDefaultOption) {
	/*
	 * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
	 * why we do this here.
	 */

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
		alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    goto end;
	}

	/*
	 * Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
	 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "xbytes.h"
#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif







<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"

#include "tkButton.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
#endif
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);
static CGImageRef CreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *ximage);
static CGContextRef GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d);
static void DrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context, CGImageRef image,
	unsigned long imageForeground, unsigned long imageBackground,
	CGRect imageBounds, CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.







<
<
<
<
<
<







40
41
42
43
44
45
46






47
48
49
50
51
52
53
static int useThemedFrame = 0;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions used only in this file.
 */

static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr);







/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing --
 *
 *	Initializes link vars that control CG drawing.
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158

159

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an autoreleased NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.

 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	   This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a Tk Pixmap, so its view
	   field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {

	/* convert top-left coordinates to NSView coordinates */

	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
				      view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
				      width,height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {
	    /*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}








|




|
|
>











|













|
|

|




<







>
|
>


|
|


<







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect
 *
 *	Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
 *      rectangle of the given drawable.  This object is retained.
 *      The caller is responsible for releasing it.
 *
 *      NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
 *      origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
 *      left as used by NSView.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *     None
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
NSBitmapImageRep*
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
        Drawable drawable,
	int x,
	int y,
	unsigned int width,
	unsigned int height)
{
    MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
    CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
    CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
    NSView *view=NULL;
    if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
	/*
	 * This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a
	 * Tk Pixmap, so its view field is NULL.
	*/
	cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
	CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
	sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
	if ( sub_cg_image ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    [bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
	}
	if ( cg_image ) {
	    CGImageRelease(cg_image);
	}
    } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
	/*
	 * Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
	 */
	int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
	NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
			       view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
			       width, height);

	if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {

	    bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
	    bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
	    [view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
	}

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {







|








|







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
	/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
    }

    if ( dc.context ) {
	if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
	    img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
	}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
	    bitmap_rep =  TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
	    if ( bitmap_rep ) {
		img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
	}

	if (img) {
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
			CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
			CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
			CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);


	} else {
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,			/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable d,			/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,				/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	/* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = CreateCGImageWithXImage(image);

	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    DrawCGImage(d, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
CreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceSRGB);

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little) |
		kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.







|
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
























































































































































353
354
355
356
357
358
359
		    CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
		    CGContextRestoreGState(context);
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		    CGImageRelease(mask);
		    CGImageRelease(submask);
		    CGImageRelease(subimage);
		} else {
		    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
				CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
				CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
				CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
		    CGImageRelease(img);
		}
	    } else { /* no image */
		TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	    }
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
	}
	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
	XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
    }
}

























































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
 *
 *	Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}








|







368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
 */

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    CGContextRef context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);

    if (context) {
	img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
    }
    return img;
}

594
595
596
597
598
599
600

601
602

603
604
605
606
607
608
609
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);

    NSImage *nsImage;


    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}








>


>







436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
    Display *display,
    Tk_Image image,
    int width,
    int height)
{
    Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) pixmap;
    NSImage *nsImage;

    macDraw->flags |= TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA;
    Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
    nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
    Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
GetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable d)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
	kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
	kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceGenericRGB);
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
		& ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);







|













|
|

|


















|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539

    return [nsImage autorelease];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable --
 *
 *	Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGContext.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

CGContextRef
TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(
    Drawable drawable)
{
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;

    if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
	const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
	size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
	CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
	kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
	kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
	char *data;
	CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
	    bitsPerPixel = 8;
	    bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
	} else {
	    colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
	    bitsPerPixel = 32;
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	}
	bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
		& ~15;
	len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
	data = ckalloc(len);
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
DrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,







|













|







551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579

    return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDrawCGImage --
 *
 *	Draw CG image into drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    CGContextRef context,
    CGImageRef image,
    unsigned long imageForeground,
    unsigned long imageBackground,
    CGRect imageBounds,
854
855
856
857
858
859
860










861
862
863
864
865
866
867
			macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
	    } else {
		prevx += points[i].x;
		prevy += points[i].y;
		CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
	    }
	}










	CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
			macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
	    } else {
		prevx += points[i].x;
		prevy += points[i].y;
		CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
	    }
	}
        /*
         * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points
         * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also
         * at this point, this needs telling CoreGraphics that the
         * path is closed.
         */
        if ((points[0].x == points[npoints-1].x) &&
                (points[0].y == points[npoints-1].y)) {
            CGContextClosePath(dc.context);
        }
	CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913

914
915
916
917
918
919
920
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Renders a series of unconnected lines.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
	    CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextMoveToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x1 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y1 + o);
	    CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x2 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y2 + o);
	    CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
	}
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillPolygon --
 *







|













|
















>







730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Renders a series of unconnected lines.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
	    CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextMoveToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x1 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y1 + o);
	    CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x2 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y2 + o);
	    CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
	}
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillPolygon --
 *
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
 *	a damage region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage.
 *	Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
 *	scrolling and returns 1.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
 *
 * TkScrollWindow --
 *
 *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
 *	a damage region.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage.
 *	Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
 *	scrolling and returns 1.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if ( view ) {
  	/*  Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(
			       macDraw->xOff + x,
			       bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
			       width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);

  	/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {

  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);

	    /* Expand the rectangles slightly to avoid degeneracies. */
	    srcRect.origin.y -= 1;
	    srcRect.size.height += 2;
	    dstRect.origin.y += 1;
	    dstRect.size.height -= 2;

	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates. */
	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }

 	    /* Scroll the rectangle. */
 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];

	    /* Shift the Tk children which meet the source rectangle. */
	    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
	    TkWindow *childPtr;
	    CGRect childBounds;
	    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) && !Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
		    TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(childPtr, &childBounds);
		    if (CGRectIntersectsRect(srcRect, childBounds)) {
			MacDrawable *macChild = childPtr->privatePtr;
			if (macChild) {
			    macChild->yOff += dy;
			    macChild->xOff += dx;
			    childPtr->changes.y = macChild->yOff;
			    childPtr->changes.x = macChild->xOff;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }

	    /* Queue up Expose events for the damage region. */
	    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
	    [view generateExposeEvents:dmgRgn childrenOnly:1];
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

	    /* Belt and suspenders: make the AppKit request a redraw
	       when it gets control again. */
  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {







|
<









<









<
<
<
<
<
<






|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363

1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372

1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381






1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395



























1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
    HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
    NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
    int result = 0;

    if ( view ) {
  	/*  Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
  	bounds = [view bounds];
 	scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,

			       bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
			       width, height);
 	scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);

  	/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
 	visRect = [view visibleRect];
 	scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
 	scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
 	if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {

  	    /*
  	     * Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);







	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. */
	    TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
	    if (extraRgn) {
		CFRelease(extraRgn);
	    }

 	    /* Scroll the rectangle. */
 	    [view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];



























  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = GetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {
	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
	if (view) {
	    if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
		dc.focusLocked = [view lockFocusIfCanDraw];
		dontDraw = !dc.focusLocked;
	    } else {
		dontDraw = ![view canDraw];
	    }
	    if (dontDraw) {
		goto end;
	    }
	    [[view window] disableFlushWindow];
	    dc.view = view;
	    dc.context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
	    dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	    if (dc.clipRgn) {
		clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	    }
	} else {







|


















<







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490

1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
	ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
	dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
    }
    if (dontDraw) {
	goto end;
    }
    if (useCG) {
	dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
    }
    if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
	isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
    } else if (isWin) {
	NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
	if (view) {
	    if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
		dc.focusLocked = [view lockFocusIfCanDraw];
		dontDraw = !dc.focusLocked;
	    } else {
		dontDraw = ![view canDraw];
	    }
	    if (dontDraw) {
		goto end;
	    }

	    dc.view = view;
	    dc.context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
	    dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
	    if (dc.clipRgn) {
		clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
	    }
	} else {
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	if (!dc.focusLocked) {
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	}
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
	    #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
	    #endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;
	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }







|





|







1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	if (!dc.focusLocked) {
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	}
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;
	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    if (dcPtr->context) {
	CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
	[[dcPtr->view window] setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];
	[[dcPtr->view window] enableFlushWindow];
	if (dcPtr->focusLocked) {
	    [dcPtr->view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
	}
    }
    if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {







<







1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616

1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
    if (dcPtr->context) {
	CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
	[[dcPtr->view window] setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];

	if (dcPtr->focusLocked) {
	    [dcPtr->view unlockFocus];
	} else {
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
	}
    }
    if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.

189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpScanWindowId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    CONST char * string,
    Window *idPtr)
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj obj;

    obj.refCount = 1;
    obj.bytes = (char *) string;	/* DANGER?! */







|







189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkpScanWindowId(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char * string,
    Window *idPtr)
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj obj;

    obj.refCount = 1;
    obj.bytes = (char *) string;	/* DANGER?! */
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
	if (containerPtr->embedded == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {







|













|







623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
	if (containerPtr->embedded == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->embedded);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
794
795
796
797
798
799
800







801
802
803
804
805
806
807
ContainerEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;








    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
ContainerEventProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Container *containerPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;

    if (!firstContainerPtr) {
	/*
	 * When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
	 */
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
     * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
     * deleted its window).
     */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};








>







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)

enum {
    NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;
#endif
#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}







<







<







85
86
87
88
89
90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
    case NSApplicationDefined: {
	id win;
	win = [theEvent window];
	break;
	}
    case NSCursorUpdate:
        break;

    case NSEventTypeGesture:
    case NSEventTypeMagnify:
    case NSEventTypeRotate:
    case NSEventTypeSwipe:
    case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
    case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
        break;

#endif

    default:
	break; /* return theEvent */
    }
    return processedEvent;
}
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];

    for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
	    [w flushWindow];
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|













127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
    NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];

    for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
	if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
	    [w displayIfNeeded];
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.

255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
//    dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);







|







255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
    if (reqFaPtr) {
	*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
    } else {
	TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
    }
    fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
    // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
    // dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
    if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
	renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
		NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
		NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
    }
    nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
				 * structure is allocated. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
				/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr;
    int points = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size);
    NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
    NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
    NSFont *nsFont;

    nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
    if (!nsFont) {
	const char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);







|







511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
				 * structure is allocated. */
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
				/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr;
    int points = (int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
    NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
    NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
    NSFont *nsFont;

    nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
    if (!nsFont) {
	const char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    Tcl_UniChar c,		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes* faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr = (MacFont *) tkfont;
    NSFont *nsFont = fontPtr->nsFont;
    *faPtr = fontPtr->font.fa;
    if (nsFont && ![[nsFont coveredCharacterSet] characterIsMember:c]) {
	UTF16Char ch = c;

	nsFont = [nsFont bestMatchingFontForCharacters:&ch
		length:1 attributes:nil actualCoveredLength:NULL];
	if (nsFont) {
	    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
	}
    }







|






|







668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes* faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    MacFont *fontPtr = (MacFont *) tkfont;
    NSFont *nsFont = fontPtr->nsFont;
    *faPtr = fontPtr->font.fa;
    if (nsFont && ![[nsFont coveredCharacterSet] characterIsMember:c]) {
	UTF16Char ch = (UTF16Char) c;

	nsFont = [nsFont bestMatchingFontForCharacters:&ch
		length:1 attributes:nil actualCoveredLength:NULL];
	if (nsFont) {
	    GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
	}
    }
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }
#if 0
    /* Back-compatibility with ATSUI renderer, appears not to be needed */
    if (rangeStart == 0 && maxLength == 1 && (flags & TK_ISOLATE_END) &&
	    !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	length = 0;
	fit = 0;
	goto done;
    }
#endif
    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







815
816
817
818
819
820
821









822
823
824
825
826
827
828

    if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
	    rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
	    (maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
	*lengthPtr = 0;
	return 0;
    }









    if (maxLength > 32767) {
	maxLength = 32767;
    }
    string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
		length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
    if (!string) {
	length = 0;
856
857
858
859
860
861
862




863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872





873
874
875
876
877
878


















879
880
881





882
883
884
885
886
887
888
	line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	CFRelease(line);
    } else {
	double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
	NSCharacterSet *cs;





	index = start;
	if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	    if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
		flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
	    }
	}
	if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	}





	cs = (index < len || (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}


















	if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    index = start + 1;
	}





	if (index > 0) {
	    range.length = index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	} else {
	    width = 0;







>
>
>
>










>
>
>
>
>
|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>
>
>
>







847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
	line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	CFRelease(line);
    } else {
	double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
	NSCharacterSet *cs;

        /*
         * Get a line breakpoint in the source string.
         */

	index = start;
	if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	    if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
		flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
	    }
	}
	if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	}

        /*
         * Trim right whitespace/lineending characters.
         */

	cs = (index <= len && (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}

        /*
         * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between
         * its start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
         * CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index.
         * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break
         * at a word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
         * is set, we must report that zero chars actually fit (in other
         * words the smallest word of the source string is still larger
         * than maxWidth).
         */

        if ((index >= start) && (index < len) &&
                (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) &&
                ![cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:index]]) {
            index = start;
        }

	if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    index = start + 1;
	}

        /*
         * Now measure the string width in pixels.
         */

	if (index > 0) {
	    range.length = index;
	    line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
	    width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	    CFRelease(line);
	} else {
	    width = 0;
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);
//if (!(rangeLength==1 && rangeStart == 0)) fprintf(stderr, "   measure len=%d (max=%d, w=%.0f) from %d (nb=%d): source=\"%s\": index=%d return %d\n",rangeLength,maxLength,width,rangeStart,numBytes, source+rangeStart, index, fit);
#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------







<







940
941
942
943
944
945
946

947
948
949
950
951
952
953
	    "flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
	    source+rangeStart, maxLength,
	    flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK   ? "partialOk "  : "",
	    flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS  ? "wholeWords " : "",
	    flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
	    flags & TK_ISOLATE_END  ? "isolateEnd " : "",
	    length, fit);

#endif
    *lengthPtr = length;
    return fit;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender







|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
/*
 * Static functions used only in this file.
 */

static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
				 NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
				 Tcl_Interp *interp,
				 const char* procedure);
static int  MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int  ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)

@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;







|

|







273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
 */

static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
    NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char* procedure)
{
    Tcl_Encoding utf8;
    const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
    AEDesc contents;
    char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
    NSURL *fileURL;
    DescType type;
    Size actual;
    long count, index;
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351


352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);


    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
	    continue;
	}
	URLString[actual] = '\0';
	fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLString]];
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }


    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);
    return;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *







>


















>
>












<







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366

367
368
369
370
371
372
373
    /*
     * Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
     * paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
     */

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);
    utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");

    for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
	if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
				 &type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (type != typeFileURL) {
	    continue;
	}
	URLString[actual] = '\0';
	fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLString]];
	if (fileURL == nil) {
	    continue;
	}
	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
    }

    Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
    AEDisposeDesc(&contents);

    /*
     * Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
     */

    code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&command);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
 *

Added macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
/*
 * tkMacOSXImage.c --
 *
 *	The code in this file provides an interface for XImages,
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "xbytes.h"

#pragma mark XImage handling

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage --
 *
 *	Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	CGImage, release after use.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
    ckfree(info);
}

CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
    XImage *image,
    int use_ximage_alpha)
{
    CGImageRef img = NULL;
    size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
    size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
    const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
    CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
    CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
    char *data = NULL;
    CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;

    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
	/*
	 * BW image
	 */

	/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
	static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
	decode = decodeWB;

	bitsPerComponent = 1;
	bitsPerPixel = 1;
	if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
	    char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
	    char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
	    char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));

	    while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
		*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
	    }
	} else {
	    data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	}
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
				    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
	}
    } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	/*
	 * Color image
	 */

	CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();

	bitsPerComponent = 8;
	bitsPerPixel = 32;
	bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
		      kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little);
	if (use_ximage_alpha) {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
	} else {
	    bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
	}
	data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
	if (data) {
	    provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
	}
	if (provider) {
	    img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
		    bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
		    provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
	    CFRelease(provider);
	}
	if (colorspace) {
	    CFRelease(colorspace);
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
    }
    return img;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
struct pixel_fmt {int r; int g; int b; int a;};
static struct pixel_fmt bgra = {2, 1, 0, 3};
static struct pixel_fmt abgr = {3, 2, 1, 0};

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable drawable,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep* bitmap_rep = NULL;
    NSUInteger bitmap_fmt = 0;
    XImage* imagePtr = NULL;
    char* bitmap = NULL;
    char R, G, B, A;
    int depth = 32, offset = 0, bitmap_pad = 0;
    unsigned int bytes_per_row, size, row, n, m;
    unsigned int scalefactor=1, scaled_height=height, scaled_width=width;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);
    static enum {unknown, no, yes} has_retina = unknown;

    if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
	has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]?
	    yes : no;
#else
	has_retina = no;
#endif
    }

    if (has_retina == yes) {
	/*
	 * We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
	 */
#ifdef __clang__
	scalefactor = [win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0 ? 2 : 1;
#endif
	scaled_height *= scalefactor;
	scaled_width *= scalefactor;
    }

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
		         x, y, width, height);
	if (!bitmap_rep) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
	size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
	bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	bitmap = ckalloc(size);
	if (!bitmap                              ||
	    (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
	    [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4    ||
	    [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0           ||
	    bytes_per_row != 4 * scaled_width    ||
	    size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height  ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
	    CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
	    return NULL;
	}

	if (macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA) {
	    /*
	     * When called by TkImgPhotoDisplay we are being asked to return a
	     * background image to be blended with the photoimage using its
	     * alpha channel, if it has one.  Returning a black pixmap here
	     * makes TkImgPhotoDisplay create an XImage with a premultiplied
	     * alpha channel, as favored by Apple.  When TkImgPhotoDisplay
	     * passes this XImage to TkPutImage, targeting a pixmap, it creates
	     * an image with correct transparency.  This is used, for example,
	     * when creating an iconphoto or a menu image from a PNG
	     * photoimage.
	     */
	    bzero(bitmap, size);
	} else {
	    memcpy(bitmap, (char *)[bitmap_rep bitmapData], size);
	}
	CFRelease(bitmap_rep);

	/*
	 * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in
	 * either BGRA or ABGR format.  For an XImage we need RGBA.
	 */
	struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;

	for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
	    for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
		R = *(bitmap + m + pixel.r);
		G = *(bitmap + m + pixel.g);
		B = *(bitmap + m + pixel.b);
		A = *(bitmap + m + pixel.a);

		*(bitmap + m)     = R;
		*(bitmap + m + 1) = G;
		*(bitmap + m + 2) = B;
		*(bitmap + m + 3) = A;
	    }
	}
	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				(char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk
	 * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.
	 * XYPixmaps should be handled here.
	 */
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
	if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
	    *((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
	} else {
	    unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	    unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
 *	of the specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkPutImage(
    unsigned long *colors,	/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    int ncolors,		/* Unused on Macintosh. */
    Display* display,		/* Display. */
    Drawable drawable,		/* Drawable to place image on. */
    GC gc,			/* GC to use. */
    XImage* image,		/* Image to place. */
    int src_x,			/* Source X & Y. */
    int src_y,
    int dest_x,			/* Destination X & Y. */
    int dest_y,
    unsigned int width,	        /* Same width & height for both */
    unsigned int height)	/* distination and source. */
{
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)drawable);

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(image,
			     macDraw->flags & TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA);
	if (img) {
	    /* If the XImage has big pixels, rescale the source dimensions.*/
	    int pp = image->pixelpower;
	    TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(drawable, gc, dc.context,
		    img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
		    CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width<<pp, image->height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp),
		    CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
	    CFRelease(img);
	} else {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
/*
 * tkMacOSXInit.c --
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"










>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
/*
 * tkMacOSXInit.c --
 *
 *	This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
 *	functions.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62






63
64
65
66
67
68




69
70








71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110


111
112
113
114
115
116




































































117
118
119
120
121
122
123

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification @"NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification"
static void keyboardChanged(CFNotificationCenterRef center, void *observer, CFStringRef name, const void *object, CFDictionaryRef userInfo) {
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification object:nil userInfo:nil];
}
#endif

@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>
#else
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
#endif
@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolProtected = _poolProtected;
@end







@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if(![self poolProtected]) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];




    }
}








#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
#endif

- (void) _setupApplicationNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
	[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    CFNotificationCenterAddObserver(CFNotificationCenterGetDistributedCenter(), NULL, &keyboardChanged, kTISNotifySelectedKeyboardInputSourceChanged, NULL, CFNotificationSuspensionBehaviorCoalesce);
#endif
}

- (void) _setupEventLoop
{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [self finishLaunching];
    [self setWindowsNeedUpdate:YES];
    [pool drain];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    _eventInterp = interp;
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];
    [self setDelegate:self];


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];




































































}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {







<
<
<
<
<
<
<




<

<
<
<









|


>
>
>
>
>
>



|


>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



















<
<
<


|

<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35







36
37
38
39

40



41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97



98
99
100
101




102
103








104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186

static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";

long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)








@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification;
@end


#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>



@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications;
@end

@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void) _setupMenus;
@end

@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolLock = _poolLock;
@end

/*
 * #define this to see a message on stderr whenever _resetAutoreleasePool is
 * called while the pool is locked.
 */
#undef DEBUG_LOCK

@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
    if([self poolLock] == 0) {
	[_mainPool drain];
	_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    } else {
#ifdef DEBUG_LOCK
	fprintf(stderr, "Pool is locked with count %d!!!!\n", [self poolLock]);
#endif
    }
}
- (void) _lockAutoreleasePool
{
    [self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] + 1];
}
- (void) _unlockAutoreleasePool
{
    [self setPoolLock:[self poolLock] - 1];
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) _postedNotification: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
#endif

- (void) _setupApplicationNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
	[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
    observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
    observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
    observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe



}

-(void)applicationWillFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)aNotification
{





    /*








     * Initialize notifications.
     */
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
	    selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
    [self _setupWindowNotifications];
    [self _setupApplicationNotifications];

    /*
     * Construct the menu bar.
     */
    _defaultMainMenu = nil;
    [self _setupMenus];

    /*
     * Initialize event processing.
     */
    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp);

    /*
     * Initialize the graphics context.
     */
    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(_eventInterp, -1);
    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(_eventInterp, TRUE, 0);
}

-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{
    /*
     * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this
     * method is called.  Activating too early can cause the menu
     * bar to be unresponsive.
     */
    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
}

- (void) _setup: (Tcl_Interp *) interp
{
    /*
     * Remember our interpreter.
     */
    _eventInterp = interp;

    /*
     * Install the global autoreleasePool.
     */
    _mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    [NSApp setPoolLock:0];

    /*
     * Be our own delegate.
     */
    [self setDelegate:self];

    /*
     * Make sure we are allowed to open windows.
     */
    [NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];

    /*
     * If no icon has been set from an Info.plist file, use the Wish icon from
     * the Tk framework.
     */
    NSString *iconFile = [[NSBundle mainBundle] objectForInfoDictionaryKey:
						    @"CFBundleIconFile"];
    if (!iconFile) {
	NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
	if (path) {
	    NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	    if (image) {
		[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
		[image release];
	    }
	}
    }
}

- (NSString *) tkFrameworkImagePath: (NSString *) image
{
    NSString *path = nil;
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DoWindowActivate --
 *
 *	Idle handler that sets the application icon to the generic Tk icon.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
SetApplicationIcon(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
    NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
    if (path) {
	NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
	if (image) {
	    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
	    [image release];
	}
    }
    [pool drain];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







222
223
224
225
226
227
228
































229
230
231
232
233
234
235
@end

#pragma mark -

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
































 * TkpInit --
 *
 *	Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
 *	tk_library variable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {
	int bundledExecutable = 0;
	CFBundleRef bundleRef;
	CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL;
	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#   error Mac OS X 10.5 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {







<
<
<









|
|







250
251
252
253
254
255
256



257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
    /*
     * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
     * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
     * against doing it more than once.
     */

    if (!initialized) {



	struct utsname name;
	struct stat st;

	initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
	 */

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#   error Mac OS X 10.6 required
#endif

	if (!uname(&name)) {
	    tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
	}
       /*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
	if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357


















358
359
360
361
362
363
364
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {

	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");
	}
#endif

	{
	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
		[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		     [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
		     [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
		     @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
		     [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
		     @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
		     nil]];
	    [TKApplication sharedApplication];
	    [pool drain];
	    [NSApp _setup:interp];
	}

	/* Check whether we are a bundled executable: */
	bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
	if (bundleRef) {
	    bundleUrl = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(bundleRef);
	}
	if (bundleUrl) {
	    /*
	     * A bundled executable is two levels down from its main bundle
	     * directory (e.g. Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish), whereas an
	     * unbundled executable's main bundle directory is just the
	     * directory containing the executable. So to check whether we are
	     * bundled, we delete the last three path components of the
	     * executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main
	     * bundle url.
	     */

	    int j = 3;
	    CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef);

	    while (url && j--) {
		CFURLRef parent =
			CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url);

		CFRelease(url);
		url = parent;
	    }
	    if (url) {
		bundledExecutable = CFEqual(bundleUrl, url);
		CFRelease(url);
	    }
	    CFRelease(bundleUrl);
	}

	if (!bundledExecutable) {
	    /*
	     * If we are loaded into an executable that is not a bundled
	     * application, the window server does not let us come to the
	     * foreground. For such an executable, notify the window server
	     * that we are now a full GUI application.
	     */

	    OSStatus err = procNotFound;
	    ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess };

	    err = ChkErr(TransformProcessType, &psn,
		    kProcessTransformToForegroundApplication);

	    /*
	     * Set application icon to generic Tk icon, do it at idle time
	     * instead of now to ensure tk_library is setup.
	     */

	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetApplicationIcon, NULL);
	}

	{
	    NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	    [NSApp _setupEventLoop];
	    TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(interp);
	    TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(interp, -1);
	    TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(interp, TRUE, 0);
	    [pool drain];
	}

	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}



















	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||







>

<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295

296
297













298




299



























































300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
	 * framework scripts directory.
	 * FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
	 */

	if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
		"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
		tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {
            # if 0 /* This is not really an error.  Wish still runs fine. */
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");

	    # endif
	}













#endif
































































	/*
	 * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
	 * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
	 */

	if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
	    close(0);
	    close(1);
	}

	/*
	 * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be
	 * done before we check whether to open a console window.
	 */

	NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
	[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
		[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
				  [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
			      @"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
				   [NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
			      @"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
			      nil]];
	[TKApplication sharedApplication];
	[pool drain];
	[NSApp _setup:interp];
	[NSApp finishLaunching];

	/*
	 * If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
	 * length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
	 * clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
	 */

	if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
383
384
385
386
387
388
389

390
391
392
393
394
395
396
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }







>







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
			    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
		}
	    }
	    if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

    }

    Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();

    if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_library", NULL, tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.

83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80

/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.







>







83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID		0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS		0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU	0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW		0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP		0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP		0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW          0x80
#define TK_USE_XIMAGE_ALPHA     0x100
/*
 * I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
 * This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
 * TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
 * still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
 * freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
 * Destroy of a child.

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0







>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0
35
36
37
38
39
40
41


42
43
44
45
46
47
48
static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;

static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;

static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state);
static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);




#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent







>
>







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;

static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;

static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state);
static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);

unsigned short releaseCode;


#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)

- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

73
74
75






76
77
78
79
80
81
82
      {
        nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
        processingCompose = NO;
      }

    switch (type) {
    case NSKeyUp:
      if (finishedCompose)
        {
          // if we were composing, swallow the last release since we already sent

          finishedCompose = NO;
          return theEvent;
        }






    case NSKeyDown:
	repeat = [theEvent isARepeat];
	characters = [theEvent characters];
	charactersIgnoringModifiers = [theEvent charactersIgnoringModifiers];
        len = [charactersIgnoringModifiers length];
    case NSFlagsChanged:
	modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];







<
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>







66
67
68
69
70
71
72

73

74
75
76

77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
      {
        nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
        processingCompose = NO;
      }

    switch (type) {
    case NSKeyUp:



	/*Fix for bug #1ba71a86bb: key release firing on key press.*/
	w = [theEvent window];
	XEvent xEvent;

	setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, 0);
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
	Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
	xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
	xEvent.xkey.keycode = releaseCode;
	xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    case NSKeyDown:
	repeat = [theEvent isARepeat];
	characters = [theEvent characters];
	charactersIgnoringModifiers = [theEvent charactersIgnoringModifiers];
        len = [charactersIgnoringModifiers length];
    case NSFlagsChanged:
	modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
              /*
               * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
               */

              xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
            } else {
              if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
              } else {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
              }

              /* For command key, take input manager's word so things
                 like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */
              if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask







|







173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
              /*
               * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
               */

              xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
            } else {
              if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
		  xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
              } else {
                xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
              }

              /* For command key, take input manager's word so things
                 like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */
              if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
/* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing;
   NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed.
         by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
  int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length];
  XEvent xEvent;
  TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
  Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;

  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    NSLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
  processingCompose = NO;
  finishedCompose = YES;

  /* first, clear any working text */
  if (privateWorkingText != nil)
    [self deleteWorkingText];

  /* now insert the string as keystrokes */
  setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
  xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;

  for (i =0; i<len; i++)
    {
      xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
      [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
        getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
         maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
      xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
      xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
      Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

      xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
      xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
      Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
      xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    }

}


/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
  NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?







<
<















|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
|
<
|
>







240
241
242
243
244
245
246


247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

269


270

271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
/* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing;
   NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed.
         by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
  int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length];
  XEvent xEvent;



  if (NS_KEYLOG)
    NSLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
  processingCompose = NO;
  finishedCompose = YES;

  /* first, clear any working text */
  if (privateWorkingText != nil)
    [self deleteWorkingText];

  /* now insert the string as keystrokes */
  setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
  xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;

  for (i =0; i<len; i++)
      {
	  xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
	  [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
	      getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
	       maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
	  xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
	  xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;

	  releaseCode =  (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];


	  Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

      }
  releaseCode =  (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
}


/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
  NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"

/*
 * A couple of simple definitions to make code a bit more self-explaining.
 *
 * For the assignments of Mod1==meta==command and Mod2==alt==option, see also
 * tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
 */








|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
/*
 * A couple of simple definitions to make code a bit more self-explaining.
 *
 * For the assignments of Mod1==meta==command and Mod2==alt==option, see also
 * tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
 */

91
92
93
94
95
96
97


















98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};



















static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
    {103,	XK_F11},
    {111,	XK_F12},
    {105,	XK_F13},
    {107,	XK_F14},
    {113,	XK_F15},
    {0,		0}
};

#define NUM_MOD_KEYCODES 14
static KeyCode modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES] = {
    XK_Shift_L,
    XK_Shift_R,
    XK_Control_L,
    XK_Control_R,
    XK_Caps_Lock,
    XK_Shift_Lock,
    XK_Meta_L,
    XK_Meta_R,
    XK_Alt_L,
    XK_Alt_R,
    XK_Super_L,
    XK_Super_R,
    XK_Hyper_L,
    XK_Hyper_R,
};

static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable;	/* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable;		/* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
					 * keycode value. */

static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1];	/* Reverse mapping table for
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    KeyInfo *kPtr;
    int dummy;

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keycodeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
    }
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
    }
    initialized = 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|





|







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
    KeyInfo *kPtr;
    int dummy;

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&keycodeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym));
    }
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
		&dummy);
	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(kPtr->keysym));
    }
    initialized = 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}

/*







<







471
472
473
474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484

    (void) display; /*unused*/

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
     */

    modmap = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
    modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
    modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
    return modmap;
}

/*
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {







<







561
562
563
564
565
566
567

568
569
570
571
572
573
574

static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
    Display *display,
    KeySym keysym)
{
    KeyInfo *kPtr;

    if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
	/*
	 * Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
	 * character code point are the same.
	 */

	if (keyboardChanged) {
574
575
576
577
578
579
580











581
582
583
584
585
586
587
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }












    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
	}
    }
    for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
	if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
	    return kPtr->keycode;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Modifier keycodes only come from generated events.  No translation
     * is needed.
     */

    for (int i=0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	if (keysym == modKeyArray[i]) {
	    return keysym;
	}
    }

    /*
     * For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
     * generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
     */

    return 0;
657
658
659
660
661
662
663







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;







    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







<







684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

705
706
707
708
709
710
711
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keysym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
    } else if ( modKeyArray[0] <= keysym &&
		keysym <= modKeyArray[NUM_MOD_KEYCODES - 1]) {
	/*
	 * Keysyms for pure modifiers only arise in generated events.
	 * We should just copy them to the keycode.
	 */
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keysym;
    } else {
	Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
	int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);

	/*
	 * See also XKeysymToKeycode.
	 */

	if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
	} else {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
	}
	eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;

730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {







<







763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776

    /*
     * Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
     * this.
     */

    if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {

	int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;

	if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Meta_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
	    return XK_Shift_L;
	} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904


905

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't use the keycodes for the modifiers for anything, and we
     * don't generate them either (the keycodes actually given in the simulated
     * modifier events are bogus). So there is no modifier map. If we ever want
     * to simulate real modifier keycodes, the list will be constant in the
     * Carbon implementation.
     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;


    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = NULL;

}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







|
|
|
|
<





|
>
>
|
>










919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929

930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
    dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif

    /*
     * MacOSX doesn't create a key event when a modifier key is pressed or
     * released.  However, it is possible to generate key events for
     * modifier keys, and this is done in the tests.  So we construct an array
     * containing the keycodes of the standard modifier keys from static data.

     */

    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
    }
    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = NUM_MOD_KEYCODES;
    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = (KeyCode *)ckalloc(NUM_MOD_KEYCODES * sizeof(KeyCode));
    for (int i = 0; i < NUM_MOD_KEYCODES; i++) {
	dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] = modKeyArray[i];
    }
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_MENUS
#endif
*/








>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_MENUS
#endif
*/

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>
#else
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
#endif
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");







<

<
<
<







113
114
115
116
117
118
119

120



121
122
123
124
125
126
127
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end


#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>



@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end

@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
    NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
769
770
771
772
773
774
775

776
777






778
779
780
781
782
783
784
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];


    inPostMenu = 1;







    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];







>


>
>
>
>
>
>







766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    if (root == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
    NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
    NSWindow *win = [rootview window];
    int result;

    inPostMenu = 1;

    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
        inPostMenu = 0;
        return result;
    }

    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
    NSView *view = [win contentView];
    NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);

    frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
	    [win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
		columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
		columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
		columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
			+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
		columnEntryPtr->x = x;
		columnEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    }
	    x += maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth + 2 * borderWidth;
	    maxWidth = maxIndicatorSpace = 0;
	    lastColumnBreak = i;
	    y = borderWidth;
	}
	accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY || mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;







|







1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
		columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
		columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
		columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
			+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
		columnEntryPtr->x = x;
		columnEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    }
	    x += maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	    maxWidth = maxIndicatorSpace = 0;
	    lastColumnBreak = i;
	    y = borderWidth;
	}
	accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY || mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	    mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items. Only applies to
				 * Windows. */
{
}

#pragma mark Obsolete

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
<







1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628

1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items. */

{
}

#pragma mark Obsolete

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"


static void		GenerateEditEvent(const char *name);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus)

@implementation TKApplication(TKMenus)







>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

static void		GenerateEditEvent(const char *name);
static Tcl_Obj *	GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus)

@implementation TKApplication(TKMenus)

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;







>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

typedef struct {
    unsigned int state;
    long delta;
    Window window;
    Point global;
    Point local;

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include <tclInt.h>
#include <pthread.h>
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>

/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;







|
|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"
#include <tclInt.h>
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>

/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Install TkAqua event source in main event loop thread.
	 */

	if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
	    if (!pthread_main_np()) {
		/*
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
				  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
				  GetMainEventQueue());
	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}







|









|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;

	/*
	 * Install TkAqua event source in main event loop thread.
	 */

	if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
	    if (![NSThread isMainThread]) {
		/*
		 * Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
		 */

		Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
		    "first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
				  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
				  NULL);
	    TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
	    TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
	}
    }
}
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
			  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
			  GetMainEventQueue());
    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --







|







180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Not used. */
{
    TSD_INIT();

    Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
			  TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
			  NULL);
    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };

	/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
	NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
				       untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
				       inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
				       dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {







|


>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229

static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
	/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
	NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
				       untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
				       inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
				       dequeue:NO];
	if (currentEvent) {
	    if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264






265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;







	do {
	    [NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#else
	    if (testEvent && [[[testEvent window] contentView] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }
#endif
	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);







|




|
>
>
>
>
>
>

<

|




<



<
<
<
<
<







253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

273
274
275
276
277
278

279
280
281





282
283
284
285
286
287
288
 */
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
    ClientData clientData,
    int flags)
{
    NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
    /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
    if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
	NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
	NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
	NSModalSession modalSession;
	/* It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
	 * returns.  This happens, for example, when we process an event which
	 * opens a modal window.  To prevent premature release of our
	 * application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc,
	 * we must lock it here.
	 */
	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
	do {

	    modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
	    	    testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:NO];
	    /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */

	    if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
		break;
	    }





	    currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
					      untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
						 inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
						dequeue:YES];
	    if (currentEvent) {
		/* Generate Xevents. */
		int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
299
300
301
302
303
304
305


306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
		    }
		}
		[currentEvent release];
	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);


    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







>
>












299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
		    }
		}
		[currentEvent release];
	    } else {
		break;
	    }
	} while (1);
	/* Now we can unlock the pool. */
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}


/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPort.h.

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
#include <unistd.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"

/*
 * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to
 * select:
 */

#ifndef NO_FD_SET







<







49
50
51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
#include <unistd.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>


/*
 * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to
 * select:
 */

#ifndef NO_FD_SET

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
/* Private mapping macros defined according to Mac OS X version requirements */
/* 10.5 Leopard */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#else /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5	tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_if_mac_os_x_no
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5		tk_else_mac_os_x_no
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */

/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







55
56
57
58
59
60
61





















62
63
64
65
66
67
68
	if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
	if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
	} else { __VA_ARGS__






















/*
 * Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
 */

#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213






214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235
236
237
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);






MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *window, int fullscreen,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);

MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);







|

>
>
>
>
>
>

















>







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
			    int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
			    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *image,
			    int use_ximage_alpha);
MODULE_SCOPE void       TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context,
			    CGImageRef image, unsigned long imageForeground,
			    unsigned long imageBackground, CGRect imageBounds,
			    CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
			    int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
			    TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
			    CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    NSWindow *window, int fullscreen,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow*	TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView*	TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef	TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
			    HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE CGContextRef TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
			    Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage*	TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
			    Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef	TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor*	TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288


289
290
291
292
293
294
295
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    BOOL _poolProtected;
#endif
}
@property BOOL poolProtected;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;


@end
@interface TKApplication(TKEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end







|


|
>




>
>







260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
    TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
    NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
    NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
    NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
    NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
    /* The Objective C runtime used on i386 requires this. */
    int _poolLock;
#endif
}
@property int poolLock;

@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_lockAutoreleasePool;
- (void)_unlockAutoreleasePool;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345

346
347
348
349
350
351
352
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly;
- (void) viewDidEndLiveResize;

- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender;
- (BOOL) isOpaque;
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping;
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder;
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent;
@end








<
|
>







326
327
328
329
330
331
332

333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end

@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape;

- (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance;
- (void) updateAppearanceEvent;
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender;
- (BOOL) isOpaque;
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping;
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder;
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent;
@end

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.

167
168
169
170
171
172
173

174


175
176
177
178
179
180
181
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);

	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {







>
|
>
>







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"


#define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE		0








/*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling of scrollbar values.*/
#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"


#define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE		0

/*
 * Minimum slider length, in pixels (designed to make sure that the slider is
 * always easy to grab with the mouse).
 */

#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH	5

/*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling of scrollbar values.*/
#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */

55
56
57
58
59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
/*Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/
typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
    SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
    int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
    NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;


static ScrollbarMetrics metrics[2] = {
    {15, 54, 26, 14, 14, NSRegularControlSize}, /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */
    {11, 40, 20, 10, 10, NSSmallControlSize},  /* kThemeScrollBarSmall  */
};

HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
    .version = 0,
    .min = 0.0,
    .max = 100.0,
    .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb,
    .kind = kThemeScrollBarMedium,
};


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */








>
|
|
<







<







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78

79
80
81
82
83
84
85
/*Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/
typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
    SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
    int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
    NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;


static ScrollbarMetrics metrics = {
  15, 54, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */

};

HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
    .version = 0,
    .min = 0.0,
    .max = 100.0,
    .attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb,

};


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
 */

103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
{

    MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));

    scrollPtr->troughGC = None;
    scrollPtr->copyGC = None;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask|ButtonPressMask|VisibilityChangeMask, ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);

    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
{

    MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));

    scrollPtr->troughGC = None;
    scrollPtr->copyGC = None;

    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|VisibilityChangeMask, ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);

    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
207
208
209
210
211
212
213


214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221









222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276



277
278



279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */



extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
			    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
 * changed. */
{










    int variant, fieldLength;

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
    	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    variant = ((scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin) :
		Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)) - 2 * scrollPtr->inset
	       < metrics[0].width) ? 1 : 0;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = (metrics[variant].topArrowHeight +
			      metrics[variant].bottomArrowHeight) / 2;
    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
		   : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
	- 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
    	fieldLength = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength * scrollPtr->lastFraction;

    /*
     * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always
     * displayed in the scrollbar and so that it has at least
     * a minimal width (so it can be grabbed with the mouse).
     */

    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > (fieldLength - 2*scrollPtr->borderWidth)) {
    	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - 2*scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
    	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < (scrollPtr->sliderFirst +
				 metrics[variant].minThumbHeight)) {
    	scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst +
	    metrics[variant].minThumbHeight;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
    	scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
    }
    if (!(MOUNTAIN_LION_STYLE)) {
      scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->inset +
	metrics[variant].topArrowHeight;
      scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset +
	metrics[variant].bottomArrowHeight;
    }
    /*
     * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space
     * for the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around
     * the whole window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be
     * redisplayed.
     */

    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
    	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->width + 2 * scrollPtr->inset, 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth + scrollPtr->inset) +  metrics[variant].minThumbHeight);



    } else {
    	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics[variant].minThumbHeight, scrollPtr->width + 2 * scrollPtr->inset);



    }
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
 *







>
>



|
|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


|


<
<
<
|
<

|
|

|

|
|


|
|
|


|
|


|

|
<
|
<


|

<
|
<
|
<
|

|
|
|
<


|
|
>
>
>

|
>
>
>


<







213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244



245

246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267

268

269
270
271
272

273

274

275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */



extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
                           /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
                           * changed. */
{

   /*
    * Using code from tkUnixScrlbr.c because Unix scroll bindings are
    * driving the display at the script level. All the Mac scrollbar
    * has to do is re-draw itself.
    * There is a difference with Unix however: on macOS later than 10.6
    * (Snow Leopard) the scrollbars have no arrows at all. This is
    * handled by having scrollPtr->arrowLength set to zero.
    */

    int fieldLength;

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
       scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;



    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;

    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
           : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
           - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
       fieldLength = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;

    /*
     * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the
     * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be
     * grabbed with the mouse).
     */

    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
       scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
       scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {

       scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;

    }
    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
       scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
    }

    scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;

    scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;


    /*
     * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space for
     * the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around the whole
     * window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be redisplayed.

     */

      if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
       Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
              scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
              2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
              + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight);
    } else {
       Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
              2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
              + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight,
              scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
    }
    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
 *
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400



401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413

414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{

  /*
   * Using code from tkUnixScrlbr.c because Unix scroll bindings are
   * driving the display at the script level. All the Mac scrollbar
   * has to do is re-draw itself.
   */

    int length, fieldlength, width, tmp;
    register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;
    register const int arrowSize = scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset;

    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
	fieldlength = length - 2 * arrowSize;
	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    } else {
	tmp = x;
	x = y;
	y = tmp;
	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
	fieldlength = length - 2 * arrowSize;
	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    }
    fieldlength = fieldlength < 0 ? 0 : fieldlength;

    if (x<inset || x>=width-inset || y<inset || y>=length-inset) {
	return OUTSIDE;
    }

    /*
     * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
     * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
     */




    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
	return TOP_GAP;
    }
    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
	return SLIDER;
    }
    if (y < fieldlength){
	return BOTTOM_GAP;
    }
    if (y < fieldlength + arrowSize) {
	return TOP_ARROW;
    }
    return BOTTOM_ARROW;

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateControlValues --
 *
 *	This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to
 *	display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the
 *	key interface to the Mac-native * scrollbar; the Unix bindings
 *	drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has
 *	to do is redraw itself.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The Macintosh control is updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateControlValues(
		    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)		/* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    double dViewSize;
    HIRect  contrlRect;
    int variant;
    short width, height;

    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    NSRect frame;
    frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
		       Tk_Height(tkwin));
    frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
    frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);

    contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
    info.bounds = contrlRect;

    width = contrlRect.size.width;
    height = contrlRect.size.height;

    variant = contrlRect.size.width < metrics[0].width ? 1 : 0;

    /*
     * Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
     * have been computed.
     */

    info.bounds = contrlRect;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {







|





|

<


|
<
|

|
|
|
|
<
|

<


|







>
>
>

|


|

|
|

<
<
|
|
>









|




















<
















<
<







373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387

388
389
390

391
392
393
394
395
396

397
398

399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420


421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453

454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469


470
471
472
473
474
475
476
int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{

   /*
   * Using code from tkUnixScrlbr.c because Unix scroll bindings are
   * driving the display at the script level. All the Mac scrollbar
   * has to do is re-draw itself.
   */

    int length, width, tmp;
    register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;


    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
  	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);

  	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    } else {
  	tmp = x;
  	x = y;
  	y = tmp;
  	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);

  	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    }


    if (x<inset || x>=width-inset || y<inset || y>=length-inset) {
  	return OUTSIDE;
    }

    /*
     * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
     * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
     */

    if (y < inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength) {
  	return TOP_ARROW;
    }
    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
  	return TOP_GAP;
    }
    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
  	return SLIDER;
    }
    if (y >= length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
  	return BOTTOM_ARROW;
    }



    return BOTTOM_GAP;

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * UpdateControlValues --
 *
 *	This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to
 *	display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the
 *	key interface to the Mac-native  scrollbar; the Unix bindings
 *	drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has
 *	to do is redraw itself.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The Macintosh control is updated.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateControlValues(
		    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)		/* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
    double dViewSize;
    HIRect  contrlRect;

    short width, height;

    NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
    CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
    NSRect frame;
    frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
		       Tk_Height(tkwin));
    frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
    frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);

    contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
    info.bounds = contrlRect;

    width = contrlRect.size.width;
    height = contrlRect.size.height;



    /*
     * Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
     * have been computed.
     */

    info.bounds = contrlRect;
    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528







529
530
531
532
533
534
535
	info.value = info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
      }
    } else {
	 info.value =  MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    }

    if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
       || height <= metrics[variant].minHeight) {
    	info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
    } else {
    	info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
    	info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |  kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
    }

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarPress --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress> events.
 *	Enters a modal loop to handle scrollbar interactions.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ScrollbarPress(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
{

  if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
    UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);







  }
  return TCL_OK;
}



/*







|













|
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>







503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
	info.value = info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
      }
    } else {
	 info.value =  MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
    }

    if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
       || height <= metrics.minHeight) {
    	info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
    } else {
    	info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
    	info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |  kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
    }

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ScrollbarPress --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>, <ButtonRelease>,
 *      <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. Scrollbar appearance is modified.
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ScrollbarPress(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
{

  if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
    UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);
    info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 1;
  }
   if (eventPtr->type == EnterNotify) {
    info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 1;
  }
  if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease || eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
    info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
  }
  return TCL_OK;
}



/*
562
563
564
565
566
567
568



569
570
571
572
573
574
	TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
	break;
    case ActivateNotify:
    case DeactivateNotify:
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    case ButtonPress:



    	ScrollbarPress(clientData, eventPtr);
	break;
    default:
	TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
    }
}







>
>
>






576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
	TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
	break;
    case ActivateNotify:
    case DeactivateNotify:
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    case ButtonPress:
    case ButtonRelease:
    case EnterNotify:
    case LeaveNotify:
    	ScrollbarPress(clientData, eventPtr);
	break;
    default:
	TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
    }
}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.

145
146
147
148
149
150
151








152
153
154
155
156








157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190







191
192
193
194
195
196
197
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);








	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);








	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Generate damage for that area of the window.

	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*
     * Generate VisibilityNotify events for window and all mapped children.
     */

    event.xany.send_event = False;
    event.xany.display = display;
    event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify;
    event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
    NotifyVisibility(macWin->winPtr, &event);







}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NotifyVisibility --
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


















|
>















>
>
>
>
>
>
>







145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    }

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
	    /*
	     * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped
	     * but we must not supply YES here.  This is because
	     * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped
	     * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing
	     * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar
	     * unresponsive.
	     */
	    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
	    if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
	    }
	    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Rebuild the container's clipping region and display
	     * the window.
	     */
	    TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr);
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xmap.window = window;
	event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
	event.xmap.event = window;
	event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window.
	 *
	 */

	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
    }

    /*
     * Generate VisibilityNotify events for window and all mapped children.
     */

    event.xany.send_event = False;
    event.xany.display = display;
    event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify;
    event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
    NotifyVisibility(macWin->winPtr, &event);

    /*
     * Make sure that subwindows get displayed.
     */

    GenerateConfigureNotify(macWin->winPtr, 1);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NotifyVisibility --
 *
243
244
245
246
247
248
249


250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281

282
283

284


285

286

287
288
289
290
291
292
293

void
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;


    XEvent event;

    display->request++;
    macWin->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr) &&
		macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);

	    if ([win isVisible]) {
		[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
		[win orderOut:NSApp];
	    }
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * Generate damage for that area of the window.

	 */


	TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);


	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);

    }

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *







>
>



<
|
|
|







|















>

|
>


>
|
>
>
|
>

>







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278

279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325

void
XUnmapWindow(
    Display *display,		/* Display. */
    Window window)		/* Window. */
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
    TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
    TkWindow *parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    XEvent event;

    display->request++;

    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
	if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
		winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
	    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);

	    if ([win isVisible]) {
		[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
		[win orderOut:NSApp];
	    }
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);

	/*
	 * We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
	 */

	event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
	event.xany.send_event = False;
	event.xany.display = display;

	event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
	event.xunmap.window = window;
	event.xunmap.event = window;
	event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
	 * to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed.
	 */

	if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
	    TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),
					 parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
	}
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr);
    }
    winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XResizeWindow --
 *
353
354
355
356
357
358
359

360
361
362
363

364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
	if (w) {

	    /* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
	     * surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
	     * unsigned ints.
	     */

	    CGFloat X = (CGFloat)x;
	    CGFloat Y = (CGFloat)y;
	    CGFloat Width = (CGFloat)width;
	    CGFloat Height = (CGFloat)height;
	    CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; 
	    CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
	    NSRect r = NSMakeRect(X + XOff,
	    			  tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
	    			  Width, Height);
	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {







>




>




|







385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
	if (w) {

	    /* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
	     * surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
	     * unsigned ints.
	     */

	    CGFloat X = (CGFloat)x;
	    CGFloat Y = (CGFloat)y;
	    CGFloat Width = (CGFloat)width;
	    CGFloat Height = (CGFloat)height;
	    CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
	    CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
	    NSRect r = NSMakeRect(X + XOff,
	    			  tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
	    			  Width, Height);
	    [w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
	}
    } else {
443
444
445
446
447
448
449

450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457

458
459
460
461
462
463
464

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr;
	} else {

	    /*
	     * Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point,
	     * we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you
	     * need the info get it from Tk_GetRootCoords, and that the
	     * toplevel sits at 0,0 when it is drawn.
	     */
	}
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: update all xOff & yOffs
	 */

	macParent = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr;
	parentBorderwidth = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width;
    }







>








>







477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

    if (Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);

	if (contWinPtr) {
	    macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr;
	} else {

	    /*
	     * Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point,
	     * we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you
	     * need the info get it from Tk_GetRootCoords, and that the
	     * toplevel sits at 0,0 when it is drawn.
	     */
	}
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: update all xOff & yOffs
	 */

	macParent = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr;
	parentBorderwidth = macWin->winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width;
    }
542
543
544
545
546
547
548

549
550
551
552
553
554
555
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}

#if 0







>







578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}

#if 0
576
577
578
579
580
581
582

583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
    } else {

	/*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}
#endif

/*







>
|







613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;

    display->request++;
    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
	TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
    } else {

        /*
	 * TODO: this should generate damage
	 */
    }
}
#endif

/*
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
	     * the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the
	     * container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one
	     * contained window in a frame, and don't support any other widgets
	     * in the frame either. This is not currently enforced, however.
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
		TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
		if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
		    ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
			    winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn,
			    rgn, rgn);
		}
		win2Ptr = winPtr;
		while ((win2Ptr = win2Ptr->nextPtr)) {
		    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(win2Ptr) || !Tk_IsMapped(win2Ptr)) {







|
|







803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
	     * the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the
	     * container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one
	     * contained window in a frame, and don't support any other widgets
	     * in the frame either. This is not currently enforced, however.
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
		if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
		    TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
		    ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
			    winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn,
			    rgn, rgn);
		}
		win2Ptr = winPtr;
		while ((win2Ptr = win2Ptr->nextPtr)) {
		    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(win2Ptr) || !Tk_IsMapped(win2Ptr)) {
847
848
849
850
851
852
853

854
855
856
857
858
859
860
		if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(diffRgn)) {
		    macWin->visRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
		}
		CFRelease(diffRgn);
	    }
	    CFRelease(rgn);
	} else {

	    /*
	     * An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any
	     * (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming
	     * visible. [Bug 940117]
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {







>







885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
		if (!HIShapeIsEmpty(diffRgn)) {
		    macWin->visRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
		}
		CFRelease(diffRgn);
	    }
	    CFRelease(rgn);
	} else {

	    /*
	     * An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any
	     * (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming
	     * visible. [Bug 940117]
	     */

	    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113

1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
    Drawable drawable)
{

    /*
     * will probably need to fix this up for embedding
     */

    return TkMacOSXDrawableView((MacDrawable *) drawable);
}








>







1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
    Drawable drawable)
{

    /*
     * will probably need to fix this up for embedding
     */

    return TkMacOSXDrawableView((MacDrawable *) drawable);
}

1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293

1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int deltaX,
    int deltaY)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) {

	/*
	 * We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset
	 * information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will
	 * usually only happen when a mapped parent is being moved but has
	 * child windows that have yet to be mapped.)
	 */








>







1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    int deltaX,
    int deltaY)
{
    TkWindow *childPtr;

    if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) {

	/*
	 * We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset
	 * information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will
	 * usually only happen when a mapped parent is being moved but has
	 * child windows that have yet to be mapped.)
	 */

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#endif
*/







>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#endif
*/
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification @"NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification"
#define NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification  @"NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification"
#endif
#endif

extern BOOL opaqueTag;

@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);







<
<
<
<

<
|
<







38
39
40
41
42
43
44




45

46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;




#endif




@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)

- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87

- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
	    isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];

    if (movedOnly) {
	/* constraining to screen after move not needed with AppKit */
    }

    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	NSRect bounds = [w frame];







|
<
<
<
<







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71




72
73
74
75
76
77
78

- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
			 isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];





    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	NSRect bounds = [w frame];
97
98
99
100
101
102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
	if (!movedOnly && (winPtr->changes.width != bounds.size.width ||
		winPtr->changes.height !=  bounds.size.height)) {
	    width = bounds.size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
	    height = bounds.size.height - wmPtr->yInParent;
	    flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Propagate geometry changes immediately.
	     */

	    flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY;
	}
	TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags);







>







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
	if (!movedOnly && (winPtr->changes.width != bounds.size.width ||
		winPtr->changes.height !=  bounds.size.height)) {
	    width = bounds.size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
	    height = bounds.size.height - wmPtr->yInParent;
	    flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Propagate geometry changes immediately.
	     */

	    flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY;
	}
	TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags);
120
121
122
123
124
125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state =
		TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ? ZoomState : NormalState;
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Process all Tk events generated by Tk_MapWindow().
	     */

	    while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(0)) {}
	    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}








>







112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state =
		TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ? ZoomState : NormalState;
	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {

	    /*
	     * Process all Tk events generated by Tk_MapWindow().
	     */

	    while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(0)) {}
	    while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}

174
175
176
177
178
179
180

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
    /*
     * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window,
     * so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
     */

    return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS

- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}







>







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
    /*
     * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window,
     * so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
     */

    return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}


#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS

- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
214
215
216
217
218
219
220


221
222
223
224
225
226
227
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
}


#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */

- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];

#define observe(n, s) \







>
>







208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
    NSWindow *w = [notification object];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);

    if (winPtr) {
	//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
}


#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */

- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
{
    NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];

#define observe(n, s) \
237
238
239
240
241
242
243

244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
    observe(NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
    observe(NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
    observe(NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification, windowMapped:);
    observe(NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification, windowBecameVisible:);
    observe(NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification, windowUnmapped:);
#endif
#undef observe

}
@end

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)

- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
}

- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    TkSuspendClipboard();
}

- (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif







>




















<







233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260

261
262
263
264
265
266
267
    observe(NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
    observe(NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
    observe(NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification, windowMapped:);
    observe(NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification, windowBecameVisible:);
    observe(NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification, windowUnmapped:);
#endif
#undef observe

}
@end

#pragma mark TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)

@implementation TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)

- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
    [NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
}

- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif

}

- (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GenerateUpdates --
 *
 *	Given a Macintosh update region and a Tk window this function geneates
 *	a X Expose event for the window if it is within the update region. The
 *	function will then recursivly have each damaged window generate Expose
 *	events for its child windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:







|







296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GenerateUpdates --
 *
 *	Given a Macintosh update region and a Tk window this function geneates
 *	an X Expose event for the window if it meets the update region. The
 *	function will then recursivly have each damaged window generate Expose
 *	events for its child windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
	return 0;
    }
    if (!HIShapeIntersectsRect(updateRgn, &bounds)) {
	return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Compute the bounding box of the area that the damage occured in.
     */

    boundsRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
    damageRgn = HIShapeCreateIntersection(updateRgn, boundsRgn);
    if (HIShapeIsEmpty(damageRgn)) {
	CFRelease(damageRgn);
	CFRelease(boundsRgn);







|







329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
	return 0;
    }
    if (!HIShapeIntersectsRect(updateRgn, &bounds)) {
	return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Compute the bounding box of the area that the damage occurred in.
     */

    boundsRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
    damageRgn = HIShapeCreateIntersection(updateRgn, boundsRgn);
    if (HIShapeIsEmpty(damageRgn)) {
	CFRelease(damageRgn);
	CFRelease(boundsRgn);
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x - bounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y - bounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_HandleEvent(&event);

    #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
    #endif

    /*
     * Generate updates for the children of this window
     */

    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {







|

|


|







354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x - bounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y - bounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
#endif

    /*
     * Generate updates for the children of this window
     */

    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
580
581
582
583
584
585
586

587
588
589
590

591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601

602
603
604
605

606
607
608
609
610
611
612
	    wmPtr->x = x;
	    wmPtr->y = y;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
	}
	if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
		((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
	    if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
			+ (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
		if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
		    wmPtr->width = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->width = width;
	    }

	    if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
			+ (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
		if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
		    wmPtr->height = 0;
		}
	    } else {







>




>











>




>







576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
	    wmPtr->x = x;
	    wmPtr->y = y;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
	}
	if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
		((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
	    if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
			+ (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
		if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
		    wmPtr->width = 0;
		}
	    } else {
		wmPtr->width = width;
	    }

	    if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {

		/*
		 * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it
		 * from what the widgets asked for.
		 */

	    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
		wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
			+ (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
		if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
		    wmPtr->height = 0;
		}
	    } else {
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{
    Boolean isFrontProcess = true;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
    ProcessSerialNumber frontPsn, ourPsn = {0, kCurrentProcess};

    if (noErr == GetFrontProcess(&frontPsn)){
	SameProcess(&frontPsn, &ourPsn, &isFrontProcess);
    }
#else
    isFrontProcess = [NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active;
#endif
    return (isFrontProcess == true);
}

#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







745
746
747
748
749
750
751








752


753
754
755
756
757
758
759
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{








    return ([NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active == true);


}

#pragma mark TKContentView

#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>

/*
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856

857
858
859
860
861

862
863
864

865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872


873
874
875
876
877
878

879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893



894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907


908
909


910
911
912

913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926

927
928
929
930
931

932


933


934


935
936
937

938



939
940
941
942
943
944
945












946

947



948











































949
950
951

952
953
954
955
956
957
958
    HIMutableShapeRef drawShape = HIShapeCreateMutable();

    while (rectsBeingDrawnCount--) {
	CGRect r = NSRectToCGRect(*rectsBeingDrawn++);
	r.origin.y = height - (r.origin.y + r.size.height);
	HIShapeUnionWithRect(drawShape, &r);
    }
    if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
	[self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape];
    } else {
	[self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(generateExposeEvents:)
		withObject:(id)drawShape waitUntilDone:NO
		modes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects:NSRunLoopCommonModes,

			NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode, NSModalPanelRunLoopMode,
			nil]];
    }

    CFRelease(drawShape);
}

-(void) setFrameSize: (NSSize)newsize
{
    [super setFrameSize: newsize];
    if ([self inLiveResize]) {
	NSWindow *w = [self window];
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
	Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
	unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width;
	unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height;
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;


	/* This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
	 * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */
	[NSApp setPoolProtected:YES];


	/*
	 * Try to prevent flickers and flashes.

	 */
	[w disableFlushWindow];
	NSDisableScreenUpdates();

	/* Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.*/
	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);


	 /* Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.*/


	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
			      TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
    	oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_X_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);


	/* Now that Tk has configured all subwindows we can create the clip regions. */
	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 1);
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(tkwin);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);

	 /* Finally, generate and process expose events to redraw the window. */
	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_ALL_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	[w enableFlushWindow];
	[w flushWindowIfNeeded];
	NSEnableScreenUpdates();
	[NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
    }



}

/*
 * As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
 * resize, we redraw the window one more time at the end of the resize
 * operation.
 */

- (void)viewDidEndLiveResize
{
    HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
    HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
    [super viewDidEndLiveResize];
    [self generateExposeEvents: shape];


}



/* Core method of this class: generates expose events for redrawing.  If the
 * Tcl_ServiceMode is set to TCL_SERVICE_ALL then the expose events will be
 * immediately removed from the Tcl event loop and processed.  Typically, they

 * should be queued, however.
 */
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
{
    [self generateExposeEvents:shape childrenOnly:0];
}

- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
		 childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
    unsigned long serial;
    CGRect updateBounds;
    int updatesNeeded;


    if (!winPtr) {
		return;
    }


    /* Generate Tk Expose events. */


    HIShapeGetBounds(shape, &updateBounds);


    /* All of these events will share the same serial number. */


    serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    updatesNeeded = GenerateUpdates(shape, &updateBounds, winPtr);


    /* Process the Expose events if the service mode is TCL_SERVICE_ALL */



    if (updatesNeeded && Tcl_GetServiceMode() == TCL_SERVICE_ALL) {
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ExposeRestrictProc,
						     UINT2PTR(serial), &oldArg);
    	while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {}
    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);
    }












}





/*











































 * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget,
 * but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
 */

- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd);
#endif
    XVirtualEvent event;
    int x, y;







<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<















>
|



|
>


<
>

<
<

<


>
|
>
>



<


>
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
|
<
|

<
<
|
|
<
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
<
|
>
|

<
|
<
<
<

<

<



>





>
|
>
>

>
>
|
>
>



>
|
>
>
>
|



|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>







814
815
816
817
818
819
820

821









822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845

846
847


848

849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857

858
859
860
861



862









863
864
865
866
867

868

869

870
871


872
873

874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881

882
883
884
885

886



887

888

889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
    HIMutableShapeRef drawShape = HIShapeCreateMutable();

    while (rectsBeingDrawnCount--) {
	CGRect r = NSRectToCGRect(*rectsBeingDrawn++);
	r.origin.y = height - (r.origin.y + r.size.height);
	HIShapeUnionWithRect(drawShape, &r);
    }

    [self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape];









    CFRelease(drawShape);
}

-(void) setFrameSize: (NSSize)newsize
{
    [super setFrameSize: newsize];
    if ([self inLiveResize]) {
	NSWindow *w = [self window];
	TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
	Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
	unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width;
	unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height;
	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;

	/*
	 * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
	 * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
	 * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
	 */

	[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];

	/*

	 * Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.
	 */




	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);

	 /*
	  * Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.
	  */

	TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
			      TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
    	oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);

    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);

	/*
	 * Now that Tk has configured all subwindows, create the clip regions.



	 */










	TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 1);
	TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(tkwin);
	TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);


	 /*

	  * Finally, generate and process expose events to redraw the window.

	  */



	HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
	HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);

	[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
	[w displayIfNeeded];
	[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
    }
}

/*
 * Core method of this class: generates expose events for redrawing.  The

 * expose events are immediately removed from the Tcl event loop and processed.
 * This causes drawing procedures to be scheduled as idle events.  Then all
 * pending idle events are processed so the drawing will actually take place.
 */





- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape

{

    unsigned long serial;
    CGRect updateBounds;
    int updatesNeeded;
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);

    if (!winPtr) {
		return;
    }

    /*
     * Generate Tk Expose events.
     */

    HIShapeGetBounds(shape, &updateBounds);

    /*
     * All of these events will share the same serial number.
     */

    serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    updatesNeeded = GenerateUpdates(shape, &updateBounds, winPtr);

    if (updatesNeeded) {

	/*
	 * First process all of the Expose events.
	 */

	ClientData oldArg;
    	Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ExposeRestrictProc,
						     UINT2PTR(serial), &oldArg);
    	while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {};
    	Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);

	/*
	 * Starting with OSX 10.14, which uses Core Animation to draw windows,
	 * all drawing must be done within the drawRect method.  (The CGContext
	 * which draws to the backing CALayer is created by the NSView before
	 * calling drawRect, and destroyed when drawRect returns.  Drawing done
	 * with the current CGContext outside of the drawRect method has no
	 * effect.)
	 *
	 * Fortunately, Tk schedules all drawing to be done while Tcl is idle.
	 * So we can do the drawing by processing all of the idle events that
	 * were created when the expose events were processed.
	 */

	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {}
    }
}


/*
 * These two methods allow Tk to register a virtual event which fires when the
 * appearance changes on 10.14.
 */

- (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance
{
    [self updateAppearanceEvent];
}

- (void) updateAppearanceEvent
{
    NSString *osxMode = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AppleInterfaceStyle"];
    NSWindow *w = [self window];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
    XVirtualEvent event;
    int x, y;
    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
    bzero(&event, sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
    event.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
    event.send_event = false;
    event.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
    event.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    event.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
    event.subwindow = None;
    event.time = TkpGetMS();
    XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
    		  &event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state);
    Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y);
    event.same_screen = true;
    if (osxMode == nil) {
	event.name = Tk_GetUid("LightAqua");
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	return;
    }
    if ([osxMode isEqual:@"Dark"]) {
	event.name = Tk_GetUid("DarkAqua");
	Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	return;
    }
}

/*
 * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget,
 * but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
 */

- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
    TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd);
#endif
    XVirtualEvent event;
    int x, y;
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
    event.name = Tk_GetUid("ToolbarButton");
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];

    if (opaqueTag) {
      return YES;
	} else {

     return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);
    }
}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}








<
<
<
<
<
|

<







1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017





1018
1019

1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
    event.name = Tk_GetUid("ToolbarButton");
    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}

- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
    NSWindow *w = [self window];





      return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
    	    ![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);

}

- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
    return NO;
}

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.

 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"


#define DEBUG_ZOMBIES 0

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_WINDOWS
#endif












>










>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
/*
 * tkMacOSXWm.c --
 *
 *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
 *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
 *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
 *	manager.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
 * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
 * Copyright (c) 2017 Marc Culler.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#include "tkMacOSXConstants.h"

#define DEBUG_ZOMBIES 0

/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_WINDOWS
#endif
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)

/*Objects for use in setting background color and opacity of window.*/
NSColor *colorName = NULL;
BOOL opaqueTag = FALSE;

static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },







<
<
<







51
52
53
54
55
56
57



58
59
60
61
62
63
64
	| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute  | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
	| kWindowNoShadowAttribute	    | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
	| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute   | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
	| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute	    | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
	| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute	    | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
	| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute	    | tkHUDWindowAttribute)





static const struct {
    const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
    int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
    [kAlertWindowClass] = {
	.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
















236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
@end
#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
@end
















#endif

#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */







<
















<

















|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198

199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
 * Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
 */

static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;



#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)

/*
 * Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
 */

@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}

#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
    NSRect pointrect;
    pointrect.origin = point;
    pointrect.size.width = 0;
    pointrect.size.height = 0;
    return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
#endif

- (NSSize)windowWillResize:(NSWindow *)sender
                    toSize:(NSSize)frameSize
{
    NSRect currentFrame = [sender frame];
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(sender);
    if (winPtr) {
	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
	    frameSize.width = currentFrame.size.width;
	}
	if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
	    frameSize.height = currentFrame.size.height;
	}
    }
    return frameSize;
}
@end

#pragma mark -


/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384

385































386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397


398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1060
#define TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD 1
#endif

#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
@interface NSWindow(TkWm)
- (void) setCanCycle: (BOOL) canCycleFlag;
@end
#endif

@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow































@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{
    static int xcount = 0;
    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);







<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<






>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>

















<







373
374
375
376
377
378
379




380
381






382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451

452
453
454
455
456
457
458
static void		GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
			    int *minHeightPtr);
static void		GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
			    int *maxHeightPtr);
static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
			    MacDrawable *parentWin);





#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)







@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
    id _i1, _i2;
}
@end


@implementation TKWindow: NSWindow
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
/*
 * Override automatic fullscreen button on >10.12 because system fullscreen API
 * confuses Tk window geometry. Custom implementation setting fullscreen status using
 * Tk API and NSStatusItem in menubar to exit fullscreen status.
 */

NSStatusItem *exitFullScreen;

- (void)toggleFullScreen:(id)sender
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);
    Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp((Tk_Window)winPtr);

    if (([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) == NSFullScreenWindowMask) {
    	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 0, interp);
    } else {
    	TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 1, interp);
    }
}

-(void)restoreOldScreen:(id)sender {

    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);
    Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp((Tk_Window)winPtr);

    TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, self, 0, interp);
    [[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar] removeStatusItem: exitFullScreen];
}

#endif
@end

@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)

- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
    TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);

    return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
	    kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
	    kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}



#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
    id result = [super retain];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
    }
    return result;
}

- (id) autorelease
{

    id result = [super autorelease];
    const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
    if (title == nil) {
	title = "unnamed window";
    }
    if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
	printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
763
764
765
766
767
768
769




770
771
772
773
774
775
776

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);





}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *







>
>
>
>







799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816

    /*
     * Map the window.
     */

    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);

    /*Add window to Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmUnmapWindow --
 *
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894




895

896
897
898
899
900










901
902

903
904









905
906
907
908
909
910
911
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
        [window release];




	wmPtr->window = NULL;


	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	if ( [windows count] > 0 ) {
	    NSWindow *front = [windows objectAtIndex:0];










	    if ( front && [front canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
		[front makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];

	    }
	}









	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }







<
<
<
<
<









|
>
>
>
>

>



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







913
914
915
916
917
918
919





920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
    NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;

    if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
	NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
	if (parent) {
	    [parent removeChildWindow:window];
	}





#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	{
	    const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
	    if (title == nil) {
		title = "unnamed window";
	    }
	    printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
	}
#endif
	[window close];
	TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
        if (winPtr->window) {
            ((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
        }
	wmPtr->window = NULL;
        [window release];

	/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
	NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
	for (id nswindow in windows) {
	    TkWindow *winPtr2 = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(nswindow);
	    if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
		WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
		BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState ||
				  wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);
		/*
		 * If no windows are left on the screen and the next
		 * window is iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to
		 * make it be the KeyWindow because that would cause
		 * it to be displayed on the screen.
		 */
		if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
		    [nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	/*
	 * Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
	 * be deallocated.  But don't do this for the root window as that is
	 * unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
	 */
	if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
	    while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
	}
	[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];

#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
	fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
	[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
    }
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {







|







1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
    const char *errorMsg;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324

2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344


2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357




2358
2359

2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371




2372
2373
2374
2375

2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does. Not yet
 *	implemented for OS X.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
    int i, width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
     * buffer large enough to hold all images.
     */





    for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {

	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
	if (photo == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
    }

    /*




     * TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for
     * now.
     */


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --







|
<






>












|
|



|


>
>




|




|
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
>







2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377

2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416

2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433

2434
2435

2436
2437
2438
2439
2440


2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconphotoCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
 *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Image tk_icon;
    int width, height, isDefault = 0;

    if (objc < 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			 "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

     /*Parse args.*/
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	isDefault = 1;
	if (objc == 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
			     "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

     /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not

     support multiple images in Tk photos.*/
    char *icon;
    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
    }	else {
	icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    }

    /*Get image and convert to NSImage that can be displayed as icon.*/
    tk_icon = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, icon, NULL, NULL);
    if (tk_icon == NULL) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	      "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
	      icon));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    NSImage *newIcon;

    Tk_SizeOfImage(tk_icon, &width, &height);
    newIcon = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(winPtr->display, tk_icon, width, height);
    Tk_FreeImage(tk_icon);
    if (newIcon == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;


    }
    [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: newIcon];
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmIconpositionCmd --
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895


2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906

2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
	prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }


	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;

	strcpy(protPtr->command, cmd);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







>
>






|




>







2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
	prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    if (protPtr->command)
		ckfree(protPtr->command);
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ProtocolHandler));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	protPtr->command = ckalloc(cmdLength+1);
	strcpy(protPtr->command, cmd);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394








3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424

3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
    } else {
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








	Tk_MakeWindowExist(master);

	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) master)->wmInfoPtr;

	/* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here */
	if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if ((TkWindow *) master == winPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr->master = Tk_WindowId(master);
	masterWindowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);

	if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = ckalloc(length+1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->masterWindowName, masterWindowName);
    }
    ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|









|
<









|






|
|
>







3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483

3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
    } else {
	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	TkWindow* masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master;
	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
            /*
             * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
             */

            masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
        }
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)masterPtr);

	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;

	/* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here */
	if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	wmPtr->master = Tk_WindowId(masterPtr);
	masterWindowName = masterPtr->pathName;
	length = strlen(masterWindowName);
	if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
	}
	wmPtr->masterWindowName = ckalloc(length+1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->masterWindowName, masterWindowName);
    }
    ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474




3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);




    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */







>
>
>
>







3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
    /*Remove window from Window menu.*/
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    [win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
 * Schedules a geometry update.
 */
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227

	    /*
	     * The container window is in the same application. Query its
	     * coordinates.
	     */

	    winPtr = otherPtr;

	    /*
	     * Remember to offset by the container window here, since at the
	     * end of this if branch, we will pop out to the container's
	     * parent...
	     */

	    x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
	    y += winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
	}
	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    }
    *xPtr = x;
    *yPtr = y;
}








|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294








4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301

	    /*
	     * The container window is in the same application. Query its
	     * coordinates.
	     */

	    winPtr = otherPtr;
            continue;








	}
	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
    }
    *xPtr = x;
    *yPtr = y;
}

4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635



4636
4637
4638
4639




4640










4641
4642



4643
4644



4645
4646
4647
4648
4649

4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656

4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSInteger otherMacWindowNumber;




    /*
     * Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped.
     */















    if (winPtr->window == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);



    }
    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {



	/*
	 * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
	 * (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on
	 * the screen.
	 */


	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);

    /*
     * Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to.

     */

    if (otherPtr != NULL) {
	if (otherPtr->window == None) {
	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
	}
	if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
	    TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
	}
	otherMacWindowNumber = [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window)
		windowNumber];
    } else {
	otherMacWindowNumber = 0;
    }
    [macWindow orderWindow:(aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow)
	    relativeTo:otherMacWindowNumber];
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *







|
>
>
>


|

>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
<
<
|
>
|
<

<


|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732

4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742


4743
4744
4745

4746

4747
4748
4749
4750
4751













4752

4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
				 * must be Above or Below. */
    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
				 * below *all* siblings. */
{
    NSWindow *macWindow;
    NSWindow *otherMacWindow;
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int macAboveBelow = (aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow);
    int otherNumber = 0; /* 0 will be used when otherPtr is NULL. */

    /*
     * If the Tk windows has no drawable, or is withdrawn do nothing.
     */
    if (winPtr->window == None ||
	wmPtr == NULL          ||
	wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
    }
    macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
    if (macWindow == nil) {
	return;
    }
    if (otherPtr) {
	/*
	 * When otherPtr is non-NULL, if the other window has no
	 * drawable or is withdrawn, do nothing.
	 */
	WmInfo *otherWmPtr = otherPtr->wmInfoPtr;
	if (winPtr->window == None ||

	    otherWmPtr == NULL     ||
	    otherWmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
	return;
	}
	otherMacWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window);
	if (otherMacWindow == nil) {
	    return;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * If the other window is OK, get its number.


	     */
	    otherNumber = [otherMacWindow windowNumber];
	}

    }


    /*
     * Just let the Mac window manager deal with all the subtleties
     * of keeping track of off-screen windows, etc.
     */













    [macWindow orderWindow:macAboveBelow relativeTo:otherNumber];

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
 *
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110

5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
 *
 *	Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
 *	dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon zoom state, we
 *	cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a







|
|

















>







5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
 *
 *	Ask Cocoa if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
 *	dragging & growing a window can change the Cocoa zoom state, we
 *	cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
 *
 * Results:
 *	True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
    TkWindow *winPtr)
{
    return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed];
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
 *
 *	The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156

5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
	return false;
    }

    /*
     * Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
     */

    if (![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn)) {
	return false;
    }
    [window zoom:NSApp];

    wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
	    (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUnsupported1Cmd --







|


|
>
|
|







5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
	return false;
    }

    /*
     * Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
     */

    if ((![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn))) {
	return false;
    }
      [window zoom:NSApp];

     wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
    	    (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
    return true;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUnsupported1Cmd --
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index, i;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Iterate through objc/objv to set correct background color and toggle
     * opacity of window.
     */

    for (i= 0; i < objc; i++) {
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*black*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blackColor];	// use #000000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*dark*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor darkGrayColor]; //use #545454 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*light*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor lightGrayColor]; //use #ababab in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*white*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor whiteColor];	//use #ffffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "gray*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor grayColor];	//use #7f7f7f in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*red*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor redColor];	//use #ff0000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*green*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor greenColor];	//use #00ff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*blue*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor blueColor];	//use #0000ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*cyan*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor cyanColor];	//use #00ffff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*yellow*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor yellowColor];	//use #ffff00 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*magenta*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor magentaColor];	//use #ff00ff in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*orange*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor orangeColor];	//use #ff8000 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*purple*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor purpleColor];	//use #800080 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*brown*")){
    	    colorName = [NSColor brownColor];	//use #996633 in Tk scripts to match
    	} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*clear*")) {
    	    colorName = [NSColor clearColor];	//use systemTransparent in Tk scripts to match
    	}
    	if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*opacity*")) {
    	    opaqueTag = YES;
    	}
    }

    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {







|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284









































5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
	"style", NULL
    };
    enum SubCmds {
	TKMWS_STYLE
    };
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    int index;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }











































    winPtr = (TkWindow *)
	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
    if (winPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
    [window setAutodisplay:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }


    /* Set background color and opacity of window if those flags are set.  */
    if (colorName != NULL) {
    	[window setBackgroundColor: colorName];
    }

    if (opaqueTag) {
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    	[window setOpaque: opaqueTag];
#else
	[window setOpaque: YES];
#endif
    }

    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;







|





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664














5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
    [window setAutodisplay:NO];
    if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
	[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
    }
    if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
	    !(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
        /*
	 * Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Textured windows are draggable
	 *                               from opaque content.
	 */
	[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
    }















    [window setDocumentEdited:NO];
    wmPtr->window = window;
    macWin->view = window.contentView;
    TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);

    NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
    geometry.size.width +=  structureRect.size.width;
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279




6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
	if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowResizableAttribute |
		kWindowFullZoomAttribute)) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsResizeIndicator:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute)];
	    [[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowZoomButton]
		    setEnabled:(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) &&
		    (newAttributes & kWindowFullZoomAttribute)];
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
		wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE |
			WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
	    } else {
		wmPtr->flags |= (WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE |




			WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
	    }
	    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsToolbarButton:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute)];
	    if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) &&







|
|
<

|
>
>
>
>
|







6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303

6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
	if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowResizableAttribute |
		kWindowFullZoomAttribute)) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsResizeIndicator:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute)];
	    [[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowZoomButton]
		    setEnabled:(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) &&
		    (newAttributes & kWindowFullZoomAttribute)];
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowHorizontalZoomAttribute) {
		wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE);

	    } else {
		wmPtr->flags |= (WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE);
	    }
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowVerticalZoomAttribute) {
		wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
	    } else {
		wmPtr->flags |= (WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
	    }
	    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
	}
	if ((changedAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) || initial) {
	    [macWindow setShowsToolbarButton:
		    !!(newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute)];
	    if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) &&
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }
#endif
	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
	    if (((changedAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) || initial)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
		    && tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion < 1060
#endif
	    ) {
		[macWindow setCanCycle:
			!(newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute)];
	    }
#endif
	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}







<





<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357

6358
6359
6360
6361
6362

6363










6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
		initial) {
	    NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
	    if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
	    } else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
	    }

	    if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
	    } else {
		b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
	    }

	    [macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];










	}
	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
	    [macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
		    kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
		    [NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
		    kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
	}
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/

    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.







<

|







6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494

6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
    TkWindow *winPtr,
    NSWindow *window,
    int fullscreen,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);

    static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;


    if (fullscreen) {
	int screenWidth =  WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
	int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));

	/*
	 * Check max width and height if set by the user.
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500

6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531










6532


6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542

6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555

6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
			" width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FULLSCREEN",
			"CONSTRAINT_FAILURE", NULL);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
	} else {

	    NSRect bounds = [window contentRectForFrameRect:[window frame]];
	    NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight);

	    if (!NSEqualRects(bounds, screenBounds) && !wasFullscreen) {
		wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
		wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
		wmPtr->configAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
		wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowResizableAttribute;
		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window,
			wmPtr->configAttributes, wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
			screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	/*
	 * We can't set these features on Leopard or earlier, as they don't
	 * exist (neither options nor API that uses them). This formally means
	 * that there's a bug with full-screen windows with Tk on old OSX, but
	 * it isn't worth blocking a build just for this.
	 */

	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
	                          | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];










#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/


    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;

#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {

	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),
		wmPtr->xInParent + wmPtr->configWidth,
		wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight);

	wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes &
		kWindowResizableAttribute;
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes,
		wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:bounds] display:YES];
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;

    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>












|





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>


<
<


<



>













>







6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536








6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556


6557
6558

6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
			" width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FULLSCREEN",
			"CONSTRAINT_FAILURE", NULL);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
	} else {
	    Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	    NSRect bounds = [window contentRectForFrameRect:[window frame]];
	    NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight);

	    if (!NSEqualRects(bounds, screenBounds) && !wasFullscreen) {
		wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
		wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
		wmPtr->configAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
		wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowResizableAttribute;
		ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window,
			wmPtr->configAttributes, wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
		wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
		[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
					   screenBounds] display:YES];
		wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	    }
	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
	}









	prevMask = [window styleMask];
	prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
	[window setStyleMask: NSFullScreenWindowMask];
	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock | NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];

	/*Fullscreen implementation for 10.13 and later.*/
	#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
	exitFullScreen = [[[NSStatusBar systemStatusBar]
				   statusItemWithLength:NSVariableStatusItemLength] retain];
	NSImage *exitIcon = [NSImage imageNamed:@"NSExitFullScreenTemplate"];
	[exitFullScreen setImage:exitIcon];
	[exitFullScreen setHighlightMode:YES];
	[exitFullScreen setToolTip:@"Exit Full Screen"];
	[exitFullScreen setTarget:window];
	[exitFullScreen setAction:@selector(restoreOldScreen:)];
	#endif

	Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    } else {
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;


	[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
	[window setStyleMask: prevMask];

    }

    if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
	Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
	UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
	NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
		(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),
		wmPtr->xInParent + wmPtr->configWidth,
		wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight);

	wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes &
		kWindowResizableAttribute;
	ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes,
		wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
	[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:bounds] display:YES];
	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
       Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.h.

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
    Atom protocol;		/* Identifies the protocol. */
    struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
				 * same top-level window, or NULL for end of
				 * list. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    char command[4];		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((unsigned) (sizeof(ProtocolHandler) - 3 + cmdLength))

/*
 * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
 * information for each top-level window in an application.
 */

typedef struct TkWmInfo {







|






<
<







25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38


39
40
41
42
43
44
45
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
    Atom protocol;		/* Identifies the protocol. */
    struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
				/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
				 * same top-level window, or NULL for end of
				 * list. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    char* command;		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;




/*
 * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
 * information for each top-level window in an application.
 */

typedef struct TkWmInfo {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42

43
44
45


46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0;
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0;

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */


static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL;
				/* Macintosh display. */
static const char *macScreenName = ":0";


				/* Default name of macintosh display. */

/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);

/*
 * Other declarations
 */

static int		DestroyImage(XImage *image);
static unsigned long	ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
static int		ImagePutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y,
			    unsigned long pixel);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated







>

|

>
>
|









<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58








59
60
61
62
63
64
65
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0;
CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0;

/*
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

/* The unique Macintosh display. */
static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL;
/* The default name of the Macintosh display. */
static const char *macScreenName = ":0";
/* Timestamp showing the last reset of the inactivity timer. */
static Time lastInactivityReset = 0;


/*
 * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
 */

static XID		MacXIdAlloc(Display *display);
static int		DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display,
			    XErrorEvent *err_evt);










/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged --
 *
 *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 10100
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
	snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
		NSAppKitVersionNumber);
    }
    display->vendor = vendor;
    {
	int major, minor, patch;

#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1080
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
	Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
	NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
	major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
	minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;

    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*







>







199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
    screen->ext_data	= (XExtData *) &maxBounds;

    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
    screen->root_visual->visualid     = 0;
    screen->root_visual->class	      = TrueColor;
    screen->root_visual->alpha_mask   = 0xFF000000;
    screen->root_visual->red_mask     = 0x00FF0000;
    screen->root_visual->green_mask   = 0x0000FF00;
    screen->root_visual->blue_mask    = 0x000000FF;
    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
    screen->root_visual->map_entries  = 256;

    /*
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
    XImage *image)
{
    return 0;
}

XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}








<
<
<
<
<
<
<







375
376
377
378
379
380
381







382
383
384
385
386
387
388
    Display * display,
    Atom atom)
{
    display->request++;
    return NULL;
}








XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
    XErrorHandler handler)
{
    return DefaultErrorHandler;
}

524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
XClearWindow(
    Display* display,
    Window w)
{
}

/*
void
XDrawPoint(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
}

void
XDrawPoints(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint* points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)







|









|







513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
XClearWindow(
    Display* display,
    Window w)
{
}

/*
int
XDrawPoint(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
}

int
XDrawPoints(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint* points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
     * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
     * is!
     */

    display->request++;
}

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,
    XID xid)
{
    /* no-op function needed for stubs implementation. */
}

int
XSync(
    Display *display,
    Bool flag)
{
    TkMacOSXFlushWindows();
    display->request++;







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







666
667
668
669
670
671
672








673
674
675
676
677
678
679
     * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
     * is!
     */

    display->request++;
}









int
XSync(
    Display *display,
    Bool flag)
{
    TkMacOSXFlushWindows();
    display->request++;
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}

#pragma mark XImage handling

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XCreateImage --
 *
 *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XCreateImage(
    Display* display,
    Visual* visual,
    unsigned int depth,
    int format,
    int offset,
    char* data,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    int bitmap_pad,
    int bytes_per_line)
{
    XImage *ximage;
    display->request++;
    ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));

    ximage->height = height;
    ximage->width = width;
    ximage->depth = depth;
    ximage->xoffset = offset;
    ximage->format = format;
    ximage->data = data;
    ximage->obdata = NULL;
    /* The default pixelpower is 0.  This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
     * case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
     */
    ximage->pixelpower = 0;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
    } else {
	ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
	ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
    }
    if (bitmap_pad) {
	ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
    } else {
	/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
	ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
    }
    if (bytes_per_line) {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
    } else {
	ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
		(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
		~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
    }
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
    ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
    ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
    ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
    ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
    ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
    ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
    ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
    ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
    ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
    ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
    ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;

    return ximage;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XGetImage --
 *
 *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
 *	rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
 *	constructed.  NOTE: If we are copying from a window on a Retina
 *	display, the dimensions of the XImage will be 2*width x 2*height.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

XImage *
XGetImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned int width,
    unsigned int height,
    unsigned long plane_mask,
    int format)
{
    NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep;
    NSUInteger         bitmap_fmt;
    XImage *       imagePtr = NULL;
    char *           bitmap = NULL;
    char *           image_data=NULL;
    int	        depth = 32;
    int	        offset = 0;
    int	        bitmap_pad = 0;
    int	        bytes_per_row = 4*width;
    int                size;
    MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
    NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d);
    /* This code assumes that backing scale factors are integers.  Currently
     * Retina displays use a scale factor of 2.0 and normal displays use 1.0.
     * We do not support any other values here.
     */
    int scalefactor = 1;
    if (win && [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]) { 
	scalefactor = ([win backingScaleFactor] == 2.0) ? 2 : 1;
    }
    int scaled_height = height * scalefactor;
    int scaled_width = width * scalefactor;

    if (format == ZPixmap) {
	if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
	    /* This happens all the time.
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: empty image requested");
	    */
	    return NULL;
	}

	bitmap_rep =  BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(d, x, y, width, height);
	bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];

	if ( bitmap_rep == Nil                        ||
	     (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1)     ||
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 ||
	     [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0               ) {
	    TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
	    return NULL;
	}

	NSSize image_size = NSMakeSize(width, height);
	NSImage* ns_image = [[NSImage alloc]initWithSize:image_size];
	[ns_image addRepresentation:bitmap_rep];

	/* Assume premultiplied nonplanar data with 4 bytes per pixel.*/
	if ( [bitmap_rep isPlanar ] == 0 &&
	     [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] == 4 ) {
	    bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
	    assert(bytes_per_row == 4 * scaled_width);
	    assert([bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane] == bytes_per_row * scaled_height);
	    size = bytes_per_row*scaled_height;
	    image_data = (char*)[bitmap_rep bitmapData];
	    if ( image_data ) {
		int row, n, m;
		bitmap = ckalloc(size);
		/*
		  Oddly enough, the bitmap has the top row at the beginning,
		  and the pixels are in BGRA or ABGR format.
		*/
		if (bitmap_fmt == 0) {
		    /* BGRA */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m+3);
			}
		    }
		} else {
		    /* ABGR */
		    for (row=0, n=0; row<scaled_height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
			for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
			    *(bitmap+m)   = *(image_data+m+3);
			    *(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+2);
			    *(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m+1);
			    *(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m);
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	if (bitmap) {
	    imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
				    (char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
				    bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
	    if (scalefactor == 2) {
	    	imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
	     }
	    [ns_image removeRepresentation:bitmap_rep]; /*releases the rep*/
	    [ns_image release];
	}
    } else {
	TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not extract image from drawable.");
    }
    return imagePtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DestroyImage --
 *
 *	Destroys storage associated with an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Deallocates the image.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
DestroyImage(
    XImage *image)
{
    if (image) {
	if (image->data) {
	    ckfree(image->data);
	}
	ckfree(image);
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImageGetPixel --
 *
 *	Get a single pixel from an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;

    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32: {
		r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
		g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >>  8) & 0xff;
		b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr)      ) & 0xff;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
		} else {
		    r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
		}*/
		break;
	    }
	    case 16:
		r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
		g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
		b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
		break;
	    case 8:
		r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
		g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
		b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
		r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
		g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
		b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
		r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
		g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
		b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
		break;
	}
    }
    return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImagePutPixel --
 *
 *	Set a single pixel in an image.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImagePutPixel(
    XImage *image,
    int x,
    int y,
    unsigned long pixel)
{
    if (image && image->data) {
	unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask)   >> 16) & 0xff;
	unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >>  8) & 0xff;
	unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask)       ) & 0xff;
	unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
		+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
		+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);

	switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
	    case 32:
		*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = (0xff << 24) | (r << 16) |
			(g << 8) | b;
		/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
		    dstPtr[3] = 0xff; dstPtr[2] = r; dstPtr[1] = g; dstPtr[0] = b;
		} else {
		    dstPtr[0] = 0xff; dstPtr[1] = r; dstPtr[2] = g; dstPtr[3] = b;
		}*/
		break;
	    case 16:
		*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
			((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
		break;
	    case 8:
		*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
			((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
		break;
	    case 4: {
		unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
			((b & 0x80) >> 7);
		*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
			((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
		break;
		}
	    case 1:
		*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
			(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
		break;
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







739
740
741
742
743
744
745




























































































































































































































































































































































































746
747
748
749
750
751
752
	    ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
	    VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
	    buffer2, NULL);
}





























































































































































































































































































































































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
 * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
 * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
 */

const char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Not used. */
    const char *screenName)		/* If NULL, use default string. */
{
#if 0
    if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	screenName = macScreenName;
    }
    return screenName;
#endif
    return macScreenName;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
 *







<




<
<







865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872
873
874
875


876
877
878
879
880
881
882
 */

const char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Not used. */
    const char *screenName)		/* If NULL, use default string. */
{

    if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	screenName = macScreenName;
    }
    return screenName;


}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
 *
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344









1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
    if (result != KERN_SUCCESS || props == NULL) {
	return -1l;
    }

    timeObj = CFDictionaryGetValue(props, CFSTR("HIDIdleTime"));

    if (timeObj) {
	CFTypeID type = CFGetTypeID(timeObj);

	if (type == CFDataGetTypeID()) { /* Jaguar */
	    CFDataGetBytes((CFDataRef) timeObj,
		    CFRangeMake(0, sizeof(time)), (UInt8 *) &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
	} else if (type == CFNumberGetTypeID()) { /* Panther+ */
	    CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
		    kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
	    /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
	} else {
	    ret = -1l;
	}
    }
    /* Cleanup */
    CFRelease(props);










    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<

<
<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







916
917
918
919
920
921
922









923
924
925

926



927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
    if (result != KERN_SUCCESS || props == NULL) {
	return -1l;
    }

    timeObj = CFDictionaryGetValue(props, CFSTR("HIDIdleTime"));

    if (timeObj) {









	    CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
		    kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
	    /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */

	    ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);



    }
    /* Cleanup */
    CFRelease(props);

    /*
     * If the idle time reported by the system is larger than the elapsed
     * time since the last reset, return the elapsed time.
     */
    long elapsed = (long)(TkpGetMS() - lastInactivityReset);
    if (ret > elapsed) {
    	ret = elapsed;
    }

    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{
    IOGPoint loc;
    kern_return_t kr;
    NXEvent nullEvent = {NX_NULLEVENT, {0, 0}, 0, -1, 0};
    enum { kNULLEventPostThrottle = 10 };
    static io_connect_t io_connection = MACH_PORT_NULL;

    if (io_connection == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	io_service_t service = IOServiceGetMatchingService(
		kIOMasterPortDefault, IOServiceMatching(kIOHIDSystemClass));

	if (service == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
	    return;
	}
	kr = IOServiceOpen(service, mach_task_self(), kIOHIDParamConnectType,
		&io_connection);
	IOObjectRelease(service);
	if (kr != KERN_SUCCESS) {
	    return;
	}
    }
    kr = IOHIDPostEvent(io_connection, NX_NULLEVENT, loc, &nullEvent.data,
	    FALSE, 0, FALSE);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */







<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










957
958
959
960
961
962
963





964
















965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
    Display *dpy)
{





    lastInactivityReset = TkpGetMS();
















}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: objc
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 79
 * coding: utf-8
 * End:
 */

Changes to tests/bell.test.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body {
    bell a
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body {
    bell a b 
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body {
    bell -displayof gorp
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "gorp"}

test bell-1.4 {bell command} -body {







|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body {
    bell a
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body {
    bell a b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}

test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body {
    bell -displayof gorp
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "gorp"}

test bell-1.4 {bell command} -body {

Changes to tests/bind.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35













36
37
38
39
40
41
42
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}














# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
    bind all <Enter> {}
    bind Test <Enter> {}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
    bind xyz <Enter> {}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {}
    bind .t <Enter> {}
}

# This function fills the pattern matcher's ring buffer with events of
# the specified type.  This can be used when testing with generated
# events to make sure that there are no stray events in the ring
# buffer which might cause the pattern matcher to find unintended
# matches.  The size of the ring buffer is EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE, which is
# currently set to 30.  If this changes, the code below will need to
# change.
proc clearRingBuffer {{event}} {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
	event generate . $event
    }
}

# move the mouse pointer away of the testing area
# otherwise some spurious events may pollute the tests
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top 50x50-50-50
update
event generate .top <Button-1> -warp 1
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
    bind .t.f <Enter> {+more text}
    bind .t.f <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {test script
more text}
test bind-1.8 {bind command} -body {
    bind .t <gorp-> {test script} 
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "gorp"}
test bind-1.9 {bind command} -body {
    catch {bind .t <gorp-> {test script}} 
    bind .t
} -result {}
test bind-1.10 {bind command} -body {
    bind .t <gorp->
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test bind-1.11 {bind command} -body {
    frame .t.f







|


|







86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    bind .t.f <Enter> {+more text}
    bind .t.f <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {test script
more text}
test bind-1.8 {bind command} -body {
    bind .t <gorp-> {test script}
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "gorp"}
test bind-1.9 {bind command} -body {
    catch {bind .t <gorp-> {test script}}
    bind .t
} -result {}
test bind-1.10 {bind command} -body {
    bind .t <gorp->
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test bind-1.11 {bind command} -body {
    frame .t.f
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {a b c d}
test bind-2.9 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    bindtags .t.f "\{" 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list} 
test bind-2.10 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    catch {bindtags .t.f "\{"}
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f Frame .t all}
test bind-2.11 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b" 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes ok  
test bind-2.12 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    catch {bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b"}
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f







|


|











|


|







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {a b c d}
test bind-2.9 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    bindtags .t.f "\{"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list}
test bind-2.10 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    catch {bindtags .t.f "\{"}
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f Frame .t all}
test bind-2.11 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes ok
test bind-2.12 {bindtags command} -body {
    frame .t.f
    bindtags .t.f {a b c}
    catch {bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b"}
    bindtags .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}
    
    event generate .t.f <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {{.t.f enter .t.f} {.t.f enter frame} {.t.f enter .t} {.t.f enter all}}
test bind-4.2 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}
    
    bindtags .t.f {.t.f {a b} xyz}
    event generate .t.f <Enter> 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {{.t.f enter .t.f} {.t.f enter {a b}} {.t.f enter xyz}}
test bind-4.3 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -body {
    set x {}
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    
    event generate .t <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    unsetBindings
}  -result {{.t enter .t} {.t enter toplevel} {.t enter all}}
test bind-4.4 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    frame .t.f3 -width 50 -height 50
    pack .t.f3
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    
    bindtags .t.f {.t.f .t.f2 .t.f3}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}
    bind .t.f3 <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f3"}
    event generate .t.f <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f .t.f3







|



















|

|













|



















|







208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}

    event generate .t.f <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {{.t.f enter .t.f} {.t.f enter frame} {.t.f enter .t} {.t.f enter all}}
test bind-4.2 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}

    bindtags .t.f {.t.f {a b} xyz}
    event generate .t.f <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {{.t.f enter .t.f} {.t.f enter {a b}} {.t.f enter xyz}}
test bind-4.3 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -body {
    set x {}
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}

    event generate .t <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    unsetBindings
}  -result {{.t enter .t} {.t enter toplevel} {.t enter all}}
test bind-4.4 {TkBindEventProc procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    frame .t.f3 -width 50 -height 50
    pack .t.f3
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}

    bindtags .t.f {.t.f .t.f2 .t.f3}
    bind .t.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"}
    bind .t.f3 <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .t.f3"}
    event generate .t.f <Enter>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f .t.f3
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bindtags .t.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z}
    
    event generate .t.f <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {}









|







288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
    bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
    bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
    bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
    bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
    bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
    bind .t <Enter>  {lappend x "%W enter .t"}
    bindtags .t.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z}

    event generate .t.f <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    unsetBindings
} -result {}


379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
    .t.c bind foo a Test
    .t.c bind foo a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.c
} -result {Test}

test bind-11.1 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f 
    foreach i "! a \\\{ ~ <Delete> <space> <<Paste>> <Tab> <Linefeed> <less> <Meta-a> <Acircumflex>" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {! <<Paste>> <Key-Acircumflex> <Key-Delete> <Key-Linefeed> <Key-Tab> <Key-less> <Key-space> <Meta-Key-a> a \{ ~}
test bind-11.2 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f 
    foreach i "<Double-1> <Triple-1> <Meta-Control-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <1>" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-1> <Control-Meta-Key-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <Double-Button-1> <Triple-Button-1>}
test bind-11.3 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f 
    foreach i "<Double-Triple-1> abcd a<Leave>b" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Triple-Button-1> a<Leave>b abcd}







|








|








|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
    .t.c bind foo a Test
    .t.c bind foo a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.c
} -result {Test}

test bind-11.1 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f
    foreach i "! a \\\{ ~ <Delete> <space> <<Paste>> <Tab> <Linefeed> <less> <Meta-a> <Acircumflex>" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {! <<Paste>> <Key-Acircumflex> <Key-Delete> <Key-Linefeed> <Key-Tab> <Key-less> <Key-space> <Meta-Key-a> a \{ ~}
test bind-11.2 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f
    foreach i "<Double-1> <Triple-1> <Meta-Control-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <1>" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-1> <Control-Meta-Key-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <Double-Button-1> <Triple-Button-1>}
test bind-11.3 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body {
    frame .t.f
    foreach i "<Double-Triple-1> abcd a<Leave>b" {
	   bind .t.f $i Test
    }
    lsort [bind .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Triple-Button-1> a<Leave>b abcd}
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test KeyPress"}
    bind all <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K all KeyPress"}
    bind Test : {lappend x "%W %K Test :"}
    bind all  _ {lappend x "%W %K all _"}
    bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f :"}
    
    event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
    event generate .t.f <Key-plus>
    event generate .t.f <Key-underscore>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind all <KeyPress> {}







|







444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test KeyPress"}
    bind all <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K all KeyPress"}
    bind Test : {lappend x "%W %K Test :"}
    bind all  _ {lappend x "%W %K all _"}
    bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f :"}

    event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
    event generate .t.f <Key-plus>
    event generate .t.f <Key-underscore>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind all <KeyPress> {}
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break}
    bind all <KeyPress> {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"}
    bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"}
    
    event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind all <KeyPress> {}
    bind Test <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{.t.f colon .t.f pressed colon} {.t.f colon Test press any}}







|







467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break}
    bind all <KeyPress> {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"}
    bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"}

    event generate .t.f <Key-colon>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind all <KeyPress> {}
    bind Test <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{.t.f colon .t.f pressed colon} {.t.f colon Test press any}}
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528

test bind-13.5 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body {
    bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"}
    set x {}
    frame .t.g -gorp foo
} -cleanup {
    bind all <Destroy> {}
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"} 
test bind-13.6 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body {
    bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"}
    set x {}
    catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo} 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    bind all <Destroy> {}
} -result {{.t.g destroyed}}

test bind-13.7 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100







|



|







523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541

test bind-13.5 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body {
    bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"}
    set x {}
    frame .t.g -gorp foo
} -cleanup {
    bind all <Destroy> {}
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test bind-13.6 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body {
    bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"}
    set x {}
    catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    bind all <Destroy> {}
} -result {{.t.g destroyed}}

test bind-13.7 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x Motion%#(%x,%y)"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail 
    update
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 101 -x 200 -y 300 -when tail
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail 
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Motion100(100,200) Motion102(300,400)}
test bind-13.12 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: collapse repeating modifiers} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#"
    event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail 
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail 
    event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail 
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail 
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test bind-13.13 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: valid key detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f







|


|













|
|
|
|







608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x Motion%#(%x,%y)"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail
    update
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 101 -x 200 -y 300 -when tail
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Motion100(100,200) Motion102(300,400)}
test bind-13.12 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: collapse repeating modifiers} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#"
    event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail
    event generate .t.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test bind-13.13 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: valid key detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode 0
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode 0
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f







|
|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
    bind .t.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -keycode -1
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease> -keycode -1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Button-2}
test bind-13.28 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: detail virtual pattern list} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f







|







864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {Button-2}
test bind-13.28 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: detail virtual pattern list} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind Test <Button-2> {}
} -result  {b1}
test bind-13.45 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} -setup {
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x 
        lappend x $msg
    }
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}







|







1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    bind Test <Button-2> {}
} -result  {b1}
test bind-13.45 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} -setup {
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x
        lappend x $msg
    }
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
    bind .t.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x8
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints { 
    nonPortable
} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {







|







1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
    bind .t.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x8
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384

1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399

1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416

1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432

1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448

1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 31 -y 39
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.15 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 29 -y 41
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.16 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 40 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.17 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 20 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.18 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 30
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.19 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 50
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.20 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 700
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.21 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2> 
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 900
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time [expr -100]
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Button-1>
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102







|
















|
















|
















|
















|
















|
















|
















|













>



|











>










<






>
















>
















>







1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424

1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 31 -y 39
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.15 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 29 -y 41
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.16 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 40 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.17 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 20 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.18 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 30
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.19 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 50
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.20 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 700
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.21 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 300
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 900
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 200
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
    set x 0
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time -100
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -time 500
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}

test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Button-1>
} -result {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a  virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    event delete <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    event add <<V1>> <Button>
    event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
    event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
    bind .t.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -serial 101
    event generate .t.f <Button-1> -serial 102
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474

1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488

1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502

1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519

1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535

1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548

1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563

1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update

} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}

} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>







>














>














>

















>
















>













>















>







1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
    event delete <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
} -result {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0}
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
    bind .t.f 1 {lappend x 1}
    bind .t.f 21 {lappend x 2}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-2>
    event generate .t.f <KeyRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Key-1>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <1> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-1>
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
    bind .t.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
    clearRingBuffer <Key>
} -body {
    bind .t.f <1> {lappend x single}
    bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
    bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
    event generate .t.f <Button-1>
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 781 -y 632
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {781 632}
test bind-16.35 {ExpandPercents procedure} -constraints {
    nonPortable 
} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {







|







2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
    set x none
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 781 -y 632
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {781 632}
test bind-16.35 {ExpandPercents procedure} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210

2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update

} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z







>







2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
    set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
    set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
    entry .t.e
    pack .t.e
    focus -force .t.e
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    update
    clearRingBuffer <Button>
} -body {
    bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
    bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
    bind .t.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
    set x none; set y none; set z none
    event gen .t.e <Key-a>
    list $x $y $z
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
    event delete <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2>
} -result {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v>}

test bind-17.6 {event command: add with error} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<Paste>>
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} 
test bind-17.7 {event command: add with error} -body {
    event delete <<Paste>>
    catch {event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>}
    lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<Paste>>
} -result {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v> abc}







|







2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
    event delete <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2>
} -result {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v>}

test bind-17.6 {event command: add with error} -body {
    event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<Paste>>
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}
test bind-17.7 {event command: add with error} -body {
    event delete <<Paste>>
    catch {event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>}
    lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<Paste>>
} -result {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v> abc}
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362

test bind-18.1 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: GetVirtualEventUid} -body {
    event add asd <Ctrl-v>
} -returnCodes error -result {virtual event "asd" is badly formed}
test bind-18.2 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: FindSequence} -body {
    event add <<asd>> <Ctrl-v>
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"}
test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body { 
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -result {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} -body {
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> 
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -result {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.5 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: existing physical} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}







|








|







2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387

test bind-18.1 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: GetVirtualEventUid} -body {
    event add asd <Ctrl-v>
} -returnCodes error -result {virtual event "asd" is badly formed}
test bind-18.2 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: FindSequence} -body {
    event add <<asd>> <Ctrl-v>
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"}
test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body {
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -result {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} -body {
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info <<xyz>>
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -result {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.5 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: existing physical} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -returnCodes error -result {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event}
test bind-19.7 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete all} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event info 
} -result {}
test bind-19.8 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete 1} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event delete <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info 
} -result {}
test bind-19.9 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete all} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Control-w> <Control-x>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event info
} -result {}







|





|







2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
} -cleanup {
    event delete <<xyz>>
} -returnCodes error -result {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event}
test bind-19.7 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete all} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event info
} -result {}
test bind-19.8 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete 1} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event delete <<xyz>> <Control-v>
    event info
} -result {}
test bind-19.9 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete all} -body {
    foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
    event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Control-w> <Control-x>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event info
} -result {}
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
    event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
    bind .t.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
    bind .t.f <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>> 
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<abc>>]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f







|







2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
    event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
    bind .t.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
    bind .t.f <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<abc>>]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
    bind .t.f <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>> 
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]







|







2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
    bind .t.f <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
    bind .t.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>> 
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]







|







2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
    bind .t.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<xyz>>
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
    bind .t.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<def>> 
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]







|







2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
    bind .t.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    event delete <<def>>
    event generate .t.f <Button-2>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.g <Button-2>
    event generate .t.g <ButtonRelease-2>
    event generate .t.h <Button-2>
    event generate .t.h <ButtonRelease-2>
    list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -override xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.56 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -override 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.57 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -override 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.58 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -override 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.59 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -override 1 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-override" option}

test bind-22.60 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -place xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -place value "xyz": must be PlaceOnTop, or PlaceOnBottom}

test bind-22.61 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {PlaceOnTop}

test bind-22.62 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -place PlaceOnTop} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -place PlaceOnTop 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-place" option}

test bind-22.63 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root .xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.64 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.65 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.66 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root [winfo id .t]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root [winfo id .t] 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.67 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.68 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.69 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.70 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.71 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -root .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.72 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -root .t 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-root" option}

test bind-22.73 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rootx xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.74 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.75 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.76 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.77 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.78 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.79 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -rootx 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.80 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -rootx 2i 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rootx" option}

test bind-22.81 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rooty xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.82 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.83 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.84 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.85 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.86 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.87 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -rooty 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.88 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -rooty 2i 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rooty" option}

test bind-22.89 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.90 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.91 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent yes} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent yes 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.92 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent 43} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 43 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {43}

test bind-22.93 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -serial xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -serial xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.94 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -serial 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -serial 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.95 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -state xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.96 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -state 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.97 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -state 1025} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -state 1025 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1025}

test bind-22.98 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -state 1025} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -state 1025 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1025}

test bind-22.99 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -state 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.100 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -state 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.101 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -state 1 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.102 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Visibility> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -state value "xyz": must be VisibilityUnobscured, VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or VisibilityFullyObscured}

test bind-22.103 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {VisibilityUnobscured}

test bind-22.104 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -state xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-state" option}

test bind-22.105 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.106 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.107 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.108 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t] 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.109 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.110 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.111 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.112 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.113 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -subwindow .t 
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.114 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -subwindow .t 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-subwindow" option}

test bind-22.115 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -time xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -time xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.116 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.117 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.118 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.119 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.120 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.121 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.122 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Property> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Property> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Property> -time 100 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.123 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -time 100 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-time" option}

test bind-22.124 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -width xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -width xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.125 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -width 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.126 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -width 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.127 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -width 2i 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-width" option}

test bind-22.128 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.129 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.130 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.131 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f] 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.132 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.133 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.134 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.135 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.136 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.137 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -window .t.f 
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.138 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -window .t.f 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-window" option}

test bind-22.139 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -x xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -x xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.140 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.141 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.142 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.143 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.144 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.145 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.146 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.147 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.148 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.149 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -x 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.150 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -x 2i 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-x" option}

test bind-22.151 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -y xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -y xyz 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.152 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.153 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.154 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.155 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.156 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.157 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.158 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.159 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.160 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.161 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -y 2i 
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.162 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -y 2i 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-y" option}

test bind-22.163 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -xyz 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -xyz 1 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -when, -above, -borderwidth, -button, -count, -data, -delta, -detail, -focus, -height, -keycode, -keysym, -mode, -override, -place, -root, -rootx, -rooty, -sendevent, -serial, -state, -subwindow, -time, -warp, -width, -window, -x, or -y}
# Note that the -data option is tested in bind-32.* because it has
# more demanding requirements in memory handling









|












|













|













|













|












|












|













|












|












|













|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|












|













|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|













|












|












|













|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|












|












|













|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|












|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|













|












|







3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -override xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.56 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -override 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.57 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -override 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.58 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %o"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -override 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.59 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -override 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -override 1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-override" option}

test bind-22.60 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -place xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -place value "xyz": must be PlaceOnTop, or PlaceOnBottom}

test bind-22.61 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %p"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {PlaceOnTop}

test bind-22.62 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -place PlaceOnTop} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -place PlaceOnTop
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-place" option}

test bind-22.63 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root .xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.64 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.65 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.66 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -root [winfo id .t]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -root [winfo id .t]
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.67 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.68 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.69 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.70 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.71 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -root .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.72 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -root .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %R"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -root .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-root" option}

test bind-22.73 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rootx xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.74 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.75 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.76 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.77 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.78 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.79 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -rootx 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.80 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -rootx 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %X"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -rootx 2i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rootx" option}

test bind-22.81 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rooty xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.82 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.83 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.84 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.85 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.86 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.87 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -rooty 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.88 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -rooty 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %Y"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -rooty 2i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rooty" option}

test bind-22.89 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.90 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.91 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent yes} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent yes
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.92 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -sendevent 43} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %E"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -sendevent 43
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {43}

test bind-22.93 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -serial xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -serial xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.94 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -serial 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %#"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -serial 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.95 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -state xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.96 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -state 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.97 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -state 1025} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -state 1025
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1025}

test bind-22.98 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -state 1025} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -state 1025
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1025}

test bind-22.99 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -state 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.100 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -state 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.101 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -state 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -state 1
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.102 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Visibility> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -state value "xyz": must be VisibilityUnobscured, VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or VisibilityFullyObscured}

test bind-22.103 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Visibility> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {VisibilityUnobscured}

test bind-22.104 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -state xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %s"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -state xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-state" option}

test bind-22.105 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.106 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.107 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.108 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -subwindow [winfo id .t]
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.109 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.110 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.111 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.112 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.113 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -subwindow .t
    expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.114 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -subwindow .t} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %S"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -subwindow .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-subwindow" option}

test bind-22.115 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -time xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -time xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

test bind-22.116 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.117 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.118 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.119 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.120 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.121 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.122 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Property> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Property> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Property> -time 100
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {100}

test bind-22.123 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -time 100} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %t"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -time 100
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-time" option}

test bind-22.124 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -width xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -width xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.125 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -width 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.126 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %w"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -width 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.127 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -width 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -width 2i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-width" option}

test bind-22.128 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"}

test bind-22.129 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.130 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}

test bind-22.131 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f]} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window [winfo id .t.f]
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.132 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Unmap> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Unmap> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Unmap> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.133 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.134 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.135 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.136 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.137 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Circulate> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Circulate> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Circulate> -window .t.f
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {.t.f}

test bind-22.138 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -window .t.f} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %W"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -window .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Key> event doesn't accept "-window" option}

test bind-22.139 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -x xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -x xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.140 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.141 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.142 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.143 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.144 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.145 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.146 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.147 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.148 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.149 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -x 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.150 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -x 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %x"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -x 2i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-x" option}

test bind-22.151 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -y xyz} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -y xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "xyz"}

test bind-22.152 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.153 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Button> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Button> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.154 {HandleEventGenerate: options <ButtonRelease> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.155 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Motion> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Motion> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Motion> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.156 {HandleEventGenerate: options <<Paste>> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <<Paste>> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <<Paste>> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.157 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Enter> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Enter> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Enter> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.158 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Expose> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Expose> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Expose> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.159 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Configure> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Configure> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Configure> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.160 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Gravity> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Gravity> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Gravity> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.161 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Reparent> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Reparent> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Reparent> -y 2i
    expr {[winfo pixels .t.f 2i] eq $x}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1}

test bind-22.162 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Map> -y 2i} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Map> "lappend x %y"
    event generate .t.f <Map> -y 2i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {<Map> event doesn't accept "-y" option}

test bind-22.163 {HandleEventGenerate: options <Key> -xyz 1} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Key> "lappend x %k"
    event generate .t.f <Key> -xyz 1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -when, -above, -borderwidth, -button, -count, -data, -delta, -detail, -focus, -height, -keycode, -keysym, -mode, -override, -place, -root, -rootx, -rooty, -sendevent, -serial, -state, -subwindow, -time, -warp, -width, -window, -x, or -y}
# Note that the -data option is tested in bind-32.* because it has
# more demanding requirements in memory handling


5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
} -result {{event Unmap} <Unmap>}


test bind-27.1 {button names} -body {
    bind .t <Expose-1> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified button "1" for non-button event}
test bind-27.2 {button names} -body {
    bind .t <Button-6> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified keysym "6" for non-key event}
test bind-27.3 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-1> {lappend x "button 1"}







|
|







5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
} -result {{event Unmap} <Unmap>}


test bind-27.1 {button names} -body {
    bind .t <Expose-1> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified button "1" for non-button event}
test bind-27.2 {button names} -body {
    bind .t <Button-10> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "10"}
test bind-27.3 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-1> {lappend x "button 1"}
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
























































5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-5>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-5>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-5> {button 5}}

























































test bind-28.1 {keysym names} -body {
    bind .t <Expose-a> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified keysym "a" for non-key event}
test bind-28.2 {keysym names} -body {
    bind .t <Gorp> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-5>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-5>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-5> {button 5}}
test bind-27.8 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-6> {lappend x "button 6"}
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-6>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-6>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-6> {button 6}}
test bind-27.9 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-7> {lappend x "button 7"}
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-7>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-7>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-7> {button 7}}
test bind-27.10 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-8> {lappend x "button 8"}
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-8>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-8>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-8> {button 8}}
test bind-27.11 {button names} -setup {
    frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
    pack .t.f
    focus -force .t.f
    update
} -body {
    bind .t.f <Button-9> {lappend x "button 9"}
    set x [bind .t.f]
    event generate .t.f <Button-9>
    event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease-9>
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {<Button-9> {button 9}}

test bind-28.1 {keysym names} -body {
    bind .t <Expose-a> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {specified keysym "a" for non-key event}
test bind-28.2 {keysym names} -body {
    bind .t <Gorp> foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{This is a test} {This is a test
    while executing
"error "This is a test""
    (command bound to event)}}
    
test bind-29.2 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc do {} {
        event generate .t.f <Button>
        event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease>
    }
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo







|







6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{This is a test} {This is a test
    while executing
"error "This is a test""
    (command bound to event)}}

test bind-29.2 {Tk_BackgroundError procedure} -setup {
    proc do {} {
        event generate .t.f <Button>
        event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease>
    }
    proc bgerror msg {
        global x errorInfo

Changes to tests/bitmap.test.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bitmap-1.1 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -body {
    set x gray25
    lindex $x 0             
    button .b -bitmap $x
    lindex $x 0
    testbitmap gray25
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{1 0}}
test bitmap-1.2 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - discard stale bitmap} -constraints {







|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test bitmap-1.1 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -body {
    set x gray25
    lindex $x 0
    button .b -bitmap $x
    lindex $x 0
    testbitmap gray25
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{1 0}}
test bitmap-1.2 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - discard stale bitmap} -constraints {
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}

test bitmap-2.1 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap bad_name
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bad_name" not defined}
test bitmap-2.2 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap @xyzzy
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading bitmap file "xyzzy"}

test bitmap-3.1 {Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {







|




|







50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}

test bitmap-2.1 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap bad_name
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bad_name" not defined}
test bitmap-2.2 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} -body {
    button .b1 -bitmap @xyzzy
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading bitmap file "xyzzy"}

test bitmap-3.1 {Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
80
81
82
83
84
85
86


87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3     ;# destroying just in case
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test bitmap-4.1 {FreeBitmapObjProc} -constraints {
    testbitmap


} -body {
    set x [join questhead]
    button .b -bitmap $x
    set y [join questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $y
    set z [join questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set x red
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}


# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>

|

|

|












>







80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3     ;# destroying just in case
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test bitmap-4.1 {FreeBitmapObjProc} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy questhead]
    button .b -bitmap $x
    set y [copy questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $y
    set z [copy questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set x red
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}


# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/border.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBorder.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test border-1.1 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -body {
    set x orange
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -bg $x -text .b1
    lindex $x 0
    testborder orange
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -result {{1 0}}
test border-1.2 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - discard stale border} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test border-1.3 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - reuse existing border} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    pack .b1 .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test border-1.4 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - try other borders in list} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    pack .b1 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
    pack .t.b -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
    pack .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}

test border-2.1 {Tk_Free3DBorder - reference counts} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple












|
|









|
|












|
|












|




















|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBorder.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

test border-1.1 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
    testborder
} -body {
    set x orange
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -bg $x -text .b1
    lindex $x 0
    testborder orange
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1
} -result {{1 0}}
test border-1.2 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - discard stale border} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test border-1.3 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - reuse existing border} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x orange
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    lappend result [testborder orange]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
    pack .b1 .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder orange]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test border-1.4 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - try other borders in list} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
    button .b1 -bg $x -text First
    pack .b1 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
    pack .t.b -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
    pack .b2 -side top
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}

test border-2.1 {Tk_Free3DBorder - reference counts} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x purple
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    destroy .b2
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t.b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 0} {2 1}} {{1 0} {1 1}} {{1 0}} {}}
test border-2.2 {Tk_Free3DBorder - unlinking from list} -constraints {  
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    toplevel .t3 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    set result {}







|







90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
    destroy .b2
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t.b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .t
} -result {{{1 0} {2 1}} {{1 0} {1 1}} {{1 0}} {}}
test border-2.2 {Tk_Free3DBorder - unlinking from list} -constraints {
    testborder pseudocolor8
} -setup {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    toplevel .t3 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    set result {}
123
124
125
126
127
128
129

130
131
132
133

134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {  
    testborder 
} -setup {
    set result {}

} -body {
    set x [join purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [join purple]
    .b configure -bg $y
    set z [join purple]
    .b configure -bg $z
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

test border-4.1 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} -body {
    button .b -relief flat
    .b cget -relief
} -cleanup {







>
|
|


>

|

|

|











>







123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [copy purple]
    .b configure -bg $y
    set z [copy purple]
    .b configure -bg $z
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

test border-4.1 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} -body {
    button .b -relief flat
    .b cget -relief
} -cleanup {

Changes to tests/busy.test.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    tk busy hold .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    tk busy .
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor arrow
    update

} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {







|

>


|

|

>


|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|



|

>



|









|

>


|

|

>


|



|





|





|





|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
    tk busy
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy options ?arg arg ...?"}

test busy-2.1 {tk busy hold} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy hold
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy hold window ?option value ...?"}
test busy-2.2 {tk busy hold root window} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.3 {tk busy hold root window with shortcut} -body {
    set res [tk busy .]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.4 {tk busy hold nested window} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.5 {tk busy hold nested window with shortcut} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-2.6 {tk busy hold toplevel window} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.7 {tk busy hold toplevel window with shortcut} -setup {
    toplevel .f
} -body {
    set res [tk busy .f]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f._Busy}
test busy-2.8 {tk busy hold non existing window} -body {
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.9 {tk busy hold (shortcut) non existing window} -body {
    tk busy .f
    update
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name ".f"}
test busy-2.10 {tk busy hold root window with cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy hold . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.11 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, cursor} -body {
    set res [tk busy . -cursor arrow]
    update
    set res
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {._Busy}
test busy-2.12 {tk busy hold root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy hold . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.13 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid cursor} -body {
    tk busy . -cursor nonExistingCursor
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}
test busy-2.14 {tk busy hold root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy hold . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}
test busy-2.15 {tk busy hold (shortcut) root window, invalid option} -body {
    tk busy . -invalidOption 1
    update
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {unknown option "-invalidOption"}

test busy-3.1 {tk busy cget no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy cget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy cget window option"}
test busy-3.2 {tk busy cget no option} -returnCodes error -body {
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f







|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand1
    update
} -body {
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {hand1}

test busy-4.1 {tk busy configure no window} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy configure
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy configure window ?option? ?value ...?"}

test busy-4.2 {tk busy configure invalid window} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin tempNotMac} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f







|







214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {{-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}}

test busy-4.5 {tk busy configure} -constraints {nonwin} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor hand2
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin tempNotMac
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {







|







270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {-cursor cursor Cursor wait wait}

test busy-4.8 {tk busy configure valid option} -constraints {
    nonwin
} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f -cursor circle
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil} -constraints tempNotMac

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -constraints tempNotMac -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}







|







|







303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor pencil
    tk busy cget .f -cursor
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {pencil}

test busy-4.10 {tk busy configure valid option with invalid value} -setup {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy hold .f
    update
} -body {
    tk busy configure .f -cursor nonExistingCursor
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {bad cursor spec "nonExistingCursor"}

test busy-5.1 {tk busy forget} -returnCodes error -body {
    tk busy forget
} -result {wrong # args: should be "tk busy forget window"}
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
























476
477
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

























::tcltest::cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    tk busy forget .f1
} -body {
    lsort [tk busy current *3*]
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f2
    destroy .f1 .f2
} -result {}

test busy-8.1 {tk busy busywindow with a busy toplevel} -body {
    toplevel .top
    tk busy .top
    tk busy busywindow .top
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .top
    destroy .top
} -result {.top._Busy}
test busy-8.2 {tk busy busywindow with a busy widget} -body {
    pack [frame .f]
    tk busy .f
    tk busy busywindow .f
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .f
    destroy .f
} -result {.f_Busy}
test busy-8.3 {tk busy busywindow with a nonexisting widget} -body {
    tk busy .
    tk busy busywindow .nonExistingWidget
} -cleanup {
    tk busy forget .
} -result {}


::tcltest::cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/button.test.

558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

test button-1.57 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .l cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.58 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.59 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .b cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.60 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.61 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .c cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.62 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.63 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .r cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.64 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update







|


















|


















|


















|







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

test button-1.57 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .l cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.58 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.59 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .b cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.60 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.61 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .c cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.62 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}
test button-1.63 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .r cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {1.3}
test button-1.64 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .r
    update
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
} -body {
    .r configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test button-1.103 {configuration option: "font" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .l cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.104 {configuration option: "activebackground" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.105 {configuration option: "font" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .b cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.106 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.107 {configuration option: "font" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .c cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.108 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.109 {configuration option: "font" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .r cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.110 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}







|









|








|









|








|









|








|









|







999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
} -body {
    .r configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test button-1.103 {configuration option: "font" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .l cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.104 {configuration option: "activebackground" for label} -setup {
    label .l -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    .l configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.105 {configuration option: "font" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .b cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.106 {configuration option: "activebackground" for button} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .b
    update
} -body {
    .b configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.107 {configuration option: "font" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .c cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.108 {configuration option: "activebackground" for checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .c
    update
} -body {
    .c configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
test button-1.109 {configuration option: "font" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .r cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test button-1.110 {configuration option: "activebackground" for radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .r -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .r
    update
} -body {
    .r configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
    checkbutton .c
    .c configure -selectcolor {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

# ex-tests 3.*
test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body {   
    button
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body {
    label .x
    winfo class .x
} -cleanup {







|







2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
    checkbutton .c
    .c configure -selectcolor {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

# ex-tests 3.*
test button-2.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough arguments} -body {
    button
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test button-2.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} -body {
    label .x
    winfo class .x
} -cleanup {
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    destroy .x
    rename gorp button
} -result {Button}

test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
    button foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy foo             
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
######### test ex 3.8 
test button-2.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body { 
    option add *funny.background bogus
    button .funny
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"} 
test button-2.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
   option add *funny.background bogus
    catch {button .funny}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
    (database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
    invoked from within
"button .funny"}

test button-2.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {    
    button .x -gorp foo
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"} 
test button-2.11 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    catch {button .x -gorp foo} 
    winfo exists .x
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -result 0
######### ex 3.10
test button-2.12 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} -body {
    set x [button .abcd]







|

|
|





|












|



|

|







2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    destroy .x
    rename gorp button
} -result {Button}

test button-2.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} -body {
    button foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
######### test ex 3.8
test button-2.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
    option add *funny.background bogus
    button .funny
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-2.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} -body {
   option add *funny.background bogus
    catch {button .funny}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    option clear
    destroy .funny
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
    (database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
    invoked from within
"button .funny"}

test button-2.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    button .x -gorp foo
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-2.11 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} -body {
    catch {button .x -gorp foo}
    winfo exists .x
}  -cleanup {
    destroy .x
} -result 0
######### ex 3.10
test button-2.12 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} -body {
    set x [button .abcd]
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850

#ex 4.7
test button-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-variable"}

test button-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-value"}

test button-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*} 
test button-3.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -onvalue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-onvalue"}

# ex 4.6
test button-3.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.b configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
}  -result {3}
test button-3.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    llength [.c configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {41} 
test button-3.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b configure -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-3.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {







|





|












|












|



















|







2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850

#ex 4.7
test button-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -disabledforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-variable"}

test button-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-value"}

test button-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -value
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    .r cget -onvalue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-onvalue"}

# ex 4.6
test button-3.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b -highlightthickness 3
    lindex [.b configure -highlightthickness] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
}  -result {3}
test button-3.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    llength [.c configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {41}
test button-3.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -body {
    button .b
    .b configure -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test button-3.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
test button-3.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    .c d
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0} 
test button-3.22 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {green} 
test button-3.23 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {} 

test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {  
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c deselect}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {







|







|







|

|







|







2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
test button-3.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    .c d
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0}
test button-3.22 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {green}
test button-3.23 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    .r deselect
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-3.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
    set checkvar 1
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c deselect}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -match {glob} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r deselect}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {







|







2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r deselect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -match {glob} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar red
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r deselect}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}
test button-3.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l flash
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    button .b
    catch {.b flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    checkbutton .c
    catch {.c flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {                    
    radiobutton .r
    catch {.r f}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}

test button-3.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {







|





|





|







2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}
test button-3.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    label .l
    .l flash
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}
test button-3.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    button .b
    catch {.b flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    catch {.c flash}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}
test button-3.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r
    catch {.r f}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {ok} -match {glob} -result {*}

test button-3.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} -body {
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
    set checkvar bogus
    .c s
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result  {lovely}
test button-3.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red    
    set radiovar green
    .r select
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result  {red}
test button-3.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r select}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {







|






|







|







3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
    set checkvar bogus
    .c s
    return $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result  {lovely}
test button-3.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar green
    .r select
    return $radiovar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result  {red}
test button-3.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    .r select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete radiovar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "radiovar": trace aborted}
test button-3.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable radiovar -value red
    set radiovar yellow
    trace variable radiovar w bogusTrace
    catch {.r select}
    list $errorInfo $radiovar
} -cleanup {
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
    lappend result $checkvar
    .c toggle
    lappend result $checkvar
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-3.51 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {  
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.52 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle} 
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-3.53 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {   
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted} 
test button-3.54 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle} 
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-3.55 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": variable is array} 
test button-3.56 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    catch {.c toggle}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c







|







|




|








|







|




|










|






|


|







3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
    lappend result $checkvar
    .c toggle
    lappend result $checkvar
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-3.51 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.52 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar xyz
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-3.53 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": trace aborted}
test button-3.54 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    set checkvar abc
    trace variable checkvar w bogusTrace
    catch {.c toggle}
    list $errorInfo $checkvar
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete checkvar w bogusTrace
    destroy .c
} -match {glob} -result {{*trace aborted
    while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-3.55 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    .c toggle
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "checkvar": variable is array}
test button-3.56 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain checkvar
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable checkvar -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
    unset checkvar
    set checkvar(1) 1
    catch {.c toggle}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
    button .b1 -image image1
    button .b2 -fg #ff0000 -text "Button 2"
    button .b3 -state active -text "Button 3"
    button .b4 -disabledforeground #0000ff -state disabled -text "Button 4"
    checkbutton .b5 -variable x -text "Checkbutton 5"
    set x 1
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    update 
    deleteWindows  
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    image delete image1
} -result {} 

test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    .b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"} 
test button-5.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    catch {.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus} 
    list [.b cget -bd] [.b cget -bg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {4 green}
test button-5.3 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -textvariable x
    set x From-x







|
|



|






|


|







3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
    button .b1 -image image1
    button .b2 -fg #ff0000 -text "Button 2"
    button .b3 -state active -text "Button 3"
    button .b4 -disabledforeground #0000ff -state disabled -text "Button 4"
    checkbutton .b5 -variable x -text "Checkbutton 5"
    set x 1
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    update
    deleteWindows
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
    image delete image1
} -result {}

test button-5.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    .b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test button-5.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -bd 4 -bg green
    catch {.b configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus}
    list [.b cget -bd] [.b cget -bg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {4 green}
test button-5.3 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} -body {
    button .b -textvariable x
    set x From-x
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
    imageCleanup
} -result {image2}

test button-5.6 {ConfigureButton - default value for variable} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c 
} -result {c}
test button-5.7 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} -body {
    set x 0
    set y Shiny
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    .c configure -variable y -onvalue Shiny
    .c toggle







|







3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
    imageCleanup
} -result {image2}

test button-5.6 {ConfigureButton - default value for variable} -body {
    checkbutton .c
    .c cget -variable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {c}
test button-5.7 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} -body {
    set x 0
    set y Shiny
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    .c configure -variable y -onvalue Shiny
    .c toggle
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -variable x 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}

test button-5.11 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} -body {
    button .b -image bogus







|







3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
    destroy .r
} -result {}

test button-5.10 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -variable x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}

test button-5.11 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} -body {
    button .b -image bogus
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted} 
test button-5.15 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x}
	return $x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -result {foo}

#ex 6.14
test button-5.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "1i"} 
test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result  {expected integer but got "1i"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width 1i"}
test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -height 0.5c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"} 
test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body { 
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5c} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5c"}
#ex 6.16
test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    .b configure -width abc
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result  {bad screen distance "abc"} 
test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    catch {.b configure -width abc} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width abc"}
test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
    button .b -image image1
    .b configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"} 
test button-5.23 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
#ztestImageType
    button .b -image image1
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5x} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -result  {bad screen distance "0.5x"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within







|












|




|










|




|
|

|













|


|

















|







|







3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-5.15 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {radiobutton .r -text foo -textvariable x}
	return $x
} -cleanup {
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
    destroy .r
} -result {foo}

#ex 6.14
test button-5.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "1i"}
test button-5.17 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result  {expected integer but got "1i"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width 1i"}
test button-5.18 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    .b configure -height 0.5c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"}
test button-5.19 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -body {
    button .b -text "Button 1"
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5c}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {expected integer but got "0.5c"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5c"}
#ex 6.16
test button-5.20 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    .b configure -width abc
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -returnCodes {error} -result  {bad screen distance "abc"}
test button-5.21 {ConfigureButton - -width option} -body {
    button .b -bitmap questhead
    catch {.b configure -width abc}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -width abc"}
test button-5.22 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
    button .b -image image1
    .b configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test button-5.23 {ConfigureButton - -height option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test image1
} -body {
#ztestImageType
    button .b -image image1
    catch {.b configure -height 0.5x}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
    image delete image1
} -result  {bad screen distance "0.5x"
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
    list [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}

test button-8.1 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    set result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}

test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {     
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {1}
test button-8.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {   
    set x 1
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body { 
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {0}

test button-8.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {0 red red}

test button-8.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {  
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .r invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body { 
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.r invoke}
    list $errorInfo $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r







|










|

|









|








|

|









|











|










|








|







3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
    list [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {{} {}}

test button-8.1 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    set result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
    .c invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {0 1 0}

test button-8.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {1}
test button-8.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .c invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 1
} -body {
    checkbutton .c -variable x
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.c invoke}
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -result {0}

test button-8.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -setup {
    set x 0
} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
    .r invoke
    lappend result $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
} -result {0 red red}

test button-8.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    .r invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
    trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
} -returnCodes {error} -result {can't set "x": trace aborted}
test button-8.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
    radiobutton .r -variable x -value red
    set x green
    trace variable x w bogusTrace
    catch {.r invoke}
    list $errorInfo $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .r
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
    set new [winfo reqwidth .b]
    expr {$old == $new}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {0}

test button-11.1 {ButtonImageProc procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 0 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    image create test image1
} -body {
    .l configure -image image1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0
    pack .l
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]"







|







3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
    set new [winfo reqwidth .b]
    expr {$old == $new}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {0}

test button-11.1 {ButtonImageProc procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    label .l -highlightthickness 0 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    image create test image1
} -body {
    .l configure -image image1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0
    pack .l
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]"
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791














































































3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804

3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967

test button-13.1 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 














































































	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 
test button-13.2 {size behavior: label} -setup {

    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.3 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 
test button-13.4 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.5 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.6 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.7 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-13.8 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej 
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1} 

test button-14.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] tk::ButtonInvoke unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_button {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.b]} {
            destroy .top.b
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    button .top.b -text Foo -command destroy_button
    bind .top.b <space> destroy_button
    pack .top.b
    focus -force .top.b
    update
    event generate .top.b <space>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.b .top
} -result {} 

imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











|
|
>
|
|
|


|











|

|
|
|
|


|











|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
|


|











|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















|








3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921









3922









3923

3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941




























































3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967

test button-13.1 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}
test button-13.2 {size behavior: label} -setup {
    label .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    label .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.3 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}
test button-13.4 {size behavior: button} -setup {
    button .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    button .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.5 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.6 {size behavior: radiobutton} -setup {
    radiobutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    radiobutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}

test button-13.7 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {
    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}



















test button-13.8 {size behavior: checkbutton} -setup {

    checkbutton .a -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    checkbutton .c -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Arial 20}
    set result {}
} -body {
	.a configure -text Hej
	.b configure -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
	.c configure -text "" -width 10 -height 1

# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
	lappend result [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .a .b .c
} -result {1 1 1}





























































test button-14.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] tk::ButtonInvoke unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_button {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.b]} {
            destroy .top.b
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    button .top.b -text Foo -command destroy_button
    bind .top.b <space> destroy_button
    pack .top.b
    focus -force .top.b
    update
    event generate .top.b <space>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.b .top
} -result {}

imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/canvImg.test.

169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
    update
    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60 30 30}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw







|







169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
    .c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
    update
    list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
	image delete foo2
} -result {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor s
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {5 15 35 30}
test canvImg-6.10 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor sw
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 15 50 30}
test canvImg-6.11 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor w
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 23 50 38}
test canvImg-6.12 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
    .c bbox i1







|












|












|







311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor s
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {5 15 35 30}
test canvImg-6.10 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor sw
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 15 50 30}
test canvImg-6.11 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor w
    .c bbox i1
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    image delete foo
} -result {20 23 50 38}
test canvImg-6.12 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    image create test foo
    .c delete all
} -body {
    .c delete all
    .c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
    .c bbox i1
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8 30 30}}

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50 30 30}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {30 75 70 125}
test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
	image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60

    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    .c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw
    update
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40 50 40}}

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|














|

|














|


















|









729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 2 4 6 8}}

test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
	image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {{foo display 0 0 40 50}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    .c bbox image
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo
} -result {30 75 70 125}
test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
	image create test foo2 -variable y
    foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
    foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60

    .c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
    .c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw
    update
    set y {}
    image create test foo -variable x
    update
    return $y
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
	image delete foo foo2
} -result {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40}}

# cleanup
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/canvMoveto.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
test canvMoveto-1.5 {Bad args handling for "moveto" command} -body {
    .c moveto test 12 20 -anchor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c moveto tagOrId x y"}

test canvMoveto-2.1 {Canvas "moveto" command coordinates} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c bbox test
} {200 150 272 232} 
test canvMoveto-2.2 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank y coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c moveto test 150 {}
    .c bbox test
} {150 150 222 232}
test canvMoveto-2.3 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank x coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150







|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
test canvMoveto-1.5 {Bad args handling for "moveto" command} -body {
    .c moveto test 12 20 -anchor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c moveto tagOrId x y"}

test canvMoveto-2.1 {Canvas "moveto" command coordinates} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c bbox test
} {200 150 272 232}
test canvMoveto-2.2 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank y coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150
    .c moveto test 150 {}
    .c bbox test
} {150 150 222 232}
test canvMoveto-2.3 {Canvas "moveto" command, blank x coordinate} {
    .c moveto test 200 150

Changes to tests/canvRect.test.

224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.9] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 25.1] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 29.9] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.1] eq $xId}]
		
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
test canvRect-6.3 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black







|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.9] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 25.1] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 29.9] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.1] eq $xId}]

} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
test canvRect-6.3 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
test canvRect-6.4 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure  y -width 1 -outline black
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.4] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.6] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.4] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.6] eq $xId}]		
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.5 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]







|







246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
test canvRect-6.4 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
    .c itemconfigure  y -width 1 -outline black
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.4] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 24.6] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.4] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 30.6] eq $xId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.5 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
	.c itemconfigure x -fill {} -outline black -width 3
	.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.2] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.3] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.7] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.8] eq $xId}] 
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}
		
test canvRect-6.7 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -outline {} -fill black]		
	set yId [.c create rectangle 40 40 50 50 -outline {} -fill black]
    list [expr {[.c find closest 35 35] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 36 36] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 37 37] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 38 38] eq $yId}] 
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}


test canvRect-7.1 {RectToArea procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -fill green -outline {}]







|



|

|




|







271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30  -tags y -fill red]
	.c itemconfigure x -fill {} -outline black -width 3
	.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
    list [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.2] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 23.3] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.7] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 20 31.8] eq $xId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test canvRect-6.7 {RectToPoint procedure} -body {
	set xId [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -outline {} -fill black]
	set yId [.c create rectangle 40 40 50 50 -outline {} -fill black]
    list [expr {[.c find closest 35 35] eq $xId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 36 36] eq $yId}] \
	    [expr {[.c find closest 37 37] eq $yId}] \
		 [expr {[.c find closest 38 38] eq $yId}]
} -cleanup {
	.c delete all
} -result {1 1 1 1}


test canvRect-7.1 {RectToArea procedure} -body {
	set xId  [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -fill green -outline {}]

Changes to tests/canvText.test.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
    .c itemconfigure test -justify xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "xyz": must be left, right, or center}
test canvText-1.10 {configuration options: good value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple gray50
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -stipple] 4] [.c itemcget test -stipple]
} -result {gray50 gray50}
test canvasText-1.11 {configuration options: bad value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "xyz" not defined}
test canvText-1.12 {configuration options: good value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline 0
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -underline] 4] [.c itemcget test -underline]
} -result {0 0}
test canvasText-1.13 {configuration options: bad value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}







|
|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
    .c itemconfigure test -justify xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "xyz": must be left, right, or center}
test canvText-1.10 {configuration options: good value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple gray50
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -stipple] 4] [.c itemcget test -stipple]
} -result {gray50 gray50}
test canvasText-1.11 {configuration options: bad value for "stipple"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -stipple abcxyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "abcxyz" not defined}
test canvText-1.12 {configuration options: good value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline 0
    list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test -underline] 4] [.c itemcget test -underline]
} -result {0 0}
test canvasText-1.13 {configuration options: bad value for "underline"} -body {
    .c itemconfigure test -underline xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}

Changes to tests/canvas.test.

533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
    .c coords 1
} {}

test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set qx [expr {1.+1.}] 
    # qx has type double and no string representation 
    .c scale all $qx 0 1. 1.
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation 
    list $qx [string length $qx]
} -result {2.0 3}
test canvas-12.2 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set val 10
    incr val
    # qx has type double and no string representation 
    .c scale all $val 0 1 1
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation 
    incr val
} -result 12

# procedure used in 13.1 test case
proc kill_canvas {w} {
    destroy $w
    pack [canvas $w -height 200 -width 200] -fill both -expand yes







|
|

|








|

|







533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
    .c coords 1
} {}

test canvas-12.1 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set qx [expr {1.+1.}]
    # qx has type double and no string representation
    .c scale all $qx 0 1. 1.
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
    list $qx [string length $qx]
} -result {2.0 3}
test canvas-12.2 {canvas mm obj, patch SF-403327, 102471} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
    set val 10
    incr val
    # qx has type double and no string representation
    .c scale all $val 0 1 1
    # qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
    incr val
} -result 12

# procedure used in 13.1 test case
proc kill_canvas {w} {
    destroy $w
    pack [canvas $w -height 200 -width 200] -fill both -expand yes
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
} -returnCodes error -body {
    .c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
    destroy .c
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create rect 0 0 1cm 1cm] 
    expr {[lindex [.c coords $id] 2]>1}
} -result {1}
destroy .c

test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
    canvas .c
} -body {







|







723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
} -returnCodes error -body {
    .c create window 0
} -result {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}
test canvas-15.19 "basic coords check: centimeters are larger than pixels" -setup {
    destroy .c
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create rect 0 0 1cm 1cm]
    expr {[lindex [.c coords $id] 2]>1}
} -result {1}
destroy .c

test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
    canvas .c
} -body {
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
























































































953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

























































































# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
    canvas .c
} -body {
    set id [.c create line 0 0 1 1]
    .c rchars $id 1 foo {2 2}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -returnCodes error -result {bad index "foo"}

# Procedure used in test cases 20.1 20.2 20.3
proc matchPixels {pixels expected} {
    set matched 1
    foreach pline $pixels eline $expected {
        foreach ppixel $pline epixel $eline {
            if {$ppixel != $epixel} {
                set matched 0
                break
            }
        }
    }
    return $matched
}

test canvas-20.1 {canvas image} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 0 9 -fill #000080 -outline #000080
    .c image testimage
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
            {#000080 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.2 {canvas image with subsample} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 1 9 -fill #008000 -outline #008000
    .c image testimage 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#008000 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

test canvas-20.3 {canvas image with subsample and zoom} -setup {
    canvas .c
    image create photo testimage
} -body  {
    .c configure -background #c0c0c0 -scrollregion {0 0 9 9}
    .c create rectangle 0 0 9 0 -fill #800000 -outline #800000
    .c image testimage 1 2
    matchPixels [testimage data] { \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000 #800000} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0} \
        {#c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0 #c0c0c0}}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete testimage
} -result 1

# cleanup
imageCleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/choosedir.test.

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100


101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
# Make a dir for us to rely on for tests
set real [makeDirectory choosedirTest]
set dir [file dirname $real]
set fake [file join $dir non-existant]

set parent .

test choosedir-1.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test choosedir-1.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-mustexist" missing}
test choosedir-1.3 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-parent" missing}
test choosedir-1.4 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}



test choosedir-1.5 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}
test choosedir-1.6 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


test choosedir-2.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -body {







|


|


|


|


|
>
>
|

|
|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
# Make a dir for us to rely on for tests
set real [makeDirectory choosedirTest]
set dir [file dirname $real]
set fake [file join $dir non-existant]

set parent .

test choosedir-1.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test choosedir-1.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-mustexist" missing}
test choosedir-1.3 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-parent" missing}
test choosedir-1.4 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}
test choosedir-1.5.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}
test choosedir-1.5.2 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -message, -mustexist, -parent, -title, or -command}
test choosedir-1.6 {tk_chooseDirectory command} -body {
    tk_chooseDirectory -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


test choosedir-2.1 {tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null} -constraints {
	unix notAqua
} -body {

Changes to tests/clipboard.test.

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test clipboard-4.3 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    catch {clipboard get}
	clipboard get -t TEST
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}
test clipboard-4.4 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 
test clipboard-4.5 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    catch {clipboard get}
	clipboard get -t TEST
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}



##############################################################################







<
|













|







<
|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163

164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test clipboard-4.3 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD

    clipboard get -t TEST
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}
test clipboard-4.4 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test clipboard-4.5 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    clipboard append "Test"
    clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
    clipboard append "Test3"
    selection clear -s CLIPBOARD

    clipboard get -t TEST
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes error -result {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}



##############################################################################
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
    clipboard append "first chunk"
    selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
	clipboard append " second chunk"
	clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes ok -result {first chunk second chunk}
test clipboard-6.2 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    setupbg
    clipboard append -f INTEGER -t TEST "16"
    set result [dobg {clipboard get TEST}]
    return $result
} -cleanup {







|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
    clipboard append "first chunk"
    selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
	clipboard append " second chunk"
	clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    clipboard clear
}  -returnCodes ok -result {first chunk second chunk}
test clipboard-6.2 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    clipboard clear
} -body {
    setupbg
    clipboard append -f INTEGER -t TEST "16"
    set result [dobg {clipboard get TEST}]
    return $result
} -cleanup {

Changes to tests/clrpick.test.

74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
    tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}


# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
# before settin isNative
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg 
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]

proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
    global isNative
    if {!$isNative} {
	after 200 "SendButtonPress . $btn mouse"
    }







|







74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
    tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}


# tests 3.1 and 3.2 fail when individually run
# if there is no catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
# before settin isNative
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]

proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
    global isNative
    if {!$isNative} {
	after 200 "SendButtonPress . $btn mouse"
    }

Changes to tests/cmds.test.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
    tkwait visibility .f.b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed} 
test cmds-1.6 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}







|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
    tkwait visibility .f.b
} -returnCodes {error} -result {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed}
test cmds-1.6 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .f.b -text "Test"
    pack .f.b
    set x init
} -body {
    after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}

Changes to tests/color.test.

86
87
88
89
90
91
92










93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}











if {[testConstraint psuedocolor8]} {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 40
    pack .t.c
    update

    testConstraint colorsFree [colorsFree .t.c 101 233 17]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

# -- WARNING (SB, 6.4.2017) --
#
# The if block below looks _very_ outdated. It didn't get any
# substantial changes as far back as the fossil history goes. It might
# be from a time, when 256 color was the best you could get! :-o.
#
# The problem is, on machines with a fancy 24 truecolor display, the
# 'colorsFree' constraint doesn't get set, turning off pretty much every test
# in this file.

if {[testConstraint pseudocolor8]} {
    toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
    wm geom .t +0+0
    mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 40
    pack .t.c
    update

    testConstraint colorsFree [colorsFree .t.c 101 233 17]
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
    set result {}
    while {[gets $fd line] != -1} {
    	if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
	set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
	if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
		append result $line\n
	}
	
    }
    return $result
} {}

test color-2.1 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    c255 [winfo rgb .t #FF0000]
} {255 0 0}







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
    set result {}
    while {[gets $fd line] != -1} {
    	if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
	set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
	if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
		append result $line\n
	}

    }
    return $result
} {}

test color-2.1 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    c255 [winfo rgb .t #FF0000]
} {255 0 0}
181
182
183
184
185
186
187












188
189
190
191
192
193
194
test color-2.6 {Tk_GetColor procedure} {colorsFree nonPortable} {
    # Red doesn't always map to *pure* red
    winfo rgb .t red
} {65535 0 0}
test color-2.7 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    winfo rgb .t #ff0000
} {65535 0 0}













test color-3.1 {Tk_FreeColor procedure, reference counting} colorsFree {
    eval destroy [winfo child .t]
    mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 240 240 0 -6 0 0 0 -40
    pack .t.c
    mkColors .t.c2 20 1 250 0 0 -10 0 0 0 0 0
    pack .t.c2







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
test color-2.6 {Tk_GetColor procedure} {colorsFree nonPortable} {
    # Red doesn't always map to *pure* red
    winfo rgb .t red
} {65535 0 0}
test color-2.7 {Tk_GetColor procedure} colorsFree {
    winfo rgb .t #ff0000
} {65535 0 0}
test color-2.8 {Tk_GetColor, invalid char after 3 valid hex digits} -body {
    winfo rgb . #abcg
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#abcg"}
test color-2.9 {Tk_GetColor, invalid char after 6 vaild hex digits} -body {
    winfo rgb . #aabbccz
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#aabbccz"}
test color-2.10 {Tk_GetColor, 3 hex digits, last one invalid} -body {
    winfo rgb . #abz
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#abz"}
test color-2.11 {Tk_GetColor, 6 hex digits, last one invalid} -body {
    winfo rgb . #12345g
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#12345g"}

test color-3.1 {Tk_FreeColor procedure, reference counting} colorsFree {
    eval destroy [winfo child .t]
    mkColors .t.c 40 6 0 240 240 0 -6 0 0 0 -40
    pack .t.c
    mkColors .t.c2 20 1 250 0 0 -10 0 0 0 0 0
    pack .t.c2
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258




259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275


276
277
278
279
280
281
282
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}

test color-4.1 {FreeColorObjProc} colorsFree {




    destroy .b
    set x [format purple]
    button .b -foreground $x -text .b1
    set y [format purple]
    .b configure -foreground $y
    set z [format purple]
    .b configure -foreground $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set y bogus
    set result


} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

destroy .t

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







|
>
>
>
>

|

|

|











>
>
|






273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}

test color-4.1 {FreeColorObjProc} -constraints {
    colorsFree
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    destroy .b
    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -foreground $x -text .b1
    set y [copy purple]
    .b configure -foreground $y
    set z [copy purple]
    .b configure -foreground $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

destroy .t

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/config.test.

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    killTables
    option clear
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test config-3.7 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    option add *a.color non-existent
    catch {testobjconfig alltypes .a} 
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
    option clear
} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"
    (database entry for "-color" in widget ".a")
    invoked from within







|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    killTables
    option clear
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test config-3.7 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    option add *a.color non-existent
    catch {testobjconfig alltypes .a}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
    option clear
} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"
    (database entry for "-color" in widget ".a")
    invoked from within
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.42 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {32}
test config-4.43 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.44 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables







|







|








|







554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok
test config-4.42 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {32}
test config-4.43 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
test config-4.44 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
    .foo configure -color #444444
    .foo cget -color
    rename .foo {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray75}
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {128}
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50 
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "foo" not defined}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.foo}
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}







|





|







|


|







661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray75}
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {128}
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
    .foo configure -bitmap gray50
    .foo cget -bitmap
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {gray50}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foobar
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "foobar" not defined}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.foo}
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
} -body {
    testobjconfig internal .foo -border #123456
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {#123456}
test config-4.67 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {256}
test config-4.68 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig 
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}







|







|







741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
} -body {
    testobjconfig internal .foo -border #123456
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {#123456}
test config-4.67 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {256}
test config-4.68 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
    .foo configure -border #444444
    .foo cget -border
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {#444444}
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {ridge}
test config-4.73 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {512}
test config-4.74 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat 
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {flat}

test config-4.75 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow







|





|







786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -result {ridge}
test config-4.73 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {512}
test config-4.74 {DoObjConfig - new relief} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
    .foo configure -relief flat
    .foo cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {flat}

test config-4.75 {DoObjConfig - cursor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
test config-4.91 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test config-4.92 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {4096}
test config-4.93 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
    .foo cget -anchor







|







911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
test config-4.91 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test config-4.92 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {4096}
test config-4.93 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
    .foo configure -anchor n
    .foo cget -anchor
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
    .foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.bar}
test config-4.103 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo 
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test config-4.104 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
} -cleanup {







|







989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
    .foo cget -window
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes ok -result {.bar}
test config-4.103 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo
} -cleanup {
    killTables
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test config-4.104 {DoObjConfig - null window} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    toplevel .bar
    testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}
} -cleanup {
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    .a configure -synonym blue
    .a cget -color
} -result {blue}
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color green -relief 
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-relief" missing}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color green -relief} 
    .a cget -color
} -result {green}
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    .a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    catch {.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus}
    list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -int] [.a cget -relief] [.a cget -double]
} -result {red 7 raised 3.14159}

test config-7.8 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color bogus 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.9 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color bogus}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"







|




|






|












|







1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    .a configure -synonym blue
    .a cget -color
} -result {blue}
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color green -relief
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-relief" missing}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color green -relief}
    .a cget -color
} -result {green}
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    .a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
    catch {.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken -double 2.0 -color bogus}
    list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -int] [.a cget -relief] [.a cget -double]
} -result {red 7 raised 3.14159}

test config-7.8 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -color bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "bogus"}
test config-7.9 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -color bogus}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {unknown color name "bogus"
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
".a configure -synonym bogus"}
test config-7.12 {Tk_SetOptions - returning mask} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    format %x [.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159]
} -result {226}
test config-7.13 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -custom bad 
} -returnCodes error -result {expected good value, got "BAD"}
test config-7.14 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -custom bad}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {expected good value, got "BAD"







|







1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
".a configure -synonym bogus"}
test config-7.12 {Tk_SetOptions - returning mask} -constraints testobjconfig -body {
    format %x [.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159]
} -result {226}
test config-7.13 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    .a configure -custom bad
} -returnCodes error -result {expected good value, got "BAD"}
test config-7.14 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} -constraints {
    testobjconfig
} -body {
    catch {.a configure -custom bad}
    return $errorInfo
} -result {expected good value, got "BAD"

Changes to tests/constraints.tcl.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183



184
185
186
187
188
189
190
}

namespace import -force tk::test::*

namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
testConstraint aqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]

testConstraint nonwin [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"}]



testConstraint userInteraction 0
testConstraint nonUnixUserInteraction [expr {
    [testConstraint userInteraction] ||
    ([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [info exists env(DISPLAY)]
testConstraint altDisplay  [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]







>

>
>
>







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
}

namespace import -force tk::test::*

namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
testConstraint aqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]
testConstraint x11 [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"}]
testConstraint nonwin [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"}]
testConstraint aquaOrWin32 [expr {
    ([tk windowingsystem] eq "win32") || [testConstraint aqua]
}]
testConstraint userInteraction 0
testConstraint nonUnixUserInteraction [expr {
    [testConstraint userInteraction] ||
    ([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [info exists env(DISPLAY)]
testConstraint altDisplay  [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]

Added tests/corruptMangled.gif.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Added tests/corruptMangled4G.gif.





>
>
1
2
GIF89a�f3��33�3�3�33����3���!�
,!x��-0Bw��ڥ���J�8U�kir/3Re7  ;

Added tests/corruptTruncated.gif.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/cursor.test.

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {
	setWincur wincur
    button .b -cursor [list @$wincur(file)]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
	removeDirectory $wincur(dir)
	unset wincur	
} -result {.b}
test cursor-2.4 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
	unset -nocomplain wincur
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {







|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {
	setWincur wincur
    button .b -cursor [list @$wincur(file)]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
	removeDirectory $wincur(dir)
	unset wincur
} -result {.b}
test cursor-2.4 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
	unset -nocomplain wincur
	set wincur(file) ""
} -body {
140
141
142
143
144
145
146


147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164

165
166
167
168
169
170
171
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b3
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test cursor-4.1 {FreeCursorObjProc} -constraints {
    testcursor


} -body {
    set x [join heart]
    button .b -cursor $x
    set y [join heart]
    .b configure -cursor $y
    set z [join heart]
    .b configure -cursor $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test cursor-5.1 {assert consistent cursor configuration command} -setup {
    button .b
} -body {







>
>

|

|

|












>







140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b3
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test cursor-4.1 {FreeCursorObjProc} -constraints {
    testcursor
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy heart]
    button .b -cursor $x
    set y [copy heart]
    .b configure -cursor $y
    set z [copy heart]
    .b configure -cursor $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test cursor-5.1 {assert consistent cursor configuration command} -setup {
    button .b
} -body {

Added tests/deferredClearCode.gif.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/entry.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable 
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

test entry-1.7 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -borderwidth 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-1.8 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update







|







102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

test entry-1.7 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-1.8 {configuration option: "borderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
} -body {
    .e configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.19 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test entry-1.20 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}







|









|







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
} -body {
    .e configure -fg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.19 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Helvetica -12}
test entry-1.20 {configuration option: "font" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|







347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test entry-1.32 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth" for entry} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
623
624
625
626
627
628
629

















630
631
632
633
634
635
636
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}




















test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand {Some command}
    .e cget -xscrollcommand
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some command}

test entry-1.59 {configuration option: "-placeholder"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text}
    .e cget -placeholder
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some text}

test entry-1.60 {configuration option: "-placeholderforeground"} -setup {
    pack [entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text} -placeholderforeground red
    .e cget -placeholderforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {red}


test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} -body {
    entry gorp
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
    entry .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Previously the result was count using previousli counted font measurements 
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.12 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.13 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test entry-3.14 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {36}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test entry-3.17 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.18 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.19 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.20 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.21 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.27 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test entry-3.28 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test entry-3.29 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.30 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.31 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
test entry-3.32 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test entry-3.33 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.37 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.38 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test entry-3.47 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test entry-3.48 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, from, present, range, or to}

test entry-3.49 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test entry-3.50 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test entry-3.51 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e 
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {







|








|








|








|








|








|


















|












|










|











|









|






|






|






|







|






|

|






|








|






|






|






|








|








|










|




















|










|












|










|






|






|






|








|






|






|








|








|








|






|






|








|










|












|










|






|










|








|








|










|












|






|







|






|






|






|













|








|











|












|







675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
    entry .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bogus"}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Previously the result was count using previousli counted font measurements
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.12 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test entry-3.13 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test entry-3.14 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {38}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test entry-3.17 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.18 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.19 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test entry-3.20 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.21 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "bar"}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.27 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test entry-3.28 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test entry-3.29 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.30 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-3.31 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
test entry-3.32 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test entry-3.33 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.37 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.38 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "foo"}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test entry-3.47 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test entry-3.48 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, from, present, range, or to}

test entry-3.49 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test entry-3.50 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-3.50.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test entry-3.51 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
} -body {
    .e select to 2 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}

test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "gorp"}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test entry-3.86 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF







|











|








|













|








|








|











|










|










|












|













|







|





|







|





|










|










|













|











|







1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
} -body {
    .e select to 2 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}

test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "gorp"}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test entry-3.86 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}







|







1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
    trace variable x w override
    .e insert 0 "Some text"
    .e configure -textvariable x
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x;  
} -result {12345 12345}

test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    entry .e1
    entry .e2
} -body {







|







1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
    trace variable x w override
    .e insert 0 "Some text"
    .e configure -textvariable x
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x;
} -result {12345 12345}

test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    entry .e1
    entry .e2
} -body {
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-5.6.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get} 
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}


test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update







|






|











|






|















|







1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test entry-5.6.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get}
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}


test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
} -result {}

# No tests for DisplayEntry.

test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify center -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify right -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5 	    
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10 
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}







|













|













|











|














|













|







1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
} -result {}

# No tests for DisplayEntry.

test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify center -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
        -justify right -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
} -result {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts 
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
    .e insert 0 12345
    update







|






|







1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
} -result {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
    .e insert 0 12345
    update
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
    list [.e index @80] [.e index @81] [.e index @115] [.e index @116]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6 7 7 8}


test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update







|














|
|







1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
    list [.e index @80] [.e index @81] [.e index @115] [.e index @116]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6 7 7 8}


test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307









2308
2309
2310

2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {59}

test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4









    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {31}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x
} -result {12345 12345}


test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    entry .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x 
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"







|











|










|











|














|












|













|













|












|















|















|















|













|















|












|















|















|












|












|












|












|












|












|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|




















|








|












|












|












|














|















|














|







2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {59}

test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD expected
} -result {1}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
    unset x
} -result {12345 12345}


test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    entry .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    entry .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e 
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "abogus"}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e







|







2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "abogus"}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

# why when string in .e index changed to not beginning with s, 
# it behaves differently?
test entry-13.12.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4







|
|

















|

|
















|

|
















|







2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
} -result {1 6}






test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

# why when string in .e index changed to not beginning with s,
# it behaves differently?
test entry-13.12.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668




















2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "sbogus"}

test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 




















# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.14.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e  
    catch {selection get} 
    .e index sbogus      
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.15 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}

test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|














|







2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727




















2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "sbogus"}

test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.14.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	entry .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e




















    catch {selection get}
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test entry-13.15 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "@xyz"}

test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|







2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "1xyz"}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|









|










|










|







2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -setup {
    entry .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad entry index "1xyz"}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} -body {
    entry .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2\
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
test entry-14.3 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    entry .e
    .e insert end $x    
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}








|







2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
test entry-14.3 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    entry .e
    .e insert end $x
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}

2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
} -result {Text Text}

# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................." 
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -body {







|







2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
} -result {Text Text}

# is scrollcommand needed here??
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    entry .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................."
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} -constraints {
    unix fonts
} -body {
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1} 

##
## Entry widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#







|







3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1}

##
## Entry widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
    entry .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}








|







3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
    entry .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}

3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##







|







3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##

Changes to tests/event.test.

353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    
    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        set current [$e index [list $current + 1 char]]







|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {[$e compare $current <= $selend]} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        set current [$e index [list $current + 1 char]]
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    
    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {$current <= $selend} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        incr current







|







420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434

    # Click down to set the insert cursor position
    event generate $e <Enter>
    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y

    # Save the position of the insert cursor
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    # Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up

    set current $anchor
    while {$current <= $selend} {
        foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
        event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
        incr current
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}

test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a 
        text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [text $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e







|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
    lappend result [$e index insert]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}

test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in a
        text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [text $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
    _pause 50

    set result [list]
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]
  
    # Clear selection by clicking at 0,0

    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50








|







791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
    _pause 50

    set result [list]
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    # Clear selection by clicking at 0,0

    event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50
    event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
    _pause 50

817
818
819
820
821
822
823



































824
825
826
827
828
829
830
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}




































# cleanup
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
rename _pause {}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}

test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
              multi-byte virtual keycodes - bug
              e36963bfe8df9f5e528134707a91b9c0051de723} -constraints nonPortable -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set res [list ]
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [entry $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e
    bind $e <KeyPress> {lappend res keycode: %k keysym: %K}
    focus -force $e
    update
    event generate $e <diaeresis>
    # The value now contained in $res depends on the actual
    # physical keyboard layout and keycode generated, from
    # the hardware on which the test suite happens to run.
    # We don't need (and we can't really) check correctness
    # of the (system-dependent) keycode received, however
    # Tk should be able to associate this keycode to a
    # (system-independent) known keysym, unless the system
    # running the test does not have a keyboard with a
    # diaeresis key.
    if {[expr {[lindex $res 3] ne "??"}]} {
        # keyboard has a physical diaeresis key and bug is fixed
        return "OK"
    } else  {
        return "Test failed, unless the keyboard tied to the system \
                on which this test is run does NOT have a diaeresis \
                physical key - in this case, test is actually void."
    }
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {OK}

# cleanup
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
rename _pause {}

Changes to tests/filebox.test.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121

if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
    set modes "0 1"
} else {
    set modes 1
}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -confirmoverwrite, -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}


set tmpFile "filebox.tmp"
makeFile {
    # this file can be empty!
} $tmpFile

array set filters {







|
>
|
>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
    set modes "0 1"
} else {
    set modes 1
}

set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -message, -multiple, -parent, -title, -typevariable, or -command}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -confirmoverwrite, -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -message, -parent, -title, -typevariable, -command, or -confirmoverwrite}

set tmpFile "filebox.tmp"
makeFile {
    # this file can be empty!
} $tmpFile

array set filters {
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160



161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176



177
178
179
180
181
182
183
	# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
	# box with an extension-less filename
	if {!$mode} {
	    set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
	}
    }

    test filebox-1.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)




    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
    
    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }

    test filebox-1.3-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)



    test filebox-1.4-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-1.5-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-1.6-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {







|

|
>
>
>




|








|

|
>
>
>







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
	# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
	# box with an extension-less filename
	if {!$mode} {
	    set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
	}
    }

    test filebox-1.1.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-1.1.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getOpenFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
        if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
		tk_getOpenFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
        }
    }

    test filebox-1.3.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-1.3.2-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile,aqua)
    test filebox-1.4-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-1.5-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
        tk_getOpenFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-1.6-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294



295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310



311
312
313
314
315
316
317
	    } else {
	    }
	    set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
		    -filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
		    -initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
		    -typevariable tv]
	    if {[info exists tv]} {
		regexp {^(.*) \(.*\)$} $tv dummy typeName
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }

    test filebox-4.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)




    catch {tk_getSaveFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
	if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-4.2-$mode$option "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
		tk_getSaveFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
	}
    }

    test filebox-4.3-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)



    test filebox-4.4-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-4.5-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-4.6-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {







|







|

|
>
>
>













|

|
>
>
>







285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
	    } else {
	    }
	    set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
		    -filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
		    -initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
		    -typevariable tv]
	    if {[info exists tv]} {
		set typeName $tv
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }

    test filebox-4.1.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-4.1.2-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua)

    catch {tk_getSaveFile -foo 1} msg
    regsub -all ,      $msg "" options
    regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options

    foreach option $options {
	if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
	    test filebox-4.2-$mode$option "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
		tk_getSaveFile $option
	    } -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
	}
    }

    test filebox-4.3.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints notAqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,notAqua)
    test filebox-4.3.2-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -constraints aqua -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
    } -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile,aqua)
    test filebox-4.4-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -initialdir
    } -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
    test filebox-4.5-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
	tk_getSaveFile -parent foo.bar
    } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
    test filebox-4.6-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
		set gotmessage
	    } \
	    -match glob \
	    -result "*RUBBISH*"
    }

    # The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
    # The test whether the dialog box widgets were implemented correctly.
    # These tests are not
    # needed on the other platforms because they use native file dialogs.
}

set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif_old

# cleanup
removeFile filebox.tmp
cleanupTests
return







|










473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
		set gotmessage
	    } \
	    -match glob \
	    -result "*RUBBISH*"
    }

    # The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
    # They test whether the dialog box widgets were implemented correctly.
    # These tests are not
    # needed on the other platforms because they use native file dialogs.
}

set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif_old

# cleanup
removeFile filebox.tmp
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/focus.test.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
test focus-1.6 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp"}
test focus-1.7 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp a
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option ".gorp": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}
test focus-1.8 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, focussing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .t2
} -body {
    focusClear
    toplevel .t2
    wm geom .t2 +10+10
    frame .t2.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised







|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
test focus-1.6 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".gorp"}
test focus-1.7 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    focus .gorp a
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option ".gorp": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}
test focus-1.8 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, focussing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
    destroy .t2
} -body {
    focusClear
    toplevel .t2
    wm geom .t2 +10+10
    frame .t2.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
    lappend x [focus]
    destroy .t2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t2
} -result {.t2.f2 .t2 .t2}
test focus-1.9 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.10 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.11 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focus -displayof .lousy
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".lousy"}
test focus-1.12 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
}  -result {}
test focus-1.13 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus -force .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.14 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix altDisplay







|




|




|




|






|







126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
    lappend x [focus]
    destroy .t2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t2
} -result {.t2.f2 .t2 .t2}
test focus-1.9 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.10 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}
test focus-1.11 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focus -displayof .lousy
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".lousy"}
test focus-1.12 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
}  -result {}
test focus-1.13 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focus -force .t
    focus -displayof .t.b3
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.14 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} -constraints {
	unix altDisplay
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
    focusClear
    focus .t.b1
    set x  [list [focus]]
    focus -force .t.b1
    lappend x [focus]
} -result {{} .t.b1}
test focus-1.20 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.21 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor 1 2
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.22 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focus -lastfor who_knows?
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "who_knows?"}
test focus-1.23 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    focus .b
    focus .t.b1
    list [focus -lastfor .] [focus -lastfor .t.b3]
} -result {.b .t.b1}
test focus-1.24 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    update
    focus -lastfor .t.b2
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.25 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {







|




|




|




|








|







181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
    focusClear
    focus .t.b1
    set x  [list [focus]]
    focus -force .t.b1
    lappend x [focus]
} -result {{} .t.b1}
test focus-1.20 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.21 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor 1 2
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}
test focus-1.22 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focus -lastfor who_knows?
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "who_knows?"}
test focus-1.23 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    focus .b
    focus .t.b1
    list [focus -lastfor .] [focus -lastfor .t.b3]
} -result {.b .t.b1}
test focus-1.24 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    focusClear
    focusSetup
    update
    focus -lastfor .t.b2
} -result {.t}
test focus-1.25 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} -constraints unix -body {

Changes to tests/focusTcl.test.

398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.x}
test focusTcl-5.5 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.x configure -takefocus ""
    pack unpack .b.x
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.6 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
        $w configure -takefocus ""
    }
    pack unpack .b
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.c}
test focusTcl-5.7 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus 1
    pack unpack .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.z}
test focusTcl-5.8 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    proc always args {return 1}
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus always
    pack unpack .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.9 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", window disabled} -body {
    setup1 .







|










|








|









|







398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.x}
test focusTcl-5.5 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.x configure -takefocus ""
    pack forget .b.x
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.6 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
        $w configure -takefocus ""
    }
    pack forget .b
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.c}
test focusTcl-5.7 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus 1
    pack forget .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.z}
test focusTcl-5.8 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    proc always args {return 1}
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus always
    pack forget .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.9 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", window disabled} -body {
    setup1 .

Changes to tests/font.test.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
deleteWindows
# Toplevel used (in some tests) of the whole file
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
update idletasks

switch [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11	 	{set fixed "fixed"}
    win32	{set fixed "courier 12"}
    aqua	{set fixed "monaco 9"}
}


# Procedure used in tests: 24.15, 26.*, 28.*, 30.*, 31.*, 32.1
proc csetup {{str ""}} {







|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
deleteWindows
# Toplevel used (in some tests) of the whole file
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
update idletasks

switch [tk windowingsystem] {
    x11	 	{set fixed "TkFixedFont"}
    win32	{set fixed "courier 12"}
    aqua	{set fixed "monaco 9"}
}


# Procedure used in tests: 24.15, 26.*, 28.*, 30.*, 31.*, 32.1
proc csetup {{str ""}} {
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119


test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font actual
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
    font actual xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {







|







105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119


test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font actual xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font actual
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
    font actual xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} -body {
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147












148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}














test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font configure xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-5.3 {font command: configure: "deleted" font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0) 
    font create xyz
    .t.f configure -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    font configure xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}







|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|












|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {times}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-4.12 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \ud800
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.13 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.14 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {-family times} -family -- \ud800\udc00
} -result {times}
test font-4.15 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00\ud800
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {expected a single character but got "*"}


test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font configure xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-5.3 {font command: configure: "deleted" font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)
    font create xyz
    .t.f configure -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    font configure xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
    font configure font2 -family
} -cleanup {
    font delete font1 font2 font3
} -result {four}
test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # name was specified so skip = 3 
    font create xyz -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -body {
    # name was not specified so skip = 2 
    font create -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (CreateNamedFont() != TCL_OK)
    font create xyz
    font create xyz
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" already exists}

test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"}
test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
	set x {}
} -body {
    # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) 
    font create a -underline 1
    font create b -underline 1
    font create c -underline 1
    font create d -underline 1
    font create e -underline 1
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
    font delete a e c b







|





|













|






|







259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    font configure font2 -family
} -cleanup {
    font delete font1 font2 font3
} -result {four}
test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # name was specified so skip = 3
    font create xyz -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -body {
    # name was not specified so skip = 2
    font create -xyz times
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (CreateNamedFont() != TCL_OK)
    font create xyz
    font create xyz
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" already exists}

test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"}
test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} -setup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
	set x {}
} -body {
    # for (i = 2; i < objc; i++)
    font create a -underline 1
    font create b -underline 1
    font create c -underline 1
    font create d -underline 1
    font create e -underline 1
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
    font delete a e c b
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} -cleanup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -result {{a b c d e} {b c e}}
test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL) 
    font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update







|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
    lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} -cleanup {
    clearnondefaultfonts
} -result {{a b c d e} {b c e}}
test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr == NULL)
    font delete xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}
test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390


test font-9.1 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    expr {[font measure xyz -displayof] > 0}
} -returnCodes ok -result 1
test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4) 
    font measure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4) 
    font measure xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (tkfont == NULL)
    font measure "\{xyz" abc
} -returnCodes error -result "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"
test font-9.5 {font command: measure} -body {







|



|







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402


test font-9.1 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    expr {[font measure xyz -displayof] > 0}
} -returnCodes ok -result 1
test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4)
    font measure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip != 4)
    font measure xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}
test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (tkfont == NULL)
    font measure "\{xyz" abc
} -returnCodes error -result "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"
test font-9.5 {font command: measure} -body {
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3) 
    font metrics
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
    font metrics xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {







|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (skip < 0)
    font metrics xyz -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font metrics
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
    # (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
    font metrics xyz abc def
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} -body {
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611


test font-14.1 {Tk_GetFont procedure} -body {
} -result {}


test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -font $x
    lindex $x 0
    testfont counts {Times 16}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
    button .b2 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]







|












|














|







581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623


test font-14.1 {Tk_GetFont procedure} -body {
} -result {}


test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    lindex $x 0
    button .b1 -font $x
    lindex $x 0
    testfont counts {Times 16}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
} -result {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    destroy .b1
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
    button .b2 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b2
} -result {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Times 16}
    button .b1 -font $x
    lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
} -result {-family}
test font-15.5 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr != NULL) 
    font create xyz 
    .t.f config -font xyz 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
    font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-15.6 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: not a named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    .t.f config -font {times 20}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family} -result {}
test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font fixed
} -result {}
test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	win 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font oemfixed
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test font-15.9 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr == NULL) 
    .t.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "yyy"}
test font-15.10 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: no match} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
    font actual "\{xyz"







|
|
|















|





|



|






|









|







640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
} -result {-family}
test font-15.5 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
    font delete xyz
} -result {}
test font-15.6 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: not a named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (namedHashPtr != NULL)
    .t.f config -font {times 20}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family} -result {}
test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font fixed
} -result {}
test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} -constraints {
	win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font oemfixed
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
test font-15.9 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr == NULL)
    .t.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz}
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "yyy"}
test font-15.10 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: no match} -constraints noExceed -body {
    # (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
    font actual "\{xyz"
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) because size was < 10
    .t.f config -text "underline" -font "times -8 underline"
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}    


test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -font -family\ fixed
    .t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}


test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
	testfont 
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Courier 12}
    button .b1 -font $x
    button .b3 -font $x







|















|







720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) because size was < 10
    .t.f config -text "underline" -font "times -8 underline"
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}


test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -font -family\ fixed
    .t.f cget -font
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {-family fixed}


test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} -constraints {
	testfont
} -setup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
    set result {}
} -body {
    set x {Courier 12}
    button .b1 -font $x
    button .b3 -font $x
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.4 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) 
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    destroy .t.f
    getnondefaultfonts
} -result {xyz}
test font-17.5 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0) 
    font create xyz -underline 1
    .t.f config -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz -underline]
    destroy .t.f
    list [font actual xyz -underline] $x
} -result {0 1}
test font-17.6 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font not deleted yet} -setup {
    destroy .t.f .t.b
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    font create xyz 
    .t.f config -font xyz
    button .t.b -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz]
    destroy .t.b
    list [lindex [font actual xyz] 0] [lindex $x 0]
} -cleanup {







|











|













|







781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
} -result {-family fixed}
test font-17.4 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    clearnondefaultfonts
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL)
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    destroy .t.f
    getnondefaultfonts
} -result {xyz}
test font-17.5 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    # not (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
    font create xyz -underline 1
    .t.f config -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz -underline]
    destroy .t.f
    list [font actual xyz -underline] $x
} -result {0 1}
test font-17.6 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font not deleted yet} -setup {
    destroy .t.f .t.b
    catch {font delete xyz}
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
} -body {
    font create xyz
    .t.f config -font xyz
    button .t.b -font xyz
    font delete xyz
    set x [font actual xyz]
    destroy .t.b
    list [lindex [font actual xyz] 0] [lindex $x 0]
} -cleanup {
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
    destroy .t.w1 .t.w2
} -result {}


# Procedure used in 21.* tests
proc psfontname {name} {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
    set a [.t.c itemcget text -font]
    .t.c itemconfig text -text "We need text" -font $name
    set post [.t.c postscript]
    .t.c itemconfig text -font $a







|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
    destroy .t.w1 .t.w2
} -result {}


# Procedure used in 21.* tests
proc psfontname {name} {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
    set a [.t.c itemcget text -font]
    .t.c itemconfig text -text "We need text" -font $name
    set post [.t.c postscript]
    .t.c itemconfig text -font $a
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
    if {[string match *avant*garde $x]} {
		psfontname "{itc avant garde} 10"
    } else {
		set x {AvantGarde-Book}
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "arial 10"
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "{times new roman} 10"
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win 
} -body {
    psfontname "{courier new} 10"
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.5 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family]
    if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} {
		psfontname "{lucida bright} 10"
    } else {
		set x {LucidaBright}
    }
} -result {LucidaBright}
test font-21.6 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	unix 
} -body {
    psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10"
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}

test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Book
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Demi
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Demi}
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-BookOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique}
test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-DemiOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique}

test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Light
    }
} -result {Bookman-Light}
test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Demi
    }
} -result {Bookman-Demi}
test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-LightItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-LightItalic}
test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-DemiItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-DemiItalic}

test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier
    }
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Bold
    }
} -result {Courier-Bold}
test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Oblique
    }
} -result {Courier-Oblique}
test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Courier-BoldOblique}

test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica
    }
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Bold
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Bold}
test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Oblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Oblique}
test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique}

test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}
test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}
test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}

test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Roman
    }
} -result {Palatino-Roman}
test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Bold
    }
} -result {Palatino-Bold}
test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Italic
    }
} -result {Palatino-Italic}
test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Palatino-BoldItalic}

test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}

test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Roman
    }
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Bold
    }
} -result {Times-Bold}
test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Italic
    }
} -result {Times-Italic}
test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}

test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}

test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix 
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }







|




|




|




|









|





|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|










|









|









|









|







892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
    if {[string match *avant*garde $x]} {
		psfontname "{itc avant garde} 10"
    } else {
		set x {AvantGarde-Book}
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "arial 10"
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "{times new roman} 10"
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} -constraints {
	win
} -body {
    psfontname "{courier new} 10"
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.5 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	unix
} -body {
    set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family]
    if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} {
		psfontname "{lucida bright} 10"
    } else {
		set x {LucidaBright}
    }
} -result {LucidaBright}
test font-21.6 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} -constraints {
	x11
} -body {
    psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10"
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}

test font-21.7 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Book
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-Demi
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-Demi}
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-BookOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-BookOblique}
test font-21.10 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {avantgarde 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "avantgarde"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x AvantGarde-DemiOblique
    }
} -result {AvantGarde-DemiOblique}

test font-21.11 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Light
    }
} -result {Bookman-Light}
test font-21.12 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-Demi
    }
} -result {Bookman-Demi}
test font-21.13 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-LightItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-LightItalic}
test font-21.14 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {bookman 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "bookman"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Bookman-DemiItalic
    }
} -result {Bookman-DemiItalic}

test font-21.15 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier
    }
} -result {Courier}
test font-21.16 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Bold
    }
} -result {Courier-Bold}
test font-21.17 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-Oblique
    }
} -result {Courier-Oblique}
test font-21.18 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {courier 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "courier"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Courier-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Courier-BoldOblique}

test font-21.19 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica
    }
} -result {Helvetica}
test font-21.20 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Bold
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Bold}
test font-21.21 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-Oblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-Oblique}
test font-21.22 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {helvetica 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "helvetica"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Helvetica-BoldOblique
    }
} -result {Helvetica-BoldOblique}

test font-21.23 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
test font-21.24 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}
test font-21.25 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}
test font-21.26 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {{new century schoolbook} 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "new century schoolbook"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}

test font-21.27 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Roman
    }
} -result {Palatino-Roman}
test font-21.28 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Bold
    }
} -result {Palatino-Bold}
test font-21.29 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-Italic
    }
} -result {Palatino-Italic}
test font-21.30 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {palatino 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "palatino"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Palatino-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Palatino-BoldItalic}

test font-21.31 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.32 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.33 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}
test font-21.34 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {symbol 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "symbol"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Symbol
    }
} -result {Symbol}

test font-21.35 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Roman
    }
} -result {Times-Roman}
test font-21.36 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Bold
    }
} -result {Times-Bold}
test font-21.37 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-Italic
    }
} -result {Times-Italic}
test font-21.38 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {times 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "times"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x Times-BoldItalic
    }
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}

test font-21.39 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.40 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.41 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
test font-21.42 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfchancery 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfchancery"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
    }
} -result {ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}

test font-21.43 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.44 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 roman bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.45 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic normal}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
} -result {ZapfDingbats}
test font-21.46 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    set name {zapfdingbats 12 italic bold}
    if {[font actual {avantgarde 12 roman normal} -family] == "zapfdingbats"} {
        set x [psfontname avantgarde 12 roman normal]
    } else {
        set x ZapfDingbats
    }
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
    win
} -body {
    set x [psfontname {{times new roman} 12 italic bold}]
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}


test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} -setup {
	destroy .t.l 
} -body {
	label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
		-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.l
	set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    expr {[font measure [.t.l cget -font] "000"] eq $ax*3}
} -cleanup {







|







1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
    win
} -body {
    set x [psfontname {{times new roman} 12 italic bold}]
} -result {Times-BoldItalic}


test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} -setup {
	destroy .t.l
} -body {
	label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
		-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.l
	set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    expr {[font measure [.t.l cget -font] "000"] eq $ax*3}
} -cleanup {
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.t
} -result {}


# Data used in 24.* tests
destroy .t.l 
label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
	-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.l
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
test font-24.1 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: empty string} -body {







|







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
    update
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.t
} -result {}


# Data used in 24.* tests
destroy .t.l
label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
	-text "0" -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.l
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
test font-24.1 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: empty string} -body {
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
	.t.l config -text "0000\n"
	update
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq [expr {$ax * 4}]}]
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq [expr {$ay * 2}]}]
    return $x
} -result {1 1 1 1}
destroy .t.l 

test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} -setup {
    set x {}
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    csetup "000\n00000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -just left
    lappend x [.t.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]







|




|







1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
	.t.l config -text "0000\n"
	update
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq [expr {$ax * 4}]}]
	lappend x [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq [expr {$ay * 2}]}]
    return $x
} -result {1 1 1 1}
destroy .t.l

test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} -setup {
    set x {}
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    csetup "000\n00000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -just left
    lappend x [.t.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -text foo
    .t.f config -text boo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}
    

# Canvas created for tests: 26.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-26.1 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: auto-detect last char} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update







|



|







1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
    update
} -body {
    .t.f config -text foo
    .t.f config -text boo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.f
} -result {}


# Canvas created for tests: 26.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-26.1 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: auto-detect last char} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
    pack [label .t.f]
    update
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 28.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-28.1 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: above all lines} -body {
    csetup "000"
    .t.c index text @-1,0
} -result {0}







|







1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 28.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-28.1 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: above all lines} -body {
    csetup "000"
    .t.c index text @-1,0
} -result {0}
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 30.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-30.1 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
	.t.c bind all <Enter> {lappend x [.t.c index current @%x,%y]}
    set x {}







|







1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
} -result {}
destroy .t.f



# Canvas created for tests: 30.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-30.1 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
	.t.c bind all <Enter> {lappend x [.t.c index current @%x,%y]}
    set x {}
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
	bind all <Enter> {}
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


# Canvas created for tests 31.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-31.1 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
    .t.c find overlapping 0 0 0 0
} -result [.t.c find withtag text]







|







1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
	bind all <Enter> {}
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


# Canvas created for tests 31.*
destroy .t.c
canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .t.c
update
test font-31.1 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop once} -body {
    csetup "000\n000\n000"
    .t.c find overlapping 0 0 0 0
} -result [.t.c find withtag text]
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946










1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
test font-31.6 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} -body {
    csetup "000\n000      000000000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
    set x [.t.c find overlapping [expr $ax*5] $ay [expr $ax*5] $ay]
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 0
    return $x
} -result {}










destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0 
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    # If there were a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then the
    # temporary buffer could overflow and write on the stack.
    csetup "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 800
    .t.c insert text end "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
    .t.c insert text end "end"
    set x [.t.c postscript]
    set i [string first "(qwerty" $x] 
    string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.c
} -result {(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[()]
[()]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|












|







1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
test font-31.6 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} -body {
    csetup "000\n000      000000000"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
    set x [.t.c find overlapping [expr $ax*5] $ay [expr $ax*5] $ay]
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 0
    return $x
} -result {}
test font-31.7 {TkIntersectAngledTextLayout procedure: bug [514ff64dd0]} -body {
    csetup "This is line one\nand line two\nand line three here"
    .t.c itemconfigure text -angle 90
    # Coordinates of the rectangle to check can be hardcoded:
    # The goal of this test is to check whether the overlap detection algorithm
    # works when the rectangle is entirely included in a chunk of the text layout.
    # The text has been rotated 90 degrees around it's upper left corner,
    # so it's enough to check with a small rectangle with small negative y coords.
    .t.c find overlapping 5 -7 7 -5
} -result {1}
destroy .t.c


test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} -setup {
	destroy .t.c
	canvas .t.c -closeenough 0
	.t.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
	pack .t.c
	update
} -body {
    # If there were a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then the
    # temporary buffer could overflow and write on the stack.
    csetup "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c itemconfig text -width 800
    .t.c insert text end "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
    .t.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
    .t.c insert text end "end"
    set x [.t.c postscript]
    set i [string first "(qwerty" $x]
    string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .t.c
} -result {(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[()]
[()]
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
	font delete xyz
} -result {italic}
test font-37.6 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: underline} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -underline yes
	font config xyz -underline 
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {1}
test font-37.7 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: overstrike} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -overstrike no
	font config xyz -overstrike 
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {0}


# In tests below, one field is set to "xyz" so that font name doesn't
# look like a native X font, so that ParseFontNameObj or TkParseXLFD will







|








|







2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
	font delete xyz
} -result {italic}
test font-37.6 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: underline} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -underline yes
	font config xyz -underline
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {1}
test font-37.7 {GetAttributeInfo procedure: overstrike} -setup {
    catch {font delete xyz}
	set x {}
} -body {
	font create xyz -overstrike no
	font config xyz -overstrike
} -cleanup {
	font delete xyz
} -result {0}


# In tests below, one field is set to "xyz" so that font name doesn't
# look like a native X font, so that ParseFontNameObj or TkParseXLFD will
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337

2338


2339
2340


2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {

    # can fail on Unix systems that have a real "times new roman" font


    font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family
} -result [font actual {times 10} -family]




test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} -body {
	font actual {times 10} a
} -match glob -result [list -family [font actual {times 10} -family] -size *\
		 -slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0]








|
|
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>







2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {times}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {noExceed} -body {
    if {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq "Times New Roman"} {
        # avoid test failure on systems that have a real "times new roman" font
        set res 1
    } else {
        set res [expr {[font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family] eq \
                       [font actual {times 10} -family]} ]
    }
} -result {1}


test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} -body {
	font actual {times 10} a
} -match glob -result [list -family [font actual {times 10} -family] -size *\
		 -slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0]

Changes to tests/frame.test.

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame} 
test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows







|







56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {-class class Class Frame NewFrame}
test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f -class NewFrame
    .f configure -class Different
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.18 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.19 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {







|







788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.18 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test frame-3.19 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.21 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set x ok
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343 
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {







|







832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
} -result {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.21 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -constraints {
	defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set x ok
    toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    update
    colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {1}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
    set fh [expr {[font metrics $font -linespace] + 2 - 3}]
    set fw [expr {[font measure $font "Mupp"] + 2 - 3}]
    if {$fw < 0} {set fw 0}
    if {$fh < 0} {set fh 0}
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1

    set result {} 
    foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} {
        .f configure -labelanchor $lp
        update
        set expx 5
        set expy 6
        set expw 90
        set exph 88







|







1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
    set fh [expr {[font metrics $font -linespace] + 2 - 3}]
    set fw [expr {[font measure $font "Mupp"] + 2 - 3}]
    if {$fw < 0} {set fw 0}
    if {$fh < 0} {set fh 0}
    place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100
    pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1

    set result {}
    foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} {
        .f configure -labelanchor $lp
        update
        set expx 5
        set expy 6
        set expw 90
        set exph 88

Changes to tests/geometry.test.

266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    }
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    update
    pack [frame .t.f] 
    button .t.quit -text Quit -command exit
    pack .t.quit -in .t.f
    wm iconify .t
    set x 0
    after 500 {set x 1}
    tkwait variable x
    wm deiconify .t







|







266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    }
    destroy .t
} -body {
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t +0+0
    tkwait visibility .t
    update
    pack [frame .t.f]
    button .t.quit -text Quit -command exit
    pack .t.quit -in .t.f
    wm iconify .t
    set x 0
    after 500 {set x 1}
    tkwait variable x
    wm deiconify .t

Changes to tests/grid.test.

1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
    frame .t.f
    label .t.f.l -text foobar
    grid .t.f.l
    destroy .t
    set result ok
} -result ok


test grid-18.1 {test respect for internalborder} -body {
    toplevel .pack
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
    labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
    pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
    frame .pack.lf.f







<







1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802

1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
    frame .t.f
    label .t.f.l -text foobar
    grid .t.f.l
    destroy .t
    set result ok
} -result ok


test grid-18.1 {test respect for internalborder} -body {
    toplevel .pack
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
    labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
    pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
    frame .pack.lf.f
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001






































































































































2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
    # If .a was destroyed while remembered by the removed .c, make sure it
    # is ignored.
    destroy .a
    grid .c -row 0 -column 0
    grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.5







































































































































# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
    # If .a was destroyed while remembered by the removed .c, make sure it
    # is ignored.
    destroy .a
    grid .c -row 0 -column 0
    grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.5

test grid-23 {grid configure -in leaked from previous master - bug
              6aea69fccbb266b7f0437686379fbe5b55442958} {
    frame .f
    frame .g
    pack .f .g
    text .t
    grid .t -in .f
    pack forget .f
    update
    grid .t -in .g
    # .t is now managed by .g; following lines must have no effect on .t
    pack .f
    update
    pack forget .f
    update
    winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} {1}
grid_reset 23

test grid-24.1 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.1
} -result {1}
test grid-24.2 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last grid remove} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid remove .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.2
} -result {1}
test grid-24.3 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last gridded child destruction} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {incr A}
    destroy .1
    update
    set A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.3
} -result {1}
test grid-24.4 {<Configure> does not fire on last grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    grid_reset 24.4
} -result {0}
test grid-24.5 {<Configure> fires on forelast grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    grid_reset 24.5
} -result {1}
test grid-24.6 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on forelast grid forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.6
} -result {0}
test grid-24.7 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on grid anchor} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid anchor . w
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    grid anchor . nw
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.7
} -result {0}
test grid-24.8 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on last grid forget if propagation is off} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    grid [frame .1]
    grid propagate . 0
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    grid forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    grid_reset 24.8
} -result {0}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Added tests/iDOT.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/image.test.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
test image-1.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image create
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image create type ?name? ?-option value ...?"}
test image-1.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image c bad_type
} -returnCodes error -result {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist}
test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    list [image create test myimage] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {myimage myimage}
test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    scan [image create test] image%d first
    image create test myimage
    scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second
    expr $second-$first
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}

test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType 
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    catch {image create test -badName foo}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test image-1.11 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window} -body {
    set code [loadTkCommand]
    append code {







|






|












|













|

|
















|

|




|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
test image-1.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image create
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image create type ?name? ?-option value ...?"}
test image-1.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -body {
    image c bad_type
} -returnCodes error -result {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist}
test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    list [image create test myimage] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {myimage myimage}
test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    scan [image create test] image%d first
    image create test myimage
    scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second
    expr $second-$first
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}

test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage -variable x
    .c create image 100 50 -image myimage
    .c create image 100 150 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    update
    set x {}
    image create test myimage -variable x
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15} {myimage display 0 0 30 15}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
	testImageType
} -body {
    image create test -badName foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option name "-badName"}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    catch {image create test -badName foo}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test image-1.11 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window} -body {
    set code [loadTkCommand]
    append code {
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    image delete $i $j
} -result works

test image-2.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -body {
    image delete
} -result {}
test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set result {}
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    lappend result [lsort [imageNames]]
    image d myimage img2
    lappend result [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{img2 myimage} {}}
test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    image delete myimage gorp img2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test image-2.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    catch {image delete myimage gorp img2}
    imageNames







|













|










|







138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
    image delete $i $j
} -result works

test image-2.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -body {
    image delete
} -result {}
test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set result {}
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    lappend result [lsort [imageNames]]
    image d myimage img2
    lappend result [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{img2 myimage} {}}
test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    image delete myimage gorp img2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "gorp" doesn't exist}
test image-2.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image create test img2
    catch {image delete myimage gorp img2}
    imageNames
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
test image-3.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}
test image-3.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image h myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image height myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {15 50}


test image-4.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -body {
    image names x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image names"}
test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {
        image delete {*}[image names]







|
















|







186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
test image-3.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}
test image-3.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -body {
    image height foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image h myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image height myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {15 50}


test image-4.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -body {
    image names x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image names"}
test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    catch {interp delete testinterp}
} -body {
    interp create testinterp
    load {} Tk testinterp
    interp eval testinterp {
        image delete {*}[image names]
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
    image type a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}
test image-5.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -body {
    image type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}

test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {test}
test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {oldtest}
test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType 
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}


test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
    image types x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -body {
    lsort [image types]
} -result {bitmap oldtest photo test}


test image-7.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image w myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image width myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {30 60}


test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set res {}
    destroy .b
} -body {
    image create test myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
    button .b -image myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {destroy .b}
} -result [list 0 1]
    

test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8 30 30}}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9 30 30} {foo display 0 0 12 14 65 74}}


test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {







|









|











|









|


















|















|













|













|















|















|







245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
    image type a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}
test image-5.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -body {
    image type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}

test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {test}
test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}
test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {oldtest}
test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} -constraints {
    testOldImageType
} -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create oldtest myimage
    .c create image 50 50 -image myimage
    image delete myimage
    image type myimage
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "myimage" doesn't exist}


test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -body {
    image types x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image types"}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -body {
    lsort [image types]
} -result {bitmap oldtest photo test}


test image-7.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width a b
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}
test image-7.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -body {
    image width foo
} -returnCodes error -result {image "foo" doesn't exist}
test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test myimage
    set x [image w myimage]
    myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
    list $x [image width myimage]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {30 60}


test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set res {}
    destroy .b
} -body {
    image create test myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
    button .b -image myimage2
    lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {destroy .b}
} -result [list 0 1]


test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 7 8}}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo
    .c create image 90 100 -image foo
    update
    set x {}
    foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {{foo display 5 6 25 9} {foo display 0 0 12 14}}


test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    .c create image 100 10 -image bad_name
} -cleanup {
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
    .c delete i1
    pack .c
    update
    list [imageNames] $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {foo {{foo free} {foo display 0 0 30 15 103 121}}}
test image-11.2 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
    set names [imageNames]







|







413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
    .c delete i1
    pack .c
    update
    list [imageNames] $x
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {foo {{foo free} {foo display 0 0 30 15}}}
test image-11.2 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} -constraints testImageType -setup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test foo -variable x
    .c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
    set names [imageNames]
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
    lappend x [imageNames]
    image create photo foo -width 20 -height 20
    lappend x [.c bbox i1] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo}
    
destroy .c
imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|










609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
    lappend x [imageNames]
    image create photo foo -width 20 -height 20
    lappend x [.c bbox i1] [imageNames]
} -cleanup {
    .c delete all
    imageCleanup
} -result {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo}

destroy .c
imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/imgBmap.test.

376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383

384
385
386
387
388
389
390
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test imageBmap-7.9 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} -body {
    i1 configure -foreground #221100 -background
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-background" missing}
test imageBmap-7.10 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} -body {
    i1 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be cget or configure}



test imageBmap-8.1 {ImgBmapGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    update
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1 -data $data1







|
>







376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test imageBmap-7.9 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} -body {
    i1 configure -foreground #221100 -background
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-background" missing}
test imageBmap-7.10 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} -body {
    i1 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be cget or configure}
# Clean it up after use!!
imageCleanup

test imageBmap-8.1 {ImgBmapGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    update
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1 -data $data1

Added tests/imgListFormat.test.











































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the default image data format
# ("list format") implementend in the file tkImgListFormat.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 2017 Simon Bachmann
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Simon Bachmann ([email protected])

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

imageInit

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]
# let's see if we have the semi-transparent one as well
set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png]
testConstraint hasTranspTeapotPhoto [file exists $transpTeapotPhotoFile]

# ---------------------------------------------------------------------


test imgListFormat-1.1 {ParseFormatOptions: default values} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green} {blue black}}
    lindex [photo1 data] 1 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {#000000}
test imgListFormat-1.2 {ParseFormatOptions: format name as first arg} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put #1256ef -format {default} -to 0 0 10 10
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgListFormat-1.3 {ParseFormatOptions: unknown option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "-bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-1.4 {ParseFormatOptions: option not allowed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow -format {default -colorformat rgb}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad format option "-colorformat": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-1.5 {ParseFormatOptions: no -colorformat value} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat}
} -returnCodes error -result {the "-colorformat" option requires a value}
test imgListFormat-1.6 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat val #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "bogus": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.7 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat val #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat tkcolor}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "tkcolor": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.8 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #3} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat emptystring}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "emptystring": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.9 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #4} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb-short}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "rgb-short": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.10 {ParseFormatOptions: bad -colorformat #5} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba-short}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad color format "rgba-short": must be rgb, rgba, or list}
test imgListFormat-1.11 {valid colorformats} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white#78
    set result {}
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}]
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    lappend result [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
} -result {{{#ffffff}} {{#ffffff78}} {{{255 255 255 120}}}}

# GetBadOptMsg: only use case already tested with imgListFormat-1.4

test imgListFormat-3.1 {StringMatchDef: data is not a list} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {not a " proper list}
    # " (this comment is here only for editor highlighting)
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
# empty data case tested with imgPhoto-4.95 (imgPhoto.test)
test imgListFormat-3.2 {StringMatchDef: \
        list element not a proper list} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {{red white} {not "} {blue green}}
    # "
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
test imgListFormat-3.3 {StringMatchDef: \
        sublists with differen lengths} -body {
    testphotostringmatch {{#001122 #334455 #667788}
		{#99AABB #CCDDEE}
		{#FF0011 #223344 #556677}}
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid row # 1: all rows must have the same number of elements}
test imgListFormat-3.4 {StringMatchDef: base64 data is not parsed as valid \
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {
	iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAIAAAACCA
	YAAAEFsT2yAAAABGdBTUEAAYagMeiWXwAA
	ABdJREFUCJkFwQEBAAAAgiD6P9pACRoqDk
	fUBvt1wUFKAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC
    } -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgListFormat-3.5 {StringMatchDef: valid data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue green}
		{yellow magenta}
	        {#000000 #FFFFFFFF}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] \
	[photo1 get 0 2 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {2 3 {0 0 0 255}}

# ImgStringRead: most of the error cases cannot be tested with current code,
# as the errors are detected by StringMatchDef
test imgListFormat-4.1 {StringReadDef: use with -format opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -format "default"
    photo1 get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-4.2 {StringReadDef: suboptions to format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {bad format option "-bogus": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-4.3 {StringReadDef: erroneous non-option argument} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put orange -format {default bogus}
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": no options allowed}
test imgListFormat-4.4 {StringReadDef: normal use case} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    photo2 put $imgData
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {1}
test imgListFormat-4.5 {StringReadDef: correct compositing rule} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 put #FF0000 -to 0 0 50 50
    photo2 put [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}] -to 10 10 40 40
    list [photo2 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo2 get 20 25 -withalpha] \
	[photo2 get 49 49 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{255 0 0 255} {0 78 185 225} {255 0 0 255}}

test imgListFormat-5.1 {StringWriteDef: format options not a list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default " bogus}
    # "
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open quote in list}
test imgListFormat-5.2 {StringWriteDef: invalid format option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "-bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-5.3 {StringWriteDef: non-option arg in format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list bogus}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad format option "bogus": must be -colorformat}
test imgListFormat-5.4 {StringWriteDef: empty image} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgListFormat-5.5 {StirngWriteDef: size of data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put blue -to 0 0 35 64
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData]
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {35 64}
test imgListFormat-5.6 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #1} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    set result {}
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x)
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#135cc0} #135cc0 #a06d52 #e1c8ba #135cc0}
test imgListFormat-5.7 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #2} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    set result {}
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    # note: with [lindex], the coords are inverted (y x)
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 0 0]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 255 255]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#135cc0ff} #135cc0ff #a06d52ff #e1c8baff #135cc0ff}
test imgListFormat-5.8 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #3} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}]
    set result {}
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#004eb9} #a14100 #ffca9f}
test imgListFormat-5.9 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #4} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}]
    set result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#004eb9e1} #a14100aa #ffca9faf}
test imgListFormat-5.10 {StringWriteDef: test some pixels #5} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}]
    set result {}
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 3 2]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 107 53]
    lappend result [lindex $imgData 203 157]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 78 185 225} {161 65 0 170} {255 202 159 175}}

test imgListFormat-6.1 {ParseColor: empty string} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{"" ""} {"" ""}}
    lappend result [image width photo1]
    lappend result [image height photo1]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {2 2 {0 0 0 0}}
test imgListFormat-6.2 {ParseColor: empty string, mixed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{black white} {{} white}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 0 0 255} {0 0 0 0}}
test imgListFormat-6.3 {ParseColor: color name too long} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set longstr {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
        append longstr "z"
    }
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list blue] [list $longstr]]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset longstr
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color}
test imgListFormat-6.4 {ParseColor: #XXX color, different forms} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#A123 #334455} {#012 #fffefd#00}}
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#aa112233 #334455ff} {#001122ff #fffefd00}}
test imgListFormat-6.5 {ParseColor: list format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list [list 255 255 255]]]
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-6.6 {ParseColor: string format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put [list [list [list white]]]
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 255 255 255}
test imgListFormat-6.7 {ParseColor: invalid color} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue red} {green bogus}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "bogus"}
test imgListFormat-6.8 {ParseColor: overall test} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {
		{[email protected] snow#80 snow#8 #[email protected] #fffffabbfacc#8}
		{#fffffafffaff#80 #[email protected] #ffffaafaa#8 #ffffaafaa#80 #fee#8}
		{#fee#80 #[email protected] #[email protected] #fffafa#8 #fffafa#80}
		{{0xff 250 0xfa 128} {255 250 250} #fee8 #fffafa80 snow}}
    for {set y 0} {$y < 4} {incr y} {
		for {set x 0} {$x < 5} {incr x} {
			lappend result [photo1 get $x $y -withalpha]
		}
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
} -result \
{{255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128}\
{255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136}\
{255 250 250 128} {255 238 238 136} {255 238 238 128} {255 238 238 128}\
{255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 128}\
{255 250 250 255} {255 238 238 136} {255 250 250 128} {255 250 250 255}}

# Note: these tests were written for an earlier implementation of
# ParseColorAsList. For this reason, their order and layout do not follow the
# current code very well. Test coverage is pretty good, nevertheless.
test imgListFormat-7.1 {ParseColorAsList: invalid list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{123 45 67 89} {123 45 " 67}}}
	#"
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "123 45 " 67"}
#"
test imgListFormat-7.2 {ParseColorAsList: too few elements in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 255 0 255} {0 255}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "0 255"}
test imgListFormat-7.3 {ParseColorAsList: too many elements in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 100 200 255} {0 100 200 255 0}}}
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "0 100 200 255 0"}
test imgListFormat-7.4 {ParseColorAsList: not an integer value} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{9 0xf3 87 65} {43 21 10 1.0}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "43 21 10 1.0"}
test imgListFormat-7.5 {ParseColorAsList: negative value in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{121 121 121} {121 121 -1}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "121 121 -1"}
test imgListFormat-7.6 {ParseColorAsList: value in list too large} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0 1 2 3} {254 255 256}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "254 255 256"}
test imgListFormat-7.7 {ParseColorAsList: suffix not allowed} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{100 100 100} {100 100 100#FE}}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "100 100 100#FE"}
test imgListFormat-7.8 {ParseColorAsList: valid list form} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{{0x0 0x10 0xfe 0xff} {0 100 254}}
		{{30 30 30 0} {1 1 254 1}}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 16 254 255} {0 100 254 255} {30 30 30 0} {1 1 254 1}}
test imgListFormat-7.9 {ParseColorAsList: additional spaces in list} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put { { { 1 2 3} {1  2	 3} } { {1 2 3  } {  1  2  3   4  }  } }
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#010203ff #010203ff} {#010203ff #01020304}}
test imgListFormat-7.10 {ParseColorAsList: list format, string rep} -setup {
	image create photo photo1
} -body {
	photo1 put {{"111 222 33 44"}}
	photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
	imageCleanup
} -result {111 222 33 44}

test imgListFormat-8.1 {ParseColorAsHex: RGB format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#010 #001100}}
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#001100 #001100}}
test imgListFormat-8.2 {ParseColorAsHex: invalid hex digit} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#ABCD #ABCZ}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#ABCZ"}
test imgListFormat-8.3 {ParseColorAsHex: RGB with suffix, 8 chars} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#FFfFFf #AbCdef#0}}
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#ffffff #abcdef}}
test imgListFormat-8.4 {ParseColor: valid #RGBA color} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#9bd5020d #7acF}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{155 213 2 13} {119 170 204 255}}

test imgListFormat-9.1 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        Tk color, valid suffixes} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{[email protected] #114433#C} {#8D4#1A magenta}}
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{0 0 255 181} {17 68 51 204} {136 221 68 26} {255 0 255 255}}
test imgListFormat-9.2 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        Tk color with and w/o suffixes} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set result {}
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#52D8a0 #2B5} {#[email protected] maroon#4}}
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 0 1 -withalpha]
    lappend result [photo1 get 1 1 -withalpha]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {{82 216 160 255} {34 187 85 255} {238 68 119 3} {128 0 0 68}}
test imgListFormat-9.3 {ParseColorAsStandard: wrong digit count} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#000 #00}}
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#00"}
test imgListFormat-9.4 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A suffix, not a float} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{[email protected] blue@bogus}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@bogus": expected floating-point value}
test imgListFormat-9.5 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A, value too low} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {[email protected] [email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@-0.1": value must be in the range from 0 to 1}
test imgListFormat-9.6 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A, value too high} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#000000@0 #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha suffix "@1.0001": value must be in the range from 0 to 1}
test imgListFormat-9.7 {ParseColorAsStandard: @A suffix, edge values} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{yellow@1e-22 [email protected] [email protected] \
		 [email protected]}}
    list [photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 2 0 -withalpha] [photo1 get 3 0 -withalpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{255 255 0 0} {255 255 0 31} {255 255 0 32} {255 255 0 255}}
test imgListFormat-9.8 {ParseColorAsStandard: # suffix, no hex digits} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{black#f} {black#}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#"}
test imgListFormat-9.9 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        '#' suffix, too many digits} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#ABC#12 #ABC#123}}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#123"}
test imgListFormat-9.10 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid digit in #X suffix} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#000#a #000#g}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#g": expected hex digit}
test imgListFormat-9.11 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid digit in #XX suffix} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {green#2 green#2W}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid alpha suffix "#2W": expected hex digit}
test imgListFormat-9.12 {ParseColorAsStandard:
        invalid color: not a hex digit} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#[email protected] #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#[email protected]"}
test imgListFormat-9.13 {ParseColorAsStandard: suffix not allowed #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#[email protected] #[email protected]}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#[email protected]"}
test imgListFormat-9.14 {ParseColorAsStandard: suffix not allowed #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {#1111 #1111#1}
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid color name "#1111#1"}


# ---------------------------------------------------------------------

imageFinish

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/imgPNG.test.

1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105











1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212












}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    $i put $encoded(MultiIDAT)
    return [image width $i]x[image height $i]
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result 223x212

test imgPNG-3.1 {reading image with unknown ancillary chunk - bug [1c659ef0f1]} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] iDOT.png]
} -body {
    # the image contains an unknown chunk iDOT
    # since the name of this chunk starts with a lowercase letter,
    # it's an ancillary chunk that shall not trigger an error
    catch {set i [image create photo -file $fileName]}
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {0}

}
namespace delete png
imageFinish
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12




































































13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other
# procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Donal K. Fellows
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected])





































































package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands


# Used for 4.65 - 4.73 tests
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.

proc foreachPixel {img xVar yVar script} {
    upvar 1 $xVar x $yVar y
    set width [image width $img]
    set height [image height $img]
    for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
	for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
	    uplevel 1 $script












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
>
|
<
<
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87


88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the other
# procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Donal K. Fellows
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected])

#
# This file is somewhat caothic: the order of the tests does not
# really follow the order of the corresponding functions in
# tkImgPhoto.c. Probably, because early versions had only a few tests
# and over time test cases were added in bits and pieces.
# To be noted, also, that this file is not complete: large portions of
# code in tkImgPhoto.c have no test coverage.
#
# To help keeping the overview, the table below lists where to find
# tests for each of the functions in tkImgPhoto.c. The function are
# listed in the order as they appear in the source file.
#

#
# Function name                         Tests for function
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# PhotoFormatThreadExitProc             no tests
# Tk_Create*PhotoImageFormat            no tests
# ImgPhotoCreate                        imgPhoto-2.*
# ImgPhotoCmd                           imgPhoto-4.*, imgPhoto-17.*
# GetExtension:                         no tests
# ParseSubcommandOptions:               imgPhoto-1.*
# ImgPhotoConfigureMaster:              imgPhoto-3.*, imgPhoto-15.*
# toggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded:           no tests
# ImgPhotoDelete:                       imgPhoto-8.*
# ImgPhotoCmdDeleteProc:                imgPhoto-9.*
# ImgPhotoSetSize:                      no tests
# MatchFileFormat:                      imgPhoto-18.*
# MatchSringFormat:                     imgPhoto-19.*
# Tk_FindPhoto:                         imgPhoto-11.*
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock:                     imgPhoto-10.*, imgPhoto-16.*
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock:               imgPhoto-12.*
# Tk_DitherPhoto:                       no tets
# Tk_PhotoBlank:                        no tests
# Tk_PhotoExpand:                       no tests
# Tk_PhotoGetSize:                      no tests
# Tk_PhotoSetSize:                      no tests
# TkGetPhotoValidRegion:                no tests
# ImgGetPhoto:                          no tests
# Tk_PhotoGetImage                      no tests
# ImgPostscriptPhoto                    no tests
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite          no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite    no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic                  no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic                no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic          no tests, probably none needed
# Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic                 no tests, probably none needed
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#

#
# Some tests are not specific to a function in tkImgPhoto.c. They are:
#

#
# Test name(s)          Description
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# imgPhoto-5.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoGet and
#                       ImgPhotoFree are defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-6.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoDisplay
#                       is defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-7.*          Do not really belong to this file. ImgPhotoFree is
#                       defined in tkImgPhInstance.c.
# imgPhoto-13.*         Tests for separation in different interpreters
# imgPhoto-14.*         Test GIF format. Would belong to imgGIF.test
#                       - which does not exist.
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

#
# Used for imgPhoto-4.65 - imgPhoto-4.73


#
proc foreachPixel {img xVar yVar script} {
    upvar 1 $xVar x $yVar y
    set width [image width $img]
    set height [image height $img]
    for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
	for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
	    uplevel 1 $script
54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61





62

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
set README [makeFile {
    README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]









# ----------------------------------------------------------------------


test imgPhoto-1.1 {options for photo images} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 79 -height 83
    list [photo1 cget -width] [photo1 cget -height] \
	[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1







>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
set README [makeFile {
    README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]

# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]
# let's see if we have the semi-transparent one as well
set transpTeapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapotTransparent.png]
testConstraint hasTranspTeapotPhoto [file exists $transpTeapotPhotoFile]

proc base64ok {} {
    expr {
        ![catch {package require base64}]
    }
}

testConstraint base64PackageNeeded [base64ok]

test imgPhoto-1.1 {options for photo images} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 79 -height 83
    list [photo1 cget -width] [photo1 cget -height] \
	[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
















112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}

















test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    catch {image create photo -blah blah}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo -data
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-data" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -format
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-format" missing}
test imgPhoto-1.12 {option -alpha, normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put "white" -to 0 0
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255}
test imgPhoto-1.13 {option -withalpha, normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blue green}}
    photo1 get 1 0 -withalpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 128 0 255}

test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    catch {image create photo -blah blah}
    imageNames
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} -setup {
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170

































171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
#     image create photo photo1
#     image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
#     catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
#     photo1 copy photo2
#     set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}

test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-3.2 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    list [catch {photo1 configure -file bogus} err] [string tolower $err] \
	[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory} 256 256}
test imgPhoto-3.3 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    update
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1 -anchor nw
    .c create image 300 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2 -anchor nw
    update
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
    update
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}


































test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 option ?arg ...?"}







|

|







|








|
















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
#     image create photo photo1
#     image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
#     catch {image create photo photo2 -file bogus.img} msg
#     photo1 copy photo2
#     set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}

test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-3.2 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    list [catch {photo1 configure -file bogus} err] [string tolower $err] \
	[image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory} 256 256}
test imgPhoto-3.3 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    update
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1 -anchor nw
    .c create image 300 10 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2 -anchor nw
    update
    photo1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
    update
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [.c bbox photo1.1] [.c bbox photo1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}
test imgPhoto-3.4 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <ppm>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format ppm -from 100 100 120 120]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}
test imgPhoto-3.5 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <png>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -format png -from 120 120 140 140]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}
test imgPhoto-3.6 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster: -data <default>} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo2 configure -data [photo1 data -from 80 90 100 110]
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {20 20}

test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 option ?arg ...?"}
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing}
test imgPhoto-4.10 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 25 -height 30
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -width 0 -height 0 -palette {} -gamma 1
    photo1 copy photo2







|







357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 configure -palette {} -gamma
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-gamma" missing}
test imgPhoto-4.10 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 25 -height 30
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo1 configure -width 0 -height 0 -palette {} -gamma 1
    photo1 copy photo2
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from -to
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values}
test imgPhoto-4.15 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 20 10]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {60 50 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.16 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 120 0 70 -to 20 50
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 40 80]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {80 100 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-4.17 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 120 60 70 -to 0 0 100 100
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 80 60]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {100 100 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.18 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 70 0 120 -zoom 2
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {







|











|










|










|







400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from -to
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values}
test imgPhoto-4.15 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 20 10]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {60 50 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.16 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 120 0 70 -to 20 50
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 40 80]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {80 100 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-4.17 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 120 60 70 -to 0 0 100 100
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 80 60]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {100 100 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.18 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 60 70 0 120 -zoom 2
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -zoom 2
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.20 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 20 20 200 180 -subsample 2 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 50 30]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {90 80 {207 146 112}}
test imgPhoto-4.21 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2
    set result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]]
    photo1 conf -width 49 -height 51







|










|







456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 70 60 120 -zoom 2
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 100 50]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.20 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 20 20 200 180 -subsample 2 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 50 30]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {90 80 {207 146 112}}
test imgPhoto-4.21 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    photo1 copy photo2
    set result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]]
    photo1 conf -width 49 -height 51
363
364
365
366
367
368
369

370
371
372
373
374
375
376


377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400


401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424


425



426
427
428
429

430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
    photo1 conf -height 0
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}

test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
    list [photo1 get 100 100] [photo1 get 150 100] [photo1 get 100 150]


} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {{169 117 90} {172 115 84} {35 35 35}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 256 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 -1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y"}


test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white} {white white}}
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {all elements of color list must have the same number of elements}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blahgle}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {can't parse color "blahgle"}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {


    photo1 put -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}



    photo1 get 19 19
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {255 255 255}

test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.31 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -zoom 2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {unrecognized option "-zoom": must be -format, -from, -shrink, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.32 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    list [catch {photo1 read bogus} err] [string tolower $err]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-4.33 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-4.34 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $README
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result [subst {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}]
test imgPhoto-4.35 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 120 120]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {161 109 82}}
test imgPhoto-4.36 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -from 0 70 60 120 -to 10 10 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 29 19]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1







>

|



|
|
>
>


|

















|


|
>
>













|






|



>
>
|
>
>
>




>








|















|















|









|







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
    photo1 conf -height 0
    photo1 copy photo2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
    lappend result [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}
# tests for <imageName> data: imgPhoto-4.
test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    list [photo1 get 100 100 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 150 100 -withalpha] \
	[photo1 get 100 150] [photo1 get 150 150]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {{175 71 0 162} {179 73 0 168} {14 8 0} {0 0 0}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 256 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 -1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {photo1 get: coordinates out of range}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y ?-withalpha?"}
# more test for image get: 4.101-4.102
test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white} {white white}}
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{blahgle}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    # SB: odd thing - this test passed with tk 8.6.6, even if the data
    # is in the wrong position:
    #photo1 put -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}

    # this is how it's supposed to be:
    photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20
    photo1 get 19 19
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {255 255 255}
# more tests for image put: 4.90-4.100
test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 read fileName ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.31 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -zoom 2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {unrecognized option "-zoom": must be -format, -from, -shrink, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.32 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    list [catch {photo1 read bogus} err] [string tolower $err]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-4.33 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-4.34 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $README
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result [subst {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}]
test imgPhoto-4.35 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 120 120]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {256 256 {161 109 82}}
test imgPhoto-4.36 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 read $teapotPhotoFile -from 0 70 60 120 -to 10 10 -shrink
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1] [photo1 get 29 19]
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
504
505
506
507
508
509
510

511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}

test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency option ?arg ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y"}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}







>













|






|



|


|







641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {image file format "bogus" is unknown}
# more tests on "imageName write": imgPhoto-17.*
test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency option ?arg ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 0 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency get bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
591
592
593
594
595
596
597

598
599
600
601
602
603

604
605
606
607
608
609
610

611
612
613
614
615
616
617

618
619
620
621
622
623
624

625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641

642
643
644
645
646
647
648
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 blank
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1

test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1

} -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y boolean"}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set bogus 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1

} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1







>






>
|






>
|






>
|



|


>
|
















>







729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 blank
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1
# more tests for transparency get: 4.65, 4.66, 4.76-4.81
test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 0 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set bogus 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 bogus 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put blue
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
686
687
688
689
690
691
692

693
694
695
696
697
698
699
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1

# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
    checkImgTrans photo1







>







830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
} -body {
    photo1 put white
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 transparency get 0 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -result 1
# more tests for transparency set: 4.67, 4.68, 4.82-4.89
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of pixels'
# transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
    checkImgTrans photo1
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

































































800
















































































































































































































































































































































































801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
    photo2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo2 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 copy photo2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule set
    checkImgTrans photo1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {0,2 1,1 2,0}


















































































































































































































































































































































































































































test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1
    .c create image 256 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2
    .c create image 0 256 -image photo1 -tags photo1.3
    update
    .c delete i1.1
    photo1 configure -width 1
    update
    .c delete i1.2
    photo1 configure -height 1
    update
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 10 -height 10
    photo1 blank
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -anchor nw
    update
    .c delete all
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
}  -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.2 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, unlinking} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    pack [canvas .c]
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -anchor nw







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|




















|













|

|














|







938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
    photo2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo2 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 copy photo2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule set
    checkImgTrans photo1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {0,2 1,1 2,0}
test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.75 {<photo> read command: filename starting with '-'} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy to same image} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
} -body {
    # non-regression test for bug [5239fd749b] - shall just not crash
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 0 2000 1000
    photo1 copy photo1 -subsample 2 2 -shrink
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-4.76 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparancy get: too many options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency get x y ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.77 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    photo1 transparency get 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -alpha}
test imgPhoto-4.78 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: normal use} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 1 1
    set result [photo1 transparency get 0 0]
    lappend result [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 255}
test imgPhoto-4.79 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: no option} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    set result {}
} -body {
    set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}}
    foreach coord $pixelCoords {
	lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord]
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 1 0 0 0}
# test imgPhoto-4.80: deleted (was transparency get: -boolean)
test imgPhoto-4.81 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency get: -alpha} -constraints {
    hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    set result {}
} -body {
    set pixelCoords {{156 239} {76 207} {153 213} {139 43} {75 112}}
    foreach coord $pixelCoords {
	lappend result [photo1 transparency get {*}$coord -alpha]
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 0 1 254 206}
test imgPhoto-4.82 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: too many opts} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 -alpha -bogus 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 transparency set x y newVal ?-option?"}
test imgPhoto-4.83 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -alpha}
test imgPhoto-4.84 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data white
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 bogus -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}
test imgPhoto-4.85 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data red
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 -1 -alpha
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha value "-1": must be integer between 0 and 255}
test imgPhoto-4.86 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: invalid newVal} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data green
} -body {
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 256 -alpha
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {invalid alpha value "256": must be integer between 0 and 255}
test imgPhoto-4.87 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: no opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 2 1
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0
    photo1 transparency set 1 0 1
    list [photo1 transparency get 0 0 -alpha] \
        [photo1 transparency get 1 0 -alpha]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {255 0}
# deleted: test imgPhoto-4.88 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: -boolean}
test imgPhoto-4.89 {ImgPhotoCmd, transparency set: -alpha} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo1 transparency set 0 0 0 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 1 0 1 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 0 1 254 -alpha
    photo1 transparency set 1 1 255 -alpha
    list [photo1 transparency get 0 0] [photo1 transparency get 1 0] \
	[photo1 transparency get 0 1] [photo1 transparency get 1 1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 0 0 0}
test imgPhoto-4.90 {ImgPhotoCmd put: existing but not allowed opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put yellow -from 0 0 1 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-from": must be -format, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.91 {ImgPhotoCmd put: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{0 1 2 3}} -bogus x
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -format, or -to}
test imgPhoto-4.92 {ImgPhotocmd put: missing data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put -to 0 0
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.93 {ImgPhotoCmd put: data in ppm format} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgdata [photo1 data -format ppm]
    photo2 put $imgdata -format ppm
    set result {}
    if {[image width photo1] != [image width photo2] \
            || [image height photo1] != [image height photo2]} {
        lappend result [list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]]
    } else {
        lappend result 1
    }
    foreach point {{206 125} {67 12} {13 46} {19 184}} {
        if {[photo1 get {*}$point] ne [photo2 get {*}$point]} {
            lappend result [photo2 get {*}$point]
        } else {
            lappend result 1
        }
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 1 1 1 1}
test imgPhoto-4.94 {ImgPhotoCmd put: unknown format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {no real data} -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-4.95 {ImgPhotoCmd put: default fmt, invalid data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green blue} {red " blue}}
    #"
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgPhoto-4.96 {ImgPhotoCmd put: "default" handler is selected} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2
    set imgData {{{1 2 3 4} {5 6 7 8} {9 10 11 12}}
        {{13 14 15 15} {17 18 19 20} {21 22 23 24}}}
} -body {
    photo1 put $imgData
    photo2 put $imgData -format default
    set result {}
    lappend result [list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]]
    lappend result [list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]]
    lappend result [string equal \
        [photo1 data -format "default -colorformat rgba"] \
        [photo2 data -format "default -colorformat rgba"]]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset result
    unset imgData
} -result {{3 2} {3 2} 1}
test imgPhoto-4.97 {ImgPhotoCmd put: image size} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red green blue} {blue red green}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-4.98 {ImgPhotoCmd put: -to with 2 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{"alice blue" "blanched almond"}
		{"deep sky blue" "ghost white"}
		{#AABBCC #AABBCCDD}} -to 5 6
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {7 9}
test imgPhoto-4.99 {ImgPhotoCmd put: -to with 4 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{#123 #456 #678} {#9AB #CDE #F01}} -to 1 2 20 21
    set result {}
    lappend result [photo1 get 19 20 -withalpha]
    lappend result [string equal \
	[photo1 data -from 1 2 4 4] [photo1 data -from 4 2 7 4]]
    lappend result [string equal \
	[photo1 data -from 10 12 13 14] [photo1 data -from 16 16 19 18]]
    set result
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{17 34 51 255} 1 1}
test imgPhoto-4.100 {ImgPhotoCmd put: no changes on empty data} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{brown blue} {cyan coral}}
    set imgData [photo1 data]
    photo1 put {}
    string equal $imgData [photo1 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-4.101 {ImgPhotoCmd get: too many args} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 0 -withalpha bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 get x y ?-withalpha?"}
test imgPhoto-4.102 {ImgPhotoCmd get: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 get 0 0 -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -withalpha}
test imgPhoto-4.103 {ImgPhotoCmd data: accepted opts} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data black
} -body {
    photo1 data -format default -from 0 0 -grayscale -background blue
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#000000}}
test imgPhoto-4.104 {ImgPhotoCmd data: existing but not accepted opt} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -to
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
{unrecognized option "-to": must be -background, -format, -from, or -grayscale}
test imgPhoto-4.105 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid option} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
{unrecognized option "-bogus": must be -background, -format, -from, or -grayscale}
test imgPhoto-4.106 {ImgPhotoCmd data: extra arg before options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data bogus -grayscale
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.107 {ImgPhotoCmd data: extra arg after options} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format default bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {wrong # args: should be "photo1 data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.108 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #1} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 2 0
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.109 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #2} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.110 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #3} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 0 2 1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.111 {ImgPhotoCmd data: invalid -from coords #4} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data blue
} -body {
    photo1 data -from 0 0 1 2
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {coordinates for -from option extend outside image}
test imgPhoto-4.112 {ImgPhotoCmd data: -from with 2 coords} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {
        {black black black black black}
        {white white white white white}
        {green green green green green}}
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -from 2 1]
    list [llength [lindex $imgData 0]] [llength $imgData]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-4.113 {ImgPhotoCmd data: default is rgb format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data red
} -body {
    photo1 data
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{#ff0000}}
test imgPhoto-4.114 {ImgPhotoCmd data: unknown format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 data -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image string format "bogus" is unknown}
test imgPhoto-4.115 {ImgPhotoCmd data: rgb colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green#b} {blue#c white}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgb}
} -result {{#ff0000 #008000} {#0000ff #ffffff}}
test imgPhoto-4.116 {ImgPhotoCmd data: rgba colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red green} {blue white}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat rgba}
} -result {{#ff0000ff #008000ff} {#0000ffff #ffffffff}}
test imgPhoto-4.117 {ImgPhotoCmd data: list colorformat} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{red#a green} {blue#c white#d}}
} -body {
    photo1 data -format {default -colorformat list}
} -result {{{255 0 0 170} {0 128 0 255}} {{0 0 255 204} {255 255 255 221}}}
test imgPhoto-4.118 {ImgPhotoCmd data: using data for new image
    results in same image as orignial } -constraints {
        hasTeapotPhoto
        hasTranspTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo teapot -file $teapotPhotoFile
    teapot copy teapot -from 50 60 70 80 -shrink
    image create photo teapotTransp -file $transpTeapotPhotoFile
    teapotTransp copy teapotTransp -from 100 110 120 130 -shrink
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    set result {}
    # We don't test gif here, as there seems to be a problem with
    # <imgName> data and gif format ("too many colors", probably a bug)
    foreach fmt {ppm png {default -colorformat rgba} \
            {default -colorformat list}} {
        set imgData [teapotTransp data -format $fmt]
        photo1 blank
        photo1 put $imgData
        if { ! [string equal [photo1 data] [teapotTransp data]]} {
            lappend result $fmt
        }
    }
    set imgData [teapot data -format default]
    photo1 blank
    photo1 put $imgData
    if { ! [string equal [photo1 data] [teapot data]]} {
        lappend result default
    }
    set result
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    unset result
    imageCleanup
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.1
    .c create image 256 0 -image photo1 -tags photo1.2
    .c create image 0 256 -image photo1 -tags photo1.3
    update
    .c delete i1.1
    photo1 configure -width 1
    update
    .c delete i1.2
    photo1 configure -height 1
    update
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -width 10 -height 10
    photo1 blank
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    .c create image 0 0 -image photo1 -anchor nw
    update
    .c delete all
    image delete photo1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
}  -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.2 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, unlinking} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    pack [canvas .c]
    .c create image 10 10 -image photo1 -anchor nw
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938





































939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957



































958
959
960
961
962
963
964
    update
    .c delete all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.3 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, multiple visuals} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    button .b1 -image photo1
    frame .f -visual best
    button .f.b2 -image photo1
    pack .f.b2
    pack .b1 .f
    update
    destroy .b1
    update
    .f.b2 configure -image {}
    update
    destroy .f
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image delete photo2
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 newphoto2
    lappend x [info command photo2] [info command new*] [newphoto2 cget -file]
    image delete photo2
    lappend x [info command new*]
} -result [list {} newphoto2 $teapotPhotoFile {}]
test imgPhoto-8.3 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure, name cleanup} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
    image delete photo2
    photo1 copy photo2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto 
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 {}
    list [lsearch -exact [imageNames] photo2] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg
} -result {-1 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}}

test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0
    photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0
    list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0]
} -result {{0 255 0} {0 255 0} {255 0 0}}






































test imgPhoto-11.1 {Tk_FindPhoto} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
    p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
    lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
} -cleanup {
    image delete p3
} -result {{19 92 192} {169 117 90} 512 512 {19 92 192}}




































test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set data {
	R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t
	ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz
	pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5







|


















|





|

















|

|





|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
    update
    .c delete all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .c
    image delete photo1
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-7.3 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, multiple visuals} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    button .b1 -image photo1
    frame .f -visual best
    button .f.b2 -image photo1
    pack .f.b2
    pack .b1 .f
    update
    destroy .b1
    update
    .f.b2 configure -image {}
    update
    destroy .f
    image delete photo1
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image delete photo2
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 newphoto2
    lappend x [info command photo2] [info command new*] [newphoto2 cget -file]
    image delete photo2
    lappend x [info command new*]
} -result [list {} newphoto2 $teapotPhotoFile {}]
test imgPhoto-8.3 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure, name cleanup} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2 -width 10 -height 10
    image delete photo2
    photo1 copy photo2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {image "photo2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    rename photo2 {}
    list [lsearch -exact [imageNames] photo2] [catch {photo2 foo} msg] $msg
} -result {-1 1 {invalid command name "photo2"}}

test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put "{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}" -to 0 0
    photo1 put "{#00ff00 #00ff00}" -to 2 0
    list [photo1 get 2 0] [photo1 get 3 0] [photo1 get 4 0]
} -result {{0 255 0} {0 255 0} {255 0 0}}
test imgPhoto-10.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    # Test for bug e4336bef5d
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo2 copy photo1 -to 1 2
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 1 2
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-10.3 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, same source and dest img} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    # Test for bug e4336bef5d
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo2 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300
    photo1 copy photo1 -from 2 1 -to 4 5 300 300
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-10.4 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock, empty image} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}

test imgPhoto-11.1 {Tk_FindPhoto} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create bitmap i1
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy i1
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}

test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} -constraints hasTeapotPhoto -body {
    image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
    p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
    lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
} -cleanup {
    image delete p3
} -result {{19 92 192} {169 117 90} 512 512 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-12.2 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, same source and dest img} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    # Test for bug e4336bef5d
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo2 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 1 200 200 -zoom 2 3
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-12.3 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, same source and dest img} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    # Test for bug e4336bef5d
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    photo2 copy photo1 -from 1 0 -to 4 5 300 300 -zoom 1 2
    photo1 copy photo1 -from 1 0 -to 4 5 300 300 -zoom 1 2
    string equal [photo1 data] [photo2 data]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1}
test imgPhoto-12.4 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutZoomedBlock, empty image} -setup {
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 copy photo1 -to 0 5 10 20
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {0 0}

test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} -setup {
    imageCleanup
    set data {
	R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t
	ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz
	pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
} -body {
    x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
    x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete x1
    interp delete x2
} -result T1_data

test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
	hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA







|







1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
} -body {
    x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
    x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
} -cleanup {
    interp delete x1
    interp delete x2
} -result T1_data

test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM
	hASs3MTcjAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
	AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095










1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
} -body {
    # This crashes Tk up to 8.4.17 and 8.5.0
    set i [image create photo]
    $i configure -data $data
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -returnCodes error -result {malformed image}











test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -body {
    # This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
    # free memory available...
    image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}

test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} -setup {
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    # Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated
    # area.
    $i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
    $i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {}

# Check that we can guess our supported output formats [Bug 2983824]
test imgPhoto-17.1 {photo write: format guessing from filename} -setup {
    set i [image create photo -width 3 -height 3]
} -body {
    set f [makeFile {} test.png]
    $i write $f
    set fd [open $f]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








|










|







1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
} -body {
    # This crashes Tk up to 8.4.17 and 8.5.0
    set i [image create photo]
    $i configure -data $data
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -returnCodes error -result {malformed image}
test imgPhoto-14.5 {Bug [fbaed1f66b] - GIF decoder with deferred clear code} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] deferredClearCode.gif]
} -body {
    # This erroneously produced "malformed image" error.
    # The animated GIF "deferredClearCode.gif" has two frames, and calling for -index 2
    # simply is an easy way to trigger the problem of improper management of a deferred
    # clear code. The effect was that the GIF decoder bailed out before the end of the
    # image reading, and produced the inappropriate "malformed image error".
    image create photo -file $fileName -format "gif -index 2"
} -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index}

test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -body {
    # This is not portable to very large machines with more than around 3GB of
    # free memory available...
    image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000
} -returnCodes error -result {not enough free memory for image buffer}

test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} -setup {
    set i [image create photo]
} -body {
    # Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated
    # area.
    $i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
    $i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
} -cleanup {
    image delete $i
} -result {}

# Check that we can guess our supported output formats [Bug 2983824]
test imgPhoto-17.1 {photo write: format guessing from filename} -setup {
    set i [image create photo -width 3 -height 3]
} -body {
    set f [makeFile {} test.png]
    $i write $f
    set fd [open $f]
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153






















1154










1155


















































































































































































































1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
    set fd [open $f]
    read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
    catch {close $fd}
    image delete $i
    catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"

































# ----------------------------------------------------------------------



















































































































































































































catch {rename foreachPixel {}}
catch {rename checkImgTrans {}}
catch {rename checkImgTransLoop {}}
imageFinish

# cleanup







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
    set fd [open $f]
    read $fd 3
} -cleanup {
    catch {close $fd}
    image delete $i
    catch {removeFile $f}
} -result "P6\n"
test imgPhoto-17.4 {photo write: default format not supported} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{blue blue} {red red} {green green}}
    set f [makeFile {} test.txt]
} -body {
    photo1 write $f -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {image file format "default" has no file writing capability}
test imgPhoto-17.5 {photo write: file with extension .default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -data {{black}}
    set f [makeFile {} test.default]
} -body {
    photo1 write $f
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result \
    {image file format "default" has no file writing capability}

test imgPhoto-18.1 {MatchFileFormat: "default" format not supported} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    set f [makeFile {} test.txt]
} -body {
    photo1 read $f -format default
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    catch {removeFile $f}
    unset f
} -returnCodes error -result {-file option isn't supported for default images}

test imgPhoto-19.1 {MatchStringFormat: with "-format default"} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{red blue red} {yellow green yellow}} -format default
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {3 2}
test imgPhoto-19.2 {MatchStringFormat: without -format option,
        default fmt} -body {
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 put {{red} {green}}
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 2}
test imgPhoto-19.3 {MatchStringFormat: "-format ppm"} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
    image create photo photo2
    photo2 put {cyan cyan}
    set imgData [photo2 data -format ppm]
} -body {
    photo1 put $imgData -format ppm
    list [image width photo1] [image height photo1]
} -cleanup {
    unset imgData
    imageCleanup
} -result {1 2}
test imgPhoto-19.4 {MatchStringFormat: ppm fmt, without opt} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    image create photo photo1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo2
} -body {
    set imgData [photo1 data -format ppm]
    photo2 put $imgData
    list [image width photo2] [image height photo2]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
    unset imgData
} -result {256 256}
test imgPhoto-19.5 {MatchStirngFormat: unknown -format} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {} -format bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {image format "bogus" is not supported}
test imgPhoto-19.6 {MatchStringFormat: invalid data for default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgPhoto-19.7 {MatchStringFormat: invalid data for default} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus -format dEFault
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}
test imgPhoto-19.8 {MatchStirngFormat: invalid data for gif} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put bogus -format giF
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't recognize image data}

# Reject corrupted or truncated image [Bug b601ce3ab1].
# WARNING - tests 18.1-18.9 will cause a segfault on 8.5.19 and lower,
#           and on 8.6.6 and lower.
test imgPhoto-18.1 {Reject corrupted GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
    package require base64
    set data [base64::decode {
	R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
	5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
    }]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.2 {Reject corrupted GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
	5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
    }
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.3 {Reject corrupted GIF (file)} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled.gif]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.4 {Reject truncated GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
    package require base64
    set data [base64::decode {
	R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
    }]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.5 {Reject truncated GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
    }
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.6 {Reject truncated GIF (file)} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncated.gif]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.7 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded nonPortable
} -setup {
    # About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
    # If there is insufficient memory, the error message
    # {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
    # Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
    package require base64
    set data [base64::decode {
	R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
	LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
    }]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.8 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (base 64 string)} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -setup {
    # About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
    # If there is insufficient memory, the error message
    # {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
    # Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
    set data {
	R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
	LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
    }
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.9 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (file)} -constraints {
    nonPortable
} -setup {
    # About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
    # If there is insufficient memory, the error message
    # {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
    # Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled4G.gif]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.10 {Valid GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
    base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
    # Test the binary string reader with a valid GIF.
    # This is not tested elsewhere.
    # Tests 18.11, 18.12, with matching data, are included for completeness.
    package require base64
    set data [base64::decode {
	R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
	AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
    }]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.11 {Valid GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
    set data {
	R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
	AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
    }
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.12 {Valid GIF (file)} -setup {
    set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] red.gif]
} -body {
    image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
    catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1

catch {rename foreachPixel {}}
catch {rename checkImgTrans {}}
catch {rename checkImgTransLoop {}}
imageFinish

# cleanup

Changes to tests/listbox.test.

1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list a b c d 1 2 3 4]]
test listbox-4.12 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> different listvar} -setup {
    destroy .l2
} -body {
    set x [list a b c d]
    set y [list 1 2 3 4]
    listbox .l2 
    .l2 configure -listvar x
    .l2 configure -listvar y
    .l2 insert end 5 6 7 8
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8]]







|







1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list a b c d 1 2 3 4]]
test listbox-4.12 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> different listvar} -setup {
    destroy .l2
} -body {
    set x [list a b c d]
    set y [list 1 2 3 4]
    listbox .l2
    .l2 configure -listvar x
    .l2 configure -listvar y
    .l2 insert end 5 6 7 8
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l2
} -result [list [list a b c d] [list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8]]
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
    # If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.

    pack [listbox .l -font {{open look glyph}}]
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {}
    

# Listbox used in 6.*, 7.* tests
destroy .l
listbox .l -height 2 -xscrollcommand "record x" -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
test listbox-6.1 {InsertEls procedure} -body {







|







1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
    # If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.

    pack [listbox .l -font {{open look glyph}}]
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {}


# Listbox used in 6.*, 7.* tests
destroy .l
listbox .l -height 2 -xscrollcommand "record x" -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
test listbox-6.1 {InsertEls procedure} -body {
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
    listbox .l1
    rename .l1 {}
    list [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
	fonts 
} -setup {
    destroy .top
} -body {
    toplevel .top
    wm geom .top +0+0
    listbox .top.l -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.l







|







1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
    listbox .l1
    rename .l1 {}
    list [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}
test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    destroy .top
} -body {
    toplevel .top
    wm geom .top +0+0
    listbox .top.l -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.l
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
    .l insert end a b c
    .l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
    .l insert 0 1 2 3 4
    list [.l itemcget 0 -fg] [.l itemcget 4 -fg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{} red}
    

# state issues
test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} -setup {
    destroy .l
} -body {
    listbox .l
    .l insert end a b c







|







2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
    .l insert end a b c
    .l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
    .l insert 0 1 2 3 4
    list [.l itemcget 0 -fg] [.l itemcget 4 -fg]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .l
} -result {{} red}


# state issues
test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} -setup {
    destroy .l
} -body {
    listbox .l
    .l insert end a b c

Changes to tests/main.test.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
} -body {
	read $f
} -cleanup {
	close $f
	removeFile script
} -result "script {} 0\n0\n"

    # Procedure to simulate interactive typing of commands, line by line, 
	# for test 2.3
    proc type {chan script} {
        foreach line [split $script \n] {
            if {[catch {
                puts $chan $line
                flush $chan
            }]} {







|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
} -body {
	read $f
} -cleanup {
	close $f
	removeFile script
} -result "script {} 0\n0\n"

    # Procedure to simulate interactive typing of commands, line by line,
	# for test 2.3
    proc type {chan script} {
        foreach line [split $script \n] {
            if {[catch {
                puts $chan $line
                flush $chan
            }]} {

Changes to tests/menu.test.

171
172
173
174
175
176
177








178
179
180
181
182
183
184
    .m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
    .m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}









test menu-2.7 {configuration options -background #ff0000} -body {
    .m1 configure -background #ff0000
    .m1 cget -background
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.8 {configuration options -background non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    .m1 configure -activeforeground #ff0000
    .m1 cget -activeforeground
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.6 {configuration options -activeforeground non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -activeforeground non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test menu-2.6a {configuration options -activerelief sunken} -body {
    .m1 configure -activerelief sunken
    .m1 cget -activerelief
} -result {sunken}
test menu-2.6b {configuration options -activerelief badValue} -body {
    .m1 configure -activerelief badValue
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test menu-2.7 {configuration options -background #ff0000} -body {
    .m1 configure -background #ff0000
    .m1 cget -background
} -result {#ff0000}
test menu-2.8 {configuration options -background non-existent} -body {
    .m1 configure -background non-existent
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
    .m1 cget -tearoffcommand
} -result {any old string}
destroy .m1

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton, 
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio

if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {







|


|

|







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
    .m1 cget -tearoffcommand
} -result {any old string}
destroy .m1

# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the 2.31 - 2.228 tests below
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton,
# 5 radiobutton
deleteWindows
menu .m1 -tearoff 1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2 -tearoff 1
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio

if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.132 {entry configuration options 5 -image bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.133 {entry configuration options 0 -image {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -image 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.134 {entry configuration options 1 -image {} command} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.135 {entry configuration options 2 -image {} cascade} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.136 {entry configuration options 3 -image {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -image 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.137 {entry configuration options 4 -image {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.138 {entry configuration options 5 -image {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.139 {entry configuration options 0 -indicatoron 1 tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -indicatoron 1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-indicatoron"}








|





|






|




|



|




|







775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.132 {entry configuration options 5 -image bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.133 {entry configuration options 0 -image {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -image
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.134 {entry configuration options 1 -image {} command} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.135 {entry configuration options 2 -image {} cascade} -setup {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image {}
} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 2 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.136 {entry configuration options 3 -image {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -image
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-image"}

test menu-2.137 {entry configuration options 4 -image {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.138 {entry configuration options 5 -image {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -image
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -image] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.139 {entry configuration options 0 -indicatoron 1 tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -indicatoron 1
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-indicatoron"}

1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.192 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.193 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.194 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage {} command} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.195 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage {} cascade} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.196 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage 
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.197 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.198 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage 
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.199 {entry configuration options 0 -state normal tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 0 -state] 4
} -result {normal}







|



|



|



|



|




|







1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.192 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage bogus radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {image "bogus" doesn't exist}

test menu-2.193 {entry configuration options 0 -selectimage {} tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.194 {entry configuration options 1 -selectimage {} command} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.195 {entry configuration options 2 -selectimage {} cascade} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 2 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.196 {entry configuration options 3 -selectimage {} separator} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 3 -selectimage
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-selectimage"}

test menu-2.197 {entry configuration options 4 -selectimage {} checkbutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 4 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.198 {entry configuration options 5 -selectimage {} radiobutton} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 5 -selectimage] 4
} -result {}

test menu-2.199 {entry configuration options 0 -state normal tearoff} -body {
    .m1 entryconfigure 0 -state normal
    lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 0 -state] 4
} -result {normal}
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg ...?"}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body  {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {    
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {







|











|







1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg ...?"}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body  {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 activate
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} -setup {
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    llength [.m1 configure]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {20}
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {







|







1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    llength [.m1 configure]
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {21}
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 configure -gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} -setup {
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0 "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
    .m1 delete 1 0 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1







|















|







1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 delete 0 "foo"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 delete 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
    .m1 delete 1 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 index foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "3"
    .m1 add command -label "another label"
    .m1 add command -label "end"
    .m1 add command -label "3a"
    .m1 add command -label "final entry"
    list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"]







|







1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 index foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "3"
    .m1 add command -label "another label"
    .m1 add command -label "end"
    .m1 add command -label "3a"
    .m1 add command -label "final entry"
    list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"]
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.53: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {







|

|







1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.50: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
    .m1 post 40 40
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.56 - hit Escape"
    menu .m2
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 postcascade 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}







|

|







1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "foo"}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.53 - hit Escape"
    menu .m2
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2
    .m1 postcascade 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1 .m2
} -result {}
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778












1779
1780
1781
1782












1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
    .m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {cascade}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 type 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {tearoff}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 unpost foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.68 - hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40 
    .m1 unpost
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"}
test menu-3.66 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1












    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {1}












test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1







|
















|

|
|












|


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
    .m1 type 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {cascade}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 type 0
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {tearoff}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 unpost foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-3.64 - hit Escape"
    .m1 post 40 40
    .m1 unpost
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 yposition
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"}
test menu-3.66a {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, no tearoff} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0}
test menu-3.66b {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
    notAqua
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    # on Win or Linux, tearoff menus are supported
    # see menu-3.66c for aqua
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {1}
test menu-3.66c {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option, with tearoff} -constraints {
    aqua
} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    # on OS X, tearoff menus are not supported
    # see menu-3.66b for win or linux
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 yposition 1
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0}
test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} -setup {
	destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 foo
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
    destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 off 0 {}}
test menu-4.5 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton array element} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on 
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 one 0 {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 two 0 {}}







|








|











|







1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
    destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 off 0 {}}
test menu-4.5 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton array element} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 on 0 {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 one 0 {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    catch {unset foo}
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
    .m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 0 two 0 {}}
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"}}

test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} -setup {







|






|







1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
    list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2
} -cleanup {
	destroy .m1
} -result {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"}}

test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} -setup {
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m1.m3
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok 
test menu-6.5 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
    winfo exists .m2







|







2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 clone .m1.m3
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes ok
test menu-6.5 {TkDestroyMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .m2
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 clone .m2
    destroy .m1
    winfo exists .m2
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.4 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}} 
test menu-8.5 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


# test menu-9 - Can only change when fonts change on system, which cannot
# be done from tcl.
test menu-9.1 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand] 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.2 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1







|










|




















|







2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.4 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -variable foo
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.5 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [.m1 delete 1] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 clone .m2 tearoff
    list [.m2 delete 1] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


# test menu-9 - Can only change when fonts change on system, which cannot
# be done from tcl.
test menu-9.1 {ConfigureMenu} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"] [.m1 cget -postcommand]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} beep}
test menu-9.2 {ConfigureMenu}  -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.4 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -accel "S"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -accel]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} S}
test menu-11.5 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows







|







2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -label]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} test}
test menu-11.4 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command
    list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -accel "S"] [.m1 entrycget 1 -accel]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} S}
test menu-11.5 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.12 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2 
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3 
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4 
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m5 
    .m5 add cascade
    .m5 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.13 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2 
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3 
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4 
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    .m3 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.14 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows







|

|

|

|









|

|

|







2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.12 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m5
    .m5 add cascade
    .m5 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.13 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    menu .m2
    .m2 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m3
    .m3 add cascade -menu .m1
    menu .m4
    .m4 add cascade -menu .m1
    .m3 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-11.14 {ConfigureMenuEntry} -setup {
	deleteWindows
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-13.1 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 activate 2
    .m1 entrycget active -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows







|







2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-13.1 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 activate 2
    .m1 entrycget active -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
#test menu-13.7 - Need to add @test here.
test menu-13.7 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {active}







|







2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
#test menu-13.7 - Need to add @test here.
test menu-13.7 {TkGetMenuIndex} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "active"
    .m1 add command -label "test2"
    .m1 add command -label "test3"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {active}
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {







|







2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 insert -1 command -label "test"
} -returnCodes error -result {bad menu entry index "-1"}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
    .m1 entrycget 1 -label
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {test2}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} -setup {
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-19.1 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body { 
    menu .m1 -postcommand "set menu_test menu-19.1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.1 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost] [set menu_test]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {menu-19.1 {} menu-19.1}
test menu-19.2 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body { 
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.2 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}








|








|







3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menu-19.1 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -postcommand "set menu_test menu-19.1"
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.1 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost] [set menu_test]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {menu-19.1 {} menu-19.1}
test menu-19.2 {TkPostCommand} -constraints nonUnixUserInteraction -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "menu-19.2 - hit Escape"
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [.m1 unpost]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}

3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {







|







3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
    .m1 clone .foo
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 1
    list [.m1 clone .m2 normal] [.m2 cget -tearoff]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{} 1}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {unix} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update







|











|













|







3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    .m1 index @5,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    .m1 index @5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    update
    set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
    .m1 index @$x,5
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {0}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -constraints {x11} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 configure -tearoff 0
    tk_popup .m1 0 0
    tkwait visibility .m1
    wm geometry .m1 200x100
    update
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
    .m1 delete 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.2 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 2 3







|







3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
    .m1 delete 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menu-32.2 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {

    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 clone .m2
    .m1 delete 2 3
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
    menu .m -type menubar
    list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}

test menu-38.1 {Can't dismiss ttk::menubutton menu until mouse has hovered over it - bug fa32290898} -setup {
} -constraints {macOrUnix} -body {
    toplevel .top
    ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text "Some menu";
    menu .top.mb.m;
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 1";
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 2";
    .top.mb configure -menu .top.mb.m;
    pack .top.mb







|







3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
    menu .m -type menubar
    list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}

test menu-38.1 {Can't dismiss ttk::menubutton menu until mouse has hovered over it - bug fa32290898} -setup {
} -constraints {userInteraction} -body {
    toplevel .top
    ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text "Some menu";
    menu .top.mb.m;
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 1";
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 2";
    .top.mb configure -menu .top.mb.m;
    pack .top.mb

Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
} -result {}
test menuDraw-5.3 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - no disabledFg} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}  


test menuDraw-6.1 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - no tkfont specified} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"







|







72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
} -result {}
test menuDraw-5.3 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - no disabledFg} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {.m1}


test menuDraw-6.1 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - no tkfont specified} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "foo"
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
    update idletasks
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-11.1 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw not pending} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update idletasks
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.2 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw pending} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.3 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry not selected} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1







|
















|















|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
    update idletasks
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-11.1 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw not pending} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update idletasks
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.2 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw pending} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1]
} -cleanup {
    imageCleanup
} -result {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.3 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry not selected} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    image create test image2
    menu .m1
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
    .m1 add command -label "six"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-12.6 {Display menu - testing for extra space and menubars} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    update







|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
    .m1 add command -label "six"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    update
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-12.6 {Display menu - testing for extra space and menubars} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    update
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid command name "glorp"}
test menuDraw-16.6 {TkPostSubMenu} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to get rid of this menu"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0 
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-17.1 {AdjustMenuCoords - menubar} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows







|




















|







643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade test
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid command name "glorp"}
test menuDraw-16.6 {TkPostSubMenu} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
    menu .m2
    .m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to get rid of this menu"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff postcascade 0
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {}


test menuDraw-17.1 {AdjustMenuCoords - menubar} -constraints unix -setup {
    deleteWindows

Changes to tests/menubut.test.

390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
test menubutton-4.1 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    .mb1 configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "1i"} 
test menubutton-4.2 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {







|







390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
test menubutton-4.1 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    .mb1 configure -width 1i
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "1i"}
test menubutton-4.2 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
    catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
    deleteWindows
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width abc"}

test menubutton-4.7 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    .mb1 configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test menubutton-4.8 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x}







|












|







447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
    deleteWindows
} -result {bad screen distance "abc"
    (processing -width option)
    invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width abc"}

test menubutton-4.7 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    .mb1 configure -height 0.5x
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "0.5x"}
test menubutton-4.8 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -body {
    image create test image1
    button .mb1 -image image1
    catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x}
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    deleteWindows
} -result {102 46 20 12}

test menubutton-4.10 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
    .mb configure -direction badValue 
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right}
test menubutton-4.11 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"







|







495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
    deleteWindows
} -result {102 46 20 12}

test menubutton-4.10 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
    .mb configure -direction badValue
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right}
test menubutton-4.11 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "Test"
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
    list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 0
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {38 23}
test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {36 21}
test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 2 -padx 5 -pady 5
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {34 19}
test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {48 23}
test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -height 30 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb







|












|












|












|













|







540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
    list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {{} {}}


test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 0
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {38 23}
test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {36 21}
test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 2 -padx 5 -pady 5
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {34 19}
test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb
    list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    imageCleanup
} -result {48 23}
test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    testImageType
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    image create test image1
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -height 30 \
        -highlightthickness 2
    pack .mb

Changes to tests/message.test.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval tcltest::configure $argv


test message-1.1 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold} 
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor w
    .m cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {w}
test message-1.2 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}

test message-1.3 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect 3
    .m cget -aspect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {3}
test message-1.4 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}

test message-1.5 {configuration option: "background"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -background #ff0000
    .m cget -background
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.6 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.7 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}
test message-1.8 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.9 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -bg #ff0000 
    .m cget -bg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.10 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .m cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1}
test message-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor arrow
    .m cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {arrow}
test message-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}

test message-1.15 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -fg #00ff00
    .m cget -fg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#00ff00}
test message-1.16 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.17 {configuration option: "font"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -font fixed
    .m cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {fixed}
test message-1.18 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}

test message-1.19 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  green
    .m cget -foreground 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {green}
test message-1.20 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.21 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  #112233
    .m cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#112233}
test message-1.22 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  ugly
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "ugly"}

test message-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor #123456
    .m cget -highlightcolor 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#123456}
test message-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  2
    .m cget -highlightthickness 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.27 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -justify  right
    .m cget -justify
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {right}
test message-1.28 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}

test message-1.29 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -padx  12m
    .m cget -padx 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.30 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.31 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -pady  12m
    .m cget -pady
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.32 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.33 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -relief ridge
    .m cget -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {ridge}
test message-1.34 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test message-1.35 {configuration options: "text"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -text "Sample text"
    .m cget -text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {Sample text}

test message-1.36 {configuration option: "textvariable"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -textvariable  i
    .m cget -textvariable 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {i}

test message-1.37 {configuration option: "width"} -setup { 
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update 
} -body {
    .m configure -width  2
    .m cget -width 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.38 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update







|
|


















|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|

|














|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|
















|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|
















|


|


|













|


|







|


|


|




|


|


|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval tcltest::configure $argv


test message-1.1 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor w
    .m cget -anchor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {w}
test message-1.2 {configuration option: "anchor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -anchor bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}

test message-1.3 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect 3
    .m cget -aspect
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {3}
test message-1.4 {configuration option: "aspect"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -aspect bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {expected integer but got "bogus"}

test message-1.5 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background #ff0000
    .m cget -background
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.6 {configuration option: "background"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.7 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd 4
    .m cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {4}
test message-1.8 {configuration option: "bd"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bd badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.9 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg #ff0000
    .m cget -bg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#ff0000}
test message-1.10 {configuration option: "bg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -bg non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.11 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth 1.3
    .m cget -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1}
test message-1.12 {configuration option: "borderwidth"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -borderwidth badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.13 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor arrow
    .m cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {arrow}
test message-1.14 {configuration option: "cursor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -cursor badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad cursor spec "badValue"}

test message-1.15 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg #00ff00
    .m cget -fg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#00ff00}
test message-1.16 {configuration option: "fg"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -fg badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.17 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font fixed
    .m cget -font
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {fixed}
test message-1.18 {configuration option: "font"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -font {}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {font "" doesn't exist}

test message-1.19 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  green
    .m cget -foreground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {green}
test message-1.20 {configuration option: "-foreground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -foreground  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "badValue"}

test message-1.21 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  #112233
    .m cget -highlightbackground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#112233}
test message-1.22 {configuration option: "highlightbackground"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightbackground  ugly
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "ugly"}

test message-1.23 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor #123456
    .m cget -highlightcolor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {#123456}
test message-1.24 {configuration option: "highlightcolor"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightcolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}

test message-1.25 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  2
    .m cget -highlightthickness
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.26 {configuration option: "highlightthickness"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -highlightthickness  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "badValue"}

test message-1.27 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify  right
    .m cget -justify
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {right}
test message-1.28 {configuration option: "justify"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}

test message-1.29 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx  12m
    .m cget -padx
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.30 {configuration option: "padx"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -padx 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.31 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady  12m
    .m cget -pady
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {12m}
test message-1.32 {configuration option: "pady"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -pady 420x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "420x"}

test message-1.33 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief ridge
    .m cget -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {ridge}
test message-1.34 {configuration option: "relief"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -relief  badValue
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}

test message-1.35 {configuration options: "text"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -text "Sample text"
    .m cget -text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {Sample text}

test message-1.36 {configuration option: "textvariable"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -textvariable  i
    .m cget -textvariable
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {i}

test message-1.37 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
} -body {
    .m configure -width  2
    .m cget -width
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {2}
test message-1.38 {configuration option: "width"} -setup {
    message .m -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
    pack .m
    update
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    message
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message foo}  
    winfo child .
} -result {}

test message-2.4 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message .s -gorp dump
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test message-2.5 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message .s -gorp dump}  
    winfo child .
} -result {} 


test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m option ?arg ...?"}
test message-3.2 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m cget







|







|

|





|







399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
    message
} -returnCodes {error} -result {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?-option value ...?"}

test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message foo
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}

test message-2.4 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    message .s -gorp dump
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test message-2.5 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {message .s -gorp dump}
    winfo child .
} -result {}


test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m option ?arg ...?"}
test message-3.2 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m cget
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}

test message-3.4 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m configure -text foobar
    lindex [.m configure -text] 4 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {foobar}
test message-3.5 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    llength [.m configure]







|







438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
    destroy .m
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}

test message-3.4 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    .m configure -text foobar
    lindex [.m configure -text] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {foobar}
test message-3.5 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} -setup {
    message .m
} -body {
    llength [.m configure]

Changes to tests/msgbox.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17



18
19



20
21
22
23
24
25
26
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test


test msgbox-1.1 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.2 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}




test msgbox-1.3 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}
test msgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -detail
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-detail" missing}













|


|
>
>
>


>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test


test msgbox-1.1.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.1.2 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, -type, or -command}
test msgbox-1.2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints notAqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}
test msgbox-1.2.2 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints aqua -body {
    tk_messageBox -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, -type, or -command}

test msgbox-1.3 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}
test msgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -detail
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-detail" missing}
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}

test msgbox-1.11 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -type value "foo": must be abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel}

test msgbox-1.12 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "1.1"}
test msgbox-1.13 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "1.1": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "foo"}
test msgbox-1.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "foo": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.16 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints unix -body {
    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {invalid default button "3"}
test msgbox-1.17 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints macOrWin -body {
    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "3": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.18 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -icon foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -icon value "foo": must be error, info, question, or warning}

test msgbox-1.19 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::MessageBox] == ""}]







<
<
<
|



|
<
<
<



|
<
<
<






>







50
51
52
53
54
55
56



57
58
59
60
61



62
63
64
65



66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
    tk_messageBox -default
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-default" missing}

test msgbox-1.11 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -type foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -type value "foo": must be abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel}




test msgbox-1.13 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -default 1.1
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "1.1": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.14 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -default foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "foo": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.16 {tk_messageBox command} -body {



    tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -default value "3": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes}

test msgbox-1.18 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -icon foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad -icon value "foo": must be error, info, question, or warning}

test msgbox-1.19 {tk_messageBox command} -body {
    tk_messageBox -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}


catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::MessageBox] == ""}]
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    }
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
test msgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" -type abortretryignore
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.2 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon warning
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.3 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon error
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.4 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon info
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.5 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon question
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.6 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -default abort
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.7 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type abortretryignore -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.8 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ignore
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ignore" \
        -type abortretryignore -default ignore
} -result {ignore}
test msgbox-2.9 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.10 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.11 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.12 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.13 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type okcancel
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.16 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.17 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.18 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.19 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.20 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.21 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type okcancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.22 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" -type retrycancel
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.23 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon warning
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.24 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon error
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.25 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon info
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.26 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon question
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.27 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.28 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type retrycancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.29 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesno
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.30 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.31 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.32 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.33 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.34 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.35 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesno -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.36 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesnocancel
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.37 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.38 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.39 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.40 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.41 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.42 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesnocancel -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.43 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type yesnocancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}


# These tests will hang your test suite if they fail.
test msgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox handles withdrawn parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    wm withdraw .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}

test msgbox-3.2 {tk_messageBox handles iconified parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction 
} -body {
    wm iconify .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .







|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|





|






|






|






|






|






|






|









|










|







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
    }
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
test msgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" -type abortretryignore
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.2 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon warning
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.3 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon error
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.4 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon info
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.5 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -icon question
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.6 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . abort
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press abort" \
        -type abortretryignore -default abort
} -result {abort}
test msgbox-2.7 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type abortretryignore -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.8 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ignore
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ignore" \
        -type abortretryignore -default ignore
} -result {ignore}
test msgbox-2.9 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.10 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.11 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.12 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.13 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.14 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type ok -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.15 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" -type okcancel
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.16 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon warning
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.17 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon error
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.18 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon info
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.19 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -icon question
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.20 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . ok
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
        -type okcancel -default ok
} -result {ok}
test msgbox-2.21 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type okcancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.22 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" -type retrycancel
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.23 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon warning
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.24 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon error
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.25 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon info
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.26 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -icon question
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.27 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . retry
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press retry" \
        -type retrycancel -default retry
} -result {retry}
test msgbox-2.28 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type retrycancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}
test msgbox-2.29 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesno
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.30 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.31 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.32 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.33 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.34 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesno -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.35 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesno -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.36 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" -type yesnocancel
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.37 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon warning
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.38 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon error
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.39 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon info
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.40 {tk_messageBox command -icon option} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -icon question
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.41 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . yes
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press yes" \
        -type yesnocancel -default yes
} -result {yes}
test msgbox-2.42 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . no
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press no" \
        -type yesnocancel -default no
} -result {no}
test msgbox-2.43 {tk_messageBox command} -constraints {
    nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    ChooseMsg . cancel
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press cancel" \
        -type yesnocancel -default cancel
} -result {cancel}


# These tests will hang your test suite if they fail.
test msgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox handles withdrawn parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    wm withdraw .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}

test msgbox-3.2 {tk_messageBox handles iconified parent} -constraints {
	nonUnixUserInteraction
} -body {
    wm iconify .
    ChooseMsg . "ok"
    tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
	    -type ok -default ok
} -cleanup {
    wm deiconify .

Changes to tests/option.file1.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brown
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:	  
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.







|


9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brown
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.

Changes to tests/option.file3.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brówn
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:	  
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.







|


9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
*\
x3 \
  : pur\
ple
*x 4:	brówn
# More comments, this time delimited by hash-marks.
	# Comment-line with space.
*x6:
*x9: \ \	\\\101\n
# comment line as last line of file.

Changes to tests/option.test.

281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
} -result {}
test option-12.6 {stack pushing/popping} -body {
    option get .op1 z Color2
} -result {}

# Test the major priority levels (widgetDefault, etc.)

# Configurations for tests 13.* 
option clear
option add $appName.op1.a 100 100
option add $appName.op1.A interactive interactive
option add $appName.op1.b userDefault userDefault
option add $appName.op1.B startupFile startupFile
option add $appName.op1.c widgetDefault widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.C 0 0







|







281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
} -result {}
test option-12.6 {stack pushing/popping} -body {
    option get .op1 z Color2
} -result {}

# Test the major priority levels (widgetDefault, etc.)

# Configurations for tests 13.*
option clear
option add $appName.op1.a 100 100
option add $appName.op1.A interactive interactive
option add $appName.op1.b userDefault userDefault
option add $appName.op1.B startupFile startupFile
option add $appName.op1.c widgetDefault widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.C 0 0

Changes to tests/pack.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command
# of Tk.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command of Tk.  It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
    label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
    place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30

test pack-1.1 {-side option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
    label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
    place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30

test pack-1.1 {-side option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {280x40+5+0 300x160+0+40}

test pack-2.22 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -padx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -padx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-2.23 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipadx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipadx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-3.1 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right -pady 20
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update







<


















<







227
228
229
230
231
232
233

234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251

252
253
254
255
256
257
258
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {280x40+5+0 300x160+0+40}

test pack-2.22 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -padx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -padx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-2.23 {x padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipadx 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipadx]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-3.1 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right -pady 20
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipady 5 -pady {1 19} -fill y
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {20x50+140+1 300x130+0+70}

test pack-3.22 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -pady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -pady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-3.23 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-4.1 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a







<


















<







414
415
416
417
418
419
420

421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438

439
440
441
442
443
444
445
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipady 5 -pady {1 19} -fill y
    pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
} -result {20x50+140+1 300x130+0+70}

test pack-3.22 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -pady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -pady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1
test pack-3.23 {y padding and filling} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -ipady 1c
    set x [pack info .pack.a]
    set res1 [lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipady]+1]]
    set res2 [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
    expr {$res1 eq $res2}
} -result 1


test pack-4.1 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
test pack-4.9 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
} -result {30x70+135+65}


# Repeat above tests, but with a frame that isn't at (0,0), so that
# we can be sure that the frame offset is being added in correctly.

test pack-5.1 {more anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {







<







496
497
498
499
500
501
502

503
504
505
506
507
508
509
test pack-4.9 {anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.a
} -result {30x70+135+65}


# Repeat above tests, but with a frame that isn't at (0,0), so that
# we can be sure that the frame offset is being added in correctly.

test pack-5.1 {more anchors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side  top
    pack .pack.c -side left
    pack .pack.b -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.b
} -result {60x60+160+90}


test pack-6.1 {-expand option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \







<







581
582
583
584
585
586
587

588
589
590
591
592
593
594
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side  top
    pack .pack.c -side left
    pack .pack.b -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
    update
    winfo geometry .pack.b
} -result {60x60+160+90}


test pack-6.1 {-expand option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
    pack .pack.b -side top -expand yes -fill both
    pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
    pack .pack.d -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} -result {100x200+0+0 200x100+100+0 160x100+140+100 40x100+100+100}

test pack-6.12 {-expand option} -setup {
    toplevel .pack2 -height 400 -width 400
    wm geometry .pack2 +0+0
    pack propagate .pack2 0
    foreach i {w1 w2 w3} {
        frame .pack2.$i -width 30 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
        label .pack2.$i.l -text $i







<







687
688
689
690
691
692
693

694
695
696
697
698
699
700
    pack .pack.b -side top -expand yes -fill both
    pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
    pack .pack.d -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} -result {100x200+0+0 200x100+100+0 160x100+140+100 40x100+100+100}

test pack-6.12 {-expand option} -setup {
    toplevel .pack2 -height 400 -width 400
    wm geometry .pack2 +0+0
    pack propagate .pack2 0
    foreach i {w1 w2 w3} {
        frame .pack2.$i -width 30 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
        label .pack2.$i.l -text $i
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 \
        -ipady 6 -expand 1 -side top
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack2
} -result {38x42+181+45 38x42+181+178 38x42+181+312}


wm geometry .pack {}
test pack-7.1 {requesting size for parent} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
    update







<







720
721
722
723
724
725
726

727
728
729
730
731
732
733
    pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 \
        -ipady 6 -expand 1 -side top
    update
    list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack2
} -result {38x42+181+45 38x42+181+178 38x42+181+312}


wm geometry .pack {}
test pack-7.1 {requesting size for parent} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
    update
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    pack .pack.c -side bottom
    pack .pack.d -side top
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} -result {100 110}


# For the tests below, create a couple of "pad" windows to shrink
# the available space for the remaining windows.  The tests have to
# be done this way rather than shrinking the whole window, because
# some window managers like mwm won't let a top-level window get
# very small.








<







778
779
780
781
782
783
784

785
786
787
788
789
790
791
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    pack .pack.c -side bottom
    pack .pack.d -side top
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} -result {100 110}


# For the tests below, create a couple of "pad" windows to shrink
# the available space for the remaining windows.  The tests have to
# be done this way rather than shrinking the whole window, because
# some window managers like mwm won't let a top-level window get
# very small.

868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
test pack-8.9 {insufficient space} -body {
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} -result {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
pack forget .pack.right .pack.bottom


test pack-9.1 {window ordering} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
    pack .pack.a -after .pack.b
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.b .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d}







<







859
860
861
862
863
864
865

866
867
868
869
870
871
872
test pack-8.9 {insufficient space} -body {
    list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} -result {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
pack forget .pack.right .pack.bottom


test pack-9.1 {window ordering} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
    pack .pack.a -after .pack.b
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.b .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d}
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    pack .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b -after .pack.a
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b}


test pack-10.1 {retaining/clearing configuration state} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
    -fill both -expand 1
    pack forget .pack.a
    pack .pack.a







<







931
932
933
934
935
936
937

938
939
940
941
942
943
944
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    pack .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b -after .pack.a
    pack slaves .pack
} -result {.pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b}


test pack-10.1 {retaining/clearing configuration state} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
    -fill both -expand 1
    pack forget .pack.a
    pack .pack.a
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change master} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    winfo manager .pack.a
    pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}


test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -in .pack
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -in]+1]







<







961
962
963
964
965
966
967

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
} -result {{} {}}
test pack-10.4 {bad -in window does not change master} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    winfo manager .pack.a
    pack .pack.a -in .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}


test pack-11.1 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -in .pack
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -in]+1]
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
test pack-11.19 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -side]+1]
} -result right


test pack-12.1 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test pack-12.2 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}







<







1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101

1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
test pack-11.19 {info option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a -side right
    set i [pack info .pack.a]
    lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i -side]+1]
} -result right


test pack-12.1 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test pack-12.2 {command options and errors} -body {
    pack foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack lousy .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "lousy": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}


test pack-13.1 {window deletion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
    update
    destroy .pack.d
    update
    set result [list [pack slaves .pack] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo geometry .pack.c]]
} -result {{.pack.right .pack.bottom .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c} 20x40+30+0 50x30+15+40 80x80+0+70}


test pack-14.1 {respond to changes in expansion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    wm geom .pack {}







<












<







1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343

1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355

1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test pack-12.46 {command options and errors} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack lousy .pack
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "lousy": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}


test pack-13.1 {window deletion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
    update
    destroy .pack.d
    update
    set result [list [pack slaves .pack] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
        [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo geometry .pack.c]]
} -result {{.pack.right .pack.bottom .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c} 20x40+30+0 50x30+15+40 80x80+0+70}


test pack-14.1 {respond to changes in expansion} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.right .pack.bottom
} -body {
    pack .pack.right -side right
    pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
    wm geom .pack {}
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo geom .pack.b]
    pack unpack .pack.a
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {50x30+0+40 50x30+0+0}
test pack-15.2 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d







|







1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo geom .pack.b]
    pack forget .pack.a
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {50x30+0+40 50x30+0+0}
test pack-15.2 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    pack unpack .pack.f
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {1 0}
test pack-15.4 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d







|







1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    pack forget .pack.f
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {1 0}
test pack-15.4 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
    pack .pack.a -before .pack.b -side top
    update
    lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2
} -result {50x16+25+22 1 50x16+25+22 0}


test pack-16.1 {geometry manager name} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack forget .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} pack {}}


test pack-17.1 {PackLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a
    update
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10







<










<







1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481

1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491

1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
    pack .pack.a -before .pack.b -side top
    update
    lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2
} -result {50x16+25+22 1 50x16+25+22 0}


test pack-16.1 {geometry manager name} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
    pack forget .pack.a
    lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} -result {{} pack {}}


test pack-17.1 {PackLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
} -body {
    pack .pack.a
    update
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
    update
    winfo manager .pack.a
    winfo geometry .pack.a
    pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}


test pack-18.1 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -constraints {
    tempNotPc
} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100

    # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is 
    # unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped.
    # Who knows why?

    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
    frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .pack.a
    update







<





<






|







1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513

1514
1515
1516
1517
1518

1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
    place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
    update
    winfo manager .pack.a
    winfo geometry .pack.a
    pack info .pack.a
} -returnCodes error -result {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}


test pack-18.1 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -constraints {
    tempNotPc
} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100

    # On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is
    # unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped.
    # Who knows why?

    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
    frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .pack.a
    update
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100
    frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
    frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2







<







1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547

1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} -result {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} -setup {
    eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
} -body {

    # adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
    # that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
    # as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).

    wm geometry .pack +100+100
    frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
    frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
    update
    lappend result [winfo width .pack.b ] [winfo height .pack.b] \
    [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -result {1 0 100 30 0 1}


test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} -setup {
    catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10







<







1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569

1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
    update
    lappend result [winfo width .pack.b ] [winfo height .pack.b] \
    [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    wm deiconify .pack
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -result {1 0 100 30 0 1}


test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} -setup {
    catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -body {
    wm geometry .pack 200x200
    frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628























































































1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635

    .pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
    update
    lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}

























































































# cleanup
cleanupTests
return











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




|
|
>
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
    .pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
    update
    lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
} -result {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}

test pack-20.1 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {1}
test pack-20.2 {<<NoManagedChild>> fires on last packed child destruction} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {incr A}
    destroy .1
    update
    set A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {1}
test pack-20.3 {<Configure> does not fire on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {0}
test pack-20.4 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on forelast pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1 .2
} -result {0}
test pack-20.5 {<Configure> does not fire on last pack forget} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack [frame .2]
    update
    bind . <Configure> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <Configure> {}
    destroy .1 .2
} -result {1}
test pack-20.6 {<<NoManagedChild>> does not fire on last pack forget if propagation is off} -setup {
    global A
    unset -nocomplain A
} -body {
    pack [frame .1]
    pack propagate . 0
    update
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {set A 1}
    pack forget .1
    update
    info exists A
} -cleanup {
    bind . <<NoManagedChild>> {}
    destroy .1
} -result {0}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/packgrid.test.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247






























248
249
250
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}































cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
    pack .g
    pack .p
    grid .g
}  -returnCodes error -cleanup {
    destroy .p
    destroy .g
} -result {cannot use geometry manager grid inside . which already has slaves managed by pack}

test packgrid-4.1 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    grid .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    pack .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

test packgrid-4.2 {slave stolen after master destruction - bug [aa7679685e]} -setup {
    frame .f
    button .b -text hello
} -body {
    pack .f
    pack .b -in .f
    destroy .f
    set res [winfo manager .b]
    # shall not crash
    grid .b
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {}

cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/panedwindow.test.

494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  2} msg] $msg 
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]


test panedwindow-7.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows







|












|







494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
    list [catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  0} msg] \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  1} msg] $msg \
	    [catch {.p sash coord  2} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]


test panedwindow-7.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} -setup {
	deleteWindows
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
} -body {
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b] [button .c]
    .p sash dragto 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}
    

test panedwindow-9.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
    .p sash mark 0 10 10







|







618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
} -body {
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b] [button .c]
    .p sash dragto 0 0 bar
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "bar"}


test panedwindow-9.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
    .p sash mark 0 10 10
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
    update
    .p sash place 1 200 0
    update
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {68 100}
    

test panedwindow-12.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
    foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}







|







921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
    update
    .p sash place 1 200 0
    update
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {68 100}


test panedwindow-12.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} -setup {
	deleteWindows
    set result {}
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
    foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
    set result ""
} -result {}
test panedwindow-13.2 {PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, widget yields management} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
    # a slave when some other geometry manager steals the slave from us.
    
    # This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
    # memory leak.
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b]
    pack .p
    update
    pack .b







|







1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
    set result ""
} -result {}
test panedwindow-13.2 {PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, widget yields management} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    # Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
    # a slave when some other geometry manager steals the slave from us.

    # This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
    # memory leak.
    panedwindow .p
    .p add [button .b]
    pack .p
    update
    pack .b
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 30 0
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-17.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 200 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-17.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-17.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-17.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-17.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 50 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-17.11 {MoveSash, move left} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 10 0
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-17.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 -100 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-17.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-17.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 10 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]


test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move down} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 0 30
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }
    
    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 200
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 50
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move up} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
    
    .p sash place 0 0 10
    
    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 -100
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 10
    
    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible, 
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]









|

|

















|













|





|













|





|















|















|














|















|
















|
|















|
|
















|

|

















|















|















|














|















|
















|
|















|
|



















|

|


















|














|





|














|





|
















|
















|
















|
















|

















|
|
















|
|

















|

|


















|
















|
















|















|
















|

















|
|
















|
|







1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    .p sash place 0 30 0

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-17.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 200 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-17.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-17.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-17.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-17.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-17.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-17.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 50 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-17.11 {MoveSash, move left} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    .p sash place 0 10 0

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-17.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 -100 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-17.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-17.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-17.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-17.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 10 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]


test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move down} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    .p sash place 0 0 30

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
    place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
    update

    .p sash place 0 0 200

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 50

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move up} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    set result {}
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    # Get the requested width of the paned window
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    .p sash place 0 0 10

    # Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
    lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]

    # Check that the sash moved
    lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 -100

    # Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
    # the panedwindow.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 0 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 0
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 0

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    .p sash coord 1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
            -orient vertical
    foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
	    .p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
		    -sticky nsew -minsize -50
    }

    .p sash place 1 0 10

    # Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
    # respecting minsizes.
    list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]


4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
    destroy .f
    winfo reqwidth .p
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result 20
    

test panedwindow-21.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    .p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew







|







4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
    .p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
    destroy .f
    winfo reqwidth .p
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result 20


test panedwindow-21.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
    .p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
	    [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew

Changes to tests/place.test.

392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place configure .foo -x 0 -y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-y" missing}
    

test place-11.1 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} -setup {
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place slaves .foo
} -cleanup {







|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place configure .foo -x 0 -y
} -cleanup {
    destroy .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-y" missing}


test place-11.1 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} -setup {
    destroy .foo
} -body {
    frame .foo
    place slaves .foo
} -cleanup {

Changes to tests/raise.test.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
test raise-3.1 {raise internal windows after creation} -body {
    raise_setup
    update
    raise .raise.a .raise.d
    raise_getOrder
} -result {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist 
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}







|








|








|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
test raise-3.1 {raise internal windows after creation} -body {
    raise_setup
    update
    raise .raise.a .raise.d
    raise_getOrder
} -result {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} -constraints {
	testmakeexist
} -body {
    raise_setup
    testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d
    raise .raise.a .raise.b
    update
    raise_getOrder
} -result {d d d a c e e e}

Added tests/red.gif.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/safe.test.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37








38
39
40
41
42
43












44
45
46
47
48
49
50
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

## NOTE: Any time tests fail here with an error like:

# Can't find a usable tk.tcl in the following directories:
#     {$p(:26:)}
# 
# $p(:26:)/tk.tcl: script error
# script error
#     invoked from within
# "source {$p(:26:)/tk.tcl}"
#     ("uplevel" body line 1)
#     invoked from within
# "uplevel #0 [list source $file]"
# 
# 
# This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly.

## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl.
## Ensure that any changes that occured to tk.tcl will work or are properly
## prevented in a safe interpreter.  -- hobbs

# The set of hidden commands is platform dependent:

set hidden_cmds {bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit fconfigure glob grab load menu open pwd selection socket source toplevel unload wm}
lappend hidden_cmds {*}[apply {{} {








    foreach cmd {
	atime attributes copy delete dirname executable exists extension
	isdirectory isfile link lstat mkdir mtime nativename normalize owned
	readable readlink rename rootname size stat tail tempfile type
	volumes writable
    } {lappend result tcl:file:$cmd}; return $result












}}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
    lappend hidden_cmds tk_chooseColor tk_chooseDirectory tk_getOpenFile \
	tk_getSaveFile tk_messageBox
}
if {[llength [info commands send]]} {
    lappend hidden_cmds send







|







|
|



|




|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

## NOTE: Any time tests fail here with an error like:

# Can't find a usable tk.tcl in the following directories:
#     {$p(:26:)}
#
# $p(:26:)/tk.tcl: script error
# script error
#     invoked from within
# "source {$p(:26:)/tk.tcl}"
#     ("uplevel" body line 1)
#     invoked from within
# "uplevel #0 [list source $file]"
#
#
# This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly.

## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl.
## Ensure that any changes that occurred to tk.tcl will work or are properly
## prevented in a safe interpreter.  -- hobbs

# The set of hidden commands is platform dependent:

set hidden_cmds {bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit fconfigure}
lappend hidden_cmds {*}[apply {{} {
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	lappend result file
    }
    lappend result glob grab load menu open pwd selection socket source tcl:encoding:dirs
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	lappend result tcl:encoding:system
    }
    lappend result toplevel unload wm
    foreach cmd {
	atime attributes copy delete dirname executable exists extension
	isdirectory isfile link lstat mkdir mtime nativename normalize owned
	readable readlink rename rootname size stat tail tempfile type
	volumes writable
    } {lappend result tcl:file:$cmd}
    if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.7-]} {
	foreach cmd {
	    cmdtype nameofexecutable
	} {lappend result tcl:info:$cmd}
	foreach cmd {
	    autopurge list purge status
	} {lappend result tcl:process:$cmd}
	foreach cmd {
	    lmkimg lmkzip mkimg mkkey mkzip mount  mount_data unmount
	} {lappend result tcl:zipfs:$cmd}
    }
    return $result
}}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
    lappend hidden_cmds tk_chooseColor tk_chooseDirectory tk_getOpenFile \
	tk_getSaveFile tk_messageBox
}
if {[llength [info commands send]]} {
    lappend hidden_cmds send

Added tests/safePrimarySelection.test.









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk.  It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tests that a Safe Base interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# - Tests 3.*, 6.* test that the fix for ticket de156e9efe implemented in branch
#   bug-de156e9efe has been applied and still works.  They test that a Safe Base
#   slave interpreter cannot write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The other tests verify that the master interpreter and an unsafe slave CAN
#   write to the PRIMARY selection, and therefore that the test scripts
#   themselves are valid.
# - A text, entry, ttk::entry, listbox, spinbox or ttk::spinbox widget can have
#   option -exportselection 1, meaning (in an unsafe interpreter) that a
#   selection made in one of these widgets is automatically written to the
#   PRIMARY selection.
# - A safe interpreter must not write to the PRIMARY selection.
# - The spinbox, ttk::spinbox are variants of entry, ttk::entry respectively.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Command that creates an unsafe child interpreter and tries to load Tk.
# - This is necessary for loading Tk if the tests are done in the build
#   directory without installing Tk.  In that case the usual auto_path loading
#   mechanism cannot work because the tk binary is not where pkgIndex.tcl says
#   it is.
# - This command is not needed for Safe Base slaves because safe::loadTk does
#   something similar and works correctly.
# - Based on scripts in winSend.test.
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace eval ::_test_tmp {
    variable TkLoadCmd
}

foreach pkg [info loaded] {
    if {[lindex $pkg 1] eq "Tk"} {
	set ::_test_tmp::TkLoadCmd [list load {*}$pkg]
	break
    }
}

proc ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp {name} {
    variable TkLoadCmd
    interp create $name
    $name eval [list set argv [list -name $name]]
    catch {{*}$TkLoadCmd $name}
}


set ::_test_tmp::script {
    package require Tk
    namespace eval ::_test_tmp {}

    proc ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection {} {
        if {[catch {::tk::GetSelection . PRIMARY} sel]} {
            set sel {}
        }
        return $sel
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .preset
        text .preset -exportselection 1
        .preset insert end OLD_VALUE
        # pack .preset
        .preset tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # Clearing the PRIMARY selection is troublesome.
    # The window need not be mapped.
    # However, the window must continue to exist, or some X11 servers
    # will set the PRIMARY selection to something else.
    proc ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection {} {
        destroy .clear
        text .clear -exportselection 1
        .clear insert end TMP_VALUE
        # pack .clear
        .clear tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        .clear tag remove sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    # If this interpreter can write to the PRIMARY
    # selection, the commands below will do so.

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryText {} {
        text .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t tag add sel 1.0 end-1c
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryEntry {} {
        entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry {} {
        ::ttk::entry .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end PAYLOAD
        pack .t
        .t selection range 0 end
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryListbox {} {
        listbox .t -exportselection 1
        .t insert end list1 PAYLOAD list3
        pack .t
        .t selection set 1
        update
        return
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # spinbox as entry
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects PAYLOAD
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # spinbox spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # spinbox spun/selected/spun
            spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t invoke buttonup
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            .t invoke buttonup
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }

    proc ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox {ver} {
        if {$ver == 1} {
            # ttk::spinbox as entry
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            .t delete 0 end
            .t insert end PAYLOAD
            pack .t
            .t selection range 0 end
            update
            return
        } elseif {$ver == 2} {
            # ttk::spinbox spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            return
            # selects 2
        } else {
            # ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun
            ::ttk::spinbox .t -exportselection 1 -values {1 2 3 4 5}
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            pack .t
            # ttk::spinbox::Spin sets selection
            update
            ::ttk::spinbox::Spin .t +1
            update
            return
            # selects 3
        }
    }
}

# Do this once for the master interpreter.
eval $::_test_tmp::script

test safePrimarySelection-1.1 {master interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.2 {master interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.4 {master interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-1.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-1.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-1.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-2.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-2.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-2.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-3.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-3.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, no existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {----}

test safePrimarySelection-4.1 {master interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryText
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.2 {master interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.3 {master interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.4 {master interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.5 {master interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.6 {master interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.7 {master interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-4.8 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-4.9 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-4.10 {master interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.1 {unsafe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.2 {unsafe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.3 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.4 {unsafe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.5 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.6 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.7 {unsafe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-5.8 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {PAYLOAD}

test safePrimarySelection-5.9 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {2}

test safePrimarySelection-5.10 {unsafe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set int2 slave2
    ::_test_tmp::unsafeInterp $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {3}

test safePrimarySelection-6.1 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, text, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryText
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.2 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.3 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkEntry
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.4 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, listbox, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryListbox
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.5 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.6 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.7 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::trySpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.8 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox as entry, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 1
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.9 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 2
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}

test safePrimarySelection-6.10 {IMPORTANT, safe slave interpreter, ttk::spinbox spun/selected/spun, existing selection} -setup {
    catch {interp delete slave2}
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    ::_test_tmp::setPrimarySelection
} -body {
    set res0 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set int2 slave2
    ::safe::interpCreate $int2
    ::safe::loadTk $int2
    $int2 eval $::_test_tmp::script
    $int2 eval ::_test_tmp::tryTtkSpinbox 3
    set res1 [$int2 eval ::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res2 [::_test_tmp::getPrimarySelection]
    set res3 $res0--$res1--$res2
} -cleanup {
    interp delete $int2
    destroy {*}[winfo children .]
    unset int2 res0 res1 res2 res3
    ::_test_tmp::clearPrimarySelection
} -result {OLD_VALUE----OLD_VALUE}


namespace delete ::_test_tmp

# option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/scale.test.

320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
destroy .s


test scale-2.1 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale foo 
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {scale foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}
test scale-2.4 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale .s -gorp dumb







|







320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
destroy .s


test scale-2.1 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?-option value ...?"}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    catch {scale foo}
    winfo child .
} -result {}
test scale-2.4 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} -body {
    scale .s -gorp dumb
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505




















1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
    pack .s
    .s set 10
    update  ; # -command callback shall fire
    set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {10 10}





















option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
    pack .s
    .s set 10
    update  ; # -command callback shall fire
    set res [list [.s get] $commandedVar]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {10 10}

test scale-21.1 {Bug [55b95f578a] - Associating variable with bignum value with scale crashes it} -setup {
    catch {destroy .s}
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    set foo 5.79e99
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -variable foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}
test scale-21.2 {Bug [55b95f578a] again - Bignum value for -from/-to with scale crashes it} -setup {
    catch {destroy .s}
} -body {
    pack [scale .s]
    # non-regression test for bug [55b95f578a] - shall just not crash
    .s configure -from -6.8e99 -to 8.8e99
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
} -result {}

option clear

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/scrollbar.test.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26


27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37












38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
proc scroll args {
    global scrollInfo
    set scrollInfo $args
}

proc getTroughSize {w} {
    if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {

	if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	    return [expr [winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]]
	} else {
	    return [expr [winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]]
	}	    
    } else {


	if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	    return [expr [winfo height $w] \
		    - ([winfo width $w] \
			- [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			- [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	} else {
	    return [expr [winfo width $w] \
		    - ([winfo height $w] \
			- [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			- [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	}












    }
}

# XXX Note: this test file is woefully incomplete.  Right now there are
# only bits and pieces of tests.  Please make this file more complete
# as you fix bugs and add features.

foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] {
    set height [expr ($height < 200) ? 200 : $height]
    set width [expr ($width < 1) ? 1 : $width]
} 

frame .f -height $height -width $width
pack .f -side left
scrollbar .s
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
set i 1







>




|

>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
proc scroll args {
    global scrollInfo
    set scrollInfo $args
}

proc getTroughSize {w} {
    if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
        # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
	if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	    return [expr [winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]]
	} else {
	    return [expr [winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]]
	}
    } else {
        if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
            # Calculations here assume that the arrow area is a square.
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr [winfo height $w] \
		        - ([winfo width $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	    } else {
	        return [expr [winfo width $w] \
		        - ([winfo height $w] \
			    - [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			    - [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
	    }
        } else {
            # macOS aqua
	    if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
	        return [expr [winfo height $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2]
	    } else {
	        return [expr [winfo width $w] \
			- ([$w cget -highlightthickness] \
			  +[$w cget -bd])*2]
	    }
        }
    }
}

# XXX Note: this test file is woefully incomplete.  Right now there are
# only bits and pieces of tests.  Please make this file more complete
# as you fix bugs and add features.

foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] {
    set height [expr ($height < 200) ? 200 : $height]
    set width [expr ($width < 1) ? 1 : $width]
}

frame .f -height $height -width $width
pack .f -side left
scrollbar .s
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
set i 1
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284
285

286




287
288
289
290
291
292
293
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr (21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
       /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} unix {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} unix {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} {0.993711}
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
    expr \
    [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2]]] \
	== [format %g [expr (200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) \
			   / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)]]
} 1

toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update

test scrollbar-3.41 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0.5}
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {

    place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1]
} else {

    place configure .t.s -width [expr [winfo reqwidth .t.s] - 4]




}
update
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0}
destroy .t
test scrollbar-3.43 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {







|





|



















>


>
|
>
>
>
>







266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr (21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
       /([getTroughSize .s] - 1)]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} x11 {
    format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} {0.993711}
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
    expr \
    [format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2]]] \
	== [format %g [expr (200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) \
			   / ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)]]
} 1

toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update

test scrollbar-3.41 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0.5}
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
    # Only Windows has [testmetrics]
    place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1]
} else {
    if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
        place configure .t.s -width [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd] + 1)]
    } else {
        # macOS aqua
        place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*([.t.s cget -highlightthickness] + [.t.s cget -bd])]
    }
}
update
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
    format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0}
destroy .t
test scrollbar-3.43 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322




323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335




336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.48 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    list [catch {.s identify bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.50 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s identify 5 5
} {arrow1}




test scrollbar-3.51 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s identify 5 35
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.52 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s set .3 .6
    .s identify 5 80
} {slider}
test scrollbar-3.53 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s identify 5 145
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.54 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {unixOrPc} {
    .s identify 5 195
} {arrow2}




test scrollbar-3.56 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} unix {
    .s identify 0 0
} {}
test scrollbar-3.57 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "abc"}}
test scrollbar-3.58 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 0.6 def} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "def"}}
test scrollbar-3.59 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -.2 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
    }
    set result
} {0.0 0.3}
test scrollbar-3.60 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 1.1 .4 
    .s get
} {1.0 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.61 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 -.3 
    .s get
} {0.5 0.5}
test scrollbar-3.62 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 87 
    .s get
} {0.5 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.63 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .4 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]







|


>
>
>
>










|


>
>
>
>


















|



|



|







334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.48 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    list [catch {.s identify bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.50.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} notAqua {
    .s identify 5 5
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-3.50.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 5 5
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.51 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s identify 5 35
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.52 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s set .3 .6
    .s identify 5 80
} {slider}
test scrollbar-3.53 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
    .s identify 5 145
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.54.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} notAqua {
    .s identify 5 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-3.54.2 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 5 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.56 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} unix {
    .s identify 0 0
} {}
test scrollbar-3.57 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "abc"}}
test scrollbar-3.58 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 0.6 def} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "def"}}
test scrollbar-3.59 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -.2 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
    }
    set result
} {0.0 0.3}
test scrollbar-3.60 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 1.1 .4
    .s get
} {1.0 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.61 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 -.3
    .s get
} {0.5 0.5}
test scrollbar-3.62 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .5 87
    .s get
} {0.5 1.0}
test scrollbar-3.63 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set .4 .3
    set result {}
    foreach element [.s get] {
	lappend result [format %.1f $element]
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -10 50 20 30 
    .s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 -10 20 30 
    .s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20 
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}








|



|



|




|


|







408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set -10 50 20 30
    .s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 -10 20 30
    .s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}

451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461




462
463




464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
} {}
test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify -1 [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {




    .s identify 8 19
} {arrow1}




test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] 0 
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 20
} {trough1}







|


|
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>

|







480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
} {}
test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify -1 [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
    .s identify [winfo width .s] [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.11.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 4
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.12.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 19
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 19
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] 0
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 20
} {trough1}
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521




522
523
524




525
526
527
528
529
530
531
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 84
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.25 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 179
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win knownBug} {
    # This asks for 8,21, which is actually the slider, but there is a
    # bug in that GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) actually returns a value
    # that is larger than the thumb displayed, skewing the ability to
    # calculate the trough2 area correctly (Win2k).  -- hobbs
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \
						 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 180
} {arrow2}




test scrollbar-6.30 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}




test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2]  [expr [winfo height .s] \
						  - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] - 1]
} {arrow2}







|
<
<
<
<







|


>
>
>
>
|


>
>
>
>







537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544




545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 84
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.25 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .s identify 8 179
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {




    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
						 + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \
						 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 180
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.29.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 180
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.30.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.30.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .s identify 8 195
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2]  [expr [winfo height .s] \
						  - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] - 1]
} {arrow2}
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555




556
557
558
559
560
561




562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585


586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604


605
606
607
608
609
610
611
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update

test scrollbar-6.39 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}




test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 0 [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}




test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .t.s identify [expr int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] \
		       - 1] [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2] 
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 100 18
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 100 [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 1]
} {trough2}

test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
    .s configure -orient horizontal
    update
    set result [.s cget -orient]
    .s configure -orient vertical
    update
    lappend result [.s cget -orient]
} {horizontal vertical}

catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
test scrollbar-8.1 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} {


    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
    event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} {


    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right







|


>
>
>
>



|


>
>
>
>


|




















|
>
>


















|
>
>







587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update

test scrollbar-6.39.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.39.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 4 8
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 0 [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41.1 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} x11 {
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.41.2 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} aqua {
    # macOS scrollbars have no arrows nowadays
    .t.s identify 82 8
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
    .t.s identify [expr int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] \
		       - 1] [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
    .t.s identify 100 18
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.46 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
    .t.s identify 100 [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 1]
} {trough2}

test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
    .s configure -orient horizontal
    update
    set result [.s cget -orient]
    .s configure -orient vertical
    update
    lappend result [.s cget -orient]
} {horizontal vertical}

catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
test scrollbar-8.1 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} notAqua {
    # constrained by notAqua because this test clicks on an arrow of the
    # scrollbar - but macOS has no such arrows in modern scrollbars
    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
    wm geometry .t 100x100
    .t.f.s set 0 .5
    update
    set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
    event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
    event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
    update
    lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
    rename bgerror {}
    set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} notAqua {
    # constrained by notAqua because this test clicks on an arrow of the
    # scrollbar - but macOS has no such arrows in modern scrollbars
    proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
    proc bgerror {args} {}
    destroy .t.f
    frame .t.f
    scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
    pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
    pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648














649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660














661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
    catch {destroy .s}
    scrollbar .s
    interp hide {} .s
    destroy .s
    list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]

test scrollbar-10.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {win|unix} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}















test scrollbar-10.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {win|unix} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0














} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}

test scrollbar-11.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {} 
test scrollbar-11.2 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {{y 0}} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    wm minsize .top 50 400
    update
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {after idle destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s -expand true -fill y
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2> -x 2 -y [expr {[winfo height .top.s] / 2}]
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {} 

catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







|













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




















|


















|







681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    catch {destroy .s}
    scrollbar .s
    interp hide {} .s
    destroy .s
    list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]

test scrollbar-10.1.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {notAqua} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}
test scrollbar-10.1.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -4
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}

test scrollbar-10.2.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {notAqua} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}
test scrollbar-10.2.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {aqua} -setup {
    destroy .t .s
} -body {
    pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
    for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
    pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
    update
    focus -force .s
    event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -4
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}

test scrollbar-11.1 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}
test scrollbar-11.2 {bug fix: [011706ec42] Scrollbar unsafe wrt widget destruction} -body {
    proc destroy_scrollbar {{y 0}} {
        if {[winfo exists .top.s]} {
            destroy .top.s
        }
    }
    toplevel .top
    wm minsize .top 50 400
    update
    scrollbar .top.s
    bind .top.s <2> {after idle destroy_scrollbar}
    pack .top.s -expand true -fill y
    focus -force .top.s
    update
    event generate .top.s <2> -x 2 -y [expr {[winfo height .top.s] / 2}]
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.s"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.s .top
} -result {}

catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/select.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
namespace import ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands








global longValue selValue selInfo

set selValue {}
set selInfo {}

proc handler {type offset count} {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
#

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
namespace import ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 0
if {![catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS}]} {
    if {"SAVE_TARGETS" in [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type TARGETS]} {
        testConstraint cliboardManagerPresent 1
    }
}

global longValue selValue selInfo

set selValue {}
set selInfo {}

proc handler {type offset count} {
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost2} } .f1
    set result $lostSel
    selection clear .f1
    lappend result $lostSel
} -result {owned lost2}
test select-3.7 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    global lostSel
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    update







|







329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost2} } .f1
    set result $lostSel
    selection clear .f1
    lappend result $lostSel
} -result {owned lost2}
test select-3.7 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    global lostSel
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    update
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD
} -result {.f1}
test select-4.3 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    list [selection clear .f1] [selection clear .f1]
} -result {{} {}}
test select-4.4 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    global lostSel
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    update







|







403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD
} -result {.f1}
test select-4.3 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    list [selection clear .f1] [selection clear .f1]
} -result {{} {}}
test select-4.4 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    global lostSel
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
    update
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    selection own -command { set lostSel2 {lost2} } .f2
    update
    selection clear -displayof .f2
    update
    list $lostSel $lostSel2
} -result {owned lost2}
test select-4.6 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -constraints {
    unix altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    set lostSel2 {owned2}







|







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
    selection own -command { set lostSel2 {lost2} } .f2
    update
    selection clear -displayof .f2
    update
    list $lostSel $lostSel2
} -result {owned lost2}
test select-4.6 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} -constraints {
    x11 altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    set lostSel {owned}
    set lostSel2 {owned2}
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {apply {{type offset count} {
	selection clear
	handler $type $offset $count
    }} STRING}
    list [selection get] $selInfo [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} -result "$longValue {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form \"STRING\" not defined}"
test select-5.9 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    update
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.10 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    update
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""







|












|







521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {apply {{type offset count} {
	selection clear
	handler $type $offset $count
    }} STRING}
    list [selection get] $selInfo [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} -result "$longValue {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form \"STRING\" not defined}"
test select-5.9 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    update
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.10 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    update
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
    set result [list [catch {selection get TEST} msg] $msg $selInfo]
    set selValue "Test value2"
    set selInfo ""
    lappend result [catch {selection get -displayof .f2 TEST} msg] $msg \
	    $selInfo
} -result {0 {Test value} {TEST 0 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined} {}}
test select-5.13 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints {
    unix altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    selection own .f1
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {handler TEST2} TEST
    selection own .f2
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    update
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection get -displayof .t TEST"]
    set selValue "Test value2"
    lappend result [dobg "selection get TEST"]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{Test value} {Test value2} {TEST2 0 4000 TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.14 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints {
    unix altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    selection own .f1







|




















|







582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
    set result [list [catch {selection get TEST} msg] $msg $selInfo]
    set selValue "Test value2"
    set selInfo ""
    lappend result [catch {selection get -displayof .f2 TEST} msg] $msg \
	    $selInfo
} -result {0 {Test value} {TEST 0 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined} {}}
test select-5.13 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints {
    x11 altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    selection own .f1
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {handler TEST2} TEST
    selection own .f2
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    update
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection get -displayof .t TEST"]
    set selValue "Test value2"
    lappend result [dobg "selection get TEST"]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{Test value} {Test value2} {TEST2 0 4000 TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.14 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} -constraints {
    x11 altDisplay
} -setup {
    setup .f1
    setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    selection own .f1
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866

867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
    destroy .f1
    lappend result [selection own] [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} -result {.f1 {} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}

##############################################################################

# Check reentrancy on losing selection
test select-8.1 {TkSelEventProc procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD -command {destroy .f1} .f1
    update
    dobg {selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .}

} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {}

##############################################################################

test select-9.1 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
    set selValue "1024"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
        .f1 {handler TEST}
    update
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x400 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.2 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
    set selValue "1024 0xffff  2048 -2  "
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x400 0xffff 0x800 0xfffffffe } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.3 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
    set selValue "   "
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{ } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.4 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
    set selValue "16 foobar 32"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x10 0x0 0x20 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.5 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
    # Ensure that lists of atoms are constructed correctly, even when the
    # atom names have spaces in. [Bug 1353414]
    set selValue "foo bar"
    set selInfo ""
    set selType {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format STRING -type $selType \
    .f1 [list handler $selType]
    lsort [dobg {selection get TARGETS}]
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}}

##############################################################################
# note, we are not testing MULTIPLE style selections

# most control paths have been exercised above
test select-10.1 {ConvertSelection procedure, race with selection clear} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    proc Ready {fd} {
	variable x
	lappend x [gets $fd]
    }







|






>









|













|












|












|












|

















|







860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
    destroy .f1
    lappend result [selection own] [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} -result {.f1 {} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}

##############################################################################

# Check reentrancy on losing selection
test select-8.1 {TkSelEventProc procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD -command {destroy .f1} .f1
    update
    dobg {selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .}
    winfo children .
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {}

##############################################################################

test select-9.1 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints x11 -body {
    set selValue "1024"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
        .f1 {handler TEST}
    update
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x400 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.2 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints x11 -body {
    set selValue "1024 0xffff  2048 -2  "
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x400 0xffff 0x800 0xfffffffe } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.3 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints x11 -body {
    set selValue "   "
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{ } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.4 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints x11 -body {
    set selValue "16 foobar 32"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
	.f1 {handler TEST}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x10 0x0 0x20 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.5 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -constraints x11 -body {
    # Ensure that lists of atoms are constructed correctly, even when the
    # atom names have spaces in. [Bug 1353414]
    set selValue "foo bar"
    set selInfo ""
    set selType {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}
    selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format STRING -type $selType \
    .f1 [list handler $selType]
    lsort [dobg {selection get TARGETS}]
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}}

##############################################################################
# note, we are not testing MULTIPLE style selections

# most control paths have been exercised above
test select-10.1 {ConvertSelection procedure, race with selection clear} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
} -body {
    proc Ready {fd} {
	variable x
	lappend x [gets $fd]
    }
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046


1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
    puts $fd {exit}
    flush $fd
    # Don't understand why, but the [loadTkCommand] above causes
    # a "broken pipe" error when Tk was actually [load]ed in the child.
    catch {close $fd}
    lappend x $selInfo
} -result {{1:PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {}}
test select-10.2 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue [string range $longValue 0 3999]
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result [list [string range $longValue 0 3999] {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}]
test select-10.3 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle .f1 ERROR errHandler
    dobg {selection get ERROR}
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "ERROR" not defined}
# testing timers
# This one hangs in Exceed
test select-10.4 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints {
    unix noExceed
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {errIncrHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}}
test select-10.5 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { badHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000}}
test select-10.6 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
	destroy .f1
	handler $type $offset $count
    }
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo


} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {STRING 0 4000}}

##############################################################################

# testing reentrancy
test select-11.1 {TkSelPropProc procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { reallyBadHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000 .f1 STRING 8000 4000 .f1 STRING 12000 4000 .f1 STRING 16000 4000 .f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}

##############################################################################

# Note, this assumes we are using CurrentTtime
test select-12.1 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    setup
    set result [selection get -type TIMESTAMP]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TIMESTAMP}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {0x0 {0x0 }}
test select-12.2 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    setup
    set result [lsort [list [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.3 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    setup
    selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    set result [list [lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.4 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    setup
    set result ""
} -body {
    lappend result [selection get -type TK_APPLICATION]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_APPLICATION}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result [list [winfo name .] [winfo name .]]
test select-12.5 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints unix -body {
    setup
    set result [selection get -type TK_WINDOW]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_WINDOW}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {.f1 .f1}
test select-12.6 {DefaultSelection procedure} -body {
    setup
    selection handle .f1 {handler TARGETS.f1} TARGETS
    set selValue "Targets value"
    set selInfo ""
    set result [list [selection get TARGETS] $selInfo]
    selection handle .f1 {} TARGETS
    lappend result [selection get TARGETS]
} -result {{Targets value} {TARGETS.f1 0 4000} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}

test select-13.1 {SelectionSize procedure, handler deleted} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
	global selValue selInfo abortCount
	incr abortCount -1







|











|











|














|














|















>
>





|

















|







|







|








|









|


















|







978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
    puts $fd {exit}
    flush $fd
    # Don't understand why, but the [loadTkCommand] above causes
    # a "broken pipe" error when Tk was actually [load]ed in the child.
    catch {close $fd}
    lappend x $selInfo
} -result {{1:PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {}}
test select-10.2 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue [string range $longValue 0 3999]
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result [list [string range $longValue 0 3999] {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}]
test select-10.3 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    selection handle .f1 ERROR errHandler
    dobg {selection get ERROR}
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "ERROR" not defined}
# testing timers
# This one hangs in Exceed
test select-10.4 {ConvertSelection procedure} -constraints {
    x11 noExceed
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {errIncrHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}}
test select-10.5 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue "Test value"
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { badHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000}}
test select-10.6 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
	destroy .f1
	handler $type $offset $count
    }
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
    set result ""
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    rename weirdHandler {}
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {STRING 0 4000}}

##############################################################################

# testing reentrancy
test select-11.1 {TkSelPropProc procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    set selValue $longValue
    set selInfo ""
    selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
    selection handle -type STRING .f1 { reallyBadHandler .f1 STRING }
    set result ""
    set pass 0
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{selection owner didn't respond} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000 .f1 STRING 8000 4000 .f1 STRING 12000 4000 .f1 STRING 16000 4000 .f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}

##############################################################################

# Note, this assumes we are using CurrentTtime
test select-12.1 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
    setup
    set result [selection get -type TIMESTAMP]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TIMESTAMP}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {0x0 {0x0 }}
test select-12.2 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
    setup
    set result [lsort [list [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.3 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
    setup
    selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
    set result [list [lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.4 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -setup {
    setup
    set result ""
} -body {
    lappend result [selection get -type TK_APPLICATION]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_APPLICATION}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result [list [winfo name .] [winfo name .]]
test select-12.5 {DefaultSelection procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
    setup
    set result [selection get -type TK_WINDOW]
    setupbg
    lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_WINDOW}]
    cleanupbg
    set result
} -result {.f1 .f1}
test select-12.6 {DefaultSelection procedure} -body {
    setup
    selection handle .f1 {handler TARGETS.f1} TARGETS
    set selValue "Targets value"
    set selInfo ""
    set result [list [selection get TARGETS] $selInfo]
    selection handle .f1 {} TARGETS
    lappend result [selection get TARGETS]
} -result {{Targets value} {TARGETS.f1 0 4000} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}

test select-13.1 {SelectionSize procedure, handler deleted} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setup
    setupbg
} -body {
    proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
	global selValue selInfo abortCount
	incr abortCount -1
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151












1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}













catch {rename weirdHandler {}}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
    selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
    set result ""
    set abortCount 2
    lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
    cleanupbg
    lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}

test select-14.1 {Bug [73ba07efcd]: Use correct property type when handling MULTIPLE conversion requests} -constraints {
    cliboardManagerPresent
} -setup {
    proc get_clip {offset maxChars} {return abcd}
} -body {
    selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD . get_clip
    selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .
    selection get -selection CLIPBOARD_MANAGER -type SAVE_TARGETS
    clipboard get
} -cleanup {
    rename get_clip {}
} -result {abcd}


# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/spinbox.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable 
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# For xscrollcommand
proc scroll args {
        global scrollInfo
        set scrollInfo $args
}
# For trace variable
proc override args {
        global x
        set x 12345
}

# Procedures used in widget VALIDATION tests
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}

test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
        spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
        -relief sunken
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {







|







522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
} -body {
    .e configure -insertbackground bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {error} -result {unknown color name "bogus"}

test spinbox-1.45 {configuration option: "insertborderwidth"} -setup {
        spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -insertwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
        -relief sunken
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -insertborderwidth 1.3
    .e cget -insertborderwidth
} -cleanup {
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    spinbox .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test spinbox-3.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test spinbox-3.2 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.3 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.4 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bogus"}
test spinbox-3.5 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Oryginaly the result was count using measurements 
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test spinbox-3.6 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.7 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.12 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.13 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test spinbox-3.14 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.15 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {49}
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test spinbox-3.17 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.18 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.19 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.20 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.21 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bar"}
test spinbox-3.22 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test spinbox-3.23 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.27 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test spinbox-3.28 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test spinbox-3.29 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.30 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.31 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
test spinbox-3.32 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test spinbox-3.33 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.34 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.37 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.38 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.39 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test spinbox-3.40 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.40.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.41 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.42 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.43 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.44 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test spinbox-3.45 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test spinbox-3.46 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test spinbox-3.47 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test spinbox-3.48 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, element, from, present, range, or to}

test spinbox-3.49 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test spinbox-3.50 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-3.50.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test spinbox-3.51 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test spinbox-3.52 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.53 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update  
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.54 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update 
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {







|








|








|








|








|








|


















|












|










|











|









|






|






|






|







|






|

|






|








|






|






|






|








|








|










|




















|










|












|










|






|






|






|








|






|






|








|








|








|






|






|








|










|












|










|






|










|








|








|










|












|






|







|






|






|






|













|








|











|












|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
    spinbox .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}


test spinbox-3.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg ...?"}
test spinbox-3.2 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.3 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}
test spinbox-3.4 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e bbox bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bogus"}
test spinbox-3.5 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
   .e bbox 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list 5 5 0 $cy]

# Oryginaly the result was count using measurements
# and metrics. It was changed to less verbose solution - the result is the one
# that passes fonts constraint (this concerns tests 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10)
test spinbox-3.6 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
    .e insert 0 "abc"
    list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{19 5 7 13} {19 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.7 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {19 5 12 13}
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
    .e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
    .e bbox 3
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {31 5 7 13}
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
    .e bbox end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result "5 5 0 $cy"
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} -constraints {
	fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
    list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {{5 5 7 13} {12 5 7 13} {75 5 12 13} {122 5 7 13}}
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.12 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget a b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}
test spinbox-3.13 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e cget -gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test spinbox-3.14 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e cget -bd
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.15 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    llength [.e configure]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {51}
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test spinbox-3.17 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e configure -bd 4
    .e configure -bg #ffffff
    lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.18 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.19 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}
test spinbox-3.20 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.21 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e delete 0 bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "bar"}
test spinbox-3.22 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 2 4
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {014567890}
test spinbox-3.23 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0123457890}
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
    set x {}
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
    .e delete 0 end
    .e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
    .e delete 6
    lappend x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e delete 6 5
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e delete 2 8
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.27 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e get foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}
test spinbox-3.28 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e icursor
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}
test spinbox-3.29 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e icursor foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.30 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e icursor 4
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-3.31 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e in
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
test spinbox-3.32 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e index
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}
test spinbox-3.33 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e index foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.34 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes {ok} -match glob -result {*}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
# UTF
    .e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
    list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.37 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.38 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert foo Text
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "foo"}
test spinbox-3.39 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {012xxx34567890}
test spinbox-3.40 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state disabled
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.40.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    .e configure -state readonly
    .e insert 3 xxx
    .e configure -state normal
    .e get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.41 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}
test spinbox-3.42 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.43 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan a b c
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}
test spinbox-3.44 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan foobar 20
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}
test spinbox-3.45 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e scan mark 20.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "20.1"}

# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test spinbox-3.46 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
    .e insert end "very very long string"
    .e scan mark 30
    .e scan dragto 28
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2}
test spinbox-3.47 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}
test spinbox-3.48 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, element, from, present, range, or to}

test spinbox-3.49 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e select clear gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}
test spinbox-3.50 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-3.50.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 4
    update
    .e select clear
    catch {selection get}
    selection own
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {.e}

test spinbox-3.51 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    .e selection present foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}
test spinbox-3.52 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.53 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e configure -exportselection false
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-3.54 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end 0123456789
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 6
    .e delete 0 end
    .e selection present
} -cleanup {
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
    .e configure -state normal
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 4}

test spinbox-3.65 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.053763 0.268817}
test spinbox-3.66 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.67 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test spinbox-3.68 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test spinbox-3.69 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test spinbox-3.70 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test spinbox-3.71 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test spinbox-3.74 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test spinbox-3.75 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test spinbox-3.76 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units 
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test spinbox-3.77 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test spinbox-3.79 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-3.80 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF







|











|








|













|








|








|











|










|










|












|













|







|





|







|





|










|










|













|











|







1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
    .e configure -state normal
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 4}

test spinbox-3.65 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.053763 0.268817}
test spinbox-3.66 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.67 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    .e icursor 10
    .e xview insert
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.107527 0.322581}
test spinbox-3.68 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}
test spinbox-3.69 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e xview moveto foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}
test spinbox-3.70 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto 0.5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.505376 0.720430}
test spinbox-3.71 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview scroll 24
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll gorp units
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "gorp"}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview moveto 0
    .e xview scroll 1 pages
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.193548 0.408602}
test spinbox-3.74 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview moveto .9
    update
    .e xview scroll -2 p
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.397849 0.612903}
test spinbox-3.75 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll 2 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {32}
test spinbox-3.76 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 30
    update
    .e xview scroll -1 units
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {29}
test spinbox-3.77 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview scroll 23 foobars
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview eat 23 hamburgers
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}
test spinbox-3.79 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e xview 0
    update
    .e xview -4
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-3.80 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    update
    .e xview 300
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {73}
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
    .e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
    .e insert 10 \u4e4e
    update
# UTF
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test spinbox-3.82 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}







|







1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
    .e xview moveto .12
    lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}

test spinbox-3.82 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e gorp
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test spinbox-5.6 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-5.6.1 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get} 
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}

test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update







|






|











|






|














|







1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
    .e1 configure -exportselection 1
    lappend x [selection get]
    set x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e1 .e2
} -result {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test spinbox-5.6 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test spinbox-5.6.1 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert end "0123456789"
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 5
    .e configure -exportselection 0
    catch {selection get}
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5}

test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e configure -width 5
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.363636}

test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12}
    .e insert end "0123"
    update
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24}
    update
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074















2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
    .e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
    .e scan dragto 30
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {}
















# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.

test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.2 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.3 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.4 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.5 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5 	    
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.6 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10 
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






|












|













|











|














|













|







2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
    .e configure -font {{open look glyph}}
    .e scan dragto 30
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {}
test spinbox-5.12 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -from and -to swapping} -setup {
    spinbox .e
} -body {
    # this statement used to trigger error "-to value must be greater than -from value"
    # because default value for -to is zero (bug [841280ffff])
    set res [catch {.e configure -from 10}]
    .e configure -from 1971 -to 2016  ; # standard case
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
    .e configure -from 2016 -to 1971  ; # auto-swapping happens
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
    .e configure -to 1971 -from 2016 ; # auto-swapping, order of options does not matter
    lappend res [.e cget -from] [.e cget -to]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0 1971.0 2016.0 1971.0 2016.0 1971.0 2016.0}

# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.

test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.2 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.3 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
	    -highlightthickness 3
    .e insert end 012\t45
    update
    list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4}
test spinbox-6.4 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 6
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.5 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
    .e insert end "01234567890"
    update
    .e xview 7
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {6}
test spinbox-6.6 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Courier -12} -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
    .e insert end "01234\t67890"
    update
    .e xview 3
    list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5 6}
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
} -result {133 39}
test spinbox-6.9 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {42 39}


test spinbox-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update







|








|














|
|







2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
} -result {133 39}
test spinbox-6.9 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -font {Helvetica -24} -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {42 39}


test spinbox-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 2 XXX
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}

test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e insert 500 XXX
    update
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594














2595
2596
2597

2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test spinbox-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test spinbox-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {70}

test spinbox-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents 
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test spinbox-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test spinbox-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test spinbox-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test spinbox-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test spinbox-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test spinbox-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4














    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {42}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
} -result {12345 12345}


test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    spinbox .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x 
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 35}
test spinbox-10.2 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-10.3 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test spinbox-10.4 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test spinbox-10.5 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-10.6 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test spinbox-10.7 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test spinbox-10.8 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"







|











|










|











|














|











|
|












|
|












|
|












|















|















|















|













|















|












|















|















|












|












|












|












|












|












|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|



















|








|












|












|












|














|















|














|







2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {2 6 2 5}
test spinbox-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789
    .e icursor 4
    .e insert 5 XXX
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 3 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {7}
test spinbox-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    update
    .e xview 4
    .e insert 4 XXX
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test spinbox-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e insert 2 00
    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {70}

test spinbox-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 2 4
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete -2 2
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain contents
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
    .e insert 0 abcde
    .e delete 3 1000
    update
    list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 3
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6 1 5}
test spinbox-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 5 1 4}
test spinbox-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 5
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 2 1 5}
test spinbox-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 1 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 7
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 4 3 8}
test spinbox-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 3
    .e select to 8
    .e delete 3 8
    update
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 5 8
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 8
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 5 5 8}
test spinbox-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e select from 8
    .e select to 3
    .e delete 8 10
    update
    set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
    .e select to 4
    lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3 8 4 8}
test spinbox-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 0123456789abcde
    .e icursor 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 4
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 1 5
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}
test spinbox-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
    .e xview 4
    .e delete 4 6
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set buttonWidth [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "0"] + 2 * (1 + $XPAD) }]
    if {$buttonWidth < 11} {
        set buttonWidth 11
    }
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) \
                          + $buttonWidth } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD buttonWidth expected
} -result {1}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo
    list $x [.e get]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    trace vdelete x w override
} -result {12345 12345}


test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    set x abcde
    set y ab
    spinbox .e  -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2  -width 0
    pack .e
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e configure -textvariable y
    update
    list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {ab 35}
test spinbox-10.2 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "a"
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}
test spinbox-10.3 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefg"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 7}
test spinbox-10.4 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -font {Helvetica -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
    .e selection range 4 10
    set x "abcdefghijklmn"
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4 10}
test spinbox-10.5 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "abcdefg"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-10.6 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e xview 10
    update
    set x "1234567890123456789012"
    update
    .e index @0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {10}
test spinbox-10.7 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123"
    .e index insert
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {3}
test spinbox-10.8 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
    spinbox .e -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
} -body {
    .e configure -width 10 -font {Courier -12} -textvariable x
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    .e icursor 5
    set x "123456"
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test spinbox-13.2 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e 
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "abogus"}
test spinbox-13.3 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e







|







2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {21}
test spinbox-13.2 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e index abogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "abogus"}
test spinbox-13.3 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
    pack .e
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal 
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}           

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints unix -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1







|
|

















|

|
















|

|







2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1 6}

test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {selection isn't in widget .e}

test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    catch {selection get}
    .e index sel.first
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {1}

test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints x11 -body {
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947




















2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "sbogus"}

test spinbox-13.14 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 




















# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.14.1 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to 
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e  
    catch {selection get} 
    .e index sbogus      
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.15 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "@xyz"}

test spinbox-13.16 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.17 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @11
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.18 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test spinbox-13.19 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6-11}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {8}
test spinbox-13.20 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 5}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.21 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.22 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e 
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "1xyz"}
test spinbox-13.23 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-13.24 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test spinbox-13.25 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12} 
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|














|










|










|










|










|










|









|









|










|










|







2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009




















3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "sbogus"}

test spinbox-13.14 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.14.1 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints win -body {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range.  When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
# Previous settings:
	spinbox .e -font {Courier -12} -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
	pack .e
	.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
	.e xview 4
	update
    .e select from 1
    .e select to 6
    list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
# Testing:
    selection clear .e




















    catch {selection get}
    .e index sbogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*}

test spinbox-13.15 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    selection clear .e
    .e index @xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "@xyz"}

test spinbox-13.16 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @4
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.17 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @11
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {4}
test spinbox-13.18 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {5}
test spinbox-13.19 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 6-11}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {8}
test spinbox-13.20 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @[expr {[winfo width .e] - 5}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.21 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index @1000
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {9}
test spinbox-13.22 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -setup {
    spinbox .e
    pack .e
    update
} -body {
    .e index 1xyz
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -returnCodes error -result {bad spinbox index "1xyz"}
test spinbox-13.23 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index -10
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}
test spinbox-13.24 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 12
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {12}
test spinbox-13.25 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e -width 5 -relief sunken -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 \
        -font {Courier -12}
    pack .e
    .e insert 0 012345678901234567890
    .e xview 4
    update
    .e index 49
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
test spinbox-14.3 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e insert end $x    
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}








|







3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
test spinbox-14.3 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    set x {}
    for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
} -body {
    spinbox .e
    .e insert end $x
    .e select from 0
    .e select to end
    string compare [selection get] $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0}

3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
} -result {Text Text}


test spinbox-16.1 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................." 
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test spinbox-16.2 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]







|







3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
} -result {Text Text}


test spinbox-16.1 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -constraints fonts  -body {
    spinbox .e -width 10 -font {Helvetica -12}
    pack .e
    update
    .e insert 0 "............................."
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {0.000000 0.827586}
test spinbox-16.2 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} -body {
    spinbox .e
    format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1} 

##
## Spinbox widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#







|







3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
} -body {
    set l [interp hidden]
    interp hide {} .e
    destroy .e
    set res1 [list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]]
    set res2 [list {} $l]
    expr {$res1 == $res2}
} -result {1}

##
## Spinbox widget VALIDATION tests
##
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
    spinbox .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}








|







3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
    spinbox .e -validate all \
        -validatecommand [list doval3 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V]
    .e validate
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}

3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings
    
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##







|







3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
        -invalidcommand bell \
        -textvariable ::e \
        -background red -foreground white
    pack .e
    set ::e nextdata                 ;# previous settings
    .e configure -validatecommand [list doval2 %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] ;# prev
    .e validate                     ;# previous settings

    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e testdata
    list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
##

Added tests/teapotTransparent.png.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to tests/text.test.

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
    destroy .t
} -result {2 red}
test text-2.7 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.8 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {solid}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
test text-2.10 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
    list [text .t] [winfo class .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|








|


|

|



|







906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
    destroy .t
} -result {2 red}
test text-2.7 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.8 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
test text-2.10 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -body {
    list [text .t] [winfo class .t]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488












1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result {{edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert}}












test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result [list {edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL2 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR2 2.4} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL2 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR2 right} \
                {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL1 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR1 2.3} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL1 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR1 right} \
                {mark names} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL1} {index tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL1 tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL2} {index tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL2 tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {compare 2.1 > 2.3} {compare 2.6 > 2.3} ]

test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577



















1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
} -result {foo 0 1}
test text-8.26 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option crash} -setup {
    text .tt
} -body {
    .tt insert 0.0 foo\n
    .tt replace end-1l end bar
} -cleanup {



















    destroy .tt
} -result {}


test text-9.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
} -result {foo 0 1}
test text-8.26 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option crash} -setup {
    text .tt
} -body {
    .tt insert 0.0 foo\n
    .tt replace end-1l end bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tt
} -result {}
test text-8.27 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option crash} -setup {
    text .tt
} -body {
    .tt insert 0.0 \na
    for {set i 0} {$i < 2} {incr i} {
        .tt replace 2.0 3.0 b
    }
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tt
} -result {}
test text-8.28 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option crash} -setup {
    text .tt
} -body {
    .tt insert end "foo\n"
    .tt tag add sel 1.0 end
    .tt replace sel.first sel.last "bar"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tt
} -result {}


test text-9.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
    .t tag configure elide -elide 1
    .t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
    .t window create 5.4
    .t delete 5.4 
    .t tag add elide 5.5 5.6
    .t get -displaychars 5.2 5.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {Grl}









|







2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
    .t tag configure elide -elide 1
    .t tag add elide 5.2 5.4
    .t window create 5.4
    .t delete 5.4
    .t tag add elide 5.5 5.6
    .t get -displaychars 5.2 5.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {Grl}


2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {3}
test text-10.38 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t configure -width 20 -height 10
    update
    .t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
    .t count -lines -chars -indices -displaylines 1.0 end







|







2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {3}
test text-10.38 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t configure -width 20 -height 10
    update
    .t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
    .t count -lines -chars -indices -displaylines 1.0 end
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 1}


test text-11.1 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t configure -wrap none
    list [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.0] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.1] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.3] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.4] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.6] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 2.6] \
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1 2 3 4 5 5 6}
test text-11.2 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag add elide1 1.2 1.4
    .t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|
















|







2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 1}


test text-11.1 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t configure -wrap none
    list [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.0] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.1] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.3] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.4] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.6] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 2.6] \
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1 2 3 4 5 5 6}
test text-11.2 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag add elide1 1.2 1.4
    .t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
    .t tag add elide3 1.2 1.4
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5 5}
test text-11.8 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
# Newer tags are higher priority
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag configure elide2 -elide 1
    .t tag add elide2 1.0 1.5







|







2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
    .t tag add elide3 1.2 1.4
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5 5}
test text-11.8 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
# Newer tags are higher priority
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag configure elide2 -elide 1
    .t tag add elide2 1.0 1.5
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.2 1.5]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.3 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 0 0 3 2 1 1}
test text-11.9 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
    .t tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
    .t tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
    .t insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
    .t insert end "\n" WELCOME
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index end] 
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display chars"]
} -cleanup {







|















|







2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.2 1.5]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.3 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 0 0 3 2 1 1}
test text-11.9 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
    .t tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
    .t tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
    .t insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
    .t insert end "\n" WELCOME
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 2.0 end-1c]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "1.0 +1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index end]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -1 display chars"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display indices"]
    lappend res [.t index "end -2 display chars"]
} -cleanup {
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
        append content [string repeat "$i " 50] \n
    }
    bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> {lappend res Sync:%d}
    .top.yt insert 1.0 $content
    vwait res  ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==0 i.e. we're out of sync
    # ensure the test is relevant
    lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
    # - <<WidgetViewSync>> fires when sync returns if there was pending syncs 
    # - there is no more any pending sync after running 'sync'
    .top.yt sync
    vwait res  ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==1 i.e. we're in sync again
    lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.yt .top
} -result {Sync:0 Pending:1 Sync:1 Pending:0}

test text-11a.51 {<<WidgetViewSync>> calls TkSendVirtualEvent(),
                  NOT Tk_HandleEvent().
                  Bug [b362182e45704dd7bbd6aed91e48122035ea3d16]} -setup {
    destroy .top.t .top
} -body {
    set res {}
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10000} {incr i} {
        .top.t insert end "Hello world!\n" 
    }
    bind .top.t <<WidgetViewSync>> {destroy .top.t}
    .top.t tag add mytag 1.5 8000.8    ; # shall not crash
    update
    set res "Still doing fine!"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.t .top







|


















|







3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
        append content [string repeat "$i " 50] \n
    }
    bind .top.yt <<WidgetViewSync>> {lappend res Sync:%d}
    .top.yt insert 1.0 $content
    vwait res  ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==0 i.e. we're out of sync
    # ensure the test is relevant
    lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
    # - <<WidgetViewSync>> fires when sync returns if there was pending syncs
    # - there is no more any pending sync after running 'sync'
    .top.yt sync
    vwait res  ; # event dealt with by the event loop, with %d==1 i.e. we're in sync again
    lappend res "Pending:[.top.yt pendingsync]"
    set res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.yt .top
} -result {Sync:0 Pending:1 Sync:1 Pending:0}

test text-11a.51 {<<WidgetViewSync>> calls TkSendVirtualEvent(),
                  NOT Tk_HandleEvent().
                  Bug [b362182e45704dd7bbd6aed91e48122035ea3d16]} -setup {
    destroy .top.t .top
} -body {
    set res {}
    toplevel .top
    pack [text .top.t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 10000} {incr i} {
        .top.t insert end "Hello world!\n"
    }
    bind .top.t <<WidgetViewSync>> {destroy .top.t}
    .top.t tag add mytag 1.5 8000.8    ; # shall not crash
    update
    set res "Still doing fine!"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.t .top
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric} 
test text-14.6 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    catch {.t configure -tabs {30 foo}} 
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric
    (while processing -tabs option)
    invoked from within
".t configure -tabs {30 foo}"}
test text-14.7 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t configure -tabs {}
    .t cget -tabs
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
   text .t 
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad wrap "bogus": must be char, none, or word}
test text-14.9 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2







|



|


















|







3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
} -result {1 1 0}
test text-14.5 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {30 foo}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test text-14.6 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    catch {.t configure -tabs {30 foo}}
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    return $errorInfo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {bad tab alignment "foo": must be left, right, center, or numeric
    (while processing -tabs option)
    invoked from within
".t configure -tabs {30 foo}"}
test text-14.7 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t configure -tabs {}
    .t cget -tabs
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.8 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
   text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad wrap "bogus": must be char, none, or word}
test text-14.9 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth {}
    .t tag cget sel -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "foo"}
test text-14.12 {ConfigureText procedure} -body {
    text .t







|







3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth {}
    .t tag cget sel -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-14.11 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "foo"}
test text-14.12 {ConfigureText procedure} -body {
    text .t
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 
    pack append .top .top.t top
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0}
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word







|
|
















|
















|







3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.t
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0}
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
# minimum size and it was interfering with the size requested by the -setgrid.
# The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so the toplevel can shrink
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
    list [info command .tx*] [winfo exists .tx1]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .txt1
} -result {{} 0}
test text-17.2 {TextCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
   toplevel .top 
   text .top.t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold} \
    -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
   pack .top.t
   update
   set geom [wm geometry .top]
   set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
   rename .top.t {}







|







3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
    list [info command .tx*] [winfo exists .tx1]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .txt1
} -result {{} 0}
test text-17.2 {TextCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
   toplevel .top
   text .top.t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold} \
    -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
   pack .top.t
   update
   set geom [wm geometry .top]
   set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
   rename .top.t {}
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
abcde
12345
Line 4
}
test text-19.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    update
    .top.t delete 1.0 3.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {1.0 x}
test text-19.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    .top.t yview 3.0
    update
    .top.t delete 2.0 4.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {







|











|







3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
abcde
12345
Line 4
}
test text-19.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    update
    .top.t delete 1.0 3.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {1.0 x}
test text-19.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    .top.t yview 3.0
    update
    .top.t delete 2.0 4.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 6 -height 10 -wrap word
    frame .top.f -width 200 -height 20 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .top.f .top.t -side left
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
} -body {
    .top.t insert end "abc def\n01 2345 678 9101112\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\n6\n7\n8\n"
    .top.t yview 2.4
    .top.t delete 2.5
    set x [.top.t index @0,0]
    .top.t delete 2.5
    list $x [.top.t index @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {2.3 2.0}


test text-20.1 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.3 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.2 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag add x 1.4
    .t tag add x 2.0
    .t tag add x 2.3
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.0a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.3 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {m}
test text-20.4 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.2 1.5
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.1
    .t tag add sel 10.0 10.end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0a..1b.2b.3b.4
cj.0j.1j.2j.3j.4m}
test text-20.5 {TextFetchSelection procedure, long selections} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
    set x ""
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, padded to just about 53 characters.\n"
    }
    .t insert end $x
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    expr {[selection get] eq "$x\n"}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-21.1 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
    .t2 tag add sel 1.2 3.3
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 1
    .t2 tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {}
test text-21.2 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints win -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {







|












|














|



















|













|



















|














|














|







3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 6 -height 10 -wrap word
    frame .top.f -width 200 -height 20 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .top.f .top.t -side left
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
} -body {
    .top.t insert end "abc def\n01 2a345 678 9101112\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\n6\n7\n8\n"
    .top.t yview 2.4
    .top.t delete 2.5
    set x [.top.t index @0,0]
    .top.t delete 2.5
    list $x [.top.t index @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {2.3 2.0}


test text-20.1 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.3 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.2 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag add x 1.4
    .t tag add x 2.0
    .t tag add x 2.3
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.0a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.3 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {m}
test text-20.4 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.2 1.5
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.1
    .t tag add sel 10.0 10.end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0a..1b.2b.3b.4
cj.0j.1j.2j.3j.4m}
test text-20.5 {TextFetchSelection procedure, long selections} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
    set x ""
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, padded to just about 53 characters.\n"
    }
    .t insert end $x
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    expr {[selection get] eq "$x\n"}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-21.1 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints {x11} -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
    .t2 tag add sel 1.2 3.3
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 1
    .t2 tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {}
test text-21.2 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
    .t search -backwards "\n\n" 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.119 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.120 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
# Practical example which used to crash Tk, but only after the
# search is complete.  This is memory corruption caused by
# a bug in Tcl's handling of string objects.
# (Tcl bug 635200)
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.121 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {
static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath 
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -backwards -all -regexp $markExpr end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







|
















|













|







4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
    .t search -backwards "\n\n" 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.119 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.120 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
# Practical example which used to crash Tk, but only after the
# search is complete.  This is memory corruption caused by
# a bug in Tcl's handling of string objects.
# (Tcl bug 635200)
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -forwards -regexp $markExpr 1.41 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.121 {TextSearchCmd, multiline regexp matching} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 {
static int		SetFsPathFromAny _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *objPtr));
static Tcl_Obj*         FSNormalizeAbsolutePath
			    _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr));}
    set markExpr "^(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+\[ \t\n\r\]*\\(|(\[^ \t\(#\n\r/@:\*\]\[^=\(\r\n\]*\[ \t\]+\\*?)?"
    append markExpr "(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+(<\[^>\]*>)?(::)?(\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+::)*\[-A-Za-z0-9~_+ <>\|\\*/\]+|\[A-Za-z0-9~_\]+)"
    append markExpr "\[ \n\t\r\]*\\()"
    .t search -backwards -all -regexp $markExpr end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(b+\nc+\nb+)\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.199 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -constraints {
    knownBug
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(a+|b+\nc+\nb+)\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.200 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -constraints {
    knownBug
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(a+|b+\nc+\nb+)+\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.201 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {((a+|b+\nc+\nb+)+\n)+a+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 24}
test text-22.202 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -constraints {
    knownBug
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\n"
    list [.t search -regexp -backward -all -count foo \
      -- {b+\n|a+\n(b+\n)+} end] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 25}
test text-22.203 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -constraints {
    knownBug
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\n"
    .t search -regexp -backward -- {b+\n|a+\n(b+\n)+} end
# Should match at 1.0 for a true greedy match
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0}
test text-22.204 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "line0\nline1\nline1\nline1\nline1\nline2\nline2\nline2\nline3\n"
    .t search -nolinestop -regexp -nocase -forwards -- {^(.*)\n(\1\n)+} 1.0 end







|
<
<








|
<
<

















|
<
<



|



|
<
<


|
<







5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572


5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581


5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599


5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607


5608
5609
5610

5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(b+\nc+\nb+)\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.199 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {


    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(a+|b+\nc+\nb+)\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.200 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {


    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {(a+|b+\nc+\nb+)+\na+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {2.0 19}
test text-22.201 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\ncccc\nbbbb\naaaa\n"
    set foo {}
    list [.t search -regexp -forward -all -count foo \
      -- {((a+|b+\nc+\nb+)+\n)+a+} 1.0] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 24}
test text-22.202 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {


    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\n"
    list [.t search -regexp -backward -all -count foo \
      -- {(b+\n|a+\n)(b+\n)+} end] $foo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 25}
test text-22.203 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {


    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "aaaa\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\nbbbb\n"
    .t search -regexp -backward -- {(b+\n|a+\n)(b+\n)+} end

} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0}
test text-22.204 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search multi-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "line0\nline1\nline1\nline1\nline1\nline2\nline2\nline2\nline3\n"
    .t search -nolinestop -regexp -nocase -forwards -- {^(.*)\n(\1\n)+} 1.0 end
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857




















































































































































































































5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
test text-22.225 {TextSearchCmd, strict limits} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "Hello world!\nThis is a test\n"
    .t search -regexp -strictlimits -backward -- "world" 2.3 1.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}






















































































































































































































test text-23.1 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs "\{{}"







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
test text-22.225 {TextSearchCmd, strict limits} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "Hello world!\nThis is a test\n"
    .t search -regexp -strictlimits -backward -- "world" 2.3 1.8
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-22.226 {TextSearchCmd, exact search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.227 {TextSearchCmd, exact search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C "" 2.5]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 0}
test text-22.228 {TextSearchCmd, exact search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -all "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.229 {TextSearchCmd, exact search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -all "" 2.5 2.8]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 2.6 2.7 {0 0 0}}
test text-22.230 {TextSearchCmd, exact search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -all -overlap "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.231 {TextSearchCmd, exact search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -all -overlap "" 2.5 2.8]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 2.6 2.7 {0 0 0}}
test text-22.232 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -regexp "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.233 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -regexp "" 2.5]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 0}
test text-22.234 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -all -regexp "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.235 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -all -regexp "" 2.5 2.8]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 2.6 2.7 {0 0 0}}
test text-22.236 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -all -regexp -overlap "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.237 {TextSearchCmd, regexp search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -all -regexp -overlap "" 2.5 2.8]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.5 2.6 2.7 {0 0 0}}
test text-22.238 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.239 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards "" 2.5]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 0}
test text-22.240 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.241 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all "" 2.5 2.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 {0 0 0 0 0}}
test text-22.242 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -overlap "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.243 {TextSearchCmd, exact backwards search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -overlap "" 2.5 2.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 {0 0 0 0 0}}
test text-22.244 {TextSearchCmd, regexp backwards search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -regexp "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.245 {TextSearchCmd, regexpbackwards search for the empty string} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -regexp "" 2.5]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 0}
test text-22.246 {TextSearchCmd, regexp backwards search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -regexp "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.247 {TextSearchCmd, regexp backwards search all empty strings} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -regexp "" 2.5 2.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 {0 0 0 0 0}}
test text-22.248 {TextSearchCmd, regexp backwards search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -regexp -overlap "" 1.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {1.0 0}
test text-22.249 {TextSearchCmd, regexp backwards search all empty strings, with overlap} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "Searching for the\nempty string!"
    set res [.t search -count C -backwards -all -regexp -overlap "" 2.5 2.0]
    lappend res $C
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    unset -nocomplain res C
} -result {2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.0 {0 0 0 0 0}}
test text-22.250 {TextSearchCmd, backwards search all matching at start of line} -body {
    text .t
    .t insert end "abc"
    set res [.t search -backwards -all b end]      ; # works
    lappend res [.t search -backwards a end]       ; # works
    lappend res [.t search -backwards -all a end]  ; # used to hang
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.1 1.0 1.0}

test text-23.1 {TkTextGetTabs procedure} -setup {
    text .t -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -width 100
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert end "1\t2\t3\t4\t55.5"
    .t configure -tabs "\{{}"
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "!44"}


test text-24.1 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.2 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.3 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -command
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.4 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump -bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "-bogus": must be -all, -command, -image, -mark, -tag, -text, or -window}
test text-24.5 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test text-24.6 {TextDumpCmd procedure, one index} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"







|







|







|







|







|







6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad screen distance "!44"}


test text-24.1 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.2 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -all
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.3 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -command
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {Usage: .t dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ?-command script? index ?index2?}
test text-24.4 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump -bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "-bogus": must be -all, -command, -image, -mark, -tag, -text, or -window}
test text-24.5 {TextDumpCmd procedure, bad args} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump bogus
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes {error} -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test text-24.6 {TextDumpCmd procedure, one index} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
    .t dump 1.5 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.10 {TextDumpCmd procedure, negative range} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0 
    .t dump 1.5 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.11 {TextDumpCmd procedure, stop at begin-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line One\nLine Two\nLine Three\nLine Four"







|







6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
    .t dump 1.5 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.10 {TextDumpCmd procedure, negative range} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert 1.0 "One Line"
    .t mark set insert 1.0
    .t dump 1.5 1.0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {}
test text-24.11 {TextDumpCmd procedure, stop at begin-line} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line One\nLine Two\nLine Three\nLine Four"
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323

6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
    set ::retval {}

} -body {
    bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified"
# Shouldn't require [update idle] to trigger event [Bug 1809538]
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
    .t edit modified 1
    update
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]







>







6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-27.11 {TextEditCmd procedure, set modified flag repeat} -setup {
    text .t
    pack .t
    set ::retval {}
    update
} -body {
    bind .t <<Modified>> "lappend ::retval modified"
# Shouldn't require [update idle] to trigger event [Bug 1809538]
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
    .t edit modified 1
    update
    lappend ::retval [.t edit modified]
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394













6395
6396
6397
6398
6399



























































































6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
    .t insert end "This increments ::retval once for each peer, i.e. twice."
    .t edit modified 0  ; # shall increment twice as well, not just once
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {4}
test text-27.15 {<<Selection>> virtual event} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t -undo 1]
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1













    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}



























































































test text-27.16 {-maxundo configuration option} -body {
    text .t -undo 1  -autoseparators 1 -maxundo 2
    pack .t
    .t insert end "line 1\n"
    .t delete 1.4 1.6
    .t insert end "line 2\n"
    catch {.t edit undo}







|

|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
    .t insert end "This increments ::retval once for each peer, i.e. twice."
    .t edit modified 0  ; # shall increment twice as well, not just once
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {4}
test text-27.15 {<<Selection>> virtual event on sel tagging} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t]
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}
test text-27.15a {<<Selection>> virtual event on sel removal} -body {
    set ::retval no_selection
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "nothing special\n"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.1
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval selection_changed"
    update idletasks
    .t tag remove 1.0 end
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {selection_changed}
test text-27.15b {<<Selection>> virtual event on <<PasteSelection>> inside widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y 3
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15c {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <<PasteSelection>> outside widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "but it will not be impacted by the <<PasteSelection>> event received."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<PasteSelection>> -x 15 -y 80
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.15d {<<Selection>> virtual event on <Delete> with cursor inside selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <Delete> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    .t mark set insert 1.15
    focus .t
    event generate .t <Delete>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15e {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <Delete> with cursor outside selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "but it will not be impacted by the <Delete> event received."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    .t mark set insert 2.15
    focus .t
    event generate .t <Delete>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.15f {<<Selection>> virtual event on <<Cut>> with a widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<Cut>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    .t tag add sel 1.0 1.28
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<Cut>>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {<<Selection>>_fired}
test text-27.15g {No <<Selection>> virtual event on <<Cut>> without widget selection} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "There is a selection in this text widget,\n"
    .t insert end "and it will be impacted by the <<Cut>> event received.\n"
    .t insert end "Therefore a <<Selection>> event must fire back."
    bind .t <<Selection>> "set ::retval <<Selection>>_fired"
    update
    set ::retval no_<<Selection>>_event_fired
    event generate .t <<Cut>>
    update
    set ::retval
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {no_<<Selection>>_event_fired}
test text-27.16 {-maxundo configuration option} -body {
    text .t -undo 1  -autoseparators 1 -maxundo 2
    pack .t
    .t insert end "line 1\n"
    .t delete 1.4 1.6
    .t insert end "line 2\n"
    catch {.t edit undo}
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621




























































6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}






























































test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}
test text-27.26 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    .t insert end "Hello "
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "World!\n"
    .t insert 1.6 "GREAT "
    .t insert end "Another edit here!!"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t edit separator
    .t delete 1.6
    .t delete 1.9 1.10
    .t insert 1.9 L
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t replace 1.6 1.10 Tcl/Tk
    .t replace 2.8 2.12 "one bites the dust"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.6 2.0}           \
                {1.6 2.19}          \
                {1.6 1.7 1.10 1.12} \
                {1.6 1.7 1.9 1.11}  \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.19} \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.30} ]
test text-27.27 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    for {set i 3} {$i >= 1} {incr i -1} {
        .t insert 1.0 "Line $i\n"
    }
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.0 2.0} \
                {1.0 4.0} ]
test text-27.28 {edit undo and edit redo do not leave \
                 spurious temporary marks behind them} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    pack [text .t -undo true -autoseparators false]
    .t insert end "Hello World.\n"
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "Again hello.\n"
    .t edit undo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
    .t edit redo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list -1 -1]


test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
test text-31.14 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    lappend res [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0]
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{} {1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0}}
test text-31.15 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {} {} {}}
test text-31.16 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	.t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \







|




















|



















|







7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
test text-31.14 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    lappend res [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0]
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{} {1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0} {1.0 2.0}}
test text-31.15 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 4.0]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {{4.0 6.0} next {4.0 6.0} {} {} {} prev {} {} {} {}}
test text-31.16 {peer widgets} -setup {
    pack [text .t]
    set res {}
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	.t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
    .t configure -start 6 -end 12
    lappend res [.t tag ranges sel]
    lappend res "next" [.t tag nextrange sel 4.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 5.0] [.t tag nextrange sel 6.0] \
      [.t tag nextrange sel 7.0]
    lappend res "prev" [.t tag prevrange sel 1.0] \
      [.t tag prevrange sel 2.0] [.t tag prevrange sel 3.0] \
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 11.0
    lappend res [.t index sel.first]
    lappend res [.t index sel.last]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 11.0} 
test text-31.19 {peer widgets} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag delete sel
    .t index sel.first







|







7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.0 11.0
    lappend res [.t index sel.first]
    lappend res [.t index sel.last]
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1.0 11.0}
test text-31.19 {peer widgets} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
	   .t insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .t tag delete sel
    .t index sel.first
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
    set w [makeText]
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set before [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    $w insert 1.0 "a"
    update
    set after [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    destroy .g
    expr {$before eq $after} 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
    text .t







|







7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
    set w [makeText]
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set before [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    $w insert 1.0 "a"
    update
    set after [$w count -ypixels 1.0 2.0]
    destroy .g
    expr {$before eq $after}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-33.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "peer" option} -setup {
    text .t
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298


7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309



7310
7311


7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322



7323
7324


7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335


























7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
    set result "ok"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {ok}


test text-36.1 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t-1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t-1



} -result {}
test text-36.2 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t+1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w



} -result {}
test text-36.3 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {


    proc bgerror {m} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t*1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w


























} -result {}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
|










>
>
>


>
>
|










>
>
>


>
>
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
    set result "ok"
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {ok}


test text-36.1 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.1
    proc returnerror-36.1 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t-1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t-1
    rename returnerror-36.1 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}
test text-36.2 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.2
    proc returnerror-36.2 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t+1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w
    rename returnerror-36.2 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}
test text-36.3 "bug #1777362: event handling with hyphenated windows" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-36.3
    proc returnerror-36.3 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [set w [text .t*1]]
} -body {
    tkwait visibility $w
    event generate $w <1>
    event generate $w <1>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy $w
    rename returnerror-36.3 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error w
} -result {}


test text-37.1 "bug #dd9667635d: text anchor not set" -setup {
    set save [interp bgerror {}]
    interp bgerror {} returnerror-37.1
    proc returnerror-37.1 {m opts} {set ::my_error $m}
    destroy .t
    set ::my_error {}
    pack [text .t]
} -body {
    .t insert end "Hello world!"
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    # this line shall not trigger error:
    #     bad text index "tk::anchorN"
    event generate .t <<SelectPrevLine>>
    update
    set ::my_error
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    rename returnerror-37.1 ""
    interp bgerror {} $save
    unset -nocomplain save ::my_error
} -result {}

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/textDisp.test.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow.  This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP







|

|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow.  This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left

set fixedFont {"Courier New" -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]

text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.








|







61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]

text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.19]
} [list [list 96 5 49 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 110 5 35 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {







|
|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.21]
} [list [list 96 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 138 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 145 5 0  $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 110 5 35 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.1 1.20
    .t tag add x 1.21 1.end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 43 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.20
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 19 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
    .t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag configure y -justify right







|
|



|

|
|
|







349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.1 1.20
    .t tag add x 1.21 1.end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.41] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 61 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of very long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.18
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.18] [.t bbox 1.35] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 15 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
    .t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag configure y -justify right
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
    wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so 
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
    pack before .f .f2 top
    wm geom . 103x103
    update
    .t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
    update
    set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]







|








|







586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
    wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
    pack .f2 -before .f
    wm geom . 103x103
    update
    .t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
    update
    set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so 
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 1.0
    update
    .t yview 16.0
    update
    set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
    wm overrideredirect . 0
    update 
    set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 16.0
    update







|















|







618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    # This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
    # was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
    # requested.  The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
    # the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size.  On Unix, setting
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 1.0
    update
    .t yview 16.0
    update
    set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
    wm overrideredirect . 0
    update
    set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
    .t yview 16.0
    update
944
945
946
947
948
949
950






















951
952
953
954
955
956
957
    set scrollInfo unchanged
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
    update
    set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]























# The following group of tests is marked non-portable because
# they result in a lot of extra redisplay under Ultrix.  I don't
# know why this is so.

.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
    set scrollInfo unchanged
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
    update
    set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
test textDisp-6.10 {DisplayText, redisplay embedded windows after scroll.} {aqua} {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_one -text "Button 1"}
    .t insert end "\nLine 6\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_two -text "Button 2"}
    .t insert end "\nLine 8\n"
    .t window create end -create {
	button %W.button_three -text "Button 3"}
    update
    .t delete 2.0 3.0
    update
    list $tk_textEmbWinDisplay
} {{4.0 6.0}}


# The following group of tests is marked non-portable because
# they result in a lot of extra redisplay under Ultrix.  I don't
# know why this is so.

.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
} {2.36 2.18 2.0}
test textDisp-14.14 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 21 u  
    set x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -1 u
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -15 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]







|







1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
} {2.36 2.18 2.0}
test textDisp-14.14 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
    .t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 21 u
    set x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -1 u
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
    .t xview scroll -15 units
    lappend x [.t index @0,22]
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954

1955
1956
1957
1958

1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
      -wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4

    .tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
    for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
	.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update ; after 1000 ; update

    # Should scroll and should not crash!
    .tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
    # Check that it has scrolled
    set res [.tf.f.t index @0,[expr [winfo height .tf.f.t] - 15]]

    destroy .tf
    set res
} {12.0}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}







>



|
>


|







1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
      -wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4

    .tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
    for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
	.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set refind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
    # Should scroll and should not crash!
    .tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
    # Check that it has scrolled
    set newind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
    set res [.tf.f.t compare $newind > $refind]
    destroy .tf
    set res
} {1}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {6.12 2.5}
test textDisp-17.8 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 1.0
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t scan mark 0 60
    .t scan dragto 30 100
    .t scan dragto 25 95 
    .t index @0,0
} {4.7}
test textDisp-17.9 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview end
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    .t scan mark 90 60
    .t scan dragto 10 0
    .t scan dragto 14 5
    .t index @0,0
} {18.44}
.t configure -wrap word
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 10.0
    .t scan mark -10 60
    .t scan dragto -5 65
    set x [.t index @0,0]
    .t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {9.15 8.31}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx







|



















|







2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {6.12 2.5}
test textDisp-17.8 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 1.0
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t scan mark 0 60
    .t scan dragto 30 100
    .t scan dragto 25 95
    .t index @0,0
} {4.7}
test textDisp-17.9 {TkTextScanCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
    .t yview end
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 100 units
    .t scan mark 90 60
    .t scan dragto 10 0
    .t scan dragto 14 5
    .t index @0,0
} {18.44}
.t configure -wrap word
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 10.0
    .t scan mark -10 60
    .t scan dragto -5 65
    set x [.t index @0,0]
    .t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {9.0 8.0}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end







|













|







2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
test textDisp-19.11.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.1
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.5
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.20
} {1}
test textDisp-19.11.7 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.40
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines "16.0 displaylineend +1c" "16.0 lineend"
} {3}







|







2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
test textDisp-19.11.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.1
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.5
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.24
} {1}
test textDisp-19.11.7 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.40
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines "16.0 displaylineend +1c" "16.0 lineend"
} {3}
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
test textDisp-19.11.17 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.1 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {15.5 16.0 15.0 16.0 16.15 16.33}
test textDisp-19.11.18 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "15.5 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -2d lines"] [.t index "15.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.17 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.36 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.2 11.3}
test textDisp-19.11.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    .t count -displaylines 12.0 17.0
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.38 16.50 16.33 16.50 16.67 17.0}
test textDisp-19.11.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "16.38 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.50 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.33 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.53 -4d lines"] [.t index "16.69 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "17.1 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 11.0 11.0 10.3 11.2 11.0}
test textDisp-19.11.22 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    list [.t index "end +5d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -3d lines"] [.t index "1.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "1.0 +4d lines"] [.t index "1.0 +50d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -50d lines"]
} {17.0 16.33 1.0 5.0 17.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.3" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +1d lines"] [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +1d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.17 16.33 16.28 16.46 16.28 16.49 16.65 16.72}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.11.24 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +/-displaylines"} {
    list [.t index "11.5 + -1 display lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 + +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - -1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 -1 disp lines"] \







|





|
|













|



|
|
|
|







|








|







2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
test textDisp-19.11.17 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.1 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {15.5 16.0 15.0 16.0 16.21 16.39}
test textDisp-19.11.18 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "15.5 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -2d lines"] [.t index "15.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.23 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.42 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.2 11.3}
test textDisp-19.11.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    .t count -displaylines 12.0 17.0
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.44 16.57 16.39 16.57 16.74 17.0}
test textDisp-19.11.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "16.44 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.57 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.39 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.60 -4d lines"] [.t index "16.76 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "17.0 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 11.0 11.0 10.3 11.2 11.0}
test textDisp-19.11.22 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    list [.t index "end +5d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -3d lines"] [.t index "1.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "1.0 +4d lines"] [.t index "1.0 +50d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -50d lines"]
} {17.0 16.39 1.0 5.0 17.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.3" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +1d lines"] [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +1d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.23 16.44 16.39 16.57 16.39 16.60 16.77 16.79}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.11.24 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +/-displaylines"} {
    list [.t index "11.5 + -1 display lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 + +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - -1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 -1 disp lines"] \
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    update ; after 10 ; update
    set scrollInfo "unchanged"
    .t mark set insert 3.0
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag add x 1.0 5.0
    update
    .t tag delete x
    set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.15 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    update
    .t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
    proc bgerror args {
	global x errorInfo errorCode
	set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end







|



















|







2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    update ; after 10 ; update
    set scrollInfo "unchanged"
    .t mark set insert 3.0
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag add x 1.0 5.0
    update
    .t tag delete x
    set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.15 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit little left on the last line."
    update
    .t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
    proc bgerror args {
	global x errorInfo errorCode
	set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
    set res {}
    lappend res \
      [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \







|







2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
    set res {}
    lappend res \
      [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.15]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 42.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {8*$fixedDiff + 107}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]

.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @6,6] [.t index @22,6] \
	    [.t index @102,6] [.t index @38,[expr {$fixedHeight * 4 + 3}]] [.t index @44,67]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.40 50.40}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 195.0
    list [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 5 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 6 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 7 + 5}]] \
	    [.t index @11,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {







|




|


|
|
|


|
|
|


|
|

|










|







2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.21]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 42.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {8*$fixedDiff + 107}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]

.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @6,6] [.t index @22,6] \
	    [.t index @102,6] [.t index @38,[expr {$fixedHeight * 4 + 3}]] [.t index @44,67]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.45 50.45}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 195.0
    list [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 5 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 6 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 7 + 5}]] \
	    [.t index @11,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
test textDisp-21.4 {count -displaylines regression} {
    set message {
   QOTW:  "C/C++, which is used by 16% of users, is the most popular programming language, but Tcl, used by 0%, seems to be the language of choice for the highest scoring users."
(new line)
Use the Up (cursor) key to scroll up one line at a time.  At the second press, the cursor either gets locked or jumps several lines.

Connect with Tkcon.  The command
.u count -displaylines \ 
3.10 2.173
should give answer -1; it gives me 5.

Using 8.5a4 (ActiveState beta 4) under Linux.  No problem with ActiveState beta 3.
}

toplevel .tt







|







2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
test textDisp-21.4 {count -displaylines regression} {
    set message {
   QOTW:  "C/C++, which is used by 16% of users, is the most popular programming language, but Tcl, used by 0%, seems to be the language of choice for the highest scoring users."
(new line)
Use the Up (cursor) key to scroll up one line at a time.  At the second press, the cursor either gets locked or jumps several lines.

Connect with Tkcon.  The command
.u count -displaylines \
3.10 2.173
should give answer -1; it gives me 5.

Using 8.5a4 (ActiveState beta 4) under Linux.  No problem with ActiveState beta 3.
}

toplevel .tt
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
	    [.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+4*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char







|







2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
	    [.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {3+4*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -bd 4 -wrap word
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    .t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]







|





|







3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -bd 4 -wrap word
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    .t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 101 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 108 3 35 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]







|


|
|







3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16] [.t bbox 1.17]
} [list [list 108 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 3 28 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352










3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
test textDisp-24.24 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t insert 1.0 aa\tbb\tcc\tdd\t
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.10]
} [list [list 45 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 94 3 7 $fixedHeight]]











.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \
    -tabs 100
update
test textDisp-25.1 {CharBboxProc procedure, check tab width} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 abc\td\tfgh







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
test textDisp-24.24 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t insert 1.0 aa\tbb\tcc\tdd\t
    .t tag add x 1.0 end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.10]
} [list [list 45 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 94 3 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.25 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} -constraints {textfonts} -setup {
    text .tt -tabs {40 right} -wrap none -font $fixedFont
    pack .tt
} -body {
    .tt insert end \t9\n\t99\n\t999
    update
    list [.tt bbox 1.1] [.tt bbox 2.2] [.tt bbox 3.3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tt
} -result [list [list 38 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 20 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 35 7 $fixedHeight]]

.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \
    -tabs 100
update
test textDisp-25.1 {CharBboxProc procedure, check tab width} {textfonts} {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 abc\td\tfgh
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
    update ; update
    set xv [.t2.t xview]
    set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
    .t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
    set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    .t2.t xview scroll 2 units
    set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    
    if {($iWidth == $iWidth2) && $iWidth >= 2} {
	set result "correct"
    } else {
	set result "last character is not completely visible when it should be"
    }
} {correct}
test textDisp-29.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {







|







3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
    update ; update
    set xv [.t2.t xview]
    set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
    .t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
    set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
    .t2.t xview scroll 2 units
    set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]

    if {($iWidth == $iWidth2) && $iWidth >= 2} {
	set result "correct"
    } else {
	set result "last character is not completely visible when it should be"
    }
} {correct}
test textDisp-29.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {

Changes to tests/textImage.test.

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.6 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image configure index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.7 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure blurf 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.8 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 1.1 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.9 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image create index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.10 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create blurf 
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.11 {basic argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {







|









|









|



















|







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.6 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image configure index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.7 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure blurf
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.8 {configure argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image configure 1.1
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {no embedded image at index "1.1"}

test textImage-1.9 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t image create index ?-option value ...?"}

test textImage-1.10 {create argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create blurf
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "blurf"}

test textImage-1.11 {basic argument checking} -setup {
    destroy .t
} -body {
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
        small put red -to 0 0 4 4
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach i {align padx pady image name} {
        lappend result $i:[.t image cget small -$i]
    } 
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small
} -result {align:center padx:0 pady:0 image:small name:}

test textImage-1.18 {basic configure options} -setup {







|







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
        small put red -to 0 0 4 4
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach i {align padx pady image name} {
        lappend result $i:[.t image cget small -$i]
    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small
} -result {align:center padx:0 pady:0 image:small name:}

test textImage-1.18 {basic configure options} -setup {
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
        large put green -to 0 0 50 50
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach {option value}  {align top padx 5 pady 7 image large name none} {
        .t image configure small -$option $value
    } 
    update
    .t image configure small
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small large
} -result {{-align {} {} center top} {-padx {} {} 0 5} {-pady {} {} 0 7} {-image {} {} {} large} {-name {} {} {} none}}








|







239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
        large put green -to 0 0 50 50
    }
    text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
    pack .t
    .t image create end -image small
    foreach {option value}  {align top padx 5 pady 7 image large name none} {
        .t image configure small -$option $value
    }
    update
    .t image configure small
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete small large
} -result {{-align {} {} center top} {-padx {} {} 0 5} {-pady {} {} 0 7} {-image {} {} {} large} {-name {} {} {} none}}

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    .t image create end -image vary -align top
    update
    lappend result base:[.t bbox vary]
    foreach i {10 20 40} {
        vary configure -width $i -height $i
        update
        lappend result $i:[.t bbox vary]
    } 
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete vary
} -result {{base:0 0 5 5} {10:0 0 10 10} {20:0 0 20 20} {40:0 0 40 40}}

test textImage-3.2 {delayed image management, see also bug 1591493} -setup {







|







305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
    .t image create end -image vary -align top
    update
    lappend result base:[.t bbox vary]
    foreach i {10 20 40} {
        vary configure -width $i -height $i
        update
        lappend result $i:[.t bbox vary]
    }
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
    image delete vary
} -result {{base:0 0 5 5} {10:0 0 10 10} {20:0 0 20 20} {40:0 0 40 40}}

test textImage-3.2 {delayed image management, see also bug 1591493} -setup {

Changes to tests/textIndex.test.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
  
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .







|



|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
    testtext .t byteindex 1 0
} {1.0 0}
test textIndex-1.9 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: shortcut for 0} {testtext} {
    # not (byteIndex == 0)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 80
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.10 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) 
    # one segment

    testtext .t byteindex 3 5
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.11 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    #     index += segPtr->size
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2 
    set x [testtext .t byteindex 3 7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.12 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 7







|









|







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
    testtext .t byteindex 1 0
} {1.0 0}
test textIndex-1.9 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: shortcut for 0} {testtext} {
    # not (byteIndex == 0)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 80
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.10 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # one segment

    testtext .t byteindex 3 5
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.11 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    #     index += segPtr->size
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2
    set x [testtext .t byteindex 3 7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} {3.5 5}
test textIndex-1.12 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: verify index is in range} {testtext} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    testtext .t byteindex 3 7
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    set x
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
    testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) 
    # Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).

    set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
    list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) 
    testtext .t byteindex 5 1
    .t get insert
} "\u4e4f"

test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
    # (lineIndex < 0)
    .t index -1.3







|







|







113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    set x
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
    testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
    # Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).

    set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
    list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
	{testtext} {
    # ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
    testtext .t byteindex 5 1
    .t get insert
} "\u4e4f"

test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
    # (lineIndex < 0)
    .t index -1.3
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178

    .t index 3.5
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.9 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2 
    set x [.t index 3.7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.10 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    .t index 3.7







|







164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178

    .t index 3.5
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.9 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # for (segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr; ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Multiple segments, make sure add segment size to index.

    .t mark set foo 3.2
    set x [.t index 3.7]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.10 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
    # (segPtr == NULL)
    .t index 3.7
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    # border condition: last char

    .t index {2.3 + 10 chars}
} 2.13
test textIndex-12.6 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # for ( ; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # border condition: segPtr == NULL -> beginning of next line
    
    .t index {2.3 + 11 chars}
} 3.0
test textIndex-12.7 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.8 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (charCount == 0)
    # No more chars, so we found byte offset.

    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.9 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)

    .t image create 2.4 -image textimage
    set x [.t get {2.3 + 3 chars}]
    .t delete 2.4
    set x    
} "f"
test textIndex-12.10 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # dstPtr->byteIndex += segPtr->size - byteOffset
    # When moving to next segment, account for bytes in last segment.
    # Wrong answer would be 2.4

    .t mark set foo 2.4







|


















|







435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
    # border condition: last char

    .t index {2.3 + 10 chars}
} 2.13
test textIndex-12.6 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # for ( ; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # border condition: segPtr == NULL -> beginning of next line

    .t index {2.3 + 11 chars}
} 3.0
test textIndex-12.7 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.8 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # (charCount == 0)
    # No more chars, so we found byte offset.

    .t index {2.3 + 2 chars}
} 2.5
test textIndex-12.9 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)

    .t image create 2.4 -image textimage
    set x [.t get {2.3 + 3 chars}]
    .t delete 2.4
    set x
} "f"
test textIndex-12.10 {TkTextIndexForwChars: find index} {
    # dstPtr->byteIndex += segPtr->size - byteOffset
    # When moving to next segment, account for bytes in last segment.
    # Wrong answer would be 2.4

    .t mark set foo 2.4
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

    .t mark set foo 3.4
    set x [.t index {3.5 - 10 chars}]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 2.9
test textIndex-14.12 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # (lineIndex == 0) 
    .t index {1.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.0
test textIndex-14.13 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # not (lineIndex == 0) 
    .t index {2.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.2
test textIndex-14.14 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # for (segPtr = oldPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Set byteIndex to end of previous line so we can subtract more
    # bytes from it.  Otherwise we get an TkTextIndex with a negative
    # byteIndex.







|



|







584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602

    .t mark set foo 3.4
    set x [.t index {3.5 - 10 chars}]
    .t mark unset foo
    set x
} 2.9
test textIndex-14.12 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # (lineIndex == 0)
    .t index {1.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.0
test textIndex-14.13 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # not (lineIndex == 0)
    .t index {2.5 - 10 chars}
} 1.2
test textIndex-14.14 {TkTextIndexBackChars: move to previous line} {
    # for (segPtr = oldPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr)
    # Set byteIndex to end of previous line so we can subtract more
    # bytes from it.  Otherwise we get an TkTextIndex with a negative
    # byteIndex.
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
    .t2 mark set $pos 1.0
    lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
    catch {destroy .t2}
    set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}

frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]

set varFont {Times -14}
set bigFont {Helvetica -24}
destroy .t
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -wrap char
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.








|









|







710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
    .t2 mark set $pos 1.0
    lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
    catch {destroy .t2}
    set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}

frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]

set varFont {Times -14}
set bigFont {Helvetica -24}
destroy .t
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -wrap char
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

Changes to tests/textMark.test.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
entry .t.e
.t peer create .pt

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
  
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .







|













|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
entry .t.e
.t peer create .pt

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

Changes to tests/textTag.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12















13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
















destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
testConstraint haveCourier12 [expr {[catch {
    .t configure -font {Courier 12}
}] == 0}]

pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}
set bigFont {Helvetica 24}
  
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

test textTag-1.1 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background #012345
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.2 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.3 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple gray50
    .t tag cget x -bgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray50}
test textTag-1.4 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple badStipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
    .t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.6 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 46q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "46q"}
test textTag-1.7 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple gray25
    .t tag cget x -fgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray25}
test textTag-1.8 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bogus" not defined}
test textTag-1.9 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -font fixed
    .t tag cget x -font
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -font [lindex [.t tag configure x -font] 3]
} -result {fixed}
test textTag-1.10 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foreground #001122
    .t tag cget x -foreground
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -result {#001122}
test textTag-1.11 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foreground {silly color}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
test textTag-1.13 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -justify middle
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-1.14 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.15 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.16 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.17 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.17a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor lightgreen
    .t tag cget x -lmargincolor
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -result {lightgreen}
test textTag-1.17b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.19 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -offset 100xyz
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "100xyz"}
test textTag-1.20 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -result {on}
test textTag-1.21 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.21a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg red
    .t tag cget x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.21b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}
test textTag-1.22 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -relief raised
    .t tag cget x -relief
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -result {raised}
test textTag-1.23 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -relief stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 10
    .t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.25 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.25a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor darkblue
    .t tag cget x -rmargincolor












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



<
<
<

|




<
|
















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<















|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30



31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54


55
56
57
58
59
60


61
62
63
64
65


66
67
68
69
70
71


72
73
74
75
76


77
78
79
80
81
82


83
84
85
86
87


88
89
90
91
92
93


94
95
96
97
98


99
100
101
102
103
104


105
106
107
108
109
110


111
112
113
114
115


116
117
118
119
120
121


122
123
124
125
126


127
128
129
130
131
132


133
134
135
136
137


138
139
140
141
142
143


144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159


160
161
162
163
164
165


166
167
168
169
170


171
172
173
174
175
176


177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192


193
194
195
196
197
198


199
200
201
202
203


204
205
206
207
208
209


210
211
212
213
214
215
216
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

set textWidgetFont {Courier 12}
set bigFont        {Courier 24}

# what is needed is a font that is both fixed-width and featuring a
# specific size because in some tests (that will be constrained by
# haveFontSizes), a tag applying the $bigFont will be set to some
# characters, which action has the effect of changing what character
# is under the mouse pointer, which is the purpose of the tests
testConstraint haveFontSizes [expr {
    [font metrics $textWidgetFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $textWidgetFont -size] == 12 &&
    [font metrics $bigFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $bigFont -size] == 24 }
]

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10




pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}


# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"

test textTag-1.1 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background #012345
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.2 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -background [lindex [.t tag configure x -background] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.3 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -bgstipple gray50
    .t tag cget x -bgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray50}
test textTag-1.4 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -bgstipple badStipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -bgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -bgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "badStipple" not defined}
test textTag-1.5 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 2
    .t tag cget x -borderwidth
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.6 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -borderwidth 46q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -borderwidth [lindex [.t tag configure x -borderwidth] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "46q"}
test textTag-1.7 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -fgstipple gray25
    .t tag cget x -fgstipple
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -result {gray25}
test textTag-1.8 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -fgstipple bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -fgstipple [lindex [.t tag configure x -fgstipple] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bitmap "bogus" not defined}
test textTag-1.9 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -font fixed
    .t tag cget x -font
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -font [lindex [.t tag configure x -font] 3]
} -result {fixed}
test textTag-1.10 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foreground #001122
    .t tag cget x -foreground
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -result {#001122}
test textTag-1.11 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foreground {silly color}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -foreground [lindex [.t tag configure x -foreground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "silly color"}
test textTag-1.12 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag cget x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -result {left}
test textTag-1.13 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -justify middle
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -justify [lindex [.t tag configure x -justify] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-1.14 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.15 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.16 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 10
    .t tag cget x -lmargin2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.17 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.17a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor lightgreen
    .t tag cget x -lmargincolor
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -result {lightgreen}
test textTag-1.17b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor [lindex [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.18 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag cget x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -result {2}
test textTag-1.19 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -offset 100xyz
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -offset [lindex [.t tag configure x -offset] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "100xyz"}
test textTag-1.20 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -result {on}
test textTag-1.21 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrike] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.21a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg red
    .t tag cget x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.21b {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -overstrikefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}
test textTag-1.22 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -relief raised
    .t tag cget x -relief
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -result {raised}
test textTag-1.23 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -relief stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -relief [lindex [.t tag configure x -relief] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad relief "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
test textTag-1.24 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -rmargin 10
    .t tag cget x -rmargin
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.25 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -rmargin bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -rmargin [lindex [.t tag configure x -rmargin] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.25a {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor darkblue
    .t tag cget x -rmargincolor
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.25f {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.27 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.28 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.29 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.30 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.31 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.32 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t tag cget x -tabs
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -result {10 20 30}
test textTag-1.33 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 fork}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "fork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test textTag-1.34 {tag configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underline no
    .t tag cget x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -result {no}
test textTag-1.35 {configuration options} -constraints {
    haveCourier12
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.36 {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg red
    .t tag cget x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.37 {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}


test textTag-2.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag option ?arg ...?"}
test textTag-2.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tag option "gorp": must be add, bind, cget, configure, delete, lower, names, nextrange, prevrange, raise, ranges, or remove}
test textTag-2.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag add tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-2.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add x gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete sel
} -body {
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.0
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {3.2 3.4}
test textTag-2.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 1.end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 1.6}
test textTag-2.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.2 1.3}
test textTag-2.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result 34
test textTag-2.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t configure -exportselection 0
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
}  -result {Text}
test textTag-2.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4}
test textTag-2.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} haveCourier12 {
    text .tt
    for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
        .tt insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .tt tag configure mytag -font {Courier 12 bold}
    .tt peer create .ptt
    .ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
    # the test succeeds if next line does not crash
    .tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
    destroy .ptt .tt
    set res 1
} {1}


test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind 1 2 3 4
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1}
test textTag-3.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Gorp> script2
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
test textTag-3.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {requested illegal events; only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual events may be used}
test textTag-3.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    catch {.t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2} 
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {<Enter>}
test textTag-3.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Leave> script2
    .t tag bind x a xyzzy
    list [lsort [.t tag bind x]] [.t tag bind x <Enter>] [.t tag bind x a]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{<Enter> <Leave> a} script1 xyzzy}
test textTag-3.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter> +script2
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1
script2}
test textTag-3.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-3.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {no event type or button # or keysym}


test textTag-4.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete foo
    .t tag cget foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-4.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag cget sel bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "bogus"}
test textTag-4.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {red}


test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -background red -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-underline" missing}
test textTag-5.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline yes
    .t tag configure x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underline {} {} {} yes}
test textTag-5.4a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underlinefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {on}
test textTag-5.5a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-overstrikefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag configure x -overstrike foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "foo"}
test textTag-5.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
	haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify fill
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag configure x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-offset {} {} {} 2}
test textTag-5.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 1.0q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "1.0q"}
test textTag-5.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2 -lmargin2 4 -rmargin 5 \
        -lmargincolor darkblue -rmargincolor lightgreen
    list [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargin] [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargincolor]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result [list {-lmargin1 {} {} {} 2} {-lmargin2 {} {} {} 4} \
                {-rmargin {} {} {} 5} \
                {-lmargincolor {} {} {} darkblue} {-rmargincolor {} {} {} lightgreen} \
          ]
test textTag-5.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.15 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 gorp
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "gorp"}
test textTag-5.15a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
test textTag-5.16 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 140.1.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "140.1.1"}
test textTag-5.16a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
.t tag delete x
test textTag-5.17 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 6
    list [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] \
        [.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{-spacing1 {} {} {} 2} {-spacing2 {} {} {} 4} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 6}}
test textTag-5.18 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.19 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 lousy
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "lousy"}
test textTag-5.20 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 4.2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "4.2.3"}
test textTag-5.21 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth 2 -selectforeground blue \
        -selectbackground black
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth 4 -foreground green -background yellow
    set x {}
    foreach i {-selectborderwidth -selectforeground -selectbackground} {
        lappend x [lindex [.t configure $i] 4]
    }
    return $x
} -result {4 green yellow}
test textTag-5.22 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t configure -selectborderwidth 20
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth {}
    .t cget -selectborderwidth
} -result {}
test textTag-5.23 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    set x {}
    # when [.t tag cget sel -selectbackground] == "", mirroring happens between







|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<

















|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<







|
<
<







|
<
<











|
<
<












|
<
<




|
<
<






|











|


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<





|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<


|




|
<
<








|
<
<








|
<
<





|
<
<







|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<



|
<
<


|
<
<








|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<




|
<
<













|
<
<













|
<
<




|
<
<





|
<
<






|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<






|
<
<


















|
<
<





|
<
<











|
<
<












|
<
<







|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<





|
<
<









|
<
<







240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247


248
249
250
251
252
253


254
255
256
257
258


259
260
261
262
263
264


265
266
267
268
269


270
271
272
273
274
275


276
277
278
279
280


281
282
283
284
285
286


287
288
289
290
291


292
293
294
295
296
297


298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315


316
317
318


319
320
321


322
323
324


325
326
327


328
329
330


331
332
333
334
335
336
337


338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345


346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353


354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365


366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378


379
380
381
382
383


384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405


406
407
408


409
410
411


412
413
414
415
416
417


418
419
420


421
422
423
424
425
426
427


428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435


436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444


445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453


454
455
456
457
458
459


460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467


468
469
470


471
472
473


474
475
476
477


478
479
480


481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489


490
491
492


493
494
495


496
497
498
499
500


501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514


515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528


529
530
531
532
533


534
535
536
537
538
539


540
541
542
543
544
545
546


547
548
549
550
551
552


553
554
555
556
557
558


559
560
561
562
563
564
565


566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584


585
586
587
588
589
590


591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602


603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615


616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623


624
625
626
627
628
629


630
631
632
633
634
635


636
637
638
639
640
641


642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651


652
653
654
655
656
657
658
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -result {#012345}
test textTag-1.25f {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground non-existent
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -selectforeground [lindex [.t tag configure x -selectforeground] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "non-existent"}
test textTag-1.26 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing1 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.27 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing1 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing1] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.28 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing2 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.29 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing2 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing2 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing2] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.30 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing3 10
    .t tag cget x -spacing3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -result {10}
test textTag-1.31 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -spacing3 bad
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -spacing3 [lindex [.t tag configure x -spacing3] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "bad"}
test textTag-1.32 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 20 30}
    .t tag cget x -tabs
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -result {10 20 30}
test textTag-1.33 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -tabs {10 fork}
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -tabs [lindex [.t tag configure x -tabs] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tab alignment "fork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}
test textTag-1.34 {tag configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -underline no
    .t tag cget x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -result {no}
test textTag-1.35 {configuration options} -body {


    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underline [lindex [.t tag configure x -underline] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-1.36 {tag configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg red
    .t tag cget x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -result {red}
test textTag-1.37 {configuration options} -body {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg [lindex [.t tag configure x -underlinefg] 3]
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "stupid"}


test textTag-2.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag option ?arg ...?"}
test textTag-2.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad tag option "gorp": must be add, bind, cget, configure, delete, lower, names, nextrange, prevrange, raise, ranges, or remove}
test textTag-2.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag add tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-2.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add x gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag add x 1.2 gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "gorp"}
test textTag-2.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete sel
} -body {
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.0
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {3.2 3.4}
test textTag-2.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 1.end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 1.6}
test textTag-2.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.2 1.3}
test textTag-2.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result 34
test textTag-2.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 4
    .t configure -exportselection 0
    .t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
}  -result {Text}
test textTag-2.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4}
test textTag-2.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} -body {


    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4
    .t tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
} -result {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} -body {
    text .tt
    for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
        .tt insert end "Line $i\n"
    }
    .tt tag configure mytag -font {Courier 12 bold}
    .tt peer create .ptt
    .ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
    # the test succeeds if next line does not crash
    .tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
    destroy .ptt .tt
    set res 1
} -result {1}


test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind 1 2 3 4
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}
test textTag-3.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1}
test textTag-3.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Gorp> script2
} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}
test textTag-3.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {requested illegal events; only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual events may be used}
test textTag-3.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    catch {.t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2}
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {<Enter>}
test textTag-3.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Leave> script2
    .t tag bind x a xyzzy
    list [lsort [.t tag bind x]] [.t tag bind x <Enter>] [.t tag bind x a]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{<Enter> <Leave> a} script1 xyzzy}
test textTag-3.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter> script1
    .t tag bind x <Enter> +script2
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {script1
script2}
test textTag-3.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <Enter>
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-3.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag bind x <
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {no event type or button # or keysym}


test textTag-4.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget a
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}
test textTag-4.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag delete foo
    .t tag cget foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-4.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag cget sel bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "bogus"}
test textTag-4.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag cget x -background
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {red}


test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?-option? ?value? ?-option value ...?"}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -background red -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-underline" missing}
test textTag-5.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline yes
    .t tag configure x -underline
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underline {} {} {} yes}
test textTag-5.4a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -underlinefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-underlinefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrike on
    .t tag cget x -overstrike
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {on}
test textTag-5.5a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg lightgreen
    .t tag configure x -overstrikefg
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-overstrikefg {} {} {} lightgreen}
test textTag-5.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag configure x -overstrike foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "foo"}
test textTag-5.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -underline stupid
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify left
    .t tag configure x -justify
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify bogus
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -justify fill
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 2
    .t tag configure x -offset
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {-offset {} {} {} 2}
test textTag-5.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -offset 1.0q
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "1.0q"}
test textTag-5.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2 -lmargin2 4 -rmargin 5 \
        -lmargincolor darkblue -rmargincolor lightgreen
    list [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargin] [.t tag configure x -lmargincolor] \
        [.t tag configure x -rmargincolor]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result [list {-lmargin1 {} {} {} 2} {-lmargin2 {} {} {} 4} \
                {-rmargin {} {} {} 5} \
                {-lmargincolor {} {} {} darkblue} {-rmargincolor {} {} {} lightgreen} \
          ]
test textTag-5.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.15 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargin2 gorp
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "gorp"}
test textTag-5.15a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -lmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
test textTag-5.16 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargin 140.1.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "140.1.1"}
test textTag-5.16a {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -rmargincolor rainbow
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown color name "rainbow"}
.t tag delete x
test textTag-5.17 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 6
    list [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] \
        [.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {{-spacing1 {} {} {} 2} {-spacing2 {} {} {} 4} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 6}}
test textTag-5.18 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 2.0x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "2.0x"}
test textTag-5.19 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 lousy
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "lousy"}
test textTag-5.20 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -spacing1 4.2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad screen distance "4.2.3"}
test textTag-5.21 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t configure -selectborderwidth 2 -selectforeground blue \
        -selectbackground black
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth 4 -foreground green -background yellow
    set x {}
    foreach i {-selectborderwidth -selectforeground -selectbackground} {
        lappend x [lindex [.t configure $i] 4]
    }
    return $x
} -result {4 green yellow}
test textTag-5.22 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {


    .t configure -selectborderwidth 20
    .t tag configure sel -borderwidth {}
    .t cget -selectborderwidth
} -result {}
test textTag-5.23 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} -body {
    set x {}
    # when [.t tag cget sel -selectbackground] == "", mirroring happens between
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478

1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487









1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
    lappend x [.t tag cget sel -selectforeground]
    .t configure -selectforeground black
    .t tag configure sel -selectforeground white
    lappend x [.t cget -selectforeground]
    return $x
} -result {yellow blue red white}

test textTag-6.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag delete tagName ?tagName ...?"}
test textTag-6.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete zork
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-6.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    .t tag delete y z
    lsort [.t tag names]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {sel x}
test textTag-6.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    eval .t tag delete [.t tag names]
    .t tag names
} -result {sel}
test textTag-6.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> foo
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background black
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-7.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag lower tagName ?belowThis?"}
test textTag-7.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag lower sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c sel a b d}
test textTag-7.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a d b c}
test textTag-7.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b a c d}


test textTag-8.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag names a b
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag names ?index?"}
test textTag-8.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b c d}
test textTag-8.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag add "a b" 2.1 2.6
    .t tag add c 2.4 2.7
    .t tag names 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c {a b}}


test textTag-9.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag nextrange foo 1.0
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-9.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag nextrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-9.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0 bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-9.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-9.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.10
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.11
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-9.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-10.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange foo end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-10.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-10.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-10.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-10.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.6
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-10.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-11.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag raise tagName ?aboveThis?"}
test textTag-11.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag raise sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b c a d}


test textTag-12.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag ranges
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag ranges tagName"}
test textTag-12.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag ranges x
} -result {}
test textTag-12.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2
    .t tag add x 2.7 4.15
    .t tag add x 5.2 5.5
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 4.6 5.2 5.5}
test textTag-12.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 3.0
    .t tag add x 4.0 end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0}


test textTag-13.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -body {
    .t tag remove
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag remove tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-13.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2 2.11
    .t tag remove x 2.3 2.7
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 2.11}
test textTag-13.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t configure -exportselection 1
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.3
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag remove sel 2.7 3.1
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result {Text}


test textTag-14.1 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
.t tag delete a b c d
test textTag-14.2 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
    foreach i {d c b a} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
test textTag-14.3 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
test textTag-14.4 {SortTags} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag configure x$i -background black
    }
    for {set i 29} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}




set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]










test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
    set x {}







|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<










|
<
<








|
<
<









|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<











|
<
<











|
<
<













|
<
<




|
<
<










|
<
<














|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<







|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<











|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<






|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<









|
<
<











|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<


|
<
<











|
<
<











|
<
<













|
<
<


|
<
<



|
<
<









|
<
<










|
<
<


|
<
<








|
<
<















|










|












|









|














|
>









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|







696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703


704
705
706


707
708
709


710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720


721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729


730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739


740
741
742


743
744
745


746
747
748


749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760


761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772


773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786


787
788
789
790
791


792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802


803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817


818
819
820


821
822
823


824
825
826


827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834


835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844


845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854


855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864


865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874


875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884


885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894


895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904


905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914


915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924


925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936


937
938
939


940
941
942


943
944
945
946
947
948
949


950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959


960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969


970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979


980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989


990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999


1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009


1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019


1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029


1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039


1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049


1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061


1062
1063
1064


1065
1066
1067


1068
1069
1070


1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082


1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094


1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108


1109
1110
1111


1112
1113
1114
1115


1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125


1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136


1137
1138
1139


1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148


1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
    lappend x [.t tag cget sel -selectforeground]
    .t configure -selectforeground black
    .t tag configure sel -selectforeground white
    lappend x [.t cget -selectforeground]
    return $x
} -result {yellow blue red white}

test textTag-6.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag delete
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag delete tagName ?tagName ...?"}
test textTag-6.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag delete zork
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-6.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    .t tag delete y z
    lsort [.t tag names]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {sel x}
test textTag-6.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    .t tag config x -background black
    .t tag config y -foreground white
    .t tag config z -background black
    eval .t tag delete [.t tag names]
    .t tag names
} -result {sel}
test textTag-6.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} -body {


    .t tag bind x <Enter> foo
    .t tag delete x
    .t tag configure x -background black
    .t tag bind x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-7.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag lower tagName ?belowThis?"}
test textTag-7.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -body {


    .t tag lower sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-7.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c sel a b d}
test textTag-7.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a d b c}
test textTag-7.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag lower a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b a c d}


test textTag-8.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -body {


    .t tag names a b
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag names ?index?"}
test textTag-8.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b c d}
test textTag-8.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag add "a b" 2.1 2.6
    .t tag add c 2.4 2.7
    .t tag names 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {c {a b}}


test textTag-9.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-9.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -body {


    .t tag nextrange foo 1.0
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-9.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag nextrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-9.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0 bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-9.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 1.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.2
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-9.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.10
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.11
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-9.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag nextrange x 7.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-10.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -body {


    .t tag prevrange x
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -body {


    .t tag prevrange x 1 2 3
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}
test textTag-10.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag prevrange foo end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes ok -result {}
test textTag-10.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x foo
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "foo"}
test textTag-10.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end bar
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index "bar"}
test textTag-10.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x end
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-10.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.4
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.6
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.5
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}
test textTag-10.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 7.0
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-10.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.3 2.5
    .t tag add x 2.9 3.1
    .t tag add x 7.2
    .t tag prevrange x 2.3
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {}


test textTag-11.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag raise tagName ?aboveThis?"}
test textTag-11.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise foo
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -body {


    .t tag raise sel bar
} -returnCodes error -result {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}
test textTag-11.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise d b
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
} -body {
    .t tag raise a c
    .t tag names
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {sel b c a d}


test textTag-12.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -body {


    .t tag ranges
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag ranges tagName"}
test textTag-12.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -body {


    .t tag delete x
    .t tag ranges x
} -result {}
test textTag-12.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2
    .t tag add x 2.7 4.15
    .t tag add x 5.2 5.5
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 4.6 5.2 5.5}
test textTag-12.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 1.0 3.0
    .t tag add x 4.0 end
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0}


test textTag-13.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -body {


    .t tag remove
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t tag remove tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}
test textTag-13.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -setup {


    .t tag delete x
} -body {
    .t tag add x 2.2 2.11
    .t tag remove x 2.3 2.7
    .t tag ranges x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x
} -result {2.2 2.3 2.7 2.11}
test textTag-13.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} -setup {


    destroy .t.e
} -body {
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert 0 "Text"
    .t configure -exportselection 1
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 2.4 3.3
    .t.e select to 4
    .t tag remove sel 2.7 3.1
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.e
} -result {Text}


test textTag-14.1 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
.t tag delete a b c d
test textTag-14.2 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag configure $i -background black
    }
    foreach i {d c b a} {
        .t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a b c d
} -result {a b c d}
test textTag-14.3 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
test textTag-14.4 {SortTags} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -body {
    for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
        .t tag configure x$i -background black
    }
    for {set i 29} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
        .t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}


set curFont [.t cget -font]
set curWrap [.t cget -wrap]
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
.t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
update
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x4 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y4 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x5 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y5 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
.t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap

test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
    set x {}
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}

test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}







|







1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
} -result {x-up up up y-up up}

test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}

test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}







|







1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}

test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    .t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
    .t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
    .t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601

1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611

1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}


test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    set x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big

} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"







|
<
<




















|



>


|
|






>


|
<
<







1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320


1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359


1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete x y
} -result {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}


test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    set x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x4 -y $y4
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}

test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"







|
<
<







1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386


1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
    lappend x |
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}

test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677

1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686

1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695

1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705

1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714

1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727

1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveCourier12 
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem







|





>


|


|



>



|





>


|


|




>



|





>





|


|




>







1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748

1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t

    
    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}








>
|







1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
    destroy .t
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
      -highlightthickness 10 -pady 2
    pack .t
    update ; # map the window, otherwise -warp can't be done

    .t insert end " Tag here " TAG " no tag here"
    .t tag configure TAG -borderwidth 4 -relief raised
    .t tag bind TAG <Enter>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Enter"}
    .t tag bind TAG <Leave>  {lappend res "%x %y tag-Leave"}
    bind .t <Enter> {lappend res Enter}
    bind .t <Leave> {lappend res Leave}

Changes to tests/textWind.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20


21
22
23


24

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55




56

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66




67

68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77
78
79
80

81
82
83
84


85


86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94


95


96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104


105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.

option add *Text.borderWidth 2
option add *Text.highlightThickness 2
option add *Text.font {Courier -12}




deleteWindows
# Widget used in tests 1.* - 16.*


text .t -width 30 -height 6 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2

pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on

# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics {Courier -12} -linespace]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]

wm geometry . {}
 
# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .








# ----------------------------------------------------------------------

test textWind-1.1 {basic tests of options} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
        [.t window configure .f -window]




} -result {1 3x3+19+23 {19 23 3 3} {-window {} {} {} .f}}

test textWind-1.2 {basic tests of options} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -align top
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
        [.t window configure .f -align]




} -result {1 3x3+19+18 {19 18 3 3} {-align {} {} center top}}

test textWind-1.3 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    .t window create 2.2 -create "Test script"
    .t window configure 2.2 -create
} -result {-create {} {} {} {Test script}}

test textWind-1.4 {basic tests of options} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"

    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -padx 5
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -padx] [.t bbox 2.3]


} -result {10x20+24+18 {-padx {} {} 0 5} {39 21 7 13}}


test textWind-1.5 {basic tests of options} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -pady 4
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -pady] [.t bbox 2.31]


} -result {10x20+19+22 {-pady {} {} 0 4} {19 46 7 13}}


test textWind-1.6 {basic tests of options} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -stretch]


} -result {5x13+19+18 {-stretch {} {} 0 1}}


.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
test textWind-2.1 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -body {
    .t window
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t window option ?arg ...?"}













|
<

<
<
|
|
>
>

<
|
>
>
|
>
|



<
<
<



|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|









>
>
>
>
|
>
|









>
>
>
>
|
>








>
|




>




>
>
|
>
>
|








>
>
|
>
>
|








>
>
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15


16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29



30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

deleteWindows




set fixedFont {"Courier New" -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]


# Widget used in almost all tests
set tWidth 30
set tHeight 6
text .t -width $tWidth -height $tHeight -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 \
        -font $fixedFont
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on




set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]

wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .

set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
set padx [expr {$bw+$px+$hlth}]
set pady [expr {$bw+$py+$hlth}]

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------

test textWind-1.1 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
        [.t window configure .f -window]
} -result [list \
    1 \
    3x3+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+(($fixedHeight-3)/2)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+(($fixedHeight-3)/2)}] 3 3] \
    {-window {} {} {} .f}]

test textWind-1.2 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -align top
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
        [.t window configure .f -align]
} -result [list \
    1 \
    3x3+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] 3 3] \
    {-align {} {} center top}]

test textWind-1.3 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    .t window create 2.2 -create "Test script"
    .t window configure 2.2 -create
} -result {-create {} {} {} {Test script}}

test textWind-1.4 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    # the window .f should be wider than the fixed width
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -padx 5
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -padx] [.t bbox 2.3]
} -result [list \
    10x20+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+5}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] \
    {-padx {} {} 0 5} \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+10+2*5}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+((20-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-1.5 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -pady 4
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -pady] [.t bbox 2.31]
} -result [list \
    10x20+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+4}] \
    {-pady {} {} 0 4} \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+20+2*4}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-1.6 {basic tests of options} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert end "This is the first line"
    .t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 2.2 -window .f -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -stretch]
} -result [list \
    5x$fixedHeight+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] \
    {-stretch {} {} 0 1}]


.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
test textWind-2.1 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} -body {
    .t window
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".t window option ?arg ...?"}
297
298
299
300
301
302
303

304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330


331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343

344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357


358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370


371
372
373
374
375
376
377
} -body {
    frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.0 -window .f
    .t window configure 1.0 -foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}

test textWind-3.2 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    .t index .f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-3.3 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {0 {26 5 7 13}}


test textWind-3.4 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    .t index .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".t.f"}

test textWind-3.5 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    catch {.t index .t.f}
    list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {0 {26 5 7 13}}


test textWind-3.6 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window .f
    update
    list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {0 1.3 1 {36 8 7 13}}


test textWind-3.7 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f
    frame .f.f -width 15 -height 20 -bg $color
    pack .f.f







>
|












>
|












|
>
>
|












>
|












|
>
>
|











|
>
>







324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
} -body {
    frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.0 -window .f
    .t window configure 1.0 -foo bar
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-foo"}

test textWind-3.2 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    .t index .f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-3.3 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list 0 \
    [list [expr {$padx+3*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-3.4 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    .t index .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".t.f"}

test textWind-3.5 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window {}
    update
    catch {.t index .t.f}
    list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result [list 0 \
    [list [expr {$padx+3*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-3.6 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.3
    update
    .t window configure 1.3 -window .f
    update
    list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list 0 1.3 1 \
    [list [expr {$padx+3*$fixedWidth+10}] [expr {$pady+((20-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-3.7 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} -setup {
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f
    frame .f.f -width 15 -height 20 -bg $color
    pack .f.f
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464

465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476



477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500



501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512


513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528




529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546



547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563

564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575




576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
} -returnCodes error -result {bad align "gorp": must be baseline, bottom, center, or top}
test textWind-4.6 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} -body {
    .t window configure 1.0 -align top
    catch {.t window configure 1.0 -align gorp}
    .t window configure 1.0 -align
} -result {-align {} {} center top}


test textWind-5.1 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    .t index .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-5.2 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result {{19 11 0 0} {19 5 7 13}}



test textWind-5.3 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -align bottom
    .t window configure 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    .t index .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-5.4 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -align bottom
    .t window configure 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result {{19 18 0 0} {19 5 7 13}}



test textWind-5.5 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color}
    update
    .t window configure 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color}
    destroy .f
    update
    list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result {0 1.2 {19 6 20 10} {39 5 7 13}}




test textWind-6.1 {EmbWinRequestProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    set result {}
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
    .f configure -width 25 -height 30
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{19 5 10 20} {29 8 7 13} {19 5 25 30} {44 13 7 13}}






test textWind-7.1 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    place .f -in .t -x 100 -y 50
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list 10x20+105+55 [list 19 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]



test textWind-7.2 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
    update
    place .t.f -x 100 -y 50
    update
    list [winfo geom .t.f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result [list 10x20+105+55 [list 19 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]



test textWind-8.1 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
    set x XXX
    .t delete 1.2
    list $x [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3] [winfo exists .f]




} -result {destroyed {19 5 7 13} {26 5 7 13} 0}
test textWind-8.2 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}







<
|










>
|










|
>
>
>
|











>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>


|












|
>
>
>
>


|
<
<












|
>
>
>
|
<
<












|
|
>

|










>
>
>
>
|
|







482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580


581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597


598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
} -returnCodes error -result {bad align "gorp": must be baseline, bottom, center, or top}
test textWind-4.6 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} -body {
    .t window configure 1.0 -align top
    catch {.t window configure 1.0 -align gorp}
    .t window configure 1.0 -align
} -result {-align {} {} center top}


test textWind-5.1 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    .t index .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-5.2 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-5.3 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -align bottom
    .t window configure 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    .t index .f
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".f"}

test textWind-5.4 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -align bottom
    .t window configure 1.2 -window .f
    update
    destroy .f
    catch {.t index .f}
    list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] 0 0] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-5.5 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color}
    update
    .t window configure 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color}
    destroy .f
    update
    list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -result [list 0 1.2 \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+(($fixedHeight-10)/2)}] 20 10] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+20}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]


test textWind-6.1 {EmbWinRequestProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    set result {}
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
    .f configure -width 25 -height 30
    lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] $pady 10 20] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+10}] [expr {$pady+((20-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] $pady 25 30] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+25}] [expr {$pady+((30-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]


test textWind-7.1 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    place .f -in .t -x 100 -y 50
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    10x20+[expr {$padx+100}]+[expr {$pady+50}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-7.2 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
    update
    place .t.f -x 100 -y 50
    update
    list [winfo geom .t.f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result [list \
    10x20+[expr {$padx+100}]+[expr {$pady+50}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-8.1 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
    set x XXX
    .t delete 1.2
    list $x [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3] [winfo exists .f]
} -result [list destroyed \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
    [list [expr {$padx+3*$fixedWidth}] $pady $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] \
    0]

test textWind-8.2 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
611
612
613
614
615
616
617

618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635

636


637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654

655



656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
        frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    }
    update
    list [winfo exists .f] [winfo width .f] [winfo height .f] [.t index .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {1 10 20 1.5}

test textWind-10.2 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        set msg $args
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
        .t window create 1.5 -create {
        error "couldn't create window"
    }
    set msg xyzzy
    update
    list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}

} -result {{{couldn't create window}} {40 11 0 0}}


test textWind-10.3 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        set msg $args
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        concat gorp
    }
    set msg xyzzy
    update
    list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}

} -result {{{bad window path name "gorp"}} {40 11 0 0}}



    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }

test textWind-10.4 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    set msg {}
    after idle {
        .t window create 1.5 -create {
            frame .t.f







>
|
<
<







|







>
|
>
>
|
<
<















>
|
>
>
>




<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672


673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692


693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716

717













718
719
720
721
722
723
724
        frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    }
    update
    list [winfo exists .f] [winfo width .f] [winfo height .f] [.t index .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {1 10 20 1.5}

test textWind-10.2 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        set msg $args
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        error "couldn't create window"
    }
    set msg xyzzy
    update
    list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
    {{couldn't create window}} \
    [list [expr {$padx+5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-10.3 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        set msg $args
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        concat gorp
    }
    set msg xyzzy
    update
    list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
    {{bad window path name "gorp"}} \
    [list [expr {$padx+5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-10.4 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg

	lappend msg $args













    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    set msg {}
    after idle {
        .t window create 1.5 -create {
            frame .t.f
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

696



697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733

734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741

742


743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766


767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
        .t bbox 1.5
        after 10
    }
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5] [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}

} -result [list {{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} {{window name "f" already exists in parent}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0] 1]



test textWind-10.5 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        frame .t.f
        frame .t.f.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    }
    set msg {}
    update idletasks
    lappend msg [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} 1}
catch {destroy .t.f}
test textWind-10.6 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"

    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        concat .t
    }
    set msg {}
    update
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}

} -result [list {{can't embed .t relative to .t}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]


test textWind-10.7 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -constraints {
    textfonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t2
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
        wm geom .t2 +0+0
        concat .t2
    }
    set msg {}
    update
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}

} -result [list {{can't embed .t2 relative to .t}} {{window name "t2" already exists in parent}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]


test textWind-10.8 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t2
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
        wm geom .t2 +0+0
        concat .t2







>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<




<
|
<














|
|
<
<









>








>
|
>
>
|
<
<




<
|
<













>
|
>
>





<
|
<







732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744


745
746
747
748

749

750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765


766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788


789
790
791
792

793

794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815

816

817
818
819
820
821
822
823
        .t bbox 1.5
        after 10
    }
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5] [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
    {{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} {{window name "f" already exists in parent}} \
    [list [expr {$padx+5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0] \
    1]

test textWind-10.5 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg

	lappend msg $args

    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        frame .t.f
        frame .t.f.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
    }
    set msg {}
    update idletasks
    lappend msg [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    rename bgerror {}
} -result {{{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} 1}

test textWind-10.6 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg
        if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
            lappend msg $args
        }
    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    update
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        concat .t
    }
    set msg {}
    update
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
    {{can't embed .t relative to .t}} \
    [list [expr {$padx+5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-10.7 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t2
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg

	lappend msg $args

    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
        wm geom .t2 +0+0
        concat .t2
    }
    set msg {}
    update
    lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    rename bgerror {}
} -result [list \
    {{can't embed .t2 relative to .t}} {{window name "t2" already exists in parent}} \
    [list [expr {$padx+5*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+($fixedHeight/2)}] 0 0]]

test textWind-10.8 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t2
    proc bgerror args {
        global msg

	lappend msg $args

    }
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.5 -create {
        toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
        wm geom .t2 +0+0
        concat .t2
800
801
802
803
804
805
806

807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820



821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835



836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850



851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863



864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878



879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894

895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911

912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929

930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
    update
    .t window create 1.3 -create {concat .t.b}
    update
    .t index .t.b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.b
} -result {1.3}

test textWind-10.10 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 125 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{89 5 126 20} {5 25 7 13}}



test textWind-10.11 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 126 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{89 5 126 20} {5 25 7 13}}



test textWind-10.12 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 127 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{5 18 127 20} {132 21 7 13}}



test textWind-10.13 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 130 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{89 5 126 20} {}}



test textWind-10.14 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 130 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{89 5 126 78} {}}



test textWind-10.15 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 250 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {{5 18 210 65} {}}



test textWind-11.1 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    pack forget .t
    place .t -x 30 -y 50
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    winfo geom .f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
    place forget .t

} -result {30x20+119+55}
test textWind-11.2 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    pack forget .t
    place .t -x 30 -y 50
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.12 -window .t.f
    update
    winfo geom .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    place forget .t
    pack .t

} -result {30x20+89+5}
test textWind-11.3 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, configuration optimization} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"







>
|
<
<










|
>
>
>
|
<
<











|
>
>
>
|
<
<











|
>
>
>












|
>
>
>
|
<
<











|
>
>
>
|
<
<











|
|
>

















>
|

















>
|







842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850


851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865


866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881


882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913


914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929


930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
    update
    .t window create 1.3 -create {concat .t.b}
    update
    .t index .t.b
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.b
} -result {1.3}

test textWind-10.10 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 125 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+12*$fixedWidth}] $pady [expr {$tWidth*$fixedWidth-12*$fixedWidth}] 20] \
    [list $padx [expr {$pady+20}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-10.11 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 126 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+12*$fixedWidth}] $pady [expr {$tWidth*$fixedWidth-12*$fixedWidth}] 20] \
    [list $padx [expr {$pady+20}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-10.12 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 127 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list $padx [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] 127 20] \
    [list [expr {$padx+127}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+((20-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]

test textWind-10.13 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 130 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+12*$fixedWidth}] $pady [expr {$tWidth*$fixedWidth-12*$fixedWidth}] 20] \
    {}]

test textWind-10.14 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 130 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list [expr {$padx+12*$fixedWidth}] $pady [expr {$tWidth*$fixedWidth-12*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$tHeight*$fixedHeight}]] \
    {}]

test textWind-10.15 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap char
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 250 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    [list $padx [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] [expr {$tWidth*$fixedWidth}] [expr {($tHeight-1)*$fixedHeight}]] \
    {}]

test textWind-11.1 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    pack forget .t
    place .t -x 30 -y 50
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.12 -window .f
    update
    winfo geom .f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
} -result [list 30x20+[expr {$padx+30+12*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+50}]]

test textWind-11.2 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    pack forget .t
    place .t -x 30 -y 50
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.12 -window .t.f
    update
    winfo geom .t.f
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -result [list 30x20+[expr {$padx+12*$fixedWidth}]+$pady]

test textWind-11.3 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, configuration optimization} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
945
946
947
948
949
950
951

952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972




973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996


997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -result {no configures}

test textWind-11.4 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
    .t configure -wrap none
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f
    .t insert end " and second here: "
    frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f2
    .t insert end " with junk after it."
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 5 units
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] [winfo ismapped .f2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .f2
} -result {1 30x20+103+18 {103 18 30 20} 0}




test textWind-11.5 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
    .t configure -wrap none
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f
    .t insert end " and second here: "
    frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f2
    .t insert end " with junk after it."
    update
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 25 units
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo ismapped .f2] [winfo geom .f2] [.t bbox .f2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .f2
} -result {0 1 40x10+119+23 {119 23 40 10}}
.t configure -wrap char




test textWind-12.1 {EmbWinUndisplayProc procedure, mapping/unmapping} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color







>
|
<
<

















|
>
>
>
>
|
<
<

















|
<
|
|
>
>







996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004


1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027


1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045

1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
    place forget .t
    pack .t
} -result {no configures}

test textWind-11.4 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
    .t configure -wrap none
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f
    .t insert end " and second here: "
    frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f2
    .t insert end " with junk after it."
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 5 units
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] [winfo ismapped .f2]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .f2
} -result [list 1 \
    30x20+[expr {$padx+14*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+14*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight}] 30 20] \
    0]

test textWind-11.5 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
    .t configure -wrap none
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f
    .t insert end " and second here: "
    frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
    .t window create end -window .f2
    .t insert end " with junk after it."
    update
    .t xview moveto 0
    .t xview scroll 25 units
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo ismapped .f2] [winfo geom .f2] [.t bbox .f2]
} -cleanup {
  destroy .f .f2

  .t configure -wrap char
} -result [list 0 1 \
    40x10+[expr {$padx+37*$fixedWidth+30-25*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+((20-10)/2)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+37*$fixedWidth+30-25*$fixedWidth}] [expr {$pady+$fixedHeight+((20-10)/2)}] 40 10]]

test textWind-12.1 {EmbWinUndisplayProc procedure, mapping/unmapping} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038



1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050



1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062



1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074



1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086



1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098



1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110



1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122



1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136

1137
1138


1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x5+21+6 {21 6 5 5}}



test textWind-13.2 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x5+21+9 {21 9 5 5}}



test textWind-13.3 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x5+21+10 {21 10 5 5}}



test textWind-13.4 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x5+21+12 {21 12 5 5}}



test textWind-13.5 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}



test textWind-13.6 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}



test textWind-13.7 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x9+21+6 {21 6 5 9}}



test textWind-13.8 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}



test textWind-13.9 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure, spacing options} -constraints {
    fonts
} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 5 -spacing3 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {

    destroy .f
} -result {5x5+21+14 {21 14 5 5}}




test textWind-14.1 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"







|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|










|
>
>
>
|
<
<











>

|
>
>







1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200


1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x5+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1}] 5 5]]

test textWind-13.2 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x5+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1+(($fixedHeight-7)/2)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1+(($fixedHeight-7)/2)}] 5 5]]

test textWind-13.3 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x5+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1+($fixedAscent-6)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1+($fixedAscent-6)}] 5 5]]

test textWind-13.4 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x5+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1+($fixedHeight-7)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1+($fixedHeight-7)}] 5 5]]

test textWind-13.5 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]

test textWind-13.6 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]

test textWind-13.7 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x[expr {$fixedAscent-1}]+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedAscent-1}]]]

test textWind-13.8 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x[expr {$fixedHeight-2}]+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+1}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+1}] 5 [expr {$fixedHeight-2}]]]

test textWind-13.9 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure, spacing options} -setup {


    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 5 -spacing3 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
    update
    list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing3 0
    destroy .f
} -result [list \
    5x5+[expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}]+[expr {$pady+5+(($fixedHeight-5)/2)}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+2*$fixedWidth+2}] [expr {$pady+5+(($fixedHeight-5)/2)}] 5 5]]


test textWind-14.1 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159

1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178

1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193

1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215

1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230

1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247

1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266





1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
    .t window configure .f -window {}
    lappend x updated
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {modified removed unmapped updated}

test textWind-14.2 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
    set x modified
    .t insert 1.0 x
    lappend x deleted
    .t delete .f
    lappend x updated
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {modified deleted updated}

test textWind-14.3 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    .t yview 2.0
    set result [winfo ismapped .f]
    update ; after 10
    list $result [winfo ismapped .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {1 0}

test textWind-14.4 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
    update
    .t yview 2.0
    set result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
    update
    list $result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1 0}


test textWind-15.1 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t index .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".foo"}

test textWind-15.2 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    .t tag add a 1.1
    .t tag add a 1.3
    list [.t index .f] [.t bbox 1.7]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {1.6 {77 8 7 13}}



test textWind-16.1 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
    winfo ismapped .f
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result 0

test textWind-16.2 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    update
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
    frame .f2 -width 150 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    pack .f2 -before .t
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .f2
} -result {30x20+47+5 {47 5 30 20} 30x20+47+35 {47 5 30 20}}





test textWind-16.3 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.6
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result {}

test textWind-16.4 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .t.f
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result {1 {47 5 30 20}}


test textWind-17.1 {peer widgets and embedded windows} -setup {
    destroy .t .tt .f
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line 1"







>



















>















>
















<





>
|













|
>

















>


















|
>
>
>
>
>












>














|







1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290

1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
    .t window configure .f -window {}
    lappend x updated
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {modified removed unmapped updated}

test textWind-14.2 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
    set x modified
    .t insert 1.0 x
    lappend x deleted
    .t delete .f
    lappend x updated
    update
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {modified deleted updated}

test textWind-14.3 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .f
    update
    .t yview 2.0
    set result [winfo ismapped .f]
    update ; after 10
    list $result [winfo ismapped .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result {1 0}

test textWind-14.4 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .t.f
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
    update
    .t yview 2.0
    set result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
    update
    list $result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.f
} -result {1 0}


test textWind-15.1 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t index .foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad text index ".foo"}

test textWind-15.2 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    .t tag add a 1.1
    .t tag add a 1.3
    list [.t index .f] [.t bbox 1.7]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f
} -result [list 1.6 \
    [list [expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth+30}] [expr {$pady+((20-$fixedHeight)/2)}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]


test textWind-16.1 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
    winfo ismapped .f
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result 0

test textWind-16.2 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
    destroy .f .f2
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .f
    update
    set result {}
    lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
    frame .f2 -width 150 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    pack .f2 -before .t
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .f .f2
} -result [list \
    30x20+[expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth}]+$pady \
    [list [expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth}] $pady 30 20] \
    30x20+[expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$pady+30}] \
    [list [expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth}] $pady 30 20]]

test textWind-16.3 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    .t window create 1.6
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result {}

test textWind-16.4 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    .t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0 \
        -wrap none
    .t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
    frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
    .t window create 1.6 -window .t.f
    update
    pack forget .t
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox .t.f]
} -cleanup {
    pack .t
} -result [list 1 [list [expr {$padx+6*$fixedWidth}] $pady 30 20]]


test textWind-17.1 {peer widgets and embedded windows} -setup {
    destroy .t .tt .f
} -body {
    pack [text .t]
    .t insert end "Line 1"

Changes to tests/tk.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test



test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk subcommand ?arg ...?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous subcommand "xyz": must be appname, busy, caret, fontchooser, inactive, scaling, useinputmethods, or windowingsystem}













>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.

package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

testConstraint testprintf [llength [info command testprintf]]

test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk subcommand ?arg ...?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
    tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown or ambiguous subcommand "xyz": must be appname, busy, caret, fontchooser, inactive, scaling, useinputmethods, or windowingsystem}

172
173
174
175
176
177
178




179
180
181
182
183
184
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
    safe::interpCreate foo
    safe::loadTk foo
    foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
    ::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}





# tests of [tk busy] in busy.test

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>
>
>






174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
    safe::interpCreate foo
    safe::loadTk foo
    foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
    ::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes 1 -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}

test tk-8.1 {Test for ticket [1cc44617e2], see if TCL_LL_MODIFIER works as expected on all platforms} -constraints testprintf -body {
    testprintf -21474836480
} -result {-21474836480 18446744052234715136}

# tests of [tk busy] in busy.test

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.

56
57
58
59
60
61
62









63
64
    pack .top.mb
    focus -force .top.mb
    update
    event generate .top.mb <1>
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -result {}










tcltest::cleanupTests







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    pack .top.mb
    focus -force .top.mb
    update
    event generate .top.mb <1>
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update  ; # shall not trigger error  invalid command name ".top.b"
} -result {}

# Bug [fa8de77936]
test checkbutton-1.8 "Empty -variable" -body {
    # shall simply not crash
    ttk::checkbutton .cbev -variable {}
    .cbev invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .cbev
} -result {}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47









48
49
50
51
52
53
54
} -result 2

test combobox-2.3 "current -- change value" -body {
    .cb set "b"
    .cb current
} -result 1

test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body { 
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1

test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }











test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" -body {
    # whitebox test...
    pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
    set result [list]
    bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
    	lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]







|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
} -result 2

test combobox-2.3 "current -- change value" -body {
    .cb set "b"
    .cb current
} -result 1

test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1

test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }

test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
    ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
    pack .cb -expand true -fill both
    ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
    ttk::combobox::Post .cb
    expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}

test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" -body {
    # whitebox test...
    pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
    set result [list]
    bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
    	lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]

Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set scrollInfo
} -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e }
# NOTE: result can vary depending on font.

# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
    ttk::style theme use default
    variable fixed fixed
    variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
    variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
    variable bd 2	;# border + padding
    variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]

    pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
    update







|







81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    set scrollInfo
} -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e }
# NOTE: result can vary depending on font.

# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
    ttk::style theme use default
    variable fixed TkFixedFont
    variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
    variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
    variable bd 2	;# border + padding
    variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]

    pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
    update
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282


















283
    .e insert insert d ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    .e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    set result
} -result [list 1 3  2 3  3 3  3 3  3 3] -cleanup {
    unset V
    destroy .e
}



















tcltest::cleanupTests








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
    .e insert insert d ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    .e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
    set result
} -result [list 1 3  2 3  3 3  3 3  3 3] -cleanup {
    unset V
    destroy .e
}

test entry-10.1 {configuration option: "-placeholder"} -setup {
    pack [ttk::entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text}
    .e cget -placeholder
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {Some text}

test entry-10.2 {configuration option: "-placeholderforeground"} -setup {
    pack [ttk::entry .e]
} -body {
    .e configure -placeholder {Some text} -placeholderforeground red
    .e cget -placeholderforeground
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
} -result {red}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/image.test.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
    pack [set w [ttk::label .ttk_image20 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .ttk_image20
} -result {}
    
test image-2.1 "Deletion of displayed image (checkbutton)" -setup {
     image create photo test.image -width 10 -height 10
} -body {
    pack [set w [ttk::checkbutton .ttk_image21 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
    pack [set w [ttk::label .ttk_image20 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update
} -cleanup {
    destroy .ttk_image20
} -result {}

test image-2.1 "Deletion of displayed image (checkbutton)" -setup {
     image create photo test.image -width 10 -height 10
} -body {
    pack [set w [ttk::checkbutton .ttk_image21 -image test.image]]
    tkwait visibility $w
    image delete test.image
    update

Changes to tests/ttk/labelframe.test.

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# Re-run series labelframe-3.x with nonchild slaves.
#
# @@@ ODDITY, 14 Nov 2005:
# @@@ labelframe-4.1 fails if .cb is a [checkbutton],
# @@@ but seems to succeed if it's some other widget class.
# @@@ I suspect a race condition; unable to track it down ATM.
#
# @@@ FOLLOWUP: This *may* have been caused by a bug in ManagerIdleProc 
# @@@ (see manager.c r1.11). There's still probably a race condition in here.
#
test labelframe-4.1 "Add nonchild slave" -body {
    checkbutton .cb -text "abcde"
    .lf configure -labelwidget .cb
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]







|







66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
# Re-run series labelframe-3.x with nonchild slaves.
#
# @@@ ODDITY, 14 Nov 2005:
# @@@ labelframe-4.1 fails if .cb is a [checkbutton],
# @@@ but seems to succeed if it's some other widget class.
# @@@ I suspect a race condition; unable to track it down ATM.
#
# @@@ FOLLOWUP: This *may* have been caused by a bug in ManagerIdleProc
# @@@ (see manager.c r1.11). There's still probably a race condition in here.
#
test labelframe-4.1 "Add nonchild slave" -body {
    checkbutton .cb -text "abcde"
    .lf configure -labelwidget .cb
    update
    list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]

Changes to tests/ttk/layout.test.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23



24
25

    pack .b -expand true -fill both

    list [winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]

} -cleanup { destroy .b } -result [list 24 24]





tcltest::cleanupTests







>
>
>


17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

    pack .b -expand true -fill both

    list [winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]

} -cleanup { destroy .b } -result [list 24 24]

test layout-2 "Empty -children not allowed" -body {
    ttk::style layout Test.Tentry {Entry.field -children {}}
} -returnCodes error -result {Invalid -children value}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
test panedwindow-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .pw }

#
# ...
#
test panedwindow-3.0 "configure pane" -body {
    ttk::panedwindow .pw
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb1] 
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb2] 
    .pw pane 1 -weight 2
    .pw pane 1 -weight
} -result 2

test panedwindow-3.1 "configure pane -- errors" -body {
    .pw pane 1 -weight -4
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "-weight must be nonnegative"







|
|







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
test panedwindow-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .pw }

#
# ...
#
test panedwindow-3.0 "configure pane" -body {
    ttk::panedwindow .pw
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb1]
    .pw add [listbox .pw.lb2]
    .pw pane 1 -weight 2
    .pw pane 1 -weight
} -result 2

test panedwindow-3.1 "configure pane -- errors" -body {
    .pw pane 1 -weight -4
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "-weight must be nonnegative"
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    wm geometry . {}
    ttk::panedwindow .pw -orient vertical

    frame .pw.f1 -width 100 -height 50
    frame .pw.f2 -width 100 -height 50

    list [winfo reqwidth .pw.f1] [winfo reqheight .pw.f1]
} -result [list 100 50] 

test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
    .pw add .pw.f1
    .pw add .pw.f2
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]







|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    wm geometry . {}
    ttk::panedwindow .pw -orient vertical

    frame .pw.f1 -width 100 -height 50
    frame .pw.f2 -width 100 -height 50

    list [winfo reqwidth .pw.f1] [winfo reqheight .pw.f1]
} -result [list 100 50]

test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
    .pw add .pw.f1
    .pw add .pw.f2
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]

Changes to tests/ttk/progressbar.test.

78
79
80
81
82
83
84







































85
    set PB		;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*YIPES!"

test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
    destroy .pb
}








































tcltest::cleanupTests







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
    set PB		;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*YIPES!"

test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
    destroy .pb
}

# check existence and default value of each non-core option of the widget
test progressbar-3.1 "progressbar non-core options" -setup {
    set res {}
    ttk::progressbar .defaultpb
} -body {
    foreach option {-anchor -foreground -justify -style -text -wraplength \
                    -length -maximum -mode -orient -phase -value -variable} {
        lappend res [.defaultpb cget $option]
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res
    destroy .defaultpb
} -result {w black left {} {} 0 100 100 determinate horizontal 0 0.0 {}}

test progressbar-3.2 "TIP #442 options are taken into account" -setup {
    set res {}
    pack [ttk::progressbar .p -value 0 -maximum 50 -orient horizontal -mode determinate -length 500]
    set thefont [font actual {Arial 10}]
} -body {
    .p configure -anchor c -foreground blue -justify right \
            -text "TIP #442\noptions are now tested" -wraplength 100
    update
    .p step 10
    .p configure -anchor e -font $thefont -foreground green -justify center \
            -text "Changing the value of each option\nfrom TIP #442" -wraplength 250
    update
    .p step 20
    .p configure -orient vertical -text "Cannot be seen"
    update
    foreach option {-anchor -foreground -justify -text -wraplength} {
        lappend res [list $option [.p cget $option]]
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res thefont
    destroy .p
} -result {{-anchor e} {-foreground green} {-justify center} {-text {Cannot be seen}} {-wraplength 250}}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands

testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]

test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Use core scrollbars on OSX..." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda"
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Scrollbar yadda] -cleanup { 
    destroy .sb 
}

test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... unless -style is specified ..." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
    	[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar 
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar 
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Custom.TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-1.0 "Setup" -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .tsb











|
|







|








|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands

testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]

test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Use core scrollbars on OSX..." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda"
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Scrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... unless -style is specified ..." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
    	[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class." -constraints {
    coreScrollbar
} -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar
    list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Custom.TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test scrollbar-1.0 "Setup" -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .tsb
61
62
63
64
65
66
67























68
69
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*"
























tcltest::cleanupTests








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result "*"

test scale-2.1 "-state option" -setup {
    ttk::scale .s
    set res ""
} -body {
    # defaults
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # set -state: instate returns accordingly
    .s configure -state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # back to normal
    .s configure -state normal
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # use state command: -state does NOT reflect it
    .s state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # further use state command
    .s state readonly
    lappend res [.s state] [.s cget -state]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
    unset -nocomplain res
} -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.

194
195
196
197
198
199
200





















201
202
203
204
205
206
207
} -body {
    .sb current 2
    .sb set "z"
    .sb current
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
} -result -1






















# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
    set SBV 55
    ttk::spinbox .sb -textvariable SBV -from 0 -to 100 -increment 5







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
} -body {
    .sb current 2
    .sb set "z"
    .sb current
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
} -result -1

test spinbox-3.0 "textarea should expand to fill widget" -setup {
    set SBV 5
    set ::spinbox_test {}
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 10 -textvariable SBV
} -body {
    grid .sb -sticky ew
    grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
    bind . <Map> {
        after idle {
            wm geometry . "210x80"
            after 100 {set ::spinbox_test [.sb identify element 5 5]}
        }
        bind . <Map> {}
    }
    after 500 {set ::spinbox_wait 1} ; vwait ::spinbox_wait
    set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
    unset -nocomplain ::spinbox_test SBV
} -result {textarea}

# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
    set SBV 55
    ttk::spinbox .sb -textvariable SBV -from 0 -to 100 -increment 5
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list 55 55]

test spinbox-nostomp-4 "don't stomp on -variable (configure; -values)" -body {
    set SBV Apr
    ttk::spinbox .sb 
    .sb configure -textvariable SBV -values {Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug}
    list $SBV [.sb get]
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list Apr Apr]








|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list 55 55]

test spinbox-nostomp-4 "don't stomp on -variable (configure; -values)" -body {
    set SBV Apr
    ttk::spinbox .sb
    .sb configure -textvariable SBV -values {Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug}
    list $SBV [.sb get]
} -cleanup {
   unset SBV
   destroy .sb
} -result [list Apr Apr]

253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267

    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs

    set result
} -result [list 07 08 09 10 11 10 09 08 07] -cleanup { 
    destroy .sb
    unset secs
}

test spinbox-dieoctaldie-2 "Cope with general bad input" -body {
    set result [list]
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100 -format %03.0f







|







274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>>; lappend result $secs

    set result
} -result [list 07 08 09 10 11 10 09 08 07] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
    unset secs
}

test spinbox-dieoctaldie-2 "Cope with general bad input" -body {
    set result [list]
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100 -format %03.0f

Changes to tests/ttk/treetags.test.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
} -result [list [list] [list item2] [list]]

test treetags-1.8 "tag names" -body {
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3]

test treetags-1.9 "tag names - tag added to item" -body {
    $tv item item1 -tags tag4 
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]

test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
    $tv tag configure tag5
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]







|







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
} -result [list [list] [list item2] [list]]

test treetags-1.8 "tag names" -body {
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3]

test treetags-1.9 "tag names - tag added to item" -body {
    $tv item item1 -tags tag4
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]

test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
    $tv tag configure tag5
    lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    $tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}

test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
    set result [list]
    $tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
    $tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
    	lappend ::result rm2 [%W focus] <<Remove>> 
	%W item [%W focus] -tags {tag1}
    }
    $tv tag bind rm3 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm3 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }

    $tv item item1 -tags {rm1 rm2 rm3} 
    $tv focus item1
    event generate $tv <<Remove>>
    set result
} -cleanup {
    treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list rm1 item1 <<Remove>> rm2 item1 <<Remove>> rm3 item1 <<Remove>>]

#

test treetags-end "Cleanup" -body { destroy $tv }

tcltest::cleanupTests







|




|












197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
    $tv tag configure tag2 -font {times 20}
}

test treetags-3.4 "stomp tags in tag binding procedure" -body {
    set result [list]
    $tv tag bind rm1 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm1 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }
    $tv tag bind rm2 <<Remove>> {
    	lappend ::result rm2 [%W focus] <<Remove>>
	%W item [%W focus] -tags {tag1}
    }
    $tv tag bind rm3 <<Remove>> { lappend ::result rm3 [%W focus] <<Remove>> }

    $tv item item1 -tags {rm1 rm2 rm3}
    $tv focus item1
    event generate $tv <<Remove>>
    set result
} -cleanup {
    treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list rm1 item1 <<Remove>> rm2 item1 <<Remove>> rm3 item1 <<Remove>>]

#

test treetags-end "Cleanup" -body { destroy $tv }

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
    .t.b invoke
    list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]

#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create button" -body {
    pack [ttk::button .t] -expand true -fill both
    update
}

test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
    .t cget -style
} -result {}








|
|







130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
    .t.b invoke
    list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]

#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create multiline button showing justified text" -body {
    pack [ttk::button .t -text "Hello\nWorld!!" -justify center] -expand true -fill both
    update
}

test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
    .t cget -style
} -result {}

202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    set x
} -result 1

test ttk-2.8 "bug 3223850: button state disabled during click" -setup {
    destroy .b
    set ttk28 {}
    pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
} -body { 
    bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
    after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>}
    after 20 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
    set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
    vwait ::ttk28
    after cancel $aid
    set ttk28







|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
    set x
} -result 1

test ttk-2.8 "bug 3223850: button state disabled during click" -setup {
    destroy .b
    set ttk28 {}
    pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
} -body {
    bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
    after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>}
    after 20 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
    set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
    vwait ::ttk28
    after cancel $aid
    set ttk28

Changes to tests/ttk/validate.test.

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

test validate-1.18 {entry widget validation} -constraints coreEntry -body {
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e nextdata
    list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -result {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't validate when setting linked -variable
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't disable validation 

proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
    set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
    set ::e mydata
    return 1
}








|







157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171

test validate-1.18 {entry widget validation} -constraints coreEntry -body {
    .e configure -validate all
    set ::e nextdata
    list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} -result {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't validate when setting linked -variable
# DIFFERENCE: ttk::entry doesn't disable validation

proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
    set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
    set ::e mydata
    return 1
}

Changes to tests/unixButton.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
imageInit

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
 
option add *Label.borderWidth 2
option add *Label.highlightThickness 0
option add *Label.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Checkbutton.borderWidth 2







|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
imageInit

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.

option add *Label.borderWidth 2
option add *Label.highlightThickness 0
option add *Label.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Checkbutton.borderWidth 2
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    image delete image1
} -result {68 48 74 54 112 52 112 52}
test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1
    radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {23 33 29 39 54 37 54 37}
test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
        -indicatoron 0







|

















|







55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
    image delete image1
} -result {68 48 74 54 112 52 112 52}
test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1
    radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0
    pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
    update
    list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {23 33 29 39 54 37 54 37}
test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
    button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
    checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
        -indicatoron 0
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {62 30 56 24 58 22 62 22}
test unixbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default active
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default disabled
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {27 37}


test unixbutton-2.1 {disabled coloring check, bug 669595} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {unset value}
} -body {
    # this was just a visual bug, but at least this shows the visual
    set on 1
    set off 0







|









|









|











|







174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
        [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
        [winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {62 30 56 24 58 22 62 22}
test unixbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default active
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
} -body {
    button .b2 -bitmap question -default disabled
    list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {27 37}


test unixbutton-2.1 {disabled coloring check, bug 669595} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    catch {unset value}
} -body {
    # this was just a visual bug, but at least this shows the visual
    set on 1
    set off 0

Changes to tests/unixEmbed.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file 
# tkUnixEmbed.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkUnixEmbed.c.  It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use 47
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't create child of window "47"}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
	unix nonPortable







|






|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
    set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
    expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
	    && ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}

test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "xyz"}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t -use 47
} -returnCodes error -result {couldn't create child of window "47"}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} -constraints {
	unix nonPortable
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
	    wm withdraw .t1
    }
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t1 -container 1
    wm geometry .t1 +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
    update
    wm geometry .t2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 +30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
    }
    update
    list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|












|




















|




















|




















|







233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
	    wm withdraw .t1
    }
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    toplevel .t1 -container 1
    wm geometry .t1 +0+0
    toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
    update
    wm geometry .t2
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 +30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    update
	    wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    wm geometry .t1
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
    }
    update
    dobg {
	    .t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
    }
    update
    list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
	    update
	    set x
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}







|







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
	    update
	    set x
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.7 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
    list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}


test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|







357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
    list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {dead 0}


test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}


test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
	    bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
	    set x {}
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    dobg {set x}
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|




















|







401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
    list $x [testembed]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}


test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
	    eval destroy [winfo child .]
	    toplevel .t1 -use $w1
	    bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
	    bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
	    set x {}
    }
    focus -force .f1
    update
    dobg {set x}
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
    after 400
    focus -force .f1
    update
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|







444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
    after 400
    focus -force .f1
    update
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {}
test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
    list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}


test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|







470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
    list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}


test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
	    update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|







493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
	    update
	    list $x [winfo geom .t1]
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}

# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.


test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"







|







521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}

# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.


test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    deleteWindows
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {







|







550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
    update
    list $x $y
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
    bind . <KeyPress> {}
} -result {{{key a 1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
    dobg {
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}


test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 +40+50
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix 
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update







|














|







675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
    }
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}


test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update
    wm geometry .t1 +40+50
    update
    wm geometry .t1
} -cleanup {
	deleteWindows
} -result {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} -constraints {
	unix
} -setup {
	deleteWindows
} -body {
    frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
    pack .f1
    toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
    update

Changes to tests/unixFont.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. 
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.  Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.  
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
|







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.  Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
    update
    return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}

test unixfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} {unix noExceed} {
    list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test unixfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} unix {
    font measure fixed 0
} {6}

test unixfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} unix {
    font actual {-size 10}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasTimesNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasCourierNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
	{unix noExceed hasArial} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} unix {
    font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fallback to fixed family} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 10}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fixed family not available!} unix {
    # no test available
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {unix noExceed} {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} unix {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} {37}
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} unix {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}    

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} unix {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} unix {
    font families
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no chars to be measured} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap [expr $ax*3]
    .b.l config -wrap 0
} {}
test unixfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no right margin} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
} {}
test unixfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: loop over chars} unix {
    .b.l config -text "0"
    .b.l config -text "\377"
    .b.l config -text "0\3770\377"
    .b.l config -text "000000000000000"
} {}
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10]
test unixfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: reached right edge} unix {
    .b.l config -text "0000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: ran out of chars} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test unixfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: find last word} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000 00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} unix {
    .b.l config -text "00  000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_PARTIAL_OK} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .b.c index $t @[expr int($ax*2.5)],1
} {2}
test unixfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + not even one char fit!} unix {
    set a [.b.l cget -wrap]
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    set x [getsize]
    .b.l config -wrap $a
    set x
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test unixfont-5.12 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include eol spaces} unix {
    .b.l config -text "000   \n000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"

test unixfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
    .b.l config -text "a"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.2 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
    .b.l config -text "abcd"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.3 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: special char} unix {
    .b.l config -text "\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.4 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: normal then special} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.5 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: ends with special} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.6 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: more normal chars at end} unix {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001def"
    update
} {}

test unixfont-7.1 {DrawChars procedure: no effects} unix {
    .b.l config -text "abc"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-7.2 {DrawChars procedure: underlining} unix {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 underline"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} unix {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}

test unixfont-8.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} unix {
    font create xyz
    button .c -font xyz
    font configure xyz -family times
    update
    destroy .c
    font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {AllocFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} unix {
    expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} {0}
test unixfont-8.3 {AllocFont procedure: can't parse info from name} unix {
    catch {unset fontArray}
    # check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
    # the values of those attributes are system dependent.
    array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
    set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
    catch {unset fontArray}
    set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {AllocFont procedure: classify characters} unix {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"]   ;# 6
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    incr x [font measure $courier "\101"]   ;# 1
    set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} unix {
    font metrics $courier -fixed
} {1}
test unixfont-8.6 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} unix {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\001"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} unix {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
} {0 1 1 2}
test unixfont-9.2 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 4 chars subst} unix {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\0010"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]







|


|



|




|






|






|





|



|


|


|


|


|


|






|

|




|




|



|


|






|



|



|



|



|



|




|



|






|




|



|



|



|



|



|




|



|





|






|







|


|








|







|


|






|



|



|



|



|




|








|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
    update
    return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}

test unixfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} {x11 noExceed} {
    list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test unixfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} x11 {
    font measure fixed 0
} {6}

test unixfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} x11 {
    font actual {-size 10}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasTimesNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasCourierNew} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
	{x11 noExceed hasArial} {
    set x {}
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
    lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} x11 {
    font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fallback to fixed family} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 10}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fixed family not available!} x11 {
    # no test available
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {x11 noExceed} {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} x11 {
    lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} {37}
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} x11 {
    # On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
    # actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
    # unexpectedly.  Now falls back to another font if that happens.

    font actual {-size 14}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} x11 {
    font actual {-family xyz}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} x11 {
    font families
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no chars to be measured} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap [expr $ax*3]
    .b.l config -wrap 0
} {}
test unixfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no right margin} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
} {}
test unixfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: loop over chars} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "0"
    .b.l config -text "\377"
    .b.l config -text "0\3770\377"
    .b.l config -text "000000000000000"
} {}
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10]
test unixfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: reached right edge} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "0000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: ran out of chars} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test unixfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: find last word} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000 00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "00  000     00000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_PARTIAL_OK} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
    .b.c index $t @[expr int($ax*2.5)],1
} {2}
test unixfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000000000000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + not even one char fit!} x11 {
    set a [.b.l cget -wrap]
    .b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    set x [getsize]
    .b.l config -wrap $a
    set x
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test unixfont-5.12 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include eol spaces} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "000   \n000"
    getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"

test unixfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "a"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.2 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "abcd"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.3 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: special char} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.4 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: normal then special} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.5 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: ends with special} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-6.6 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: more normal chars at end} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "ab\001def"
    update
} {}

test unixfont-7.1 {DrawChars procedure: no effects} x11 {
    .b.l config -text "abc"
    update
} {}
test unixfont-7.2 {DrawChars procedure: underlining} x11 {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 underline"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} x11 {
    set f [.b.l cget -font]
    .b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
    update
    .b.l config -font $f
} {}

test unixfont-8.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} x11 {
    font create xyz
    button .c -font xyz
    font configure xyz -family times
    update
    destroy .c
    font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {AllocFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} x11 {
    expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} {0}
test unixfont-8.3 {AllocFont procedure: can't parse info from name} x11 {
    catch {unset fontArray}
    # check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
    # the values of those attributes are system dependent.
    array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
    set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
    catch {unset fontArray}
    set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {AllocFont procedure: classify characters} x11 {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"]   ;# 6
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    incr x [font measure $courier "\101"]   ;# 1
    set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} x11 {
    font metrics $courier -fixed
} {1}
test unixfont-8.6 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} x11 {
    set x 0
    incr x [font measure $courier "\001"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\002"]   ;# 4
    incr x [font measure $courier "\012"]   ;# 2
    set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} x11 {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} x11 {
    catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
    set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} x11 {
    catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
    set x {}
} {}

test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
} {0 1 1 2}
test unixfont-9.2 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 4 chars subst} x11 {
    .b.c dchars $t 0 end
    .b.c insert $t 0 "0\0010"
    set x {}
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
    lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]

Changes to tests/unixMenu.test.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
test unixMenu-2.1 {TkpDestroyMenu - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-3.1 {TkpDestroymenuEntry - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-4.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - non-cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label test
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -label foo] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-4.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label test
    menu .m1.foo -tearoff 0
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -menu .m1.foo] [destroy .m1]







|








|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
test unixMenu-2.1 {TkpDestroyMenu - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-3.1 {TkpDestroymenuEntry - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-4.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - non-cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label test
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -label foo] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-4.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label test
    menu .m1.foo -tearoff 0
    list [.m1 entryconfigure test -menu .m1.foo] [destroy .m1]
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}


test unixMenu-7.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-8.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - not checkbutton or radio} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1







|









|







75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}


test unixMenu-7.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} -constraints unix -body {}


test unixMenu-8.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - not checkbutton or radio} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    image create test image1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok 
test unixMenu-8.4 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.5 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40







|

|










|







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
    image create test image1
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -cleanup {
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.4 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.5 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
    .m1 add radiobutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.7 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok 
test unixMenu-8.8 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.9 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - hideMargin} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok 


test unixMenu-9.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - non-null label} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+S"
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - null label} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-10.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active menubar} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 activate 1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff activate 0
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-10.3 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - non-active} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-11.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - menubar} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# drawArrow parameter is never false under Unix
test unixMenu-11.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
}  -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - null entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-12.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - non-check or radio} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.7 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]







|








|

|










|








|



|









|



















|



















|











|










|









|









|











|









|









|









|










|









|









|







146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
    .m1 add radiobutton -image image1 -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
    image delete image1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.7 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton bitmap} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.8 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-8.9 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - hideMargin} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
    .m1 invoke foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-9.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - non-null label} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+S"
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok
test unixMenu-9.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - null label} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40
    destroy .m1
} -returnCodes ok


test unixMenu-10.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active menubar} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 activate 1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    $tearoff activate 0
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-10.3 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - non-active} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -returnCodes ok -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-11.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - menubar} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# drawArrow parameter is never false under Unix
test unixMenu-11.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
}  -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-11.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - null entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-12.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - non-check or radio} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - indicator off} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - not selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-12.7 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - selected} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add radiobutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
    list [tk::MbPost .mb] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}


# Don't know how to reproduce the case where the tkwin has been deleted.

test unixMenu-19.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - zero entries} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# Don't know how to generate one width windows
test unixMenu-19.2 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.3 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - entry with different font} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Courier 24"
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Helvetica 18"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.4 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.5 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.6 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry too wide} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 10x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.7 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 200x200
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.8 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 2nd don't fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.9 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 1st dont fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.10 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; neither fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1







|









|









|









|









|









|










|











|











|











|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
    list [tk::MbPost .mb] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}


# Don't know how to reproduce the case where the tkwin has been deleted.

test unixMenu-19.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - zero entries} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
# Don't know how to generate one width windows
test unixMenu-19.2 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.3 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - entry with different font} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Courier 24"
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Helvetica 18"
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.4 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.5 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    . configure -menu .m1
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.6 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry too wide} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 10x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.7 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 200x200
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.8 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 2nd don't fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -font "Times 72"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.9 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 1st dont fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x100
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.10 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; neither fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
    .m1 add cascade -label File
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit
    . configure -menu .m1
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
    .m1 add cascade -label "B"
    .m1 add cascade -label "C"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.19 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.20 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in middle} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.21 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.22 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item fits} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.23 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item does not fit} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help -font "Helvetica 72"
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.24 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item only one} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1







|















|















|















|













|













|







641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
    .m1 add cascade -label "B"
    .m1 add cascade -label "C"
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.19 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.20 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in middle} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.21 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
    menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.22 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item fits} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.23 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item does not fit} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help -font "Helvetica 72"
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    wm geometry . 100x10
    list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.24 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item only one} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
    menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m1.test
    list [menu .m1.test] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.test {}}
# Don't know how to automate missing tkwins
test unixMenu-22.2 {SetHelpMenu - menubar but no help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.file
    list [menu .m1.file] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.file {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.3 {SetHelpMenu - menubar with help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.4 {SetHelpMenu - multiple menubars with same help menu} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2
} -body {
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +40+40
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} -result {.m1.help {} {} {}}


test unixMenu-23.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.4 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]







|









|









|














|










|










|











|









|









|









|

















|










|










|



















|











|



















|







762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m1.test
    list [menu .m1.test] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.test {}}
# Don't know how to automate missing tkwins
test unixMenu-22.2 {SetHelpMenu - menubar but no help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.file
    list [menu .m1.file] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.file {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.3 {SetHelpMenu - menubar with help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} -result {.m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.4 {SetHelpMenu - multiple menubars with same help menu} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2
} -body {
    toplevel .t2
    wm geometry .t2 +40+40
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    . configure -menu .m1
    .t2 configure -menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
    list [menu .m1.help] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} -result {.m1.help {} {} {}}


test unixMenu-23.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.4 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
    .m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label foo
    .m1 invoke 1
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    set tk_strictMotif 1
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} -result {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} -constraints unix -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    .m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file
    .m1.file add command -label foo







|







987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
    menu .m1.file
    .m1.file add command -label foo
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "This is a test."
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-25.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} -constraints {
    unix nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .mb
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
    menu .mb.m
    .mb.m add command -label test
    pack .mb
    catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
    list [update] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]







|







|








|









|




















|








|








|









|









|








|









|









|







1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "This is a test."
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test unixMenu-25.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "one"
    .m1 add command -label "two"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add separator
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} -constraints {
    unix nonUnixUserInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .mb
} -body {
    menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
    menu .mb.m
    .mb.m add command -label test
    pack .mb
    catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
    list [update] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test test"
    .m1 add command -label "test"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
    .m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1
    .m1 invoke 1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 2
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]    
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.20 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - hide margin} -constraints {
    unix 
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add checkbutton -label one -hidemargin 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}







|







|










|










|










|


|







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
    .m1 add checkbutton -image image1
    .m1 invoke 1
    .m1 add checkbutton -label test
    .m1 invoke 2
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} -result {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two
    .m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.20 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - hide margin} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add checkbutton -label one -hidemargin 1
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}

Changes to tests/unixSelect.test.

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
    set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
    append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------

test unixSelect-1.1 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .e
    setupbg
} -body {
    pack [entry .e]
    update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber
    .e selection range 0 end
    dobg {string length [selection get]}
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test unixSelect-1.2 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso8859-1} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc?

test unixSelect-1.3 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
        {handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
    selection own .
    set selValue \u00fc\u0444
    set selInfo {}
    set result [dobg {
        set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
        list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.4 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    # This test is subtle.  The selection ends up getting fetched twice by
    # Tk:  once to compute the length, and again to actually send the data.
    # The first time through, we don't convert the data to ISO2022, so the







|















|















|



















|







104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
    set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
    append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------

test unixSelect-1.1 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    destroy .e
    setupbg
} -body {
    pack [entry .e]
    update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber
    .e selection range 0 end
    dobg {string length [selection get]}
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
    destroy .e
} -result {4}

test unixSelect-1.2 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso8859-1} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc?

test unixSelect-1.3 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
        {handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
    selection own .
    set selValue \u00fc\u0444
    set selInfo {}
    set result [dobg {
        set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
        list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.4 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    # This test is subtle.  The selection ends up getting fetched twice by
    # Tk:  once to compute the length, and again to actually send the data.
    # The first time through, we don't convert the data to ISO2022, so the
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 8000 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3999 COMPOUND_TEXT 7998 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3998 COMPOUND_TEXT 7997 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
        {handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
    selection own .
    set selValue \u00fc\u0444
    set selInfo {}
    set result [dobg {
        set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
        list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.6 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg [subst -nobackslashes {entry .e; pack .e; update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber$longValue
    .e selection range 0 end}]
    string length [selection get]
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [expr {4 + [string length $longValue]}]

test unixSelect-1.7 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc

test unixSelect-1.8 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]

test unixSelect-1.9 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
# Now some tests to make sure that the right thing is done when
# transferring UTF8 selections, to prevent [Bug 614650] and its ilk
# from rearing its ugly head again.

test unixSelect-1.10 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc

test unixSelect-1.11 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]

test unixSelect-1.12 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]

test unixSelect-1.13 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    destroy .e
    setupbg
} -body {
    pack [entry .e]
    update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber\u0444
    .e selection range 0 end
    dobg {string length [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    cleanupbg
} -result {5}

test unixSelect-1.14 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc\u0444

test unixSelect-1.15 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.16 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.17 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [text .t]
        update
        .t insert 1.0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        # Has to be selected in a separate stage
        .t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
    }
    after 10
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.18 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    unix
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [text .t]
        update
        .t insert 1.0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]







|



















|












|















|















|


















|















|















|















|















|















|















|















|

















|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 8000 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3999 COMPOUND_TEXT 7998 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3998 COMPOUND_TEXT 7997 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
    setup
} -body {
    selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
        {handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
    selection own .
    set selValue \u00fc\u0444
    set selInfo {}
    set result [dobg {
        set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
        list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] [string length $x]
    }]
    lappend result $selInfo
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result {1 2 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}

test unixSelect-1.6 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg [subst -nobackslashes {entry .e; pack .e; update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber$longValue
    .e selection range 0 end}]
    string length [selection get]
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [expr {4 + [string length $longValue]}]

test unixSelect-1.7 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc

test unixSelect-1.8 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]

test unixSelect-1.9 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
# Now some tests to make sure that the right thing is done when
# transferring UTF8 selections, to prevent [Bug 614650] and its ilk
# from rearing its ugly head again.

test unixSelect-1.10 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc

test unixSelect-1.11 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]

test unixSelect-1.12 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]

test unixSelect-1.13 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    destroy .e
    setupbg
} -body {
    pack [entry .e]
    update
    .e insert 0 \u00fcber\u0444
    .e selection range 0 end
    dobg {string length [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    cleanupbg
} -result {5}

test unixSelect-1.14 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result \u00fc\u0444

test unixSelect-1.15 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.16 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [entry .e]
        update
        .e insert 0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        .e selection range 0 end
    }
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.17 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [text .t]
        update
        .t insert 1.0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
        # Has to be selected in a separate stage
        .t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
    }
    after 10
    selection get -type UTF8_STRING
} -cleanup {
    cleanupbg
} -result [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

test unixSelect-1.18 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} -constraints {
    x11
} -setup {
    setupbg
} -body {
    dobg {
        pack [text .t]
        update
        .t insert 1.0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]

Changes to tests/unixWm.test.

626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
test unixWm-17.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t 12 13} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm focusmodel window ?active|passive?"}}
test unixWm-17.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be active or passive}}
test unixWm-17.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    set result {} 
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t active
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t passive
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    set result
} {passive active passive}







|







626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
test unixWm-17.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t 12 13} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm focusmodel window ?active|passive?"}}
test unixWm-17.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    list [catch {wm focusmodel .t bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be active or passive}}
test unixWm-17.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "focusmodel" option} unix {
    set result {}
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t active
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    wm focusmodel .t passive
    lappend result [wm focusmodel .t]
    set result
} {passive active passive}
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345

destroy .t .icon

test unixWm-40.1 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, set grid dimensions before turning on grid} {unix nonPortable} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 30x10+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1 
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 200x100+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    .t.l configure -setgrid 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {20x20+0+0}








|








|







1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345

destroy .t .icon

test unixWm-40.1 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, set grid dimensions before turning on grid} {unix nonPortable} {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 30x10+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20 -setgrid 1
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
    destroy .t
    toplevel .t
    wm geometry .t 200x100+0+0
    listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20
    pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
    update
    .t.l configure -setgrid 1
    update
    wm geometry .t
} {20x20+0+0}

1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
    frame .t.m.f -width 20 -height 10 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.m.f -x 50 -y 5
    frame .t.f -width 20 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 10 -y 30
    testmenubar window .t .t.m
    update
    list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
	    [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y] 
} {52 7 12 62}

deleteWindows
wm iconify .
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords} unix {
    deleteWindows
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green







|







1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
    frame .t.m.f -width 20 -height 10 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.m.f -x 50 -y 5
    frame .t.f -width 20 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
    place .t.f -x 10 -y 30
    testmenubar window .t .t.m
    update
    list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
	    [expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}

deleteWindows
wm iconify .
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords} unix {
    deleteWindows
    toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green

Changes to tests/visual_bb.test.

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    # menu bar and a message explaining the basic operation
    # of the program.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
    message .msg -font {Times 18} -relief raised -width 4i \
        -borderwidth 1 -text "This application provides a collection of visual tests for the Tk toolkit.  Each menu entry invokes a test, which displays information on the screen.  You can then verify visually that the information is being displayed in the correct way.  The tests under the \"Postscript\" menu exercise the Postscript-generation capabilities of canvas widgets."
   
    pack .menu -side top -fill x
    pack .msg -side bottom -expand yes -fill both

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # The code below creates all the menus, which invoke procedures
    # to create particular demonstrations of various widgets.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    menubutton .menu.file -text "File" -menu .menu.file.m
    menu .menu.file.m
    .menu.file.m add command -label "Quit" -command end
   
    menubutton .menu.group1 -text "Group 1" -menu .menu.group1.m
    menu .menu.group1.m
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Canvas arcs" -command {runTest arc.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Beveled borders in text widgets" \
        -command {runTest bevel.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Colormap management" \
        -command {runTest cmap.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button geometry" \
        -command {runTest butGeom.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button colors" \
        -command {runTest butGeom2.tcl}
   
    menubutton .menu.ps -text "Canvas Postscript" -menu .menu.ps.m
    menu .menu.ps.m
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Rectangles and other graphics" \
        -command {runTest canvPsGrph.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Text" \
        -command {runTest canvPsText.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Bitmaps" \
        -command {runTest canvPsBmap.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Images" \
        -command {runTest canvPsImg.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
        -command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}
   
    pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m
   
    # Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal
   
    bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
    if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
        focus .menu
    }
    }
    tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps








|











|











|












|

|

|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    # menu bar and a message explaining the basic operation
    # of the program.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
    message .msg -font {Times 18} -relief raised -width 4i \
        -borderwidth 1 -text "This application provides a collection of visual tests for the Tk toolkit.  Each menu entry invokes a test, which displays information on the screen.  You can then verify visually that the information is being displayed in the correct way.  The tests under the \"Postscript\" menu exercise the Postscript-generation capabilities of canvas widgets."

    pack .menu -side top -fill x
    pack .msg -side bottom -expand yes -fill both

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # The code below creates all the menus, which invoke procedures
    # to create particular demonstrations of various widgets.
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    menubutton .menu.file -text "File" -menu .menu.file.m
    menu .menu.file.m
    .menu.file.m add command -label "Quit" -command end

    menubutton .menu.group1 -text "Group 1" -menu .menu.group1.m
    menu .menu.group1.m
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Canvas arcs" -command {runTest arc.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Beveled borders in text widgets" \
        -command {runTest bevel.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Colormap management" \
        -command {runTest cmap.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button geometry" \
        -command {runTest butGeom.tcl}
    .menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button colors" \
        -command {runTest butGeom2.tcl}

    menubutton .menu.ps -text "Canvas Postscript" -menu .menu.ps.m
    menu .menu.ps.m
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Rectangles and other graphics" \
        -command {runTest canvPsGrph.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Text" \
        -command {runTest canvPsText.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Bitmaps" \
        -command {runTest canvPsBmap.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Images" \
        -command {runTest canvPsImg.tcl}
    .menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
        -command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}

    pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m

    # Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal

    bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
    if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
        focus .menu
    }
    }
    tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps

Changes to tests/winDialog.test.

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
test winDialog-5.5 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile -title bar]}
    set y [then {
        Click cancel
    }]
    # Note this also tests fix for 
    # http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6
    # $x is expected to be empty
    append x $y
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.6 {GetFileName: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {







|







251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
test winDialog-5.5 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    start {set x [tk_getOpenFile -title bar]}
    set y [then {
        Click cancel
    }]
    # Note this also tests fix for
    # http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6
    # $x is expected to be empty
    append x $y
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.6 {GetFileName: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.foo
test winDialog-5.9 {GetFileName: file types} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    #        case FILE_TYPES:
    
    start {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo files" .foo FOOF}} -title Foo}
    # XXX - currently disabled for vista style dialogs because the file
    # types control has no control ID and we don't have a mechanism to
    # locate it.
    if {[vista?]} {
        then {
            Click cancel







|







437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
} -cleanup {
    unset msg
} -result bar.foo
test winDialog-5.9 {GetFileName: file types} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    #        case FILE_TYPES:

    start {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo files" .foo FOOF}} -title Foo}
    # XXX - currently disabled for vista style dialogs because the file
    # types control has no control ID and we don't have a mechanism to
    # locate it.
    if {[vista?]} {
        then {
            Click cancel
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
    }
    return $x
} -result [file normalize [file join ~ "5 12 1"]]

test winDialog-5.12.2 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: ~user} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
    
    # Note: this test will fail on Tcl versions 8.6.4 and earlier due
    # to a bug in file normalize for names of the form ~xxx that
    # returns the wrong dir on Windows.  In particular (in Win8 at
    # least) it returned /users/Default instead of /users/USERNAME...

    unset -nocomplain x
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \







|







500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
    }
    return $x
} -result [file normalize [file join ~ "5 12 1"]]

test winDialog-5.12.2 {tk_getSaveFile: initial directory: ~user} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {

    # Note: this test will fail on Tcl versions 8.6.4 and earlier due
    # to a bug in file normalize for names of the form ~xxx that
    # returns the wrong dir on Windows.  In particular (in Win8 at
    # least) it returned /users/Default instead of /users/USERNAME...

    unset -nocomplain x
    start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    }
    return $x
} -result {1}
test winDialog-5.17 {GetFileName: title} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
#        case FILE_TITLE:
   
    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Narf}
    then {
        Click cancel
    }
} -result {0}
if {[vista?]} {
    # In the newer file dialogs, the file type widget does not even exist







|







727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
    }
    return $x
} -result {1}
test winDialog-5.17 {GetFileName: title} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {
#        case FILE_TITLE:

    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Narf}
    then {
        Click cancel
    }
} -result {0}
if {[vista?]} {
    # In the newer file dialogs, the file type widget does not even exist
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
        destroy .t
    }
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.21 {GetFileName: call GetOpenFileName} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent english
} -body {
#        winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);
   
    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
    then {
        set x [GetText ok]
        Click cancel
    }
    return $x
} -result {&Open}







|







790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
        destroy .t
    }
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.21 {GetFileName: call GetOpenFileName} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent english
} -body {
#        winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);

    start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
    then {
        set x [GetText ok]
        Click cancel
    }
    return $x
} -result {&Open}
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
    string tolower [set x]
} -result [string tolower [initialdir]]
test winDialog-9.8 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
#        if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
#            &utfDirString) == NULL)
   
    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}


test winDialog-10.1 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: no arguments} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {







|







923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
    string tolower [set x]
} -result [string tolower [initialdir]]
test winDialog-9.8 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
    nt
} -body {
#        if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
#            &utfDirString) == NULL)

    tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}


test winDialog-10.1 {Tk_FontchooserObjCmd: no arguments} -constraints {
    nt testwinevent
} -body {

Changes to tests/winFont.test.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked. 
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {{Times New Roman} {Times New Roman} {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -result {{Courier New} {Courier New} {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -result {Arial Arial Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}









|








|








|







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {Times Times {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -match regexp -result {Courier (Courier|Monaco) {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -match regexp -result {Helvetica (Helvetica|Geneva) Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}


137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
} -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap 0 -text "000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: static width buffer exceeded} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap 100000 -text "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 256*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: all chars did fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 8*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: not all chars fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*6] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}








|


















|


















|


















|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
} -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap 0 -text "000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: static width buffer exceeded} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap 100000 -text "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 256*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: all chars did fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 8*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq $ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: not all chars fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*6] -text "00000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq $ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 6*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: whole words} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*8] -text "000000 0000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000000    0000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000  00   00000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: make first part of word fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]
   
    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "0000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 12*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: check for kerning} -constraints {
    win nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
   
    set font [.t.l cget -font]
    .t.l config -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8} -text "W"
    set width [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    .t.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx"
    set x [lindex [getsize] 0]
    .t.l config -font $font
    expr $x < ($width*10)







|


















|


















|


















|


















|
















|







230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq $ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 6*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: whole words} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*8] -text "000000 0000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 6*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000000    0000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000  00   00000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 7*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: make first part of word fit} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update
    set ax [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    set ay [winfo reqheight .t.l]

    .t.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "0000000000000000"
    list [expr {[winfo reqwidth .t.l] eq 12*$ax}] \
        [expr {[winfo reqheight .t.l] eq 2*$ay}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t.l
} -result {1 1}

test winfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: check for kerning} -constraints {
    win nonPortable
} -setup {
    destroy .t.l
}  -body {
    label .t.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left \
        -text "0" -font systemfixed
    pack .t.l
    update

    set font [.t.l cget -font]
    .t.l config -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8} -text "W"
    set width [winfo reqwidth .t.l]
    .t.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx"
    set x [lindex [getsize] 0]
    .t.l config -font $font
    expr $x < ($width*10)

Changes to tests/winMenu.test.

477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
    .m1 add command -command {error 1} -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {1 {1
    while executing
"error 1"
    (menu invoke)}} {} {}}

   
# Can't test WM_MENUCHAR

test winMenu-11.4 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {







|







477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
    .m1 add command -command {error 1} -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
    list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {} {1 {1
    while executing
"error 1"
    (menu invoke)}} {} {}}


# Can't test WM_MENUCHAR

test winMenu-11.4 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} -constraints {
    win userInteraction
} -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
test winMenu-22.1 {DrawMenuUnderline} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}  


test winMenu-23.1 {Don't know how to test MenuKeyBindProc} -constraints {
    win emptyTest
} -body {}









|







784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
test winMenu-22.1 {DrawMenuUnderline} -constraints win -setup {
    destroy .m1
} -body {
    menu .m1
    .m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
    set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
    list [update] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-23.1 {Don't know how to test MenuKeyBindProc} -constraints {
    win emptyTest
} -body {}


1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]   
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-33.1 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - no menu yet} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2







|







1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
    menu .m1 -tearoff 0
    .m1 add command -label one
    .m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label three
    .m1 add command -label four
    .m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
    .m1 add command -label six
    list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} -result {{} {}}


test winMenu-33.1 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - no menu yet} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    destroy .m1 .t2

Changes to tests/winWm.test.

241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
    toplevel .t
    frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
    pack .t.f
    wm geometry .t -0-0
    update
    set y [winfo rooty .t]
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    menu .t.m
    .t configure -menu .t.m
    .t.m add command -label foo
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    update
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    lappend result [expr {$y - [winfo rooty .t]}]







|







241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
    toplevel .t
    frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
    pack .t.f
    wm geometry .t -0-0
    update
    set y [winfo rooty .t]
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    menu .t.m -tearoff 1
    .t configure -menu .t.m
    .t.m add command -label foo
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    .t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
    update
    lappend result [winfo height .t]
    lappend result [expr {$y - [winfo rooty .t]}]
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
        toplevel $w
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm90proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    }
    global winwm90done
    set winwm90done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {    
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm90proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm90done timeout}
    vwait winwm90done
    set winwm90done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
        rename winwm90$cmd {}
    }
    destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result {ok} 

test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
    proc winwm91click {w} {
        if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
        event generate $w <Enter>
        focus -force $w
        event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5







|










|







470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
        toplevel $w
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm90proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    }
    global winwm90done
    set winwm90done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm90proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm90click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm90done timeout}
    vwait winwm90done
    set winwm90done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
        rename winwm90$cmd {}
    }
    destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result {ok}

test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
    proc winwm91click {w} {
        if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
        event generate $w <Enter>
        focus -force $w
        event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm91proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    }
    destroy .t
    global winwm91done
    set winwm91done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {    
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm91proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm91done timeout}
    vwait winwm91done
    set winwm91done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {







|







515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
        pack [button $w.b -text "Do dialog" -command [list winwm91proc2 $w]]
        bind $w.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    }
    destroy .t
    global winwm91done
    set winwm91done wait
    toplevel .t
} -body {
    pack [button .t.b -text "Show" -command {winwm91proc1 .tx}]
    bind .t.b <Map> {bind %W <Map> {}; after idle {winwm91click %W}}
    after 5000 {set winwm91done timeout}
    vwait winwm91done
    set winwm91done
} -cleanup {
    foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {

Changes to tests/wm.test.

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
    wm attributes . -to
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm attributes window ?-alpha ?double?? ?-transparentcolor ?color?? ?-disabled ?bool?? ?-fullscreen ?bool?? ?-toolwindow ?bool?? ?-topmost ?bool??"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.4 {usage} -constraints {unix notAqua} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type}
test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body {
    wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -modified, -notify, or -titlepath}


### wm client ###
test wm-client-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm client
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-client-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {







|







136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
    wm attributes . -to
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm attributes window ?-alpha ?double?? ?-transparentcolor ?color?? ?-disabled ?bool?? ?-fullscreen ?bool?? ?-toolwindow ?bool?? ?-topmost ?bool??"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.4 {usage} -constraints {unix notAqua} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type}
test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body {
    wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -fullscreen, -modified, -notify, -titlepath, -topmost, or -transparent}


### wm client ###
test wm-client-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm client
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-client-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap
} -result {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}

test wm-iconbitmap-2.1 {setting and reading values} -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
    wm iconbitmap .t hourglass
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
    wm iconbitmap .t {}
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]







|



|







733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.4 {usage} -constraints notAqua -returnCodes error -body {
    wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap
} -result {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}

test wm-iconbitmap-2.1 {setting and reading values} -constraints notAqua -setup {
    set result {}
} -body {
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
    wm iconbitmap .t hourglass
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
    wm iconbitmap .t {}
    lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246


1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
    wm resizable .t bad 0
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-1.5 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm resizable .t 1 bad
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}

test wm-resizable-2.1 {setting and reading values} {
    wm resizable .t 0 1
    set result [wm resizable .t]


    wm resizable .t 1 0
    lappend result [wm resizable .t]
    wm resizable .t 1 1
    lappend result [wm resizable .t]
} {0 1 {1 0} {1 1}}


### wm sizefrom ###
test wm-sizefrom-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm sizefrom
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-sizefrom-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {







|

>
>




|







1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
    wm resizable .t bad 0
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-1.5 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm resizable .t 1 bad
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}

test wm-resizable-2.1 {setting and reading values} {
    wm resizable .t 0 0
    set result [wm resizable .t]
    wm resizable .t 0 1
    lappend result [wm resizable .t]
    wm resizable .t 1 0
    lappend result [wm resizable .t]
    wm resizable .t 1 1
    lappend result [wm resizable .t]
} {0 0 {0 1} {1 0} {1 1}}


### wm sizefrom ###
test wm-sizefrom-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
    wm sizefrom
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-sizefrom-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {

Changes to unix/Makefile.in.

223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
INSTALL			= $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA		= ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR	= ${INSTALL} -d -m 755

# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.

SHLIB_CFLAGS		= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk

# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE		= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@








|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
INSTALL			= $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY		= ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA		= ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR	= ${INSTALL} -d -m 755

# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.ac for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.

SHLIB_CFLAGS		= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ -DBUILD_tk

# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE		= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

# Libraries to use when linking.  This definition is determined by the
# configure script.
LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@
WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@

# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.in for a description of what the
# symbols mean.  The values of the symbols are normally set by the
# configure script.  You shouldn't normally need to modify any of
# these definitions by hand.

STLIB_LD		= @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD		= @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS		= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@







|







262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

# Libraries to use when linking.  This definition is determined by the
# configure script.
LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@
WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@

# The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries.  See configure.ac for a description of what the
# symbols mean.  The values of the symbols are normally set by the
# configure script.  You shouldn't normally need to modify any of
# these definitions by hand.

STLIB_LD		= @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD		= @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS		= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
	tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o

CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \
	tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \
	tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o

IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \
	tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o

TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \
	tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o

# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft)
#
FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@







|







352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
	tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o

CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \
	tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \
	tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o

IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPNG.o tkImgPPM.o \
	tkImgPhoto.o tkImgPhInstance.o tkImgListFormat.o

TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \
	tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o

# either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft)
#
FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
	tkUnixFocus.o  $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXInit.o \
	tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \
	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o







|
|







390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
	tkUnixFocus.o  $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \
	tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \
	tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o

AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \
	tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \
	tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \
	tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXImage.o \
	tkMacOSXInit.o tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \
	tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \
	tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \
	tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \
	tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \
	xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \
	ttkMacOSXTheme.o
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c







|







446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhInstance.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \
	$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c
515
516
517
518
519
520
521

522
523
524
525
526
527
528
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \

	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \







>







515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \
	$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\







|







720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107



1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114

tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c

tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c




tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c

tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c

tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c







>
>
>







1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118

tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c

tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c

tkImgListFormat.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgListFormat.c

tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c

tkImgPNG.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPNG.c

tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274



1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281

tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c

tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c




tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
	    $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c

tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c








>
>
>







1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288

tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c

tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c

tkMacOSXImage.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXImage.c

tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
	    $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c

tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c

1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)







|







1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530



1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575

1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590

1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
#

DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME	 = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR	 = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
TCLDIR   = @TCL_SRC_DIR@



$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4
	cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@

dist:   $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs
	rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
	mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix
	cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in
	cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure.in
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
		       $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
		$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
	rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
		$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win

	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/makefile.* $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rules.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx

	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TCLDIR)/compat/unistd.h \
		$(TCLDIR)/compat/stdlib.h \
		$(DISTDIR)/compat
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
		$(DISTDIR)/library
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
	cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
		gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)

#







>
>
>
|







|

|
|
|
<
|




|
|






|
|
|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
<



>
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|



|

>
|
|
|


|
|


|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|


|


|


|


|












|


|


|
|

|
|
|

|
|







1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553

1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580

1581
1582
1583
1584
1585

1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
#

DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME	 = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR	 = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
TCLDIR   = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
DIST_INSTALL_DATA   = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644
DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755

$(UNIX_DIR)/configure: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4
	cd $(UNIX_DIR); autoconf
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure
	cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoheader; touch $@

dist: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure genstubs
	rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix

	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(TCLDIR)/unix/install-sh \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(DISTDIR)/unix
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
		       $$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
		$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
	rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
		$(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.ac \

		$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
		$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
		$(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win

	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcode
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
		$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
		$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Tk.xcodeproj
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/compat
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TCLDIR)/compat/unistd.h \
		$(TCLDIR)/compat/stdlib.h \
		$(DISTDIR)/compat
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
		$(DISTDIR)/library
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
		$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
		$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
	@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
		$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
	    fi; \
	done;)
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/doc
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
		$(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/tests
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,png,ppm,xbm} \
		$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk

alldist: dist
	rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
	cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
		gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)

#

Changes to unix/configure.

more than 10,000 changes

Added unix/configure.ac.





































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT([tk],[8.7])
AC_PREREQ(2.69)

dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
    AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H  -imacros tkConfig.h"])
    AH_TOP([
    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
    #define _TKCONFIG])
    AH_BOTTOM([
    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
fi

SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
if test $tk_ok = 0; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
	tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
    fi
fi

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS

SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_BIGENDIAN

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'

if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi

if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
    AC_MSG_WARN([
        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
        [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
#	special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
	tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
	AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
	     tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
	tk_ok=yes
    fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#       Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
#	terminating character under some conditions.  Check for this
#	and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
#	"fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_BUGGY_STRTOD

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
#	they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T

AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
	    none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])

#-------------------------------------------
#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
	    [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;],
	    tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
	    [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
	[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
	tk_aqua=yes
	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
		done
		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
		    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
		done])
	fi
	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
	    done
	fi
    fi
    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
		tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no)
	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #endif
		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
		], [rand();],
		tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
	fi
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
	    tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #endif
		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
		],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
		    [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
	fi
    fi
else
    tk_aqua=no
fi

if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
        AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
    fi
else
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    SC_PATH_X
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
#	find shared libraries:
#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
#	   add the X library location into that search path.
#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
#	   be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
  fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
#	require a couple of special tricks:
#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XOpenDisplay(0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
    ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
	    [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
	[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
    XFT_CFLAGS=""
    XFT_LIBS=""
    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
    else
	found_xft="yes"
	dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
	dnl says that xft is present.
	XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    found_xft=yes
	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	fi
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
	dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
	    ], [])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
	    fi
	    enable_xft=no
	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
	    XFT_LIBS=""
	else
            enable_xft=yes
	fi
    fi
    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
    else
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
    fi
    AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
    AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
    AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
	xkblib_header_found=yes
    ], [
	xkblib_header_found=no
    ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
	], [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
	])
    else
	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
    fi
    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    ], [
    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
	])
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
    xss_header_found=no
    xss_lib_found=no
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
	    [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
	[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
	AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
	    xss_header_found=yes
	],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
		xss_lib_found=yes
	    ], [
		AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
		    else
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
		    fi
		    xss_lib_found=yes
		],, -lXext)
	    ])
	])
    fi
    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"

# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"

if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi

TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'

# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
    AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi

if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
    AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
        unset n f v
    ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
        # override libdir default
        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
    fi
    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
    fi
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
    fi
    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
    eval libdir="$libdir"
    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    else
	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
	else
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	fi
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    fi
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
#       stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"

if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi

TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)

AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)

AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)

AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)

AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)

AC_CONFIG_FILES([
    Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
    tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
    tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:

Deleted unix/configure.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT([tk],[8.6])
AC_PREREQ(2.59)

dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
    AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H  -imacros tkConfig.h"])
    AH_TOP([
    #ifndef _TKCONFIG
    #define _TKCONFIG])
    AH_BOTTOM([
    /* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
     * include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".6"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6 ; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.6+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi

SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
if test $tk_ok = 0; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe.  If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
	tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no)
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
    fi
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_THREADS

# Add the threads support libraries
LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS

SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_BIGENDIAN

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='$(libdir)'

if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi

if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
    AC_MSG_WARN([
        Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
        [[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
#	that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
#	This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX.  Some
#	systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
#	other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
#	pernicious.  If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
#	special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
	tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes, tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no)])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
	AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
	     tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
    if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
	tk_ok=yes
    fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#       Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
#	terminating character under some conditions.  Check for this
#	and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
#	"fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_BUGGY_STRTOD

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
#	they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T

AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "long long" none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
    for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned long long" \
	    none; do
	if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
		    [[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
		[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
	    test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
    done])
    if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
	   type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
    fi
])

#-------------------------------------------
#     In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
	    [struct passwd pwd; pwd.pw_gecos;],
	    tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes, tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
	    [use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
	[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
    if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
	tk_aqua=yes
	if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
	if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
	    AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
	    tk_aqua=no
	fi
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
    if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
	if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
		done
		CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
		    tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no)
		for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		    eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
		done])
	fi
	# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
	# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
	if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
	    AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
	    for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
		eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
	    done
	fi
    fi
    if test $tk_aqua = no; then
	# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
		tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes, tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no)
	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
    if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_LINK([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
		    #endif
		    int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
		], [rand();],
		tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes, tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
	fi
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
	    tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
	    hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
		    #ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
		    #if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
		    #endif
		    #elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
		    #endif
		    #define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
		    #include <sys/cdefs.h>
		],,tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes, tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no)
	    CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
	if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
		    [Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
	fi
    fi
else
    tk_aqua=no
fi

if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
    AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
    LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
    if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
        AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
    fi
else
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    #	Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive.  Try
    #	the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
    #	(e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
    #	a list of possible directories.  Under some conditions the
    #	autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
    #	no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    SC_PATH_X
    TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
#	find shared libraries:
#	1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
#	   add the X library location into that search path.
#	2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
#	   search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
#	   directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
#	3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
#	   and the other for when the linker is invoked directly.  In
#	   the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
#	   be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
  if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
  fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
    LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for the existence of various libraries.  The order here
#	is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
#	command line generated by make.  The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
#	require a couple of special tricks:
#	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
#	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
#	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
#	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
#	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
#	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
#	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
#	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
#	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
#	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
#	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries.  The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined.  However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XOpenDisplay(0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
	XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
    ], AC_MSG_RESULT([no]))
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
	    [use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
	[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
    XFT_CFLAGS=""
    XFT_LIBS=""
    if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
    else
	found_xft="yes"
	dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
	dnl says that xft is present.
	XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    found_xft=yes
	    XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	    XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
	fi
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
	dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
		found_xft=no
	    ])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
	if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
	    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
	    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	    LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
		XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
	    ], [])
	    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
	    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
	fi
	dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
	if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
	    if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
	    fi
	    enable_xft=no
	    XFT_CFLAGS=""
	    XFT_LIBS=""
	else
            enable_xft=yes
	fi
    fi
    if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
    else
	UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
    fi
    AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
    AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
    AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
	xkblib_header_found=yes
    ], [
	xkblib_header_found=no
    ], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
    if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
	], [
	    xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
	])
    else
	xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
    fi
    if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated in X11 headers.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no && test "$GCC" = yes; then
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether XKeycodeToKeysym is deprecated])
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
    AC_TRY_LINK([
	#include <X11/Xlib.h>
    ], [
	XKeycodeToKeysym(0,0,0);
    ], [
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    ], [
    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	AC_DEFINE(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED, 1, [Is XKeycodeToKeysym deprecated?])
	])
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test $tk_aqua = no; then
    tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
    tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
    xss_header_found=no
    xss_lib_found=no
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
	    [use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
	[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
    if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
	AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
	    xss_header_found=yes
	],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
		xss_lib_found=yes
	    ], [
		AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
		    if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
			# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
			# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
		    else
			XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
		    fi
		    xss_lib_found=yes
		],, -lXext)
	    ])
	])
    fi
    if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
    fi
    CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
    LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	Figure out whether "char" is unsigned.  If so, set a
#	#define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#	The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
#	building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"

# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"

if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
    TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi

TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'

# Note:  in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..":  this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.

if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
    SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
    echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
    EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
    AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
    for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
    TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi

if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
    AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
    # Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
    # '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
    AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
        f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
        rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
        ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
        ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
        if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
        unset n f v
    ], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
    if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
        # override libdir default
        libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
    fi
    TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
    TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
    TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
    libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
    TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
    TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
    TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
    WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
    includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
    PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
    HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
    EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
    EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
	bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
	EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
    fi
    EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
    # Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
    # needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
    # can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
    # into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
    EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
    if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
        EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
    fi
    # libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
    eval libdir="$libdir"
    if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
	TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    else
	if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
	else
	    TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
	fi
	TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
    fi
    TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#       The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
#       stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"

if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
    TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi

TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)

AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)

AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)

AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)

AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)

AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)

AC_CONFIG_FILES([
    Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
    tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
    tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to unix/tcl.m4.

89
90
91
92
93
94
95

96
97


98
99
100
101
102
103
104
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \

			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \


			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi







>


>
>







89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

226
227


228
229
230
231
232
233
234
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \

			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \


			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi







>


>
>







222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.7 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
537
538
539
540
541
542
543

544
545
546
547
548
549
550
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi

])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
#
#	Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
#







>







543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
#
#	Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
#
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
		AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
	    fi
	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
	fi
    fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
#		--enable-threads
#
#	Sets the following vars:
#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_THREADS
#		_REENTRANT
#		_THREAD_SAFE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
	    [build with threads (default: on)]),
	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])

    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	tcl_threaded_core=1;
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	TCL_THREADS=1
	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
	    [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
	AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
	if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
		    [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
	fi
	AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	    # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
	    # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
	    # defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
	    # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
	    # exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	fi

	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    # The space is needed
	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
	else
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		# The space is needed
		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
	    else
		AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
		    AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
			# The space is needed
			THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
		    else
			TCL_THREADS=0
			AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
		    fi
		fi
	    fi
	fi

	# Does the pthread-implementation provide
	# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?

	ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
	LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
    fi
    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
	if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)])
	else
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
	fi
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
    fi

    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
#	can also be enabled.
#







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







594
595
596
597
598
599
600












































































































601
602
603
604
605
606
607
		AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
	    fi
	    FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
	fi
    fi
])













































































































#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
#	can also be enabled.
#
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
#	Defines the following vars:
#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
#				Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#		DBGX		Formerly used as debug library extension;
#				always blank now.
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
	    [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),







<







622
623
624
625
626
627
628

629
630
631
632
633
634
635
#	Defines the following vars:
#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
#				Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#		DBGX		Formerly used as debug library extension;
#				always blank now.

#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
	    [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
#	"uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
#	this doesn't work.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Defines the following var:
#
#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
	if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
	else
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
	    else
		# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
		# results, and the version is kept in special file).

		if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
		fi
		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    ])
    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version







|
<








<




|
|






<
<
<
<
<
<







786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793

794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801

802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813






814
815
816
817
818
819
820
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
#	Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
#	on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
#	"uname" command.

#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Defines the following var:
#
#	system -	System/platform/version identification code.

#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
    AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
	else
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
		AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
	    else






		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    ])
    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
#                       of a shared library (may request position-independent
#                       code, among other things).
#       SHLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
#                       into a shared library.
#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol is
#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
#                       SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
#                       as its value.
#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS







|


|
|







863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
#                       of a shared library (may request position-independent
#                       code, among other things).
#       SHLIB_LD -      Base command to use for combining object files
#                       into a shared library.
#       SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
#                       creating shared libraries.  This symbol typically
#                       goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
#                       shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to
#                       "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
#                       be specified when creating a shared library.  If
#                       dependent libraries should not be specified (as on some
#                       SunOS systems, where they cause the link to fail, or in
#                       general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
#                       libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
#                       as its value.
#       SHLIB_SUFFIX -  Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
#                       extensions.  An empty string means we don't know how
#                       to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    PLAT_OBJS=""
    PLAT_SRCS=""
    LDAIX_SRC=""
    AS_IF([test x"${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x], [SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"])
    case $system in
	AIX-*)
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
		case "${CC}" in
		    *_r|*_r\ *)
			# ok ...
			;;
		    *)
			# Make sure only first arg gets _r







|










|


|







982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    PLAT_OBJS=""
    PLAT_SRCS=""
    LDAIX_SRC=""
    AS_IF([test "x${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x], [SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"])
    case $system in
	AIX-*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" != "yes"], [
		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
		case "${CC}" in
		    *_r|*_r\ *)
			# ok ...
			;;
		    *)
			# Make sure only first arg gets _r
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*|MINGW32*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"







|







1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    PLAT_OBJS='${CYGWIN_OBJS}'
	    PLAT_SRCS='${CYGWIN_SRCS}'
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
		], [],
		ac_cv_cygwin=no,
		ac_cv_cygwin=yes)
	    )
	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
	    fi
	    if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads])
	    fi
	    do64bit_ok=yes
	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
		then :
		else







<
<
<







1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123



1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
		], [],
		ac_cv_cygwin=no,
		ac_cv_cygwin=yes)
	    )
	    if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
	    fi



	    do64bit_ok=yes
	    if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
		echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
		# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
		if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
		then :
		else
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	Haiku*)
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-lroot"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"])
	    ;;
	HP-UX-*.11.*)
	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])







|







1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	Haiku*)
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-lroot"
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"])
	    ;;
	HP-UX-*.11.*)
	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
	    AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?])
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413

	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
	    # get rid of the warnings.
	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"

	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])







|







1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300

	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
	    # get rid of the warnings.
	    #CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"

	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-02*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in
	    vax)
		# Equivalent using configure option --disable-load
		# Step 4 will set the necessary variables
		DL_OBJS=""
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
		LDFLAGS=""
		;;
	    *)
		case "$arch" in
		alpha|sparc|sparc64)
		    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		    ;;
		*)
		    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
		    ;;
		esac
		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
		DL_LIBS=""
		AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
		LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"
		;;
	    esac
	    case "$arch" in
	    vax)
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O1"
		;;
	    sh)
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O0"
		;;
	    *)
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
		;;
	    esac
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
		#		Don't link with -lpthread
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    ])
	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
<







|







<
|
|
|
|
<













<
|
|
|
|







1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332





















1333
1334
1335









1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351










1352



1353
1354
1355
1356

1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371

1372
1373
1374
1375

1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388

1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
	    LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    ;;





















	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in









	    alpha|sparc64)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		;;
	    *)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
		;;
	    esac
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"










	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"



	    # On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
	    #		Don't link with -lpthread
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"

	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}

	    # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"

	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])

	    # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
			AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
			    [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
		    ])
		])
	    ])
	    ;;
	NEXTSTEP-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OS/390-*)
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
	    ;;
	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-1.*)
	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [
	        SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-V*)
	    # Digital OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
		AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
		], [
		    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
		    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
		])
	    ])
	    ;;
	QNX-6*)
	    # QNX RTP
	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<







1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540










1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546

























1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563

1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571

1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
			AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
			    [Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
                        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
		    ])
		])
	    ])
	    ;;










	OS/390-*)
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""		# Optimizer is buggy
	    AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1,	# needed in sys/socket.h
		[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
	    ;;

























	OSF1-V*)
	    # Digital OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ], [
	        SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    ])
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa

	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
	    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
	    LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
	    ], [
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"

	    ])
	    ;;
	QNX-6*)
	    # QNX RTP
	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SINIX*5.4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SunOS-4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}

	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0

	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605





























1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;





























	SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
	    # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac])








|







1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac])

2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Defines some of the following vars:
#		NO_DIRENT_H
#		NO_VALUES_H
#		NO_STDLIB_H
#		NO_STRING_H
#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
#		NO_DLFCN_H
#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#
#		HAVE_STRING_H ?







<







1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931

1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Defines some of the following vars:
#		NO_DIRENT_H

#		NO_STDLIB_H
#		NO_STRING_H
#		NO_SYS_WAIT_H
#		NO_DLFCN_H
#		HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#
#		HAVE_STRING_H ?
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
closedir(d);
], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])

    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
    fi

    AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
    fi







<
<







1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968


1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
closedir(d);
], tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes, tcl_cv_dirent_h=no)])

    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
    fi



    AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
	AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
    fi
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
    case $system in
	OSF*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;
	SunOS-4*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;
	*)
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
	    ;;
    esac
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------







<
<
<
<







2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110




2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
    SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
    case $system in
	OSF*)
	    AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
	    ;;




	*)
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
	    ;;
    esac
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480







2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
#	-lnsl) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:







#
#	Might append to the following vars:
#		LIBS
#		MATH_LIBS
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")
    AC_CHECK_LIB(ieee, main, [MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"])

    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])







|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>














<
<



<







2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268


2269
2270
2271

2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
#	Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
#	Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
#	-lnsl) or thread library (-lpthread) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#
#	Sets the following vars:
#		THREADS_LIBS	Thread library(s)
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		_REENTRANT
#		_THREAD_SAFE
#
#	Might append to the following vars:
#		LIBS
#		MATH_LIBS
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541

















































2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])

















































])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
#	features are available.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
	AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
    fi
    AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
	    [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])

    AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
    AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
	# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
	# defined.  We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
	# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
	# exist, like AIX 4.2.  [Bug: 4359]
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
		tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	# The space is needed
	THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
    else
	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
	_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    # The space is needed
	    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
	else
	    AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
		    tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
		AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
			tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		    # The space is needed
		    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
		else
		    AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    fi

    # Does the pthread-implementation provide
    # 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?

    ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
    LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
    AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
    LIBS=$ac_saved_libs

    # TIP #509
    AC_CHECK_DECLS([PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE],tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no, [[#include <pthread.h>]])
])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
#	Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
#	features are available.
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638









2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
#	None
#
# Results:
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#		TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#		HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
#		HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
#		HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
	# See if we should use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
    else
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])

	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
		tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
	fi










	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
],
		tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])







|












|






|
|













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
#	None
#
# Results:
#
#	Might define the following vars:
#		TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#		TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#		HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, HAVE_DIR64
#		HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
#		HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
	tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
	# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
	AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;],
	    tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long")
	# See if we could use long anyway  Note that we substitute in the
	# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
	# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
        AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) {
            case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ;
        }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})])
    if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Do 'long' and 'long long' have the same size (64-bit)?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
    else
	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
	    [What type should be used to define wide integers?])
	AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])

	# Now check for auxiliary declarations
	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;],
		tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)])
	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
	fi

	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DIR64], tcl_cv_DIR64,[
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64(".");
            p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);],
		tcl_cv_DIR64=yes,tcl_cv_DIR64=no)])
	if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIR64, 1, [Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>?])
	fi

	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p;
],
		tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)])
	if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
#	Check for broken function.
#
# Arguments:
#	funcName - function to test for
#	advancedTest - the advanced test to run if the function is present
#
# Results:
#	Might cause compatability versions of the function to be used.
#	Might affect the following vars:
#		USE_COMPAT	(implicit)
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
    AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)







|







2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
#	Check for broken function.
#
# Arguments:
#	funcName - function to test for
#	advancedTest - the advanced test to run if the function is present
#
# Results:
#	Might cause compatibility versions of the function to be used.
#	Might affect the following vars:
#		USE_COMPAT	(implicit)
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
    AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135



























































































































3136
3137
3138
if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then
   AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1,
        [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends])
   AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553])
   AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy)
fi
])



























































































































# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
if test "x$NEED_FAKE_RFC2553" = "x1"; then
   AC_DEFINE([NEED_FAKE_RFC2553], 1,
        [Use compat implementation of getaddrinfo() and friends])
   AC_LIBOBJ([fake-rfc2553])
   AC_CHECK_FUNC(strlcpy)
fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CC_FOR_BUILD
#	For cross compiles, locate a C compiler that can generate native binaries.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		CC_FOR_BUILD
#		EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

dnl Get a default for CC_FOR_BUILD to put into Makefile.
AC_DEFUN([AX_CC_FOR_BUILD],[# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
    if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
      if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
        CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
      else
        AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gcc])
        AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_cc, [
            search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
            for dir in $search_path ; do
                for j in `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` \
                        `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` ; do
                    if test x"$ac_cv_path_cc" = x ; then
                        if test -f "$j" ; then
                            ac_cv_path_cc=$j
                            break
                        fi
                    fi
                done
            done
        ])
      fi
    fi
    AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)
    # Also set EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD.
    if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
      EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(EXEEXT)'
      OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(OBJEXT)'
    else
      OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='.no'
      AC_CACHE_CHECK([for build system executable suffix], bfd_cv_build_exeext,
        [rm -f conftest*
         echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
         bfd_cv_build_exeext=
         ${CC_FOR_BUILD} -o conftest conftest.c 1>&5 2>&5
         for file in conftest.*; do
           case $file in
           *.c | *.o | *.obj | *.ilk | *.pdb) ;;
           *) bfd_cv_build_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;;
           esac
         done
         rm -f conftest*
         test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" = x && bfd_cv_build_exeext=no])
      EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=""
      test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=${bfd_cv_build_exeext}
    fi
    AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
    AC_SUBST(OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
])


#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
#	Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		ZIP_PROG
#       ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS
#       ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH
#       ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [
    ZIP_PROG=""
    ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
    ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
    ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS=""

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zip])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [
    search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
    for dir in $search_path ; do
        for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \
            `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do
        if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then
            if test -f "$j" ; then
            ac_cv_path_zip=$j
            break
            fi
        fi
        done
    done
    ])
    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then
        ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip "
        AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG])
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
        AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment])
        # Use standard arguments for zip
    else
        # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located.
        # We can use the locally distributed minizip instead
        ZIP_PROG="../minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-o -r"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
        ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS="minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([No zip found on PATH. Building minizip])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS)
])

# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

Changes to unix/tk.spec.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.6.6
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= %version
Requires:      tcl >= %version

%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.  When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.  Tcl






|






|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tk
Summary:       Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version:       8.7a2
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= 8.6.0
Requires:      tcl >= 8.6.0

%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.  When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.  Tcl

Changes to unix/tkAppInit.c.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75



76
77
78
79
80
81
82
int
main(
    int argc,			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
    char **argv)		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);



#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*







>
>
>







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
int
main(
    int argc,			/* Number of command-line arguments. */
    char **argv)		/* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#elif (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 6)
    /* This doesn't work with Tcl 8.6 */
    TclZipfs_AppHook(&argc, &argv);
#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*

Changes to unix/tkConfig.h.in.

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS

/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT

/* Is this an optimized build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED

/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG

/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS

/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG

/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT

/* Are we building with threads enabled? */
#undef TCL_THREADS

/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG

/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */







<
<
<


















<
<
<







129
130
131
132
133
134
135



136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153



154
155
156
157
158
159
160

/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD




/* Is this a 64-bit build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT

/* Is this an optimized build? */
#undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED

/* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG

/* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */
#undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS

/* Is memory debugging enabled? */
#undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG

/* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */
#undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT




/* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG

/* What type should be used to define wide integers? */
#undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE

/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */

Changes to unix/tkUnixButton.c.

346
347
348
349
350
351
352









































353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode.
 *	The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */










































void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    int width = 0, height = 0, fullWidth, fullHeight;
    int textXOffset, textYOffset;
    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
    int offset;			/* 1 means this is a button widget, so we
				 * offset the text to make the button appear
				 * to move up and down as the relief
				 * changes. */
    int imageWidth, imageHeight;
    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
				/* image information that will be used to
				 * restrict disabled pixmap as well */

    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
















<
<
<
<







346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409




410
411
412
413
414
415
416
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode.
 *	The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ShiftByOffset(
    TkButton *butPtr,
    int relief,
    int *x,		/* shift this x coordinate */
    int *y,		/* shift this y coordinate */
    int width,		/* width of image/text */
    int height)		/* height of image/text */
{
    if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RAISED
	    && butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON
	    && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) {
	int shiftX;
	int shiftY;

	/*
	 * This is an (unraised) button widget, so we offset the text to make
	 * the button appear to move up and down as the relief changes.
	 */

	shiftX = shiftY = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) ? 2 : 1;

	if (relief != TK_RELIEF_RIDGE) {
	    /*
	     * Take back one pixel if the padding is even, otherwise the
	     * content will be displayed too far right/down.
	     */

	    if ((Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin) - width) % 2 == 0) {
		shiftX -= 1;
	    }
	    if ((Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin) - height) % 2 == 0) {
		shiftY -= 1;
	    }
	}

	*x += shiftX;
	*y += shiftY;
    }
}

void
TkpDisplayButton(
    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
{
    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
    GC gc;
    Tk_3DBorder border;
    Pixmap pixmap;
    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
				 * warning. */
    int y, relief;
    Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
    int width = 0, height = 0, fullWidth, fullHeight;
    int textXOffset, textYOffset;
    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;




    int imageWidth, imageHeight;
    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
				/* image information that will be used to
				 * restrict disabled pixmap as well */

    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
	if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
	} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
	    relief = butPtr->offRelief;
	}
    }

    offset = (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin);

    /*
     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a
     * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
     * This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has
     * been cleared.
     */








<
<







465
466
467
468
469
470
471


472
473
474
475
476
477
478
	if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
	} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
	    relief = butPtr->offRelief;
	}
    }



    /*
     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a
     * pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
     * This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has
     * been cleared.
     */

521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
	    break;
	}

	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);

	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

	x += offset;
	y += offset;
	if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
	    x -= offset;
	    y -= offset;
	} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
	    x += offset;
	    y += offset;
	}

	imageXOffset += x;
	imageYOffset += y;

	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed valid
	     * coordinates. [Bug 979239]







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563










564
565
566
567
568
569
570
	    break;
	}

	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);

	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);










	imageXOffset += x;
	imageYOffset += y;

	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed valid
	     * coordinates. [Bug 979239]
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
		butPtr->underline);
	y += fullHeight/2;
    } else {
	if (haveImage) {
	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

	    x += offset;
	    y += offset;
	    if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
		x -= offset;
		y -= offset;
	    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
		x += offset;
		y += offset;
	    }
	    imageXOffset += x;
	    imageYOffset += y;
	    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
		/*
		 * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed
		 * valid coordinates. [Bug 979239]
		 */







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621









622
623
624
625
626
627
628
		butPtr->underline);
	y += fullHeight/2;
    } else {
	if (haveImage) {
	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	    ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);









	    imageXOffset += x;
	    imageYOffset += y;
	    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
		/*
		 * Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed
		 * valid coordinates. [Bug 979239]
		 */
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
	    y += height/2;
	} else {
 	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
		    butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);

	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;

	    x += offset;
	    y += offset;
	    if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
		x -= offset;
		y -= offset;
	    } else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
		x += offset;
		y += offset;
	    }
	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout,
		    x, y, 0, -1);
	    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
		    butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline);
	    y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
	}
    }







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674









675
676
677
678
679
680
681
	    y += height/2;
	} else {
 	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
		    butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);

	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
	    ShiftByOffset(butPtr, relief, &x, &y, width, height);









	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout,
		    x, y, 0, -1);
	    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
		    butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline);
	    y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
	}
    }

Changes to unix/tkUnixCursor.c.

635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
void
TkpFreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
    TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr;

    XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
    Tk_FreeXId(unixCursorPtr->display, (XID) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78







<







635
636
637
638
639
640
641

642
643
644
645
646
647
648
void
TkpFreeCursor(
    TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
    TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr;

    XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);

}

/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78

Changes to unix/tkUnixDefault.h.

149
150
151
152
153
154
155


156
157
158
159
160
161
162
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"







>
>







149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
270
271
272
273
274
275
276

277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_INDICATOR
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */







>













|







272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"raised"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_INDICATOR
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

Changes to unix/tkUnixEmbed.c.

884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
	if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->wrapper);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {







|













|







884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
	if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
		    containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
	}
	if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else if (all) {
	    sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->wrapper);
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
	}
	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
	} else {

Changes to unix/tkUnixEvent.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40


41
42
43
44
45
46
47

static void		DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void		DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS


static void		OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkCreateXEventSource --







>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

static void		DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void		DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void		InstantiateIMCallback(Display *, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
static void		DestroyIMCallback(XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
static void		OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkCreateXEventSource --
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
    int event = 0;
    int error = 0;
    int major = 1;
    int minor = 0;
    int reason = 0;
    unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
    /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED) && defined(TCL_THREADS)
    static int xinited = 0;
    static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;

    if (!xinited) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
	if (!xinited) {
	    /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise  */







|







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    int event = 0;
    int error = 0;
    int major = 1;
    int minor = 0;
    int reason = 0;
    unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
    /* Disabled, until we have a better test. See [Bug 3613668] */
#if 0 && defined(XKEYCODETOKEYSYM_IS_DEPRECATED)
    static int xinited = 0;
    static Tcl_Mutex xinitMutex = NULL;

    if (!xinited) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&xinitMutex);
	if (!xinited) {
	    /* Necessary for threaded apps, of no consequence otherwise  */
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
188
    }
    dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    dispPtr->display = display;
    dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    OpenIM(dispPtr);


#endif
    Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
	    DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
    return dispPtr;
}

/*







>
>







177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
    }
    dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    dispPtr->display = display;
    dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    OpenIM(dispPtr);
    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
#endif
    Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
	    DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
    return dispPtr;
}

/*
659
660
661
662
663
664
665





























666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    /*
     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
     */

    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS






























/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OpenIM --
 *
 *	Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
    /*
     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
     */

    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS

static void
InstantiateIMCallback(
    Display      *display,
    XPointer     client_data,
    XPointer     call_data)
{
    TkDisplay    *dispPtr;

    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
    OpenIM(dispPtr);
    XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}

static void
DestroyIMCallback(
    XIM         im,
    XPointer    client_data,
    XPointer    call_data)
{
    TkDisplay   *dispPtr;

    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
    dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OpenIM --
 *
 *	Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

696
697
698
699











700
701
702
703
704
705
706
    XIMStyles *stylePtr;
    XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;

    if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
	return;
    }


    dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
	return;
    }












    if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
	    NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*







>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
    XIMStyles *stylePtr;
    XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;

    if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    /* Require X11R6 */
    {
	XIMCallback destroy_cb;

	destroy_cb.callback = DestroyIMCallback;
	destroy_cb.client_data = (XPointer) dispPtr;
	if (XSetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNDestroyCallback,
		&destroy_cb, NULL))
	    goto error;
    }

    if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
	    NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
740
741
742
743
744
745
746

747
748
749
750
751
752
753

    return;

error:
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
	dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;

    }
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */

void
TkpWarpPointer(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)







>







785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

    return;

error:
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
	dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
	++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    }
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */

void
TkpWarpPointer(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)

Changes to unix/tkUnixFont.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char *const encodingList[] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    int refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */







|
|














|

|




|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char encodingList[][10] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212"
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},







|







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static const EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446








447
448
449
450
451
452
453
				 * the conversion. */
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int result;
    static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;

    for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}
	src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	dst[0] = '\\';
	if ((ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
	    dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
	    dst += 2;
	} else if (ch < 256) {
	    dst[1] = 'x';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 4;
	} else {
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
	    dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 6;








	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}







<
|
|
|

















|

|







|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







402
403
404
405
406
407
408

409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
				 * the conversion. */
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;

    int ch, result;
    static const char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static const char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;

    for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}
	src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	dst[0] = '\\';
	if (((size_t) ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
	    dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
	    dst += 2;
	} else if (ch < 256) {
	    dst[1] = 'x';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 4;
	} else if (ch < 0x10000) {
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
	    dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 6;
	} else {
	    /* TODO we can do better here */
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = 'f';
	    dst[3] = 'f';
	    dst[4] = 'f';
	    dst[5] = 'd';
	    dst += 6;
	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}








|







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 4;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}

584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {







|







591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= 4;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    Tcl_UniChar c,		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    FontAttributes atts;
    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
				/* Pointer to subfont array in case







|







949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    FontAttributes atts;
    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
				/* Pointer to subfont array in case
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
				 * means return at least one character even if
				 * no characters fit. */
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    UnixFont *fontPtr;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
    int curX, curByte;

    /*
     * Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when
     * displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure
     * individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o
     * any "off-by-one-pixel" errors.
     */

    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];

    if (numBytes == 0) {
	curX = 0;
	curByte = 0;
    } else if (maxLength < 0) {
	const char *p, *end, *next;
	Tcl_UniChar ch;
	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	Tcl_DString runString;

	/*
	 * A three step process:
	 * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
	 *    represented by a single screen font.
	 * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
	 * 3. Measure converted chars.
	 */

	curX = 0;
	end = source + numBytes;
	for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	    if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			p - source, &runString);
		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
		    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,







|

















<















|







1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037

1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
				 * means return at least one character even if
				 * no characters fit. */
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    UnixFont *fontPtr;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
    int curX, curByte, ch;

    /*
     * Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when
     * displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure
     * individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o
     * any "off-by-one-pixel" errors.
     */

    fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];

    if (numBytes == 0) {
	curX = 0;
	curByte = 0;
    } else if (maxLength < 0) {
	const char *p, *end, *next;

	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	Tcl_DString runString;

	/*
	 * A three step process:
	 * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
	 *    represented by a single screen font.
	 * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
	 * 3. Measure converted chars.
	 */

	curX = 0;
	end = source + numBytes;
	for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	    if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			p - source, &runString);
		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
		    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	curByte = numBytes;
    } else {
	const char *p, *end, *next, *term;
	int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote;
	Tcl_UniChar ch;
	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	XChar2b buf[8];

	/*
	 * How many chars will fit in the space allotted? This first version
	 * may be inefficient because it measures every character
	 * individually.
	 */

	next = source + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(source, &ch);
	newX = curX = termX = 0;

	term = source;
	end = source + numBytes;

	sawNonSpace = (ch > 255) || !isspace(ch);
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;







<









|







1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090

1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
	}
	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	curByte = numBytes;
    } else {
	const char *p, *end, *next, *term;
	int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote;

	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	XChar2b buf[8];

	/*
	 * How many chars will fit in the space allotted? This first version
	 * may be inefficient because it measures every character
	 * individually.
	 */

	next = source + TkUtfToUniChar(source, &ch);
	newX = curX = termX = 0;

	term = source;
	end = source + numBytes;

	sawNonSpace = (ch > 255) || !isspace(ch);
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
	    p = next;
	    if (p >= end) {
		term = end;
		termX = curX;
		break;
	    }

	    next += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(next, &ch);
	    if ((ch < 256) && isspace(ch)) {
		if (sawNonSpace) {
		    term = p;
		    termX = curX;
		    sawNonSpace = 0;
		}
	    } else {







|







1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
	    p = next;
	    if (p >= end) {
		term = end;
		termX = curX;
		break;
	    }

	    next += TkUtfToUniChar(next, &ch);
	    if ((ch < 256) && isspace(ch)) {
		if (sawNonSpace) {
		    term = p;
		    termX = curX;
		    sawNonSpace = 0;
		}
	    } else {
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
	    /*
	     * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the
	     * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that
	     * extra character.
	     */

	    curX = newX;
	    p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	}
	if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (term == source) && (p < end)) {
	    term = p;
	    termX = curX;
	    if (term == source) {
		term += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(term, &ch);
		termX = newX;
	    }
	} else if ((p >= end) || !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    term = p;
	    termX = curX;
	}








|





|







1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
	    /*
	     * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the
	     * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that
	     * extra character.
	     */

	    curX = newX;
	    p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	}
	if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (term == source) && (p < end)) {
	    term = p;
	    termX = curX;
	    if (term == source) {
		term += TkUtfToUniChar(term, &ch);
		termX = newX;
	    }
	} else if ((p >= end) || !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    term = p;
	    termX = curX;
	}

1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
    int rx, ry;
    unsigned width, height, border_width, depth;
    Drawable root;
#endif








|
<







1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width, ch;

    FontFamily *familyPtr;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
    int rx, ry;
    unsigned width, height, border_width, depth;
    Drawable root;
#endif

1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
    window_width = 32768;
#endif

    end = source + numBytes;
    needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
    for (p = source; p <= end; ) {
	if (p < end) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	} else {
	    next = p + 1;
	    thisSubFontPtr = lastSubFontPtr;
	}
	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr)
		|| (p == end) || (p-source > 200)) {







|







1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
    window_width = 32768;
#endif

    end = source + numBytes;
    needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
    for (p = source; p <= end; ) {
	if (p < end) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	} else {
	    next = p + 1;
	    thisSubFontPtr = lastSubFontPtr;
	}
	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr)
		|| (p == end) || (p-source > 200)) {
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408


1409
1410

1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{


    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/


    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x, y);
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateClosestFont --
 *







>
>


>

|







1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{
    int widthUntilStart;

    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/

    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateClosestFont --
 *
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
	int scalable;
	unsigned score;

	if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
	    continue;
	}
	IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got);
	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0);
	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
	}
	if (score == 0) {
	    break;







|







1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
	int scalable;
	unsigned score;

	if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
	    continue;
	}
	IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got);
	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0);
	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
	}
	if (score == 0) {
	    break;
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
    fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
    fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent;
    fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent;
    fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
    fmPtr->fixed = fixed;

    fontPtr->display = display;
    fontPtr->pixelSize = TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fa.fa.size);
    fontPtr->xa = fa.xa;

    fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1;
    fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts;
    InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]);

    fontPtr->controlSubFont = fontPtr->subFontArray[0];







|







1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
    fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
    fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent;
    fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent;
    fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
    fmPtr->fixed = fixed;

    fontPtr->display = display;
    fontPtr->pixelSize = (int)(TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fa.fa.size) + 0.5);
    fontPtr->xa = fa.xa;

    fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1;
    fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts;
    InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]);

    fontPtr->controlSubFont = fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840

1841

1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, GetEncodingAlias(fa.xa.charset));

    familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
    for (; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
	if ((familyPtr->faceName == fa.fa.family)
		&& (familyPtr->foundry == fa.xa.foundry)
		&& (familyPtr->encoding == encoding)) {

	    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);

	    familyPtr->refCount++;
	    return familyPtr;
	}
    }

    familyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
    memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));







>
|
>







1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, GetEncodingAlias(fa.xa.charset));

    familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
    for (; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
	if ((familyPtr->faceName == fa.fa.family)
		&& (familyPtr->foundry == fa.xa.foundry)
		&& (familyPtr->encoding == encoding)) {
	    if (encoding) {
		Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
	    }
	    familyPtr->refCount++;
	    return familyPtr;
	}
    }

    familyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
    memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914

1915

1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    familyPtr->refCount--;
    if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);

    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
	}
    }

    /*







<
|


>
|
>







1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919

1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    if (familyPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }
    if (familyPtr->encoding) {
	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
    }
    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
	}
    }

    /*
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    char buf[16], src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
    int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    XCharStruct *widths;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));







|







2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    char buf[16], src[6];
    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
    int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    XCharStruct *widths;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
	}
    }

    end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
    for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
	int hi, lo;

	if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src),
		TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (isTwoByteFont) {
	    hi = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0];
	    lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[1];







|







2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
	}
    }

    end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
    for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
	int hi, lo;

	if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, TkUniCharToUtf(i, src),
		TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
	    continue;
	}
	if (isTwoByteFont) {
	    hi = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0];
	    lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[1];
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
{
    int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
    Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
    unsigned bestScore[2];
    char **nameList;
    char **nameListOrig;
    char src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
    FontAttributes want, got;
    Display *display;
    SubFont subFont;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
    Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;








|







2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
{
    int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
    Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
    unsigned bestScore[2];
    char **nameList;
    char **nameListOrig;
    char src[6];
    FontAttributes want, got;
    Display *display;
    SubFont subFont;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
    Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;

2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
    display = fontPtr->display;
    nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames);
    if (numNames == 0) {
	return NULL;
    }
    nameListOrig = nameList;

    srcLen = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, src);

    want.fa = fontPtr->font.fa;
    want.xa = fontPtr->xa;

    want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid(faceName);
    want.fa.size = -fontPtr->pixelSize;

    hateFoundry = NULL;
    hateCharset = NULL;
    numEncodings = 0;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dsEncodings);

    charset = NULL;	/* lint, since numNames must be > 0 to get here. */







|





|







2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
    display = fontPtr->display;
    nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames);
    if (numNames == 0) {
	return NULL;
    }
    nameListOrig = nameList;

    srcLen = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, src);

    want.fa = fontPtr->font.fa;
    want.xa = fontPtr->xa;

    want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid(faceName);
    want.fa.size = (double)-fontPtr->pixelSize;

    hateFoundry = NULL;
    hateCharset = NULL;
    numEncodings = 0;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&dsEncodings);

    charset = NULL;	/* lint, since numNames must be > 0 to get here. */
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
	    goto crossout;
	}

	/*
	 * D. Rank each name and pick the best match.
	 */

	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0);
	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
	}
	if (score == 0) {
	    break;







|







2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
	    goto crossout;
	}

	/*
	 * D. Rank each name and pick the best match.
	 */

	scalable = (got.fa.size == 0.0);
	score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
	if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
	    bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
	    bestScore[scalable] = score;
	}
	if (score == 0) {
	    break;
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
    if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) {
	penalty += 10;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) {
	penalty += 1000;
    }

    if (gotPtr->fa.size == 0) {
	/*
	 * A scalable font is almost always acceptable, but the corresponding
	 * bitmapped font would be better.
	 */

	penalty += 10;
    } else {
	int diff;

	/*
	 * It's worse to be too large than to be too small.
	 */

	diff = (-gotPtr->fa.size - -wantPtr->fa.size);
	if (diff > 0) {
	    penalty += 600;
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += 150 * diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	int i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}







|













|






|


|







|







2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
    if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) {
	penalty += 10;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) {
	penalty += 1000;
    }

    if (gotPtr->fa.size == 0.0) {
	/*
	 * A scalable font is almost always acceptable, but the corresponding
	 * bitmapped font would be better.
	 */

	penalty += 10;
    } else {
	int diff;

	/*
	 * It's worse to be too large than to be too small.
	 */

	diff = (int) (150 * (-gotPtr->fa.size - -wantPtr->fa.size));
	if (diff > 0) {
	    penalty += 600;
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	size_t i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(encodingList)/sizeof(encodingList[0]); i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
	}
	rest = str;
	for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
	    rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
	}
	*str = '\0';
	sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
		-wantPtr->fa.size, rest);
	*str = '-';
	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, buf);
	bestScore[1] = INT_MAX;
    }
    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]);
	if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {







|







2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
	}
	rest = str;
	for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
	    rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
	}
	*str = '\0';
	sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
		(int)(-wantPtr->fa.size+0.5), rest);
	*str = '-';
	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, buf);
	bestScore[1] = INT_MAX;
    }
    if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
	fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]);
	if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }







|







3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    const EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }

Changes to unix/tkUnixKey.c.

106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126











127
128
129
130
131
132
133

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    int len;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }












#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
	    && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) {
	Status status;








|










|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

const char *
TkpGetString(
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
    size_t len;
    Tcl_DString buf;
    TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;

    /*
     * If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
     */

    if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
	memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
		kePtr->charValueLen+1);
	return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Only do this for KeyPress events, otherwise
     * further Xlib function behavior might be undefined.
     */

    if (eventPtr->type != KeyPress) {
	len = 0;
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
	goto done;
    }

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
	    && (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
	    && (eventPtr->type == KeyPress)) {
	Status status;

213
214
215
216
217
218
219

220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

    /*
     * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */


    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*
 * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
 * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
 * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
 */

void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keySym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    int state;
    KeyCode keycode;

    if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
	keycode = 0;
    } else {
	keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(dispPtr->display, keySym);
    }







>


|
















|







224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258

    /*
     * Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
     * function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
     * from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
     */

done:
    kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc(len + 1);
    kePtr->charValueLen = len;
    memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), len + 1);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

/*
 * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
 * modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
 * into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
 */

void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    KeySym keySym,
    XEvent *eventPtr)
{
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    int state, mincode, maxcode;
    KeyCode keycode;

    if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
	keycode = 0;
    } else {
	keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(dispPtr->display, keySym);
    }
254
255
256
257
258
259
260















261
262
263
264
265
266
267
		if (state & 2) {
		    eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask;
		}
		break;
	    }
	}
    }















    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetKeySym --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
		if (state & 2) {
		    eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask;
		}
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Filter keycodes out of range, otherwise further Xlib function
     * behavior might be undefined, in particular XIM could cause crashes.
     */

    mincode = 0;
    maxcode = -1;
    XDisplayKeycodes(dispPtr->display, &mincode, &maxcode);
    if (keycode < mincode) {
	keycode = mincode;
    } else if (keycode > maxcode) {
	keycode = maxcode;
    }

    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetKeySym --

Changes to unix/tkUnixMenu.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 * tkUnixMenu.c --
 *
 *	This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "default.h"
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"

/*
 * Constants used for menu drawing.
 */

#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH	2
#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT	2











|
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 * tkUnixMenu.c --
 *
 *	This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "default.h"

/*
 * Constants used for menu drawing.
 */

#define MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH	2
#define MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT	2
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
 * Procedures used internally.
 */

static void		SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void		DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y,
			    int width, int height, int drawArrow);
static void		DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
			    int x, int y, int width, int heigth);
static void		DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
			    Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor,







|
|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
 * Procedures used internally.
 */

static void		SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void		DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
			    int x, int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow);
static void		DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
			    int x, int y, int width, int heigth);
static void		DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
			    Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor,
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
    	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
	}

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);







|

<







439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447

448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief);
	}

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
    GC gc,			/* The precalculated gc to draw with */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border for an active item */

    int x,			/* Left coordinate of entry rect */
    int y,			/* Top coordinate of entry rect */
    int width,			/* Width of entry */
    int height,			/* Height of entry */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw arrow. */
{
    XPoint points[3];







>







476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
    GC gc,			/* The precalculated gc to draw with */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border for an active item */
    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,	/* The background border */
    int x,			/* Left coordinate of entry rect */
    int y,			/* Top coordinate of entry rect */
    int width,			/* Width of entry */
    int height,			/* Height of entry */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw arrow. */
{
    XPoint points[3];
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513

514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
    	points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth
		- CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
    	points[0].y = y + (height - CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT)/2;
    	points[1].x = points[0].x;
    	points[1].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT;
    	points[2].x = points[0].x + CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
    	points[2].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT/2;
    	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, activeBorder, points, 3,

		DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH,
	    	(menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr)
	    	? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    } else if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
	const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
	int left = x + mePtr->labelWidth + activeBorderWidth
		+ mePtr->indicatorSpace;








|
>
|







506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
    	points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth
		- CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
    	points[0].y = y + (height - CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT)/2;
    	points[1].x = points[0].x;
    	points[1].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT;
    	points[2].x = points[0].x + CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
    	points[2].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT/2;
    	Tk_Fill3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d,
		(mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) ? activeBorder : bgBorder,
		points, 3, DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH,
	    	(menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr)
	    	? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    } else if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
	const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
	int left = x + mePtr->labelWidth + activeBorderWidth
		+ mePtr->indicatorSpace;

634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648

    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].x = width - 1;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
    Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
	    TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}

/*







|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649

    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].x = x + width - 1;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
    Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
	    TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}

/*
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    segmentWidth = 6;
    maxX = width - 1;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);

    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
	    points[1].x = maxX;
	}







|







1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    segmentWidth = 6;
    maxX = x + width - 1;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);

    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
	    points[1].x = maxX;
	}
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items. Only applies to
				 * Windows. */
{
    GC gc, indicatorGC;
    XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;







|
<







1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330

1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawArrow)		/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items. */

{
    GC gc, indicatorGC;
    XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438

1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
    } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
		width, adjustedHeight);
    } else {
	DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
		width, adjustedHeight);
	DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
		activeBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, drawArrow);

	if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
	    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
		bgBorder = activeBorder;
	    }
	    DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, bgBorder, indicatorColor,
		    disableColor, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width,
		    adjustedHeight);







|
>







1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
    } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
	DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
		width, adjustedHeight);
    } else {
	DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
		width, adjustedHeight);
	DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
		activeBorder, bgBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight,
		drawArrow);
	if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
	    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
		bgBorder = activeBorder;
	    }
	    DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, bgBorder, indicatorColor,
		    disableColor, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width,
		    adjustedHeight);
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + 2 * borderWidth;

    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */







|







1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;

    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
     */

Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    static Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
	{ 0,0 }
    };

    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}








|







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    static const Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
	{ 0,0 }
    };

    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}

166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179



180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
static void
GetTkFontAttributes(
    XftFont *ftFont,
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
    const char *family = "Unknown";
    const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
    int weight, slant, size, pxsize;
    double ptsize;

    (void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
    if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0,
	    &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
	size = (int) ptsize;



    } else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
	    &pxsize) == XftResultMatch) {
	size = -pxsize;
    } else {
	size = 12;
    }
    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0,
	    &weight) != XftResultMatch) {
	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
    }
    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0,
	    &slant) != XftResultMatch) {
	slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
    }

#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
    printf("family %s size %d weight %d slant %d\n",
	    family, size, weight, slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family);
    faPtr->size = size;
    faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline = 0;







|
|




|
>
>
>


|

|












|







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
static void
GetTkFontAttributes(
    XftFont *ftFont,
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
    const char *family = "Unknown";
    const char *const *familyPtr = &family;
    int weight, slant, pxsize;
    double size, ptsize;

    (void) XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
    if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0,
	    &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
	size = ptsize;
    } else if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
	    &ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
	size = -ptsize;
    } else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
	    &pxsize) == XftResultMatch) {
	size = (double)-pxsize;
    } else {
	size = 12.0;
    }
    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0,
	    &weight) != XftResultMatch) {
	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
    }
    if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0,
	    &slant) != XftResultMatch) {
	slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
    }

#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
    printf("family %s size %d weight %d slant %d\n",
	    family, (int)size, weight, slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family);
    faPtr->size = size;
    faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline = 0;
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    printf("TkpGetFontFromAttributes %s-%d %d %d\n", faPtr->family,
	    faPtr->size, faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
    pattern = XftPatternCreate();
    if (faPtr->family) {
	XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family);
    }
    if (faPtr->size > 0) {
	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, (double)faPtr->size);
    } else if (faPtr->size < 0) {
	XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, -faPtr->size);
    } else {
	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0);
    }
    switch (faPtr->weight) {
    case TK_FW_NORMAL:
    default:
	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;







|
|
|
|







440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
    printf("TkpGetFontFromAttributes %s-%d %d %d\n", faPtr->family,
	    faPtr->size, faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
    pattern = XftPatternCreate();
    if (faPtr->family) {
	XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family);
    }
    if (faPtr->size > 0.0) {
	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, faPtr->size);
    } else if (faPtr->size < 0.0) {
	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size));
    } else {
	XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0);
    }
    switch (faPtr->weight) {
    case TK_FW_NORMAL:
    default:
	weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    Tcl_UniChar c,		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
				/* UCS-4 character to map */
    XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);







|







614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
				/* UCS-4 character to map */
    XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4, 0.0);
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
    int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    curX = 0;
    curByte = 0;
    sawNonSpace = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	Tcl_UniChar unichar;

	clen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
	c = (FcChar32) unichar;

	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This can't happen (but see #1185640)
	     */








|

|







667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
    int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    curX = 0;
    curByte = 0;
    sawNonSpace = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	int unichar;

	clen = TkUtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
	c = (FcChar32) unichar;

	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This can't happen (but see #1185640)
	     */

704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711









712
713

714
715
716
717
718
719
720
	newX = curX + extents.xOff;
	newByte = curByte + clen;
	if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) {
	    if (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ||
		    (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE && curByte == 0)) {
		curX = newX;
		curByte = newByte;
	    } else if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS && termX != 0) {









		curX = termX;
		curByte = termByte;

	    }
	    break;
	}

	curX = newX;
	curByte = newByte;
    }







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>







707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
	newX = curX + extents.xOff;
	newByte = curByte + clen;
	if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) {
	    if (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ||
		    (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE && curByte == 0)) {
		curX = newX;
		curByte = newByte;
	    } else if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
		if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (termX == 0)) {
		    /*
		     * No space was seen before reaching the right
		     * of the allotted maxLength space, i.e. no word
		     * boundary. Return the string that fills the
		     * allotted space, without overfill.
		     * curX and curByte are already the right ones:
		     */
		} else {
		    curX = termX;
		    curByte = termByte;
		}
	    }
	    break;
	}

	curX = newX;
	curByte = newByte;
    }
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    int i, last = -1, last2 = -1;
    XColor xcolor;

    for (i = fontPtr->firstColor;
	 i >= 0; last2 = last, last = i, i = fontPtr->colors[i].next) {

	if (pixel == fontPtr->colors[i].color.pixel) {
	    /* 
	     * Color found in cache.  Move it to the front of the list and return it.
	     */
	    if (last >= 0) {
		fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->colors[i].next;
		fontPtr->colors[i].next = fontPtr->firstColor;
		fontPtr->firstColor = i;
	    }







|







787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
    int i, last = -1, last2 = -1;
    XColor xcolor;

    for (i = fontPtr->firstColor;
	 i >= 0; last2 = last, last = i, i = fontPtr->colors[i].next) {

	if (pixel == fontPtr->colors[i].color.pixel) {
	    /*
	     * Color found in cache.  Move it to the front of the list and return it.
	     */
	    if (last >= 0) {
		fontPtr->colors[last].next = fontPtr->colors[i].next;
		fontPtr->colors[i].next = fontPtr->firstColor;
		fontPtr->firstColor = i;
	    }
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
     */

    if (fontPtr->ncolors < MAX_CACHED_COLORS) {
	last2 = -1;
	last = fontPtr->ncolors++;
    }

    /* 
     * Translate the pixel value to a color.  Needs a server round-trip.
     */
    xcolor.pixel = pixel;
    XQueryColor(display, DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen), &xcolor);

    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.red = xcolor.red;
    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.green = xcolor.green;







|







811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
     */

    if (fontPtr->ncolors < MAX_CACHED_COLORS) {
	last2 = -1;
	last = fontPtr->ncolors++;
    }

    /*
     * Translate the pixel value to a color.  Needs a server round-trip.
     */
    xcolor.pixel = pixel;
    XQueryColor(display, DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen), &xcolor);

    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.red = xcolor.red;
    fontPtr->colors[last].color.color.green = xcolor.green;
843
844
845
846
847
848
849

850
851
852
853
854
855
856
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */

    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)







>







856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
{
    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
    const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902



903




904

905
906
907
908
909



910
911
912
913
914
915
916
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && y <= maxCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont) {
	    specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
	    specs[nspec].x = x;
	    specs[nspec].y = y;
	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
	    x += metrics.xOff;



	    y += metrics.yOff;




	    nspec++;

	    if (nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			specs, nspec);
		nspec = 0;
	    }



	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }

  doUnderlineStrikeout:







|
















<

<
<


|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909

910


911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont) {

	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);


	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);

	    /*
	     * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
	     */

	    if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
		x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
		y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
		specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
		specs[nspec].x = x;
		specs[nspec].y = y;
		if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		    XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			    specs, nspec);
		    nspec = 0;
		}
	    }
	    x += metrics.xOff;
	    y += metrics.yOff;
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }

  doUnderlineStrikeout:
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)		/* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
    const int minCoord = -1000;	/* Should be good enough... */
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int xStart = x, yStart = y;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
#ifdef XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT







|







987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
				 * regular printing characters. */
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)		/* What angle to put text at, in degrees. */
{
    const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
    const int minCoord = -maxCoord-1;
    UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
    XGCValues values;
    XftColor *xftcolor;
    int xStart = x, yStart = y;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
            Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
#ifdef XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }

    nglyph = 0;
    currentFtFont = NULL;
    originX = originY = 0;		/* lint */

    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && x >= minCoord && y <= maxCoord
	    && y >= minCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.







|
<







1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033

1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }

    nglyph = 0;
    currentFtFont = NULL;
    originX = originY = 0;		/* lint */

    while (numBytes > 0) {

	XftFont *ftFont;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
























1041
1042
1043

1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057










1058
1059

1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
		/*
		 * We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to
		 * perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing.
		 * If only the current Xft implementation could make use of
		 * this information... but we'll be ready when it does!
		 */

























		XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
			originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
	    }

	    originX = ROUND16(x);
	    originY = ROUND16(y);
	    if (nglyph) {
		XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
			nglyph, &metrics);
		nglyph = 0;
		x += metrics.xOff;
		y += metrics.yOff;
	    }
	    currentFtFont = ftFont;
	}
	glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
    }
    if (nglyph) {










	XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
		originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);

    }
#else /* !XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
    int clen, nspec;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>


<
<
<
<
<
<
<





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>







1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091







1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
		/*
		 * We pass multiple glyphs at once to enable the code to
		 * perform better rendering of sub-pixel inter-glyph spacing.
		 * If only the current Xft implementation could make use of
		 * this information... but we'll be ready when it does!
		 */

		XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
			nglyph, &metrics);
		/*
		 * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
		 */

		if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
		    x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
		    y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {

		    /*
		     * NOTE:
		     * The whole algorithm has a design problem, the choice of
		     * NUM_SPEC is arbitrary, and so the inter-glyph spacing could
		     * look arbitrary. This algorithm has to draw the whole string
		     * at once (or whole blocks with same font), this requires a
		     * dynamic 'glyphs' array. In case of overflow the array has to
		     * be divided until the maximal string will fit. (GC)
                     * Given the resolution of current displays though, this should
                     * not be a huge issue since NUM_SPEC is 1024 and thus able to
                     * cover about 6000 pixels for a 6 pixel wide font (which is
                     * a very small barely readable font)
		     */

		    XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
			    originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
		}
	    }
	    originX = ROUND16(x);
	    originY = ROUND16(y);







	    currentFtFont = ftFont;
	}
	glyphs[nglyph++] = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
    }
    if (nglyph) {
	XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, currentFtFont, glyphs,
		nglyph, &metrics);

	/*
	 * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
	 */

	if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
	    x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
	    y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
	    XftDrawGlyphs(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, currentFtFont,
		    originX, originY, glyphs, nglyph);
	}
    }
#else /* !XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */
    int clen, nspec;
    XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
    XGlyphInfo metrics;
    double sinA = sin(angle * PI/180.0), cosA = cos(angle * PI/180.0);

1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112



1113



1114


1115
1116
1117
1118
1119



1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && x >= minCoord
	    && y <= maxCoord && y >= minCoord) {
	XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
	ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont && ft0Font) {
	    specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
	    specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
	    specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);
	    x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;



	    y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;



	    nspec++;


	    if (nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			specs, nspec);
		nspec = 0;
	    }



	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }
#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */








|
<

















<

<
<


|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137

1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154

1155


1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
    }
    XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
    xftcolor = LookUpColor(display, fontPtr, values.foreground);
    if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
	XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
    }
    nspec = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {

	XftFont *ftFont, *ft0Font;
	FcChar32 c;

	clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This should not happen, but it can.
	     */

	    goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
	}
	source += clen;
	numBytes -= clen;

	ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c, angle);
	ft0Font = GetFont(fontPtr, c, 0.0);
	if (ftFont && ft0Font) {

	    specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);


	    XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ft0Font, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
		    &metrics);

	    /*
	     * Draw glyph only when it fits entirely into 16 bit coords.
	     */

	    if (x >= minCoord && y >= minCoord &&
		x <= maxCoord - metrics.width &&
		y <= maxCoord - metrics.height) {
		specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
		specs[nspec].x = ROUND16(x);
		specs[nspec].y = ROUND16(y);
		if (++nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
		    XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor,
			    specs, nspec);
		    nspec = 0;
		}
	    }
	    x += metrics.xOff*cosA + metrics.yOff*sinA;
	    y += metrics.yOff*cosA - metrics.xOff*sinA;
	}
    }
    if (nspec) {
	XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, xftcolor, specs, nspec);
    }
#endif /* XFT_HAS_FIXED_ROTATED_PLACEMENT */

Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15




16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"





/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,







>
>
>
>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif

/*
 * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
 */

static void		DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
			    Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void		DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270


271
272
273
274
275
276
277
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);


    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */







|
>
>







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
    register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
    int y, width, length;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */
348
349
350
351
352
353
354

355


356
357
358
359
360
361
362
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);

	    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);


	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		 tickValue += tickInterval) {







>
|
>
>







354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
	     * Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
	     * that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
	     * fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
	     */

	    ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
		    / tickInterval);
            if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                    scalePtr->fromValue) < 0) {
                valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
            }
	    maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
		    / (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
	    if (ticks > maxTicks) {
		tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
	    }
	    for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
		 tickValue += tickInterval) {
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487


488
489
490
491
492
493
494
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);


    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */







|
>
>







489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    int x, y, length, width;
    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
    Tk_FontMetrics fm;

    x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
    Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
    y = top + fm.ascent;
    if (snprintf(valueString, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format, value) < 0) {
        valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
    }
    length = (int) strlen(valueString);
    width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);

    /*
     * Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
     * the window.
     */
547
548
549
550
551
552
553

554


555
556
557
558
559
560
561
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);

	sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);


	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {







>
|
>
>







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
    /*
     * Invoke the scale's command if needed.
     */

    Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
    if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
	Tcl_Preserve(interp);
        if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
                scalePtr->value) < 0) {
            string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
        }
	Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, scalePtr->command, -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, " ", -1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, string, -1);
	result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), -1, 0);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {

Changes to unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c.

285
286
287
288
289
290
291





292
293
294
295
296
297
298

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)
	    : Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);





    scrollPtr->arrowLength = width - 2*scrollPtr->inset + 1;
    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
	    : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
	    - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
	fieldLength = 0;
    }







>
>
>
>
>







285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303

    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
    }
    scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
    width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)
	    : Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);

    /*
     * Next line assumes that the arrow area is a square.
     */

    scrollPtr->arrowLength = width - 2*scrollPtr->inset + 1;
    fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
	    : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
	    - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
    if (fieldLength < 0) {
	fieldLength = 0;
    }

Changes to unix/tkUnixSelect.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.







|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.
161
162
163
164
165
166
167







168
169
170
171
172
173
174
    retr.result = -1;
    retr.idleTime = 0;
    retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START;
    retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf);
    pendingRetrievals = &retr;








    /*
     * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime
     * for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X
     * events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and
     * could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this
     * happens, the request will be rejected.
     */







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
    retr.result = -1;
    retr.idleTime = 0;
    retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START;
    retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals;
    Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf);
    pendingRetrievals = &retr;

    /*
     * Delete the property to indicate that no parameters are supplied for
     * the conversion request.
     */

    XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, retr.winPtr->window, retr.property);

    /*
     * Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime
     * for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X
     * events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and
     * could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this
     * happens, the request will be rejected.
     */
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.







|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > 4) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868

869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876

	multiple = 1;
	incr.multAtoms = NULL;
	if (eventPtr->property == None) {
	    goto refuse;
	}
	result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor,
		eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, XA_ATOM,

		&type, &format, &incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter,
		(unsigned char **) multAtomsPtr);
	if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32)
		|| (type == None)) {
	    if (incr.multAtoms != NULL) {
		XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
	    }
	    goto refuse;







|
>
|







868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884

	multiple = 1;
	incr.multAtoms = NULL;
	if (eventPtr->property == None) {
	    goto refuse;
	}
	result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor,
		eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False,
		winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom, &type, &format,
		&incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter,
		(unsigned char **) multAtomsPtr);
	if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32)
		|| (type == None)) {
	    if (incr.multAtoms != NULL) {
		XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
	    }
	    goto refuse;
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
	incr.reqWindow = reply.xsel.requestor;
	incr.time = infoPtr->time;
	incr.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs;
	tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = &incr;
    }
    if (multiple) {
	XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
		reply.xsel.property, XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
		(unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms,
		(int) incr.numConversions*2);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set
	 * to None if there was an error in conversion.
	 */








|
|







1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
	incr.reqWindow = reply.xsel.requestor;
	incr.time = infoPtr->time;
	incr.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs;
	tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = &incr;
    }
    if (multiple) {
	XChangeProperty(reply.xsel.display, reply.xsel.requestor,
		reply.xsel.property, winPtr->dispPtr->atomPairAtom,
		32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms,
		(int) incr.numConversions*2);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set
	 * to None if there was an error in conversion.
	 */

Changes to unix/tkUnixSend.c.

257
258
259
260
261
262
263

264
265
266
267


268
269
270
271
272
273
274
				 * use the registry until we close it. */
{
    NameRegistry *regPtr;
    int result, actualFormat;
    unsigned long bytesAfter;
    Atom actualType;
    char **propertyPtr;


    if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
	SendInit(interp, dispPtr);
    }



    regPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(NameRegistry));
    regPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
    regPtr->locked = 0;
    regPtr->modified = 0;
    regPtr->allocedByX = 1;
    propertyPtr = &regPtr->property;







>




>
>







257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
				 * use the registry until we close it. */
{
    NameRegistry *regPtr;
    int result, actualFormat;
    unsigned long bytesAfter;
    Atom actualType;
    char **propertyPtr;
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;

    if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
	SendInit(interp, dispPtr);
    }

    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);

    regPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(NameRegistry));
    regPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
    regPtr->locked = 0;
    regPtr->modified = 0;
    regPtr->allocedByX = 1;
    propertyPtr = &regPtr->property;
302
303
304
305
306
307
308

309


310
311
312
313
314
315
316
	    XFree(regPtr->property);
	    regPtr->propLength = 0;
	    regPtr->property = NULL;
	}
	XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0),
		dispPtr->registryProperty);

    }



    /*
     * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to
     * make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this
     * byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as
     * of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it
     * shouldn't be).







>

>
>







305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
	    XFree(regPtr->property);
	    regPtr->propLength = 0;
	    regPtr->property = NULL;
	}
	XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0),
		dispPtr->registryProperty);
        XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
    }

    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);

    /*
     * Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to
     * make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this
     * byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as
     * of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it
     * shouldn't be).
510
511
512
513
514
515
516





517
518
519
520
521
522
523
 */

static void
RegClose(
    NameRegistry *regPtr)	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
{





    if (regPtr->modified) {
	if (!regPtr->locked && !localData.sendDebug) {
	    Tcl_Panic("The name registry was modified without being locked!");
	}
	XChangeProperty(regPtr->dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(regPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
		regPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_STRING, 8,







>
>
>
>
>







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
 */

static void
RegClose(
    NameRegistry *regPtr)	/* Pointer to a registry opened with a
				 * previous call to RegOpen. */
{
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;

    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(regPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
            NULL, NULL);

    if (regPtr->modified) {
	if (!regPtr->locked && !localData.sendDebug) {
	    Tcl_Panic("The name registry was modified without being locked!");
	}
	XChangeProperty(regPtr->dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(regPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
		regPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_STRING, 8,
535
536
537
538
539
540
541


542
543
544
545
546
547
548
     * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such
     * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
     * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
     * deadlock.
     */

    XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display);



    if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
	if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
	    XFree(regPtr->property);
	} else {
	    ckfree(regPtr->property);
	}







>
>







546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
     * might do something else that needs to communicate with the server (such
     * as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
     * ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
     * deadlock.
     */

    XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display);

    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);

    if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
	if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
	    XFree(regPtr->property);
	} else {
	    ckfree(regPtr->property);
	}
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097

























1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1);
    for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1);
    }

























    (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
	    dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
    if (async) {
	/*
	 * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting
	 * for a response.
	 */

	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete (this is
     * needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass back the
     * command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that we can check
     * during long sends to make sure that the destination application is
     * still alive.
     */

    pending.serial = localData.sendSerial;
    pending.dispPtr = dispPtr;
    pending.target = destName;
    pending.commWindow = commWindow;
    pending.interp = interp;
    pending.result = NULL;
    pending.errorInfo = NULL;
    pending.errorCode = NULL;
    pending.gotResponse = 0;
    pending.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands;
    tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending;

    /*
     * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the
     * target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at
     * send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to
     * other events in the application.
     */








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148




















1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4);
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[firstArg]), -1);
    for (i = firstArg+1; i < objc; i++) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), -1);
    }

    if (!async) {
	/*
	 * Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete
	 * (this is needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass
	 * back the command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that
	 * we can check during long sends to make sure that the destination
	 * application is still alive.
	 *
	 * We prepare the pending struct here in order to catch potential
	 * early X errors from AppendPropCarefully() due to XSync().
	 */

	pending.serial = localData.sendSerial;
	pending.dispPtr = dispPtr;
	pending.target = destName;
	pending.commWindow = commWindow;
	pending.interp = interp;
	pending.result = NULL;
	pending.errorInfo = NULL;
	pending.errorCode = NULL;
	pending.gotResponse = 0;
	pending.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands;
	tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending;
    }
    (void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
	    dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
    if (async) {
	/*
	 * This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting
	 * for a response.
	 */

	return TCL_OK;
    }





















    /*
     * Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the
     * target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at
     * send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to
     * other events in the application.
     */

1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953

1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966


1967
1968
1969
1970
1971

1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
    enum {
	TESTSEND_BOGUS, TESTSEND_PROP, TESTSEND_SERIAL
    };
    static const char *const testsendOptions[] = {
	"bogus",   "prop",   "serial",  NULL
    };
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;

    int index;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], testsendOptions,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (index == TESTSEND_BOGUS) {


	XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
		winPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_INTEGER, 32,
		PropModeReplace,
		(unsigned char *) "This is bogus information", 6);

    } else if (index == TESTSEND_PROP) {
	int result, actualFormat;
	unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
	Atom actualType, propName;
	char *property, **propertyPtr = &property, *p, *end;
	Window w;








>








|

|
|
|
>
>





>







1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
    enum {
	TESTSEND_BOGUS, TESTSEND_PROP, TESTSEND_SERIAL
    };
    static const char *const testsendOptions[] = {
	"bogus",   "prop",   "serial",  NULL
    };
    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
    Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
    int index;

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], testsendOptions,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (index == TESTSEND_BOGUS) {
        handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
                NULL, NULL);
	XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
		RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
		winPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_INTEGER, 32,
		PropModeReplace,
		(unsigned char *) "This is bogus information", 6);
        Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
    } else if (index == TESTSEND_PROP) {
	int result, actualFormat;
	unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
	Atom actualType, propName;
	char *property, **propertyPtr = &property, *p, *end;
	Window w;

2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009


2010

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021

2022
2023
2024

2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(property, -1));
	    }
	    if (property != NULL) {
		XFree(property);
	    }
	} else if (Tcl_GetString(objv[4])[0] == 0) {


	    XDeleteProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName);

	} else {
	    Tcl_DString tmp;

	    Tcl_DStringInit(&tmp);
	    for (p = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tmp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),
		    (int) strlen(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]))); *p != 0; p++) {
		if (*p == '\n') {
		    *p = 0;
		}
	    }


	    XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
		    8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
		    p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));

	    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
	}
    } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}







>
>

>










|
>



>







2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(property, -1));
	    }
	    if (property != NULL) {
		XFree(property);
	    }
	} else if (Tcl_GetString(objv[4])[0] == 0) {
            handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
                    -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
	    XDeleteProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName);
            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
	} else {
	    Tcl_DString tmp;

	    Tcl_DStringInit(&tmp);
	    for (p = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tmp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),
		    (int) strlen(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]))); *p != 0; p++) {
		if (*p == '\n') {
		    *p = 0;
		}
	    }
            handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
                    -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
	    XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
		    8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
		    p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
            Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
	}
    } else if (index == TESTSEND_SERIAL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(localData.sendSerial+1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

Changes to unix/tkUnixWm.c.

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))

/*
 * Data for [wm attributes] command:
 */

typedef struct {
    double alpha;		/* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */







|







32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    (Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1 + cmdLength)

/*
 * Data for [wm attributes] command:
 */

typedef struct {
    double alpha;		/* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index, length;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {







|











|
|
|







1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", objv[1]->length) == 0)
	    && (objv[1]->length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
				"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,







<












|















|







1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459

1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
				"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {







<











|







2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073

2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|







2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}







<














|
|







2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334

2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    int cmdLength;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*







|







3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
    Atom protocol;
    const char *cmd;
    size_t cmdLength;

    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);







|







3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
	    } else {
		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
	    break;
	}
    }
    cmd = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
    if (cmdLength > 0) {
	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
	protPtr->interp = interp;
	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;







<















|
|







3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470

3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->title, -1));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465

    if (objc > 0) {
	atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
    }

    for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
	Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
	int len;
	char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);

	Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));







|
|







5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461

    if (objc > 0) {
	atoms = ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
    }

    for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
	Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
	size_t len;
	char *name = TkGetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);

	Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));

Changes to unix/tkUnixXId.c.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

#include "tkUnixInt.h"


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeXId --
 *
 *	This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is
 *	now free.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its
 *	display, so that it can be re-used.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which xid was allocated. */
    XID xid)			/* Identifier that is no longer in use. */
{
    /*
     * This does nothing, because the XC-MISC extension takes care of
     * freeing XIDs for us.  It has been a standard X11 extension for
     * about 15 years as of 2008.  Keith Packard and another X.org
     * developer suggested that we remove the previous code that used:
     * #define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS.
     */
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetPixmap --
 *
 *	Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource
 *	identifiers better.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a new pixmap.







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







10
11
12
13
14
15
16

































17
18
19
20
21
22
23

#include "tkUnixInt.h"


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

































 * Tk_GetPixmap --
 *
 *	Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource
 *	identifiers better.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a new pixmap.
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106

void
Tk_FreePixmap(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */
    Pixmap pixmap)		/* Identifier for pixmap. */
{
    XFreePixmap(display, pixmap);
    Tk_FreeXId(display, (XID) pixmap);
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScanWindowId --







<







59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72

void
Tk_FreePixmap(
    Display *display,		/* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */
    Pixmap pixmap)		/* Identifier for pixmap. */
{
    XFreePixmap(display, pixmap);

}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpScanWindowId --

Changes to win/Makefile.in.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
# to the "configure" script.

prefix			= @prefix@
exec_prefix		= @exec_prefix@
bindir			= @bindir@
libdir			= @libdir@
includedir		= @includedir@

mandir			= @mandir@

# The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems
# like AFS with replication.  It allows the pathnames used for installation
# to be different than those used for actually reference files at
# run-time.  INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix
# when installing files.







>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
# to the "configure" script.

prefix			= @prefix@
exec_prefix		= @exec_prefix@
bindir			= @bindir@
libdir			= @libdir@
includedir		= @includedir@
datarootdir		= @datarootdir@
mandir			= @mandir@

# The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems
# like AFS with replication.  It allows the pathnames used for installation
# to be different than those used for actually reference files at
# run-time.  INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix
# when installing files.
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @MAN2TCLFLAGS@

AR		= @AR@
RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
CC		= @CC@







|







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @MAN2TCLFLAGS@

AR		= @AR@
RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
CC		= @CC@
211
212
213
214
215
216
217

218
219
220
221
222
223
224

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@


CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS








>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@
WINE    		= @WINE@

CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS

312
313
314
315
316
317
318

319
320
321
322
323
324
325
	tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \

	tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \







>







314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
	tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgListFormat.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
	tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)

test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)

runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT)

# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl`
shell: binaries
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)

demo: $(WISH)
	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget

# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
gdb: binaries
	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run
	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run
	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \
	gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run







|
|


|
|


|




|


|







437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | $(WINE) ./$(CAT32)

test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \
	$(TESTFLAGS) | $(WINE) ./$(CAT32)

runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT)

# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl`
shell: binaries
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)

demo: $(WISH)
	$(SHELL_ENV) $(WINE) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget

# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
gdb: binaries
	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run
	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run
	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \
	gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);







|







485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#







|







728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#

Changes to win/README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tk 8.6 for Windows

Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs

This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
version of Tk.  This directory also contains source files for Tk
that are specific to Microsoft Windows.  The rest of this file
contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tk 8.7 for Windows

Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs

This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
version of Tk.  This directory also contains source files for Tk
that are specific to Microsoft Windows.  The rest of this file
contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.

Changes to win/configure.

1
2
3
4

5


6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18


19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31





































32














































33



34
35
36
37
38




39


40















































41






42





















43
























44
45




























46





47
48















































































49


50
51





























































52

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63





64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72



73



74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106

107


108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177




178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186


187

188

189


190
191
192
193

194
195

196
197


198
199
200
201
202

203

204

205
206
207


208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216

217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224

225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254

255

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312












































































































































313


















314
315
316
317


318
319
320
321
322
323
324
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.
#

# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.


# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
## --------------------- ##

# Be Bourne compatible

if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'


elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh

# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_unset=unset

else
  as_unset=false
fi







































# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.














































$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH



PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.




for as_var in \


  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \















































  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \






  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME





















do
























  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var




























  else





    $as_unset $as_var
  fi















































































done



# Required to use basename.





























































if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi







# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`



# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
  chmod +x conf$$.sh
  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  else
    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  fi
  rm -f conf$$.sh
fi


  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
  # relative or not.

  case $0 in


    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break

done

       ;;
  esac
  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
    as_myself=$0
  fi
  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  fi
  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
  '')
    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH

do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	 case $as_dir in
	 /*)
	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
	     export CONFIG_SHELL
	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
	   fi;;
	 esac
       done
done
;;
  esac

  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
  sed '=' <$as_myself |
    sed '
      N
      s,$,-,
      : loop
      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
      t loop
      s,-$,,
      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }





  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
  . ./$as_me.lineno
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}




case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in

  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='

' ECHO_T='	' ;;


  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac


if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_expr=expr

else
  as_expr=false


fi

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then

  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic

  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).

  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
    as_ln_s='cp -p'


  else
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
  fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  as_ln_s=ln
else
  as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file


if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p=:
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi


as_executable_p="test -f"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" 	$as_nl"

# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH


# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`

exec 6>&1

#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local

ac_config_libobj_dir=.

cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME=
PACKAGE_TARNAME=
PACKAGE_VERSION=
PACKAGE_STRING=
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=


ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
#  include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
#  include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
#  include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"

ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX EXTRA_CFLAGS DEPARG CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW TK_RES STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES RES LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'












































































































































ac_subst_files=''



















# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false


# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE


|

>
|
>
>


|
|
|

|
>
|


|


>
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|





>
>
>
>
>

<
|


|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
|
|
<
|
|
<
<
>
|
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|

|
<

|
|
<

>
>
>
>


|
|




|
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
<


>
|
<
>

<
>
>

<
<
|
|
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
|
>
>

|

<
<

|

|
>


|





>
|








<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|


|



<
<




>

>




<
<
<
<
<
<







>





|


|


|



|



|
|




|


|

|
|
|
<

|



|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28



29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437

438
439
440
441

442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463












464

465
466

467
468


469
470
471
472
473


474



475
476
477






478








479




































480
481
482
483

484
485
486

487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510

511
512
513
514

515
516

517
518
519


520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

528
529
530
531
532
533


534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556





557


558
559
560
561
562
563
564


565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575






576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616

617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##

# Be more Bourne compatible
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(


  *) :



     ;;
esac

fi


as_nl='
'
export as_nl
# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='print -r --'
  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='printf %s\n'
  as_echo_n='printf %s'
else
  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
  else
    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
    as_echo_n_body='eval
      arg=$1;
      case $arg in #(
      *"$as_nl"*)
	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
      esac;
      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
    '
    export as_echo_n_body
    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
  fi
  export as_echo_body
  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
fi

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  }
fi


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
IFS=" ""	$as_nl"

# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
as_myself=
case $0 in #((
  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

     ;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
  as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
  exit 1
fi

# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
done
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE

# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH

# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
  * ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
as_fn_exit 255
  fi
  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(
  *) :
     ;;
esac
fi
"
  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }

exitcode=0
as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :

else
  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
fi
test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
test -x / || exit 1"
  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
  as_have_required=yes
else
  as_have_required=no
fi
  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :

else
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
as_found=false
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  as_found=:
  case $as_dir in #(
	 /*)
	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  break 2
fi
fi
	   done;;
       esac
  as_found=false
done
$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
fi; }
IFS=$as_save_IFS


      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
  export CONFIG_SHELL
             # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
  * ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
exit 255
fi

    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
  else
    $as_echo "$0: Please tell [email protected] about your system,
$0: including any error possibly output before this
$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run
$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one."
  fi
  exit 1
fi
fi
fi
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
export SHELL
# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS

## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
## --------------------- ##
# as_fn_unset VAR
# ---------------
# Portably unset VAR.
as_fn_unset ()
{
  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
}
as_unset=as_fn_unset

# as_fn_set_status STATUS
# -----------------------
# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
as_fn_set_status ()
{
  return $1
} # as_fn_set_status

# as_fn_exit STATUS
# -----------------
# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
as_fn_exit ()
{
  set +e
  as_fn_set_status $1
  exit $1
} # as_fn_exit

# as_fn_mkdir_p
# -------------
# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
as_fn_mkdir_p ()
{

  case $as_dir in #(
  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
  esac
  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
    as_dirs=
    while :; do
      case $as_dir in #(
      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
      esac
      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
      test -d "$as_dir" && break
    done
    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"


} # as_fn_mkdir_p

# as_fn_executable_p FILE
# -----------------------
# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
as_fn_executable_p ()
{
  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
} # as_fn_executable_p
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
# implementations.
if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1+=\$2
  }'
else
  as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1=\$$1\$2
  }
fi # as_fn_append

# as_fn_arith ARG...
# ------------------
# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=$(( $* ))
  }'
else
  as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
  }
fi # as_fn_arith


# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
# ----------------------------------------
# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
as_fn_error ()
{
  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
  if test "$4"; then
    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
  as_fn_exit $as_status
} # as_fn_error

if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi

if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_dirname=dirname
else
  as_dirname=false
fi


as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`

# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits















  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO

  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {


  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
  sed -n '
    p
    /[$]LINENO/=
  ' <$as_myself |


    sed '



      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
      t lineno
      b






      :lineno








      N




































      :loop
      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
      t loop
      s/-\n.*//

    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }


  # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
  # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
  # in an infinite loop.  This has already happened in practice.
  _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
  . "./$as_me.lineno"
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}

ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
case `echo -n x` in #(((((
-n*)
  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
       ECHO_T='	';;
  esac;;
*)
  ECHO_N='-n';;

esac

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if test -d conf$$.dir; then

  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
else

  rm -f conf$$.dir
  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
fi


if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
    # ... but there are two gotchas:
    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||

      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s=ln
  else
    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  fi


else
  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null

if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi

as_test_x='test -x'
as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"







test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null


exec 6>&1

# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`



#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
ac_clean_files=
ac_config_libobj_dir=.
LIBOBJS=
cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=







# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME=
PACKAGE_TARNAME=
PACKAGE_VERSION=
PACKAGE_STRING=
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
PACKAGE_URL=

ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#  include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
#  include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>

#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"

ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
LIBOBJS
RES
RC_DEFINES
RC_DEFINE
RC_INCLUDE
RC_TYPE
RC_OUT
TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS
TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC
TK_LIB_SPEC
TK_LIB_FLAG
MAKE_EXE
MAKE_DLL
POST_MAKE_LIB
MAKE_STUB_LIB
MAKE_LIB
LIBRARIES
EXESUFFIX
LIBSUFFIX
LIBPREFIX
DLLSUFFIX
LIBS_GUI
TK_SHARED_BUILD
SHLIB_SUFFIX
SHLIB_CFLAGS
SHLIB_LD_LIBS
SHLIB_LD
STLIB_LD
TK_RES
LDFLAGS_WINDOW
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
LDFLAGS_DEBUG
CC_EXENAME
CC_OBJNAME
DEPARG
EXTRA_CFLAGS
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX
CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX
TCL_DBGX
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
TCL_MINOR_VERSION
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION
TK_BIN_DIR
TK_SRC_DIR
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE
TK_DLL_FILE
TK_LIB_FILE
TK_DBGX
TK_PATCH_LEVEL
TK_MINOR_VERSION
TK_MAJOR_VERSION
TK_VERSION
MACHINE
TK_WIN_VERSION
TCLSH_PROG
BUILD_TCLSH
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT
CFLAGS_DEFAULT
MAN2TCLFLAGS
CFLAGS_WARNING
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
CFLAGS_DEBUG
DL_LIBS
WINE
CYGPATH
TCL_DEFS
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC
TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG
TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_ZIP_FILE
TCL_SRC_DIR
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_VERSION
SHARED_BUILD
SET_MAKE
RC
RANLIB
AR
EGREP
GREP
CPP
OBJEXT
EXEEXT
ac_ct_CC
CPPFLAGS
LDFLAGS
CFLAGS
CC
target_alias
host_alias
build_alias
LIBS
ECHO_T
ECHO_N
ECHO_C
DEFS
mandir
localedir
libdir
psdir
pdfdir
dvidir
htmldir
infodir
docdir
oldincludedir
includedir
localstatedir
sharedstatedir
sysconfdir
datadir
datarootdir
libexecdir
sbindir
bindir
program_transform_name
prefix
exec_prefix
PACKAGE_URL
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
PACKAGE_STRING
PACKAGE_VERSION
PACKAGE_TARNAME
PACKAGE_NAME
PATH_SEPARATOR
SHELL
OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
enable_shared
with_tcl
enable_64bit
enable_symbols
enable_embedded_manifest
'
      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
host_alias
target_alias
CC
CFLAGS
LDFLAGS
LIBS
CPPFLAGS
CPP'


# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false
ac_unrecognized_opts=
ac_unrecognized_sep=
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
333
334
335
336
337
338
339

340
341
342
343

344
345
346
347
348
349

350






351
352
353

354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362

363



364
365
366
367


368
369
370
371
372
373
374
x_libraries=NONE

# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.

bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'

sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'

infodir='${prefix}/info'






mandir='${prefix}/man'

ac_prev=

for ac_option
do
  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
    ac_prev=
    continue
  fi


  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`




  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.

  case $ac_option in



  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
    ac_prev=bindir ;;
  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)







>



|
>



<


>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>




|




>
|
>
>
>



|
>
>







803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818

819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
x_libraries=NONE

# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
datadir='${datarootdir}'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'

includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}'
infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
htmldir='${docdir}'
dvidir='${docdir}'
pdfdir='${docdir}'
psdir='${docdir}'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
mandir='${datarootdir}/man'

ac_prev=
ac_dashdash=
for ac_option
do
  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
    ac_prev=
    continue
  fi

  case $ac_option in
  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
  esac

  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.

  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
  --)
    ac_dashdash=yes ;;

  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
    ac_prev=bindir ;;
  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391



392



393
394
395
396
397
398
399










400




401



402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411

412
413


414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;

  --config-cache | -C)
    cache_file=config.cache ;;

  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
    ac_prev=datadir ;;
  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \



  | --da=*)



    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -disable-* | --disable-*)
    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2










   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }




    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`



    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;

  -enable-* | --enable-*)
    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case $ac_option in

      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;


    esac
    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \







|

|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


|

|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|


|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|







867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;

  --config-cache | -C)
    cache_file=config.cache ;;

  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
    ac_prev=datadir ;;
  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -disable-* | --disable-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;

  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
    ac_prev=docdir ;;
  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -enable-* | --enable-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;

  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
434
435
436
437
438
439
440






441
442
443
444
445
446
447
  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
    ac_init_help=short ;;

  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;







  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
    ac_prev=includedir ;;
  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;







>
>
>
>
>
>







945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
    ac_init_help=short ;;

  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;

  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
  | --ht=*)
    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
    ac_prev=includedir ;;
  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465





466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;






  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
    ac_prev=mandir ;;
  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;









>
>
>
>
>

|
<


|
<







975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989

990
991
992

993
994
995
996
997
998
999

  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
    ac_prev=localedir ;;
  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)

    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)

    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
    ac_prev=mandir ;;
  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;

529
530
531
532
533
534
535










536
537
538
539
540
541
542
  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;











  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
    silent=yes ;;

  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
    ac_prev=sbindir ;;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;

  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
    ac_prev=psdir ;;
  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;

  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
    silent=yes ;;

  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593

594
595


596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604

605


606





607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633

634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654

655






656
657
658

659



660
661

662
663


664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678

679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704








705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716



717



718



719



720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735







736



737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772

773
774
775
776
777
778
779
  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
    verbose=yes ;;

  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
    ac_init_version=: ;;

  -with-* | --with-*)
    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case $ac_option in

      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;


    esac
    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -without-* | --without-*)
    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`


    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;






  --x)
    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
    with_x=yes ;;

  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;

  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;

  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ;;

  *=*)
    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.

    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
    export $ac_envvar ;;

  *)
    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
    ;;

  esac
done

if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2

   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }






fi

# Be sure to have absolute paths.

for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix



do
  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`

  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;


    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac
done

# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
do
  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac

done

# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias

# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
    cross_compiling=maybe
    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
    cross_compiling=yes
  fi
fi

ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-

test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null










# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$0" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  s/.*/./; q'`
  srcdir=$ac_confdir
  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
else
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  else
    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
  fi







fi



(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP


#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.







|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|


|

|
|
<
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>



















|
|
<





>
|
|
<
|
|




|

|
|







|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
>
|
>
>
>

|
>

<
>
>
|
<

<
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
|
<

>













<
<











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|

|





|
|
<
<
<
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
>







1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136

1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175

1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203

1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212

1213
1214
1215

1216


1217




1218
1219
1220

1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235


1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263

1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290



1291

1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304


1305













1306

1307












1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
    verbose=yes ;;

  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
    ac_init_version=: ;;

  -with-* | --with-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;

  -without-* | --without-*)
    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"

    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
    case $ac_user_opts in
      *"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
    esac
    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;

  --x)
    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
    with_x=yes ;;

  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;

  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;

  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
Try \`$0 --help' for more information"

    ;;

  *=*)
    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    case $ac_envvar in #(
      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;

    esac
    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
    export $ac_envvar ;;

  *)
    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
    ;;

  esac
done

if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
fi

if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
  case $enable_option_checking in
    no) ;;
    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
  esac
fi


# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
		libdir localedir mandir
do
  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
  # Remove trailing slashes.
  case $ac_val in

    */ )
      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;

  esac


  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.




  case $ac_val in
    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;

  esac
  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
done

# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias

# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
    cross_compiling=maybe


  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
    cross_compiling=yes
  fi
fi

ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-

test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null


ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"


# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
  srcdir=$ac_confdir
  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
else
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."



  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"

fi
ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
ac_abs_confdir=`(
	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
	pwd)`
# When building in place, set srcdir=.
if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
  srcdir=.
fi
# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
case $srcdir in


*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;













esac

for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do












  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
done

#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827


828

829





830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840

841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862

863
864
865
866
867
868
869

870

871
872
873
874
875
876


877
878
879
880


881
882
883




884
885
886


887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898

899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964


965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
























































































































































973




































































































































974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982

983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014

1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.

Configuration:
  -h, --help              display this help and exit
      --help=short        display options specific to this package
      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
  -V, --version           display version information and exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']

_ACEOF

  cat <<_ACEOF
Installation directories:
  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
			  [$ac_default_prefix]
  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
			  [PREFIX]

By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.

For better control, use the options below.

Fine tuning of the installation directories:
  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]


  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]

  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]





_ACEOF

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then

  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:

  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)
  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)
  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-embedded-manifest
                          embed manifest if possible (default: yes)

Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)
  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR

Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
              nonstandard directory <lib dir>

  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
  CPP         C preprocessor

Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.


_ACEOF

fi

if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
  ac_popdir=`pwd`
  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue


    test -d $ac_dir || continue
    ac_builddir=.

if test "$ac_dir" != .; then


  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`




else
  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi



case $srcdir in
  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.
    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
       ac_top_srcdir=.
    else
       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
    fi ;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;

  *) # Relative path.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac

# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
  case "$ac_dir" in
  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_top_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac

    cd $ac_dir
    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
      echo
      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
      echo
      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
      echo
      $ac_configure --help
    else
      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
    fi
    cd $ac_popdir
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF



Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit 0
fi
exec 5>config.log
























































































































































cat >&5 <<_ACEOF




































































































































This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF

{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##

hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`

/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`

/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`

_ASUNAME

as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
done


} >&5

cat >&5 <<_ACEOF


## ----------- ##







|





<
<
<


|

|









|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>











>


<


<









<






>
|
|





>

>




<

>
>
|


|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>


|

<
|
<
|
<
|

|
>
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
<
<

|
|
|



|


>
>

|



|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|




>


















|











|
|
>







1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340



1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357

1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387

1388
1389

1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398

1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419

1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444

1445

1446

1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453

1454










1455













1456













1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464


1465


1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.

Configuration:
  -h, --help              display this help and exit
      --help=short        display options specific to this package
      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
  -V, --version           display version information and exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']




Installation directories:
  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
                          [$ac_default_prefix]
  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
                          [PREFIX]

By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.

For better control, use the options below.

Fine tuning of the installation directories:
  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]

  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/PACKAGE]
  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
_ACEOF

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then

  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]

  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)

  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-embedded-manifest
                          embed manifest if possible (default: yes)

Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)


Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
  CPP         C preprocessor

Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.

Report bugs to the package provider.
_ACEOF
ac_status=$?
fi

if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.

  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
      continue
    ac_builddir=.

case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
*)
  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
  esac ;;
esac
ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
# for backward compatibility:
ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix

case $srcdir in
  .)  # We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.

    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;

  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
  *) # Relative name.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;










esac













ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix














    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
    # Check for guested configure.
    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
      echo &&
      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
      echo &&


      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive


    else
      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
    fi || ac_status=$?
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
configure
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi

## ------------------------ ##
## Autoconf initialization. ##
## ------------------------ ##

# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
# --------------------------
# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

	ac_retval=1
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_compile

# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
# ----------------------
# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

    ac_retval=1
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp

# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
# ----------------------
# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
# that executables *can* be run.
ac_fn_c_try_run ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { { case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

       ac_retval=$ac_status
fi
  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_run

# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR INCLUDES
# ---------------------------------------------
# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared in INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR
# accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  as_decl_name=`echo $2|sed 's/ *(.*//'`
  as_decl_use=`echo $2|sed -e 's/(/((/' -e 's/)/) 0&/' -e 's/,/) 0& (/g'`
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $as_decl_name is declared" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether $as_decl_name is declared... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
int
main ()
{
#ifndef $as_decl_name
#ifdef __cplusplus
  (void) $as_decl_use;
#else
  (void) $as_decl_name;
#endif
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  eval "$3=yes"
else
  eval "$3=no"
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_decl

# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  eval "$3=yes"
else
  eval "$3=no"
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile

# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
# accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
else
  # Is the header compilable?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_compiler=yes
else
  ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }

# Is the header present?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_preproc=yes
else
  ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }

# So?  What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
  yes:no: )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
  no:yes:* )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
esac
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##

hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`

/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`

/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`

_ASUNAME

as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

} >&5

cat >&5 <<_ACEOF


## ----------- ##
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095




1096











1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109


1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120



1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134



1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193



1194

1195
1196


1197






1198
1199

1200
1201

1202
1203
1204


1205
1206
1207
1208
1209




1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250




1251
1252






1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273


1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279



1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_sep=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
  for ac_arg
  do
    case $ac_arg in
    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
      continue ;;
    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    esac
    case $ac_pass in
    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
    2)
      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
      else
	case $ac_arg in
	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
	esac
      fi
      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
      # Get rid of the leading space.
      ac_sep=" "
      ;;
    esac
  done
done
$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }

# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
trap 'exit_status=$?
  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
  {
    echo

    cat <<\_ASBOX
## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##
_ASBOX
    echo
    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,




{











  (set) 2>&1 |
    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
    *ac_space=\ *)
      sed -n \
	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
      ;;
    *)
      sed -n \
	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
      ;;
    esac;
}


    echo

    cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##
_ASBOX
    echo
    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
    do
      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`



      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
    done | sort
    echo

    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------- ##
## Output files. ##
## ------------- ##
_ASBOX
      echo
      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
      do
	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`



	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
      done | sort
      echo
    fi

    if test -s confdefs.h; then
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##
_ASBOX
      echo
      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
      echo
    fi
    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
  } >&5
  rm -f core *.core &&
  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
    exit $exit_status
     ' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0

# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo >confdefs.h

# Predefined preprocessor variables.

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF






# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.


if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then






  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"

  else
    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"

  fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do


  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
    . "$ac_site_file"




  fi
done

if test -r "$cache_file"; then
  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
    case $cache_file in
      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
    esac
  fi
else
  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  >$cache_file
fi

# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
    set,)
      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,set)
      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,);;
    *)
      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then




	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}






	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
	ac_cache_corrupted=:
      fi;;
  esac
  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
    case $ac_new_val in
    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
    esac
    case " $ac_configure_args " in
      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
    esac
  fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then


  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi




ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu





















# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".6"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then







<










|
|


|

|















|
<
<




|
|




|
|





<
|

|
<


>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|

|
|
|

<
|

|
<
>
>


<
|

|
<



|
>
>
>
|




<
|
|
|
<



|
>
>
>
|





<
|

|
<

|



|
|

|
|

|

|




|
|
|







<



<





<



<





>
>
>

>

|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
<
|
>
>
|
|
|

|
>
>
>
>




|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|






|
<


|
|


|
|


|
|




>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
<





<
|




|




>
>
|
|
<
|
<

>
>
>










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|

|
|







1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834

1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867


1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884

1885
1886
1887

1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913

1914
1915
1916

1917
1918
1919
1920

1921
1922
1923

1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935

1936
1937
1938

1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951

1952
1953
1954

1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982

1983
1984
1985

1986
1987
1988
1989
1990

1991
1992
1993

1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057

2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089

2090
2091
2092
2093
2094

2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108

2109

2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123

















2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=

ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
  for ac_arg
  do
    case $ac_arg in
    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
      continue ;;
    *\'*)
      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    esac
    case $ac_pass in
    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
    2)
      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
      else
	case $ac_arg in
	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
	esac
      fi
      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"


      ;;
    esac
  done
done
{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}

# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
trap 'exit_status=$?
  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
  {
    echo


    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##"

    echo
    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
(
  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
    case $ac_val in #(
    *${as_nl}*)
      case $ac_var in #(
      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
      esac
      case $ac_var in #(
      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
      esac ;;
    esac
  done
  (set) 2>&1 |
    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
      sed -n \
	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
      ;; #(
    *)

      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
      ;;
    esac |

    sort
)
    echo


    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##"

    echo
    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
    do
      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
      case $ac_val in
      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
      esac
      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
    done | sort
    echo

    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then

      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
## File substitutions. ##
## ------------------- ##"

      echo
      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
      do
	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
	case $ac_val in
	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
	esac
	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
      done | sort
      echo
    fi

    if test -s confdefs.h; then

      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##"

      echo
      cat confdefs.h
      echo
    fi
    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
  } >&5
  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
    exit $exit_status
' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0

# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h

$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h

# Predefined preprocessor variables.

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF

cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
_ACEOF


# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
ac_site_file1=NONE
ac_site_file2=NONE
if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
  esac
elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
else
  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
fi

for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
do
  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
    . "$ac_site_file" \
      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
  fi
done

if test -r "$cache_file"; then
  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
    case $cache_file in
      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
    esac
  fi
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  >$cache_file
fi

# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do

  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
    set,)
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,set)
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
    ,);;
    *)
      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
	else
	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
	fi
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}

      fi;;
  esac
  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
    case $ac_new_val in

    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
    esac
    case " $ac_configure_args " in
      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
    esac
  fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}

  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5

fi
## -------------------- ##
## Main body of script. ##
## -------------------- ##

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu





















# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369

1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380

1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407

1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419









1420

1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449

1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534

1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557

1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586

1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597

1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628

1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639

1640
1641
1642
1643









1644

1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660

1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672







1673
1674

1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698














1699






1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711

1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725


1726

1727
1728
1729



1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735


1736





1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744


1745
1746
1747

1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793






1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826



























































1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848






1849
1850
1851
1852
1853

1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935




1936
1937








1938


1939



1940





1941
1942
1943

1944
1945








1946

1947



1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983

1984
1985
1986

1987
1988

1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  CC=$ac_ct_CC

else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi

fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi

  CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
       ac_prog_rejected=yes
       continue
     fi
    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
  shift
  if test $# != 0; then
    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
    shift
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
  fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  for ac_prog in cl
  do
    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


    test -n "$CC" && break
  done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  for ac_prog in cl
do
  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done










  CC=$ac_ct_CC

fi

fi


test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

# Provide some information about the compiler.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5

  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?







  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }


cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`














if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
# resort.

# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
ac_cv_exeext=
# b.out is created by i960 compilers.

for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
	;;
    conftest.$ac_ext )
	# This is the source file.
	;;
    [ab].out )
	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
	# certainly right.
	break;;
    *.* )


	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`

	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
	# maintain Libtool? --akim.



	export ac_cv_exeext
	break;;
    * )
	break;;
  esac
done


else





  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }


fi

ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6

# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
    cross_compiling=no
  else
    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
	cross_compiling=yes
    else
	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
    fi
  fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6

rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
	  export ac_cv_exeext
	  break;;
    * ) break;;
  esac
done
else
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT



























































echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5






  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; then
  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do

  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
       break;;
  esac
done
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
       choke me
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`




ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS








CFLAGS="-g"


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5



echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6





if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */








_ACEOF

cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext



cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5

sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
  else
    CFLAGS="-g"
  fi
else
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-O2"
  else
    CFLAGS=
  fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
     char **p;
     int i;
{







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|
|

|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




|
|
|
|










|
|





|



|
>

















|
|

|
|

>




|



|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|



|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|
|
|
|
<


<
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
<
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>

|
<
<
<
<











|



|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
|
>
|



|
<
<
<






>
>
|
>
|
<
<
>
>
>
|





>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|


|
|
|
|
|
>
>

|
<
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|







|

<





|
|
|
|
<

<
|
|
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<











|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
>

|





|


|
|
|
|
<

<


|
|


|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|



|
|
|
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
<

>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
>
|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
>
|
|
<
>

|
>

|
|















|
|
|
|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
|







2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292


























2293
2294















2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459

2460
2461

2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469


2470
2471
2472

2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486




2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529



2530

2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539



2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550


2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579

2580
2581
2582
2583






























2584
2585
2586







2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608

2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617

2618

2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690




2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728

2729

2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741




2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754







2755














2756
2757



2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823







2824














2825


2826
2827
2828

2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858




2859
2860
2861

2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
    CC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    CC=$ac_ct_CC
  fi
else
  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi




























  fi















fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
       ac_prog_rejected=yes
       continue
     fi
    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
  shift
  if test $# != 0; then
    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
    shift
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
  fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  for ac_prog in cl.exe
  do
    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


    test -n "$CC" && break
  done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
  ac_ct_CC=$CC
  for ac_prog in cl.exe
do
  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done

  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
    CC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    CC=$ac_ct_CC
  fi
fi

fi


test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }


# Provide some information about the compiler.

$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
set X $ac_compile
ac_compiler=$2
for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;


esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5

  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    sed '10a\
... rest of stderr output deleted ...
         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
  fi
  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }
done

cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`

# The possible output files:
ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"

ac_rmfiles=
for ac_file in $ac_files
do
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
  esac
done
rm -f $ac_rmfiles

if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :



  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.

# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
# Autoconf.
for ac_file in $ac_files ''
do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )



	;;
    [ab].out )
	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
	# certainly right.
	break;;
    *.* )
	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
	then :; else
	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
	fi
	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not


	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
	# actually working.
	break;;
    * )
	break;;
  esac
done
test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=

else
  ac_file=''
fi
if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5

$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext































rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save







{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`

	  break;;
    * ) break;;
  esac
done
else
  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdio.h>
int
main ()
{
FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
 return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }
  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
  { { case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
    cross_compiling=no
  else
    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
	cross_compiling=yes
    else
	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
    fi
  fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }

rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
  case $ac_file in
    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
       break;;
  esac
done
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
       choke me
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else



  ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
  GCC=yes
else
  GCC=
fi
ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
   CFLAGS="-g"
   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes

else
  CFLAGS=""
      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :

else
  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
	 CFLAGS="-g"
	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes


fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi

rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
  else
    CFLAGS="-g"
  fi
else
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-O2"
  else
    CFLAGS=
  fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>

struct stat;
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
     char **p;
     int i;
{
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050





2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105

2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112



2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320

2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
  va_end (v);
  return s;
}

/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
   that's true only with -std1.  */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];






int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext

done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
CC=$ac_save_CC

fi

case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in



  x|xno)
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
  *)
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac

# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
#ifndef __cplusplus
  choke me
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  for ac_declaration in \
   '' \
   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
   'void exit (int);'
do
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_declaration
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_declaration
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
rm -f conftest*
if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
fi

else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif

_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

done

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6


case $ac_cv_c_inline in
  inline | yes) ;;
  *)
    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
      no) ac_val=;;
      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;







|


|

>
>
>
>
>















<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<

|
>

|



|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







|
|
|
|



|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
>



|
|
<







2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909


2910




2911
2912
2913







2914














2915





2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937

















































2938

































2939










2940
















































2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955




2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963







2964














2965




2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973

2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
  va_end (v);
  return s;
}

/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
   that's true only with -std.  */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];

/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
   inside strings and character constants.  */
#define FOO(x) 'x'
int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];

int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF


for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \




	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"







  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg





fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
CC=$ac_save_CC

fi
# AC_CACHE_VAL
case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
  x)
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
  xno)
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
  *)
    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
esac
if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :



















































































fi



























































ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inline" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for inline... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_c_inline+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif

_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw




fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
  test "$ac_cv_c_inline" != no && break
done

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6; }


case $ac_cv_c_inline in
  inline | yes) ;;
  *)
    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
      no) ac_val=;;
      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582



























2583



2584







2585







2586


2587
2588




2589
2590















































2591











2592







2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701

2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745

2746

2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783

2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821

2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833









2834

2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862

2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873

2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900

2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912









2913

2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941

2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952

2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979

2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991









2992

2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004

3005
3006
3007
3008

3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014

3015
3016

3017
3018

3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090

3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112

3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134

3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
esac

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
  CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
    do
      ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
  break
fi

    done
    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP

fi
  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
  :
else
  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else



























  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1



    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'







    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'







    fi


fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5




echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
 EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep



































































echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  :
else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  :
else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
  :
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ctype.h>

#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
# define ISLOWER(c) \
		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
#endif

#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
int
main ()
{
  int i;
  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
      exit(2);
  exit (0);
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  :
else
  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

( exit $ac_status )
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi

fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
_ACEOF

fi


if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
  ac_ct_AR=$AR
  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  AR=$ac_ct_AR

else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB

else
  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
  ac_ct_RC=$RC
  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi










  RC=$ac_ct_RC

else
  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`

if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF

all:
	@echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then

  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
else

  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
fi

rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
  SET_MAKE=
else
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------




#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_threads"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi;

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (default)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (default)" >&6
	TCL_THREADS=1
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_THREADS 1
_ACEOF

	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
_ACEOF

    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_shared"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi;


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
	SHARED_BUILD=0

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STATIC_BUILD 1
_ACEOF

    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    #
    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
    # First, look for one uninstalled.
    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
    #

    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
	no_tcl=true

# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_tcl"
  with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi;

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
	if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else


	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
		    */tclConfig.sh )
			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
			fi ;;
		esac
		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
		else
		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
		fi
	    fi

	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			../tcl \







|
|





|
|













|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<



|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<




|



|
|











|
|









|
<
<
<
<








<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<



|

|

|
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<




|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|
<









|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|



|
<
<
<
<





|
|









|
<
<
<
<





|
|









|


|
<
<
<
<


>



















|
|


<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<
<
<
|

|
>

>


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|

>






|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>





|
|

|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>









|
|
|
>
|
|


>

|

|
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
>


|
|
|


|
|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







|
|
|
|
<
|


|
>









|
|


|
|


<
|
<


>

















|
|
<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|








|
|






<
|
<







2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017




3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025






3026











3027
3028



3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036




3037
3038
3039






3040











3041
3042
3043



3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076




3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084






3085











3086
3087



3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095




3096
3097
3098






3099











3100
3101
3102



3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118

3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263




3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277







3278














3279
3280



3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287




3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304




3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324




3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350




3351






3352
3353





3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365

3366

3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665

3666
3667

3668
3669

3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689





































3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700

3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722

3723

3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745

3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768

3769

3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
esac

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
  CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
  if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
    do
      ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :












else



  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :











  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else



  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
  break
fi

    done
    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP

fi
  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
		     Syntax error
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :












else



  # Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
  # can be detected and how.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF






if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :











  # Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else



  # Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext

done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then :

else
  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }

fi

ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -z "$GREP"; then
  ac_path_GREP_found=false
  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
*GNU*)
  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
*)
  ac_count=0
  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
  while :
  do
    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
    fi
    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
  done
  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
esac

      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
    done
  done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
  fi
else
  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
fi

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
 GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
   else
     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_prog in egrep; do
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
      as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
*GNU*)
  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
*)
  ac_count=0
  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
  while :
  do
    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
    fi
    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
  done
  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
esac

      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
    done
  done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
    as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
  fi
else
  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
fi

   fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
 EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"


{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else



  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  :
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
# define ISLOWER(c) \
		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
#endif

#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
int
main ()
{
  int i;
  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
      return 2;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF




if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :







else





  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
fi

fi
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then


$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h


fi


if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5
$as_echo "$AR" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
  ac_ct_AR=$AR
  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then
    AR=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    AR=$ac_ct_AR
  fi
else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5
$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
    RANLIB=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
  fi
else
  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi

if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_RC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RC" >&5
$as_echo "$RC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
  ac_ct_RC=$RC
  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_ct_RC" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_ct_RC" = x; then
    RC=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    RC=$ac_ct_RC
  fi
else
  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; }
set x ${MAKE-make}
ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
SHELL = /bin/sh
all:
	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in

  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;

  *)
    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;

esac
rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
  SET_MAKE=
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------









































#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_shared; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
$as_echo "static" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=0


$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    #
    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
    # First, look for one uninstalled.
    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
    #

    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
	no_tcl=true

# Check whether --with-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then :

  withval=$with_tcl; with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl configuration... " >&6; }
	if ${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else


	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
		    */tclConfig.sh )
			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
			    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
			fi ;;
		esac
		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
		else

		    as_fn_error $? "${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5

		fi
	    fi

	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			../tcl \
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
	    fi

fi


	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	else
	    no_tcl=
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
	fi
    fi


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
    else
        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
    fi

    #
    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC







<
|
<



|
|




|
|


|
|


|
|







3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832

3833

3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
	    fi

fi


	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"

	    as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5

	else
	    no_tcl=
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo "found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
	fi
    fi


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... " >&6; }

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5
$as_echo "loading" >&6; }
	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
$as_echo "could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; }
    fi

    #
    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263

3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #


    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""







>







3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #

    eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286


3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303

3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457

3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466



3467
3468




















3469















3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544









if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.









for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do
as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default

#include <$ac_header>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF

fi

done




    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_64bit"
  do64bit=$enableval
else
  do64bit=no
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6

    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_wince"
  doWince=$enableval
else
  doWince=no
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6

# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_celib"
  CELIB_DIR=$withval
else
  CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB
fi;
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6

    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
_ACEOF


    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
done


  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
else



  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6




















fi

















    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then

      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #ifndef _WIN32
		#error cross-compiler
	    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_cross=no
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6

      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"







>
>

<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
>









<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

|











|
|
|
|
<
|


|
<
<

<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
|
<




|
|
|
|









|
|

|



|
>






|
|

>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|







3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900



3901
3902
3903

3904
3905



3906
3907
3908

3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918









3919
3920
3921
3922












3923




























3924
3925






3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942

3943
3944
3945
3946


3947

3948











3949


3950










3951
3952
3953

3954

3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046




4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060







4061














4062
4063



4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077








if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then



    as_fn_error $? "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better." "$LINENO" 5

fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6; then



    as_fn_error $? "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better." "$LINENO" 5

fi
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.









for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do :
  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`












ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default




























"
if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then :






  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF

fi

done




    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit support is requested... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_64bit; do64bit=$enableval
else
  do64bit=no
fi




    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bit" >&5











$as_echo "$do64bit" >&6; }













    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h



    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


    # Extract the first word of "wine", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy wine; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_WINE+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$WINE"; then
  ac_cv_prog_WINE="$WINE" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_WINE="wine"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

fi
fi
WINE=$ac_cv_prog_WINE
if test -n "$WINE"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $WINE" >&5
$as_echo "$WINE" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi



    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then

      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #ifndef _WIN32
		#error cross-compiler
	    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_cross=no
else



  ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_cross" >&6; }

      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672

































3673
3674
3675








3676

3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779

    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
	echo "END" >> $conftest

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6
	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
	if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } ; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
	else
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
	    CYGPATH=echo
	fi
	conftest=
	cyg_conftest=
    fi

    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
        DEPARG='"$<"'
    else
        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
    fi

    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	extra_cflags="-pipe"
	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#ifdef _WIN32
		    #error win32
		#endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_win32=no
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6
	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	fi

	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for working -municode linker flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_municode+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

































  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF








cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext

cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	#include <windows.h>
	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_municode=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_municode=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_municode" >&6
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
	else
	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
	fi
    fi

    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	SHLIB_LD=""
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
	RC_OUT=-o
	RC_TYPE=
	RC_INCLUDE=--include
	RC_DEFINE=--define
	RES=res.o
	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
	LIBPREFIX="lib"

	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
	    runtime=
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6

	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    fi

	    runtime=
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.

	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"







|
|


|


|
|
|
|

|
|

















|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|

<
|
<



|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
|

|
|


|
|








|
|




















|
|





|
|



<
<
|
|
<







4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141




4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155







4156














4157
4158



4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166

4167

4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235





















4236
4237
4238



4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288


4289
4290

4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297

    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
	echo "END" >> $conftest

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... " >&6; }
	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
	if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
  { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_try\""; } >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; }; } ; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
	    CYGPATH=echo
	fi
	conftest=
	cyg_conftest=
    fi

    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
        DEPARG='"$<"'
    else
        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
    fi

    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	extra_cflags="-pipe"
	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_win32+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#ifdef _WIN32
		    #error win32
		#endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  ac_cv_win32=no
else



  ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_win32" >&6; }
	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then

	    as_fn_error $? "${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." "$LINENO" 5

	fi

	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for working -municode linker flag... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_municode+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
# -----------------------
# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
ac_fn_c_try_link ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
case "(($ac_try" in
  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
esac
eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
  ac_status=$?
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
    cat conftest.er1 >&5
    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
	 test ! -s conftest.err
       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
	 test -x conftest$ac_exeext
       }; then :
  ac_retval=0
else
  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

	ac_retval=1
fi
  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval

} # ac_fn_c_try_link
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	#include <windows.h>
	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF





















if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_municode=yes
else



  ac_cv_municode=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_municode" >&6; }
	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
	else
	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
	fi
    fi

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking compiler flags" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking compiler flags... " >&6; }
    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	SHLIB_LD=""
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
	RC_OUT=-o
	RC_TYPE=
	RC_INCLUDE=--include
	RC_DEFINE=--define
	RES=res.o
	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
	LIBPREFIX="lib"

	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using static flags" >&5
$as_echo "using static flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using shared flags" >&5
$as_echo "using shared flags" >&6; }

	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then


		as_fn_error $? "${CC} does not support the -shared option.
                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." "$LINENO" 5

	    fi

	    runtime=
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.

	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"








|







4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"

3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"

	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		;;
	    ia64)
		MACHINE="IA64"
		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		;;
	    *)
		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		    #ifndef _WIN64
			#error 32-bit
		    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_win_64bit=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_win_64bit=no

fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
			do64bit=amd64
			MACHINE="AMD64"
			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
		fi
		;;
	esac
    else
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
	    runtime=-MT
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
	    runtime=-MD
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"







|
|



|
|


|
<
<
<
<














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|


|



|
|






|
|





|
|







4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353




4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367







4368














4369
4370



4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"

	case "$do64bit" in
	    amd64|x64|yes)
		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		;;
	    ia64)
		MACHINE="IA64"
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		;;
	    *)
		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		    #ifndef _WIN64
			#error 32-bit
		    #endif

int
main ()
{

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_win_64bit=yes
else



  tcl_win_64bit=no

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
			do64bit=amd64
			MACHINE="AMD64"
			{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
		fi
		;;
	esac
    else
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
	    # static
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using static flags" >&5
$as_echo "using static flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=-MT
	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
	else
	    # dynamic
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using shared flags" >&5
$as_echo "using shared flags" >&6; }
	    runtime=-MD
	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
		    ;;
		ia64)
		    MACHINE="IA64"
		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
		    ;;
	    esac
	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&2;}
	    fi
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
	fi

	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"

	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
		    ;;
		*)
		    ;;
	esac

	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
	    # need to modify CC.
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether _WIN64 is declared" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether _WIN64 is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
#ifndef _WIN64
  char *p = (char *) _WIN64;
#endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&6
if test $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64 = yes; then
  :
else
  CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
fi

	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""







|
|

|
|


















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456













































4457




4458






4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
		    ;;
		ia64)
		    MACHINE="IA64"
		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
		    ;;
	    esac
	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&2;}
	    fi
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
$as_echo "   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; }
	fi

	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"

	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
		x1[4-9]*)
		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
		    ;;
		*)
		    ;;
	esac

	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
	    # need to modify CC.













































	    ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "_WIN64" "ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" "$ac_includes_default"




if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" = xyes; then :







else
  CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
fi

	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
		# If !yes then the user specified something
		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
		ARCH=
		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
	if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
	if ($1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
	if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
	if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
	if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
		}'`
		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
		fi
	    fi
	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    fi
	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	    else
		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
		fi
		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
	    fi
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
	    else
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
	    fi
	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
	    for i in $defs ; do
		cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define $i 1
_ACEOF

	    done
#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
#	    fi
	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""

	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
	    else
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
	    fi
	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
	else
	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
	fi

	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485







































































































4486

4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi








































































































	LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"


	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254

4255
4256

4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847

4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924

4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi

    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
	    #include <windows.h>
	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
		    return 0;
		}
		return 1;
	    }

_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_seh=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

( exit $ac_status )
tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi


fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1
_ACEOF

	fi

	#
	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
	#
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#	    include <windows.h>
#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int
_ACEOF

	fi

	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#define VOID void
		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
		#include <windows.h>
		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
		LONG l;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1
_ACEOF

	fi

	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

		  union foo { int i; double d; };
		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
_ACEOF

	fi
    fi

    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version






#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
else
  # Is the header compilable?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$ac_includes_default
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_header_compiler=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6

# Is the header present?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
  if test -s conftest.err; then
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
  else
    ac_cpp_err=
  fi
else
  ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
  ac_header_preproc=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

  ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6

# So?  What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
  yes:no: )
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ac_header_preproc=yes
    ;;
  no:yes:* )
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
    (
      cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------------------------------------ ##
## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
## ------------------------------------------ ##
_ASBOX
    ) |
      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
    ;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6

fi
if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
  :
else
  MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi




#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NO_STRTOI64 1
_ACEOF

fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <windows.h>

#include <uxtheme.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1
_ACEOF

else
  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi


echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for vssym32.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for vssym32.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_vssym32_h+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>

#include <vssym32.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
  ac_status=$?
  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
  rm -f conftest.er1
  cat conftest.err >&5
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); } &&
	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
  ac_status=$?
  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
  ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=yes
else
  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5

ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h = yes; then
  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1
_ACEOF

fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_symbols"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi;

# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	DBGX=""

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NDEBUG 1
_ACEOF

	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6

	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
_ACEOF

    else
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	DBGX=g
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
	fi
    fi



    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then

cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF


cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1
_ACEOF

    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6
	else
	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
	fi
    fi


TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6
    # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest"
  embed_ok=$enableval
else
  embed_ok=yes
fi;


    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
    result=no
    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h.  */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then

	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
	# in this compiler case
	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
	result=yes
	if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
	    result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
	fi

fi
rm -f conftest*

    fi
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6





    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6



    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6

    if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else

	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done

fi


    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
    else
	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
	TCLSH_PROG=""
	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
    fi



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------







|









<
|
<




|
|
|
|

|


|
<
<
<
<


















<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
|

|
>


>

|
|


<
|
<









|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<



















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<







|
|
|
|

|
<
<
<
<













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
|

|


|
|


<
|
<















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

<
<
<











|
|
|
|


|
<
<
<
<










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
|

|
|

|
|


<
|
<







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<


|
|



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<












|
|
|
|
<
|


|
>






<
|
<

|
|

<
|
<






|
|







<
|
<





<
|
<


<
|
<





|
|

|
|











|
|
|
|
|
<


|
>







|
<
<
<
<








|


















|
|





|
|

|
|



|
|

|
|




















|
|



|
|







4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526

4527

4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540




4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558




4559






4560
4561





4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573

4574

4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589




4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605







4606














4607
4608



4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617

4618

4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631




4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650







4651














4652
4653



4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662

4663

4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676




4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689







4690














4691
4692



4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701

4702

4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717


















4718



















































































































4719
4720



4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738




4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748





















4749
4750
4751



4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760

4761

4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768











4769
4770
























4771












4772

4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779











4780
4781
4782
























4783












4784

4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800

4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811

4812

4813
4814
4815
4816

4817

4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832

4833

4834
4835
4836
4837
4838

4839

4840
4841

4842

4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868

4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880




4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi

    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then

	$as_echo "#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
	    #include <windows.h>
	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
		    return 0;
		}
		return 1;
	    }

_ACEOF




if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :






  tcl_cv_seh=yes
else





  tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
fi


fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_seh" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	#
	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
	#
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#	    include <windows.h>
#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else



  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then


$as_echo "#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#define VOID void
		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
		#include <windows.h>
		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
		LONG l;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else



  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi

	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

int
main ()
{

		  union foo { int i; double d; };
		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF







if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :














  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else



  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then


$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h


	fi
    fi

    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version






#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------



















ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "errno.h" "ac_cv_header_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"



















































































































if test "x$ac_cv_header_errno_h" = xyes; then :




else
  MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi




#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking availability of _strtoi64... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_strtoi64+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF





















if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else



  tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6; }
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then


$as_echo "#define NO_STRTOI64 1" >>confdefs.h


fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------












ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "uxtheme.h" "ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" "#include <windows.h>
"
























if test "x$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" = xyes; then :












  $as_echo "#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1" >>confdefs.h


else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi













ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "vssym32.h" "ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" "#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
"
























if test "x$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" = xyes; then :












  $as_echo "#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1" >>confdefs.h


fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for build with symbols" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for build with symbols... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then :

  enableval=$enable_symbols; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi

# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	DBGX=""


$as_echo "#define NDEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h


	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }


	$as_echo "#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1" >>confdefs.h


    else
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	DBGX=g
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
$as_echo "yes (standard debugging)" >&6; }
	fi
    fi



    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then


$as_echo "#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then


$as_echo "#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h




$as_echo "#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1" >>confdefs.h


    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6; }
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
	fi
    fi


TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether to embed manifest... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_embedded_manifest; embed_ok=$enableval

else
  embed_ok=yes
fi


    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
    result=no
    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
	cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext




/* end confdefs.h.  */

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
	# in this compiler case
	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[email protected] ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[email protected] wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
	result=yes
	if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
	    result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
	fi

fi
rm -f conftest*

    fi
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $result" >&5
$as_echo "$result" >&6; }





    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... " >&6; }
    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
$as_echo "$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6; }



    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }

    if ${ac_cv_path_tclsh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done

fi


    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
$as_echo "$TCLSH_PROG" >&6; }
    else
	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
	TCLSH_PROG=""
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
$as_echo "No tclsh found on PATH" >&6; }
    fi



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173

5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
















5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210

5211
5212

5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221



5222
5223











5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255






5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262

5263
5264
5265
5266
5267






5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276


5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282

5283
5284
5285
5286

5287

5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297

5298
5299
5300
5301

5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311

5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320

5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326


5327

5328



5329
5330













































5331

5332
5333






5334

5335










5336






5337
5338



5339

5340


5341



5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350

5351
5352


5353
5354





5355





5356


5357
5358
5359






























































5360

5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371





5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380



5381



5382
5383
5384
5385

5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396

5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425


5426
5427
5428

5429

5430


5431







5432
5433
5434
5435





5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458


5459
5460
5461




5462


5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472

5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481

5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494


5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504


5505



5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517

5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524

5525
5526
5527

5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534









5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577

5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584

5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595

5596
5597
5598
5599

5600
5601
5602

5603
5604
5605
5606
5607


5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619

5620

5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628


5629

5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638





5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678


5679
5680
5681


5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693

5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710





5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716






5717



5718
5719


5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731

5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744


5745
5746

5747



5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763

5764
5765
5766
5767

5768
5769
5770










5771


5772


5773
5774
5775
5776
5777


5778

5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796


5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809

5810




5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819


5820
5821
5822


5823
5824
5825
5826

5827
5828
5829


5830
5831



5832
5833
5834


5835
5836


5837
5838
5839


5840
5841
5842
5843
5844


5845
5846

5847
5848
5849
5850
5851

5852
5853
5854
5855
5856


5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862


5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868

5869
5870
5871
5872

5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880

5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888



5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897

5898
5899

5900
5901


5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914


5915







5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925

5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944

5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950





5951
5952
5953
5954






5955
5956
5957






5958











5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967

5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979


5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997


5998
5999


6000



6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010


6011
6012
6013




6014
6015
6016


6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028

6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097


6098

6099

6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106

6107
6108




6109

6110
6111




6112
6113
6114
6115









6116
6117
6118




6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126


6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133




6134








6135
6136
6137

6138
6139


6140
6141
6142

6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152



6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173




6174
6175
6176







                              ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.

_ACEOF

# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
















{
  (set) 2>&1 |
    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
    *ac_space=\ *)
      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
      sed -n \
	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
      ;;
    *)
      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
      sed -n \
	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
      ;;
    esac;

} |
  sed '

     t clear
     : clear
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
     t end
     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
     : end' >>confcache
if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
  if test -w $cache_file; then
    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"



    cat confcache >$cache_file
  else











    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
  fi
fi
rm -f confcache

test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'

# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
s/:*$//;
s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
}'
fi

# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF






t clear
: clear
s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
d

: quote
s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
s,\[,\\&,g
s,\],\\&,g
s,\$,$$,g






p
_ACEOF
# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
# would break.
ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`


DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
rm -f confdef2opt.sed


ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=

for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`

  # 2. Add them.

  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs

LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs



: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}

ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}

cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.

debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false

SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
## --------------------- ##

# Be Bourne compatible

if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'


elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  set -o posix



fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh















































# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then






  as_unset=unset

else










  as_unset=false






fi






# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.


$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH



PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME

do
  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then


    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
  else





    $as_unset $as_var





  fi


done

# Required to use basename.






























































if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then

  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi







# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`



# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh

  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
  chmod +x conf$$.sh
  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  else
    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  fi
  rm -f conf$$.sh
fi


  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
  # relative or not.
  case $0 in
    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done

       ;;


  esac
  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.

  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then

    as_myself=$0


  fi







  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }





  fi
  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
  '')
    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
	 case $as_dir in
	 /*)
	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
	     export CONFIG_SHELL
	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
	   fi;;


	 esac
       done
done




;;


  esac

  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)

  sed '=' <$as_myself |
    sed '
      N
      s,$,-,
      : loop
      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
      t loop
      s,-$,,
      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,

    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }

  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
  . ./$as_me.lineno
  # Exit status is that of the last command.
  exit
}




case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T='	' ;;
  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac

if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then


  as_expr=expr



else
  as_expr=false
fi

rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
    as_ln_s='cp -p'

  else
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
  fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
  as_ln_s=ln
else
  as_ln_s='cp -p'

fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file


if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p=:
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi










as_executable_p="test -f"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" 	$as_nl"

# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH

exec 6>&1

# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
exec 5>>config.log
{
  echo
  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_CSEOF

This file was extended by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@

_CSEOF
echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5

echo >&5
_ACEOF

# Files that config.status was made for.
if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi


if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi

if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi

if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS

fi

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF


ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
current configuration.


Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...

  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
  -V, --version    print version number, then exit


  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
		   instantiate the configuration file FILE

Configuration files:
$config_files

Report bugs to <bug-auto[email protected]>."
_ACEOF


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF

ac_cs_version="\\
config.status
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."


srcdir=$srcdir

_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
  case $1 in





  --*=*)
    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  -*)
    ac_option=$1
    ac_optarg=$2
    ac_shift=shift
    ;;
  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
     # arguments.
     ac_option=$1
     ac_need_defaults=false;;
  esac

  case $ac_option in
  # Handling of the options.
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
  --version | --vers* | -V )
    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
  --he | --h)
    # Conflict between --help and --header
    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  --help | --hel | -h )
    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
  --debug | --d* | -d )
    debug=: ;;
  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
    $ac_shift
    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;
  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )


    $ac_shift
    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;


  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
    ac_cs_silent=: ;;

  # This is an error.
  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;

  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;


  esac
  shift
done

ac_configure_extra_args=

if $ac_cs_silent; then
  exec 6>/dev/null
  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion





fi

_ACEOF














cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF


for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case "$ac_config_target" in
  # Handling of arguments.
  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
  "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
  "wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;
  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
  esac
done


# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi

# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.


$debug ||
{

  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0



  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
}

# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.

{
  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
}  ||
{
  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
} ||
{
   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }

}

_ACEOF


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF

#










# CONFIG_FILES section.


#



# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.


  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;

   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t


s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t

s,@CC@,$CC,;t t




s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
s,@AR@,$AR,;t t


s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t


s,@RC@,$RC,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t
s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t

s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t


s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t



s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t


s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t


s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t


s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t


s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t

s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t
s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t
s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t

s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t


s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t


s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t

s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t

s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t
s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t
s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t
s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t

s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t
s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t



s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t
s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t
s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t

s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t

s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t


s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t
s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t
s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t
s,@RES@,$RES,;t t
s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
CEOF



_ACEOF








  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
  ac_max_sed_lines=48
  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
  ac_more_lines=:
  ac_sed_cmds=

  while $ac_more_lines; do
    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
    else
      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
    fi
    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
      ac_more_lines=false
    else
      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
      (echo ':t
  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
      else
	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"

      fi
      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
      ac_beg=$ac_end
      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
    fi
  done





  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
    ac_sed_cmds=cat
  fi
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"







_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF






for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue











  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
  case $ac_file in
  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
	cat >$tmp/stdin
	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;

  esac

  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$ac_file" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  s/.*/./; q'`
  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
  else
    as_dir="$ac_dir"
    as_dirs=
    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$as_dir" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }


  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }



  	  s/.*/./; q'`
    done
    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }

  ac_builddir=.

if test "$ac_dir" != .; then


  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`




else
  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi



case $srcdir in
  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.
    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
       ac_top_srcdir=.
    else
       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
    fi ;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;

  *) # Relative path.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac

# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
  case "$ac_dir" in
  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
  case $ac_top_srcdir in
  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
  esac;;
esac



  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
    rm -f "$ac_file"
  fi
  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
    configure_input=
  else
    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
  fi
  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."

  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
  # src tree.
  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
    for f in $ac_file_in; do
      case $f in
      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
      [\\/$]*)


	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)

	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5

echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	 echo "$f";;
      *) # Relative
	 if test -f "$f"; then
	   # Build tree
	   echo "$f"

	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
	   # Source tree




	   echo "$srcdir/$f"

	 else
	   # /dev/null tree




	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
	 fi;;









      esac
    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
_ACEOF




cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
  sed "$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t


s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t




s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t








" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
  rm -f $tmp/stdin
  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then

    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
  else


    cat $tmp/out
    rm -f $tmp/out
  fi


done
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF

{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
_ACEOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save





# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
  ac_cs_success=:
  ac_config_status_args=
  test "$silent" = yes &&
    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
  exec 5>/dev/null
  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
  exec 5>>config.log
  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }




fi









|
>


















|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
|



|


<
|

|
>
|

>

|


|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|

|

<
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
<




>


<
|
>
|
>
|
|







|
>


|
|
>
|









>

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
>
|


|


>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>

>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>





<
|
<
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>





|





>
>
>
>
>

<
|


|
<
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|







|
<
|
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
>
>
|
<
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>

|
<
<
|
|
<
|
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
>
|
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
|
<
|
>
|
<

>

|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|

<
|
|

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

|







<
|
>
|


<
|
|
<
>

<
<
<

<
<
<

<
|
>
|

|

>

|
|
>

|


|
>
>
|


|
|




|
<

>
|
>


|
|

|


>
>
|
>


|
|
<




>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|


|




<
<
<
<




<
<


|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|



|
<
<
>
>
|
|

>
>





<
<
|
|
<

|
>













|

<
|
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>

|
>
>


|
<
|
|
|
|
|
<


>










|

|
>
>


>
|
>
>
>
|

<



|
|


|
|
<
<
|
<
>
|
|
<
|
>
|

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>

|
<
<
<
>
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
<
<
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
<
<
>
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
<
|
>
|
|
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
<
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
|
>
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
|
>
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
|
<
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
|
>


<
|



|
<
|
|
|
>
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
|


|
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>


|

<
|
<
|
<
|

|
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

|


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<

>
>
>
>
|
|


|


|
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
>
|
|
|
>

|
<

<

|

<

>
>
>




















|
>
>
>
>



5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167

5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208















5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228

5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241








5242
5243
5244

5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251

5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402

5403

5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509

5510
5511
5512
5513

5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536

5537
5538
5539








5540
5541


5542













5543
5544
5545
5546
5547

5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563



5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569








5570


5571









5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586


5587
5588

5589


5590
5591
5592



5593


5594
5595
5596
5597



5598



5599



5600
5601
5602
5603
5604




5605
5606

5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613


5614








5615
5616
5617


5618

5619
5620
5621

5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651


5652
5653
5654
5655

5656
5657
5658
5659








5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669

5670
5671
5672
5673
5674

5675
5676

5677
5678



5679



5680

5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708

5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728

5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747




5748
5749
5750
5751


5752
5753
5754
5755
5756







5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762


5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774


5775
5776

5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794

5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823

5824
5825
5826
5827
5828

5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855

5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864


5865

5866
5867
5868

5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891



5892
5893
5894
5895
5896


5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908


5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917





5918

5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925


5926




5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935



5936
5937


5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945


5946
5947


5948
5949
5950


5951
5952
5953
5954
5955


5956
5957
5958

5959
5960
5961
5962

5963
5964
5965
5966
5967


5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985


5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994

5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014

6015
6016

6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022


6023
6024
6025






6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037



6038



6039
6040
6041
6042
6043

6044
6045
6046
6047
6048







6049



6050
6051

6052


6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069


6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089

6090
6091



6092
6093
6094
6095

6096
6097
6098
6099
6100

6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
















6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118





6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140

6141

6142

6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
































6150






6151
6152
6153
6154




















6155


6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162


6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168

6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175

6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181


6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191

6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240

6241

6242
6243
6244

6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276







ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.

_ACEOF

# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
(
  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
    case $ac_val in #(
    *${as_nl}*)
      case $ac_var in #(
      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
      esac
      case $ac_var in #(
      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
      esac ;;
    esac
  done

  (set) 2>&1 |
    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
      sed -n \
	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
      ;; #(
    *)
      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.

      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
      ;;
    esac |
    sort
) |
  sed '
     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
     t clear
     :clear
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
     t end
     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
     :end' >>confcache
if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
      else
        case $cache_file in #(
        */* | ?:*)
	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
        *)
	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
	esac
      fi
    fi
  else
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
  fi
fi
rm -f confcache

test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
















# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
ac_script='
:mline
/\\$/{
 N
 s,\\\n,,
 b mline
}
t clear
:clear
s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
t quote
s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
t quote

b any
:quote
s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
s/\[/\\&/g
s/\]/\\&/g
s/\$/$$/g
H
:any
${
	g
	s/^\n//
	s/\n/ /g
	p








}
'
DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`



ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=
U=
for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.

  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs

LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs



: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
ac_write_fail=0
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
as_write_fail=0
cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.

debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false

SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
export SHELL
_ASEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##

# Be more Bourne compatible
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  emulate sh
  NULLCMD=:
  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
  *posix*) :
    set -o posix ;; #(
  *) :
     ;;
esac
fi


as_nl='
'
export as_nl
# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='print -r --'
  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
  as_echo='printf %s\n'
  as_echo_n='printf %s'
else
  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
  else
    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
    as_echo_n_body='eval
      arg=$1;
      case $arg in #(
      *"$as_nl"*)
	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
      esac;
      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
    '
    export as_echo_n_body
    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
  fi
  export as_echo_body
  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
fi

# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
  }
fi


# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
IFS=" ""	$as_nl"

# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
as_myself=
case $0 in #((
  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

     ;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
  as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
  exit 1
fi

# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
done
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '

# NLS nuisances.

LC_ALL=C

export LC_ALL
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE

# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH


# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
# ----------------------------------------
# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
as_fn_error ()
{
  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
  if test "$4"; then
    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
  fi
  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
  as_fn_exit $as_status
} # as_fn_error


# as_fn_set_status STATUS
# -----------------------
# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
as_fn_set_status ()
{
  return $1
} # as_fn_set_status

# as_fn_exit STATUS
# -----------------
# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
as_fn_exit ()
{
  set +e
  as_fn_set_status $1
  exit $1
} # as_fn_exit

# as_fn_unset VAR
# ---------------
# Portably unset VAR.
as_fn_unset ()
{
  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
}
as_unset=as_fn_unset
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
# implementations.
if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1+=\$2
  }'
else
  as_fn_append ()
  {
    eval $1=\$$1\$2
  }
fi # as_fn_append

# as_fn_arith ARG...
# ------------------
# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=$(( $* ))
  }'
else
  as_fn_arith ()
  {
    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
  }
fi # as_fn_arith


if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
  as_expr=expr
else
  as_expr=false
fi

if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
  as_basename=basename
else
  as_basename=false
fi

if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  as_dirname=dirname
else
  as_dirname=false
fi


as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X/"$0" |
    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`

# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits

ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=

case `echo -n x` in #(((((
-n*)
  case `echo 'xy\c'` in








  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;


  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null













       ECHO_T='	';;
  esac;;
*)
  ECHO_N='-n';;
esac


rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if test -d conf$$.dir; then
  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
else
  rm -f conf$$.dir
  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
fi
if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s='ln -s'
    # ... but there are two gotchas:
    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||



      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
    as_ln_s=ln
  else
    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
  fi








else


  as_ln_s='cp -pR'









fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null


# as_fn_mkdir_p
# -------------
# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
as_fn_mkdir_p ()
{

  case $as_dir in #(
  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
  esac
  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {


    as_dirs=
    while :; do

      case $as_dir in #(


      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
      esac



      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"


      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \



	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||



$as_echo X"$as_dir" |



    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{




	    s//\1/
	    q

	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/


	    q








	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`
      test -d "$as_dir" && break


    done

    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"



} # as_fn_mkdir_p
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
else
  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
  as_mkdir_p=false
fi


# as_fn_executable_p FILE
# -----------------------
# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
as_fn_executable_p ()
{
  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
} # as_fn_executable_p
as_test_x='test -x'
as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"

# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"


exec 6>&1
## ----------------------------------- ##
## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##


## ----------------------------------- ##
_ASEOF
test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1


cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.








ac_log="
This file was extended by $as_me, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@


on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
"

_ACEOF


case $ac_config_files in *"
"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;

esac










cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Files that config.status was made for.
config_files="$ac_config_files"

_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...

  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
      --config     print configuration, then exit
  -q, --quiet, --silent
                   do not print progress messages
  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
                   instantiate the configuration file FILE

Configuration files:
$config_files

Report bugs to the package provider."


_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
config.status
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
srcdir='$srcdir'
test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.

ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
  case $1 in
  --*=?*)
    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  --*=)
    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
    ac_optarg=
    ac_shift=:
    ;;
  *)
    ac_option=$1
    ac_optarg=$2
    ac_shift=shift
    ;;




  esac

  case $ac_option in
  # Handling of the options.


  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )







    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
    debug=: ;;
  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
    $ac_shift
    case $ac_optarg in


    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
    esac
    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
    ac_need_defaults=false;;
  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
    ac_cs_silent=: ;;

  # This is an error.


  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;


  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
     ac_need_defaults=false ;;

  esac
  shift
done

ac_configure_extra_args=

if $ac_cs_silent; then
  exec 6>/dev/null
  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then

  set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
  shift
  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
  export CONFIG_SHELL
  exec "\$@"
fi

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
exec 5>>config.log
{
  echo
  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
  $as_echo "$ac_log"
} >&5

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
_ACEOF

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

# Handling of arguments.
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case $ac_config_target in

    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
    "tkConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
    "wish.exe.manifest") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;

  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;

  esac
done


# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi

# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
$debug ||
{
  tmp= ac_tmp=
  trap 'exit_status=$?
  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
' 0
  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
}

# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.

{
  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
  test -d "$tmp"
}  ||
{
  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")


} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5

ac_tmp=$tmp

# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.

# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then


ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
fi
ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
else
  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
fi

echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
_ACEOF





{
  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
  echo "_ACEOF"
} >conf$$subs.sh ||


  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
ac_delim='%!_!# '
for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5

  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
    break
  elif $ac_last_try; then
    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5


  else
    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
  fi
done
rm -f conf$$subs.sh

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
_ACEOF





sed -n '

h
s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
p
g
s/^[^!]*!//
:repl
t repl


s/'"$ac_delim"'$//




t delim
:nl
h
s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
t more1
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
p
n
b repl



:more1
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/


p
g
s/.\{148\}//
t nl
:delim
h
s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
t more2


s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
p


b
:more2
s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/


p
g
s/.\{148\}//
t delim
' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '


/^[^""]/{
  N
  s/\n//

}
' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
rm -f conf$$subs.awk
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

_ACAWK
cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
  FS = ""



}
{
  line = $ 0
  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
  substed = 0
  len = length(field[1])
  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
    key = field[i]
    keylen = length(key)
    if (S_is_set[key]) {
      value = S[key]
      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
      substed = 1
    } else
      len += 1 + keylen
  }



  print line
}

_ACAWK
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
else

  cat
fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
_ACEOF

# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
h
s///
s/^/:/
s/[	 ]*$/:/
s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
s/^:*//
s/:*$//

x
s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/

G
s/\n//
s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
}'
fi



cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"








eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      "
shift
for ac_tag
do
  case $ac_tag in
  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
  esac
  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
  :[FHL]*:*);;
  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;



  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;



  esac
  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
  IFS=:
  set x $ac_tag
  IFS=$ac_save_IFS

  shift
  ac_file=$1
  shift

  case $ac_mode in







  :L) ac_source=$1;;



  :[FH])
    ac_file_inputs=

    for ac_f


    do
      case $ac_f in
      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
	   case $ac_f in
	   [\\/$]*) false;;
	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
	   esac ||
	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
      esac
      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
    done



    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
    configure_input='Generated from '`
	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
	`' by configure.'
    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
    fi
    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
    case $configure_input in #(
    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
    esac

    case $ac_tag in

    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;



    esac
    ;;
  esac


  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||

$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
	    s//\1/
















	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
	    s//\1/
	    q
	  }
	  s/.*/./; q'`





  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
  ac_builddir=.

case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
*)
  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
  esac ;;
esac
ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
# for backward compatibility:
ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix

case $srcdir in
  .)  # We are building in place.
    ac_srcdir=.

    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub

    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;

  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
  *) # Relative name.
    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
































    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;






esac
ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix






















  case $ac_mode in


  :F)
  #
  # CONFIG_FILE
  #

_ACEOF



cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
ac_sed_dataroot='
/datarootdir/ {

  p
  q
}
/@datadir@/p
/@docdir@/p
/@infodir@/p
/@localedir@/p

/@mandir@/p'
case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}


_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
  ac_datarootdir_hack='
  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
esac

_ACEOF

# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
$ac_datarootdir_hack
"
eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5

test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}

  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
  case $ac_file in
  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
  esac \
  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
 ;;



  esac

done # for ac_tag




as_fn_exit 0
_ACEOF

ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save

test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5


# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
  ac_cs_success=:
  ac_config_status_args=
  test "$silent" = yes &&
    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
  exec 5>/dev/null
  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
  exec 5>>config.log
  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
fi
if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
fi


Added win/configure.ac.













































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h)
AC_PREREQ(2.69)

# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.7
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=7
TK_PATCH_LEVEL="a2"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC

AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_PROG_MAKE_SET

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -lt 9 ; then
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better.])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 6; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl 8.6+.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl 8.6 or better.])
fi
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)

#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
	    [_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
	    tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
	[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
	[#include <windows.h>])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
	[#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)

SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"

TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"

CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
    fi
    TK_RES=""
else
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES=""
    fi
    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi

# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)

AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)

AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)

# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)

AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)

AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(RES)

AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest)

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf;
dnl End:

Deleted win/configure.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.

AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h)
AC_PREREQ(2.59)

# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TK_VERSION=8.6
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".6"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
    exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
    CFLAGS=""
fi

AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC

AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_PROG_MAKE_SET

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_THREADS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SHARED

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG

if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)

#-------------------------------------------
#     Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------

AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
	    [_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
	    tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
    AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
	[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
	[#include <windows.h>])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
	[#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

TK_DBGX=${DBGX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)

SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"

TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"

eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"

CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
    fi
    TK_RES=""
else
    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
    else
        RC_DEFINES=""
    fi
    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi

# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)

AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)

AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)

AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)

AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)

# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)

AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)

AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)

AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)

# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(RES)

AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest)

dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf;
dnl End:
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Deleted win/makefile.bc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
#
# Makefile for Borland C++ 5.5 (or C++ Builder 5), adapted from the makefile
#   for Visual C++ that came with tk 8.3.3
#
# Some "not so obvious" details in this makefile are preceded by a comment
# "maintenance hint", which tries to explain what's going on. Better to
# leave those in place.
# Helmut Giese, July 2002
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.

# Does not depend on the presence of any environment variables in
# order to compile tcl; all needed information is derived from
# location of the compiler directories.

#
# Project directories
#
# ROOT    = top of source tree
#
# TMPDIR  = location where .obj files should be stored during build
#
# TOOLS32 = location of Borland development tools.
#
# TCLDIR = location of top of Tcl source hierarchy
#

ROOT        = ..
TCLDIR      = ..\..\tcl8.4
INSTALLDIR  = D:\tmp\tcl

# If you have C++ Builder 5 or the free Borland C++ 5.5 compiler
# adapt the following paths as appropriate for your system
TOOLS32    = d:\cbld5
TOOLS32_rc = d:\cbld5
#TOOLS32    = c:\bc55
#TOOLS32_rc = c:\bc55

cc32      = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\bcc32.exe"
link32    = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\ilink32.exe"
lib32     = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\tlib.exe"
rc32      = "$(TOOLS32_rc)\bin\brcc32.exe"
include32 = -I"$(TOOLS32)\include;$(TOOLS32)\include\mfc"
libpath32 = -L"$(TOOLS32)\lib"

# Uncomment the following line to compile with thread support
#THREADDEFINES = -DTCL_THREADS=1

# Allow definition of NDEBUG via command line
# Set NODEBUG to 0 to compile with symbols
!if !defined(NODEBUG)
NODEBUG = 1
!endif

# uncomment the following two lines to compile with TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#DEBUGDEFINES =-DTCL_MEM_DEBUG

######################################################################
# Do not modify below this line
######################################################################

TCLNAMEPREFIX = tcl
TKNAMEPREFIX = tk
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
VERSION = 84
DOTVERSION = 8.4

TCLSTUBPREFIX = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)stub
TKSTUBPREFIX  = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)stub


BINROOT   = .
!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
TMPDIRNAME  = Release
DBGX        =
!ELSE
TMPDIRNAME  = Debug
DBGX        =
#DBGX       = d
!ENDIF
TMPDIR      = $(BINROOT)\$(TMPDIRNAME)
OUTDIRNAME  = $(TMPDIRNAME)
OUTDIR      = $(TMPDIR)

TCLLIB        = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TCLPLUGINLIB  = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p.lib
TCLSTUBLIB    = $(TCLSTUBPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKDLLNAME     = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).dll
TKDLL         = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKDLLNAME)
TKLIB         = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKSTUBLIBNAME = $(TKSTUBPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKSTUBLIB     = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKPLUGINDLLNAME = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p$(DBG).dll
TKPLUGINDLL   = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKPLUGINDLLNAME)
TKPLUGINLIB   = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p$(DBGX).lib

WISH      = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
WISHC     = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
WISHP     = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)p$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
TKTEST    = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)test.exe
CAT32     = $(TMPDIR)\cat32.exe

BIN_INSTALL_DIR     = $(INSTALLDIR)\bin
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALLDIR)\include
LIB_INSTALL_DIR     = $(INSTALLDIR)\lib
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR  = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\tk$(DOTVERSION)

WISHOBJS = \
  $(TMPDIR)\winMain.obj

TKTESTOBJS = \
  $(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\tkSquare.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj \
  $(TCLLIBDIR)\tclThreadTest.obj

XLIBOBJS = \
  $(TMPDIR)\xcolors.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\xdraw.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\xgc.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\ximage.obj \
  $(TMPDIR)\xutil.obj

TKOBJS = \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkConsole.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkUnixMenubu.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkUnixScale.obj \
	$(XLIBOBJS) \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWin3d.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWin32Dll.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinButton.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinClipboard.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinColor.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinConfig.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinCursor.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinDialog.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinDraw.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinEmbed.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinFont.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinImage.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinInit.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinKey.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinMenu.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinPixmap.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinPointer.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinRegion.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinScrlbr.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinSend.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinWindow.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinWm.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWinX.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\stubs.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tk3d.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkArgv.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkAtom.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkBind.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkBitmap.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkBusy.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkButton.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvArc.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvBmap.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvImg.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvLine.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvPoly.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvPs.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvText.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvUtil.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvWind.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvas.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkClipboard.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCmds.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkColor.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkConfig.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkCursor.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkEntry.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkError.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkEvent.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkFileFilter.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkFocus.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkFont.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkFrame.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkGC.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkGet.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkGrab.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkGrid.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImage.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkListbox.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMain.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMenu.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkMessage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkObj.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkOption.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkPack.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkPlace.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkPointer.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkRectOval.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkScale.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkSelect.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkText.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextBTree.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextDisp.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextImage.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextIndex.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextMark.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextTag.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTextWind.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkTrig.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkUtil.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkVisual.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkStubInit.obj \
	$(TMPDIR)\tkWindow.obj

# Maintenance hint: Please have multiple members of TKSTUBOBJS be separated
# by exactly one ' ' (see below the rule for making TKSTUBLIB)
TKSTUBOBJS = $(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj

WINDIR      = $(ROOT)\win
GENERICDIR  = $(ROOT)\generic
XLIBDIR     = $(ROOT)\xlib
BITMAPDIR   = $(ROOT)\bitmaps
TCLLIBDIR   = $(TCLDIR)\win\$(OUTDIRNAME)
RCDIR       = $(WINDIR)\rc

TK_INCLUDES = -I$(WINDIR) -I$(GENERICDIR) -I$(BITMAPDIR) -I$(XLIBDIR) \
      -I$(TCLDIR)\generic -I$(TCLDIR)\win

TK_DEFINES  = -D_WIN32 $(DEBUGDEFINES) $(THREADDEFINES) SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED

######################################################################
# Compile flags
######################################################################

!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
# these macros cause maximum optimization and no symbols
cdebug = -v- -vi- -O2 -D_DEBUG
!ELSE
# these macros enable debugging
cdebug = -k -Od -r- -v -vi- -y
!ENDIF

SYSDEFINES = _MT;NO_STRICT;_NO_VCL

# declarations common to all compiler options
cbase = -3 -a4 -c -g0 -tWM -Ve -Vx -X-
WARNINGS = -w-rch -w-pch -w-par -w-dup -w-pro -w-dpu

ccons = -tWC

CFLAGS      = $(cdebug) $(cbase) $(WARNINGS) -D$(SYSDEFINES)

CON_CFLAGS  = $(CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) $(include32) $(ccons)
WISH_CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(include32) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(TK_DEFINES)
TK_CFLAGS   = $(CFLAGS) $(include32) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(TK_DEFINES) \
                   -DUSE_TCL_STUBS

######################################################################
# Link flags
######################################################################

!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
ldebug =
!ELSE
ldebug = -v
!ENDIF

# declarations common to all linker options
LNFLAGS = -D"" -Gn -I$(TMPDIR) -x $(ldebug) $(libpath32)
# -Gi: create lib file (is -Gl in doc)
# -aa: Windows app, -ap: Windows console app
LNFLAGS_DLL  = -ap -Gi -Tpd
LNFLAGS_CONS = -ap -Tpe
LNFLAGS_GUI  = -aa -Tpe

LNLIBS = import32 cw32mt


######################################################################
# Project specific targets
######################################################################

all:      setup $(WISH) $(CAT32)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries
plugin:   setup $(TKPLUGINDLL) $(WISHP)
tktest:   setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

# Maintenance hint: We want to set environment variables before calling tktest.
#  If we do this in the form of normal commands, they will not persist up to
#  the call of tktest. Therfore we put all commands wanted into a batch file.
#  The normal way of using 'echo >x.bat' and 'echo >>x.bat' does not work here
#  because we cannot write '... > tktest.txt' this way. Hence this advanced
#  form of loop hopping:
#    - Have MAKE produce a temporary file with the content we want.
#    - Use it as input to the COPY command to produce a batch file.
#    - Run the batch file and be happy.
#
test:     setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
  copy &&!
  set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library
  set PATH=$(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME);$(PATH)
  $(TKTEST) $(ROOT)/tests/all.tcl > tktest.txt
! _test.bat
  _test.bat
#  del _test.bat

runtest:  setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
  echo set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library             > _test2.bat
  echo set PATH=$(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME);$(PATH) >> _test2.bat
  echo $(TKTEST)                                    >> _test2.bat
  _test2.bat
#  del _test2.bat

console-wish : all $(WISHC)

stubs:
  $(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME)\tclsh$(VERSION)$(DBGX) \
    $(TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
    $(GENERICDIR)\tk.decls $(GENERICDIR)\tkInt.decls

setup:
  @mkd $(TMPDIR)
  @mkd $(OUTDIR)

install-binaries:
  @mkd "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy $(TKDLL) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy $(WISH) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
  @mkd "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy $(TKLIB) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"

install-libraries:
  @mkd "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
  @mkd "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11"
  copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h"             "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h"        "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h"    "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
  copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
  xcopy "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h"            "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11"
  @mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
  @mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images"
  @mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
  @mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images"
  @mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs"
  xcopy "$(ROOT)\library"		"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
  xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\images"	"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images"
  xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\demos"		"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
  xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images"	"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images"
  xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\msgs"		"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs"

$(TKLIB): $(TKDLL) $(TKSTUBLIB)

# Maintenance hint: The macro puts a '+-' before the first member of
#   TKSTUBOBJS, than replaces any ' ' with ' +-' - together putting '+-' in
#   front of any member of TKSTUBOBJS (provided, they are separated in their
#   defintion by just one space).
#
# The first time you *make* this target, you will get a warning
#   tkStubLib not found in library
# This is (probably) because of the '-' option, telling TLIB to remove
# 'tkStubLib' when it does not yet exist. Forcing a re-make when it already
# exists avoids this warning.
#
$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
    $(lib32) $@ +-$(TKSTUBOBJS: = +-)

#    $(lib32) $@ @&&!
#+-$(TKSTUBOBJS: = &^
#+-)
#!

$(TKDLL): $(TKOBJS) $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
    $(link32) $(ldebug) $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_DLL) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0d32 @&&!
      $(TKOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
!

$(TKPLUGINLIB): $(TKPLUGINDLL)

#$(TKPLUGINDLL): $(TKOBJS) $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
#        $(link32) $(ldebug) $(dlllflags) \
#    -out:$@ $(TMPDIR)\tk.res $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLPLUGINLIB) \
#    $(guilibsdll) @<<
#      $(TKOBJS)
#<<

$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
  $(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_GUI) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
    $(WISHOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!

$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
  $(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_CONS) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
    $(WISHOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!

$(WISHP): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKPLUGINLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
  $(link32) $(ldebug) $(guilflags) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res -out:$@ \
    $(guilibsdll) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLPLUGINLIB) \
    $(TKPLUGINLIB) $(WISHOBJS)

$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
  $(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_GUI) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
    $(TKTESTOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!
#  $(link32) $(ldebug) $(guilflags) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res -out:$@ \
#    $(guilibsdll) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB) $(TKTESTOBJS)

#$(CAT32): $(TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
#  $(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -o$(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $?
#  $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $(conlibs)

$(CAT32): $(TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
  $(cc32) $(CONS_CFLAGS) -o$(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $?
  $(link32) $(ldebug) $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_CONS) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 \
      $(TMPDIR)\cat.obj, $@, -x, $(LNLIBS),,

#
# Regenerate the stubs files.
#

genstubs:
  tclsh$(VERSION) $(TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
    $(GENERICDIR)\tk.decls $(GENERICDIR)\tkInt.decls

#
# Special case object file targets
#

$(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
  $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?

$(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
  $(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -DSTATIC_BUILD -o$@ $?

#
# Implicit rules
#

{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
  $(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<

{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
  $(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<

{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
  $(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<

{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
  $(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<

{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMPDIR)}.res:
  $(rc32) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(TOOLS32)\include" -I"$(TCLDIR)\generic" \
      -D$(USERDEFINES);$(SYSDEFINES) -fo$@ $<

clean:
  -@del $(OUTDIR)\*.exp
  -@del $(OUTDIR)\*.lib
  -@del $(OUTDIR)\*.dll
  -@del $(OUTDIR)\*.exe
  -@del $(OUTDIR)\*.pdb
  -@del $(TMPDIR)\*.pch
  -@del $(TMPDIR)\*.obj
  -@del $(TMPDIR)\*.res
  -@del $(TMPDIR)\*.exe
  -@rmd $(OUTDIR)
  -@rmd $(TMPDIR)

# dependencies

$(TMPDIR)\tk.res: \
    $(RCDIR)\buttons.bmp \
    $(RCDIR)\cursor*.cur \
    $(RCDIR)\tk.ico

$(GENERICDIR)/default.h: $(WINDIR)/tkWinDefault.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkButton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkCanvas.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkEntry.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkFrame.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkListbox.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenubutton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMessage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkScale.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkScrollbar.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h

$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextBTree.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextImage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextMark.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextWind.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h

$(GENERICDIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenuDraw.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(WINDIR)/tkWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to win/makefile.vc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32



33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81


82

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

137
138
139

140
141

142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187


188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# makefile.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or
# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)
!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
MSG = ^
You need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio or setenv.bat from the^
Platform SDK first to setup the environment.  Jump to this line to read^
the build instructions.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# HOW TO USE this makefile:
#
# 1)  It is now necessary to have MSVCDir, MSDevDir or MSSDK set in the
#     environment.  This is used as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been
#     run prior to running nmake or during the installation of Microsoft
#     Visual C++, MSVCDir had been set globally and the PATH adjusted.



#     Either way is valid.
#
#     You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
#     directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your
#     current setup.  This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the
#     swapping of different environments to be easier.
#
# 2)  To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
#     vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it.  This can also
#     turn on the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
#
# 3)  Targets are:

#	release  -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)
#	dlls     -- Just builds the windows extensions.
#	shell    -- Just builds the shell and the core.
#	core     -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].
#	all      -- Builds everything.
#	test     -- Builds and runs the test suite.
#	tktest   -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.
#	install  -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
#		    as the root of the install tree.
#	cwish    -- Builds a console version of wish.
#	tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.
#	genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).
#	depend   -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this
#		    makefile.  Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are
#		    refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common
#		    headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.
#	htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the
#		    troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to
#		    have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft
#		    to produce the .chm file.
#	winhelp  -- Builds the windows .hlp file for Tcl from the troff man
#		    files found in $(ROOT)\doc.
#



# 4)  Macros usable on the commandline:
#	TCLDIR=<path>
#		Sets the location for where to find the Tcl headers and
#		libraries.  The install point is assumed when not specified.
#		Tk does need the source directory, though.  Tk comes very close
#		to not needing the sources, but does, in fact, require them.
#
#	INSTALLDIR=<path>
#		Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
#		C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
#
#	OPTS=loimpact,msvcrt,nothreads,noxp,pdbs,profile,square,static,staticpkg,symbols,unchecked,none
#		Sets special options for the core.  The default is for none.
#		Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).


#		'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.

#
#		loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
#			   in use, low.  This is said to impact alloc performance.
#		msvcrt   = Affects the static option only to switch it from
#			   using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
#			   msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
#			   support.
#		nothreads= Turns off full multithreading support.
#		noxp     = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you
#                          cannot include support for XP themeing.
#		square   = Include the demo square widget.
#		static   = Builds a static library of the core instead of a
#			   dll.  The shell will be static (and large), as well.
#		staticpkg= Affects the static option only to switch wishXX.exe
#			   to have the dde and reg extension linked inside it.
#		pdbs     = Build detached symbols for release builds.
#		profile  = Adds profiling hooks.  Map file is assumed.
#		thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool)
#			   This is the default on threaded builds.
#		tclalloc = Use the old non-thread allocator
#		symbols  = Debug build. Links to the debug C runtime, disables
#			   optimizations and creates pdb symbols files.

#		unchecked = Allows a symbols build to not use the debug
#			   enabled runtime (msvcrt.dll not msvcrtd.dll
#			   or libcmt.lib not libcmtd.lib).
#
#	STATS=compdbg,memdbg,none
#		Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
#		to the core.  The default is for none.  Any combination of the
#		above may be used (comma separated).  'none' will over-ride
#		everything to nothing.
#
#		compdbg  = Enables byte compilation logging.
#		memdbg   = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
#
#	CHECKS=64bit,fullwarn,nodep,none
#		Sets special macros for checking compatability.
#
#		64bit    = Enable 64bit portability warnings (if available)
#		fullwarn = Builds with full compiler and link warnings enabled.
#			    Very verbose.
#		nodep	 = Turns off compatability macros to ensure the core
#			    isn't being built with deprecated functions.
#
#	MACHINE=(ALPHA|AMD64|IA64|IX86)
#		Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
#		resource compiler.  This hook is needed to tell the tools
#		when alternate platforms are requested.  IX86 is the default
#		when not specified. If the CPU environment variable has been
#		set (ie: recent Platform SDK) then MACHINE is set from CPU.
#
#	TMP_DIR=<path>
#	OUT_DIR=<path>
#		Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be

#		changed.  $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be
#		$(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
#		$(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.

#
#	TESTPAT=<file>

#		Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
#
# 5)  Examples:
#
#	Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
#	nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
#
#                        Standard (no frills)
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
#
#                         Building for Win64
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
#       c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
#       Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
#       c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#==============================================================================
###############################################################################


#    //==================================================================\\
#   >>[               -> Do not modify below this line. <-               ]<<
#   >>[  Please, use the commandline macros to modify how Tcl is built.  ]<<
#   >>[  If you need more features, send us a patch for more macros.     ]<<
#    \\==================================================================//


###############################################################################
#==============================================================================
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!if !exist("makefile.vc")
MSG = ^
You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
Please `cd` to its location first.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

PROJECT = tk
!include "rules.vc"



!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,
!message ***    at this time, sorry.  Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the
!message ***    Tcl sources.
!endif

# Extra makefile options processing...
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
HAVE_UXTHEME_H    = 1
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]
!message *** Exclude support for XP theme
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 0
!else
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif

STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish

BINROOT		= $(MAKEDIR)     # originally .
ROOT		= $(MAKEDIR)\..  # originally ..

TK_LIBRARY	= $(ROOT)\library

TKIMPLIB	= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TKLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKLIB		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)"

TKSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION).lib
TKSTUBLIB	= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)"

WISH 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"

LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_DOTVERSION)
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include

WISHOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \
!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
	$(TCLDDELIB) \
	$(TCLREGLIB) \
!endif
	$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res













>


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<

<
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
|
<
|
<
<

<
>




















<
<

>
>
>
|
<
|
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>
|
<
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|

>
>






|


















<
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
|
<
<

<
|




<
<
<
<
<
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16








17
18


19




20
21
22
23




24

25


26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47


48
49
50
51
52

53



54







55
56
57
58
59











60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

72


















73
74





75



76
77


78
79

80
81









82








83



84
85





86
87



88








89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119


120
121
122



123


124

125
126
127
128
129






130
131
132
133
134
135
136
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# makefile.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.
# Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------









# General usage:
#   nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]]


#




# For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md)
# or examine Sections 6-8 in rules.vc. This makefile has the following
# values for the OPTS macro in addition to the ones described there.
#	noxp     = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you




#                  cannot include support for XP themeing.

#	square   = Include the demo square widget.


#

# Possible values for TARGET are:
#	release  -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)
#	dlls     -- Just builds the windows extensions.
#	shell    -- Just builds the shell and the core.
#	core     -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].
#	all      -- Builds everything.
#	test     -- Builds and runs the test suite.
#	tktest   -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.
#	install  -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
#		    as the root of the install tree.
#	cwish    -- Builds a console version of wish.
#	tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.
#	genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).
#	depend   -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this
#		    makefile.  Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are
#		    refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common
#		    headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.
#	htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the
#		    troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to
#		    have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft
#		    to produce the .chm file.


#
# The steps to setup a Visual C++ environment depend on which
# version of Visual Studio and/or the Windows SDK you are building
# against and are not described here. The simplest method is generally
# to start a command shell using one of the short cuts installed by

# Visual Studio/Windows SDK for the appropriate target architecture.



#







# NOTE: For older (Visual C++ 6 or the 2003 SDK), to use the Platform
# SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after vcvars32.bat
# according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on the
# 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
#











# Examples:
# Assumign Tcl sources lie in ../../tcl
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release
# If Tcl sources are not in ../../tcl, use the TCLDIR macro to specify dir
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release TCLDIR=c:\src\tcl
# Run the test suite
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc test
# Install Tk in location specified by INSTALLDIR macro
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
# Build release with PDF files
#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=pdbs
# Build debug version

#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=symbols


















#
###############################################################################









# The PROJECT macro is used by rules.vc for generating appropriate
# macros and rules.


PROJECT = tk


# Default target to build if no target is specified. If unspecified, the
# rules.vc file will set up "all" as the target.









DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = release












# We have a custom resource file
RCFILE = tk.rc






# The rules.vc file does much of the hard work in terms of defining



# the build configuration, macros, output directories etc.








!include "rules-ext.vc"

# TCLINSTALL is set to 1 by rules.vc to indicate we are building against
# an installed Tcl and 0 if building against Tcl source. Tk needs the latter.
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,
!message ***    at this time, sorry.  Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the
!message ***    Tcl sources.
!endif

# Extra makefile options processing for non-standard OPTS values ...
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
HAVE_UXTHEME_H    = 1
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]
!message *** Exclude support for XP theme
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 0
!else
HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0
!endif
!endif


TK_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
!if "$(CHECKS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]


!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
TK_NO_DEPRECATED = 1
!endif



!endif




WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"







WISHOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \
!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
	$(TCLDDELIB) \
	$(TCLREGLIB) \
!endif
	$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res
321
322
323
324
325
326
327

328
329
330
331
332
333
334
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \

	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \







>







211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgListFormat.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420


421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560

561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644

645
646

647
648
649
650
651
652

653

654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697

698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797

798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj

TKSTUBOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj


WINDIR          = $(ROOT)\win
GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
XLIBDIR		= $(ROOT)\xlib
TTKDIR		= $(ROOT)\generic\ttk
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps
DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
RCDIR		= $(WINDIR)\rc



TK_INCLUDES	= -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" \
			$(TCL_INCLUDES)

CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif

TK_DEFINES	=-DBUILD_ttk $(OPTDEFINES)  $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compile flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if !$(DEBUG)
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
###  We can't use -O2 because sometimes it causes problems.
cdebug	= $(OPTIMIZATIONS)
!else
cdebug	=
!endif
!if $(SYMBOLS)
cdebug	= $(cdebug) -Zi
!endif
!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
cdebug	= -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!else
cdebug	= -Zi -WX $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!endif

### Declarations common to all compiler options
cwarn = $(WARNINGS) -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE
cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\

!if $(MSVCRT)
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MDd
!else
crt = -MD
!endif
!else
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MTd
!else
crt = -MT
!endif
!endif

BASE_CFLAGS	= $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) $(TK_INCLUDES)
TK_CFLAGS	= $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS
CON_CFLAGS	= $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) -DCONSOLE
WISH_CFLAGS	= $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES)
STUB_CFLAGS     = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(TK_DEFINES)


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Link flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if $(DEBUG)
ldebug	= -debug -debugtype:cv
!else
ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
!if $(SYMBOLS)
ldebug	= $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv
!endif
!endif

### Declarations common to all linker options
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(PROFILE)
lflags	= $(lflags) -profile
!endif

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif

!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
### Align sections for PE size savings.
lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
lflags	= $(lflags) -align:4096
!endif

!if $(LOIMPACT)
lflags	= $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
!endif

dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

tcllibs    = $(TCLSTUBLIB) $(TCLIMPLIB)

baselibs   = netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib
# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500
baselibs   = $(baselibs) bufferoverflowU.lib
!endif
!endif
!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
baselibs   = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib
!endif

guilibs	  = $(baselibs) gdi32.lib


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# TkTest flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project specific targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)



test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)

rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget

shell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<
	console show
<<

dbgshell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	windbg $(WISH)

setup:
	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)

!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)
!endif

$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
	$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ @<<
$**
<<

!else
	$(link32) $(dlllflags) -base:@$(COFFBASE),tk -out:$@ $(guilibs) \

		$(TCLSTUBLIB) @<<
$**
<<
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
	-@del $*.exp
!endif




$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
	$(lib32) -nologo -nodefaultlib -out:$@ $**


$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(tcllibs) $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
	$(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj $(baselibs)
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Regenerate the stubs files.  [Development use only]
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

genstubs:
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
	@echo Build tclsh first!
!else
	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)
	$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
		$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the Windows HTML help file.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

# NOTE: you can define HHC on the command-line to override this

!ifndef HHC
HHC=""%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe""
!endif
HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html
HTMLBASE=TclTk$(VERSION)
HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp
CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm

htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)

$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*
	@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl
	@echo Compiling HTML help project
	@$(HHC) <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL
[OPTIONS]
Compatibility=1.1 or later
Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm
Display compile progress=no
Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log
Language=0x409 English (United States)
Title=Tcl/Tk $(DOT_VERSION) Help
[FILES]
contents.htm
docs.css
Keywords
TclCmd
TclLib
TkCmd
TkLib
UserCmd
<<

chmsetup:
	@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the old-style Windows .hlp file
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

HLPBASE		= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)
HELPFILE	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).hlp
HELPCNT		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).cnt
DOCTMP_DIR	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)_docs
HELPRTF		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rtf
MAN2HELP	= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help.tcl
MAN2HELP2	= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help2.tcl
INDEX		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\index.tcl
BMP		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\lamp.bmp
BMP_NOPATH	= lamp.bmp
MAN2TCL		= $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2tcl.exe

winhelp: docsetup $(HELPFILE)

docsetup:
	@if not exist $(DOCTMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(DOCTMP_DIR)

$(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@F)
	$(CPY) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@F) $(@D)

$(BMP):
	$(CPY) $(WINDIR)\rc\$(@F) $(@D)

$(HELPFILE): $(HELPRTF) $(BMP)
	cd $(DOCTMP_DIR)
	start /wait hcrtf.exe -x <<$(PROJECT).hpj
[OPTIONS]
COMPRESS=12 Hall Zeck
LCID=0x409 0x0 0x0 ; English (United States)
TITLE=Tk Reference Manual
BMROOT=.
CNT=$(@B).cnt
HLP=$(@B).hlp

[FILES]
$(PROJECT).rtf

[WINDOWS]
main="Tcl/Tk Reference Manual",,27648,(r15263976),(r4227327)

[CONFIG]
BrowseButtons()
CreateButton(1, "Web", ExecFile("http://www.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(2, "SF", ExecFile("http://sf.net/projects/tcl"))
CreateButton(3, "Wiki", ExecFile("http://wiki.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(4, "FAQ", ExecFile("http://www.purl.org/NET/Tcl-FAQ/"))
<<
	cd $(MAKEDIR)
	@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).hlp" "$(OUT_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).cnt" "$(OUT_DIR)"

$(MAN2TCL): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@B).c
	$(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(@D)\ $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@B).c
	$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(@D)\man2tcl.obj
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

$(HELPRTF): $(MAN2TCL) $(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX)
	$(TCLSH) $(MAN2HELP) -bitmap $(BMP_NOPATH) $(PROJECT) $(TK_VERSION) $(DOCDIR:\=/)

install-docs:
!if exist($(HELPFILE))

	$(CPY) "$(HELPFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	$(CPY) "$(HELPCNT)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	$(TCLSH) <<
puts "Installing $(PROJECT)'s helpfile contents into Tcl's ..."
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" r]
while {![eof $$f]} {
    if {[regexp {:Include $(PROJECT)([0-9]{2}).cnt} [gets $$f] dummy ver]} {
	if {$$ver == $(TK_VERSION)} {
	    puts "Already installed."
	    exit
	} else {
	    # do something here logical to remove (or replace) it.
	    puts "$$ver != $(TK_VERSION), unfinished code path, die, die!"
	    exit 1
	}
    }
}
close $$f
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" a]
puts $$f {:Include $(HLPBASE).cnt}
close $$f
<<
	start /wait winhlp32 -g $(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\tcl$(TK_VERSION).hlp
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $?

# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not
# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported
# and no reference made to a C runtime.

$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
	$(cc32) $(STUB_CFLAGS) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $?


$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
@TK_WIN_VERSION@  $(TK_DOTVERSION).0.0
<<

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Generate the source dependencies.  Having dependency rules will
# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a
# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like
# tclCompile.h was changed.  These rules aren't needed when building







|
|
<



<
<

>
>
|
<











|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
|
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









<












>





|










|










|










|










|












|








<
<
<
<
|
<
<


<
|


>

|
>
|



|
|
>

>


|



|




|




|




|
|




















|
>
|
|


|








|






|














<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>






|




|


|


|


|


|




|






|





|







296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304

305
306
307


308
309
310
311

312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323

324











325









326

327

328













329





330
























































331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339

340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423




424


425
426

427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522































































523
524
525
526






















527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj

TKSTUBOBJS = \
	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
	$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj

### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on
### the left side of implicit rules.

XLIBDIR		= $(ROOT)\xlib
TTKDIR		= $(ROOT)\generic\ttk
BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps



# Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules
# defined in rules.vc
PRJ_INCLUDES	= -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)"


CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \
		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif
!if $(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)

		 -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED=1











!endif











PRJ_DEFINES	= -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE















# Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc





PRJ_LIBS   = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib


























































#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# TkTest flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project specific targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all:	  release $(CAT32)
core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish:	  $(WISHC)
install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

setup: default-setup

test: test-classic test-ttk

test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)

rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget

shell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<
	console show
<<

dbgshell: setup $(WISH)
	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
	windbg $(WISH)





!if $(STATIC_BUILD)



$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)

	$(LIBCMD) @<<
$**
<<

!else

$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)
	$(DLLCMD) @<<
$**
<<
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
	@if exist $*.exp del $*.exp

$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)

!endif # $(STATIC_BUILD)

$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
	$(LIBCMD) -nodefaultlib $**


$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(CONEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)
	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)


$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
	$(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -DCONSOLE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?
	$(CONEXECMD) -DCONSOLE -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj
	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Regenerate the stubs files.  [Development use only]
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

genstubs:
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
	@echo Build tclsh first!
!else
	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)
	$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
		$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls
!endif


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the Windows HTML help file.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

!if defined(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE) && "$(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE)" == "AMD64"
HHC="%ProgramFiles(x86)%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"
!else
HHC="%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"
!endif
HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html
HTMLBASE=TclTk$(TCL_VERSION)
HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp
CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm

htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)

$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*
	@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl
	@echo Compiling HTML help project
	@"$(HHC)" <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL
[OPTIONS]
Compatibility=1.1 or later
Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm
Display compile progress=no
Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log
Language=0x409 English (United States)
Title=Tcl/Tk $(TCL_DOTVERSION) Help
[FILES]
contents.htm
docs.css
Keywords
TclCmd
TclLib
TkCmd
TkLib
UserCmd
<<

chmsetup:
	@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)
































































install-docs:
!if exist("$(CHMFILE)")
	@echo Installing compiled HTML help
	@$(CPY) "$(CHMFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"






















!endif
# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c
	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) \
	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
	    -Fo$@ $?

$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c
	$(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $?

# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not
# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported
# and no reference made to a C runtime.

$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
	$(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $?


$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
@TK_WIN_VERSION@  $(DOTVERSION).0.0
<<

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Generate the source dependencies.  Having dependency rules will
# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a
# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like
# tclCompile.h was changed.  These rules aren't needed when building
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994

995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001



1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
!message

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<

{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -d DEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -d TCL_THREADS=$(TCL_THREADS) \
	    -d STATIC_BUILD=$(STATIC_BUILD) \
	    $<

$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

install-binaries:
	@echo installing binaries
	@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(TK_DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif

#"

install-libraries:
	@echo installing Tk headers
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"
	@echo installing script library
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@echo installing theme library
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"
	@echo installing demos
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\"
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images\"
	@echo installing images
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"
	@echo installing language files
	@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"


#"

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clean up
#---------------------------------------------------------------------




tidy:
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)
!endif
	@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(WISH) ...
	@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)
	@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...
	@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)
	@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)

clean:
	@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.i ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc

realclean: hose

hose:
	@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)







<
<
<
|
<
<




<
<
<
|
<
<




|



<
<
<
<
<
<
<














|







|


|

















|

|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
>







>
>
>

|












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
611
612
613
614
615
616
617



618


619
620
621
622



623


624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631







632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678

679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708





















!message

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::



	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<


$<
<<

{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::



	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<


$<
<<

{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<








$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc


#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

install-binaries:
	@echo installing binaries
	@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif

#"

install-libraries:
	@echo installing Tk headers
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"
	@echo installing script library
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@echo installing theme library
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"
	@echo installing images

	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"
	@echo installing language files
	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"
	@echo installing demos
	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\images\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"

#"

#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clean up
#---------------------------------------------------------------------

clean: default-clean
realclean: hose
hose: default-hose
tidy:
!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"
	@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)
!endif
	@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)
	@echo Removing $(WISH) ...
	@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)
	@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...
	@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)
	@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...
	@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)






















Deleted win/mkd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
@echo off

if exist %1\nul goto end

md %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

echo Created directory %1

:end


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
























Changes to win/nmakehlp.c.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56

/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define   snprintf	_snprintf
#endif



/* protos */

static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);

static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);

/* globals */

#define CHUNK	25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000







<



|



>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define   snprintf	_snprintf
#endif



/* protos */

static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char **options, int count);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);

/* globals */

#define CHUNK	25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
70
71
72
73
74
75
76

77
78
79
80
81
82
83
main(
    int argc,
    char *argv[])
{
    char msg[300];
    DWORD dwWritten;
    int chars;


    /*
     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
     */

    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);








>







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
main(
    int argc,
    char *argv[])
{
    char msg[300];
    DWORD dwWritten;
    int chars;
    char *s;

    /*
     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
     */

    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'l':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option>\n"
			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'f':
	    if (argc == 2) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
			"Find a substring within another\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,







|

|






|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
	case 'l':
	    if (argc < 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option> ?<mandatory option> ...?\n"
			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
			&dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(&argv[2], argc-2);
	case 'f':
	    if (argc == 2) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
			"Find a substring within another\n"
			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156


157



158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168












169
170
171
172
173
174
175
		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
		    argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 0;
	    }
	    printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0'));


	    return 0;



	case 'Q':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);












	}
    }
    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
	    argv[0]);







|
>
>
|
>
>
>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
		    argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 0;
	    }
	    s = GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0');
	    if (s && *s) {
		printf("%s\n", s);
		return 0;
	    } else
		return 1; /* Version not found. Return non-0 exit code */

	case 'Q':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);

	case 'L':
	    if (argc != 3) {
		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
		    "usage: %s -L keypath\n"
		    "Emit the fully qualified path of directory containing keypath\n"
		    "exitcodes: 0 == success, 1 == not found, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
		    &dwWritten, NULL);
		return 2;
	    }
	    return LocateDependency(argv[2]);
	}
    }
    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
	    argv[0]);
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324

325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}

static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
    const char *option)

{
    STARTUPINFO si;
    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
    DWORD threadID;
    char msg[300];
    BOOL ok;
    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];

    char cmdline[100];

    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();

    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;







|
>








>
|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}

static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
    const char **options,
    int count)
{
    STARTUPINFO si;
    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
    DWORD threadID;
    char msg[300];
    BOOL ok;
    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
    int i;
    char cmdline[255];

    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();

    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371



372
373
374
375
376
377
378

    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");

    /*
     * Append our option for testing.
     */


    lstrcat(cmdline, option);




    ok = CreateProcess(
	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */







>
|
>
>
>







384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402

    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");

    /*
     * Append our option for testing.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
	lstrcat(cmdline, " \"");
	lstrcat(cmdline, options[i]);
	lstrcat(cmdline, "\"");
    }

    ok = CreateProcess(
	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436


437
438
439
440
441
442
443
    /*
     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
     */

    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL);


}

static DWORD WINAPI
ReadFromPipe(
    LPVOID args)
{
    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;







|
>
>







453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    /*
     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
     */

    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL ||
	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL);
}

static DWORD WINAPI
ReadFromPipe(
    LPVOID args)
{
    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689



























































































690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
	*p = '\\';
    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
    return 0;
}

/*



























































































 * Local variables:
 *   mode: c
 *   c-basic-offset: 4
 *   fill-column: 78
 *   indent-tabs-mode: t
 *   tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
	*p = '\\';
    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
 * for an explanation.
 * Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
 * Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
 * Returns 2 on any kind of error
 * Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
 */
static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
{
    HANDLE hSearch;
    char path[MAX_PATH+1];
    int dirlen, keylen, ret;
    WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;

    if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL)
	return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
    dirlen = strlen(dir);
    if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path))
	return 2;
    strncpy(path, dir, dirlen);
    strncpy(path+dirlen, "\\*", 3);	/* Including terminating \0 */
    keylen = strlen(keypath);

#if 0 /* This function is not available in Visual C++ 6 */
    /*
     * Use numerics 0 -> FindExInfoStandard,
     * 1 -> FindExSearchLimitToDirectories,
     * as these are not defined in Visual C++ 6
     */
    hSearch = FindFirstFileEx(path, 0, &finfo, 1, NULL, 0);
#else
    hSearch = FindFirstFile(path, &finfo);
#endif
    if (hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	return 1; /* Not found */

    /* Loop through all subdirs checking if the keypath is under there */
    ret = 1; /* Assume not found */
    do {
	int sublen;
	/*
	 * We need to check it is a directory despite the
	 * FindExSearchLimitToDirectories in the above call. See SDK docs
	 */
	if ((finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0)
	    continue;
	sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
	if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path))
	    continue;		/* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
	strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
	path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
	strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
	if (PathFileExists(path)) {
	    /* Found a match, print to stdout */
	    path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
	    QualifyPath(path);
	    ret = 0;
	    break;
	}
    } while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
    FindClose(hSearch);
    return ret;
}

/*
 * LocateDependency --
 *
 *	Locates a dependency for a package.
 *        keypath - a relative path within the package directory
 *          that is used to confirm it is the correct directory.
 *	The search path for the package directory is currently only
 *      the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
 *      If found, the command prints
 *         name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
 *      and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
 */
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
{
    int i, ret;
    static char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};

    for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
	ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
	if (ret == 0)
	    return ret;
    }
    return ret;
}


/*
 * Local variables:
 *   mode: c
 *   c-basic-offset: 4
 *   fill-column: 78
 *   indent-tabs-mode: t
 *   tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

Changes to win/rc/tk.rc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//
#if TCL_THREADS
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
#else
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO	VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG










<
<
<
<
<
<






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10






11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//






#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO	VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

Changes to win/rc/wish.rc.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//
#if TCL_THREADS
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
#else
#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
#endif

#if STATIC_BUILD
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    "s"
#else
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION    TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG










<
<
<
<
<
<












|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10






11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
//
// Version Resource Script
//

#include <windows.h>
#include <tk.h>

//
// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
//






#if STATIC_BUILD
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    "s"
#else
#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    ""
#endif

#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
#else
#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
#endif

#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG


VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION    TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

Deleted win/rmd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
@echo off

if not exist %1\nul goto end

echo Removing directory %1

if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt

deltree /y %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end
goto success

:winnt
rmdir /s /q %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

:success
echo Deleted directory %1

:end
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








































Added win/rules-ext.vc.













































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
# This file should only be included in makefiles for Tcl extensions,
# NOT in the makefile for Tcl itself.

!ifndef _RULES_EXT_VC

# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.
# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent
# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and
# warn if we think that is not the case.
!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")
MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc
!elseif exist("makefile.vc")
MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc
!endif
!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")
MSG = ^
You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^
If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^
macro to the name of the project makefile.
!message WARNING: $(MSG)
!endif

!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
!error The rules-ext.vc file is not intended for Tcl itself.
!endif

# We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use
# the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that
# one if it is newer.
!if [$(CC) -nologo "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

# First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with.
!if "$(TCLDIR)" != ""

_RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!else

# If an installation path is specified, that is also the Tcl directory.
# Also Tk never builds against an installed Tcl, it needs Tcl sources
!if defined(INSTALLDIR) && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
_RULESDIR=$(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
!else
# Locate Tcl sources
!if [echo _RULESDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
_RULESDIR = ..\..\tcl
!else
!include nmakehlp.out
!endif

!endif # defined(INSTALLDIR)....

!endif # ifndef TCLDIR

# Now look for the targets.vc file under the Tcl root. Note we check this
# file and not rules.vc because the latter also exists on older systems.
!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake\targets.vc") # Building against installed Tcl
_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake
!elseif exist("$(_RULESDIR)\win\targets.vc")   # Building against Tcl sources
_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\win
!else
# If we have not located Tcl's targets file, most likely we are compiling
# against an older version of Tcl and so must use our own support files.
_RULESDIR = .
!endif

!if "$(_RULESDIR)" != "."
# Potentially using Tcl's support files. If this extension has its own
# nmake support files, need to compare the versions and pick newer.

!if exist("rules.vc") # The extension has its own copy

!if [echo TCL_RULES_MAJOR = \> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]
!endif

!if [echo OUR_RULES_MAJOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo OUR_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]
!endif
!include versions.vc
# We have a newer version of the support files, use them
!if ($(TCL_RULES_MAJOR) != $(OUR_RULES_MAJOR)) || ($(TCL_RULES_MINOR) < $(OUR_RULES_MINOR))
_RULESDIR = .
!endif

!endif # if exist("rules.vc")

!endif # if $(_RULESDIR) != "."

# Let rules.vc know what copy of nmakehlp.c to use.
NMAKEHLPC = $(_RULESDIR)\nmakehlp.c

# Get rid of our internal defines before calling rules.vc
!undef TCL_RULES_MAJOR
!undef TCL_RULES_MINOR
!undef OUR_RULES_MAJOR
!undef OUR_RULES_MINOR

!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc")
!message *** Using $(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc
!include "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc"
!else
!error *** Could not locate rules.vc in $(_RULESDIR)
!endif

!endif # _RULES_EXT_VC

Changes to win/rules.vc.

1
2
3
4
5





6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16





17

18


19



20








21
22

23
24

25



26



27






28
29





































































30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54



































55






































56













































































































































































































57



58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
72
73
74




75


76
77
78




















79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101

102
103
104

105













106
107



108




109
110
111
112
113





114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121


122
123






124


125
126
127
128



129
130
131
132


133


134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180








181

182
183
184

185
186

187

188




189
190
191
192



193
194

195
196





197

198






199
200


201







202
203
204
205


206
207
208

209
210



















211
212






213
214

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225



226









227
228
229
230
231



232





233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242


243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262

263
264
265
266
267
268

269
270
271
272
273
274

275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303





304
305






































































































306

































































307

308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319




320












321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# rules.vc --
#
#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
#	macros.  This file does not need editing to build Tcl.





#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1






cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.

link32		= link


lib32		= lib



rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.









!ifndef INSTALLDIR

### Assume the normal default.
_INSTALLDIR	= C:\Program Files\Tcl

!else



### Fix the path separators.



_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)






!endif






































































#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
COPY	= copy >NUL
!else
CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL

COPY	= copy /y >NUL
!endif
!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
RMDIR	= deltree /Y
NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
!endif
MKDIR   = mkdir




































#------------------------------------------------------------------------------






































# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.













































































































































































































#------------------------------------------------------------------------------




_HASH=^#
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
    && ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
!include vercl.i

!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
!endif




!endif


!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
!endif





















!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
!endif

# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;1
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;2
!endif

!ifndef MACHINE
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif

!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
!endif

!message ===============================================================================

#----------------------------------------------------------

# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
# environment.
#----------------------------------------------------------















!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]



!endif




!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Test for compiler features
#----------------------------------------------------------






### test for optimizations
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING	= 1
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING	= 0


!endif







OPTIMIZATIONS   =



!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
!endif




!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
!endif





!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
!endif

DEBUGFLAGS     =

!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE

# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for pentium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
COMPILERFLAGS  = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
!endif
!endif









!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"

### test for Itanium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'

COMPILERFLAGS   = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
!else

!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'

!endif




!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.



!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'

ALIGN98_HACK	= 1
!else





!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'

ALIGN98_HACK	= 0






!endif
!else


ALIGN98_HACK	= 0







!endif

LINKERFLAGS     =



!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
LINKERFLAGS     =-ltcg
!endif


#----------------------------------------------------------



















# Decode the options requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------







!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

STATIC_BUILD	= 0
TCL_THREADS	= 1
DEBUG		= 0
SYMBOLS		= 0
PROFILE		= 0
PGO		= 0
MSVCRT		= 1
LOIMPACT	= 0
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
UNCHECKED	= 0



!else









!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!else
STATIC_BUILD	= 0



!endif





!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0
!endif
!endif


!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
TCL_THREADS	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0
!else
TCL_THREADS	= 1
USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
!message *** Doing pdbs
SYMBOLS		= 1
!else
SYMBOLS		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
!message *** Doing profile
PROFILE		= 1
!else
PROFILE		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
PGO		= 1
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
PGO		= 2
!else
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Doing loimpact
LOIMPACT	= 1
!else
LOIMPACT	= 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
!message *** Doing tclalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
!else
UNCHECKED = 0
!endif





!endif







































































































#----------------------------------------------------------

































































# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.

# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
# by accident.
#----------------------------------------------------------

#----------------------------------------
# Naming convention:
#   t = full thread support.
#   s = static library (as opposed to an
#	import library)
#   g = linked to the debug enabled C
#	run-time.
#   x = special static build when it




#	links to the dynamic C run-time.












#----------------------------------------
SUFX	    = tsgx

!if $(DEBUG)
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
!else
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
!endif
|


|
|
>
>
>
>
>






>





>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
|
<
>

>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






<

<
<
<
<
<

>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>











|

>




>
>
>
>

>
>
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












<
<
<
<




<
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

|
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
>
>

>
>

<
<
|
<
<


<
<
<
|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
<
>
|

>
|
>

>
>
>
>


<
<
>
>
>
|
<
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>
|
|

>

<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>







<



>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>










>
>






|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






>






>






>









>

|
<
<
<

|
<
<
<

<


>






>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
<
<
|
<
|
|
|
<
|
<
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142

143





144
145
146








147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492




493
494
495
496

497

498
499
500

501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527



528
529
530
531
532
533




534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550



551
552
553
554

555

556
557
558
559
560
561


562


563
564



565
566


567



















568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591

592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604


605
606
607
608

609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648

649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668

669
670
671
672
673
674
675

676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683

684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732







733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765



766
767



768

769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955


956

957
958
959

960

961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# rules.vc --
#
# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.
# This file does all the hard work in terms of parsing build options,
# compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile
# directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc".
#
# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for
# detailed documentation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
# Copyright (c) 2017      Ashok P. Nadkarni
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1

# The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system
# For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change
# the major version.
RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1
RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 3

# The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile.
!if "$(PROJECT)" == ""
!error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == ""
PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME = $(PROJECT)
!endif

# Also special case Tcl and Tk to save some typing later
DOING_TCL = 0
DOING_TK  = 0
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
DOING_TCL = 1
!elseif "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
DOING_TK = 1
!endif

!ifndef NEED_TK
# Backwards compatibility
!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK

NEED_TK = $(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK)
!else
NEED_TK = 0
!endif
!endif

!ifndef NEED_TCL_SOURCE
NEED_TCL_SOURCE = 0
!endif

!ifdef NEED_TK_SOURCE
!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)
NEED_TK = 1
!endif
!else
NEED_TK_SOURCE = 0
!endif

################################################################
# Nmake is a pretty weak environment in syntax and capabilities
# so this file is necessarily verbose. It's broken down into
# the following parts.
#
# 0. Sanity check that compiler environment is set up and initialize
#    any built-in settings from the parent makefile
# 1. First define the external tools used for compiling, copying etc.
#    as this is independent of everything else.
# 2. Figure out our build structure in terms of the directory, whether
#    we are building Tcl or an extension, etc.
# 3. Determine the compiler and linker versions
# 4. Build the nmakehlp helper application
# 5. Determine the supported compiler options and features
# 6. Parse the OPTS macro value for user-specified build configuration
# 7. Parse the STATS macro value for statistics instrumentation
# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro for additional compilation checks
# 9. Extract Tcl, and possibly Tk, version numbers from the headers
# 10. Based on this selected configuration, construct the output
#     directory and file paths
# 11. Construct the paths where the package is to be installed
# 12. Set up the actual options passed to compiler and linker based
#     on the information gathered above.
# 13. Define some standard build targets and implicit rules. These may
#     be optionally disabled by the parent makefile.
# 14. (For extensions only.) Compare the configuration of the target
#     Tcl and the extensions and warn against discrepancies.
#
# One final note about the macro names used. They are as they are
# for historical reasons. We would like legacy extensions to
# continue to work with this make include file so be wary of
# changing them for consistency or clarity.

# 0. Sanity check compiler environment

# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or
# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)

!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
MSG = ^
Visual C++ compiler environment not initialized.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.
# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent
# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and
# warn if we think that is not the case.
!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")
MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc
!elseif exist("makefile.vc")
MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc
!endif
!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")
MSG = ^
You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^
If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^
macro to the name of the project makefile.
!message WARNING: $(MSG)
!endif


################################################################
# 1. Define external programs being used

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------


RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q





CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
CPYDIR  = xcopy /e /i /y >NUL
COPY	= copy /y >NUL








MKDIR   = mkdir

######################################################################
# 2. Figure out our build environment in terms of what we're building.
#
# (a) Tcl itself
# (b) Tk
# (c) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from an *installed* Tcl
# (d) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from Tcl source directory
#
# This last is needed because some extensions still need
# some Tcl interfaces that are not publicly exposed.
#
# The fragment will set the following macros:
# ROOT - root of this module sources
# COMPATDIR - source directory that holds compatibility sources
# DOCDIR - source directory containing documentation files
# GENERICDIR - platform-independent source directory
# WINDIR - Windows-specific source directory
# TESTDIR - directory containing test files
# TOOLSDIR - directory containing build tools
# _TCLDIR - root of the Tcl installation OR the Tcl sources. Not set
#    when building Tcl itself.
# _INSTALLDIR - native form of the installation path. For Tcl
#    this will be the root of the Tcl installation. For extensions
#    this will be the lib directory under the root.
# TCLINSTALL  - set to 1 if _TCLDIR refers to
#    headers and libraries from an installed Tcl, and 0 if built against
#    Tcl sources. Not set when building Tcl itself. Yes, not very well
#    named.
# _TCL_H - native path to the tcl.h file
#
# If Tk is involved, also sets the following
# _TKDIR - native form Tk installation OR Tk source. Not set if building
#    Tk itself.
# TKINSTALL - set 1 if _TKDIR refers to installed Tk and 0 if Tk sources
# _TK_H - native path to the tk.h file

# Root directory for sources and assumed subdirectories
ROOT = $(MAKEDIR)\..
# The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on the
# left side of implicit rules.
!ifndef COMPATDIR
COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat
!endif
!ifndef DOCDIR
DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
!endif
!ifndef GENERICDIR
GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
!endif
!ifndef TOOLSDIR
TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools
!endif
!ifndef TESTDIR
TESTDIR	= $(ROOT)\tests
!endif
!ifndef LIBDIR
!if exist("$(ROOT)\library")
LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library
!else
LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\lib
!endif
!endif
!ifndef DEMODIR
!if exist("$(LIBDIR)\demos")
DEMODIR		= $(LIBDIR)\demos
!else
DEMODIR		= $(ROOT)\demos
!endif
!endif # ifndef DEMODIR
# Do NOT enclose WINDIR in a !ifndef because Windows always defines
# WINDIR env var to point to c:\windows!
# TBD - This is a potentially dangerous conflict, rename WINDIR to
# something else
WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win

!ifndef RCDIR
!if exist("$(WINDIR)\rc")
RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)\rc
!else
RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)
!endif
!endif
RCDIR = $(RCDIR:/=\)

# The target directory where the built packages and binaries will be installed.
# INSTALLDIR is the (optional) path specified by the user.
# _INSTALLDIR is INSTALLDIR using the backslash separator syntax
!ifdef INSTALLDIR
### Fix the path separators.
_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
!else
### Assume the normal default.
_INSTALLDIR	= $(HOMEDRIVE)\Tcl
!endif

!if $(DOING_TCL)

# BEGIN Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

# Only need to define _TCL_H
_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h

# END Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

!elseif $(DOING_TK)

# BEGIN Case 2(b) - Building Tk

TCLINSTALL = 0 # Tk always builds against Tcl source, not an installed Tcl
!if "$(TCLDIR)" == ""
!if [echo TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
!endif # TCLDIR == ""

_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
_TCL_H  = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!if !exist("$(_TCL_H)")
!error Could not locate tcl.h. Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl *source* directory.
!endif

_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h

# END Case 2(b) - Building Tk

!else

# BEGIN Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension other than Tk

# If command line has specified Tcl location through TCLDIR, use it
# else default to the INSTALLDIR setting
!if "$(TCLDIR)" != ""

_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h") # Case 2(c) with TCLDIR defined
TCLINSTALL	= 1
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h") # Case 2(d) with TCLDIR defined
TCLINSTALL	= 0
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!endif

!else  #  # Case 2(c) for extensions with TCLDIR undefined

# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.
# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h") && !$(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

TCLINSTALL	= 1
TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions
# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib
_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h

!else # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

!if [echo _TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
TCLINSTALL      = 0
TCLDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h

!endif # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

!endif # TCLDIR

!ifndef _TCL_H
MSG =^
Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tcl.h.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

# Now do the same to locate Tk headers and libs if project requires Tk
!if $(NEED_TK)

!if "$(TKDIR)" != ""

_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 0
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
!endif

!else # TKDIR not defined

# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.
# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

TKINSTALL      = 1
# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions
# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib
_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)

!else # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

!if [echo _TKDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tk.h >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not locate Tk source directory.
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out
TKINSTALL      = 0
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h

!endif # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

!endif # TKDIR

!ifndef _TK_H
MSG =^
Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tk.h.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

!endif # NEED_TK

!if $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE) && $(TCLINSTALL)
MSG = ^
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tcl.^
*** Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif

!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)
!if $(TKINSTALL)
MSG = ^
*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tk.^
*** Please set the TKDIR macro to point to the Tk sources.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif


# If INSTALLDIR set to Tcl installation root dir then reset to the
# lib dir for installing extensions
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
!endif

# END Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension
!endif # if $(DOING_TCL)

################################################################
# 3. Determine compiler version and architecture
# In this section, we figure out the compiler version and the
# architecture for which we are building. This sets the
# following macros:
# VCVERSION - the internal compiler version as 1200, 1400, 1910 etc.
#     This is also printed by the compiler in dotted form 19.10 etc.
# VCVER - the "marketing version", for example Visual C++ 6 for internal
#     compiler version 1200. This is kept only for legacy reasons as it
#     does not make sense for recent Microsoft compilers. Only used for
#     output directory names.
# ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 depending on 32- or 64-bit target
# NATIVE_ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 for the host machine
# MACHINE - same as $(ARCH) - legacy
# _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_{DLL,EXE} - commands for embedding a manifest if needed
# CFG_ENCODING - set to an character encoding.
#   TBD - this is passed to compiler as TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING but can't
#   see where it is used

cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.
link32		= link
lib32		= lib
rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the compiler architecture and version by writing
# the C macros to a file, preprocessing them with the C
# preprocessor and reading back the created file

_HASH=^#
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
    && ![$(cc32) -nologo -TC -P vercl.x 2>NUL]
!include vercl.i
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1900
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
!endif
!else
# The simple calculation above does not apply to new Visual Studio releases
# Keep the compiler version in its native form.
VCVER = $(VCVERSION)
!endif
!endif

!if ![del 2>NUL /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# The MACHINE macro is used by legacy makefiles so set it as well
!ifdef MACHINE
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "x86"
!undef MACHINE
MACHINE = IX86
!elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "x64"
!undef MACHINE
MACHINE = AMD64
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)"
!error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH).
!endif
!else
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif

#------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry

!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
!endif

# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;1
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist [email protected] mt -nologo -manifest [email protected] -outputresource:$@;2
!endif





!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
!endif


################################################################

# 4. Build the nmakehlp program
# This is a helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
# environment. We will call out to it to get various bits of

# information about supported compiler options etc.
#
# Tcl itself will always use the nmakehlp.c program which is
# in its own source. This is the "master" copy and kept updated.
#
# Extensions built against an installed Tcl will use the installed
# copy of Tcl's nmakehlp.c if there is one and their own version
# otherwise. In the latter case, they would also be using their own
# rules.vc. Note that older versions of Tcl do not install nmakehlp.c
# or rules.vc.
#
# Extensions built against Tcl sources will use the one from the Tcl source.
#
# When building an extension using a sufficiently new version of Tcl,
# rules-ext.vc will define NMAKEHLPC appropriately to point to the
# copy of nmakehlp.c to be used.

!ifndef NMAKEHLPC
# Default to the one in the current directory (the extension's own nmakehlp.c)
NMAKEHLPC = nmakehlp.c

!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c")
NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c
!endif
!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL)



!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c")
NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c
!endif
!endif # $(TCLINSTALL)
!endif # !$(DOING_TCL)





!endif # NMAKEHLPC

# We always build nmakehlp even if it exists since we do not know
# what source it was built from.
!if [$(cc32) -nologo "$(NMAKEHLPC)" -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif

################################################################
# 5. Test for compiler features
# Visual C++ compiler options have changed over the years. Check
# which options are supported by the compiler in use.
#
# The following macros are set:
# OPTIMIZATIONS - the compiler flags to be used for optimized builds
# DEBUGFLAGS - the compiler flags to be used for debug builds
# LINKERFLAGS - Flags passed to the linker
#



# Note that these are the compiler settings *available*, not those
# that will be *used*. The latter depends on the OPTS macro settings
# which we have not yet parsed.
#

# Also note that some of the flags in OPTIMIZATIONS are not really

# related to optimization. They are placed there only for legacy reasons
# as some extensions expect them to be included in that macro.

# -Op improves float consistency. Note only needed for older compilers
# Newer compilers do not need or support this option.
!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]


FPOPTS  = -Op


!endif




# Strict floating point semantics - present in newer compilers in lieu of -Op
!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]


FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -fp:strict



















!endif

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for pentium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -QI0f
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
!endif
!endif

### test for optimizations
# /O2 optimization includes /Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy as per
# documentation. Note we do NOT want /Gs as that inserts a _chkstk
# stack probe at *every* function entry, not just those with more than
# a page of stack allocation resulting in a performance hit.  However,
# /O2 documentation is misleading as its stack probes are simply the
# default page size locals allocation probes and not what is implied
# by an explicit /Gs option.

OPTIMIZATIONS = $(FPOPTS)

!if [nmakehlp -c -O2]

OPTIMIZING = 1
OPTIMIZATIONS   = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -O2
!else
# Legacy, really. All modern compilers support this
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING = 0
!endif

# Checks for buffer overflows in local arrays
!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
!endif



# Link time optimization. Note that this option (potentially) makes
# generated libraries only usable by the specific VC++ version that
# created it. Requires /LTCG linker option
!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]

OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED = 1
!else
# In newer compilers -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif # [nmakehlp -c -GL]

DEBUGFLAGS     = $(FPOPTS)

# Run time error checks. Not available or valid in a release, non-debug build
# RTC is for modern compilers, -GZ is legacy
!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------------
# Linker flags

# LINKER_TESTFLAGS are for internal use when we call nmakehlp to test
# if the linker supports a specific option. Without these flags link will
# return "LNK1561: entry point must be defined" error compiling from VS-IDE:
# They are not passed through to the actual application / extension
# link rules.
!ifndef LINKER_TESTFLAGS
LINKER_TESTFLAGS = /DLL /NOENTRY /OUT:nmakehlp.out
!endif

LINKERFLAGS     =

# If compiler has enabled link time optimization, linker must too with -ltcg
!ifdef CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS     = $(LINKERFLAGS) -ltcg
!endif
!endif


########################################################################
# 6. Parse the OPTS macro to work out the requested build configuration.
# Based on this, we will construct the actual switches to be passed to the
# compiler and linker using the macros defined in the previous section.
# The following macros are defined by this section based on OPTS
# STATIC_BUILD - 0 -> Tcl is to be built as a shared library
#                1 -> build as a static library and shell
# TCL_THREADS - legacy but always 1 on Windows since winsock requires it.
# DEBUG - 1 -> debug build, 0 -> release builds
# SYMBOLS - 1 -> generate PDB's, 0 -> no PDB's
# PROFILE - 1 -> generate profiling info, 0 -> no profiling
# PGO     - 1 -> profile based optimization, 0 -> no
# MSVCRT  - 1 -> link to dynamic C runtime even when building static Tcl build
#           0 -> link to static C runtime for static Tcl build.
#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds (STATIC_BUILD == 0)
# TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES - 1 -> statically link the registry and dde extensions
#           in the Tcl shell. 0 -> keep them as shared libraries
#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds.
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC - 1 -> Use a shared global free pool for allocation.
#           0 -> Use the non-thread allocator.

# UNCHECKED - 1 -> when doing a debug build with symbols, use the release
#           C runtime, 0 -> use the debug C runtime.
# USE_STUBS - 1 -> compile to use stubs interfaces, 0 -> direct linking
# CONFIG_CHECK - 1 -> check current build configuration against Tcl
#           configuration (ignored for Tcl itself)
# Further, LINKERFLAGS are modified based on above.


# Default values for all the above
STATIC_BUILD	= 0
TCL_THREADS	= 1
DEBUG		= 0
SYMBOLS		= 0
PROFILE		= 0
PGO		= 0
MSVCRT		= 1

TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
UNCHECKED	= 0
CONFIG_CHECK    = 1
!if $(DOING_TCL)
USE_STUBS       = 0
!else
USE_STUBS       = 1
!endif

# If OPTS is not empty AND does not contain "none" which turns off all OPTS
# set the above macros based on OPTS content
!if "$(OPTS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

# OPTS are specified, parse them

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nostubs"]
!message *** Not using stubs
USE_STUBS	= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]
!message *** Doing nomsvcrt
MSVCRT		= 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0
!endif
!endif
!endif # [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
!endif








!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG		= 1
!else
DEBUG		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
!message *** Doing pdbs
SYMBOLS		= 1
!else
SYMBOLS		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
!message *** Doing profile
PROFILE		= 1
!else
PROFILE		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
PGO		= 1
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
PGO		= 2
!else
PGO		= 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Warning: ignoring option "loimpact" - deprecated on modern Windows.



!endif




!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]

USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
!else
UNCHECKED = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noconfigcheck"]
CONFIG_CHECK = 1
!else
CONFIG_CHECK = 0
!endif

!endif # "$(OPTS)" != ""  && ... parsing of OPTS

# Set linker flags based on above

!if $(PGO) > 1
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!elseif $(PGO) > 0
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif

################################################################
# 7. Parse the STATS macro to configure code instrumentation
# The following macros are set by this section:
# TCL_MEM_DEBUG - 1 -> enables memory allocation instrumentation
#                 0 -> disables
# TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG - 1 -> enables byte compiler logging
#                     0 -> disables

# Default both are off
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

!if "$(STATS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
!message *** Doing memdbg
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
!else
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
!message *** Doing compdbg
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1
!else
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
!endif

!endif

####################################################################
# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro to configure additional compiler checks
# The following macros are set by this section:
# WARNINGS - compiler switches that control the warnings level
# TCL_NO_DEPRECATED - 1 -> disable support for deprecated functions
#                     0 -> enable deprecated functions

# Defaults - Permit deprecated functions and warning level 3
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3

!if "$(CHECKS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
!message *** Doing nodep check
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
!endif

!endif

################################################################
# 9. Extract various version numbers
# For Tcl and Tk, version numbers are extracted from tcl.h and tk.h
# respectively. For extensions, versions are extracted from the
# configure.in or configure.ac from the TEA configuration if it
# exists, and unset otherwise.
# Sets the following macros:
# TCL_MAJOR_VERSION
# TCL_MINOR_VERSION
# TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
# TCL_VERSION
# TK_MAJOR_VERSION
# TK_MINOR_VERSION
# TK_PATCH_LEVEL
# TK_VERSION
# DOTVERSION - set as (for example) 2.5
# VERSION - set as (for example 25)
#--------------------------------------------------------------

!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif

!if defined(_TK_H)
!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!endif # _TK_H

!include versions.vc

TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
TCL_DOTVERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!if defined(_TK_H)
TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif

# Set DOTVERSION and VERSION
!if $(DOING_TCL)

DOTVERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
VERSION = $(TCL_VERSION)

!elseif $(DOING_TK)

DOTVERSION = $(TK_DOTVERSION)
VERSION = $(TK_VERSION)

!else # Doing a non-Tk extension

# If parent makefile has not defined DOTVERSION, try to get it from TEA
# first from a configure.in file, and then from configure.ac
!ifndef DOTVERSION
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.in ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \
   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.ac ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]
!error *** Could not figure out extension version. Please define DOTVERSION in parent makefile before including rules.vc.
!endif
!endif
!include versions.vc
!endif # DOTVERSION
VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)

!endif # $(DOING_TCL) ... etc.

################################################################
# 10. Construct output directory and file paths
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
# In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using
# different compilers, build configurations etc.,


#

# Naming convention (suffixes):
#   t = full thread support. (Not used for Tcl >= 8.7)
#   s = static library (as opposed to an import library)

#   g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time.

#   x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time.
#
# The following macros are set in this section:
# SUFX - the suffix to use for binaries based on above naming convention
# BUILDDIRTOP - the toplevel default output directory
#      is of the form {Release,Debug}[_AMD64][_COMPILERVERSION]
# TMP_DIR - directory where object files are created
# OUT_DIR - directory where output executables are created
# Both TMP_DIR and OUT_DIR are defaulted only if not defined by the
# parent makefile (or command line). The default values are
# based on BUILDDIRTOP.
# STUBPREFIX - name of the stubs library for this project
# PRJIMPLIB - output path of the generated project import library
# PRJLIBNAME - name of generated project library
# PRJLIB     - output path of generated project library
# PRJSTUBLIBNAME - name of the generated project stubs library
# PRJSTUBLIB - output path of the generated project stubs library
# RESFILE - output resource file (only if not static build)

SUFX	    = tsgx

!if $(DEBUG)
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
!else
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
!endif
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373










374
375
376

377


378





379


380
381
382
383

384



385
386
387
388
389
390

391


392
393
394
395





396

397
















398

399

400

401



402
403
404
405



406







407






408
409
410









411
412
413
414






415
416


417

418

419
420

421




422


423







424
425











426
427



428
429

430
431
432
433

434

435
436
437
438
439
440

441





442
443
444
445



446
447
















448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469











470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489

490
491



492
493
494



495
496
497
498

499










500

501
502


503


504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511







512
513

514
515
516
517
518

519
520
521
522
523






524




525

526
527
528

529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536



537
538

539
540
541


542





543




544

545
546







547


548

549
550
551

552

553
554

555
556
557
558
559


560
561
562


563


564
565



566



567


568
569




570


571

572


573
574


575



576


577
578

579

580

581
582
583
584
585
586

587
588


589
590

591



592
593
594





595

596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611




612




613
614




615
616
617
618



619
620

621







622
623







624
625
626
627
628


629

630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638




639


640
641
642
643

644




645
646
647



648

649

650




651
652
653
654












655
656









657
658

659
660
661
662
663
664


665
666
667
668


669




670




671




672
673




674

675
676
677
678
679
680
681

682


683
684
685
686






687
688

689
690
691

692



693
694


695


696
697


698
699
700
701



702
703
704
705
706






707
708

709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
EXT	    = lib
!if !$(MSVCRT)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
!endif
!endif

!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
!endif

!ifndef TMP_DIR
TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
!endif
!else
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!endif












#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the statistics requested.

#----------------------------------------------------------








!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]


TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]

!message *** Doing memdbg



TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
!else
TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
!message *** Doing compdbg

TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1


!else
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
!endif
!endif
























#----------------------------------------------------------

# Decode the checks requested.

#----------------------------------------------------------





!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3
!else



!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]







!message *** Doing nodep check






TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
!else
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0









!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4






!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3


!endif

!else

WARNINGS		    = -W3
!endif

!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]




!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings


WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64







!endif
!endif












!if $(PGO) > 1



!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize

!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)

!endif

!elseif $(PGO) > 0
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.

!error $(MSG)





!endif
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------



# Set our defines now armed with our options.
#----------------------------------------------------------

















OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
!if $(TCL_THREADS)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif












!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif
!endif
!if $(PROFILE)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
!endif
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
#----------------------------------------------------------



!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"




_TCL_H          = ..\generic\tcl.h

!else




# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib

!endif












!if !defined(TCLDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")


TCLINSTALL	= 1


_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TCL_H          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!else
MSG=^
Failed to find tcl.h.  Set the TCLDIR macro.
!error $(MSG)
!endif







!else
_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)

!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL	= 1
_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL	= 0

_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!else
MSG =^
Failed to find tcl.h.  The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
!error $(MSG)






!endif




!endif

!endif

#--------------------------------------------------------------

# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
#--------------------------------------------------------------

!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]



!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \

   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \


   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]





!endif






# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"







!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \


   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]

!endif
!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]

!endif

!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]

!endif
!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \


   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \


   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]


!endif
!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \



   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]



!endif


!endif





!include versions.vc




#--------------------------------------------------------------


# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
#--------------------------------------------------------------






!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"



TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)



!if $(TCLINSTALL)

TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH           = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"

!if !exist($(TCLIMPLIB))
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"


!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib

TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"



TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target





TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

!else
TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
!if !exist($(TCLIMPLIB))
TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"




!endif





!endif





#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tk headers to build against
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------




!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"

_TK_H          = ..\generic\tk.h







_INSTALLDIR    = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!endif








!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
!if !defined(TKDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1


_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..

_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TKDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
!endif
!else




_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)


!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL      = 1
_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")

TKINSTALL      = 0




_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
!else
MSG =^



Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.

!error $(MSG)

!endif




!endif
!endif

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------












# Extract Tk version numbers
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------










!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"


!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]


!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif







!include versions.vc









TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)






!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
!if $(TKINSTALL)
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(WISH))
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif
TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"

TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"


!if !exist($(TKIMPLIB))
TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"
!endif
TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"






!else
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

!if !exist($(WISH))
WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).exe"
!endif

TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"



TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
!if !exist($(TKIMPLIB))


TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:x=).lib"


!endif
TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"


!endif
!endif

!endif




#----------------------------------------------------------
# Display stats being used.
#----------------------------------------------------------







!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'

!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'

!endif







|















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
|
>
|
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|

|
<
>
|
>
>
|
|

<
>
>
>
>
>

>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
>

>
>
>
|
|
<

>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>

>
|
>
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
>

>
|
|
<
|
|
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|


<
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|






<
|
<
>

>
|
|
>
>
>
|
|

>
>
>

<
|
<
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
|
<
|

|
<
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
|
<
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
|
>


<
>
|
<
<
|
<

|
<
>
>
>

|
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
<
>
|
>
|
<
>

<
<

|
>
>
|

|
>
>
|
>
>

|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
>


>
>
>
>
|
>
>

>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>

>
>
>
|
>
>

<
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
|
<
|
|
>
|
|
>
>

|
>
|
>
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

<
>
>
>
>

<
|
<
>
>
>

<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
|
|
|
>
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
|

|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|

|
>
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>

<
<
|
|
<
>
>

|
<
|
>
>

>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>

>
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
>
|
>
>
|
<

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
|
|

>
|
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
|
>
>

<
>
>



|
>
>
>





>
>
>
>
>
>


>

<
|
<
<
<

|
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042

1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070

1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077

1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113

1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145


1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153

1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197

1198
1199



1200
1201
1202
1203
1204

1205
1206

1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220

1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285

1286

1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301

1302

1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324

1325
1326
1327

1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340

1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364

1365
1366


1367

1368
1369

1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394

1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408

1409
1410
1411
1412

1413
1414


1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464

1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470

1471

1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486


1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495

1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518

1519
1520
1521
1522
1523

1524

1525
1526
1527
1528

1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538

1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558


1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594

1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609

1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619

1620
1621


1622
1623

1624
1625
1626
1627

1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646

1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657

1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663

1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672

1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689

1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713

1714



1715
1716
EXT	    = lib
!if !$(MSVCRT)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
!endif
!endif

!if !$(TCL_THREADS) || $(TCL_VERSION) > 86
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
!endif

!ifndef TMP_DIR
TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
!endif
!else
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!endif

# Relative paths -> absolute
!if [echo OUT_DIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(OUT_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not fully qualify path OUT_DIR=$(OUT_DIR)
!endif
!if [echo TMP_DIR = \>> nmakehlp.out] \
   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(TMP_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]
!error *** Could not fully qualify path TMP_DIR=$(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!include nmakehlp.out


# The name of the stubs library for the project being built
STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub

# Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions
!if $(DOING_TCL)

TCLSHNAME       = $(PROJECT)sh$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TCLSH		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME)
TCLIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
TCLLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TCLLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME)

TCLSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME)
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

!else # ! $(DOING_TCL)

!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

# When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version
# of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix.
# Try various possibilities in turn.
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!if !exist("$(TCLSH)")
TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif


TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif

TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

!else # Building against Tcl sources

TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).exe
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")
TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX:t=).lib
!endif
TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib
TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"

!endif # TCLINSTALL

tcllibs = "$(TCLSTUBLIB)" "$(TCLIMPLIB)"

!endif # $(DOING_TCL)

# We need a tclsh that will run on the host machine as part of the build.
# IX86 runs on all architectures.
!ifndef TCLSH_NATIVE
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "$(NATIVE_ARCH)"
TCLSH_NATIVE	= $(TCLSH)

!else
!error You must explicitly set TCLSH_NATIVE for cross-compilation
!endif
!endif

# Do the same for Tk and Tk extensions that require the Tk libraries
!if $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
WISHNAME = $(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe
TKLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKSTUBLIBNAME	= tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib
TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

!if $(DOING_TK)
WISH 		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
TKLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)
TK_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

!else # effectively NEED_TK

!if $(TKINSTALL) # Building against installed Tk
WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\bin\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")
TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif


TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
!else # Building against Tk sources
WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(WISHNAME)
TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add
# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.
!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")

TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)
!endif
TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
!endif # TKINSTALL
tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"

!endif # $(DOING_TK)
!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

# Various output paths
PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib
PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).$(EXT)
PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)

PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)

# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
!ifdef RCFILE
RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(RCFILE:.rc=.res)
!else
RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res
!endif
!endif

###################################################################
# 11. Construct the paths for the installation directories
# The following macros get defined in this section:
# LIB_INSTALL_DIR - where libraries should be installed
# BIN_INSTALL_DIR - where the executables should be installed
# DOC_INSTALL_DIR - where documentation should be installed
# SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed
# INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed
# DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed
# PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for Tcl and Tk)

!if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
!if $(DOING_TCL)

SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!else # DOING_TK



SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!endif
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include


!else # extension other than Tk


PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include

!endif


###################################################################
# 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker
# Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and
# options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main

# makefile should use these in combination with whatever other flags
# and switches are specific to it.
# The following macros are defined, names are for historical compatibility:
# OPTDEFINES - /Dxxx C macro flags based on user-specified OPTS
# COMPILERFLAGS - /Dxxx C macro flags independent of any configuration opttions
# crt - Compiler switch that selects the appropriate C runtime
# cdebug - Compiler switches related to debug AND optimizations
# cwarn - Compiler switches that set warning levels
# cflags - complete compiler switches (subsumes cdebug and cwarn)
# ldebug - Linker switches controlling debug information and optimization
# lflags - complete linker switches (subsumes ldebug) except subsystem type
# dlllflags - complete linker switches to build DLLs (subsumes lflags)
# conlflags - complete linker switches for console program (subsumes lflags)
# guilflags - complete linker switches for GUI program (subsumes lflags)
# baselibs - minimum Windows libraries required. Parent makefile can
#    define PRJ_LIBS before including rules.rc if additional libs are needed

OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
!if $(TCL_THREADS) && $(TCL_VERSION) < 86
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif

!if $(USE_STUBS)
# Note we do not define USE_TCL_STUBS even when building tk since some
# test targets in tk do not use stubs
!if ! $(DOING_TCL)
USE_STUBS_DEFS  = -DUSE_TCL_STUBS -DUSE_TCLOO_STUBS
!if $(NEED_TK)
USE_STUBS_DEFS  = $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) -DUSE_TK_STUBS
!endif
!endif
!endif # USE_STUBS

!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif
!endif
!if $(PROFILE)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
!endif
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
!endif


# _ATL_XP_TARGETING - Newer SDK's need this to build for XP

COMPILERFLAGS  = /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# Following is primarily for the benefit of extensions. Tcl 8.5 builds
# Tcl without /DUNICODE, while 8.6 builds with it defined. When building
# an extension, it is advisable (but not mandated) to use the same Windows
# API as the Tcl build. This is accordingly defaulted below. A particular
# extension can override this by pre-definining USE_WIDECHAR_API.
!ifndef USE_WIDECHAR_API
!if $(TCL_VERSION) > 85
USE_WIDECHAR_API = 1
!else
USE_WIDECHAR_API = 0
!endif
!endif


!if $(USE_WIDECHAR_API)

COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE
!endif

# Like the TEA system only set this non empty for non-Tk extensions
# Note: some extensions use PACKAGE_NAME and others use PACKAGE_TCLNAME
# so we pass both
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)
PKGNAMEFLAGS = -DPACKAGE_NAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \
               -DPACKAGE_TCLNAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \
               -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" \
               -DMODULE_SCOPE=extern
!endif

# crt picks the C run time based on selected OPTS
!if $(MSVCRT)
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MDd
!else
crt = -MD
!endif
!else
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)

crt = -MTd
!else
crt = -MT

!endif
!endif

# cdebug includes compiler options for debugging as well as optimization.
!if $(DEBUG)

# In debugging mode, optimizations need to be disabled
cdebug = -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)

!else

cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS)
!if $(SYMBOLS)

cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi
!endif

!endif # $(DEBUG)

# cwarn includes default warning levels.
cwarn = $(WARNINGS)

!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
# Disable pointer<->int warnings related to cast between different sizes
# There are a gadzillion of these due to use of ClientData and
# clutter up compiler
# output increasing chance of a real warning getting lost. So disable them.
# Eventually some day, Tcl will be 64-bit clean.
cwarn = $(cwarn) -wd4311 -wd4312
!endif

### Common compiler options that are architecture specific
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM"
carch = -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE
!else
carch =
!endif


!if $(DEBUG)
# Turn warnings into errors


cwarn = $(cwarn) -WX

!endif


INCLUDES = $(TCL_INCLUDES) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(PRJ_INCLUDES)
!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)
INCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(COMPATDIR)"
!endif

# These flags are defined roughly in the order of the pre-reform
# rules.vc/makefile.vc to help visually compare that the pre- and
# post-reform build logs

# cflags contains generic flags used for building practically all object files
cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(carch) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\ $(cdebug)

# appcflags contains $(cflags) and flags for building the application
# object files (e.g. tclsh, or wish) pkgcflags contains $(cflags) plus
# flags used for building shared object files The two differ in the
# BUILD_$(PROJECT) macro which should be defined only for the shared
# library *implementation* and not for its caller interface

appcflags = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS)
appcflags_nostubs = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES)
pkgcflags = $(appcflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)
pkgcflags_nostubs = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)

# stubscflags contains $(cflags) plus flags used for building a stubs
# library for the package.  Note: -DSTATIC_BUILD is defined in

# $(OPTDEFINES) only if the OPTS configuration indicates a static
# library. However the stubs library is ALWAYS static hence included
# here irrespective of the OPTS setting.
#
# TBD - tclvfs has a comment that stubs libs should not be compiled with -GL
# without stating why. Tcl itself compiled stubs libs with this flag.
# so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions
# compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library
# compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly.
stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES)

# Link flags

!if $(DEBUG)

ldebug	= -debug -debugtype:cv
!else
ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
!if $(SYMBOLS)

ldebug	= $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv
!endif


!endif

# Note: Profiling is currently only possible with the Visual Studio Enterprise
!if $(PROFILE)
ldebug= $(ldebug) -profile
!endif

### Declarations common to all linker versions
lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif

dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

# Libraries that are required for every image.
# Extensions should define any additional libraries with $(PRJ_LIBS)
winlibs   = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib

!if $(NEED_TK)
winlibs = $(winlibs) gdi32.lib user32.lib uxtheme.lib
!endif

# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500
winlibs   = $(winlibs) bufferoverflowU.lib
!endif
!endif

baselibs = $(winlibs) $(PRJ_LIBS)

!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
baselibs   = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib
!endif

################################################################
# 13. Define standard commands, common make targets and implicit rules

CCPKGCMD = $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\
CCAPPCMD = $(cc32) $(appcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\
CCSTUBSCMD = $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\

LIBCMD = $(lib32) -nologo $(LINKERFLAGS) -out:$@
DLLCMD = $(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)


CONEXECMD = $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)
RESCMD  = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \
	    $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
	    -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
	    -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \

	    -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \

	    -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \
	    -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX:t=)\" \
	    -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \
	    -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\"

!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET
DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)
!endif

default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)

default-pkgindex:
	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \
	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl



default-pkgindex-tea:
	@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
@PACKAGE_VERSION@    $(DOTVERSION)
@PACKAGE_NAME@       $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@    $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)
@PKG_LIB_FILE@       $(PRJLIBNAME)
<<



default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries

default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB)
	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

default-install-libraries: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
	@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)

default-install-stubs:
	@echo Installing stubs library to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

default-install-docs-html:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-install-docs-n:
	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.n") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-install-demos:

	@echo Installing demos to '$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@if not exist "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"
	@if exist $(DEMODIR) $(CPYDIR) "$(DEMODIR)" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"


default-clean:
	@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj, nmakehlp.exe ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt del $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ...

	@if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x, vercl.i ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i
	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc, version.vc ...
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc
	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc

default-hose: default-clean
	@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...
	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)

# Only for backward compatibility
default-distclean: default-hose

default-setup:
	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)

!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""


TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif

default-test: default-setup $(PROJECT)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"
	cd "$(TESTDIR)" && $(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH) all.tcl $(TESTFLAGS)

default-shell: default-setup $(PROJECT)
	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)
	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"
	$(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH)

# Generation of Windows version resource
!ifdef RCFILE

# Note: don't use $** in below rule because there may be other dependencies
# and only the "master" rc must be passed to the resource compiler
$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc
	$(RESCMD) $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

!else

# If parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,
# we will generate one from standard template.
$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc:
	@$(COPY) << $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc
#include <winver.h>

VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
 FILEVERSION	COMMAVERSION
 PRODUCTVERSION	COMMAVERSION
 FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
#ifdef DEBUG

 FILEFLAGS	VS_FF_DEBUG
#else
 FILEFLAGS	0x0L
#endif
 FILEOS		VOS_NT_WINDOWS32
 FILETYPE	VFT_DLL
 FILESUBTYPE	0x0L
BEGIN
    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
    BEGIN
        BLOCK "040904b0"
        BEGIN
            VALUE "FileDescription",  "Tcl extension " PROJECT
            VALUE "OriginalFilename", PRJLIBNAME
            VALUE "FileVersion",      DOTVERSION

            VALUE "ProductName",      "Package " PROJECT " for Tcl"
            VALUE "ProductVersion",   DOTVERSION
        END
    END
    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
    BEGIN
        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
    END
END


<<



!endif # ifdef RCFILE


!ifndef DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES
DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES = 0
!endif


!if !$(DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES)
# Implicit rule definitions - only for building library objects. For stubs and
# main application, the master makefile should define explicit rules.

{$(ROOT)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<


{$(COMPATDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<
$<
<<

{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<

{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<


{$(TMP_DIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
	$(RESCMD) $<

.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc


!endif

################################################################
# 14. Sanity check selected options against Tcl build options
# When building an extension, certain configuration options should
# match the ones used when Tcl was built. Here we check and
# warn on a mismatch.
!if ! $(DOING_TCL)


!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL) - building against Tcl source
!if exist("$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake")
TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake"
!endif
!endif # TCLINSTALL

!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)
!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG
!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)

!if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)"
!error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)).
!endif

!if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG)
!message WARNING: Value of DEBUG ($(DEBUG)) does not match its Tcl library configuration ($(DEBUG)).
!endif
!endif

!endif # TCLNMAKECONFIG

!endif # ! $(DOING_TCL)


#----------------------------------------------------------
# Display stats being used.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if !$(DOING_TCL)
!message *** Building against Tcl at '$(_TCLDIR)'
!endif
!if !$(DOING_TK) && $(NEED_TK)
!message *** Building against Tk at '$(_TKDIR)'
!endif
!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
!message *** Installation, if selected, will be in '$(_INSTALLDIR)'
!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'

!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target $(MACHINE), host $(NATIVE_ARCH).




!endif # ifdef _RULES_VC

Changes to win/stubs.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
#include "tk.h"

/*
 * Undocumented Xlib internal function
 */

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
#include "tkInt.h"

/*
 * Undocumented Xlib internal function
 */

int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(

Added win/targets.vc.





































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# targets.vc --
#
# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.
# This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions
# and can be optionally included by the extension makefile.
# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for docs.

$(PROJECT): setup pkgindex $(PRJLIB)

!ifdef PRJ_STUBOBJS
$(PROJECT): $(PRJSTUBLIB)
$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJ_STUBOBJS)
	$(LIBCMD) $**

$(PRJ_STUBOBJS):
	$(CCSTUBSCMD) %s
!endif # PRJ_STUBOBJS

!ifdef PRJ_MANIFEST
$(PROJECT): $(PRJLIB).manifest
$(PRJLIB).manifest: $(PRJ_MANIFEST)
	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
<<
!endif

!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl" && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
$(PRJLIB): $(PRJ_OBJS) $(RESFILE)
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
       $(LIBCMD) $**
!else
       $(DLLCMD) $**
       $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
!endif
       -@del $*.exp
!endif

!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS)" != "" && "$(PRJ_OBJS)" != ""
$(PRJ_OBJS): $(PRJ_HEADERS)
!endif

# If parent makefile has defined stub objects, add their installation
# to the default install
!if "$(PRJ_STUBOBJS)" != ""
default-install: default-install-stubs
!endif

# Unlike the other default targets, these cannot be in rules.vc because
# the executed command depends on existence of macro PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC
# that the parent makefile will not define until after including rules-ext.vc
!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)" != ""
default-install: default-install-headers
default-install-headers:
	@echo Installing headers to '$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)'
	@for %f in ($(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)) do @$(COPY) %f "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
!endif

!if "$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)" == ""
DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS = 0
!endif

!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_setup = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_install = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_clean = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_test = 0
!endif
!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)" == ""
DISABLE_TARGET_shell = 0
!endif

!if !$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)
setup: default-setup
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)
install: default-install
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)
clean: default-clean
realclean: hose
hose: default-hose
distclean: realclean default-distclean
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)
test: default-test
!endif
!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)
shell: default-shell
!endif
!endif # DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS

Changes to win/tcl.m4.

247
248
249
250
251
252
253

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
#
# Results:
#
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR
#		TCL_SRC_DIR
#		TCL_LIB_FILE

#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then







>







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
#
# Results:
#
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR
#		TCL_SRC_DIR
#		TCL_LIB_FILE
#		TCL_ZIP_FILE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])

    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
279
280
281
282
283
284
285

286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299
300
301
302
303
304
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #


    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""

    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)


    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)







>












>







280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #

    eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""

    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIP_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)

    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#
#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
#		--enable-threads=yes|no
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_THREADS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
    AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads)
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)],
	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
	TCL_THREADS=1
	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS)
	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
    fi
    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







379
380
381
382
383
384
385



































386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
    fi



































    AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562

563
564
565
566
567
568
569

    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)

    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($doWince)

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
    AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR],
	    CELIB_DIR=$withval, CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB)
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$CELIB_DIR])

    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])

    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)


    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





>







508
509
510
511
512
513
514











515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
    AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)












    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])

    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
    AC_CHECK_PROG(WINE, wine, wine,)

    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"

    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
    MACHINE="X86"

723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"








|







681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"

867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
		# If !yes then the user specified something
		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
		ARCH=
		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
	if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
	if ([$]1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
	if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
	if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
	if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
		}'`
		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
		fi
	    fi
	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
		fi
	    fi
	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"])
	    fi
	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
		AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
	    else
		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
		fi
		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
	    fi
	fi

	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
	    else
		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
	    fi
	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
	    for i in $defs ; do
		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i)
	    done
#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
#	    fi
	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION)
	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION)
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
	    AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
	    else
		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
	    fi
	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
	else
	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
	fi

	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<







825
826
827
828
829
830
831


























































































832

833
834
835
836
837
838
839
	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
	    LINKBIN="link"
	fi



























































































	LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"


	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
	RC_OUT=-fo
	RC_TYPE=-r
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi







|







856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""

	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
	# built -- Console vs. Window.
	if test "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
	else
	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
	fi
    fi
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
#		--with-tcl=...
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
    if test -d ../../tcl8.6$1/win;  then
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6$1/win
    else
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6/win
    fi

    AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [  --with-tcl=DIR          use Tcl 8.6 binaries from DIR],
	    TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
    if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
    fi
    if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR:  perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
    else







|
|

|


|







989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
#		--with-tcl=...
#
#	Defines the following vars:
#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
    if test -d ../../tcl8.7$1/win;  then
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.7$1/win
    else
	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.7/win
    fi

    AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [  --with-tcl=DIR          use Tcl 8.7 binaries from DIR],
	    TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
    if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
    fi
    if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
	AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR:  perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
    else
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299



























































































































	fi
	])
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])


































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
	fi
	])
    fi
    AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CC_FOR_BUILD
#	For cross compiles, locate a C compiler that can generate native binaries.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		CC_FOR_BUILD
#		EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

dnl Get a default for CC_FOR_BUILD to put into Makefile.
AC_DEFUN([AX_CC_FOR_BUILD],
[# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
  if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
    CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
  else
    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gcc])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_cc, [
	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/gcc 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_cc" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_cc=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done
    ])
  fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)
# Also set EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD.
if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
  EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(EXEEXT)'
  OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='$(OBJEXT)'
else
  OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD='.no'
  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for build system executable suffix], bfd_cv_build_exeext,
    [rm -f conftest*
     echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
     bfd_cv_build_exeext=
     ${CC_FOR_BUILD} -o conftest conftest.c 1>&5 2>&5
     for file in conftest.*; do
       case $file in
       *.c | *.o | *.obj | *.ilk | *.pdb) ;;
       *) bfd_cv_build_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;;
       esac
     done
     rm -f conftest*
     test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" = x && bfd_cv_build_exeext=no])
  EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=""
  test x"${bfd_cv_build_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD=${bfd_cv_build_exeext}
fi
AC_SUBST(EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
AC_SUBST(OBJEXT_FOR_BUILD)])dnl



#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT
#	Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none.
#
# Arguments:
#	none
#
# Results:
#	Substitutes the following vars:
#		ZIP_PROG
#       ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS
#       ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH
#       ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFUN([SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [
    ZIP_PROG=""
    ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS=""
    ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH=""
    ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS=""

    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zip])
    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [
    search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
    for dir in $search_path ; do
        for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \
            `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do
        if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then
            if test -f "$j" ; then
            ac_cv_path_zip=$j
            break
            fi
        fi
        done
    done
    ])
    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then
        ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip "
        AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG])
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
        AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment])
        # Use standard arguments for zip
    else
        # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located.
        # We can use the locally distributed minizip instead
        ZIP_PROG="../minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-o -r"
        ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="."
        ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS="minizip${EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD}"
        AC_MSG_RESULT([No zip found on PATH building minizip])
    fi
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH)
    AC_SUBST(ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS)
])

Changes to win/tkWin.h.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28



29
30
31
32
33
34
35
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * WINVER = 0x0500 means Windows 2000 and above

 */

#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0500
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500



#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN







|
>



|


|
>
>
>







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * WINVER = 0x0600 means Windows Vista and above. Even though we still
 * support Windows XP, but the Vista-specifics are tested at runtime.
 */

#ifndef WINVER
#   define WINVER 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#   define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#   define _WIN32_IE 0x0700
#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.

327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
    /*
     * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
     * encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
     */

#ifdef UNICODE
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(rawText, -1, &ds);
	ckfree(rawText);
	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	if (!handle) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return;
	}







|







327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
    /*
     * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
     * encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
     */

#ifdef UNICODE
	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds);
	ckfree(rawText);
	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
	if (!handle) {
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    return;
	}
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
UpdateClipboard(
    HWND hwnd)
{
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
    EmptyClipboard();

    /*
     * CF_UNICODETEXT is only supported on NT, but it it is prefered when
     * possible.
     */

    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() != VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) {
	SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);
    } else {
	SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, NULL);
    }
    CloseClipboard();
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<







410
411
412
413
414
415
416






417



418
419
420
421
422
423
424
UpdateClipboard(
    HWND hwnd)
{
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
    EmptyClipboard();







    SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);



    CloseClipboard();
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to win/tkWinColor.c.

360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
		INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
	if (new) {
	    refCount = 1;
	} else {
	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) + 1;
	}
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (void *)refCount);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
	 */

	color->pixel = GetNearestColor(dc,
		RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue));







|







360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
		INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
	if (new) {
	    refCount = 1;
	} else {
	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) + 1;
	}
	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
    } else {
	/*
	 * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
	 */

	color->pixel = GetNearestColor(dc,
		RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue));
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
		    ckfree(entries);
		    cmap->size--;
		} else {
		    Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
		}
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (size_t)refCount);
	    }
	}
    }
    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
    return Success;
}








|







442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
		    ckfree(entries);
		    cmap->size--;
		} else {
		    Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
		}
		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
	    }
	}
    }
    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
    return Success;
}


Changes to win/tkWinDefault.h.

153
154
155
156
157
158
159


160
161
162
163
164
165
166
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"


#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"







>
>







153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDER		""
#define DEF_ENTRY_PLACEHOLDERFG		"#b3b3b3"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
273
274
275
276
277
278
279

280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE

#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		MENU_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */







>













|







275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
 */

#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_RELIEF		"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		MENU_BG
#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
#define DEF_MENU_FG			MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_FG
#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"0"
#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"

/*
 * Defaults for menubuttons:
 */

Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.

640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */

    /*
     * XXX - Note we never call FreeLibrary. There is no point because
     * shell32.dll is loaded at startup anyways and stays for the duration
     * of the process so why bother with keeping track of when to unload
     */
    shell32_handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}







<
<
<
<
<
|







640
641
642
643
644
645
646





647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
static void LoadShellProcs()
{
    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;

    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
        return; /* We have already been through here. */






    shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
        return;

    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
}
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381



1382

1383
1384
1385

1386
1387
1388
1389
1390





1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
        flags &= ~FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT;

    hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetOptions(fdlgIf, flags);
    if (FAILED(hr))
        goto vamoose;

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {



        wstr = Tcl_GetUnicode(optsPtr->extObj);

        if (wstr[0] == L'.')
            ++wstr;
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr);

        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }

    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {





        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetTitle(fdlgIf,
                                       Tcl_GetUnicode(optsPtr->titleObj));
        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }

    if (optsPtr->file[0]) {
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileName(fdlgIf, optsPtr->file);
        if (FAILED(hr))







>
>
>
|
>



>





>
>
>
>
>
|
|







1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
        flags &= ~FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT;

    hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetOptions(fdlgIf, flags);
    if (FAILED(hr))
        goto vamoose;

    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
        Tcl_DString ds;
        const char *src;

        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->extObj->length, &ds);
        if (wstr[0] == L'.')
            ++wstr;
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }

    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
        Tcl_DString ds;
        const char *src;

        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj);
        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->titleObj->length, &ds);
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetTitle(fdlgIf, wstr);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
        if (FAILED(hr))
            goto vamoose;
    }

    if (optsPtr->file[0]) {
        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileName(fdlgIf, optsPtr->file);
        if (FAILED(hr))
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466

1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472

1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492

1493
1494
1495
1496

1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503

1504
1505
1506
1507






1508
1509
1510

1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
                        hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetItemAt(multiIf, dw, &itemIf);
                        if (FAILED(hr))
                            break;
                        hr = itemIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(itemIf,
                                        SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, &wstr);
                        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                            Tcl_DString fnds;

                            ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
                            CoTaskMemFree(wstr);
                            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
                                interp, multiObj,
                                Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds)));

                        }
                        itemIf->lpVtbl->Release(itemIf);
                        if (FAILED(hr))
                            break;
                    }
                }
                multiIf->lpVtbl->Release(multiIf);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
                    resultObj = multiObj;
                else
                    Tcl_DecrRefCount(multiObj);
            }
        } else {
            IShellItem *resultIf;
            hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetResult(fdlgIf, &resultIf);
            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                hr = resultIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(resultIf, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH,
                                                      &wstr);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                    Tcl_DString fnds;

                    ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
                    resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds));
                    CoTaskMemFree(wstr);

                }
                resultIf->lpVtbl->Release(resultIf);
            }
        }
        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
            if (filterPtr && optsPtr->typeVariableObj) {
                UINT ftix;

                hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, &ftix);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                    /* Note ftix is a 1-based index */
                    if (ftix > 0 && ftix <= nfilters) {






                        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL,
                               Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, -1),
                               TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);

                    }
                }
            }
        }
    } else {
        if (hr == HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_CANCELLED))
            hr = 0;             /* User cancelled, return empty string */







>






>




















>




>







>




>
>
>
>
>
>

<
|
>







1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524

1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
                        hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetItemAt(multiIf, dw, &itemIf);
                        if (FAILED(hr))
                            break;
                        hr = itemIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(itemIf,
                                        SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, &wstr);
                        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                            Tcl_DString fnds;

                            ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
                            CoTaskMemFree(wstr);
                            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
                                interp, multiObj,
                                Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds)));
                            Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds);
                        }
                        itemIf->lpVtbl->Release(itemIf);
                        if (FAILED(hr))
                            break;
                    }
                }
                multiIf->lpVtbl->Release(multiIf);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
                    resultObj = multiObj;
                else
                    Tcl_DecrRefCount(multiObj);
            }
        } else {
            IShellItem *resultIf;
            hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetResult(fdlgIf, &resultIf);
            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                hr = resultIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(resultIf, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH,
                                                      &wstr);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                    Tcl_DString fnds;

                    ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
                    resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds));
                    CoTaskMemFree(wstr);
                    Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds);
                }
                resultIf->lpVtbl->Release(resultIf);
            }
        }
        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
            if (filterPtr && optsPtr->typeVariableObj) {
                UINT ftix;

                hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, &ftix);
                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
                    /* Note ftix is a 1-based index */
                    if (ftix > 0 && ftix <= nfilters) {
                        Tcl_DString ftds;
                        Tcl_Obj *ftobj;

                        Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, -1, &ftds);
                        ftobj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ftds),
                                Tcl_DStringLength(&ftds));
                        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL,

                                ftobj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
                        Tcl_DStringFree(&ftds);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    } else {
        if (hr == HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_CANCELLED))
            hr = 0;             /* User cancelled, return empty string */
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
 */
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
{
    if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
        DWORD dw;
        for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
        }
        ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|

|







2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
 */
static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
{
    if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
        DWORD dw;
        for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
                ckfree((char *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
                ckfree((char *)dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
        }
        ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788



2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
    };
    enum options {
	MSG_DEFAULT,	MSG_DETAIL,	MSG_ICON,	MSG_MESSAGE,
	MSG_PARENT,	MSG_TITLE,	MSG_TYPE
    };
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));




    defaultBtn = -1;
    detailObj = NULL;
    icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION;
    messageObj = NULL;
    parent = tkwin;
    titleObj = NULL;







>
>
>







2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
    };
    enum options {
	MSG_DEFAULT,	MSG_DETAIL,	MSG_ICON,	MSG_MESSAGE,
	MSG_PARENT,	MSG_TITLE,	MSG_TYPE
    };
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    Tcl_DString titleBuf, tmpBuf;
    const WCHAR *titlePtr, *tmpPtr;
    const char *src;

    defaultBtn = -1;
    detailObj = NULL;
    icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION;
    messageObj = NULL;
    parent = tkwin;
    titleObj = NULL;
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898


2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917









2918
2919

2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926

    flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;

    tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj)
	    : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    if (detailObj) {


	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, L"\n\n", 2);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
    }

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);

    /*
     * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error
     * message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS.
     *
     * In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, we
     * have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is being
     * created.
     */

    tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL);
    tsdPtr->hBigIcon   = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG);
    tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL,
	    GetCurrentThreadId());









    winCode = MessageBox(hWnd, Tcl_GetUnicode(tmpObj),
	    titleObj ? Tcl_GetUnicode(titleObj) : L"", flags);

    UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook);
    (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

    /*
     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
     * (Windows loses sync).







>
>
|


















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>







2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957

    flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;

    tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj)
	    : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
    if (detailObj) {
	const Tcl_UniChar twoNL[] = { '\n', '\n' };

	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, twoNL, 2);
	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
    }

    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);

    /*
     * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error
     * message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS.
     *
     * In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, we
     * have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is being
     * created.
     */

    tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL);
    tsdPtr->hBigIcon   = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG);
    tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL,
	    GetCurrentThreadId());
    src = Tcl_GetString(tmpObj);
    tmpPtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, tmpObj->length, &tmpBuf);
    if (titleObj != NULL) {
	src = Tcl_GetString(titleObj);
	titlePtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, titleObj->length, &titleBuf);
    } else {
	titlePtr = L"";
	Tcl_DStringInit(&titleBuf);
    }
    winCode = MessageBox(hWnd, tmpPtr, titlePtr, flags);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleBuf);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpBuf);
    UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook);
    (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

    /*
     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
     * (Windows loses sync).
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
	    }
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->titleObj);
	    break;
	case FontchooserFont:
	    if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
	    }
	    (void)Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
		hdPtr->fontObj = objv[i+1];
		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->fontObj)) {
		    hdPtr->fontObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->fontObj);
		}
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
	    } else {
		hdPtr->fontObj = NULL;
	    }
	    break;
	case FontchooserCmd:
	    if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
	    }
	    (void)Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
		hdPtr->cmdObj = objv[i+1];
		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->cmdObj)) {
		    hdPtr->cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->cmdObj);
		}
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
	    } else {







|














|







3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
	    }
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->titleObj);
	    break;
	case FontchooserFont:
	    if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
	    }
	    Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
		hdPtr->fontObj = objv[i+1];
		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->fontObj)) {
		    hdPtr->fontObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->fontObj);
		}
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
	    } else {
		hdPtr->fontObj = NULL;
	    }
	    break;
	case FontchooserCmd:
	    if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
	    }
	    Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
		hdPtr->cmdObj = objv[i+1];
		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->cmdObj)) {
		    hdPtr->cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->cmdObj);
		}
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
	    } else {
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
	fontPtr = (TkFont *) f;
	cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds);
	_tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		LF_FACESIZE-1);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
	lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size),
	    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 72);
	if (fontPtr->fa.weight == TK_FW_BOLD) {
	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
	}
	if (fontPtr->fa.slant != TK_FS_ROMAN) {
	    lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
	}







|







3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
	fontPtr = (TkFont *) f;
	cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds);
	_tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		LF_FACESIZE-1);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
	lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv((int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) + 0.5),
	    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 72);
	if (fontPtr->fa.weight == TK_FW_BOLD) {
	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
	}
	if (fontPtr->fa.slant != TK_FS_ROMAN) {
	    lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
	}

Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.

482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
 *	specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *







|







482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage, XPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
 *	specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
595
596
597
598
599
600
601















602
603
604
605
606
607
608
    BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
	    SRCCOPY);
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
    DeleteDC(dcMem);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}
















/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillRectangles --
 *
 *	Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
    BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
	    SRCCOPY);
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
    DeleteDC(dcMem);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

int
XPutImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,			/* Destination drawable. */
    GC gc,
    XImage *image,		/* Source image. */
    int src_x, int src_y,	/* Offset of subimage. */
    int dest_x, int dest_y,	/* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
				/* Dimensions of subimage. */
{
    return TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, d, gc, image,
		src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillRectangles --
 *
 *	Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle *rectangles,
    int nrectangles)
{
    HDC dc;
    int i;
    RECT rect;
    TkWinDCState state;
    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;

    if (d == None) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }







<







636
637
638
639
640
641
642

643
644
645
646
647
648
649
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle *rectangles,
    int nrectangles)
{
    HDC dc;

    RECT rect;
    TkWinDCState state;
    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;

    if (d == None) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687

688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701

702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711

712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722














































723
724
725
726
727
728
729

	/*
	 * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
	 * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
	 * result with the stipple pattern.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
	    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[i].width,
		    rectangles[i].height);
	    oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
	    rect.left = 0;
	    rect.top = 0;
	    rect.right = rectangles[i].width;
	    rect.bottom = rectangles[i].height;
	    FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
	    BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y, rectangles[i].width,
		    rectangles[i].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
	    if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
		FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
		BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
			rectangles[i].width, rectangles[i].height, dcMem,
			0, 0, COPYBG);
	    }
	    SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
	    DeleteObject(bitmap);

	}

	DeleteDC(dcMem);
	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	DeleteObject(stipple);
	DeleteObject(bgBrush);
    } else {
	if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
	    for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
		rect.left = rectangles[i].x;
		rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[i].width;
		rect.top = rectangles[i].y;
		rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[i].height;
		FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);

	    }
	} else {
	    HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
	    HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
	    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);

	    for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
		Rectangle(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
		    rectangles[i].x + rectangles[i].width + 1,
		    rectangles[i].y + rectangles[i].height + 1);

	    }

	    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	    SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
	    DeleteObject(newPen);
	}
    }
    DeleteObject(brush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}















































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RenderObject --
 *
 *	This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,







|
|
|



|
|

|
|


|
|




>








|
|
|
|
|

>






|
|
|
|
>











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792

	/*
	 * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
	 * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
	 * result with the stipple pattern.
	 */

	while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
	    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[0].width,
		    rectangles[0].height);
	    oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
	    rect.left = 0;
	    rect.top = 0;
	    rect.right = rectangles[0].width;
	    rect.bottom = rectangles[0].height;
	    FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
	    BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y, rectangles[0].width,
		    rectangles[0].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
	    if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
		FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
		BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
			rectangles[0].width, rectangles[0].height, dcMem,
			0, 0, COPYBG);
	    }
	    SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
	    DeleteObject(bitmap);
	    ++rectangles;
	}

	DeleteDC(dcMem);
	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	DeleteObject(stipple);
	DeleteObject(bgBrush);
    } else {
	if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
		rect.left = rectangles[0].x;
		rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[0].width;
		rect.top = rectangles[0].y;
		rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[0].height;
		FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
		++rectangles;
	    }
	} else {
	    HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
	    HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
	    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);

	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
		Rectangle(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
		    rectangles[0].x + rectangles[0].width + 1,
		    rectangles[0].y + rectangles[0].height + 1);
		++rectangles;
	    }

	    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	    SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
	    DeleteObject(newPen);
	}
    }
    DeleteObject(brush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MakeAndStrokePath --
 *
 *	This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,
 *	and the specified drawing function. It does it through creation of a
 *	so-called 'path' (see GDI documentation on MSDN).
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static void
MakeAndStrokePath(
    HDC dc,
    POINT *winPoints,
    int npoints,
    WinDrawFunc func)        /* Name of the Windows GDI drawing function:
                                this is either Polyline or Polygon. */
{
    BeginPath(dc);
    func(dc, winPoints, npoints);
    /*
     * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points
     * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also
     * at this point, this needs telling the Windows GDI that the
     * path is closed.
     */
    if (func == Polyline) {
        if ((winPoints[0].x == winPoints[npoints-1].x) &&
                (winPoints[0].y == winPoints[npoints-1].y)) {
            CloseFigure(dc);
        }
        EndPath(dc);
        StrokePath(dc);
    } else {
        EndPath(dc);
        StrokeAndFillPath(dc);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * RenderObject --
 *
 *	This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
	 * Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the
	 * destination wherever the pattern is set.
	 */

	SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
		: WINDING);
	oldMemBrush = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
	func(dcMem, winPoints, npoints);
	BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);

	/*
	 * If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the
	 * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the
	 * pattern is clear.
	 */

	if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
	    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem,
		    CreateSolidBrush(gc->background)));
	    func(dcMem, winPoints, npoints);
	    BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0,
		    COPYBG);
	}

	SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
	DeleteDC(dcMem);
    } else {
	oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
	SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);

	SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
		: WINDING);
	func(dc, winPoints, npoints);
	SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
    }
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|











|















|







875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
	 * Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the
	 * destination wherever the pattern is set.
	 */

	SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
		: WINDING);
	oldMemBrush = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
        MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func);
	BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);

	/*
	 * If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the
	 * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the
	 * pattern is clear.
	 */

	if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
	    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem,
		    CreateSolidBrush(gc->background)));
            MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func);
	    BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0,
		    COPYBG);
	}

	SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
	DeleteDC(dcMem);
    } else {
	oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
	SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);

	SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
		: WINDING);
        MakeAndStrokePath(dc, winPoints, npoints, func);
	SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
    }
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush));
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangle --
 *
 *	Draws a rectangle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:







|







999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangle, XDrawRectangles --
 *
 *	Draws a rectangle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
981
982
983
984
985
986
987





















988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
    Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);

    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}






















/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArc --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|







1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
    Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);

    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

int
XDrawRectangles(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle rects[],
    int nrects)
{
    int ret = Success;

    while (nrects-- > 0) {
	ret = XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, rects[0].x, rects[0].y,
		    rects[0].width, rects[0].height);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++rects;
    }
    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArc, XDrawArcs --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
























1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}

























/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillArc --
 *
 *	Draw a filled arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|







1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}

int
XDrawArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcs,
    int narcs)
{
    int ret = Success;

    display->request++;

    while (narcs-- > 0) {
	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 0);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++arcs;
    }
    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillArc, XFillArcs --
 *
 *	Draw a filled arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
























1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}

























/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawOrFillArc --
 *
 *	This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}

int
XFillArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcs,
    int narcs)
{
    int ret = Success;

    display->request++;

    while (narcs-- > 0) {
	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 1);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++arcs;
    }
    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawOrFillArc --
 *
 *	This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and

Changes to win/tkWinEmbed.c.

196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
 *	    TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either
 *		a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero)
 *		othersize.
 *
 *	The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to
 *	use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid
 *	window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074).
 *	Additional sub messages may be definded/used in future for other
 *	needs.
 *
 *	We do not enforce the above protocol for the reason of backward
 *	compatibility. If the window to use is unable to handle TK_INFO
 *	messages (e.g., legacy Tk container applications before 8.5), a dialog
 *	box with a warning message pops up and the user is asked to confirm if
 *	the attachment should proceed. However, we may have to enforce it in







|







196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
 *	    TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either
 *		a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero)
 *		othersize.
 *
 *	The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to
 *	use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid
 *	window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074).
 *	Additional sub messages may be defined/used in future for other
 *	needs.
 *
 *	We do not enforce the above protocol for the reason of backward
 *	compatibility. If the window to use is unable to handle TK_INFO
 *	messages (e.g., legacy Tk container applications before 8.5), a dialog
 *	box with a warning message pops up and the user is asked to confirm if
 *	the attachment should proceed. However, we may have to enforce it in
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
    } else {
	/*
	 * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
	 * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
	 * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
	 */

	char msg[256];

	sprintf(msg, "Unable to get information of window \"%.80s\".  Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching.", string);
	if (IDCANCEL == MessageBoxA(hwnd, msg, "Tk Warning",
		MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "Operation has been canceled", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CANCEL", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }







|

|
|







299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
    } else {
	/*
	 * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
	 * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
	 * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
	 */

	TCHAR msg[256];

	wsprintf(msg, TEXT("Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\".  Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching."), string);
	if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, TEXT("Tk Warning"),
		MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "Operation has been canceled", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CANCEL", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

Changes to win/tkWinFont.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */







|

|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
	/*
	 * If running NT, then we will be calling some Unicode functions
	 * explictly. So, even if the Tcl system encoding isn't Unicode, make
	 * sure we convert to/from the Unicode char set.
	 */

	systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
    }

    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







258
259
260
261
262
263
264







265


266
267
268
269
270
271
272
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{







    systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();


    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
	}
    }

  found:
    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);

    hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName,
	    TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size), 0.0);
    if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
    } else {
	fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkFontPtr;
	ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
    }
    InitFont(tkwin, hFont, faPtr->overstrike, fontPtr);







|







558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
	}
    }

  found:
    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);

    hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName,
	    (int)(TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5), 0.0);
    if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
    } else {
	fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkFontPtr;
	ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
    }
    InitFont(tkwin, hFont, faPtr->overstrike, fontPtr);
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    Tcl_UniChar c,		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    WinFont *fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    HDC hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
				/* GDI device context */
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
				/* Pointer to subfont array in case
				 * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the
				 * memory allocation */
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr =
	    FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
				 * character */
    FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
    HFONT oldfont;		/* Saved font from the device context */
    TEXTMETRICA tm;		/* Font metrics of the selected subfont */

    /*
     * Get the font attributes.
     */

    oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0);
    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);
    SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
    faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
	    tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight);
    faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0);
    faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
}

/*







|
















|






|




|







730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
{
    WinFont *fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
				/* Structure describing the logical font */
    HDC hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
				/* GDI device context */
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
				/* Pointer to subfont array in case
				 * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the
				 * memory allocation */
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr =
	    FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
				 * character */
    FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
    HFONT oldfont;		/* Saved font from the device context */
    TEXTMETRIC tm;		/* Font metrics of the selected subfont */

    /*
     * Get the font attributes.
     */

    oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0);
    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
    SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
    faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
	    (double)(tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight));
    faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0);
    faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
}

/*
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HFONT oldFont;
    WinFont *fontPtr;
    int curX, moretomeasure;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    SIZE size;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;

    if (numBytes == 0) {







|







815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HFONT oldFont;
    WinFont *fontPtr;
    int curX, moretomeasure;
    int ch;
    SIZE size;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;

    if (numBytes == 0) {
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
     */

    moretomeasure = 0;
    curX = 0;
    start = source;
    end = start + numBytes;
    for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,







|







846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
     */

    moretomeasure = 0;
    curX = 0;
    start = source;
    end = start + numBytes;
    for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
	char buf[16];
	int dstWrote;
	int lastSize = 0;

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
	for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),







|







908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
	char buf[16];
	int dstWrote;
	int lastSize = 0;

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
	for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
    if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
	/*
	 * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
	 */

	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
	Tcl_UniChar ch2;

	end = p;
	p = source;
	ch = ' ';
	while (p < end) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
	    if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
		lastWordBreak = p;
	    }
	    p = next;
	    ch = ch2;
	}








|





|







957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
    if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
	/*
	 * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
	 */

	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
	int ch2;

	end = p;
	p = source;
	ch = ' ';
	while (p < end) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
	    if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
		lastWordBreak = p;
	    }
	    p = next;
	    ch = ch2;
	}

1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*







|







1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white







|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		0.0);
	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,







|














|







1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		0.0);
	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*







|







1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white







|







1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		angle);
	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,







|














|







1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		angle);
	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409


1410


1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{


    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/


    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x, y);
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MultiFontTextOut --
 *







>
>

>
>

|







1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{
    int widthUntilStart;

    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/

    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MultiFontTextOut --
 *
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462








1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
				 * following string. */
    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
    int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)
{
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    SIZE size;
    HFONT oldFont;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);

    end = source + numBytes;
    for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);








	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
		familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);







|






|



|



|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

















|







1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
				 * following string. */
    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
    int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)
{
    int ch;
    SIZE size;
    HFONT oldFont;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

    end = source + numBytes;
    for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);

	/*
	 * The drawing API has a limit of 32767 pixels in one go.
	 * To avoid spending time on a rare case we do not measure each char,
	 * instead we limit to drawing chunks of 200 bytes since that works
	 * well in practice.
	 */

	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
		familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
				 * the tmStruckOut field. */
    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
				 * the above arguments. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HWND hwnd;
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);

    /*
     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
     * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
     * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
     * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
     * characters.







|












|







1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
				 * the tmStruckOut field. */
    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
				 * the above arguments. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HWND hwnd;
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

    /*
     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
     * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
     * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
     * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
     * characters.
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
    fontPtr->hwnd	= hwnd;
    fontPtr->pixelSize	= tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading;

    faPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fa;
    faPtr->family	= Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));

    faPtr->size =
	TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,  -(fontPtr->pixelSize));
    faPtr->weight =
	    (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant	= (tm.tmItalic != 0) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline	= (tm.tmUnderlined != 0) ? 1 : 0;
    faPtr->overstrike	= overstrike;

    fmPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fm;







|







1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
    fontPtr->hwnd	= hwnd;
    fontPtr->pixelSize	= tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading;

    faPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fa;
    faPtr->family	= Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));

    faPtr->size =
	TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,  (double)-(fontPtr->pixelSize));
    faPtr->weight =
	    (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant	= (tm.tmItalic != 0) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
    faPtr->underline	= (tm.tmUnderlined != 0) ? 1 : 0;
    faPtr->overstrike	= overstrike;

    fmPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fm;
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

    /*
     * Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
     * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
     * corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
     */

    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
















2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

















    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.

Changes to win/tkWinInit.c.

177
178
179
180
181
182
183



184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199


200
201
202
203
204
205
206
Tcl_Obj*
TkWin32ErrorObj(
    HRESULT hrError)
{
    LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
    TCHAR  sBuffer[30];
    Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;




    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError,
	    LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);

    if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
	lpBuffer = sBuffer;
	wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError);
    }

    if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) {
	*p = TEXT('\0');
    }

#ifdef _UNICODE
    errPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer));


#else
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer));
#endif /* _UNICODE */

    if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
	LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
    }







>
>
>















|
>
>







177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
Tcl_Obj*
TkWin32ErrorObj(
    HRESULT hrError)
{
    LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
    TCHAR  sBuffer[30];
    Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;
#ifdef _UNICODE
    Tcl_DString ds;
#endif

    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError,
	    LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);

    if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
	lpBuffer = sBuffer;
	wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError);
    }

    if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) {
	*p = TEXT('\0');
    }

#ifdef _UNICODE
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer) * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
#else
    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer));
#endif /* _UNICODE */

    if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
	LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
    }

Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
 * Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, this will
 * break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much faster than
 * the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking for a match.
 * Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress event, it seems
 * like a worthwhile improvement to use the table.
 */

#define MAX_KEYCODE 145 /* VK_SCROLL is the last entry in our table below */


static const KeySym keymap[] = {
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause,
    XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,







|
>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 * Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, this will
 * break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much faster than
 * the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking for a match.
 * Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress event, it seems
 * like a worthwhile improvement to use the table.
 */

#define MAX_KEYCODE 179 /* VK_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE is the last entry in our table below */
/* cf. https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx */

static const KeySym keymap[] = {
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause,
    XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56






57
58
59
60
61
62
63
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3,
    XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8,
    XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13,
    XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18,
    XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23,
    XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock,
    XK_Scroll_Lock






};

/*
 * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
 */

static KeySym		KeycodeToKeysym(unsigned int keycode,







|
>
>
>
>
>
>







50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3,
    XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8,
    XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13,
    XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18,
    XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23,
    XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock,
    XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*150 0x96*/
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*155 0x9b*/
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*160 0xa0*/
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*165 0xa5*/
    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_XF86AudioMute, XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume, /*170 0xaa*/
    XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume, XK_XF86AudioNext, XK_XF86AudioPrev, XK_XF86AudioStop, XK_XF86AudioPlay  /*175 0xaf*/
};

/*
 * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
 */

static KeySym		KeycodeToKeysym(unsigned int keycode,
84
85
86
87
88
89
90


91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred: needed to get
				 * input context. */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
				 * result. */
{
    XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;



    Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
    if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
	if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
		    keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
	}
    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -2) {
	/*
	 * Special case for win2000 multi-lingal IME input. xkey.trans_chars[]
	 * already contains a UNICODE char.
	 */

	int unichar;
	char buf[XMaxTransChars];
	int len;

	unichar = keyEv->trans_chars[1] & 0xff;
	unichar <<= 8;
	unichar |= keyEv->trans_chars[0] & 0xff;

	len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) unichar, buf);

	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {

	char buf[XMaxTransChars];
	int len;

	/*
	 * Special case for WM_UNICHAR.
	 */

	len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(keyEv->keycode, buf);
	if ((keyEv->keycode <= 0xffff) || (len == XMaxTransChars)) {
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	} else {
	    Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((keyEv->keycode - 0x10000) >> 10) | 0xd800, buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, 3);
	    Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((keyEv->keycode - 0x10000) & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00, buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, 3);
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
	    char buf[XMaxTransChars];
	    int len;

	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}








>
>







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<

|


|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<










<
<
<







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106

















107
108



109
110
111
112
113

114






115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124



125
126
127
128
129
130
131
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred: needed to get
				 * input context. */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
				 * result. */
{
    XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;
    char buf[6];
    int len;

    Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
    if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
	if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
		    keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
	}

















    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {




	/*
	 * Special case for WM_UNICHAR and win2000 multi-lingal IME input
	 */

	len = TkUniCharToUtf(keyEv->keycode, buf);

	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);






    } else {
	/*
	 * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {



	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    char buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToAscii(). One of ToAscii()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */

    if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
	    keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
	goto skipToAscii;
    }

    /*
     * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
     */

    if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {







|



|






|







182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    TCHAR buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */

    if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
	    keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
	goto skipToUnicode;
    }

    /*
     * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
     */

    if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
    if (state & Mod3Mask) {
	keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
    }
    if (state & Mod1Mask) {
	keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
    }

    result = ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);

    if (result < 0) {
	/*
	 * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
	 * keyboard. Call ToAscii() again to forget it.
	 * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
	 * key. Calling ToAscii() again does not affect anything.
	 */

	ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    if (result == 2) {
	/*
	 * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
	 * the keyboard. Call ToAscii() again with proper parameters to
	 * restore it.
	 *
	 * Get information about the old char
	 */

	deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
	shift = deadkey >> 8;







|




|

|


|






|







234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
    if (state & Mod3Mask) {
	keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
    }
    if (state & Mod1Mask) {
	keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
    }

    result = ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);

    if (result < 0) {
	/*
	 * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
	 * keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again to forget it.
	 * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
	 * key. Calling ToUnicode() again does not affect anything.
	 */

	ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    if (result == 2) {
	/*
	 * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
	 * the keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again with proper parameters to
	 * restore it.
	 *
	 * Get information about the old char
	 */

	deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
	shift = deadkey >> 8;
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
	}
	if (shift & 2) {
	    keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
	}
	if (shift & 4) {
	    keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
	}
	ToAscii(deadkey, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    /*
     * Keycode mapped to a valid Latin-1 character. Since the keysyms for
     * alphanumeric characters map onto Latin-1, we just return it.
     *
     * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
     * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
     * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
     * array properly when we passed it to ToAscii, above. We had previously
     * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
     * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
     * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
     *
     * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
     * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
     * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependant
     * on whether you believe that ToAscii is doing the right thing in that
     * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
     * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
     * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
     * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
     * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
     * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
     * XK_BackSpace).
     */

    if (result == 1 && UCHAR(buf[0]) >= 0x20 && UCHAR(buf[0]) != 0x7F) {
	return (KeySym) UCHAR(buf[0]);
    }

    /*
     * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
     */

  skipToAscii:
    if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
	return NoSymbol;
    }
    switch (keycode) {
	/*
	 * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
	 * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between







|




|
|




|






|
|









|
|






|







276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
	}
	if (shift & 2) {
	    keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
	}
	if (shift & 4) {
	    keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
	}
	ToUnicode(deadkey, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    /*
     * Keycode mapped to a valid Unicode character. Since the keysyms for
     * alphanumeric characters map onto Unicode, we just return it.
     *
     * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
     * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
     * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
     * array properly when we passed it to ToUnicode, above. We had previously
     * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
     * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
     * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
     *
     * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
     * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
     * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependent
     * on whether you believe that ToUnicode is doing the right thing in that
     * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
     * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
     * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
     * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
     * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
     * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
     * XK_BackSpace).
     */

    if (result == 1 && buf[0] >= 0x20 && buf[0] != 0x7F) {
	return (KeySym) buf[0];
    }

    /*
     * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
     */

  skipToUnicode:
    if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
	return NoSymbol;
    }
    switch (keycode) {
	/*
	 * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
	 * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((char) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)







|







568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((char) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}







|







621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}

Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.

896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
    UINT message,
    WPARAM wParam,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    LRESULT lResult;

    if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
	lResult = DefWindowProcA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
    }
    return lResult;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
    UINT message,
    WPARAM wParam,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    LRESULT lResult;

    if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
    }
    return lResult;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
	lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
		&lResult);
	if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
	    break;
	}

    default:
	lResult = DefWindowProcA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	break;
    }
    return lResult;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|







995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
	lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
		&lResult);
	if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
	    break;
	}

    default:
	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	break;
    }
    return lResult;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484









1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
	*widthPtr = 0;
    } else {
	int borderWidth;

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
	*widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth;









    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetMenuAccelGeometry --







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
	*widthPtr = 0;
    } else {
	int borderWidth;

	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
	*widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth;

        /*
         * Quite dubious about the above (why would borderWidth play a role?)
         * and about how indicatorDimensions[1] is obtained in SetDefaults().
         * At least don't let the result be negative!
         */
        if (*widthPtr < 0) {
            *widthPtr = 0;
        }
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetMenuAccelGeometry --
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border when an item is active */
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
    int height,			/* Height of menu entry */
    int drawArrow)		/* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
				 * the arraw. I cannot figure out Windows'
				 * algorithm for where to draw this. */
{
    COLORREF oldFgColor;
    COLORREF oldBgColor;
    RECT rect;

    if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {







|







1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border when an item is active */
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
    int height,			/* Height of menu entry */
    int drawArrow)		/* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
				 * the arrow. I cannot figure out Windows'
				 * algorithm for where to draw this. */
{
    COLORREF oldFgColor;
    COLORREF oldBgColor;
    RECT rect;

    if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    keySym = i;

    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
		CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
			(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
		    for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
			CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA,
				Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
				xkey.trans_chars[i],
				(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (0x111 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
			| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}







|
|




|
|




|
|




|


|




|










|
|




|
|

|


|
|





|

|







2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    keySym = i;

    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
			(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
		    for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
			CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc,
				Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
				xkey.trans_chars[i],
				(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
			| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    segmentWidth = 6;
    maxX = width - 1;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);

    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
	    points[1].x = maxX;
	}







|







2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
	return;
    }

    points[0].x = x;
    points[0].y = y + height/2;
    points[1].y = points[0].y;
    segmentWidth = 6;
    maxX = x + width - 1;
    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);

    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
	    points[1].x = maxX;
	}
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawingParameters)	/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items and accelerator
				 * cues. Only applies to Windows. */
{
    GC gc, indicatorGC;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
    int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;







|







2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
    int drawingParameters)	/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
				 * for cascade items and accelerator
				 * cues. */
{
    GC gc, indicatorGC;
    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
    int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792



2793
2794












2795
2796

2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* width of rectangle to draw */
    int height)			/* height of rectangle to draw */
{
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
		|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {



	bgBorder = activeBorder;
    }












    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
	    TK_RELIEF_FLAT);

}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
 *







>
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>







2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
    int x,			/* left edge */
    int y,			/* top edge */
    int width,			/* width of rectangle to draw */
    int height)			/* height of rectangle to draw */
{
    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
		|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
	int relief;
	int activeBorderWidth;

	bgBorder = activeBorder;

	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
		&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
		|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
	    relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
	} else {
	    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->activeReliefPtr, &relief);
	}
	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
		menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
		activeBorderWidth, relief);
    } else {
        Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
                TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
 *
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
		menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
			+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    }
	    x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
		    + 2 * borderWidth;
	    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
	    lastColumnBreak = i;
	    y = borderWidth;
	}

	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,







|







2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
		menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
			+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
		menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
	    }
	    x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
		    + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
	    lastColumnBreak = i;
	    y = borderWidth;
	}

	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth + accelSpace
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + 2 * borderWidth;


    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).







|
|







2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
    }
    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;


    windowHeight += borderWidth;

    /*
     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
				 * called? */
{
    char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
    struct {
        NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;
#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
        int padding;
#endif
    } nc;
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

    defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
	defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
    }

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
	    &nc.metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetricsA(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;
    }
    if (tm.tmItalic) {







|



<
|
<
<
<
<


















|




|


|
|
|

|







3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230

3231




3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
				 * called? */
{
    char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */

    NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;




    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

    defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
	defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
    }

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    metrics.cbSize = sizeof(metrics);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, metrics.cbSize,
	    &metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;
    }
    if (tm.tmItalic) {
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283

3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
    /*
     * Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the
     * appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save
     * time when traversing large sets of menu items.
     *
     * The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the
     * only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented.

     */

    indicatorDimensions[0] = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK);
    indicatorDimensions[1] = ((GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME) +
	    GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER)
	    + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK) + 7) & 0xFFF8)
	    - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME);

    /*
     * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
     * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
     */

    showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;
    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
	SystemParametersInfoA(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuInit --
 *







>














<
|
<







3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318

3319

3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
    /*
     * Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the
     * appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save
     * time when traversing large sets of menu items.
     *
     * The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the
     * only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented.
     * How strange the calculation of indicatorDimensions[1] is...!
     */

    indicatorDimensions[0] = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK);
    indicatorDimensions[1] = ((GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME) +
	    GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER)
	    + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK) + 7) & 0xFFF8)
	    - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME);

    /*
     * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
     * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
     */

    showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuInit --
 *

Changes to win/tkWinPixmap.c.

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
	 * people to report this as a bug...
	 */

	if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL && !repeatError) {
	    LPVOID lpMsgBuf;

	    repeatError = 1;
	    if (FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
		    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
		    NULL, GetLastError(),
		    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
		    (LPSTR) &lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
		MessageBoxA(NULL, (LPCSTR) lpMsgBuf,
			"Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection",
			MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
		LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
	    }
	}
    }

    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {







|



|
|
|







96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
	 * people to report this as a bug...
	 */

	if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL && !repeatError) {
	    LPVOID lpMsgBuf;

	    repeatError = 1;
	    if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
		    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
		    NULL, GetLastError(),
		    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
		    (LPTSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
		MessageBox(NULL, (LPTSTR) lpMsgBuf,
			TEXT("Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection"),
			MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
		LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
	    }
	}
    }

    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {

Changes to win/tkWinPort.h.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
 * compile under the windows compilers.
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


#include <wchar.h>
#include <io.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>







>







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
 * compile under the windows compilers.
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#include <stdio.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#include <io.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>

Changes to win/tkWinSend.c.

248
249
250
251
252
253
254



255
256



257
258
259
260
261
262
263
			IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL;

			if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub,
				wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) {
			    LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub);

			    if (*p) {



				result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,
					objList, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(p + 1, -1));



			    }
			}

			hr = CoGetMalloc(1, &pMalloc);
			if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void*)olestr);
			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);







>
>
>

|
>
>
>







248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
			IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL;

			if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub,
				wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) {
			    LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub);

			    if (*p) {
				Tcl_DString ds;

				Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(p + 1, -1, &ds);
				result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,
					objList,
					Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
						Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
				Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
			    }
			}

			hr = CoGetMalloc(1, &pMalloc);
			if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void*)olestr);
			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
    LPMONIKER pmkClass = NULL;
    HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL;
	Tcl_DString dString;

	Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
	Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(name, -1, &dString);
	hr = CreateFileMoniker((LPOLESTR)Tcl_DStringValue(&dString), &pmkItem);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	    hr = pmkClass->lpVtbl->ComposeWith(pmkClass, pmkItem, FALSE, ppmk);
	    pmkItem->lpVtbl->Release(pmkItem);
	}
	pmkClass->lpVtbl->Release(pmkClass);







<
|







615
616
617
618
619
620
621

622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
    LPMONIKER pmkClass = NULL;
    HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL;
	Tcl_DString dString;


	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(name, -1, &dString);
	hr = CreateFileMoniker((LPOLESTR)Tcl_DStringValue(&dString), &pmkItem);
	Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	    hr = pmkClass->lpVtbl->ComposeWith(pmkClass, pmkItem, FALSE, ppmk);
	    pmkItem->lpVtbl->Release(pmkItem);
	}
	pmkClass->lpVtbl->Release(pmkClass);
736
737
738
739
740
741
742


743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755


756

757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776


777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788

789


790
791
792
793
794
795
796
    VARIANT vCmd, vResult;
    DISPPARAMS dp;
    EXCEPINFO ei;
    UINT uiErr = 0;
    HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK;
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
    DISPID dispid;



    cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv);

    /*
     * Setup the arguments for the COM method call.
     */

    VariantInit(&vCmd);
    VariantInit(&vResult);
    memset(&dp, 0, sizeof(dp));
    memset(&ei, 0, sizeof(ei));

    vCmd.vt = VT_BSTR;


    vCmd.bstrVal = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(cmd));


    dp.cArgs = 1;
    dp.rgvarg = &vCmd;

    /*
     * Select the method to use based upon the async flag and call the method.
     */

    dispid = async ? TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC : TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND;

    hr = pdispInterp->lpVtbl->Invoke(pdispInterp, dispid,
	    &IID_NULL, LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT, DISPATCH_METHOD,
	    &dp, &vResult, &ei, &uiErr);

    /*
     * Convert the result into a string and place in the interps result.
     */

    ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) {


	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vResult.bstrVal, -1));
    }

    /*
     * Errors are returned as dispatch exceptions. If an error code was
     * returned then we decode the exception and setup the Tcl error
     * variables.
     */

    if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION && ei.bstrSource != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo;


	opError = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ei.bstrSource, -1);


	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 0, &opErrorCode);
	Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, opErrorCode);
	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 1, &opErrorInfo);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, opErrorInfo);
    }

    /*







>
>













>
>
|
>




















>
>
|










|
>
|
>
>







741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
    VARIANT vCmd, vResult;
    DISPPARAMS dp;
    EXCEPINFO ei;
    UINT uiErr = 0;
    HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK;
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
    DISPID dispid;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    const char *src;

    cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv);

    /*
     * Setup the arguments for the COM method call.
     */

    VariantInit(&vCmd);
    VariantInit(&vResult);
    memset(&dp, 0, sizeof(dp));
    memset(&ei, 0, sizeof(ei));

    vCmd.vt = VT_BSTR;
    src = Tcl_GetString(cmd);
    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, cmd->length, &ds);
    vCmd.bstrVal = SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    dp.cArgs = 1;
    dp.rgvarg = &vCmd;

    /*
     * Select the method to use based upon the async flag and call the method.
     */

    dispid = async ? TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC : TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND;

    hr = pdispInterp->lpVtbl->Invoke(pdispInterp, dispid,
	    &IID_NULL, LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT, DISPATCH_METHOD,
	    &dp, &vResult, &ei, &uiErr);

    /*
     * Convert the result into a string and place in the interps result.
     */

    ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) {
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vResult.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vResult.bstrVal) *
		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
	Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &ds);
    }

    /*
     * Errors are returned as dispatch exceptions. If an error code was
     * returned then we decode the exception and setup the Tcl error
     * variables.
     */

    if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION && ei.bstrSource != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(ei.bstrSource, (int) SysStringLen(ei.bstrSource) *
		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
	opError = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
		Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 0, &opErrorCode);
	Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, opErrorCode);
	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 1, &opErrorInfo);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, opErrorInfo);
    }

    /*
829
830
831
832
833
834
835


836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853


854




855


856
857
858
859
860
861
862
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo)
{
    Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorInfo, *opErrorCode;
    ICreateErrorInfo *pCEI;
    IErrorInfo *pEI, **ppEI = &pEI;
    HRESULT hr;



    if (!pExcepInfo) {
	return;
    }

    opError = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    opErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    opErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Pack the trace onto the end of the Tcl exception descriptor.
     */

    opErrorCode = Tcl_DuplicateObj(opErrorCode);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(opErrorCode);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, opErrorCode, opErrorInfo);
    /* TODO: Handle failure to append */



    pExcepInfo->bstrDescription = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opError));




    pExcepInfo->bstrSource = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opErrorCode));


    Tcl_DecrRefCount(opErrorCode);
    pExcepInfo->scode = E_FAIL;

    hr = CreateErrorInfo(&pCEI);
    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	return;
    }







>
>


















>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>







844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo)
{
    Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorInfo, *opErrorCode;
    ICreateErrorInfo *pCEI;
    IErrorInfo *pEI, **ppEI = &pEI;
    HRESULT hr;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    const char *src;

    if (!pExcepInfo) {
	return;
    }

    opError = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    opErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    opErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Pack the trace onto the end of the Tcl exception descriptor.
     */

    opErrorCode = Tcl_DuplicateObj(opErrorCode);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(opErrorCode);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, opErrorCode, opErrorInfo);
    /* TODO: Handle failure to append */

    src = Tcl_GetString(opError);
    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, opError->length, &ds);
    pExcepInfo->bstrDescription =
	    SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    src = Tcl_GetString(opErrorCode);
    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, opErrorCode->length, &ds);
    pExcepInfo->bstrSource =
	    SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(opErrorCode);
    pExcepInfo->scode = E_FAIL;

    hr = CreateErrorInfo(&pCEI);
    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	return;
    }

Changes to win/tkWinSendCom.c.

366
367
368
369
370
371
372

373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387





388
389
390
391
392
393
394
    TkWinSendCom *obj,
    VARIANT Cmd,
    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
    UINT *puArgErr)
{
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    VARIANT vCmd;


    VariantInit(&vCmd);

    hr = VariantChangeType(&vCmd, &Cmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (FAILED(hr)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(obj->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"invalid args: Async(command)", -1));
	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo);
	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
    }

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && obj->interp) {
	Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vCmd.bstrVal,
		(int) SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal));






	TkWinSend_QueueCommand(obj->interp, scriptPtr);
    }

    VariantClear(&vCmd);
    return hr;
}








>












|
<

>
>
>
>
>







366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386

387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
    TkWinSendCom *obj,
    VARIANT Cmd,
    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
    UINT *puArgErr)
{
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    VARIANT vCmd;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    VariantInit(&vCmd);

    hr = VariantChangeType(&vCmd, &Cmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (FAILED(hr)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(obj->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"invalid args: Async(command)", -1));
	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo);
	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
    }

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && obj->interp) {
	Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;


	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vCmd.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal) *
		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
	scriptPtr =
		Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	TkWinSend_QueueCommand(obj->interp, scriptPtr);
    }

    VariantClear(&vCmd);
    return hr;
}

420
421
422
423
424
425
426

427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437



438
439
440
441
442
443



444
445



446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
    UINT *puArgErr)
{
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    VARIANT v;
    register Tcl_Interp *interp = obj->interp;
    Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;


    if (interp == NULL) {
	return S_OK;
    }
    VariantInit(&v);
    hr = VariantChangeType(&v, &vCmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	return hr;
    }

    scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(v.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(v.bstrVal));



    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(scriptPtr);
    result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, scriptPtr,
	    TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(scriptPtr);
    if (pvResult != NULL) {



	VariantInit(pvResult);
	pvResult->vt = VT_BSTR;



	pvResult->bstrVal = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(
		Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(interp, pExcepInfo);
    }
    Tcl_Release(interp);
    VariantClear(&v);







>










|
>
>
>






>
>
>


>
>
>
|
|







425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
    UINT *puArgErr)
{
    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
    int result = TCL_OK;
    VARIANT v;
    register Tcl_Interp *interp = obj->interp;
    Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (interp == NULL) {
	return S_OK;
    }
    VariantInit(&v);
    hr = VariantChangeType(&v, &vCmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	return hr;
    }

    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(v.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(v.bstrVal) *
	    sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    scriptPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(scriptPtr);
    result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, scriptPtr,
	    TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(scriptPtr);
    if (pvResult != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *obj;
	const char *src;

	VariantInit(pvResult);
	pvResult->vt = VT_BSTR;
	obj = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
	src = Tcl_GetString(obj);
	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, obj->length, &ds);
	pvResult->bstrVal = SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(interp, pExcepInfo);
    }
    Tcl_Release(interp);
    VariantClear(&v);

Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517

518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544

545

546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}

static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    long hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    TCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;


    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLongA(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);

    textObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPCWSTR)buf, cch);


    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd))))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int







|















|










|




>






|


|














|

|
>
|
>



|


|







479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}

static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_WideInt hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    TCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;
    Tcl_DString ds;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
    textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((HWND)(size_t)hwnd))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int

Changes to win/tkWinWindow.c.

586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
	    (int)height, TRUE);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XRaiseWindow --
 *
 *	Change the stacking order of a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:







|







586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
	    (int)height, TRUE);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XRaiseWindow, XLowerWindow --
 *
 *	Change the stacking order of a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
610
611
612
613
614
615
616












617
618
619
620
621
622
623
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}













/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XConfigureWindow --
 *
 *	Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}

int
XLowerWindow(
    Display *display,
    Window w)
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XConfigureWindow --
 *
 *	Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified
745
746
747
748
749
750
751



























752
753
754
755
756
757
758
    XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
    if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
	XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
    }
    return Success;
}




























/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinSetWindowPos --
 *
 *	Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
    XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
    if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
	XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
    }
    return Success;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XReparentWindow --
 *
 *	TODO: currently placeholder to satisfy Xlib stubs.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	TODO.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XReparentWindow(
    Display *display,
    Window w,
    Window parent,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    return BadWindow;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinSetWindowPos --
 *
 *	Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or

Changes to win/tkWinWm.c.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))

/*
 * Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
 */

typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
    Tcl_HashTable *table;







|







62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;

#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
    (Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1 + cmdLength)

/*
 * Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
 */

typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
    Tcl_HashTable *table;
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
    if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmGeometryCmd --







|







3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
    if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
    }
    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * WmGeometryCmd --

Changes to win/tkWinX.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"

/*
 * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by
 * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in
 * commctrl.h.
 */

#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0550 /* IE 5.5 */
#endif

#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







9
10
11
12
13
14
15










16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"











#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84


85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL;	/* Application instance handle. */
static int childClassInitialized;	/* Registered child class? */
static WNDCLASS childClass;		/* Window class for child windows. */
static int tkPlatformId = 0;		/* version of Windows platform */
static int tkWinTheme = 0;		/* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
					/* The current character encoding for
					 * keyboard input */
static int keyInputCharset = -1;	/* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
					 * encoding */
static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
					/* The UNICODE encoding */

/*
 * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
 * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */


} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */

static void		GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static unsigned int	GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void 		GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey);
static void		UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
static int		HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetServerInfo --







<




















>
>










|







47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
 * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
 */

static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL;	/* Application instance handle. */
static int childClassInitialized;	/* Registered child class? */
static WNDCLASS childClass;		/* Window class for child windows. */

static int tkWinTheme = 0;		/* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
					/* The current character encoding for
					 * keyboard input */
static int keyInputCharset = -1;	/* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
					 * encoding */
static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
					/* The UNICODE encoding */

/*
 * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
 * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */
    DWORD wheelTickPrev;	/* For high resolution wheels. */
    short wheelAcc;		/* For high resolution wheels. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */

static void		GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static unsigned int	GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void 		GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey, UINT type);
static void		UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
static int		HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetServerInfo --
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = LoadLibraryW(L"NTDLL");
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}
	if (handle) {
	    FreeLibrary(handle);
	}
	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
	sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
		(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
		"Win64"
#else
		"Win32"







|






<
<
<







112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125



126
127
128
129
130
131
132
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("NTDLL"));
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}



	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
	sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
		(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
		"Win64"
#else
		"Win32"
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
    TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
    TkWinCleanupContainerList();
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformId --
 *
 *	Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime
 *	conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s	   Win32s on Windows 3.1 (not supported)
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS Win32 on Windows 95, 98, ME (not supported)
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT	Win32 on Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8
 *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE	Win32 on Windows CE
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformId(void)
{
    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
	OSVERSIONINFOW os;

	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	GetVersionExW(&os);
	tkPlatformId = os.dwPlatformId;

	/*
	 * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
	 * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
	 * windows classic theme was selected.
	 */

	if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) &&
		(os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
	    HKEY hKey;
	    LPCTSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance");
	    LPCTSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current");
	    DWORD dwSize = 200;
	    char pBuffer[200];

	    memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);







|

|
<



|
|
<
<
<
<
<





|

|




<







<
|







302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311

312
313
314
315
316





317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

329
330
331
332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
    TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
    TkWinCleanupContainerList();
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
 *
 *	Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.

 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC	95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_XP		XP not in classic mode





 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
{
    if (tkWinTheme == 0) {
	OSVERSIONINFOW os;

	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	GetVersionExW(&os);


	/*
	 * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
	 * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
	 * windows classic theme was selected.
	 */


	if ((os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
	    HKEY hKey;
	    LPCTSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance");
	    LPCTSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current");
	    DWORD dwSize = 200;
	    char pBuffer[200];

	    memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
	}
    }
    return tkPlatformId;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
 *
 *	Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is one of:
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC	95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
 *	    TK_THEME_WIN_XP		XP not in classic mode
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Could invoke TkWinGetPlatformId.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
{
    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
	TkWinGetPlatformId();
    }
    return tkWinTheme;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetDefaultScreenName --







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







353
354
355
356
357
358
359



























360
361
362
363
364
365
366
		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
	}
    }



























    return tkWinTheme;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetDefaultScreenName --
607
608
609
610
611
612
613


614
615
616
617
618
619
620

    TkWinDisplayChanged(display);

    tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;



    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>







560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575

    TkWinDisplayChanged(display);

    tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = GetTickCount();
    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = 0;

    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
	ckfree(display->display_name);
    }
    if (display->screens != NULL) {
	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root_visual);
	}
	if (display->screens->root != None) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root);
	}
	if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
	    XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
	}
	ckfree(display->screens);
    }
    ckfree(display);







|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
	ckfree(display->display_name);
    }
    if (display->screens != NULL) {
	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
	    ckfree(display->screens->root_visual);
	}
	if (display->screens->root != None) {
	    ckfree((char *)display->screens->root);
	}
	if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
	    XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
	}
	ckfree(display->screens);
    }
    ckfree(display);
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
 */

void
TkClipCleanup(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display associated with clipboard. */
{
    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Force the clipboard to be rendered if we are the clipboard owner.
	 */

	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->clipWindow));

	if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) {
	    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
	    EmptyClipboard();
	    TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, CF_TEXT);
	    CloseClipboard();
	}

	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->windowAtom);

	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







640
641
642
643
644
645
646













647
648
649
650
651
652
653
 */

void
TkClipCleanup(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display associated with clipboard. */
{
    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {













	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
		dispPtr->windowAtom);

	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
873
874
875
876
877
878
879

















880
881
882
883
884
885
886
	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	if (winPtr) {
	    TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam);
	}
	return 1;
    }


















    case WM_COMMAND:
    case WM_NOTIFY:
    case WM_VSCROLL:
    case WM_HSCROLL: {
	/*
	 * Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they can be







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	if (winPtr) {
	    TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam);
	}
	return 1;
    }

    case WM_RENDERALLFORMATS: {
        TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

        if (winPtr && OpenClipboard(hwnd)) {
            /*
             * Make sure that nobody had taken ownership of the clipboard
             * before we opened it.
             */

            if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) {
                TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, CF_TEXT);
            }
            CloseClipboard();
        }
        return 1;
    }

    case WM_COMMAND:
    case WM_NOTIFY:
    case WM_VSCROLL:
    case WM_HSCROLL: {
	/*
	 * Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they can be
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
















1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145

1146

1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160

1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
	event.xbutton.same_screen = True;

	/*
	 * Now set up event specific fields.
	 */

	switch (message) {
	case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
















	    /*
	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
	     */

	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
	    event.xkey.keycode = (short) HIWORD(wParam);

	    break;

	case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
	case WM_KEYDOWN:
	    /*
	     * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
	     * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation
	     * of TkpGetString() that this event was generated by windows and
	     * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
	     * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey);

	    break;

	case WM_SYSKEYUP:
	case WM_KEYUP:
	    /*
	     * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
	     * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











|
>

>













|
>







1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
	event.xbutton.same_screen = True;

	/*
	 * Now set up event specific fields.
	 */

	switch (message) {
	case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: {
	    /*
	     * Support for high resolution wheels.
	     */

	    DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount();

	    if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev < 1500) {
		tsdPtr->wheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    } else {
		tsdPtr->wheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam);
	    }
	    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = wheelTick;
	    if (abs(tsdPtr->wheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) {
		return;
	    }

	    /*
	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
	     */

	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
	    event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->wheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA;
	    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = tsdPtr->wheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA;
	    break;
	}
	case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
	case WM_KEYDOWN:
	    /*
	     * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
	     * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation
	     * of TkpGetString() that this event was generated by windows and
	     * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
	     * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR :
	            WM_SYSCHAR);
	    break;

	case WM_SYSKEYUP:
	case WM_KEYUP:
	    /*
	     * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
	     * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232

1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
	    } else {
		event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
		event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;

		if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
		    MSG msg;

		    if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)

			    && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
			GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);
			event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
			event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;
		   }
		}
	    }
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;







|
>

|







1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
	    } else {
		event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
		event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;

		if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
		    MSG msg;

		    if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR,
		            PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)
			    && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
			GetMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR);
			event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
			event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;
		   }
		}
	    }
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetState --
 *
 *	This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
 *	modifier keys as they were before the event occured.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
 *	that were set at the time the event occurred.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.







|







1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetState --
 *
 *	This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
 *	modifier keys as they were before the event occurred.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
 *	that were set at the time the event occurred.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373

1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
 *	queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
GetTranslatedKey(
    XKeyEvent *xkey)

{
    MSG msg;

    xkey->nbytes = 0;

    while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
	    && PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) {
	if ((msg.message != WM_CHAR) && (msg.message != WM_SYSCHAR)) {
	    break;
	}

	GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);

	/*
	 * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
	 * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
	 * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
	 * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
	 */







|
>






|
|



|







1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
 *	queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
GetTranslatedKey(
    XKeyEvent *xkey,
    UINT type)
{
    MSG msg;

    xkey->nbytes = 0;

    while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
	    && (PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)) {
	if (msg.message != type) {
	    break;
	}

	GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type);

	/*
	 * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
	 * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
	 * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
	 * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
	 */
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * HandleIMEComposition --
 *
 *	This function works around a definciency in some versions of Windows
 *	2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
 *	versions of Windows 2000.
 *
 *	When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
 *	an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
 *	GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
 *	arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to







|







1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * HandleIMEComposition --
 *
 *	This function works around a deficiency in some versions of Windows
 *	2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
 *	versions of Windows 2000.
 *
 *	When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
 *	an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
 *	GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
 *	arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555

1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611

1612




1613


1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
    HWND hwnd,			/* Window receiving the message. */
    LPARAM lParam)		/* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
    HIMC hIMC;
    int n;


    if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
	/*
	 * Composition is not finished yet.
	 */

	return 0;
    }

    hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd);
    if (!hIMC) {
	return 0;
    }

    n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);

    if (n > 0) {
	char *buff = ckalloc(n);
	TkWindow *winPtr;
	XEvent event;
	int i;

	n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n);

	/*
	 * Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
	 *
	 * We set send_event to the special value of -2, so that TkpGetString
	 * in tkWinKey.c knows that trans_chars[] already contains a UNICODE
	 * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
	 *
	 * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
	 * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
	 */

	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
	event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
	event.xkey.send_event = -2;
	event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
	event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
	event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
	event.xkey.subwindow = None;
	event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
	event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
	event.xkey.same_screen = True;
	event.xkey.keycode = 0;
	event.xkey.nbytes = 2;

	for (i=0; i<n; ) {
	    /*
	     * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
	     * UNICODE character in the composition.
	     */


	    event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) buff[i++];




	    event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) buff[i++];



	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}

	ckfree(buff);
    }
    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
    return 1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeXId --
 *
 *	This interface is not needed under Windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_FreeXId(
    Display *display,
    XID xid)
{
    /* Do nothing */
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinResendEvent --
 *
 *	This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the







>

















|




|




|
|










|







<
<







>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|












<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583


1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
























1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
    HWND hwnd,			/* Window receiving the message. */
    LPARAM lParam)		/* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
    HIMC hIMC;
    int n;
    int high = 0;

    if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
	/*
	 * Composition is not finished yet.
	 */

	return 0;
    }

    hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd);
    if (!hIMC) {
	return 0;
    }

    n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);

    if (n > 0) {
	WCHAR *buff = (WCHAR *) ckalloc(n);
	TkWindow *winPtr;
	XEvent event;
	int i;

	n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n) / 2;

	/*
	 * Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
	 *
	 * We set send_event to the special value of -3, so that TkpGetString
	 * in tkWinKey.c knows that keycode already contains a UNICODE
	 * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
	 *
	 * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
	 * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
	 */

	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
	event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
	event.xkey.send_event = -3;
	event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
	event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
	event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
	event.xkey.subwindow = None;
	event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
	event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
	event.xkey.same_screen = True;



	for (i=0; i<n; ) {
	    /*
	     * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
	     * UNICODE character in the composition.
	     */

	    event.xkey.keycode = buff[i++];

	    if ((event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
		high = ((event.xkey.keycode & 0x3ff) << 10) + 0x10000;
		break;
	    } else if (high && (event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
		event.xkey.keycode &= 0x3ff;
		event.xkey.keycode += high;
		high = 0;
	    }
	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}

	ckfree(buff);
    }
    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
    return 1;
}

























/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinResendEvent --
 *
 *	This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the

Changes to win/ttkWinMonitor.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

126
127



128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137

    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
	RegisterSystemColors(interp);
	break;

    case WM_THEMECHANGED:
	/*
	 * Reset the application theme to 'xpnative' if present,

	 * which will in turn fall back to 'winnative' if XP theming
	 * is disabled.



	 */

	theme = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "xpnative");
	if (theme) {
	    Ttk_UseTheme(interp, theme);
	    /* @@@ What to do about errors here? */
	}
	break;
    }
    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp);







|
>
|
<
>
>
>


|







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
	RegisterSystemColors(interp);
	break;

    case WM_THEMECHANGED:
	/*
         * Reset the application theme.
         * On windows, it is possible to sign in as a second user, change
         * the theme to 'winnative' (by setting the ui to 'best performance'),

         * which is a machine-wide change, and then sign back on to the original user.
         * Ttk_UseTheme needs to be executed again in order to process the fallback
         * from vista/xpnative to winnative.
	 */

	theme = Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(interp);
	if (theme) {
	    Ttk_UseTheme(interp, theme);
	    /* @@@ What to do about errors here? */
	}
	break;
    }
    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp);

Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */


#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
#include <tkWinInt.h>
int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else

#define WINVER 0x0501	/* Requires Windows XP APIs */

#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif

#include <tkWinInt.h>

#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,







>


<



<
<








<
<







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31


32
33
34
35
36
37
38
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */

#include <tkWinInt.h>
#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */

int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else



#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif



#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
204
205
206
207
208
209
210


211
212
213
214
215
216
217
};

/*
 * Radiobuttons:
 */
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{


{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},







>
>







200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
};

/*
 * Radiobuttons:
 */
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
 * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing.
 */
static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData)
{
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) {
	ckfree(elementData->info->statemap);
	ckfree(elementData->info->className);
	ckfree(elementData->info->elementName);
	ckfree(elementData->info);
    }
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 * InitElementData --







|
|







424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
 * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing.
 */
static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData)
{
    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
    if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) {
	ckfree(elementData->info->statemap);
	ckfree((char *)elementData->info->className);
	ckfree((char *)elementData->info->elementName);
	ckfree(elementData->info);
    }
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 * InitElementData --
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
    Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
    int flags = 0;
    int length = 0;
    char *name;
    LPWSTR wname;
    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;

    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
	  "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
    enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
	   O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(







|







1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
    Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
    int flags = 0;
    int length = 0;
    char *name;
    LPWSTR wname;
    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;

    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
	  "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
    enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
	   O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(

Changes to win/winMain.c.

141
142
143
144
145
146
147



148
149
150
151
152
153
154
	if (*p == '\\') {
	    *p = '/';
	}
    }

#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);



#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*







>
>
>







141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
	if (*p == '\\') {
	    *p = '/';
	}
    }

#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#elif defined(UNICODE) && ((TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 6))
    /* This doesn't work on Windows without UNICODE, neither does it work with Tcl 8.6 */
    TclZipfs_AppHook(&argc, &argv);
#endif

    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}

/*

Changes to xlib/X11/Xlib.h.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
#define X_WCHAR
#endif
#endif

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#include <stddef.h>
#else
/* replace this with #include or typedef appropriate for your system */
typedef unsigned long wchar_t;
#endif

typedef char *XPointer;

#define Bool int
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/* Use define rather than typedef, since may need to undefine this later */
#define Status int
#else







<
<
<
<
<
<
<







41
42
43
44
45
46
47







48
49
50
51
52
53
54

#ifndef X_WCHAR
#ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
#define X_WCHAR
#endif
#endif








typedef char *XPointer;

#define Bool int
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/* Use define rather than typedef, since may need to undefine this later */
#define Status int
#else
199
200
201
202
203
204
205



206
207
208
209
210
211
212
	VisualID visualid;	/* visual id of this visual */
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
	int c_class;		/* C++ class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#else
	int class;		/* class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#endif
	unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;	/* mask values */



	int bits_per_rgb;	/* log base 2 of distinct color values */
	int map_entries;	/* color map entries */
} Visual;

/*
 * Depth structure; contains information for each possible depth.
 */







>
>
>







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
	VisualID visualid;	/* visual id of this visual */
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
	int c_class;		/* C++ class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#else
	int class;		/* class of screen (monochrome, etc.) */
#endif
	unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;	/* mask values */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
        unsigned long alpha_mask;
#endif
	int bits_per_rgb;	/* log base 2 of distinct color values */
	int map_entries;	/* color map entries */
} Visual;

/*
 * Depth structure; contains information for each possible depth.
 */
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
    int bits_per_pixel;		/* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
    unsigned long red_mask;	/* bits in z arrangment */
    unsigned long green_mask;
    unsigned long blue_mask;
    XPointer obdata;		/* hook for the object routines to hang on */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    int pixelpower;		/* n such that pixels are 2^n x 2^n blocks*/

#endif
    struct funcs {		/* image manipulation routines */
	struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
	int (*destroy_image)        (struct _XImage *);
	unsigned long (*get_pixel)  (struct _XImage *, int, int);
	int (*put_pixel)            (struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned long);







>







324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
    int bits_per_pixel;		/* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
    unsigned long red_mask;	/* bits in z arrangment */
    unsigned long green_mask;
    unsigned long blue_mask;
    XPointer obdata;		/* hook for the object routines to hang on */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    int pixelpower;		/* n such that pixels are 2^n x 2^n blocks*/
    unsigned long alpha_mask;
#endif
    struct funcs {		/* image manipulation routines */
	struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
	int (*destroy_image)        (struct _XImage *);
	unsigned long (*get_pixel)  (struct _XImage *, int, int);
	int (*put_pixel)            (struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned long);
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
 */
typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int keycode;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
        char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
				/* translated characters */
	int nbytes;
} XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int button;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	char is_hint;		/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occured on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	int mode;		/* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
	int detail;
	/*







|




















|

















|
















|







534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
 */
typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int keycode;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
        char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
				/* translated characters */
	int nbytes;
} XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	unsigned int button;	/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	unsigned int state;	/* key or button mask */
	char is_hint;		/* detail */
	Bool same_screen;	/* same screen flag */
} XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;

typedef struct {
	int type;		/* of event */
	unsigned long serial;	/* # of last request processed by server */
	Bool send_event;	/* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
	Display *display;	/* Display the event was read from */
	Window window;	        /* "event" window reported relative to */
	Window root;	        /* root window that the event occurred on */
	Window subwindow;	/* child window */
	Time time;		/* milliseconds */
	int x, y;		/* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
	int x_root, y_root;	/* coordinates relative to root */
	int mode;		/* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
	int detail;
	/*
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
typedef struct {
    char           *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XmbTextItem;

typedef struct {
    wchar_t        *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XwcTextItem;

typedef void (*XIMProc)();

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;

typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;








<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048







1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
typedef struct {
    char           *chars;
    int             nchars;
    int             delta;
    XFontSet        font_set;
} XmbTextItem;








typedef void (*XIMProc)();

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;

typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;

1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

typedef struct _XIMText {
    unsigned short length;
    XIMFeedback *feedback;
    Bool encoding_is_wchar;
    union {
	char *multi_byte;
	wchar_t *wide_char;
    } string;
} XIMText;

typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
    int caret;		/* Cursor offset within pre-edit string */
    int chg_first;	/* Starting change position */
    int chg_length;	/* Length of the change in character count */







<







1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131

1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138

typedef struct _XIMText {
    unsigned short length;
    XIMFeedback *feedback;
    Bool encoding_is_wchar;
    union {
	char *multi_byte;

    } string;
} XIMText;

typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
    int caret;		/* Cursor offset within pre-edit string */
    int chg_first;	/* Starting change position */
    int chg_length;	/* Length of the change in character count */

Changes to xlib/X11/Xutil.h.

531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
    int			/* screen */,
    int			/* depth */,
    int			/* class */,
    XVisualInfo*	/* vinfo_return */
#endif
);

extern void XOffsetRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* dx */,
    int			/* dy */
#endif
);

extern Bool XPointInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */
#endif
);

extern Region XPolygonRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XPoint*		/* points */,
    int			/* n */,
    int			/* fill_rule */
#endif
);

extern int XRectInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */,
    unsigned int	/* width */,
    unsigned int	/* height */







|







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
















546
547
548
549
550
551
552
    int			/* screen */,
    int			/* depth */,
    int			/* class */,
    XVisualInfo*	/* vinfo_return */
#endif
);

extern int XOffsetRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* dx */,
    int			/* dy */
#endif
);

















extern int XRectInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* r */,
    int			/* x */,
    int			/* y */,
    unsigned int	/* width */,
    unsigned int	/* height */
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
    char**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

extern int XwcTextListToTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    wchar_t**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

extern void XwcFreeStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    wchar_t**		/* list */
#endif
);

extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XwcTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    wchar_t***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern void XUnionRectWithRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XRectangle*		/* rectangle */,
    Region		/* src_region */,
    Region		/* dest_region_return */
#endif
);

extern void XUnionRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* sra */,
    Region		/* srb */,
    Region		/* dr_return */
#endif
);








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|







744
745
746
747
748
749
750
















751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767









768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
    char**		/* list */,
    int			/* count */,
    XICCEncodingStyle	/* style */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop_return */
#endif
);

















extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);

extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Display*		/* display */,
    XTextProperty*	/* text_prop */,
    char***		/* list_return */,
    int*		/* count_return */
#endif
);










extern void XUnionRectWithRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    XRectangle*		/* rectangle */,
    Region		/* src_region */,
    Region		/* dest_region_return */
#endif
);

extern int XUnionRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    Region		/* sra */,
    Region		/* srb */,
    Region		/* dr_return */
#endif
);

Changes to xlib/X11/keysymdef.h.

1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169












#define XK_hebrew_resh                                 0xcf8
#define XK_hebrew_shin                                 0xcf9
#define XK_hebrew_taw                                  0xcfa
#define XK_hebrew_taf                                  0xcfa  /* deprecated */
#define XK_Hebrew_switch        0xFF7E  /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_HEBREW */




















>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
#define XK_hebrew_resh                                 0xcf8
#define XK_hebrew_shin                                 0xcf9
#define XK_hebrew_taw                                  0xcfa
#define XK_hebrew_taf                                  0xcfa  /* deprecated */
#define XK_Hebrew_switch        0xFF7E  /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_HEBREW */

/* Multimedia keys, defined same as on Linux
 * /usr/include/pkg/libxkbcommon/xkbcommon/xkbcommon-keysyms.h
 */

#define XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume	0x1008FF11   /* Volume control down        */
#define XK_XF86AudioMute	0x1008FF12   /* Mute sound from the system */
#define XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume	0x1008FF13   /* Volume control up          */
#define XK_XF86AudioPlay	0x1008FF14   /* Start playing of audio >   */
#define XK_XF86AudioStop	0x1008FF15   /* Stop playing audio         */
#define XK_XF86AudioPrev	0x1008FF16   /* Previous track             */
#define XK_XF86AudioNext	0x1008FF17   /* Next track                 */

Changes to xlib/xcolors.c.

340
341
342
343
344
345
346










347
348
349
350
351
352
353
    Colormap map,
    const char *spec,
    XColor *colorPtr)
{
    if (spec[0] == '#') {
	char *p;
	Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);











	switch ((int)(p-spec)) {
	case 3:
	    colorPtr->red = US(((value >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    colorPtr->green = US(((value >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    colorPtr->blue = US((value & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    break;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
    Colormap map,
    const char *spec,
    XColor *colorPtr)
{
    if (spec[0] == '#') {
	char *p;
	Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);

	/*
	 * If *p does not point to the end of the string, there were invalid
	 * digits in the spec. Ergo, it is not a valid color string.
	 * (Bug f0188aca9e)
	 */

	if (*p != '\0') {
	    return 0;
	}

	switch ((int)(p-spec)) {
	case 3:
	    colorPtr->red = US(((value >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    colorPtr->green = US(((value >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    colorPtr->blue = US((value & 0xf) * 0x1111);
	    break;

Changes to xlib/xgc.c.

80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
    if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	if (((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	    TkpReleaseRegion(((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
	}
#endif
	ckfree(gc->clip_mask);
	gc->clip_mask = None;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
    if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
	if (((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
	    TkpReleaseRegion(((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
	}
#endif
	ckfree((char *) gc->clip_mask);
	gc->clip_mask = None;
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547


548

549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559

560
561
562
563
564
565
566
    int y,
    _Xconst char *string,
    int length)
{
}
#endif

void
XDrawPoint(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x, y, x, y);
}

void
XDrawPoints(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint *points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)
{
    int i;

    for (i=0; i<npoints; i++) {
	XDrawLine(display, d, gc,
		points[i].x, points[i].y, points[i].x, points[i].y);


    }

}

#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
void
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{

}
#endif

#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
    Display *display,







|







|


|








|

|
|
|
>
>

>



|







>







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
    int y,
    _Xconst char *string,
    int length)
{
}
#endif

int
XDrawPoint(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    return XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x, y, x, y);
}

int
XDrawPoints(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint *points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)
{
    int res = Success;

    while (npoints-- > 0) {
	res = XDrawLine(display, d, gc,
		points[0].x, points[0].y, points[0].x, points[0].y);
	if (res != Success) break;
	++points;
    }
    return res;
}

#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
int
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    return BadDrawable;
}
#endif

#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
    Display *display,

Changes to xlib/xutil.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
/*
 * xutil.c --
 *
 *	This function contains generic X emulation routines.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XInternAtom --











|
|
<







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
/*
 * xutil.c --
 *
 *	This function contains generic X emulation routines.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include <X11/Xlib.h>

#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XInternAtom --